A catalogue of the collection of birds formed by the late Hugh Edwin Strickland ..

ZHO

A CATALOGUE

OF THE

COLLECTION OF BIRDS

FORMED BY THE LATE

HUGH EDWIN STKICKLAND, M.A.

ScmtlOtt : c. J. CLAY, M.A. & SON,

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE,
17, PATERNOSTER ROW.

Cantfdfig*: deighton, bell, and co,

3LeipJtg : F. A. BROCKHAUS.

377

Bibliographical Notices.

on that group, taken in conjunction with the special articles upon
the various families and genera scattered through the work,
furnishes the best guide at present extant to the classification of
those interesting though lowly organisms. Upon Bacterium and
the Schizomycetes we find a considerable quantity of new informa-
tion brought in, as also upon the parasitic insects and Acarina and
the Infusoria, derived from the recent publications of Megnin and
Andrew Murray upon the former groups, and from the valuable
manual of the Infusoria of Mr. Saville Kent. We are sorry to note,
however, that while fully availing himself of the last-mentioned
important work, the editor has entirely passed over the most mag-
nificent work that has appeared of recent years upon any group of
Protozoa, namely Prof. Leidy’s ‘ Monograph of the Freshwater Khi-
zopoda of Korth America.’ This is the more to be regretted as,
since its publication, a manual founded upon it has been published
in America, and there can be no doubt that many of the genera
proposed by Prof. Leidy will be frequently referred to in the litera-
ture of the microscope.

We had noted several other points in which it seems to us that
there is room for improvement ; but fault-finding is an unsatisfactory
business, and all the deficiencies that we could indicate would but
very slightly derogate from the general excellence of the book.
Its chief value consists in the immense mass of varied information
upon all subjects of interest to microscopists, collected in its pages
in a most convenient form for reference ; and from the mode of treat-
ment adopted it is, as we have before pointed out, well fitted to
serve as a guide in the investigation of many departments of natural
history quite outside the domain of microscopic work. On this
ground we can recommend it to all students of natural history, and
especially to those located in country places at a distance from
libraries. To such workers it will prove invaluable as a general
book of reference.

The plates with which the volume is illustrated are for the most
part the same as in the last edition ; but five new ones have been
added, bringing the whole number up to fifty-three, a large pro-
portion of them coloured. The immense number of figures contained
in these plates, with the numerous woodcuts scattered through the
text, render this one of the best-illustrated volumes with which we
are acquainted.

A Catalogue of the Collection of Birds formed by the late Hugh
JEdtvin StricJeland, M.A. , F.R.S., 6fc. By Osbeet Salvin, M.A.,
F.B.S., Strickland Curator in the University of Cambridge.
Cambridge University Press, 1882.

The title of the present volume fully explains its contents, and
renders much further explanation unnecessary. It is a descriptive
catalogue of the extensive collection of birds formed by the late
Mr. Strickland and bequeathed by his widow to the Cambridge
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xi. 26

378

Bibliographical Notices .

University. Attached to the 4 Catalogue ’ is a supplement or list
showing the sources whence the specimens (about 6000 in number)
were obtained. Such a work will greatly enhance the value of this
collection, to which it forms an almost exhaustive guide ; and as such
it will doubtless be warmly welcomed by most working ornitholo-
gists. Appended to each species is the reference to its original
description and to works containing its geographical distribution ;
but we think that the value and interest of the 4 Catalogue 9 would
have been considerably increased if the latter item had been briefly
sketched out in a similar manner to that in the British-Museum
Catalogues of Birds. The general arrangement adopted, subject to
certain necessary modifications and additions, is that elaborated by
Messrs. Sclater and Salvin in their 4 Nomenclator Avium Neotropi-
calium,’ which has for its basis the system of Huxley.

In the earlier portions of the work (the only ones at present we
have had the opportunity of carefully examining) we notice that
Mr. Salvin does not admit the distinctness of Turdus mctgellcinicus
from Turdus falMandicus. The latter bird is, we believe, an island
form confined to the Ealklands, whilst the former is found in
various parts of South America. Again, we fail to see why the
genus Merula should be disregarded when the genera Oreocinclct,
Geocichla, Petrocincla, and Zoothera are recognized. The name
Oreocincla Beinii of Cabanis surely has the precedence over that of
0. iodura of Gould, although the former naturalist erroneously gave
44 Japan” as the locality for his species. We also notice that Mr.
Salvin (following Messrs. Blanford and Dresser in their celebrated
4 Monograph of the Chats ’) makes the Saxicolci leucomela of Pallas
synonymous with the Saocicola lugens of Lichtenstein, although
these two birds are quite distinct. Again, upon what grounds is
Cetti’s Warbler included in the subfamily Buticillinse ? Mr. Salvin
also makes this bird synonymous with the Bradypterus platurus
(?platyurus) of Swainson. The type of this species (from S. Africa)
is in the Cambridge Museum, and was identified as 44 nothing but
Cetti’s Warbler ” by Mr. Dresser in his 4 Birds of Europe/ a con-
clusion shown to be totally erroneous by Mr. Seebohm in 4 The
Ibis’ for 1878, p. 380. Swainson’s generic name will stand for
this South-African spe’cies ; but his specific name must give place
(if the law of priority is enforced) to that bestowed by Yieillot ; and
it will consequently stand as Bradypterus brachypterus (Yieill.).
Moreover Cetti’s Warbler has no claim whatever to be included in
the genus Bradypterus, nor has it the slightest claim to such a
generic title. The type of this genus (B. brachypterus ) has twelve
tail-feathers, whereas the group of Warblers amongst which Cetti’s
Warbler is included ( Cettia ) is distinguished by having only ten
tail-feathers. .

We must also strongly protest against the changing of many well-
known names — names familiar to us from our childhood — of such
birds as the Garden-Warbler, the Whitethroat, the Dartford
Warbler, the Beed-Warblers, and the Chiffchaff, and substituting
for them unknown synonyms raked up from a just and well-merited
oblivion, or transferring the name of one species to another until
it ceases to have any definite meaning.

But apart from these faults and inaccuracies it is impossible to
overestimate the value of such a Catalogue, dry enough, it is true,
to a non-scientific reader, but to the ornithologist working with the
birds in this magnificent collection truly a 44 friend in need.”

G“

A CATALOGUE

OF THE

COLLECTION OF BIRDS

FORMED BY THE LATE

HUGH EDWIN STRICKLAND, M.A.

FELLOW OF THE ROYAL, LINNEAN, GEOLOGICAL AND ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL
SOCIETIES, &C. &G.,

DEPUTY READER OF GEOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD.

BY

GSBERT S ALVIN, M.A., F.R.S., &c.

STRICKLAND CURATOR IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE.

0

CAMBRIDGE :

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
1882

(£ambrifcge ;

PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M. A. & SON,

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

5^' XOS
. S

5

0 Ni-

/ 4 ^ J / 2-

PBEFACE.

The collection of Bird skins, here catalogued, was formed
by the late Hugh Edwin Strickland, M.A., F.R.S., of Oriel
College, Oxford, and Deputy Reader of Geology in that Uni-
versity, who at the age of forty-two years was killed by a
railway train whilst in the pursuit of his scientific labours on
the 14th of September, 1853. Begun by him when yet a boy,
for the label of one of the specimens (No. 3051 a) bears date
August, 1822, the formation of this collection continued to be
a great object of interest with him throughout his life ; but
most of the specimens obtained by him prior to 1833 were
mounted and placed in cases in the hall at Apperley Court, near
Tewkesbury, his father’s seat, where they still are.

In the year last mentioned, however, his brother Algernon
Strickland, a midshipman in the Royal Navy, visiting the Cape
of Good Hope, Mauritius, and Southern India, obtained about
90 specimens now in the collection ; and in the winter of
1835 — 36, Strickland himself made a voyage to Greece and
Asia Minor, where he collected upwards of 100 others.

In 1838 Strickland largely increased his collection by
purchasing about 1200 specimens from his cousin Nathaniel
Constantine Strickland. Another cousin, Arthur Stricklaud,
purchased at the same time some 500 additional specimens,
which also became the property of H. E. Strickland in 1850.
The specimens thus acquired form no inconsiderable part of
the whole collection. They had been originally obtained, as
I am informed, partly from captains of merchantmen, and partly
from dealers.

C

VI

PREFACE.

The most important part of the present collection, however,
was got together between 1838 and 1853 ; and the names of
most of the best known ornithologists and collectors of that
period appear on the labels as contributors to it, among whom
Andersson, Baird, Blyth, Boys, Brandt, Gosse, Hodgson, Jerdon,
Petherick, may be specially mentioned.

The whole number of skins is 6006. About one-third of
which, including those obtained by Strickland himself, and
by his brother Algernon, may be assigned to the collectors
themselves. The rest, including the specimens bought from
Nathaniel Constantine Strickland in 1838 and 1850, were
generally obtained from dealers in England and Scotland.

Though the classification of Birds was a subject that, as his
writings shew, constantly occupied Strickland’s attention, it
is clear that up to the time of his sudden death his opinions 'on
few if any points were matured. It is true that amongst his
papers he left in MS. a comparatively complete catalogue of
birds, extracted from the literature of ornithology, in which the
various synonyms, and range of each species, as far as was then
known, are elaborately set down. Each species is treated of on
a separate slip of paper, and these slips are arranged in a certain
order ; but it is obvious on examination that the arrangement
was dictated merely by convenience and cannot be taken to
indicate any definite opinions.

This arrangement might have been used as Strickland’s
system of classification, but a moment’s reflection shews the
impropriety of publishing such a system as the one finally
adopted by its author; for by doing so it is evident that
Strickland would be supposed to have held views on many
questions concerning which he never publicly expressed him-
self. I therefore had to seek another classification, and I natu-
rally inclined to follow that used in the Nomenclator Avium
Neotropicalium, published in 1873 by Mr Sclater and myself,
which has as its basis the system of Huxley. Into this classi-
fication, which treats of South American birds only, I have

PREFACE.

Vll

inserted the species of the rest of the world, as represented
in the collection, wherever I thought they could be most con-
veniently placed.

The references given in the catalogue under each species
are ; (1) to the original description, (2) to some work where the
species is treated of either as regards its geographical dis-
tribution or its classification. In almost every case where
Strickland has mentioned a species, even incidentally, in his
writings, I have given the reference ; and also the synonyms,
if any, under which the species was named in the collection.
Where, however, a species appears to me to have been wrongly
determined, I have not thought it expedient to quote the wrong
name unless the statement had been published.

As this Catalogue has been a longer time in passing
through the press than I at first anticipated (it contains about
12000 references), several recent important works could not be
quoted in the earlier portion.

In preparing the Catalogue, and in re-arranging the col-
lection in conformity therewith, I must gratefully acknowledge
the patient help which I have constantly received from
Mrs H. E. Strickland, without whose minute and accurate
knowledge of almost every individual specimen, my attempts to
trace their history would have resulted only in failure. To Mrs
Strickland I am also indebted for the following list, shewing
the sources whence the collection was derived. To this I have
added the approximate number of specimens to be referred to
each.

It remains to be said that the collection was presented to
the University of Cambridge by Mrs Strickland in 1867
under conditions which will be found in the Ordinationes
Academics Cantabrigiensis (ed. 1877, p. 208) ; and that the
chief events of Strickland’s life are told in his Memoirs by
his father-in-law, the late Sir- William Jardine, published in
1858, to which is added a selection from his principal scientific
papers.

ORIGIN OF THE SPECIMENS IN THE
COLLECTION.

Number of
Skins.

Aberystwith, various skins bought in the town of . . . .11

Acland, Mrs, wife of Prof. Acland, Oxford ..... 1

Alexander, Captain in the Merchant Service . . . . .13

Anderegg, W., Switzerland ........ 9

Andersson, C. J., a Swedish traveller in South Western Africa
between the years 1849 and 1867. One of his collections of birds
from Damara-land was described by Strickland and Sclater in the
‘ Contributions to Ornithology’ for 1852, p. 141 et seq. A volume
on the whole of his collections of birds was subsequently compiled
by Mr J. H. Gurney, ‘ Notes on the Birds of Damara-land,’ 1872,

where a memoir of Andersson will be found .... 99

Argent, Dealer, 32, Bishopsgate Street Without , London . . . 262

Ashmolean Museum, Oxford 1

Askew, Captain in the Merchant Service ...... 339

Audubon, J. J., Author of ‘The Birds of North America’ and other

works ............ 4

Baird, S. F., Professor, formerly of Dickinson College, Carlisle}
Pennsylvania , now Secretary to the Smithsonian Institution,
Washington ...........

Ball, Miss

Barnes, H. M. B., Wareham, Dorsetshire

Bartlett, A. D., Superintendent of the Zoological Gardens, London

Bell, G., Dealer, Whitehaven

Bell-Whitehouse

Birmingham, various skins bought in the town of . .

66

1

18

2

3

2

54

X

ORIGIN OF THE SPECIMENS IN THE COLLECTION.

Number of
Skins.

Blyth, E., formerly Curator of the Museum of the Asiatic Society of
Bengal. Author of various papers on Indian birds, &c. A cor-
respondent of Strickland’s for several years .... 353

Boissoneau, Dealer, Paris . . . . . . . . .10

Boys, W. J. E., Captain. An energetic collector of birds in Northern

India (. Kumaon , &c.) 179

Brandt, J. F., Curator of the Museum of St Petersburg. Author

of many papers on Ornithology 96

Brandt, Dealer, Hamburg 5

Bristol, a skin bought in the town of 1

Brown, E., Burton-on- Trent, Curator of the Museum ... 35

Brown, Rev. J. 1

Brown, T., Capt., Manchester, Curator of the Museum of the Natural

History Society 38

Burl, Dealer, Oxford 10

Carfrae, Dealer, George Street , Edinburgh 21

Cartwright, Miss F., Aunt to H. E. Strickland 1

Cashmore, Dealer, Birmingham 33

Chapman, Dealer, York 5

Constancia, Jose Senor, Antigua, Guatemala. . . . .212

Coulon, L., Curator of the Museum at Neuchatel .... 6

Cuming, H., Gower Street, London. Traveller in the Philippine

Islands and elsewhere 45

Darwin, C., Naturalist in H.M.S. “Beagle.” Author of the ‘Origin of

Species,’ &c. One skin from the Galapagos Islands ... 1

Daubeny, J., Cirencester 2

Dewgard, Dealer, Oxford 73

Deyrolle, Dealer, Paris 1

Dillwyn, L. L., Svjansea 2

Dresden, various skins bought in the town of 11

Drummond, H. M., now Lt.-Col. H. M. Drummond-Hay, Seggieden,

Perthshire 2

Dubois, Brussels ........... 1

Dunn, Dealer, Hull 8

Dutton 7

East India Co. 1

Edinburgh, various skins bought in the town of . .17

ORIGIN OF THE SPECIMENS IN THE COLLECTION. xi

Number of
Skins.

Elaerts 1

Eyton, T. C., Eyton Hall , Wellington, , Salop. Author of ‘ Osteologia

Avium’ and other works 55

I

j Favier, Collector of birds at Tangier , N. Africa (See ‘Irby Birds of

Gibraltar’) 13

Fenton, Dealer, George Street , Edinburgh 8

Fenwick 8

Fergusson, Dr, Sierra Leone , West Africa 1

Forbes, E., Professor, Edinburgh 11

Fraser, H., Dealer, Dingwall 1

Fraser, L., formerly Curator to the Museum of the Zoological •

Society of London. Traveller in North and West Africa and
subsequently in Ecuador, South America. Author of ‘Zoologia
typica,’ &c. 4

Galeotti, traveller in Mexico , where he made large botanical col-
lections 23

Gardner, Dealer, London . . . 103

Goatley, Chipping Norton , Oxfordshire .1

Gordon, Dr C 1

Gosse, P. H. Author of ‘The Birds of Jamaica,’ &c. ... 39

Gould, J. Author of ‘ The Birds of Australia ’ and many other works . 54

Graham, Dealer, York 4

Graves, T., H.M.S. ‘ Beacon 5 1

Green, F., Dealer, Leeds 1

Hartlaub, Dr. G. Hamburg. Author of many papers on Ornitho-
logy 1

Harvey, Lincoln 1

Havell, Dealer, 77, Oxford Street , London 32

Hay, Lord A., afterwards Lord Walden and Marquess of Tweeddale.

Author of many papers on Ornithology 8

Heath, Rev. T., Missionary in the Samoan Islands .... 3

Hodgson, B. H., formerly resident at Nepal. Author of many papers

on Indian Birds .......... 129

Holden 1

Holme, F., Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford ... 6

Horsfield, Dr T., Curator of the East India Co. Museum and

Author of many papers on Ornithology 5

Hyett 2

&

xii ORIGIN OF THE SPECIMENS IN THE COLLECTION.

Number of
Skins.

Isaac, Dealer, Liverpool ,1

Isaacson, Zoological Gardens, Liverpool . ■ . . . .12

Jameson, Prof., Quito, Ecuador 3

Jardine, Sir W., Bart., Jar dine Hall , Lockerby N.B. , Father-in-law to

H. E. Strickland. Author of various Ornithological works . 23

Jerdon, T. C., Surgeon in the Madras Army. Author of 1 The Birds of

India’ and many papers on Indian Ornithology . . . 288

Johnson, Dealer, Liverpool ........ 54

Kellett, Capt., H.M.S. ‘ Herald’ .4

I^emp, Mrs van der 5

Kinberg, J. G., Lund , Sweden . . . . . . .50

Kirk, J., a collector of birds in the Island of Tobago ... 4

Kirtland, W., Curator of the Ashmolean Museum, Oxford . . 58

Koch 3

Leadbeater, Dealer, 19, Brewer Street , Golden Square, London . 15

Leeds, various skins bought in the town of 3

Liverpool, various skins bought in the town of .... 25

Lloyd, G., Stank Hill , Warwickshire ....... 34

Lockwood, Rev. J 3

Longchamps, E., De Selys, Belgium . Author of various papers on

Ornithology 6

Lowe, R. T., for many years resident in Madeira .... 1

MacDonald 72

MacMurdo 1

Manchester, Nat. Hist. Soc. 18

Mann, T. G., a traveller in Mexico , where he made a collection of

birds 33

Mansfield, Dealer, Birmingham . . . . . .38

Mather, Dealer, Theatre Square, Liverpool ..... 43

Morris, Rev. F. 0., Author of various works on Ornithology . . 1

Murray, J., Capt. R.N., Dumfriesshire ...... 3

Nash, Capt. * . . . . . . . . . .41

Nichols, Dealer .......... 1

Osborn, Dealer 4

Osman, Dealer, Oxford 21

ORIGIN OF THE SPECIMENS IN THE COLLECTION.

Xlll

Number of
Skins.

Paris, a specimen bought in 1

Parma, specimens bought in 2

Passerini, C., Assistant Prof, of Zoology in the Museum of Nat.

Hist. Parma 11

Pearson, Capt., a traveller and collector in Ceylon . . . .11

Penrose, Rev. J., Cousin to H. E. Strickland 1

Perrot, Mrs, Worcestershire 1

Petherick, J., H.M. consul at Kordofan. For an account of a col-
lection of birds formed by him, see Strickland, ‘ P. Z. S.’ 1850,

p. 214 . .110

Plymouth, a specimen bought in 1

Prattington, Dr. Two Sumatra birds 2

Rham, De 1

Riccioli 1

Robins, Dealer, Worcester 3

Robinson, T., Dealer, Worcester 21

Rogers, Dealer 3

Schomburgk, R., traveller in British Guiana 5

Sclater, P. L., Secretary to the Zoological Society of London. Au-
thor of many works on Ornithology 17

Seaman, Dealer, Liverpool .12

Smith, Sir A., traveller in South Africa . . . . . .18.

Stacy, Major 11

Staunton 1

Stevens, S., Natural History Agent and Auctioneer, King Street ,

Covent Garden , London 302

Strange 1

Strickland, Algernon, brother of H. E. Strickland, a Midshipman

in the Royal Navy. Died in the West Indies in 1835 . . 90

Strickland, Arthur, son of Sir W. Strickland, Bart., of Boynton ,

Yorkshire , and cousin of H. E. Strickland 434

Strickland, Hugh Edwin (see anted) 301

Strickland, Nathaniel Constantine, brother of Arthur Strickland

and cousin of H. E. Strickland 839

Stuchbury, Dealer, 47, Theobald Road , London .... 6

Taylor, Col. J. 25

Telfair, Mrs, Mauritius ......... 3

xiv ORIGIN OF THE SPECIMENS IN THE COLLECTION.

Number of
Skins.

Thomas, Dealer, London Road , Liverpool 103

Townsend l

Tucker, Dealer, 13, Quadrant , London 12

Yerreaux, Maison Verreaux, Paris 8

Wallace, A. R., traveller on the Amazon and in the East. Author

of 1 The Amazon and Rio Negro/ ‘ The Malay Archipelago/ &c. 14

Ware 1

Warwick, Museum, skins obtained from 5

Weaver, Curator of the Museum at Birmingham .... 5

Whitehaven, G. B. M 1

Williams, Dealer, City Road , London 28

Wilson, E., Tenby , South Wales 4

Wise 1

Worcester, Nat. Hist. Soc 1

No origin recorded .141

6006

ADDENDA AND CORRIGENDA.

Page 26, line 29, for Arkaan read Arakan
,, 31, ,, 12, before Kartoum add h

,, 38, ,, 23, for A. read Arthur

, , 65, head of page, for Puridae read Paridjs

,, 77, line 22, for Mattheiv read Mather

,, 79, ,, 26, for luzononsis read luzonensis

,, 79, ,, 27, for luzononsis read luzonensis

,, 83, ,, 12, after — inserts

,, 108, ,, 1, del. a Malacca ( Johnson ) 1837. —

,, 125, ,, 35, for c Damara-land read d Damara-land

,, 146, ,, 30, for Matthew read Mather

,, 147, ,, 13, for Mattheiv read Mather

,, 168, ,, 1, 3, 10, 17, for Anthotreptes read Anthothreptes

,, 173, ,, 7, for Temm .read Temminck, Man. d’Orn. i. p. lxxxvi.

(1820)

,, 173, ,, 20, for d read a

,,175, ,, 9, for 1852 read 1844

,, 201, „ 6, del. — b

„ 201, „ 12, del. — b

„ 202, „ 12, for 1840 read 1850

,, 203, ,, 5, for Liverpool read Edinburgh

,, 225, ,, 5, 6, 7, 8, for Hapalospiza read Haplospiza

,, 226, ,, 8, 9, 11, 14 for Porphyriospiza read Porphyrospiza

,, 235, ,, 14, after 1833 insert —

,, 288, ,, 33, for Garurlus read Garrulus
,, 309, ,, 22, after S. America insert ( Thomas )

,, 310, ,, 24, before Pelz. insert Pitangus parvus,

,, 326, ,, 4, for Lipaugu read Lipaugus
,, 352, ,, 26, for Mather read Thomas
,, 369, ,, 16, for 1824 read 1834
,, 375, ,, 28, for second b read e
,, 379, ,, 19, for Ocellatus read ocellatus
,, 491, ,, 7, for e read a
,, 502, ,, 28, for Arthur read A.

, , 506, after line 15 insert
2472*. Harpagus diodon.

Falco diodon, Temm. PI. Col. 198.

Harpagus diodon, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 102 ; Sharpe, Cat. B.
i. p. 361 a S. America [Arthur Strickland).

XVI

ADDENDA AND CORRIGENDA.

Page 576, line 14, del. (Arthur Strickland ) 1850. — b.

„ 588, „ 23, del. —b.

,, 621, after line 19 insert
3031*. Larus glaucodes.

Larus glaucodes, Meyen, Act. Ac. Leop. xvi. Suppl. p. 115,
pi. 24 : Sannd. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 203.
a, -—6 Chili (Capt. Brown) 1842,

Page 634, line 30, for 1826 read 1828
,, 634, „ 32, del. —b.

CLASS.-AVES.

SUB-CLASS. — AYES CABIN AT aE.

ORDER— PASSERES.

SUB-OBDEB.—OSCINES.
SECTION.— OSCINES DENTIROSTRES.

FAMILY.— TURDIDiE.

Catharus.

Catharus, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 278. (1850).

1. Catharus Melpomene.

T urdus melpomene, Cab. Mus, Hein. i. p. 5.

Catharus melpomene , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 1.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1848.

This species was for some time supposed to be identical with
C. aurantiirostris, Hartl. (Bev. Zool. 1850, p. 158, and Contr. Orn.
1851, pi. 72), from Venezuela; but the rufous margins of the pri-
maries distinguish it from the more southern bird.

Turdus.

Turdus, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 291 (1766) (partim ).

2. Turdus viscivorus.

Turdus viscivorus , Linn. 1. s. c. : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i.
p. 258.

1

2

PASSERES.

Turdus hodgsoni, Lafr.: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 531.
a, — b Worcestershire (II. E. Strickland) 1833. — c N. India
(IB. J. E. Boys ) 1848. — d (T. G. Eyton) 1850.

Stated by Strickland to be found near Smyrna during winter
(P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98). Though Jerdon’s latest views (Ibis 1872,
p. 138) respecting T. hodgsoni were that it was not separable from
the European bird, c and d both have the large bill and other
peculiarities characteristic of the Himalayan race.

3. Turdus pilaris,

Turdus pilaris, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 291 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 98 : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 272.

a Surrey (. H . E. Strickland) 1827. — b Worcestershire (H E.
Strickland) Feb. 10, 1844.

Found by Strickland at Smyrna during the winter of 1835 — 36.

4. Turdus atrigularis.

Turdus atrigularis , Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 169 (1820) :
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 276.

Planesticus atrogularis , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 529.
a Siberia (J. F. Brandt) 1842. — b ( Gardner ) 1844. — c,
— d ( Bt . at Stevens'1 s) 1845. — e, — -f Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 198,
199) 1845.

Specimen a is that described and figured by Prof. Newton l. c.

5 . Turdus musicus.

Turdus musicus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 292: Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 264.

a Worcestershire (H. E . Strickland) 1832.

Observed by Strickland at Smyrna during the winter of 1835 — 36.
(P.Z.S. 1836, p. 98).

6. Turdus iliacus.

Turdus iliacus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 292 : Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 268.

a Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) 1830. — b Worcester-
shire (H. E. Strickland) 1833. — c (K C. Strickland) 1838.

Observed by Strickland at Smyrna during the winter of 1835— 36.
(P. Z.S. 1836, p. 98).

TURDIDAE.

3

7. Turdus mustelinus.

Turdus mustelinus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 817 : Baird, Brew.
& Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 7.

a $ Pennsylvania, 30 April, 1840 (. Kinberg ) 1840. — b $ Car-
lisle, Pennsylvania, 30 April, 1846 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

8. Turdus swainsoni.

Turdus swainsoni , Cab. in Tsch. Faun. Per. p. 187 : Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 14.

Turdus minimus , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 5.
a N. America (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Bogota (Bt. at
Stevens’s) 1845. — c f N. W. America ( Wosnessenski, 1840)
(J. F. Brandt) 1846. — d $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 12 May, 1846
{S. F. Baird) 1847.

9. Turdus pallasi.

Turdus pallasi, Cab. Wiegm. Arch. 1847, i. p. 205 : Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 18.

a N. America (Askew). — b £ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 26 Ap.
1843 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

10. Turdus fuscescens.

Turdus fuscescens, Steph. Shaw’s Zool. x. p. 182 : Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 9.

a N. America (. N ’. G. Strickland) 1838. —b $ Carlisle, Penn-
sylvania, May 1845 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

11. Turdus jamaicensis.

Turdus jamaicensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 809 : Gosse, B.
Jamaica p. 142 ; & 111. pi. 24 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 3.
a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

12. Turdus albicollis.

Turdus albicollis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 226 :
Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 141, pi. 71.
a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

13. Turdus leucomelas.

Turdus leucomelas Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. 238 : Scl.
& Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 143, pi. 72,

1—2

4

PASSERES.

a [ Thomas ) 1842. — b [ Bt . Stevens's ) 1844. — c Brazil?

[Argent) 1852. — d [Bt. at L’pool) 1853.
c is apparently a Bolivian skin.

14. Turdus imicolor.

Turdus unicolor , Tick ell, J. A. S. B. ii. p. 577 (1833).

T. dissimilis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. pp. 144, 474.

Geocichla unicolor, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 519.
a ( Cashmore ) 1839. — h Madras [T. C. Jerdon ) 1846. —
cKumaon (IF. J. E. Boys ) 1847.

15. Turdus pallidus.

Turdus pallidus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 815: Wald. Ibis, 1871,
p. 167.

Turdus rufulus, Drap. Diet. Class x. p. 443 (1826).

Turdus modesties, Eyt. P. Z. S. 1839, p. 103.
a Malacca ( Thomas ) 1840. — b Malacca (P. L. Sclater ) 1844.

In his Notes on certain species of birds from Malacca (P. Z. S.
1846, p. 99) Strickland gives a short description of a specimen of
this species under Eyton’s title.

16. Turdus migratorius.

Turdus migratorius , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 292 : Baird,
Brewer & Pidgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 25.

a N. America [Askew) 1834. — b N. America [Thomas)
1839. — c Mexico [T. Mann) 1844.

17. Turdus falklandicus.

Turdus falldandii, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de I’Uranie, p. 104:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 4.

Turdus magellanicus, King, P. Z. S. 1830, p. 14.
a [N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Found in Chili, Patagonia and the Falkland Islands.

18. Turdus grayi.

Turdus grayi, Bp. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 118 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 4.

a Guatemala [J. Constancia) 1848.

TUKDIDAE.

5

19. Turdus fumigatus.

Turdus fumigatus, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 38 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 4.

a ( Gardner ) 1845. — b Brazil? {Argent) 1852.
b is probably a Bolivian skin.

20. Turdus rufiventris.

Turdus rufiventris, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 226:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 5.

a Brazil ( Bt . at Aberystwith) 1833.

21. Turdus olivaceus.

Turdus olivaceus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 292 : Layard, B. S.
Afr. p. 128.

a (Askew) 1839. — b S. Africa (Dr A. Smith) 1843.

22. Turdus rufitorques.

Turdus rufitorques , Hartl. Lev. Zool. 1844, p. 214 : Du
Bus, Esq. Orn. tt. 19, 20 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 6.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845. — -b Guatemala (J. Con-
stancia) 1848.

23. Turdus merula.

Turdus merula, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 295 : Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 280.

a , — b , — c Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) June, 1834.
— d Gloucestershire (H. E. Strickland) Jan., 1850.

Observed by Strickland near Smyrna (P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97).

24. Turdus serranus,

Turdus serranus, Tsch. Wiegm. Arch. x. pt. i. p. 280, &
Faun. Per. p. 186: Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 783.

Merula atrosericea, Lafr. Bev. Zool. 1848, p. 3.
a Bogota (J. Gould) 1844.

25. Turdus simillimus.

Turdus simillimus , Jerd. Madr. Journ. x. p. 253 (1839).

Merula simillima , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 524.

a, — b Madras (“T. simillimus ” T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

6

PASSERES.

26. Turdus nigripileus.

Turdus nigripileus , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 65.

Merula nigropileus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 148 : Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 523.

a ( Gardner ) 1846.

Found throughout Southern India ( Jerdon ).

29. Turdus fcoulboul.

Lanius boulbonl, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 89.

Merula boidboul, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 147 : Jerd. B. Ind.
i. p. 525.

Turdus poecilopterus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 54 : Gould, Cent.
B. Him. pi. 14.

a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 184) 1845. * — 6, — c Kumaon
(W. J. E. Boys ) 1847. — d N. India ( Williams ) 1848. — e N.
India (TP. J. E. Boys) 1848.

28. Turdus poliocephaius.

Ash-headed Thrush, Lath. Syn. Suppl. ii. p. 373.

Turdus poliocephaius, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xliv.
No. 25.

Merula nestor, Gould, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 186: Jard. & Selb.
111. Orn. iv. pi. 37.

a Australia (Bt. at Stevens’s) 1846.

The true habitat of this species is Norfolk Island. Mr Gould
(Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 336) identifies his T. nestor with
T. fuliginosus, Lath. (Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xlii. No. 14), after seeing
the Earl of Derby’s unpublished drawings of Australian Birds. But
as Latham’s description is not satisfactory the bird had better bear
the name T. poliocephalus applied by the same author to the Norfolk
Island Thrush.

29. Turdus collaris.

Turdus collaris, Soret, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 2.

Turdus albicollis, Royle, 111. Him. Bot. pi. 8. f. 3. ( [nee Vieill.).
Merula albocincta , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 148 (1847) :
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 526.
a ( T . G. Eyton), 1850.

Found throughout the Himalayas as high as 10,000 ft.

TURDIDAE.

7

30. Turdus castanens.

Merula castanea , Gould, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 185: Gray &
Mitch. Gen. B. pi. 56: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 526.

a India (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — b [T. G. Eyton) 1850.

31. Turdus torquatus.

Turdus torquatus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 296 : Newton, ed.

|| Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 287.

a Britain {Askew) 1838.

32. Turdus gigas.

Turdus gigas, Fraser, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 59 : Scl. & Salv.
Ex. Orn. p. 139, pi. 70.

a Bogota ( Bt . at Stevens's) 1846.

Found in the Andes from Columbia to Bolivia.

33. Turdus fuscater.

Turdus fuscater, Lafr. & D’Orb. Syn. Av. i. p. 16 : Scl. Cat.

! Am. B. p. 5.

a Chili ? (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Originally described from Bolivian specimens. The species is also
found in the Argentine Republic, but not in Western Chili.

34. Turdus fiavipes.

Turdus flavipes, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 277 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 6.

Turdus carbonarius, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 37.

a, —b Brazil [G. Lloyd) 1838. — c Bahia [Dutton) 1846.

Oreocincla.

Oreocincla, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 145.

35. Oreocincla lunulata.

Turdus lunulatus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xlii.

Oreocincla lunulata, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 7.
a [N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Found in New South Wales and Yan Diemen’s Land.

The J avan Thrush of this form was considered by Strickland to
be perhaps the same as the Australian bird (Ann. & Mag. N. H.

8

PASSERES.

xi. p. 336). The Javan bird is however distinct and is 0. horsfieldi,
Bp. = (0. malayana , Sundev. T. varius Yig. & Horsf. et Strickl. ut
supra , nec Pallas).

36. Oreocincla daiirna.

Turdus dauma, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 362.

Oreocincla dauma, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 533.

Oreocincla whitei, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83.
a Nepal (. B . H ’. Hodgson 194) 1845. — b India (E. Blyth )
1846.

37. Oreocincla iodnra*

Oreocincla iodurus, Gould, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4. ix. p.
401.

Turdus iodurus, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 256.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

38. Oreocincla mollissima.

Turdus mollissimus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 188.

Oreocincla mollissima, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 533.
a (. Bt . at Edinburgh ) 1852.

Originally described from specimens from Darjeeling. The species
has also been obtained throughout the Himalayas and in Western
China.

Geocichla1.

Geocichla “ Kuhl,” Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 7.

39. Geocichla citrina,

Turdus citrinus, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 350.

Geocichla citrina, “Kuhl.” -Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 517.

Petrocincla cyanota, Hodgs. Gray’s Zool. Misc. p. 83.
Petrocossyphus citrinus, G. R. Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846)
p. 79

a, —b Nepal ( B. H. Hodgson 584) 1845. — c India ( E . Blyth)
1846.

In 1844 (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 35) Strickland pointed
out that the Thrush from India at that time called G. rubecula should
properly be called G. citrina, the true G. rubecula from Java being

1 This generic name has been attributed to Kuhl, but I have been unable to
find where that author employed it. Agassiz gives two references to Kuhl’s
works both of which (Nomencl. Zool. Aves, p. 32, and Add. p. 9) are wrong.

TURDXDAE.

9

probably distinct. This view is doubtless correct, but the only bird
then in Strickland’s collection called by him G. citrina appears to me
to be referable to G. cyanonota, Jard.

40. G-eocicMa cyanonota.

Turdus cyanotus, Jard. and Selb. 111. Orn. t. 46.

Geocichla cyanotus, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 517.
a India (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Madras (T. G. Jerdon )
1845.

a seems to have been referred by Strickland in 1844 (Ann. &
Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 35) to G. citrina.

41. G-eociclila rubecula.

Geocichla rubecula , Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 7.
a (Bt. at Birmingham ) 1849.

Agrees with Gould’s descriptions of the Javan Geocichla.
Petrocincla1.

Petrocincla, Vigors, Zool. Joum. ii. p. 396 (1825).

42. Petrocincla saxatilis.

Turdus saxatilis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 294.

Petrocincla saxatilis, Vig. 1. s. c.
a £ Tuscany ( C . Passerini), 1835.

43. Petrocincla solitaria.

Turdus solitarius, P. L. S. Muller, Syst. Nat. Suppl. p. 142.
Monticola solitarius, Walden, Trans. Zool. Soc. ix. p. 192.
a Philippine Is. (J. Gould), 1846.

44. Petrocincla cyanus.

Turdus cyanus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 296.

Petrocossyphus cyaneus, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 511 : Dresser, B.
Eur. appendix A.

Petrocincla pandoo, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 87.

Petrocincla a finis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 177.

1 In 1841 (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 26) Strickland advocated the use of
Boie’s generic name Monticola (Isis, 1822, p. 552) for the Rock-Thrushes, and
again in Contrib. Orn. 1852, p. 147. But the latter name having been intro-
duced without any definition of characters ought not to supersede Vigors’s well-
defined generic appellation (Rules of Nomenclature, clause 12).

10

PASSERES.

a Rome (77. E. Strickland) Dec. 1836. —b Himalaya (A. C.
Strickland) 1838. — c India ( Havell ) 1839. — d (Stevens) 1843.
e Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — f India (“P. affinis” E. Blyth )
1846. — g N. India (IT. J. E. Boys) 1848. — h (T. C. Eyton)
1850. — /Tangiers (F. Favier) 1851.

45. Petrocincla erythrogastra.

T urdus eryihrog aster , Yig. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 171 : Gould,
Cent. B. Him. t. 13.

Orocetes erytlirogastra , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 514.
a ( Carfrae) 1840. — b (Stevens) 1844. — c, — d Nepal (B. H,
Hodgson 351) 1845. — e (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — -f N. India
(W. J. E. Boys) 1848. — g Himalaya (T. G. Eyton) 1850.

46. Petrocincla rupestris.

Turdus rupestris , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. xx. p. 281.
Petrocincla rupestris, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 129.

Turdus rupicola, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 38.
a S. Africa (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — h ( N . G. Strickland)
1838.

47. Petrocincla explorator.

Turdus explorator , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 260.
Petrocincla explorator , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 130.

Turdus perspicax, Shaw, Nat. Misc. xxii. pi. 961.
a S. Africa (1Y G. Strickland) 1838.

48. Petrocincla cinclorhynclia.

Petrocincla cinclorhyncha , Yig. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 172 : Gould,
Cent. B. Him. t. 19.

Orocetes cinclorhynchus, Gray, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 514.
a India (Gardner) 1844. — b Kumaon (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

49. Petrocincla brevipes.

Petrocincla brevipes , Waterh. Alex. Exp. ii. p. 263.

Monticola brevipes , Strickl. $; Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 147.

a, — b Damaraland (G. J. Anderson) 1852.

The specimens described in Strickland’s and Sclater’s paper
l. s. c..

TURDIDAE.

11

Mimocichla.

Mimocichla, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 35, (1864) ex Sclater
P. Z. S. 1859, p. 336 (as a subgenus).

jj 50. Mimocichla aurantia.

Tardus aurantius , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 832 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 6.

Semimerula aurantia, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 34.

Merula leucogenys, Gosse, B. Jamaica, p. 136, & 111. pi. 23.
Mimocichla aurantia , Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 2.
a Jamaica {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Jamaica (P. H ,

! Gosse ) 1848.

Melanotis.

Melanotis, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 276, (1850).

51. Melanotis hypoleucus.

Melanotis hypoleucus, Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1851, p. 460: Scl.

I Cat. Am. B. p. 7.

a Guatemala {J. Gonstancia) 1845.

Galeoscoptes.

Galeoscoptes, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 82 (1850).

52. Galeoscoptes carolinensis.

Muscicapa carolinensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 328.
Galeoscoptes carolinensis , Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 82 : Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 52.

a N. America {Askew) 1834. — b N. America {Mansfield)

1834.

Harporhynchus.

Harporliynchus, Cabanis, Wiegm. Arch. 1848, i. p. 98.

53. Harporhynchus rufus.

Turdus rufus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 393.

Harporhynchus rufus , Cab. 1. c. s .: Baird, Brew. & Ridgw.
N. Am. B. i. p. 39.

a N. America {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

12

PASSERES.

ZOOTHERA.

Zoothera , Vigors, P. Z. S. 1831, p. 172.

54. Zoothera monticola.

Zoothera monticola, Vi g. £. $. c. : Gould, Cent. B. Him. t. 22 :
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 509.

a Darjeeling [E. Blyth) 1850.

Mimus.

Mimus, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 972.

55. Mimus polyglottus.

Turdus polyglottus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 293.

Mimus polyglottus, Bp. Consp. i. p. 276 : Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 8 : Baird, Brew. & Eidgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 49.
a [Askew) 1834.

Found in North. America as far south as Mexico.

56. Mimus lividus.

Turdus lividus , Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 39.

Mimus lividus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 653 : Scl. Cat. Am. B.

p. 9.

a (. Arthur Strickland) 1840. — h [Dewgard) 1851.

A Brazilian species.

57. Mimus gilvus.

Turdus gilvus, Vieill. Ois. d’Am. Sept. ii. p. 15, pi. 68 bis.
Mimus gilvus, Gray, Gen. B. : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 9.
a Tobago [Mr Kirk) 1844. — b Tobago [Sir W. Jardine)
1844. — c, — d Trinidad [Argent) 1851.

58. Mimus calandria.

Orpheus calandria, Lafr. & D’Orb. Syn. Av. i. p. 17.

Mimus calandria , Gray, Gen. B. : Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p.
343 : Cat. Am. B. p. 10.
a [N. 0. Strickland ), 1838.

Found in Bolivia and the Argentine Eepublic.

59. Mimus thenca.

Turdus thenca, Mol. Saggio Stor. Nat. Chili, p. 250 (1782).

TURDIDAE.

13

Mimus thenca, Darwin, Zool. Yoy. Beagle, iii. p. 61 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 10.

a Chili {E. Brown) 1842.

60. Mimus longicaudatus.

Mimus longicaudatus , Tsch. Archiv f. Naturg. 1844, pt. i.
p. 280, & Faun. Per. p. 190, t. xv. f. 2.
a {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A species of Western Peru.

Myiophoneus.

Myophonus Temminck, PI. Col. 170 (26 July, 1823).

61. Myiophoneus temmincki.

Myiophonus temmincki , Yig. P. Z. S. 1830 — 31, p. 171 :
Gould, Cent. B. Him. pi. 21. Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 500.

a Himalayas ( Garfrae ) 1840. — b , — c Nepal (B. H. Hodgson
224) 1845. —d (TP. J. E. Boys) 1847.

62. Myiophoneus horsfieldi.

Myiophonus horsfieldi , Yig. P. Z. S. 1830 — 31, p. 35: Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 20 : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 499.
a Madras ( T . G. Jerdon) 1845.

63. Myiophoneus flavirostris.

Turdus flavirostris, Horsf. Linn. Trans, xiii. p. 149.
Myiophonus flavirostris , Yig. Memoir of Sir S. Baffles,

p. 660.

a Java ( Arthur Strickland) 1840,

Ch^tops.

Ghcetops , Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. p. 486 (1831).

64. Chsetops pycnopygius.

Sphenceacus pycnopygius, Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 148,
pi. 102.

Chcetops pycnopygius, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. No. 226 : Gurney,
in And. B. Damara-1. p. 117.

a Damara-land (61 J. Andersson) 1852.

The type of the species described in Strickland and Sclater’s
Paper in the “ Contributions ” l. c.

14

PASSEE.ES.

COSSYPHA.

Cossypha, Vigors, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 396 (1825).

65. Cossypha caffra.

Motacilla caffra, Linn. Mant. p. 527.

Bessonornis caffra, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 132.
a, — b Cape of Good Hope [A. Strickland) 1832.

66. Cossypha albicapilla.

Turdus albicapillus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 254.
Cossypha leucoceps, Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 232.
a Africa [Johnson) 1837. —b W. Africa [N. C. Strickland)
1838.

67. Cossypha verticalis.

Hartl. Beitr. z. Orn. W. Afr. p. 23 : Syst. Orn. W. Afr. p. 77.
a W. Africa ( Cashmore ) 1839.

68. Cossypha bicolor.

Muscicapa bicolor, Sparrm. Mus. Carls, ii. t. 46.

Cossypha bicolor, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ost-Afr. p. 281.
Turdus reclamator, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 280.
Cossypha vociferans, Sw. Zool. 111. iii. t. 180.

Bessonornis vociferans, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 130.
a Cape of Good Hope [Askew) 1837. — b [Bt. at Edinburgh)
1852.

69. Cossypha natalensis.

Bessonornis natalensis, Smith, Zool. S. Afr. t. 60 : Layard,
B. S. Afr. p. 131.

a Port Natal ? [Williams) 1846.

70. Cossypha semirufa.

Petrocincla semirufa, Biipp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 81.

Cossypha semirufa, Guer. Bev. Zool. 1843, p. 322.
a Abyssinia [E. Verreaux) 1850.

71. Cossypha signata.

Cossypha signata , Sundevall, Ofvers. K. Vet. Ak. Forh.
1850, p. 101.

a [N. C. Strickland) 1838.

TURDIDAE.

15

ClTTOCINCLA.

Kittacincla, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 7.

72. Cittocincla macrura.

Long -tailed Thrush , Lath. Syn. ii. pt. i. p. 72. unde
Turdus macrourus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 820.

Kittacincla macrura, Gould, l. s. c.

a India (N. C. Strickland) 18-38. — b Malacca ( Mather )
1840.

COPSYCHUS.

Copsychus , Wagl. Syst. Av. (1827) Genus Gracula , Fol. 20,

p. 2.

73. Copsychus saularis.

Gracula saularis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 165.

Copsychus saularis , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 114.
a India (Askew) 1834. — b Malacca (K. C. Strickland) 1838.
— c ( N . C. Strickland) 1338. — d India (W. Kirtland) 1838.
— e India ( Stevens ) 1843. — / India (E. Blyth) 1851. — g (Major
Stacy).

Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 422) refers Cryllivora
brevirostris, Sw. to Turdus amcenus. , Horsf. and (Ann. & Mag.
N. H. xviii. p. 108) in a note to his translation of SundevalPs
article on the Birds of Calcutta draws attention to the Malaccan
Copsychus having three instead of four lateral rectrices white.
Mr Sharpe (Ibis, 1875, p. 37) doubts the value of this distinction,
and unites the Malaccan with the Indian bird. See also Lord
Tweeddale (Ibis, 1871, p. 175).

In 1842 (P. Z. S. p. 168) Strickland referred the Chinese Copsy-
chus to C. longirostris , Sw.

16

PASSERES.

FAMILY.— TIMELIIDiE.

SUB-FAMILY. — CRATEKOPODIN^E.
Crateropus.

Crateropus , Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 487 (1831).

74. Crateropus bicolor.

Crateropus bicolor , J ard. Edinb. J ourn. Nat. & Geogr. Sc. iii.
p. 97 : Waterhouse, Alex. Exp. ii. p. 263 : Layard, B. S. Afr.
p. 133: Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 145: Gurney, in
And. B. Damara-1., p. 121.

a S. Africa (Capt. Alexander) 1838. — b Damara-land ( C. J.
Andersson ) 1852.

In their paper on Birds of Damara-land Strickland and Sclater
give a description of the young of this species.

75. Crateropus platycercus.

Crateropus platycercus, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 271, & Classif.
B, ii. p. 234.

a ( Mansfield ) 1839.

A West- African species, the specimen agreeing with Swainson’s
type.

Malacocercus.

Malacocercus , Swainson, Zook 111. ser. 2, pi. 127 (1832—
33).

76. Malacocercus terricolor.

Pastor terricolor , Hodgs. J. A. S. B. v. p. 771. ( descr . nulla),
Malacocercus terricolor, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 59.

M. bengalensis, Blyth ( ex Briss.) Cat. Birds As. Soc. p. 140
(1849).

a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 371) 1845. ■ — b India (E. Blyth “ M.
terricolor (Hodgs.) Turdus canorus, Linn.”) 1846. — -c Malwa
( W J. H. Boys) 1847.

Strickland’s dissent from Blyth’s identification of this species with
Turdus canorus , Linn, is given by Blyth in a footnote to a paper in
the J. A. S, B. xvi. p. 453.

TIMELIIDiE.

17

77. Malacocercus griseus.

Turdus griseus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 824.

Malacocercus griseus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 60.
a £, — b f Madras ( A . Strickland) Sep. 1833. — c India
{N. C. Strickland) 1838.

The name M. striatus , considered by Strickland (Ann. & Mag.
N. H. viii. p. 372) to be a synonym of M. griseus , belongs to the
Ceylonese species, which is distinct from the Indian bird (cf. Blyth,
Ibis, 1867, p. 300).

78. Malacocercus somervillii.

Timalia somervillii} Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 88.

Malacocercus somervillii , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 63.
a India ( Stevens ) 1843. — b Madras (“ M. somervillii (ori-
entalisy ’ T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

79. Malacocercus malcolmi.

Timalia malcolmi, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832. p. 88.

Malacocercus malcolmi, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 64.
a India ( Gardner ) 1844. — b S. India ( T . G. Jerdon “M.
malcolmi ”) 1850.

80. Malacocercus earlii.

Malacocercus earlii , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 369, (1844) :
et xliii. extr. No. p. 118 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 68.
a Arakan ( E . Blyth ) 1847.

81. Malacocercus chatarrhoea.

Cossyphus caudatus, Dumeril, fide Blyth.

Chatarrhoea caudata, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 67.

Timalia chatarcea, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 118.
a India “(M. caudatus (Dum.), Timalia chatarrhoea , Frankl.,
Megalurus isabelinus Sw.” E. Blyth) 1846. — b £ India ( W. J. E.
Boys) 1847. — c S. India ( T \ G. Jerdon) 1850.

The separation of this bird from the more slender-billed forms of
Malacocercus such as M. earlii seems hardly justifiable. But should it
prove distinct the right place for it seems to be in the genus Argya ,
Less. (Traite d’Orn. p. 402, (1831), an older name than Malacocercus ,
Swains., and one the larger genus should bear, were all these closely
allied forms united together.

18

PASSERES.

82. Malacocercus subrufus.

Layardia subrufa, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 66.
a ( Bt . at Stevens’s) 1843.

Agrees with an Indian specimen in the Swainson collection and
with J erdon’s description.

Megalurus.

Megalurus , Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 158, (1820).

83. Megalurus palustris.

Megalurus 'palustris , Horf. 1. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 70 :
Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 189.

a India? ( Gardner ) 1844. —b Philippine Islands (/. Gould )
1846.

Sphenceacus.

Sphenceacus, Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 421, (1841).

84. Sphenaeacus africanus.

Motacilla africana , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 958.

Sphenceacus africanus , Strickland, l. s. c.

Drymoica africana, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 95.
a Cape of Good Hope (N. C '. Strickland) 1838.

85. Sphenaeacus punctatus.

Synallaxis punctata , Quoy & Gaim. Yoy 1’ Astrolabe, i. p.
255. t. 18. f. 2.

Sphenceacus punctatus, Buller, B. N. Zeal. p. 128. pi. 13.
a New Zealand {Askew) 1840.

Ciretornis.

Chcetornis, G. K. Gray, Gen. B. i. p. 167. pi. 48. f. 9. (1848).

86. Chaetornis striata.

Megalurus striatus , Jerd. Madr. Journ. xiii. a. p. 169.
Chcetornis striata , G. R Gray, l. s. c Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 72.
a Madras {T. C. Jerdon) 1845. —6 India. {E. Blyth) 1846.

TIMELIIDAS.

19

Sphenura.

Sphcenura, Lichtenstein, Verz. Doubl. p. 40, (1823): Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 35.

87. Sphenura brachyptera.

Turdus brachypterus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xliii.
Sphenura brachyptera, Licht. 1. s. c.

Dasyornis australis , Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 231 :
Gonld, B. Austr. iii. pi. 32.

a New South Wales ( McDonald ) 1838.

Psophodes.

Psophodes, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p. 328,

! (1825) \

I .

88. Psophodes crepitans.

Muscicapa crepitans, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. li.

Psophodes crepitans, Vig. & Horsf. 1. s. c.: Gould, B. Austr.

| iii. pi. 15.

a Australia (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — b New South Wales
| (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

Hypergerus.

Hypergerus , Beichenbach, Av. Syst. pi. liv. (1850)1 2.

89. Hypergerus atriceps.

Moho atriceps, Less. Traitd d’Orn. p. 646.

Crateropus oriolides, Sw. B. W. Afr. p. 280. pi. 31
a W. Africa (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — b W. Africa ( Gardner )

I 1845.

These specimens agree with Swainson’s type of his G. oriolides
marked as coming from Senegal.

1 The affinity of this form to the Crateropodince has been pointed out by
Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 420).

2 No types whatever are indicated under the generic names introduced in
I this work of Reicbenbach’s. But the names of the types were, I believe, com-
municated by letter to G. R. Gray, and published by him in his “ Catalogue of
the Genera and Subgenera of Birds” (1855).

20

PASSERES.

SUB-FAMILY. — GARRULACINiE.

Garrulax.

Garrulax , Lesson, Traite d’Orn. 647 (1831).

90. Garrulax ieucolophus.

Corvus Ieucolophus , Hardw. Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 208. t. 15.
Cinclosoma leucolophum, Gould, Cent. B. Him. t. 18.
Garrulax Ieucolophus, Gray. Gen. B. app. p. 5 : Cat. Hodgs.
Coll. (1846), p. 82 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 35.

a Himalaya {N. G . Strickland) 1838. — h Nepal ( B . H.
Hodgson 205) 1845.

Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 372) placed G. belangeri
Less. (Bel. Yoy. Ois. t. 4) as a synonym of G. Ieucolophus , correcting
Gray (Gen. B. p. 37), who placed it under G. perspicillatus (Gm.).
G. belangeri , however, is now considered to be a distinct species
{cf. Blyth. B. Burma J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 107).

91. Garrulax perspicillatus.

Turdus perspicillatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 830.

Garrulax perspicillatus, Gray, Gen. B. p. 27 : Swinhoe, P. Z.
S. 1871, p. 371.

a E. Indies ( Arthur Strickland) 1840.

A common species in China.

92. Garrulax pectoralis.

Ianthocincla pectoralis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1835. p. 186.
Garrulax pectoralis, Gray, Gen, B.i. p. 225: Jerd. B. Ind. ii.
p. 39.

a India (E. Blyth) 1846. — b Darjeeling ( E . Blyth) 1850.

93. Garrulax moniliger.

Cinclosoma moniliger , Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 147.

Garrulax moniliger , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 949 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 40.

a India (E. Blyth) 1846.

TIMELIIDJL

21

94 Garrulax albigularis.

Ianthocincla albogularis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 187.
Garrulax albogularis, Gray, Gen. B. i. p. 225: Cat. Hodgs. ColL
(1846), p. 82 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 38.

a Himalaya ( Havell ) 1839. — b Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 204)
1845.

95. Garrulax ruficollis.

lanthrocincld ruficollis, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. ser. 2. t. 21 :
Less. Bdlanger Yoy. t. 5.

Garrulax ruficollis , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 950 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 38.

a India (“ G . ruficollis ” E. Blyth) 1846.

96. Garrulax cceruleatus.

Cinclosoma cceruleatus, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 147.

Garrulax cceruleatus , Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846), p. 82:
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 36.

a Himalaya ( Williams) 1847. — b Darjeeling (“ G« coerulatus”
E. Blyth) 1850.

Trochalopterum.

Trochalopteron, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 952 (1843) :
Zool. Misc. p. 83 (1844).

97. Trochalopterum erythrocephalum.

Cinclosoma erythrocephalum, Yig. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 171 :
Gould, Cent. B. Him. t. 17.

Trochaloptera erythrocephalum, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 43.
Garrulax ? erythrocephalus. Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846),
p. 83.

a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 820) 1845. — b Kumaon (TV. J. E.
Boys) 1847.

98. Trochalopterum lineatum.

Cinclosoma lineatum, Yig. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 56.
Trochalopteron lineatum, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 50.
a Nepal ( B . H Hodgson 317) 1845. — b Kumaon (W. J \ E.
Boys) 1847.

Hodgson’s specimen was sent to Strickland as T. setifer, having

22

PASSERES.

I

been thus named doubtless by mistake. See Jerdon’s note on this
point (B. Ind. ii. p. 51, foot-note).

99. Trochalopterum cachinnans,

Crateropus cachinnans, Jerd. Madras Journ. x. p. 256, t. 7.
Trochalopteron cachinnans , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 48.
a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — b India (T. G. Eyton ) 1850.

100. Trochalopternm phceniceum.

Ianthocincla phcenicea , Gould, Icon. Av. t. 3.

Trochalopteron phceniceum, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 48.
a Darjeeling (“ G. phceniceus ” E. Blyth) 1850.

101. Trochalopterum rufogulare.

Ianthocincla rufogularis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1835} p. 48.
Trochalopteron rufogulare , G. R. Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll.
(1846) p. 84 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 47.

a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 187) 1845. — b Himalaya (Stevens)
1850.

102. Trochalopterum variegatum.

Cinclosoma variegatum, Vig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 56: Gould,
Cent. B. Him. t. 16.

Trochalopteron variegatum, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 45.
a Simla ( T . G. Eyton) 1850.

Gampsorhynchus.

Gampsorhynchus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 370 (1844).

103. Gampsorhynchus rufulus.

Gampsorhynchus rufulus, Blyth, l. s. c. Jerd. B. Ind. ii.

p. 14.

a Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

Blyth’s label to this specimen has been lost.

Actinodura.

Actinodura, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 17.

104. Actinodura egertoni.

Actinodura egertoni, Gould, l. s. c. p. 18: Jerd. B. Ind. ii.
p. 52.

a Darjeeling (“ A. egertoni ’ E. Blyth) 1850.

TIMELIIDiE.

23

105. Actinodura nipalensis.

Sibia nipalensis , Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 145.

Actinodura nipalensis , G. R. Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846),
p. 84 : J erd. B. Ind. ii. p. 53.

a Nepal (. B . H. Hodgson 257) 1845.

Sibia.

Sibia, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. viii. p. 37 (1840).

106. Sibia picaoides.

Sibia picaoides , Hodgs. J. A. S. B. viii. p. 38 : G. R. Gray,
Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846) p. 88 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 55.
a Nepal (. B . H. Hodgson 246) 1845.

107. Sibia capistrata.

Cinclosoma capistratum, Vig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 56.

Sibia capistrata, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 54.

Sibia nigriceps, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. viii. p. 38 (1839).
a Himalaya (Ar. G. StricJcland) 1838. — b Nepal (. B . H. Hodg-
son 258) 1845. — c Gogra Hills (W. J . E. Boys) 1847.

Cinclosoma.

Cinclosoma, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p. 219
(1825).

108. Cinclosoma punetatum,

Turdus punctatus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xliv.

Cinclosoma punetatum, Vig. Gould, B. Austr. iv. t. 4.
a Australia ? (Askew), 1834. — b Australia (Askew), 1834.—
c Australia (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

Grammatoptila.

Grammatoptila , Reichenbach, Av. Syst. t. lxxxv. (1850).

109. Grammatoptila striata.

Garrulus striatus, Vig. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 7 : Gould, Cent. B.
Him. t. 37.

Grammatoptila striata, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 11.
a India (“ Keropia striata ” E . Blyth) 1846. — Kumaon
(W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

24

PASSERES.

Turnagra.

Turnagra , Lesson, Compl. Buff. ii. p. 216 (1837).

110. Turnagra crassirostris.

Turdus crassirostris, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 815.

Turnagra crassirostris , Gray, Buffer, B. N. Zeal. p. 139.
a New Zealand {Fenton) 1850.

G. B. Gray (Gen. B. i. p. 227 and Hand-list. i. p. 284) places Ta-
nagra capensis , Sparrm. as a synonym of tliis species, a view from
which Strickland dissented (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 27), consider-
ing Sparrman’s name applicable to the bird subsequently called
Lanius corvinus by Shaw.

SUB-FAMILY. — TIMELIIN^E.

Timelia.

Timalia, Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 150 (1820).

111. Timelia nigricollis.

Timalia nigricollis, Temm. PI. Col. 594. f. 2.
a Malacca {Mather) 1840.

112. Timelia leucotis.

Timalia leucotis, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1848 p. 63, pi. 10.
a Malacca {Gardner) 1847.

The type of the species as described l. c.

113. Timelia erythroptera.

Timalia erythroptera, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 794.
Brachypteryx acutirostris , Eyton, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvi.

p. 228.

a Malacca {N. G. StricJcland) 1838.

According to Strickland (P. Z. S. 1846, p. 103) a true Timelia.
Malacopterum.

Malacopteron, Eyton, P. Z. S, 1839, p. 102.

114. Malacopterum magnum.

Malacopteron magnum, Eyton, l. s. c.
a Malacca {Mather) 1840.

Compared by Strickland with Eyton’s type.

TIMELIIDiE.

25

115. Malacopterum cantori.

Alcippe cantori, Moore, P. Z. S. 1854, p. 277.
a Malacca (Askew) 1839.

Agrees with a specimen of Wallace’s in Lord Tweeddale’s collec-
tion which has been compared and identified with Moore’s type.

116. Malacopterum magnirostre.

Alcippe magnirostris, Moore, P. Z. S. 1854, p. 277.
a Malacca (Argent) 1850.

Agrees with specimens thus named in Lord Tweeddale’s collec-
tion and with Moore’s description.

Mixornis.

Mixornis, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 380 note (1844) :
Zool. Misc. p. 83 (1844),

117. Mixornis gularis.

Timalia gularis, Horsf. Zool. Bes. Jav. pi. — f. 2.
a Malacca (Gardner) 1844.

Dumetia.

Dumetia, Blyth, Cat. Birds As. Soc. p. 140 (1849).

118. Dumetia albogularis.

Malacocercus ? albogularis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 453.
Pellorneum albogularis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxi. p. 357.
Dumetia albogularis, J erd. B. Ind. ii. p. 26.
a, — b S. India (T. C. Jerdon , “ Timelia hyperythra ”) 1850.

Macronus.

Macronus, Jardine & Selby, 111. Orn. iii. p. 150 (183 — ).

119. Macronus ptilosus.

Macronus ptilosus, Jard. & Selb. 1. s. c.
a Malacca (Mather) 1840.

Pellorneum.

Pellorneum, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 487 (1831),

26

PASSERES.

120. Pellorneum ruficeps.

Pellorneum ruficeps , Sw. 1. s . c. ; Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 27.
a India ( Gardner ) 1844. — b ( Gardner ) 1847. — c Himalaya
[Stevens) 1850.

Turdinus.

Turdinus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 382 (1844).

121. Turdinus macrodactylus.

Malacopteron macrodactylum, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 417.

Turdinus macrodactylus, Blyth, l. s. c.

Brachypteryx albogularis, Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 401 :
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 103.
a Malacca [Mather) 1840.

This specimen is the type of the species.

Drymocataphus.

Drymocataphus , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xviii. pt. 2, p. 815
(1850).

122. Drymocataphus nigrocapitatus.

Brachypteryx nigrocapitata, Eyt. P. Z. S. 1839, p. 103.
Goldana capistratoides, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1849. p. 128,
pi. 23.

a Malacca [Mather) 1840.

In a MS. note to his paper [ut s. c.) Strickland refers this species
to Blyth’s genus Drymocataphus .

Trichostoma.

Trichastoma, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 795 (1842).

123. Trichostoma abboti.

Malacocincla abboti, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 601 (1845).
a Arkaan [E. Blyth) 1847. — b [Bt. at Birmingham) 1849.
With reference to the figures (Contr. Orn. 1849, pi. 22) of Trichos-
toma umbratile and T . celebense Strickland has written in his copy,
“ The black streak through the eye of both figures is a fancy of the
colourer. It does not exist in the birds. H. E. S.”

TIMELIIDA3.

27

Alcippe.

Alcippe, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 384 (1844).

124. Alcippe atriceps.

“ Brachypteryx atriceps , Jerd.” Blyth, l. s. c.

Alcippe atriceps , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 19.
a ( Gardner ) 1840.

Forests of Southern India.

125. Alcippe magnirostris.

Alcippe magnirostris , Wald. J. A. S. B. xliii. extra No.
p. 115 ( nee Moore).

A. phayrei, Blyth, op. cit. xiv. p. 601. ?
a {Askew) 1837.

Lord Tweeddale, who has kindly examined for me this and other
specimens of this obscure family, says “that it is identical with his
type specimen of A. magnirostris, but that it may be A. phayrii,
Blyth.” This name Blyth seems latterly to have considered a sy-
nonym of A. nipalensis, supposing his title to have been founded upon
what was probably the young of that species. A. nipalensis , however,
is a much smaller bird, and differs in the coloration of the head.

126. Alcippe nipalensis.

Siva nipalensis , Hodgs. Indian Review, 1838, p. 89.

Alcippe nipalensis , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 18.
a Nepal {B. H. Hodgson 357) 1845. — b India (K Blyth)
1846.

Stachyris.

Stachyris, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 378 (1844).

127. Stachyris pyrrhops.

S. pyrrhops, Hodgson. 1. s. c. p. 379 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 21.
a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 410) 1845. — b Himalaya ( Stevens )
1850.

128. Stachyris ruficeps.

Stachyris ruficeps, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 452: Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 27.

a N. India ( Williams) 1848.

28

PASSERES.

Pyctorhis.

Pyctorhis, Hodgson, Zool. Misc. p. 83 (1844).

129. Pyctorhis sinensis.

Parus sinensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1012.

Timalia horsfieldi , Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. iii. pi. 119.
Timalia hypoleuca, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 118.
Pyctorhis sinensis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 15.
a India (Havell) 1839. — b Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1850.

POMATORHINUS.

Pomatorhinus, Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 164 (1820).

130. Pomatorhinus borneensis.

Pomatorhinus borneensis, Cab. Mus. Hein. p. 84 : Salvad,
An. Mus. Civ. Genov, v. p. 210.

Pomatorhinus montanus , S. Mull, (nec Horsf.)
a Malacca (Argent).

131. Pomatorhinus ruficollis.

Pomatorhinus ruficollis , Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 182 : Zool.
Misc. p. 83: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 29.

a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 239) 1845. — b $ Kumaon (TP. J.E.
Boys) 1847.

132. Pomatorhinus erythrogenys.

Pomatorhimus erythrogenys , Vig. P. Z. S. 1830—1, p. 173 :
Gould, Cent. B. Him. pi. 55: Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 31.

a Nepal (B. H Hodgson 237) 1845.

133. Pomatorhinus leucogaster.

Pomatorhinus leucogaster , Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 137 ;
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 30.
a India (Stevens) 1844.

134. Pomatorhinus schisticeps.

Pomatorhinus schisticeps, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 180: Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 29: Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 113.
a Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

CINCLIDJE.

29

135. Pomatorhinus horsfieldi.

Pomatorhinus horsfieldi, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 89 : Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 31.

a India ( Gardner ) 1844. — b S. India (“ P. horsfieldi ” T. C.
Jerdon ) 1850.

136, Pomatorhinns temporalis.

Pomatorhinus temporalis , Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv.
p. 330 : Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 20.

Pomatorhinus trivirgatus, Temm. PI. Col. 20.
a Australia (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

FAMILY. — CINCLIDiE.

CINCLUS.

Ginclus, Bechstein, Naturg. Deutschl. iii. p. 808 (1802).

137. Cinclus aquaticus.

Cinclus aquaticus , Bechst. 1. s. c. : Newton ed. Yarr. Brit. B.
i. p. 241: Salvin, Ibis, 1867, p. 113.

a Rosshire ( Hyett ) 1844. — b N. Wales (H. E. Strickland )
Jan. 1851.

138. Cinclus leucogaster.

Ginclus leucogaster , Brandt, TchihatchefTs Voy. Altai, p. 417 :
Bp. Consp. p. 252 : Salvin, Ibis, 1867, pp. 117, 382.
a W. Siberia ( Brandt ) 1844.

Doubtless a typical specimen.

139. Cinclus asiaticus.

Ginclus asiaticus, Sw. Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 174 : Salv. Ibis,
1867, p. 120.

Hydrobata asiatica, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 506.

Cinclus pallasi , Gould, Cent. B. Him. t. 24.
a Kumaon (If. J. E. Boys) 1847. — b N. India (If. J. E.
Boys) 1848.

30

PASSERES.

140. Cinclus mexicanus.

Cinclus mexicanus , Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 368 : Salv. Ibis,

1867, p. 120.

Cinclus unicolor , Bp. Comp. List. p. 19.
a Mexico ( T '. Mann) 1844.

FAMILY. -HENICURID M.

Henicurus.

Enicurus, Temm. PI. Col. 160. Livr. 27 (July 1823).

141. Henicurus schistaceus.

Enicurus schistaceus, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 189 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 214.

Henicurus schistaceus , Elwes, Ibis, 1872, p. 253.
a (T. C. Eyton) 1850.

142. Henicurus immaculatus.

Enicurus immaculatus, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 190: Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 213.

Henicurus immaculatus, Elwes, Ibis, 1872, p. 254 : Blyth,
J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 97.
a Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

143. Henicurus scouleri.

Enicurus scouleri, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 174 : Gould, Cent.
B. Him. pi. 28: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 214.

Henicurus scouleri , Elwes, Ibis, 1872, p. 255.
a f Kumaon (W. J . E. Boys) 1847.

144. Henicurus maculatus.

Enicurus maculatus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 9 : Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 27 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 212.

Henicurus maculatus, Elwes, Ibis, 1872, p. 260.
a Himalaya (AT. C. Strickland) 1838. —6 Kumaon (W> J . E '.
Boys) 1847.

SYLVIID.E.

31

FAMILY. — SYLVIIDiE.

SUB-FAMILY. — SAXICOLLNYE.

Saxicola.

Saxicola, Bechstein, Orn. Taschenb. p. 216 (1802).

145. Saxicola CBixantlie.

Motacilla oenanthe, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 352.

Saxicola oenanthe , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98 ; 1850. p.
216 : Blanf. & Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 218: Newton, ed. Yarr.
Brit. B. i. p. 347.

a, — b Aberdovey (II. E. Strickland) Ang. 1833. — c (Askew)
1834. — d Smyrna (H.E. Strickland) April, 1836. ■ — e, — /Britain ?
(N. C. Strickland) 1838. — g Senegal ( Isaacson ) 1840. — Kartoum
Oct. 1848 (J. Petherick) 1848.

146. Saxicola albicollis.

Motacilla stapazina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 331 ( partim ).
(Enanthe albicollis , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 424.
Saxicola aurita, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 341 : Strickl. P. Z.
S. 1836, p. 98.

a $ Morea (H. E. Strickland) May 1836. —b £ Smyrna
(H. E. Strickland) April, 1836.

147. Saxicola stapazina.

Saxicola stapazina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 331 (partim).
(Enanthe stapazina, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 428.
Saxicola stapazina, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 239.
a S. Europe (Bt. at Dresden) 1845.

In 1843 Strickland, in his notes to Col. Drummond-Hay’s Cata-
logue of Birds found in Corfu &c. (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. pp. 416,
424) refers to the supposed identity of S. stapazina and S. albicollis
(aurita), and remarks that the former having been found breeding in
Corfu, the distinctness of the latter would be proved on its being
found to breed in Crete. In a notice of Malherbe’s ‘Faune Ornitho-
logique de la Sicile’ (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 432) attention is
drawn to his assertion of their distinctness. Though Strickland
as late as 1849 (Contr. Orn. p. 60) still seemed undecided on the

32

PASSERES.

point, the question cannot now be considered an open one, as the
fact of the distinctness of the two species is quite settled.

148. Saxicola deserti.

Saxicola deserti , Temm. PI. Col. 359, f. 2 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1850, p. 216 : Blanf. & Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 224.

Saxicola atrogularis, Blytb, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 130.
a £ Kartoum, Oct. 1848 (J. Petherick) 1848. — b N. India
(Stevens) 1850.

149. Saxicola leucomela.

Motacilla leucomela , Pall. N. Comm. Petr. xiv. p. 584. t. 22.
f. 3.

Saxicola leucomela , Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 243 : Blanf. &
Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 225.

Saxicola lugens, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 33.
a (Askew) 1837.

Asia and N. E. Africa.

150. Saxicola morio.

Saxicola morio, Ehr. Symb. Phys. fol. aa : Blanf. &

Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 225.

Saxicola leucomela, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 131 (nec Pallas).
a $ Siberia (J. F. Brandt) 1846.

151. Saxicola picata.

Saxicola picata, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 131 : Blanf. &
Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 227.

a, — b. N. India (TP. J. E. Boys) 1847.

152. Saxicola leucura.

Turdus leucurus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 820.

Saxicola leucura, Blanf. & Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 228.
a Dalmatia (L. Coulon) 1836.

153. Saxicola opistholeuca.

Saxicola opistholeuca, Strickland, Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 60.
t. 13 : Blanf. & Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 229.
a N. India ( W. J. E. Boys) 1848.

Probably the type of the species, at one time in Mr Sclater’s
collection.

SYLVIID^E.

33

154. Saxicola isabellina.

Saxicola , isabellina, Cretzschm. Riipp. Atl. p. 52. t. 34 b :
Blanf. & Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 228.

Saxicola oenanthe, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 132.
a Benares ( W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — b N. India ( W. J. E.
Boys), 1847. — c f Kartoum, Nov. 1848 (J*. Petherick) 1848.

a and b were both considered by Strickland to belong to S. oenanthe ;
c is referred to in Strickland’s paper on the Birds procured in Kordofan
by Petherick (P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216).

155. Saxicola leucomelsena.

Saxicola leucomelcena , Burchell, Travels in S. Afr. i. p. 335.:
Isis, 1823, p. 153 : Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 146.
a Damara-land ((7. J. Andersson) 1852.

156. Saxicola pollux.

Saxicola pollux, Hartl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 747 : Blanf. &
Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 235.
a £ S. Africa [Dr A. Smith).

157. Saxicola familiaris.

Saxicola familiaris, Steph. in Sliaw’s Zool. xiii. Suppl.
p. 241 : Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 103.
a Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1832.

158. Saxicola gallon!.

Erythropygia galtoni, Strickland, Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 147.
Saxicola galtoni, Blanf. & Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p, 237.
a Damara-land (O. J. Andersson) 1852.

The type of the species as described by Strickland (l. s. c.) This
bird has been identified by many writers with S. sperata (Lath.), by
others with S. familiaris, Steph. ; but' see Blanford’s and Dresser’s re-
marks on this point (l. s. c.). It is distinct from though closely allied
to the preceding species, which I believe to be S. familiaris, Steph.

159. Saxicola sinuata.

Luscinia sinuata, Sundev. K. Sv. Yet. Akad. Hand. ii. p. 44.
(1857).

Saxicola sinuata, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 106 ; Blanf. & Dresser,
P. Z. S. 1874, p. 238.
s. c.

o

o

34

PASSERES.

a $ Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1833.

Considered by Strickland to be either S. sperata, Lath, or S.
familiaris Steph.

160. Saxicola bifasciata.

Saxicola bifasciata, , Temm. PI. Col. 472. f. 2: Blanf. &
Dresser, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 239.

Sylvia hottentota , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 965.
a S. Africa (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Damara-land (C. J.
Anders son) 1852.

In their paper on Birds from Damara-land (Contr. Orn. 1852, p.
146), Strickland and Sclater identify this bird with Gmelin’s S. hotten-
tota, but Blanford and Dresser state that they found it quite
impossible to determine the 1 Grand Motteux du Cap de B. Esp^rance,’
of Buffon upon which Gmelin bestowed his name.

161 Saxicola infuscata.

Saxicola infuscata, Smith, Zool. S. Afr. t. 28 : Gurney, in
And. B. Damara-1. p. 107.

Saxicola sp. Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Om. 1852, p. 146. No. 29.
a Damara-land ( C J. Andersson) 1852.

Myrmecocichla.

Myrmecocichla, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 8 (1850).

162. Myrmecocichla formicivora.

Saxicola formicivora , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. Nat.
p. 421.

Myrmicocichla formicivora , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 110.
a S. Africa (Askew) 1834.

163. Myrmecocichla sethiops.

Myrmecocichla cethiops, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 8 (ex Licht.

MS.).

a S. Africa (Thomas) 1842.

This specimen agrees best with examples in the British Museum
bearing this name.

SYLVIIM.

35

Pkatincola.

Pratincola, Koch, Syst. d. Baier. Zool. i. p. 190 (1816).

164. Pratincola rubicola.

Motacilla rubicola , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 332.

Pratincola rubicola, Koch, l. s. c.

Saxicola rubicola, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98: Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 339.

a £, — b £ juv. — c $ Worcestershire (H. E . Strickland) May,
1834. — d £ Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) March, 1834.
— e $ Smyrna (H. E. Strickland) 20 Nov. 1835.

165. Pratincola indica.

Pratincola indica , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 120: Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 124.

Saxicola saturation , Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83.
a Nepal (. B . H. Hodgson 300) 1845. — b f Madras (“Saxicola
rubicola fern” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — c Benares ( W. J. E. Boys)
1847. — d £ juv. India (“Pratincola indica ” E. Blyth) 1850.

166. Pratincola pastor.

Pratincola pastor, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 410
(1844): Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 111.

a f Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 29 April, 1832.
- — b £ Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 18 April, 1832.

The types of the species as described by Strickland l . s. c,

167. Pratincola caprata.

Motacilla caprata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 335.

Saxicola caprata, G. B. Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846) p. 71.
Pratincola caprata, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. 123 : Wald. Trans. Z. S.
ix. p. 193.

a (Askew) 1834. —b Luzon (Cuming) 14 June, 1839. —
c Madras (“ Saxicola caprata” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. —d Nepal
(B. H. Hodgson 420) 1845. — e Benares (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.
— / (Gardner) 1847.

168. Pratincola ferrea.

Rubicola f err ea, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83 (descr. nulla).
Saxicola ferrea , G. B. Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846) p. 71
(descr. nulla).

3—2

36

PASSERES.

Pratincola ferrea , Hodgs. Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 129 :
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 127.

a Himalaya (A". G. Strickland) 1838. — b Nepal (B. H.
Hodgson 416) 1845. — -c Kumaon (TF. J . E. Boys) 1847. — d
India (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

169. Pratincola rubetra.

Motacilla rubetra, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 332.

Saxicola rubetra , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 9.
a £ jnv. Worcestershire (. H . E. Strickland) 1828. — b £ Wor-
cestershire (H. E. Strickland) 28 April, 1832. — c £ Worcester-
shire (Id. E. Strickland) May, 1834.

Thamnobia.

Thamnobia , Swainson, Fann. Bor. Am. ii. p. 489 (1831).

170. Thamnobia fulicata.

Motacilla fulicata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 336.

Thamnobia fulicata, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 121.
a Philippine Islands ? (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b India
(A. G. Strickland) 1838.

If the Philippine origin of specimen a were free from doubt, we
should have the first authentic proof of the presence of the species in
those islands since Brisson’s statement that he received his type from
there through M. Aubrey (see Walden, Trans., Z. S. ix. p. 193).

171. Thamnobia cinnamomeiventris.

Turdus cinnamomeiventris, Lafr. Mag. Zool. 1836, tt. 55, 56.
Saxicola albiscapulata, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 106. ( nec Btipp.)
a S, Africa [Askew) 1834. — b S. Africa (N. G. Strickland)
1838.

172. Thamnobia cambaiensis.

Sylvia cambaiensis, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 554.

Thamnobia cambaiensis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 122.
a N. India [N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Penthol^ea.

Pentholcea, Cabanis, Mas. Plein. i. p. 40 (1850).

173. Pentholsea frontalis.

Saxicola f rontalis, Swains, Birds W. Afr. ii. p. 46.

SYLVIIDiE.

37

Pentholcea frontalis , Cab. 1. s. c. ■

a Africa ( Arthur Strickland) 1840.

Petrceca.

Petroica, Swainson, ZooL 111. ser. 2. i. pi. 36 (1832-33).

174. PstrcBca multicolor.

Muscicapa multicolor , Yig. & Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. xv.
p. 243.

Petroica multicolor , Swains. Classif. B. ii. p. 240 : Could, B.
Austr. iii. pi. 3.

a New South Wales (W. G. Strickland) 1838. * — b (. Dewgard )

1851.

175. Petrceca rosea.

Petroica rosea, Gould, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 142.

Erythrodryas rosea, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 2.
a New South Wales [N. G. Strickland) 1838.

176. Petroeca phcenicea.

Petroica phoenicea, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 105 : B. Austr. iii.
pi. 6.

n, — b New South Wales (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

177. Petroeca goodenovi.

Muscicapa goodenovi, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. xv.
p. 245.

Petroica goodenovi, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 5.
a New South Wales (N> G. Strickland) 1838.

178. Petrceca cucullata.

Muscicapa cucullata, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. li.

Petroeca cucullata, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 337.
a Australia (Stevens), 1842.

Strickland ( l . s. c.) identified P. bicolor , Swains., a name long
borne by this bird, with Latham’s description drawn up from one of
the Earl of Derby’s ‘ New South Wales Drawings’.

179. Petrceca macrocephala.

Parus macrocephalus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1013.

38

PASSERES.

Petroeca macrocephala, Gray, Zool. Ereb. & Terr. Birds, p. 6.
Myiomoira macrocephala , Buller B. N. Zeal. p. 126.
a New Zealand [Fenton) 1850.

SlALlA.

Sialia , Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 173 (1827).

180. Sialia wilsoni.

Motacilla sialis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 336.

Sialia wilsoni , Swains. 1. s. c.

Sialia sialis , Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. Birds, i.

p. 62.

a N. America [Askew) 1833. — h Bermuda [Stevens) 1843. — c
[Arthur Strickland) 1840. — d N. America [Gardner) 1845. — e
Guatemala [J. Constancia) 1845.

181. Sialia mexicana.

Sialia mexicana , Swains. Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 202 : Baird,
Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. Birds i. p. 65.
a Mexico [T. Mann) 1844.

Origma.

Origma , Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 148.

182. Origma rubricata.

Sylvia rubricata , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lv.

Origma rubricata, Gould, B. Austr. iii. t. 69.
a [A. Strickland) 1850.

An Australian species.

SUB-FAMILY. — RUTICILLINiE.

RuticillA.

Euticilla, C. L. Brehm, Isis. 1828, p. 12801.

183. Euticilla phcenicurus.

Motacilla phcenicurus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 335.

1 In stating (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 422) that Phoenicura, Sw. (1831)
should be employed instead of Euticilla “ Ray” Strickland overlooked Brehm’s
use of the latter name.

SYLVUDiE.

39

Ruticilla phcenicurus, Newton, ed. Yarn Brit. B. i. p. 329.
a £, — b f Worcestershire (H. E . Strickland) May, 1837. — c
Gloucestershire ( H . E. Strickland) June, 1850.

184. Ruticilla titys.

Sylvia tithys, Scop., Ann. i. Hist. Nat. i. p. 157.

Phcenicura tithys , Jard. & Selb., Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836.
p. 98.

Ruticilla titys , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 333.
a f, — h $ Smyrna (H. E. Strickland) Dec. 1835.

Found by Strickland throughout the winter on the bare rocky
hills near Smyrna.

185. Ruticilla rufiventris.

(Enanthe rufiventris , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 431.
Ruticilla rufiventris , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 137.

Phcenicura atrata, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. pi. 86. f. 3.
a India (Askew) 1837. — b $ Madras (“ Phcenicura atrata'
T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — c, — d India (“ Ruticilla atrata ” E. Blyth)
1846.

186. Ruticilla cseruleocephala.

Phcenicura cceruleocephala, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 35 : Gould,
Cent. B. Him. t. 25, f. 2.

Ruticilla cceruleocephala , Jerd. B. Ind.. ii. p. 141.
a N. India (W. J. E. Boys) 1848. — b Himalaya (Stevens)
1850.

187. Ruticilla frontalis.

Phcenicura frontalis, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1. p. 172 : Gould,
Cent. B. Him. t. 26. f. 1.

Ruticilla frontalis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 141.

Phcenicura tricolor, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83.
a Himalaya (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Nepal (B. II.
Hodgson 483) 1845. — c Bugaisir (W. J. E. Boys) 1847,

188. Ruticilla fuliginosa.

Phcenicura fuliginosa, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 35.

Ruticilla fuliginosa, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 142.

Phcenicura rubricauda , Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 68.

40

PASSERES.

a, ~b Nepal ( B. H . Hodgson 298, 418) 1845. — c, — d Ku-
maon ( W . E. J. Boys) 1847. — e N. India ( W . J. E. Boys) 1848.

Chimarrhornis.

Chaimarrornis, Hodgson, Zool. Miscell. p. 82 (1844).

189. Chimarrhornis leiicocepliala.

Phoenicura leucocephala, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 35 : Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 26, f. 2.

Chaimarrornis leucocephala, Hodgs. 1. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. ii.
p. 143.

a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 297) 1845. — b Kumaon ( W . J . E.

Boys) 1847. — c Himalaya ( Stevens ) 1849.

.

Larviyora.

Larvivora, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. vi. p. 102 (1837.)

190. Larvivora cyanea.

Larvivora cyanea, Hodgs. 1. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 145.
a Madras ( T . C. Jerdon) 1845,

Cyanecula.

Cyanecida, C. L. Brelim, Isis, 1828, p. 1280.

191. Cyanecula suecica.

Motacilla suecica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 336.

Cyanecula suecica, Dresser, B. Eur.

Phoenicura suecica, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98.

Ruticilla suecica, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 321.
a W. Siberia {J. F. Brandi) 1844. — b Lapland [E. De Selys
Longchamps) 1845. — c Madras (Y. C. Jerdon) 1845. — d Britain
(W. Kirtland ) 1846. ~e Siberia (J. F. Brandt) 1846. — f, — g
India (E. Blytli) 1846. — h India (IT. J. E. Boys) 1847. — i
Marwar (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

Strickland believed that he saw this bird near Smyrna in April.

192. Cyanecula wolfi.

Sylvia wolfi, C. L. Brelim, Beitr. z. Vogelk. ii. p. 173:
Dresser, B. Ear. ( partim ).

a $ Spain (Boissoneau) 1839.

SYLVIID.E.

41

Daulias.

Daidias , Boie, Isis, 1831, p. 542 \

193. Daulias luscinia,

Motacilla luscinia, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 328.

Daulias luscinia, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. p. 312.

Philomela luscinia, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98.
a £ Worcestershire ( H . E. Strickland) 1833.

Heard by Strickland on April 5th near Huskak in Asia Minor.

Ianthia.

Ianthia , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 133 (1847) : Nemura ,
Hodgs. P. Z. S. 1845, p. 27 {nec Latreille).

194. Ianthia rufilata.

Nemura rufilata, Hodgs. 1. s. c.

Ianthia rufilata , Blyth, l. s. c. : Jard. Contr. Orn. 1850,
p. 28. pi. 44.

Ianthia cyanura, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 146, {nec Pall. cf. Blyth,
Ibis, 1867, p. 16).

a Kumaon ( W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — b N. India ( W. J. E.
Boys) 1848.

Calliope.

Calliope, Gould, Birds of Eur. t. 114. (1836).

195. Calliope camtschatkensis.

Turdus camtschatkensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 817.

Calliope lathami, Gould, l. s. c.

Calliope camtschatkensis, Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi.
p. 422 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 150.
a, — b India {E. Blyth) 1846.

Erithacus.

Erithacus, Cuvier, Le<j. d’Anat. Comp. i. Tab. 2. (1800).

196. Erithacus rubecula.

- Motacilla rubecula, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 337.

1 See Strickland’s remarks respecting tlie generic title for tlie Nightingale,
Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 422.

42

PASSERES.

Erithacus nubecula , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 305 :
Dresser, B. Eur.

a Oxfordshire (N. C. Strickland ) 10 July 1833. — b f Wor-
cestershire [H. E. Strickland) Feb. 1837.

Bradypterus.

Bradypterus, Swainson, Classif. Birds, ii. p. 241 (1837).

197. Bradypterus sericeus.

Sylvia sericea , Natt. Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 197.
Bradypterus sericeus , Dresser, B. Eur.

Bradypterus platurus , Sw. 1. s. c.

Cettia altisonans, Gould, B. Eur. ii. pi. 114.
a Italy (. Boissoneau ) 1839.

Aedon.

Aedon, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 972 \

198. Aedon galactodes.

Sylvia galactotes, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 182 (1820).

Aedon galactodes , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 355.
a $, — b f Morea (H. E. Strickland) May 1836.

199. Aedon paena.

Erythropygia paena , Smith, Hep. Exp. Afr. p. 46 : Zool. S. Afr.
t. 30.

JEdon poena, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 99.
a S. Africa ( Capt . Alexander) 1838.

200. Aedon leucophrys.

Sylvia leucophrys , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p. 191.

AEdon leucophrys, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 99.

Turdus pipiens , Steph. Shaw’s Zool. xiii. Suppl. p. 202.
a S. Africa ( Bought at Birmingham) 1843.

201. Aedon coryphaeus.

Sylvia coryphaeus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p. 177.
Bradypterus coryphaeus, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 100.
a £ Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1833.

1 See Strickland’s note as to the position of this genus (Ann. & Mag. N. H.
vi. p. 422).

SYLVIIDiE.

43

SUB-FAMILY.— SYLYIIN^E.

Sylvia.

Sylvia, Scopoli, Annus i. Hist. Nat. p. 154 (1769).

202. Sylvia atricapilla.

Motacilla atricapilla, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 332.

Sylvia atricapilla, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 418.
a $ juv. — b $ Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) 1834.

203. Sylvia orphea.

Sylvia orphea, Temm. Man. d’Orn. p. 107 (1815): Newton,
ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 423 ( et auctt. plurr.)

Motacilla hortensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 955, ex D’Aubent. PI.
Enl. 579. f. 1. ?

Curruca hortensis, Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii.
p. 372.

a f, — b £ Zante (H. E. Strickland) May 1836. — c {Askew)
1.837.

c seems to belong to the large Indian form S. jerdoni.

204. Sylvia salicaria.

Motacilla salicaria, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 330.

Sylvia salicaria, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 414.

Sylvia hortensis, var. B.Latli. Ind. Orn. p. 507 {et auctt. plurr.
nec Motacilla hortensis , Gm.).

a f Zante {H. E. Strickland) 19 May 1836. — b Worcester-
shire {Robinson) 1840.

205. Sylvia subalpina.

Sylvia subalpina, Bonelli, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 214 (1820) :
Dresser, B. Eur.

Sylvia passerina, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 213 {nec Gm.).
a Hymettus {Bought at Dresden) 1845. — b Tangiers {F.
Favier) 1848.

206. Sylvia conspicillata.

Sylvia conspicillata , La Marm. Mem. Ac. Tor, 1819: Dresser,
B. Eur.

a f, — b £ S. Europe (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

' 44

PASSERES..

207. Sylvia curruca.

Motacilla curruca , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 329.

Sylvia curruca, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 410: Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 209.

a Madras (T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — b $ Worcestershire (R. E. '
Strickland ) 1833. — c $ Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) 6
May, 1837. —d (Askew) 1837.

208. Sylvia affinis.

Curruca affinis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 564.

Sylvia affinis, Jerd. B. India, ii. p. 209.
a Madras (“C. affinis , Blyth” T. G. Jerdon ) 1846.

209. Sylvia rufa.

Motacilla rnfa, Bodd. Tab. PI. Enl. p. 35.

Sylvia rufa, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 406.

Sylvia cinerea, Lath, et auctt. plurr.

Curruca cinerea, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98.
a Tuscany (G. Passerini) Aug. 1833. — b Worcestershire
(R. E. Strickland) 1834. — c £ Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland)
12 May, 1837.

Seen by Strickland near Smyrna.

210. Sylvia nisoria.

Sylvia nisoria, Bechst. Naturg. Deutsehl. iii. p. 547 : Dresser,
B. Eur.

a S. Europe (P. L. Sclater).

211. Sylvia melanocephala.

Motacilla melanocephala, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 970.

Curruca melanocephala, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98.
a £ 20 Nov. — b £ 10 Dec. Smyrna (. H . E. Strickland) 1835.
c $ 18 May, — d £ 21 May Zante (H. E. Strickland) 1836.

Strickland says that this bird remains throughout the year at
Smyrna.

Melizophilus.

Melizophilus, Leach, Syst. Cat. Mamm. & Birds in Brit.
Mus. p. 25 (1816).

SYLVIIDiE.

45

212. Melizophilus undatus.

Pittecliou de Provence , DAubent. PL Enl. 655, f. i. unde.
Motacilla undata , Bodd. Tab. Pl. Enl. p. 40.

Melizophilus undatus, Newton, ed. Yarn Brit. B. p. 398.
a Tuscany ( G . Passerini ) *1836.

SUB-FAMILY. — PHYLLOSCOPINiE.
Phylloscopus \

Phylloscopus , Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 970.

213. Phylloscopus viridamxs.

Phylloscopus viridanus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 967 :
Seebobm, Ibis, 1877, p. 73.
a, — b India (A. Blyth) 1846.

Sent to Strickland by Blyth, as P. viridanus, three years after
he had named the species.

214. Phylloscopus lugubris.

Phylloscopus lugubris, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 968 : Seebohm,
Ibis, 1877, p. 78.

a India ( E . Blyth) 1846.

Sent by Blyth as a specimen of his P. lugubris.

215. Phylloscopus occipitalis.

<( Phyllopneuste occipitalis, Jerd.” apud Blyth.

Phylloscopus occipitalis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 593 : See-
bohm, Ibis, 1877, p. 80.
a $ India ( Stevens ) 1844.

216. Phylloscopus viridipennis.

Phylloscopus viridipennis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxiv. p. 275 :
Seebohm, Ibis, 1877, p. 82.
a India (E. Blyth) 1846.

1 For the names of the species of this intricate gentis I am indebted to
Mr H. Seebobm, who examined the skins in the Strickland collection at the time
he was compiling his exhaustive paper published in the Ibis (1877, p. 66
et seqq.).

46

PASSERES.

217. Phylloscopus indicus.

Sylvia indica, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xi. p. 6.

Phylloscopus indicus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 194 : Seebohm, Ibis,
1877, p. 87.

a N. India (W. J. E. Boys) 1848.

218. Phylloscopus sibilatrix.

Motacilla sibilatrix, Becbst. Naturf. xxvii. p. 47.
Phylloscopus sibilatrix, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 427 :
Seebohm: Ibis, 1877, p. 89.

a £ Boynton (. Arthur Strickland) 1 May, 1830.
b £ Worcestershire (II. E. Strickland) 1833.

In his Commentary on Gray’s Genera of Birds Strickland pointed
ont that Bechstein’s name P. sibilatrix antedated Montagu’s title
Sylvia sylvicola applied to the same species (Ann. & Mag. N. H.
vi. p. 422). He followed Bonaparte in using the name Phyllopneuste ,
a term never formally introduced genetically, and which is now
properly merged in Phylloscopus (cf. Newton, op. cit. p. 442, note).

219. Phylloscopus trochilus.

Motacilla trochilus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 338.

Phylloscopus trochilus, Boie, Seebohm, Ibis, 1877, p. 90.
a Trollhatten (N. C. Strickland) 25 May, 1831. • — b £ Wor-
cestershire (H. E. Strickland) 1834. — c £ Worcestershire ( H '. E.
Strickland) 12 May, 1837. — d Kartoum (J. Petlierick ) 1848.

The Kartoum specimen (d) was correctly identified with this
species by Strickland (P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216).

220. Phylloscopus bonellii.

Sylvia bonellii, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxviii. p. 91.
Phylloscopus bonellii, Seebohm, Ibis, 1877, p. 94.
Sylvia nattereri, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 227.
a Savoy (P. L. Sclater) 1850.

221. Phylloscopus collybita.

Sylvia collybita, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p. 235.
Phylloscopus collybita, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 437 :
Seebohm, Ibis, 1877, p. 95.

Phyllopneuste rufa, auett. plurr.

a Lombardy (Bt in Parma) 1884.—- b Smyrna (H. E. Strick-

SYLVIIDiE. 47

land) 20 Nov. 1835. — c $ Smyrna (H. E. Strickland) 22 Nov.
1835. — d Europe (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

c is the type of Strickland’s Sylvia brevirostris (P. Z. S. 1836, p.
98). This Mr Seebohm pronounces without hesitation to be iden-
tical with P. collybita (l. s. c.).

222. Phylloscopus tristis.

Phylloscopus tristis , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 966 : Seebohm,
Ibis, 1877, p. 97.

a India (“P. tristis ” E. Blyth) 1846. — b India (E. Blyth)

1847.

223. Phylloscopus affinis.

Motacilla ajffinis , Tickell, J. A. S. B. ii. p. 576.

Phylloscopus affinis, Blyth, Seebohm, Ibis, 1877, p. 100.
a India (E. Blyth) 1846. — b Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1846.
— c, — d Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

a is one of the birds Blyth (J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 442) speaks of as
having long been regarded by him as the young of P. lugubris , under
which name he sent it to Strickland. The species is omitted from
Blyth’s Birds of Burma (J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No.).

224. Phylloscopus superciliosus.

Motacilla superciliosa, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 975.

Phylloscopus superciliosus , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p.
443 : Seebohm, Ibis, 1877, p. 102.

Phylloscopus modestus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 963.
n, — b India (“P. modestus ” E. Blyth) 1846.

ClJLICIPETA.

Culicipeta, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 968 (1843).

225. Culicipeta burkii,

Sylvia burkii , Burton, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 153.

Culicipeta burkii , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 199.
a India (P. Blyth) 1846.

48

PASSERES.

Regulus.

Begulus, Cuvier, Leq. d’Anat. Comp. i. tab. 2 (1800).

226. Regulus cristatus.

Motacilla regulus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 838.

Begulus cristatus, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 449.
a £, — b £ Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) Feb. 1834.
— c young.

227. Regulus satrapa.

& Bidgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 73.

a, — b N. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

228. Regulus calendula.

Motacilla calendula , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 337.

Begulus calendula, Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 75.
a N. America (Askew) 1834. — b Mexico ( Galeotti ) 1845.

229. Regulus ignicapiilus,

Sylvia ignicapilla, Brehm, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 232.
Begulus ignicapiilus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98 : Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 456.

a £ Smyrna (H. E. Strickland) 4 Dec. 1835.

According to Strickland this bird frequents the olive-groves near

Sericornis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 133.

230. Sericornis humilis.

Sericornis humilis, Gould, l. s. c. : B. Austr. iii. pi. 47.
a Australia ( Gardner ) 1845.

231. Sericornis osculans.

Sericornis osculans, Gould, P. Z. S. 1847, p. 2 : B. Austr.
iii. pi. 48.

a S. Australia (Argent) 1851.

Begulus satrapa, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 35: Baird, Brew

Smyrna.

Sericornis.

SYLVIIDiE.

49

Acanthiza.

Acanthiza , Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p. 224
(1825).

232. Acanthiza nana.

Acanthiza nana, Vig. & Horsf. 1. s. c. p. 226 : Gould, B. Austr.
iii. pi. 60.

a New South Wales [N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b New South
Wales [Argent) 1851.

233. Acanthiza diemenensis.

Acanthiza diemenensis , Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 146 : B.
Austr. iii. pi. 54.

a New South Wales [N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Van Die-
men’s Land [Argent) 1851.

234. Acanthiza lineata.

Acanthiza lineata , Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 146 ; B. Austr. iii.
pi. 61.

a S. Australia [Argent) 1851.

235. Acanthiza reguloides.

Acanthiza reguloides, Vig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 226 :
Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 62.

a New South Wales [N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b [Argent)
1851.

236. Acanthiza chrysorrhcea.

Saxicola chrysorrhcea, Quoy & Gaim. Zool. Voy. Astrol. i.
p. 198, Ois. pi. 10 f. 2.

Acanthiza chrysorrhcea, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 63.
a Australia [Dewgard) 1851.

SUB- FAMILY. — ACROCEPHALINiE.

Hypolais.

Hippolais (err.), C. L. Brehm, Isis, 1828, p. 1283.

237. Hypolais pallida.

Curruca pallida, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. fob bb.
Hypolais pallida, Dresser & Blanf. Ibis, 1874, p. 339.
a £ Zante (II. E ’ Strickland) 18 May, 1836.
s. c.

4

50

PASSERES.

238. Hypolais icterina.

Sylvia icterina , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p. 194.
Hypolais icterina, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 360.
a £ Zante (H. E. Strickland) 18 May, 1836.

239. Hypolais caligata.

Sylvia caligata, Licht. in Eversm. Reise n. Buchara, p. 128.
Hypolais caligata , Dresser, B. Enr.

Phyllopneuste rama (Sykes), Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 189 ( partim ).
a Madras (“ Sylvia rama T. G. Jerdon) 1846. — b £ N.
India (W. J. E. Boys) 1848. — c (A. Strickland ) 1850.

240. Hypolais rama.

Sylvia rama, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 89.
a Madras (A. Strickland) 1833. — b Madras (T. C. Jerdon)
1846.

241. Hypolais olivetorum.

Salicaria olivetorum , Strickl. in Gould’s Birds Eur. ii. t. 107.
Hypolais olivetorum, Dresser, B. Eur.
a $ Zante ( H . E. Strickland) 21 May, 1836.

The type of the species as described by Strickland.

Arundinax.

Arundinax , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 595 (1845).

242. Arundinax aedon.

Muscicapa cedon, Pall. Reise, iii. p. 695.

Arundinax olivaceus, Blyth, l.s.c.: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 157.
a India (Askew) 1840. — b India (<f Arundinax olivaceus,
Bl.,” E. Blyth) 1846.

Acrocephaltjs.

Acrocephalus, Naum. Naturg. Yog. Deutschl. Nachtr. p. 201
(1819).

243. Acrocephalus arundinaceus.

Turdus arundinaceus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 296.
Acrocephalus arundinaceus, Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H.
vi. p. 421 : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 364.
a France ( Kinberg ).

SYLVIIDiE.

51

244. Acrocephalus stentoreus.

Gurruca stentorea, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. fol. bb.
Acrocephalus stentoreus, S. S. Allen, Ibis, 1864, p. 97, pi. 1.
Acrocephalus brunnescens , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 154.
a Madras (“ S ylvia turdoides,” T. G. Jerdon ) 1846. — b $
Ferozepore (IF. J . E. Boys) 1847.

245. Acrocephalus streperus.

Sylvia strepera , Vieill. Faun. Fran. p. 219, t. 99, f. 1.
Acrocephalus streperus, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 369.
Acrocephalus salicarius, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 421
(nec Linn.).

a $ Weston, Oxfordshire (A. C. Strickland) 17 Aug. 1833.
— b £ Worcestershire (if. E. Strickland) 6 May, 1837.

246. Acrocephalus palustris.

Sylvia palustris, Bechst. Naturg. Deutschl. iii. p. 639, t. 26.
Acrocephalus palustris , Dresser, B. Eur.
a Belgium (E. De Selys Longchamps) 1845.

247. Acrocephalus dumetorum.

Sylvia montana, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 89 ( nec Horsf.).
Acrocephalus dumetorum , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xviii. p. 815 :
Dresser, B. Eur.

a (A. G. Strickland) 1838. —b Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845.
— c Madras if1 Sylvia montana ”? T '. G . Jerdon) 1846. — d India
(TP. /. E. Boys) 1848.

248. Acrocephalus agricola.

Sylvia agricola, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xiii. pt. 2, p. 131.
Galamoherpe agricola, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 595.
Acrocephalus agricolus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 156.
a India (“ Galamoherpe agricola , Jerd.,” E. Blyth) 1846. — b
Madras (“ Sylvia agricola, Jerd.,” T. G. Jerdon) 1846, —c India
(“ Galamoherpe montana E . Blyth) 1846.

249. Acrocephalus schcenobseuus.

Motacilla schoenobcenus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 329.
Acrocephalus schoenobcenus, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p.
376.

4—2

52

PASSERES.

Sylvia, phragmitis, Bechst. (et auctt. pi.) Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836,
p. 98.

a £ Oxfordshire (W. G. Strickland) 10 May 1834. — b Wor-
cestershire ( Robinson ) 1840. — c France ( Kinberg ).

Seen at Smyrna by Strickland in December.

250. Acrocephalus nsevius.

Fauvette tachetee, D’Aubent. PI. Enl. 581, f. 3, undl
Motacilla ncevia, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 35.

Sylvia locusteila , Lath, et auctt. plurr.

Acroceplialus ncevius, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 384.
Locusteila rayi, Gould, B. Eur.
a Worcestershire ( H . E. Strickland) 5 May, 1837.

In his commentary on Gray’s Genera of Birds (Ann. & Mag. N.
H. vi. p. 421, and viii. p. 371), Strickland advocated the use of
Gould’s name Locusteila rayi for this bird as being the oldest known
to him. Gray’s proposal to adopt L. avicula from Bay he shews to
he inadmissible.

251. Acrocephalus certhiola.

Motacilla certhiola , Pall. Zoogr. Bosso-As. i. p. 509.

Locusteila rubescens, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 582 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 160.

a India (E. Blyth) 1851. — b Bengal (“ Locusteila rubescens”
E. Blyth) 1851.

SUB-FAMILY. — DBYMCECIISLE.

Orthotomus.

Orthotomus, Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 165 (1820).

252. Orthotomus longicauda.

Motacilla longicauda, Gm. Sys. Nat. i. p. 954.

Orthotomus longicauda, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p.
35 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 165.

a India? ( Arthur Strickland) 1840. —~b, — c India (“ O. Ion -

SYLVIIDiE.

53

qicauda,” E. Blyth) 1846. — d Bengal (“ 0. longicauda , 0. linqoo ,
Sykes,” E. Blyth) 1851.

The synonymy of this species as far as then known is given by
Strickland in his notes on Blyth’s list of birds from the vicinity of
Calcutta l. s. c.

253. Orthotomus atrigularis.

Orthotomus atrigularis, Temm. PI. Col. Livr. 101 : Salvad.
Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 249 : Sharpe, Ibis, 1877, pp. 16, 113.
a ( Bt . at Birmingham) 1849.

A Bornean and Malaccan species.

254. Orthotomus ruficeps.

Edela ruficeps , Less. Traite d’Orn. p. 309.

Orthotomus ruficeps , Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov, v. p.

{ 248.

a Malacca ( Gardner ) 1850.

Originally obtained by Labillardiere, not in New Holland, as
stated by Lesson, but most probably at Batavia, where D’Entrecasteaux’s
expedition touched. Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 371),
considered Lesson’s bird to be the same as 0. edela , Temm. and
Motacilla sepium , Baffl. (nee Horsf.).

ClSTICOLA.

Gisticola , Kaup, Skizz. Nat. Syst. d. Eur. Thierw. p. 119
(1829).

255. Cisticola cursitans.

Sylvia cisticola, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 228 (1820).

Prinia cursitans , Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830-1. p. 118.

Cisticola cursitans , Dresser, B. Eur.

Cisticola schcenicola, Bp. Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 174 : Blyth, J. A.
S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 119.

a {Askew) 1837. — b Constantinople ( Boissoneau ) 1839. —
c Madras {T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — d Nepal (“ Cisticola cursitans ,”
E. Blyth) 1846. — e Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

PASSERES.

54

256. Cisticola exilis.

Malurus exilis, Vig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 223.
Cisticola exilis, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 42.
a S. Australia {Argent) 1852.

Drymceca.

Drymoica, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 168 (1827).

257. Drymceca textrix.

Sylvia textrix, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p. 208.
Drymoica textrix , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 85.
a Cape of Good Hope ( A . Strickland ) 1833.

258. Drymceca maculosa.

Petite Fauvette tachetee du Cap, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 752, f. 2.
unde

Motacilla maculosa, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 47.

Motacilla macrura, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 953.
a £ Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1832. —5 {Askew)
1840.

259. Drymceca subrnficapilla.

Drymoica subruficapilla, Smith, Zool. S. Afr. pi. 70, f. 2 :
Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 91.

a Cape of Good Hope {A. Strickland) 1832.

260. Drymceca chiniana.

Drymoica chiniana, Smith, Zool. S. Afr. pi. 79 : Gurney, in
And. B. Damara-1. p. 86.

Drymoeca levaillanti, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p.
147.

Cisticola campestris , Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 20.

Cisticola magna , Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 41.
a S. Africa {N. C. Strickland) 1838. - — b Damara-land (C. J.
Andersson) 1851.

a is the specimen figured in Gould’s ‘Birds of Australia.’

SYLVIIDjE.

55

Strickland seems to have doubted its Australian origin, as I find a
note to that effect in bis copy of Gould’s work. Gould’s names have
usually been associated with D , levaillanti, but on comparing this
specimen Mr Sharpe and I agreed that it corresponds best with
I). chiniana.

261. Drymoeca lais.

Drymoica lais , Hartl. & Finsch, Yog. 0. Afr. p. 237.
a (. N '. G. Strickland) 1838.

A South African species.

262. Drymoeca smithi.

Drymoica smithi, Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 283.

Drymoica ruficapilla, Smith, Zool. S. Afr. PI. 73, f. 1.
a S. Africa [Stevens) 1845.

263. Drymoeca lugubris.

Gisticola lugubris , Rupp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 111.
a Abyssinia [E. Verreaux) 1850.

264. Drymoeca flavicans.

Sylvia flavicans, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. ii. p. 175.
Drymoeca flavicanSy Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 148:
Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 84.

a, — b Damara-land ( G . J. Andersson) 1852.

265. Drymoeca inornata.

Prinia inornata , Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 89.

Drymoipus inornatus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 178.

Prinia fusca, Hodgs. P. Z. S. 1845, p. 29.
a Madras (“ Prinia inornata ,” T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — b India
(“ Prinia inornata ,” E. Blyth) 1846. — c Arakan [E. Blyth) 1847.
—d Bengal [E. Blyth) 1851.

266. Drymoeca sylvatica.

Prinia sylvatica, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xi. p. 4.

Drymoipus sylvaticus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 181.
a , — b Madras (“ Prinia sylvatica ,” T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

56

PASSERES.

267. Drymceca jerdoni?

Prinia sp. ? Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 883.

Prinia inornata , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 376.

Drymoica jerdoni, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 459.
a Madras (“ Prinia jerdoni , Blyth V T. C. Jerdoni) 1846.
— b S. India (T. C. Jerdoni) 1847. — c S. India (“ P. jerdoni ,
Blyth ?' T. C. Jerdon ) 1850.

These specimens, sent by Jerdon as doubtfully referable to D.
jerdoni , Blyth, were considered by Strickland certainly to belong to
that species. They agree fairly with Blyth ’s description, being similar
to D. sylvatica, but decidedly smaller. Jerdon (B. Ind. ii. p. 180)
refers this bird with doubt to what he calls D. longicaudata , Tick.
But this name cannot be thus used, for Tickell in employing it was
bestowing no new title but merely misapplying Gmelin’s name for
Orthotomus longicauda.

268. Drymceca crinigera.

Suya criniger, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 183 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii.
p. 183.

Drymoica criniger , Blyth, Cat. B. As. Soc. p. 142.
a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson, 415) 1845. — b India (“Suya
criniger E. Blyth ) 1846.

Prinia.

Prinia, Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 165 (1820).

269. Prinia socialis.

Prinia socialis, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 89 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii.

p. 170.

a India ( Gardner ) 1844. — b Madras (“ P. socialis,” T. C.
Jerdon) 1846.

270. Prinia hodgsoni.

Prinia gracilis, Jerd. Madr. Journ. ii. p. 3 ( nec Biipp.).
Prinia hodgsoni, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 376 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 173.

a Madras '(“ P. gracilis” T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

SYLVIID.E.

57

271. Prinia flaviventris.

Orthotomus flaviventris, Deless. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 101.
Prinia flaviventris, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 252.
a India (“ Prinia flaviventris” E. Blyth) 1846.

272. Prinia stewarti.

Prinia stewarti , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 455 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 171.
a (. Argent ) 1851.

A species found in Central and North-Western India.

273. Prinia buchanani.

Prinia buchannani , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 876.

Franklinia buchannani, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 186.

Prinia rufifrons, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xi. p. 4.
a, — b Madras (“ Prinia rufifrons , Jerd.,” T. G. Jerdon )
1846.

Malurus.

Malurus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 44 (1816).

274. Malurus cyaneus.

Motacilla cyanea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 991.

Malurus cyaneus, Vieill. Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 18.
a, — b New South Wales (N. G. Strickland ) 1838.

275. Malurus sp.?

a New South Wales (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A skin of a female bird perhaps belonging to M. longicaudatus ,
Gould (B. Austr. iii. pi. 48).

276. Malurus elegans.

Malurus elegans , Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 22.
a Australia (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b West Australia
(. Dewgard ) 1849.

a is a skin of a female bird perhaps belonging to this species.

58

PASSERES.

277. Malurus lamberti.

Malurus lamberti , Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 221 :
Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 24.

a S. Australia {Argent) 1852.

278. Malurus leucopterus.

Malurus leucopterus, Quoy & Gaim. Zool. Yoy. 1’Uran. Zool.
p. 108. pi. 23, f. 2 : Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 25.
a S. Australia {Argent) 1852.

279. Malurus melanocephalus.

Scarlet-bached Warbler, Lewin, Birds of N. Holland, pi. xiv.
Malurus melanocephalus, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv.
p. 222 : Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 26. .

a New South Wales (W. C. Strickland) 1838. — b {Argent)
1852.

Stipiturus.

Stipiturus, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 414 (1831).

280. Stipiturus malacurus.

Muscicapa malachura, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. Iii.
Stipiturus malachurus, Less. Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi, 31.
a, — b New South Wales (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Hapalis.

Apalis, Swainson, Zool. 111. 2nd Ser. iii. pi. 119 (1832 — 33).

281. Hapalis thoracica.

Le Plastron noir , Le Yaill. Ois. d’Afr. pi. 123.

Motacilla thoracica, Shaw, Nat. Misc. xxii. pi. 969.

Apalis thoracica, Sw. 1. s. c. : Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 93.
a S. Africa (Sir W. Jar dine) 1842.

Dryodromas.

Dryodromas , Finsch & Hartlaub, Yogel 0. Afr. p. 239

(1870).

SYLVIIDiE.

59

282 . Dryodromas flavida.

Dry moeca flavida, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn, 1852, p. 148.
Dryodromas flavida, Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 96.
a Damara-land ( C . J. Andersson ) 1852.

Sylvietta.

Sylvietta, Lafresnaye, Bev. Zool. 1889, p. 258.

283. Sylvietta rufescens.

Dicceum rufescens, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. ix. p. 407 :
Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 84.

Sylvietta rufescens, Gray, Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 77.
Sylvietta brachyura, Lafr. 1. s. c., Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn.
1852, p. 148.

a S. Africa (Capt. Alexander), 1838. ~b Damara-land (C. J.
Andersson) 1852.

Hylacola.

Hylacola, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 135.

284. Hylacola pyrrhopygia.

Acantkiza pyrrhopygia, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv.
p. 227.

Hylacola pyrrhopygia, Gould, l. s . c. : B. Austr. iii. pi. 39.
a New South Wales ( MHonald ) 1838. — 6 Australia (W. C.
Strickland) 1838.

Chthonicola.

Chthonicola, Gould, P. Z. S. 1847, p. 35.

285. Chthonicola sagittata.

Sylvia sagittata, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. liv.

Anthus minimus, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 230.
Chthonicola minima, Gould, B. Austr. iii. p. 72.

Chthonicola sagittata, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 390.
a Australia (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Australia {Stevens)
1842.

CO

PASSERES.

SUB-FAMILY. — ACCENTOBESLE.

Accentor.

Accentor , Bechstein, Orn. Taschenb. i. p. 191 (1802).

286. Accentor collaris.

Sturnus collaris, Scop. An. i. Hist. Nat. p. 131.

Accentor collaris , Dresser, B. Eur. : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit.
B. i. p. 296.

Motacilla alpina , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 957.
a Switzerland ( L . Goulon) 1836.

287. Accentor atrigularis.

Accentor atrogularis, Brandt, Bull. Ac. St Petersb. 1843,
p. 40.

a W. Siberia (J. F. Brandt) 1844.

Doubtless a typical specimen.

288. Accentor modnlaris.

Motacilla modularis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 329.

Accentor modularis, Strickland, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98 : Newton,
ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 301.

a Worcestershire ( H . F. Strickland) 1833. — b £ Smyrna
(JT. F. Strickland) 10 Dec. 1835.

Stated by Strickland to be rare at Smyrna.

Ephthianura.

Ephthianura, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 148.

289. Ephthianura albifrons.

Acanthiza albifrons , Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. t. 56.
Ephthianura albifrons, Gould, B. Austr. iii. p. 64.
a New South Wales (M° Donald) 1838. — 6 Australia ( Gard-
ner) 1845.

290. Ephthianura anrifrons.

Ephthianura aurifrons, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 148: B.
Austr. iii. t. 65.

a New South Wales {Argent) 1851.

SYLVIIDiE.

Cl

SUB-FAMILY.— POLIOPTILINZE.

POLIOPTILA.

Polioptila, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1855, p. 11.

y 291. Polioptila cserulea.

Motacilla ccerulea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 837.

Polioptila ccerulea , Scl. Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B.
i. p. 78.

a Mexico ( T Mann) 1844. — b Guatemala ( J . Constancia )
1848.

292. Polioptila leucogastra.

Polioptila leucogastra, Max, Beitr. iii. p. 710 : Sclater, Cat.
Am. B. p. 12.

Culicivora atricapilla, Sw. Zool. 111. 2nd Ser. pi. 57.
a Brazil [Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b [Mather) 1840.

293. Polioptila buffbni.

Figuier d tete noire de Cayenne , Buff. PI. Enl. 704, f. 1.
Polioptila buffoni , Scl. P. Z. S. 1861, p. 128.
a [N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Found in the northern portions of S. America, — Guiana, Columbia,

&c.

SUB-FAMILY. — MYLADECTINZE.

Myiadectes.

Myiadestes, Swainson, Nat. Libr. Ornith. x. Flycatchers, p.
132 (1838).

- 294. Myiadectes obscurus.

Myiadestes obscurus, Lafr. Bev. Zool. 1839, p. 99 : Scl. &
Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 49, pi. 35.

a Guatemala [J. Constancia) 1848.

-t 295. Myiadectes solitarius.

Myiadestes solitarius, Baird, Bev. Am. B. p. 421.

Myiadestes genibarbis , Gosse, B. Jam. p. 198 [nec Swains.).
Myiadestes armillatus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 47 [nec Yieill.).
a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848,

62

PASSERES.

FAMILY. — PANUKIDiE.

. Panurus.

Panurus, Koch, Syst. d. Baierisch. Zool. p. 216 (1816).

298. Panurus biarmicus.

Parus biarmicus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 342.

Panurus biarmicus , Koch, l. s. c. : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B.
i. p. 511.

a Britain. (Askew) 1838. — b % Britain ( W . Kirtland) 1843.

FAMILY.— PARIDAE.

Parus.

Parus , Linnceus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 341 (1766) (partim).

297. Parus major.

Parus major , Linn. 1. s. c. : Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p, 99 :
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 479.

a fj! Oxfordshire (N. C. Strickland) 14 Sept. 1833. — b $
Smyrna ( H . E. Strickland) 13 Nov. 1835. ~~c £ Worcestershire
(H. E. Strickland) June 1838.

298. Parus monticola.

Parus monticolus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-, p. 22 : Gould. B. Him.
pi. 29, f. 2 : Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 277.

a Himalaya (Askew) 1837. —6 Nepal (. B . ZT. Hodgson, 398)
1845. .

299. Parus lugubris.

Parus lugubris , Natt. Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 294 : Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99 : Dresser, B. Eur.

a $ Smyrna (H. E. Strickland) 12 Nov. 1835. —b Dalmatia
(E. De Selys Longchamps) 1845.

300. Parus cinctus.

Parus cinctus , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 44, ex D’Aub. PL Enl.
708, f. 3.

Parus sibiricus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1013.
a N. Europe (J. G. Kinberg) 1843,

PARIDiE.

63

301. Earns ater.

Parus ater, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 341 : Newton, ed. Yarr.
Brit. B. i. p. 489.

a £. — b $ Worcestershire ( H . E. Strickland) Jan. 1834. — c
(Askew) 1837.

302. Earns palnstris.

Parus palustris , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 341 : Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 495.

a £ Oxfordshire (N. C. Strickland) 25 Sept. 1833. - — b Wor-
cestershire (T. Bobins) Jan. 1838.

303. Earns atricapillns.

Parus atricapillns, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p, 341 : Baird, Brew.
& Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 96.

a (. Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Fort William, Lake Superior,
Dec. 1824 (Arthur Strickland) 1840.

304. Earns meridionalis.

Parus meridionalis, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 293 : Cat. Am, B.

p. 14.

a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.

305. Earns rnfescens.

Parus rufescens, Towns. J. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. vii. p. 190 :
Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 104.
a N. W. America (Wosnessenski) 1846.

306. Earns cinerens.

Parus cinereus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 316: Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 278.

Parus atriceps, Horsf. Trans. L, S. xiii. p. 160.
a (Askew) 1837. — b Malacca (Havell) 1839. — c Ceylon
(Stevens) 1843. — d $ Kumaon (W. J . E. Boys) 1847. — e S.
India (T. G. Per don) 1850,

307. Earns niger.

Parus niger , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx, p. 325.

Parus leucopterus, Sw. Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 113.
a Africa (Askew) 1834. — b Cape of Good Hope (N. C.
Strickland) 1838.

64

PASSERES.

308. Paras leucopterus.

Parus leucopterus, Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 42.
a (Stevens) 1844.

A West African species.

309. Paras afer.

Parus afer, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1010.

Parus cinerascens, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 816 :
Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852 p. 149 : Layard, B. S. Afr.

p. 113.

a (N. C. Strickland ) 1888. — b Damara-land (C. J. Andersson)
1852.

310. Parus caeruleus.

Parus ccemdeus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 341 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 99 : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 483.

a $ Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) 1833. — b Smyrna
(H. E. Strickland) 24 Nov. 1835.

311. Parus teneriffae.

Parus teneriffee, Less. Traite d’Orn. p. 456 : Godman, Ibis,

1872, p. 172.

Parus cceruleanus, Malh. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 46,
a Tangiers (F. Favier) 1851.

312. Parus cyanus.

Parus cyanus, Pall. Nov. Comm. Petrop. xiv. pi. 13, f. 1 :
Dresser, B. Eur.

a Siberia (J. F \ Brandt) 1841.

Lophophanes.

Lophophanes, Kaup, Skizz. Nat. Syst. d. Eur. Thierw. p. 92
(1829).

313. Lophophanes cristatus.

Parus cristatus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 340 : Newton, ed. Yarr.
Brit. B. i. p. 499.

Lophophanes cristatus, Kp. I, s. c,

a $ Trollhatten, Sweden (E C. Strickland) 26 May, 1831.

-

PURIDiE.

65

314. Lophophanes bicolor.

Parus bicolor , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 340.

Lophophanes bicolor , Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. B. i. p. 87.
a N. America 1834.

315. Lophophanes melanolophus.

Parus melanolophus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830—1, p. 23: Gould, Cent.
B. Him. pi. 30, f. 2.

Lophophanes melanolophus , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 273.
a Himalaya (K C. Strickland ) 1838. — b $ Kumaon (W. J.
E. Boys ) 1847. — c $ India ( TV. J. E. Boys ) 1848.

316. Lophophanes xanthogenys.

Parus xanthogenys , Yig. P. Z. S. 1830— , p. 23: Gould, Cent.
B. Him. pi. 29, f. 1 : Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83.

Machlolophus xanthogenys , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 279.
a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 397) 1845. —b $ Kumaon ( W. J. E.
Boys ) 1847.

317. Lophophanes spilonotus.

Parus spilonotus, Blyth, Cat. B. Mus. As. Soc. p. 103: Contr.
Orn. 1852, p. 49, pi. 87, f. 2.

Machlolophus spilinotus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 281.
a (T. G. Eyton ) 1849.

Both Blyth (Catal.) and Jerdon (l. s. c .) give a reference to the
18th vol. of the Journ. As. Soc. Beng. for the first description of this
species, but I can find there no trace of such a description. The
species seems to have been first formally noticed in Blyth’s paper on
the Indian Pari in the Contr. Orn. for 1852.

Melanochlora.

Melanochlora, Lesson, Bev. Zool. 1839, p. 42.

318. Melanochlora flavocristata.

Parus flavocristatus, Lafr. Mag. Zool. 1837, cl. ii. pi. 80.
Parus sultaneus, Hodgs. Ind. Bev. 1838, p. 31 ; Zool. Misc. p. 83.
Melanochlora sultanea, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 282.
a Malacca {Johnson) 1837, — b Malacca (2Y. C. Strickland)
1838. — c Nepal (. B . H. Hodgson 345) 1845.

Strickland considered Malaccan and Himalayan specimens to be
specifically identical. (P. Z. S. 1846, p. 100.)

S. C.

5

66

PASSERES.

Acredula.

Acredula, Koch, Syst. d. Baier. Zool. p. 199 (1816).

319* Acredula caudata.

Parus caudatus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i, p. 342.

Acredula caudata, Koch, l. s. c. : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i.
p. 504.

a Oxfordshire (JY. C. Strickland ) 23 Sept. 1833. — b Worces-
tershire (H. E. Strickland) Jan. 1837.

jKgithaliscus.

JEgithaliscus , Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 90 (1850).

320. iEgithaliseus erythrocephalus.

Parus erythrocephalus , Yig. P. Z. S. 1830—1, p. 23: Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 30, f. 1 : Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83.
jEgithaliscus erythrocephalus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 270.
a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 389) 1845. — b $ Kumaon ( W.J ’. E.
Boys) 1847.

PSALTRIPARUS.

Psaltriparus, Bonaparte, Compt. Bend. xxxi. p. 478 (1850).

321. Psaltriparus melanotis.

Parus melanotis, Hartl., Bey. Zool. 1844, p. 216.
Psaltriparus melanotis, Scl. Cat Am. B. p. 13: Baird, Brew.
& Bidgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 108.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845.

^Egithalus.

AEgithalus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 556.

322. iEgithalus pendulinus.

Parus pendulinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 342.

JEgithalus 'pendulinus, Boie : Dresser, B. Eur.
a Italy ( Boissoneau ) 1839.

323. iEgithalus capensis.

Parus capensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1011.

JEgithalus capensis, Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 246.

Paroides capensis, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 114.
a S. Africa ( Stevens ) 1842.

PARIDiE.

67

Falcunculus.

Falcunculus, Yieill. Anal. p. 40 (1816).

324. Falcunculus frontalis.

Lanius frontalis , Lath. Inch Orn. Suppl. p. xviii.

Falcunculus frontalis , Yieill. Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 79.
a New South Wales [N. C. Strickland ) 1838. — b New South
Wales ( Argent ) 1852.

Orececa.

Oreoica , Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 151.

325. Orececa gutturalis.

Crested Thrush , Lewin, Birds N. Holl. pi. ix.

Falcunculus gutturalis, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 212.
Oreoica gutturalis , Gould, l. s. c.; B. Aust. ii. pi. 81.

Oreica cristata , Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 190.
a, — b New South Wales [Isaac) 1842. — c [ T . G. Eytori ) 1849.
According to Strickland a true Far us (P. Z. S. 1846, p. 100).
Yigors and Horsfield’s specific name must certainly be used for
this bird. Lewin gave no Latin title, and even if he had done so
his work was published eleven years after the memoir in the Linn.
Trans.

Parisoma.

Parisoma, Swains. Faun. Bor. Am. i. p. 490 (1831).

326. Parisoma subcseruleum.

Silvia subccerulea, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p. 188.
Parisoma subcceruleum, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 149: Gurney in And. B. Damara-1. p. 77.

Parisoma rufi venter, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 115.
a Damara-land [G. J. Andersson) 1852. — b S. Africa [Dr A .
Smith).

Placed by Strickland and Sclater with the Sylviidce , but by Gurney
in the Paridce.

Mohoua.

Mohoua, Lesson, Compl. Buff. ix. Ois. p. 139 (1837).

327. Mohoua ochrocephala.

Muscicapa ochrocephala, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 944.

5—2

68

PASSERES.

Orthonyx ochrocephala , Buller, B. New Zeal. p. 108, pi. 12.
a New Zealand [Fenton) 1850.

FAMILY. — SITTIDiE.

SiTTA.

Sitta, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 177 (1766).

328. Sitta europsea.

Sitta europcea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 177 : Dresser B. Eur.
Sitta asiatica , Gould, B. Eur. pi. 236.
a W. Siberia [J. F . Brandt) 1844.

329. Sitta syriaca.

Sitta syriaca, Ehrenb. Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 286 (1820):
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100.

Sitta rupestris, Cantraine, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 287 (1820).
a f Smyrna [H. E. Strickland) 30 Nov. 1835. — b £ Smyrna
[H. E. Strickland) 2 Dec. 1835.

Found by Strickland frequenting rocky hills near Smyrna,

330. Sitta csesia.

Sitta ccesia, Wolf, Tasch. deutsch. Yog. i. p. 128: Dresser, B.
Eur.: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 473.

Sitta europcea, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100.
a f Smyrna [H. E. Strickland) 10 Dec. 1835. — b Switzer-
land [H. E. Strickland ) Aug. 1836. — c Worcestershire [Robinson)
1840.

Found by Strickland near Smyrna frequenting groves of ancient
olive-trees.

331. Sitta carolinensis.

Sitta carolinensis , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 262: Baird, Brew. &
Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 114.

a N. America [Askew) 1833. — b [N. C. Strdckland) 1838.

332. Sitta canadensis.

Sitta canadensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 177 : Baird, Brew. &
Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 118.

a N. America [Arthur Strickland ) 1840.

SITTID^E.

69

333. Sitta pusilla.

Sitta pusilla, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 263 : Baird, Brew. & Ridgw.
N. Am. B. i. p. 122.

a £, — b £ United States (J. F. Baird) 1847.

334. Sitta himalayensis.

Sitta himalayensis, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. pi. 144: Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 385.

Sitta nipalensis, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. v. p. 779.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 401) 1845. — b j? Gogra Hills.
(W. J. E. Boys), 1847.

335. Sitta castaneiventris.

Sitta castaneiventris, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 121: Jard.
& Selb. 111. Orn. pi. 145: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 386.
a (. E Brown) 1850.

A species inhabiting Central and Southern India ( Jerdon ).

336. Sitta cinnamomeiventris.

Sitta cinnamomeiventris, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xl. p. 459 : Jerd.
B. Ind. i. p. 387.

a. India ( Gardner ) 1844. — b Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 401)

1845, — c f N. India ( W. J. E. Boys) 1848.

Dendrophila.

Dendrophila, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 318 (1837).

337. Dendrophila corallina.

Sitta corallina , Hodgs. J. A. S. B. v. p. 779.

Sitta frontalis, Horsf. Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 388.
a Malacca ( N ’. G. Strickland) 1838. — b India ( E . Blyth)

1846. — c $ India (W.J.E. Boys) 1848.

Tichodroma1.

Tichodroma , Illiger, Prodr. p. 210 (1811).

338. Tichodroma muraria.

Gerthia muraria, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 185.

1 Referred by Strickland to' the Sittince the tail not being stiffened. (Ann.
& Mag. N. H. vi. p. 420.)

70

PASSERES.

Tichodroma muraria, 111.: Dresser, B. Eur.
a Switzerland ( W . Anderegg ) 1836.

SlTTELLA.

Sittella, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 317 (1837).

339. Sittella chrysoptera.

Sitta chrysoptera, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxii.

Sittella chrysoptera, Sw.: Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 101.
a New South Wales (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

340. Sittella lencoptera.

Sittella lencoptera, Gould, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 144: B. Austr.
iv. pi. 103.

a Australia ( T . G. Eyton ) 1846.

Climacteris1.

Climacteris , Temminck, Man. d’Orn. i. p. Ixxxv. (1820).

341. Climacteris leucophaea.

Certhia leucophaea, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxvi.
Climacteris leucophcea, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 336.
Climacteris picumnus, Temm.: Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 98.
a Australia {Arthur Strickland) 1850. — b.

342. Climacteris scandens.

Climacteris scandens, Temm. PL Col. 281, f. 2: Gould,
B. Austr. iv. pi. 93.

a New South Wales {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

343. Climacteris erythrops.

Climacteris erythrops , Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 148; B. Austr.
iv. pi. 95.

a New South Wales {Mc Donald) 1838.

344. Climacteris rufa.

Climacteris rufa , Gould, P. Z. S. 1840 p. 149; B. Austr. iv.
pi. 94.

a £ Perth, W. Australia, 30 Mar. 1839 {Arthur Strickland)
1850.

1 Referred to the Sittince by Strickland. (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 420.)

CERTHIIDiE. LIOTRICHIDiE.

71

FAMILY. — CERTHIIDiE.

Certhia.

Certhia, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 184 (1766) (jpartim)

345. Certhia familiaris.

Certhia familiaris , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 184: Dresser, B. Eur.

a £ Worcestershire {H. E. Strickland) Jan. 1834. — h £ Wor-
cestershire (H. E. Strickland) Feb. 1834.

346. Certhia himalayana.

Certhia himalayana , Yig. P. Z. S. 1830—1, p. 174: Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 380.

a India ( Gardner ) 1844. — b £ Kumaon ( W. J. E. Boys)

1847.

347. Certhia americana.

Certhia americana, Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 225.

Certhia familiaris var. americana , Baird, Brew. & Bidgw.
N. Am. B. p. 125.

a f Carlisle, Pennsylvania 11 Ap. 1845 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

FAMILY. — LIOTRICHIDiE.

Liothrix,

Leiothrix , Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 490 (1831).

348. Liothrix luteus.

Mfeange de Nanquin, Sonn. Yoy. aux Indes &c. i. p. 205,
pi. xiv. f. 2 undl

Sylvia lutea. Scop. Del. Faun. FI. Insubr. ii. p. 96.

Leiothrix luteus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 250.

Tanagra sinensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 897.
a ( Bewgard ) 1846. — b India ( Stevens ) 1847.

349. Liothrix argentauris.

Mesia argentauris, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. ii. p. 88; Zool. Misc.
p. 83.

Liothrix argentauris, Blyth, Cat. Calc. Mus. p. 99 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 251.

a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 308) 1845.

72 PASSERES.

350. Liothrix vinipectus.

Siva vinipectus, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. ii. p. 89 ; Zool. Misc.
p. 83.

Proparus vinipectus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. 257.

Liothrix vinipectus, Blyth, Cat. Calc. Mus. p. 100.
a Nepal (. B . H. Hodgson 479) 1845.

Minla.

Minla, Hodgson, India Rev. ii. p. 32 (1838).

351. Minla ignitincta.

Minla ignotincta, Hodgs. 1. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 254.
a Darjeeling (E. Blyth) 1850.

352. Minla castaneiceps.

Minla castaneiceps, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. ii. p. 33 ; Zool. Misc.
p. 83 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 255.

a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 477) 1845.

Siva.

Siva, Hodgson, India Rev. ii. p. 88 (1838).

353. Siva strignla.

Siva strigula, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. ii. p. 89 ; Zool. Misc. p. 83 :
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 252.

a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 314) 1845. — b India (IF. J. E.
Boys) 1847. — c Himalaya ( Williams).

354. Siva cyanuroptera.

Siva cyanuroptera, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. ii. p. 88 : Jerd. B. Ind.
ii. p. 253.

a India (E. Blyth) 1846.

IXULUS.

Ixulus, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 562 (1845).

355. Ixulus flavicollis.

Yuhina flavicollis, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 167: G. R. Gray,
Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846) p. 74.

Ixulus flavicollis, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 562.

LIOTRICHIDiE. 73

a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 312) 1845. — b Darjeeling (“ Ixulus
ruficollis ” E. Blyth ) 1850.

Yuhina.

Yuhina , Hodgson, As. Res. xix. p. 165 (1836).

356. Yuhina gularis.

Yuhina gularis, Hodgs. £. 5. c. p. 166, pi. 9, f. 3: G. R. Gray,
Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846) p. 74 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 261.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 309) 1845.

357. Yuhina occipitalis.

Yuhina occipitalis, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 167 : G. R. Gray,
Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846) p. 74 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 261.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 310) 1845.

Herpornis.

Erpornis, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 379 (1844).

358. Herpornis xantholeuca.

Erpornis xantholeuca, Hodgs. 1. s. c. Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 264.
Herpornis xantholeuca, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No.

p. 110.

a Arakan (E. Blyth ) 1847.

Pterythrius1.

Pteruthius, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 491 (1831).

359. Pterythrius erythropterus.

Lanius erythropterus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830—1, p. 22 : Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 11.

Pteruthius erythropterus, Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 249 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 245.

a f India ( Stevens ) 1844. — b India (IF. J. E. Boys) 1848.
— c Darjeeling ( E . Blyth) 1850.

1 The etymology of this name is given by Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H.
vii, p. 29).

74

PASSERES.

Allotrius.

Allotrius, Temminck, PI. Col. Livr. 99 (1836).

360. Allotrius oenobarbus.

Allotrius oenobarbus, Temm. PI. Col. 589, f. 2 : Jerd. B. Ind.
ii. p. 246.

Pteruthrius xanthochlorus , Hodgs. J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 448.
a $ Dhee, Kumaon (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

CUTIA.

Cutia, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. v. p. 772 (1836).

361. Cutia nipalensis.

Cinclosoma nipalense, Hodgs. As. Bes. xix. p. 145.

Cutia nipalensis , Hodgs. 1. s. c: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 247.
a India (“ Cutia nipalensis , Hodgs.” E. Blyth) 1846.

Lioptiltjs.

Lioptilus, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 88 (1850).

362. Lioptilus nigricapillus.

Le Merle a Calotte noir, Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr. iii. p. 48, pi. 108.
Turdus nigricapillus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 256,
Lioptilus nigricapillus , Cab. 1. s. c.
a S. Africa ( Brandt ) 1845.

Cochoa.

Cochoa, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. v. p. 358 (1836).

363. Cochoa purpurea.

Cochoa purpurea, Hodgs. 1. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 243.
a India (“ Cochoa purpurea, Hodgs.” E. Blyth) 1846.

The position of this genus is by no means established. Blyth
(Cat. Calc. Mus. p. 194), without assigning it to any Family, places
it between the Ampelidce and Eurylcemidce, at the same time suggest-
ing its alliance with Pterythrius. Jerdon places it in the Liotrichince.
By other writers it has been classed with the Ampelidce (Gray), Cam-
pephagidee (Bp. & Wallace), Dicruridce (Bp.), and Sturnidce (Sundevall).
In placing the genus here I follow Jerdon. Strickland’s specimen is
but a fragment.

TROGLODYTID^E.

75

FAMILY — TROGLODYTIDiE.

DONACOBIUS.

Donacobius, Swainson, Zool. 111. 2nd Ser. pi. 72 (1831).
Cichla, Wagl. Syst. Ay. fol. 20, p. 2 (1827) ( partim ).

364. Donacobius atricapillus.

Turdus atricapillus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 295.

Donacobius vociferus, Sw. 1. s. c.

Donacobius atricapillus , Bp. Consp. i. p. 277 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 16.

Cichla atricapilla, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 27.
a ( N . C. Strickland) 1837.

A common widely-ranging South America species.

CAMPYLORHYNCHUS \

Campylorhynchus , Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 77 (1824).

-f 365. Campylorhynchus capistratus.

Picolaptes capistratus , Less. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 174.
Campylorhynchus capistratus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 17.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1845.

366. Campylorhynchus jocosus.

Campylorhynchus jocosus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 371.
a Cinco Senores, Mexico Sep. 1844 ( Galeotti ) 1845.

An immature bird.

K 367. Campylorhynchus zonatus.

Picolaptes zonatus , Less. Cent. Zool. pi. 70.

Campylorhynchus zonatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 17.
a Mexico ( Galeotti) 1845. — b Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1845.
— c Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848.

368. Campylorhynchus nuchalis.

Campylorhynchus nuchalis, Cab. Archiv f. Naturg. 1847, i.
p. 206 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 17.
a Trinidad {Argent) 1853.

1 According to Strickland rightly placed in the Troglody tides. (Ann. &
Mag. N. H. vi. p. 423.)

76 PASSERES.

369. Campylorliynchus variegatus.

Turdus variegatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 817.
Campylorliynchus variegatus, Gray, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 16.
Campy lorhynchus scolopaceus, Spix, Ay. Bras. i. p. 17.
a S. America ( Thomas ) 1840.

370. Campylorliynchus unicolor.

Campylorliynchus unicolor , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1846, p. 93: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 16.

a Bolivia [Argent) 1852.

ClNNICERTHIA.

Cmnicerthia , Less. Descr. d. Mamm. et Ois. p. 286.

371. Cmnicerthia nnirnfa.

Limnornis unirufa, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 105.
Cmnicerthia unirufa , Scl. P. Z. S. 1855, p. 143: Cat. Am. B.

p. 18.

Cmnicerthia unicolor , Less. 1. s. c.
a Bogota [J. Gould) 1844.

Catherpes.

Catherpes, Baird, Birds N. Am. p. 356 (1858).

P 372. Catherpes mexicamis.

Thryothorus mexicanus, Sw. Zool. 111. ser. 2, i. pi. 11.
Catherpes mexicanus , Baird, l. s. c .: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 18.
a [Arthur Strickland) 1840.

A common species in the highlands of Mexico.

Cyphorhinus.

Cyphorhinus, Cabanis in Tsch. F. P. Av. p. 183 (1846).

373. Cyphorhinus musicus.

L’Arada, Buff. PL Enl. 706. f. 2. unde
Formicarius musicus , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 44.

Cyphorhinus musicus, Gray : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 19.
a [Bt. at Liverpool) 1853.

A species peculiar to Guiana.

TROGLODYTIDiE.

77

Thryophilus.

Thryophilus, Baird, Rev. Am. B. i. p. 127 (1864).

f 374. Thryophilus rufalbus.

Thryophilus rufalbus, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 337 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 20.

Thryophilus rufalbus, Baird, l. s. c.
a Guatemala [J. Constancia) 1845,

375. Thryophilus leucotis.

Thryothorus leucotis , Lafr, Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 338.

Thryophilus leucotis, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 6.
a (IF. Kirtland) 1843.

A species found throughout the northern portions of South
America to the Isthmus of Panama.

376. Thryophilus longirostris.

Thryothorus longirostris, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv.
p. 56 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 20.

a Brazil [N. G. Strickland) 1838,

377. Thryophilus coraya.

Le Coraya, Buff. PI. Enl. 701. f. 1, unde
Turdus coraya, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 825.

Thryothorus coraya, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 21.
a ( Matthew ) 1840. — b Brazil [Argent) 1853.

Thryothorus.

Thriothorus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 45 (1816).

378. Thryothorus ludovicianus.

Sylvia ludoviciana, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 548.

Thryothorus ludovicianus, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 35: Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 371 : Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am.

B. i. p. 142. rWW „ K

a Reed’s Creek, Minnesota Dec. 1839 [S. F. Baird), 1847.

379. Thryothorus rutilus.

Thryothorus rutilus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv. p. 56:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 21.

a Brazil [Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Tobago [Kirk) 1844.

- — c Trinidad [Argent) 1852.

^4^
r, no- 'll

78

PASSERES.

Troglodytes.

Troglodytes, Vieillot, Ois. Am. Sept. ii. p. 52 (1807).

380. Troglodytes parvulus.

Motacilla troglodytes, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 337.

Troglodytes parvulus, Koch, Syst. d. Baierisch. Zool. p. 161:
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 460.

Troglodytes europceus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98.
a Weston, Oxfordshire, 20 Aug. 1833 (N. G. Strickland), 1833.
— b Smyrna 4 Dec. 1835 (H. E. Strickland), 1835.

381. Troglodytes nipalensis.

Troglodytes nipalensis, Hodgs.: Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 589:
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 491.

Troglodytes subhimalayensis, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 82.
a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson ) 1845.

382. Troglodytes hyemalis.

Troglodytes hyemalis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv. p. 514:
Troglodytes parvulus var. hyemalis, Baird, Brew. & B-idgw. N.
Am. B. i. p. 155.

a N. America (J. G. Kinberg ) 1845.

383. Troglodytes sedon.

Troglodytes cedon, Vieill. Ois. Am. Sept. ii. p. 52, pi. 107 :
Baird, Brew. & Kidgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 149.

a Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (S. F. Baird) 1847.

384. Troglodytes furvus.

Motacilla furva, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 994.

Troglodytes furvus, Vieill. Gal. Ois. pi. 167 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 23 : Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 7.

Troglodytes hypaedon, Scl. P. Z. S. 1861, p. 128.
a (Askew) 1833. — b , — c (W. C. Strickland) 1838. — d Guate-
mala (J. Gonstancia) 1851.

ClSTOTHORUS.

Cistothorus, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 77 (1850).

385. Cistothorus stellaris.

Troglodytes stellaris, “Licht.” Naum. Vog.Deutschl. iii. p. 724.

MOTACILLIDiE. 79

Cistothorus stellaris, Cab. 1. s. c .: Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N.
Am. B. i. p. 159.

a Massachusetts ( J . G. Kinberg ) 1845.

386. Cistothorus palustris.

Certhia palustris , Wils. Am. Orn. ii. p. 58, pi. 12, f. 4.
Cistothorus palustris , Baird, B. N. Am. p. 364.
a N. America (J. G. Kinberg) 1845. — b (Dewgard) 1849.

FAMILY.— MOTACILLIDiE.

Motacilla.

Motacilla, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 328 (1766) ( partim ).

387. Motacilla alba.

Motacilla alba, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 331: Newton, ed. Yarr.
Brit. B. i. p. 548.

Motacilla dukhunensis , Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 91.
a N. Europe ( Kinberg ) 1843. — b Nepal (B.H. Hodgson 135).
— c £ Jucknie 13 Nov. 1841 (IF. J.E. Boys). — d, — e India ( E .
Blytli) 1846. — -f £ N. India ( W ’ J. E. Boys) 1848.

388. Motacilla lugubris.

Motacilla lugubris, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 253 (1820):
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 538.

Motacilla yarrelli, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 73.
a £ Worcestershire ( H . E. Strickland) 1832. — b $ Aberdovey
(H. E. Strickland) Aug. 1833. — c f Britain (Askew) 1837. — d
$ Worcestershire ( H . E. Strickland) 25 Mar. 1840. — e Tangiers
(F. Favier) 1841.

389. Motacilla luzononsis.

Motacilla luzononsis , Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Insuhr. ii. p. 95:
Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 198: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 218.

a India ((< Motacilla luzoniensis” E. Blyth) 1846. — b India
(E. Blyth),

80 PASSERES,

390. Motacilla maderaspatensis.

Motacilla maderaspatensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 961.
Motacilla maderaspatana, Briss. Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 215.
Motacilla variegata , Steph. Shaw’s Zool. xiii. Suppl. p. 234.
Motacilla picata, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830—1, p. 119.
a {Askew) 1833. — b Madras ( Stuchbury ) 1836. — c {Askew)
1840. — d S. India (“ Motacilla maderaspatana," T. C. Jerdon )
1850.

391. Motacilla longicauda ?

Motacilla longicauda, Bupp, Neue Wirb. p. 84, t. 29, f. 2.
Motacilla capensis, Linn. Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217.
a f Kartoum Oct. 1848 {J. Petherick) 1848.

A young bird probably of this species.

392. Motacilla capensis.

Motacilla capensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 383: Layard, B.
S. Afr. p. 118.

a Cape of Good Hope {A. Strickland) 1832.

393. Motacilla flaviventris.

Motacilla flaviventris “Verreaux,” Hartl. Orn. Beitr. z. Faun.
Madag. p. 39.

a {E. BeSelys Longchamps) 1845.

A species found exclusively in Madagascar.

394. Motacilla melanope.

Motacilla melanope, Pall. Beise, iii. p. 696 : Dresser, B. Eur.
Motacilla sulphur ea, Bechst. Nat. Deutschl. iii. p. 459 (1807) .*
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 552.

a Lago Maggiore {H. E. Strickland) July 1836. — b Madras
(“ Motacilla boarula,” T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

395. Motacilla flava.

Motacilla flava, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 331: Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 558.

Motacilla viridis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 962.

Budytes viridis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 222.

Motacilla cinereicapilla, Savi, Orn. Tosc. iii. p. 216.

Motacilla neglecta, Gould, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 129.

MOTACILLIDiE.

81

a, — b Norway (N. G. Strickland) 18 May 1832. — c, — d
Lago Maggiore ■(. R \ E. Strickland) Aug. 1836. — e E. Indies
(N. G. Strickland) 1838. — f India ( Havell ) 1839. — g, — h
S. India (“ Budytes viridis" T. G. Jerdon) 1844. — i Madras
(“ Budytes viridis ” T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — j, — k, — l India
(“ Budytes viridis ” E. Blyth ) 1846. — m Benares {W. J. E
Boys) 1847. — n Malwa ( W . J. E. Boys) 1847. — o $ (F. J. E.
Boys) 1848. — p Sierra Leone {Dr Gordon) 1848.

396. Motacilla rayi.

Motacilla flava, Ray, Gould, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 129: B. Eur.
pi. 145.

Budytes rayi, Bp. Comp. List, p. 18.

a , — b £, — c f Worcestershire {H. E. Strickland) May
1838. — 'd Gloucestershire (. H . E. Strickland) 4 Aug. 1840.

397. Motacilla melanocephala.

Motacilla melanocephala , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 36.

Budytes melanocephala, Bp. Comp. List, p. 19: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217.

a Dalmatia ( L . Gordon) 1836. — b $ Buchara March 1842
(J. F. Brandt) 1846. - — c $ Kartoum Oct. 1848 {J. Petherick)
1848.

398. Motacilla citreoloides.

Budytes citreoloides, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83 {descr. nulla).
Motacilla citreoloides, Dresser, B. Eur. (sub M. citreola).
a, — b Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 732) 1845. - — c £ Benares
(TT. J. E. Boys) 1847. * — d N. India {W. J. E . Boys) 1847.

399. Motacilla citreola,

Motacilla citreola, Pall. Reise, iii. p. 6.96.

Budytes citreola, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 225,
a India {W. J. E. Boys) 1848.

400. Motacilla indica.

Motacilla indica, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 962.

Nemoricola indica , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 226.
a Malacca (A. C. Strickland) 1838,

s. c.

82 PASSERES.

Anthus.

Anthus, Bechstein, Nat. Deutschl. iii. p. 704 (1807).

401. Anthus obscurus,

Alauda obscura , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 494 (? nec Gmelin).
Anthus obscurus, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 586.

. Alauda petrosa, Mont. Trans. L. S. iv. p. 41.
a Aberdovey (H. E. Strickland) Aug. 1833. — b (Y. G.
Strickland) 1838.

Gmelin’s mams Alauda obscura (Syst. Nat. i. p. 801), based upon a
description of Cetti’s (Stor. Nat. di Ucc. Sard. p. 150), has been placed
by Gray with doubt as a synonym of Anthus campestris. Should it
be applicable (as seems not impossible) to any other Anthus than the
present, Montagu’s name will have to be used for the Bock-Pipit.
Plate 138 of Gould’s Birds of Europe, as pointed out by Strickland
(Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 372), represents this species, but the
propriety of adding Anthus rupestris , Nilss. to its synonyms may be
questioned ( cf. Newton l. s. c.),

402. Anthus spipoletta.

Alauda spinoletta , Linn. Syst Nat. i. p. 288.

Anthus spipoletta , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 581.
Anthus aquaticus, Bechst. Nat. Deutschl. iii. p. 745: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99.

a Smyrna (. H . E . Strickland) 10 Dec. 1835. — b Pyrenees
(E. De Selys Longchamps) 1845. — c N. India ( W . J. E. Boys)
1848.

403. Anthus cervinus.

Motacilla cervina, Pall. Zoogr. Bosso-As. i. p. 511.

Anthus cervinus , Dresser, B. Eur.

Anthus sp. ? Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217.
a $ Kartoum Oct. 1848 (J. Fetherick), 1848.

404. Anthus rosaceus.

Anthus rosaceus , Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83 ( descr . nulla) :
Dresser, B. Eur. (sub A. cervinus).
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 736) 1845.

Distinguishable from A. cervinus by its pale yellow axillaries.

MOTACILLIDiE.

83

405. Anthus pratensis.

Alauda pratensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 287.

Anthus pratensis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 183G, p. 99: Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 57 5.

a Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) 1830. — b $ Smyrna
(H. E. Strickland) 20 Nov. 1835.

406. Anthus striolatus.

Anthus striolatus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 435.

Corydalla striolata, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 233.
a (W. C. Strickland) 1838. — b ( Gardner ) 1845. — c Madras
(T. G. Jerdo7i) 1845. — d S. India ■(“ Anthus malayanus” T. G.
Jerdon) 1850. — S. India (“ Anthus striolatus, Bl.” T. G. Jerdon)
1850.

I believe all these specimens are referable to the species called
A. striolatus by Blyth, being unable to detect any tangible difference
between the specimens sent by Jerdon as A. striolatus and A.
malayanus.

407. Anthus rufulus.

Anthus rufulus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 494 : Gal.
des Ois. i. t. 161.

Corydalla rufula , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 232.

Giclilops ubiquitarius, Hodgs. ZooL Misc. p. 83.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 432) 1845. —h India (“ Anthus
agilis ” E. Blyth ) 1846.

I follow Jerdon in placing these specimens under this name.
Whether those I place under A. striolatus are really different is
quite doubtful. Mr Brooks (Ibis, 1874 p. 460) maintains positively
that there are two species distinguishable by their song, but the
characters he gives (a usually longer hind claw and larger bill) by
which alone skins can be differentiated do not help one much. Lord
Tweeddale (Ibis, 1874, p. 141) doubts the propriety of separating
A. striolatus from A. rufulus .

408. Anthus trivialis.

Alauda trivialis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 288.

Anthus trivialis , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 569.

Anthus a rboreus, Bechst. Nat, Deutschl. iii. p. 706.

6—2

84

PASSERES.

Pipastes arboreus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 229.

Anthus maculatus , Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83.

a <£, — b $ Trollhatten, Sweden (N. C. Strickland) 24 May,
1831. — c $ Worcestershire (. H . E. Strickland) 1834. — d £
Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) April, 1837. — e Madras
( T . C. Jerdon ) 1845. — /Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 435) 1845. — g
(Stevens). — h India (Major Stacy).

409. Anthus australis.

Anthus australis , Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 229:
Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 73.

Agrodroma bistriata , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 316.
a Australia (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

410. Anthus sp.?

a (A. Strickland) 1850.

A very young bird marked on the label by J. Verreaux as the
young of A. hasselti , Temm., but upon what grounds I am unable to
determine. According to Lord Tweeddale (Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 198
note), this name appears only to exist in Gray’s Hand-list (i. p. 252,
No. 3655).

411. Anthus lugubris.

Corydalla lugubris, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 198.
a South of the island of Manilla (H. Cuming) 14 June,
1839.

412. Anthus rufus.

Petite A louette de Buenos Ayres , D’Aub. PI. EnL 738, f. i. undl
Alauda rufa, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 798.

a (Mansfield) 1834. — b (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c (Bt. at
Birmingham) 1849. —d j Mexiana Dec. 1848 (A. B. Wallace),
1849. — e Brazil (Argent) 1851.

Boddaert (Tab. p. 46) gives to the subject of PI. Enl. 738 fig. 1
the name Alauda nigra, but it is obvious from Buffon’s names which
he quotes that he meant his title for the second figure of the same
plate. Alauda nigra, Bodd. = Centrites nigra, Cab. k Hein., and be-
longs to the Tyrannidce.

MOTACILLIDAS.

85

413. Anthus correndera.

Correndera, Azara, Apunt. para los Pax. de Parag. ii. p. 2,
No. 145 unde

Anthus correndera , Yieill. N. Diet, d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 491 :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 24.

a Chili ( Capt . Brown) 1842.

414. Anthus campestris.

Alauda campestris , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 288.

Anthus campestris, Newton, Ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 592.
Agrodr oma campestris, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii.
p. 374: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 234.

Anthus rufescens , Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 267.
a Morea ( H \ E . Btrickland) May 1836. — h N. India
(W. J. E. Boys ) 1847.

415. Anthus richardi.

Anthus richardi, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 491 :
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 598.

Corydalla richardi , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 231.
a Italy (E. De Selys Long champs) 1845. — b Madras (T. C.
Jerdon) 1845. — c (Gardner) 1845. — d India (E. Blyth ) 1846.

416. Anthus pyrrhonotus.

Alauda pyrrhonotha, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. i. p. 361.
Anthus pyrrhonotus, Gurney, Ibis, 1871, p. 156.
a £ Cape of Good Hope (A. Btricldand) 15 April, 1832. —5
(Askew) 1837. — c (Y. G. Btrickland) 1838.

Macronyx.

Macronyx , Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 344 (1827).

417. Macronyx capensis.

Alauda capensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 288.

Macronyx capensis , Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 293.
a $,—bf Cape of Good Hope (A. Btrickland) 7 Mar. 1833.

86

PASSERES.

418. Macronyx croceus.

Alauda crocea, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. i. p. 365.

Macronyx flavig aster, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 215.
a Senegal ( Isaacson ) 1840.

Heterura.

Heterura, Hodgson, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 33.

419. Heterura sylvana.

Heterura sylvana , Hodgs. 1. s. c. : Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1848,
p. 26, pi. 6 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 239.
a $ Kumaon ( W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

The specimen figured in uTlie Contributions to Ornithology.”

ClNCLORHAMPHUS \

Cinclorhamphus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837 p. 150.

420. Cinclorhamphus cruralis.

Megalurus cruralis, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 228.
Cinclorhamphus cruralis, Gould, l. s. c B. Austr. iii. pi. 74.
a Australia (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

421. Cinclorhamphus rufescens.

Anthus rufescens, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 230.
Cinclorhamphus rufescens, Gould, B. 'Austr. iii. pi. 76.
a New South Wales (McDonald) 1838.

1 The absence of tbe first primary in C. cruralis and the length of the second
point to the Motacillidce as the position of this genus. G. rufescens, however,
has a small first primary, the second being long, as in C. cruralis. The forma-
tion of the wing is quite different from that of Megalurus, Malacocercus, &c., with
which genera Strickland associated Cinclorhamphus (Contr. Orn. 1848, p. 26).
Notwithstanding the presence in some species of a small first primary I consider
this genus should be placed in the Motacillidce.

MNIOTILTIDiE.

87

FAMILY. — MNIOTILTID^E.

SlURUS.

Seiurus, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 171 (1827).

422. Siurus auricapillus.

Motacilla auricapilla, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 334.

Seiurus auricapillus , Sw. 1. s. c. : Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N.
Am. B. i. p. 280.

Siurus auricapillus, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 9.
a N. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Guatemala (J.
Constancia) 1851.

423. Siurus noveboracensis.

Motacilla noveboracensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 958.

Seiurus noveboracensis (Gm.) : Aud. B. N. Am. iii. pi. 199 :
Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 283.

a Louisiana (J. J. Audubon ) 18- . — b (N. G. Strickland)
1838. — c Carlisle, Pennsylvania 14 May, 1846 (S. F. Baird)
1847. — d Tobago (Sir W. Jardine) 1848.

424. Siurus ludovicianus.

Turdus ludovicianus, Aud. Orn. Biogr. i. p. 99.

Seiurus ludovicianus, Bp., Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am.
B. i. p. 287.

Siurus ludovicianus, Salv. & Scl. Ibis, 1860, p. 273.
a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1848.

Mniotilta.

Mniotilta, Vieillot, Anal. p. 45 (1816).

425. Mniotilta varia.

Motacilla varia, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 333.

Mniotilta varia (Linn.), Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 10 : Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 180.

a N. America (N. G. Strickland) 1838. —b Guatemala
(J*. Gonstancia) 1848. — c Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.

88

PASSERES.

Parula.

Panda , Bonaparte, Comp. List, p. 20 (1838).

426. Parula americana.

Parus americanus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 341.

Parula americana, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 154 : Scl. & Salv. Ibis,
1859, p. 10 : Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 208.

a Carlisle, Pennsylvania 5 May, 1847 {S. F. Baird), 1847.
— b Jamaica (P. H. Gosse ) 1848. — c Guatemala {J. Constancia)
1848.

427. Parula pitiayumi.

Sylvia pitiayumi, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p. 270.
Parula pitiayumi , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 26.

Sylvia brasiliana, Licbt. Verz. Doubl. p. 35.
a Brazil {Askew) 1837. — b Brazil ? {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

428. Parula superciliosa.

Conirostrum superciliosum , Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 215.
Parula superciliosa , Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 10.

Parula mexicana , Licht., Bp. Consp. i. p. 310.
a Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1848.

H ELMINTHOPHAGA.

Helminthophaga, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 20 (1850).

429. Helminthophaga pinus.

Certhia pinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 187.

Helminthophaga pinus, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B.
i. p. 105.

Sylvia solitaria, Wils. Am. Orn. ii. pi. 15, f. 4.
a £ Philadelphia {E. Wilson) 1848.

430. Helminthophaga chrysoptera.

Motacilla chrysoptera, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 333.
Helminthophaga chrysoptera, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am.
B. i. p. 192.

a {Bought at Liverpool) 1853.

A species of the Eastern states of America, migrating in winter
to the Antilles, Central America, and Columbia.

MNIOTILTIDiE.

89

431. Helminthophaga ruficapilla.

Sylvia ruficapilla, Wils. Am. Orn. iii. p. 120, pi. 27, f. 3.
Helminthophaga ruficapilla, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am.
B. i. p. 196.

a (Dewgard) 1846. — b $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania 8 May, 1845,
(S. F. Baird) 1847. — c Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848. — d
Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1851.

Helminthotherus.

Helmintherus, Rafinesque, Journ. de Phys. lxxxviii. p. 417
(1819).

432. Helminthotherus vermivorus.

Motacilla vermivora, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 951.

Helmintherus vermivorus , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B.

i. p. 187.

Vermivora fulvicapilla, Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 245.
a, — b N. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Dendroeca.

Dendroica, G. R. Gray, Gen. B. App. p, 8 (1842).

433. Dendroeca virens.

Motacilla virens , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 985.

Dendroica virens , Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 11: Baird, Brew.
& Ridgw. i. p. 261.

a N. America (Askew) 1839. — b, — c Guatemala (J. Con-
stancia) 1845. — d, — e Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848.

434. Dendroeca townsendi.

Sylvia townsendi, Towns. Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Phil. viii. p. 191.
Dendroica townsendi , Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 11: Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 265.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848.

435. Dendroeca occidentalis.

Sylvia occidentalis , Towns. Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Phil. vii. p.
190.

90

PASSERES.

Dendroica occidentalism Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B.
i. p. 266.

Dendroeca niveiyentris, Salv. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 187, pi. 24, f. 2.
a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1845.

436. Dendroeca nigrescens.

Sylvia nigrescens , Towns Journ. Ac. N. Sc. Phil. vii. p. 191.
Dendroica nigrescens , Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 298 : Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 258.

a San Pedro, Mexico, Oct. 1844 ( Galeotti ) 1845.

437. Dendroeca caerulescens.

Motacilla caerulescens , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 960.

Dendroica caerulescens , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B.
i. p. 254.

Motacilla canadensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 336 ( nec p. 334).
a N. America (Askew) 1840. — b (Argent) 1852.

438. Dendroeca coronata.

Motacilla coronata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 333.

Dendroeca coronata, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 227.

a N. America (Askew) 1834. — b N. America (N. G. Strick-
land) 1838.

439. Dendroeca blackburniae.

Motacilla blackburnice, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 977.

Bhimamphus blackburnice, Scl. P. Z. S. 1855, p. 143.
Dendroica blackburnice, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B.

i. p. 237.

a N. America, 1848. — b, — c Bogota (Bt. at Stevens's) 1845.

440. Dendroeca castanea.

Sylvia castanea, Wils. Am. Orn. ii. p. 97, pi. 14, f. 4.
Dendroica castanea, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.

p. 251.

a N. America (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

441. Dendroeca pennsylvanica.

Motacilla pennsylvanica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 333.

MNIOTILTIDiE.

91

Dendroica pennsylvanica , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am.
B. i. p. 245.

a N. America, 1838. — b { Gardner ) 1845. — c (. Dewgard )
1846.

442. Dendroeca striata.

Muscicapa striata , Forst. Phil. Trans, lxii. p. 428.

Dendroica striata, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 248.
a N. America (. N . G. Strickland) 1838. — b {Arthur Strick-
land) 1840. — c (< J '. G. Kinberg) 1845.

443. Dendroeca aestiva.

Motacilla aestiva, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 996.

Dendroica cestiva, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 11 : Baird, Brew.
& Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 222.

a N. America {Askew) 1833. — b (W. Kirtland) 1843. — c N.
America (J. G. Kinberg ) 1844. — d Mexico {Galeotti) 1845.
— e Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1845. — / N. W. America ( Wos-
nessenski, J. F. Brandt) 1846. — g Trinidad {Argent) 1852.

444. Dendroeca pinns.

Sylvia pinus, Wils. Am. Orn. iii. p. 25, pi. 19, f. 4.

Dendroica pinus, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 268.
a N. America {Gashmore) 1839.

445. Dendroeca olivacea.

Sylvia olivacea, Giraud, B. Texas, p. 14, pi. 7, f. 2.
Bhimamphus olivaceuS , Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 291.

Dendroeca olivacea , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 258.

a, — b Mexico {T. Mann) 1844.

446- Dendroeca maculosa.

Motacilla maculosa, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 984.

Dendroica maculosa, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 232.

a N. America {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b {E. Brown) 1850.

92 PASSERES.

447. Dendrceca palmarum.

Motacilla palmarum, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 951.

Dendroica palmarum, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 273.

a Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 3 May, 1847 (S. F. Baird), 1847-

448. Dendrceca dominica.

Motacilla dominica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 334.

Dendroica dominica , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am, B. i.
p. 240.

Dendrceca superciliosa, Gm., Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 274.
a Guatemala ( J . Gonstancia ) 1845. — b Savannah, Carolina
(S. F. Baird) 1847.

449. Dendrceca decora.

Dendroica gracice var. decora, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N.
Am. B. i. p. 244.

a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia ) 1848.

450. Dendrceca discolor.

Sylvia discolor, Vieill. Ois. Am. Sept. ii. p. 37, pi. 98.
Sylvicola discolor, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 159.

Dendroica discolor, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 276.

a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

Geothlypis.

Geothlypis, Cabanis, Arcbiv f. Naturg. 1847, p. 316.

451. Geothlypis trichas.

Turdus trichas , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 293.

Geothlypis trichas, Cab., Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 297.

Trichas personatus, Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 247.
a N. America {Askew) 1833. — b {Askew) 1837. — c, — d
{Arthur Strickland) 1840.

MNIOTILTIDiE.

93

452. Geothlypis sequinoctialis.

Motacilla cequinoctialis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 972.

Geothlypis cequinoctialis , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 27.
a (AsJcew) 1834. — b Trinidad (Argent) 1852.

453. Geothlypis Philadelphia.

Sylvia Philadelphia, Wils. Am. Orn. ii. p. 101, pi. 14, f. 6.
Geothlypis Philadelphia, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.

p. 301.

a Carlisle, Pennsylvania 18 May, 1841 (S. F. Baird), 1847.

454. Geothlypis macgillivrayi.

Sylvia macgillivrayi, Aud. Orn. Biogr. V. p. 75.

Geothlypis macgillivrayi, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 10 :
Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 303.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845. — b, — c Guatemala (J.
Constancia) 1848.

Myiodioctes.

Myiodioctes, Audubon, Synopsis Am. B. p. 48 (1839).

455. Myiodioctes mitratus.

Motacilla mitrata , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 977.

Myiodioctes mitratus , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.

p. 314.

a N. America (Arthur Strickland) 1840.

456. Myiodioctes canadensis.

Muscicapa canadensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 327.

Myiodioctes canadensis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1855, p. 143 : Scl. &
Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 11 : Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 320.

a N. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Bogota (Bt. at
Stevens s) 1845. — c, —d Guatemala ( J . Constancia) 1848.

457. Myiodioctes pusillus.

Motacilla pusilla, Wils. Am. Orn. iii. p. 103. pi. 26, f. 4.
Myiodioctes pusillus , Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 11 : Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw, N. Am. B. i. p. 317.

94

PASSERES.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1845. — b N. W. America
( Wosnessenski, J. F. Brandt) 1846. — c $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania
19 May, 1847 {S. F. Baird) 1847.

Basileuterus.

Basileuterus, Cabanis, Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 666 (1848).

458. Basileuterus vermivorus.

Sylvia vermivora, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p, 278.
Basileuterus vermivorus , Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 283.
a { Cashmore ) 1839. — b Brazil? {Argent) 1852.

459. Basileuterus hypoleucus.

Basileuterus hypoleucus , Bp. Consp. i. p. 313.
a {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

460. Basileuterus bivittatus.

Muscicapa bivittata , D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 50 : D’Orb.
Yoy. Ois. p. 324.

Basileuterus bivittatus , Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 285.
a Bogota {Bt. at Stevens's) 1845.

461. Basileuterus delattrii.

Basileuterus delattrii , Bp. C. B. xxxviii. p. 383 : Scl. & Salv.
Ibis, 1860, p. 274 : Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 284.
a , —h Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1845.

462. Basileuterus cinereicollis.

Basileuterus cinereicollis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 166; 1865,
p. 285, pi. 9, f. 2.

a Bogota {Bt. at Stevens's) 1845. «— b {Gardner) 1847.

463. Basileuterus stragulatus.

Muscicapa stragulata , Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 55.

Basileuterus stragulatus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 285.
a Brazil (N. C . Strickland) 1838. —5 Brazil {Dewgard) 1849.

MNIOTILTIDiE.

95

464. Basileuterus leucoblepharus.

Sylvia leucoblephara , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p. 206.
Basileuterus leucoblepharus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 285.
a Brazil {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

465. Basileuterus nigricristatus.

Trichas nigrocristatus, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 230.
Basileuterus nigrocristatus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 36.
a Bogota? ( Gardner ) 1844.

466. Basileuterus flaveolus.

Myiothlypis flaveolus, Baird, Rev. Am. B. i. p. 252.
Basileuterus flaveolus, Scl. &Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 10.
a ( Bt . at Birmingham) 1849.

467. Basileuterus luteiviridis.

Myiothlypis luteoviridis, Bp. Consp. i. p. 311.

Basileuterus luteoviridis, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. p. 10.
a Bogota ( J \ Gould) 1844. — b.

Setophaga.

Setophaga, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 360 (1827).

468. Setophaga ruticilla.

Motacilla ruticilla, Lima. Syst. Nat. i. p. 336.

Setophaga ruticilla, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 322.

a N. America ( Arthur Strickland) 1834. —b N. America
{Burl) 1834. — c {Bt. at Stevens s) 1845. — d Trinidad {Argent)
1851.

469. Setophaga picta.

Setophaga picta, Sw. Zool. 111. Ser. 2, i. pi. 3 : Scl. & Salv.
Ibis, 1859, p. 12.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845. —b Guatemala {J. Con-
stancia) 1848.

96 PASSERES.

470. Setophaga miniata.

Muscicapa miniata , Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 368.

Setopliaga miniata , Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 292.

Setophaga flammea , Kaup. P. Z. S. 1851, p. 49 : Scl. & Salv.
Ibis, 1859, p. 12.

a , — h Mexico ( T . Mann) 1844. — c, — d Guatemala (J. Con -
stancia) 1845.

471. Setophaga verticalis.

Setophaga verticalis , D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. p. 50 : D’Orb.
Yoy. Ois. p. 330, pi. 35, f. 1 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 37.
a Bogota (BU at Stevens s) 1845.

472. Setophaga brunneiceps.

Setophaga brunneiceps , D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. p. 50 : D’Orb.
Yoy. Ois. p. 329, pi. 34, f. 3 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 37.
a Bolivia ( Argent ) 1852.

473. Setophaga ornata.

Setophaga ornata, Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 70 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 37.

a Bogota ( Bt . at Stevens's) 1845. — b Bogota ( Dewgard )
1849. — c ( Argent ) 1851.

Ergaticus.

Ergaticus, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 264 (1865) (as a sub-genus).

474. Ergaticus ruber.

Setophaga rubra , Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 368.

Cardellina rubra, Baird, l. s. c.

Ergaticus ruber , Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 11,
a, — b Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.

PYCNONOTIDJS.

97

FAMILY.— PYCNONOTIDiE.
SUB-FAMILY.— PYCNONOTIN^.

Hypsipetes.

Hypsipetes, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 43.

475. Hypsipetes psaroides.

Hypsipetes psaroides , Vig. 1. s. c. : Gould, Cent. B. Him.
pi. x. : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 71.

a , — b Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 242) 1845.

476. Hypsipetes malaccensis.

Hypsipetes malaccensis , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xix. p. 574.
a Malacca [Fenwick) 1844. —5 Java (Brandt) 1845.

477. Hypsipetes philippensis.

Turdus philippensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 814 (1788).
Galgidus philippensis, Kittlitz, Kupf. p. 8, t. 12, f. 2 (1832).
Hypsipetes philippensis , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 413 (1844): Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 191.

a Manilla, Philippine Islands (H. Cuming) 1839. —b (Gard-
ner) 1844.

Lord Tweeddale (l. s. c.) has noticed the fact that the same name
has been given to this bird by three different authors independently
of one another. A marginal note in Strickland’s copy of the ‘ Annals ’
shews that he recognized the identity of his own and Kittlitz’s bird.
Specimen a is the type of Strickland’s description.

478. Hypsipetes maclellandi.

Hypsipetes maclellandi , Horsf. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 159: Jerd
B. Ind. ii. p. 79.

Hypsipetes viridis, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83.
a Himalaya (K C. Strickland) 1838. — b India (W. J. E.
Boys) 1847.

' S. c.

7

98

PASSERES.

479. Hypsipetes olivacea.

Hypsipetes ganeesa ? Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. iii. pi. 148 ( nec
Sykes).

Hypsipetes olivacea, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. Ser. 2 under
pi. 1 : Newton, Orn. Misc. ii. p. 51.
a (P. L. Sclater) 1853.

A species peculiar to the island of Mauritius.

Hemxxus.

Hemixos , Hodgson, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 572 (1845).

480. Hemixus flavala.

Hemixos flavala, Hodgs. 1. $, c. : J erd, B. Ind. ii. p. 80 :
Blyth J. A. S. B. xliii. Extr. No. p. 133.

a India ( Stevens ) 1844. — b, — c Kumaon ( W . J. E. Boys )
1847. — d Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

d agrees with the Indian specimens and apparently differs from
H. hildebrandi , Hume. Blyth’s label has been lost.

Alcubus.

Alcurus, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 955 (1843).

481. Alciirus striatus.

Trichophorus striatus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 184.

Alcurus striatus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 955 : Jerd. B. Ind.
ii. p. 81.

a India (“ Alcurus striatus ” E. Blyth) 1846.

Crinxger.

Criniger, Temm. Man, d’Orn. i. p. 60 (1820).

482. Criniger barbatus.

Trichophorus barbatas, Temm. Pl. Col. 88.
a Africa (. Mansfield ) 1838.

483. Criniger ietericns.

Griniqer ? ictericus, Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p.
411 (1844).

PYCNONOTIDiE.

99

Criniger ictericus, Jerd. B, Xnd. ii. p. 82
a (Askew) 1839.

The type of the species as described by Strickland. The bird is
found in the forests of Malabar and in Ceylon ( Jerdon ).

484. Criniger flaveolus. *

Trichophorus flaveolus y Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 6.

Criniger flaveolus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 83.

Trichophorus xanthogaster, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83.

• a Darjeeling (E. Blyth) 1850.

485. Criniger pliseocephalus.

Ixos ( Trichixos ) phceocephalust Hart-1. Rev. Zool. 1814, p.
401.

Criniger gularis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 101 (nec Horsf.).
a Malacca ( Stevens ) 1844. — b Malacca (Argent) 1851.

Trachycomus.

Trachycomus , Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 109 (1850).

486. Trachycomus ochrocephalus.

Turdus ochrocephalus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 821.

Criniger ochrocephalus , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 570.
Trachycomus ochrocephalus , Cab. 1. s. c.
a Malacca (J. W. Lockwood) 1837.

Phyllostrephus.

Phyllastrephus, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 486 (1831).

487. Pliyiiostreplins caponsis.

Phyllastrephus capensis, Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 229 : Layard,
B. S. Afr. p. 141.

a S. Africa (Weaver) 1843.

Andropadus.

Andropadus, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 485 (1831) (as
a subgenus).

488. Andropadus importunus.

Turdus importunus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’PIist. N. xx. p. 266.

100

PASSERES.

Criniger importunus, Layard, B. S. Afr. p.137.

Andropadus vociferus, Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 228.
a {Osman) 1846.

A South African species.

489. Andropadus latirostris.

Andropadus latirostris , Striekl. P. Z. S. 1844, p. 100 : Fraser,
Zool. Typ. pi. 35.

a ( Mansfield ) 1832.

Originally described from specimens obtained by Fraser at Fer-
nando Po. As Strickland possessed this specimen at the time he
characterized the species, and as its label is inscribed “ A. latirostris ,”
the specimen may fairly be considered a typical one.

Pycnonotus.

Pycnonotus, “ Kuhl,” Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 973.1

490. Pycnonotus capensis.

Turdus capensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 295.

Pycnonotus capensis , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 138 : Newton,
Brit. B. i. p. 247.

a Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1832.

491. Pycnonotus tricolor.

locos tricolor , Hartl. Ibis, 1862, p. 341.

Pycnonotus tricolor, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 131, pi. vii.
f. 2.

Pycnonotus capensis (Le Vaill.), Striekl. & Scl. Contr. Orn-
1852, p. 145.

a {Stevens) 1843. — b Damara-land {O. J> Anderssori ) 1852.
According to Mr Sharpe the Damara-land bird agrees with that
from Angola described as above by Dr Hartlaub.

492. Pycnonotus barbatus.

Turdus barbatus, Desf.-Mem. Ac. Sc. 1787, p. 500, pi. 13.
locos obscurus, Temm. Man. d’Orn. iv. p. 608 (1840).
Pycnonotus barbatus, Dresser. B. Eur.
a ( Thomas ) 1840.

Found in North and West Africa.

1 Cf. Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 247, note.

PYCNONOTIDiE.

101

493. Pycnonotus arsinoe.

Turdus arsinoe, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 39.

Pycnonotus arsinoe, Gray, Gen. B. i. p. 237.

Pycnonotus barbatus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217 : Contr.
Orn. 1851, p. 132, ( nec Desf.).
a Kordofan (J. Petherick) 1848.

In his paper on Kordofan birds, and again in his notes on birds
from the Gaboon river W. Africa, Strickland treated this species
as identical with P. barbatus. Their differences seem now to be ge-
nerally recognized,

494. Pycnonotus bengalensis.

Pycnonotus bengalensis , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xix. p. 566.

Pros pygceus, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 84 ( descr . nulla).
Pycnonotus pyg ceus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 93.

Pycnonotus cafer , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 37
(doubtfully of Linnaeus).

a Africa ? { N . C. Strickland) 1838. — b Nepal (B. H. Hodg-
son 207) 1845.

495. Pycnonotus hsemorrhous.

Red-vented Flycatcher , Brown. 111. pi. 31, f. 2, unde
Muscicapa hcemorrhousa, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 941.
Pycnonotus hcemorrhousa , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 37.

Pycnonotus hcemorrhous. Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 94.

Hcematornis pusillus , Blyth, J. A. S. B. x. p. 841.
a {Askew). — b , — c Madras (A. Strickland) 1833. — d Madras
{Stevens) 1843.

This specific name was based on the Ceylonese and not the Chinese
bird, as Blyth, following Cassin, erroneously asserts. (Ibis, 1867,
p. 8). (Cf. Walden, Ibis, 1866, p. 318 note.)

496. Pycnonotus joeosus.

Lanius jocosus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 138.

Otocompsa jocosa (L.), Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 92.

Lanius emeria , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 137.

Muscicapa emeria , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 326.

102

PASSERES.

Ixus emeria, Wald. J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 135.
a E. Indies (P. L. Sclater).

The Chinese bird to which Linnseus gave the name L. jocosus does
not, according to Swinhoe (P. Z. S. 1863, p. 277), differ from the
Bengal Bulbul, upon which Linnseus bestowed the name emeria twice
over ( ef. Wald. 1. s. c.). No question of the priority of these names
arising, jocosus having hitherto been almost universally used, ought to
be retained.

497. Pycnonotus fuscicaudatus.

Otocompsa fuscicaudata, Gould, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 664 :
Blyth, Ibis, 1867, p. 8.

a E. Indies (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Pound in Southern India, and distinguishable from P. bengalensis
and P. hcemorrhous by the absence of white at the extremity of the tail.

498. Pycnonotus goiavier.

Muscicapa goiavier, Scop. Del. FI. et Faun. Ins. ii. p. 96.
Ixus goiavier, Walden, Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 190.

Muscicapa psidii, Gm. Syst. Nad. i. p. 941.
a Philippine Islands ( H . Cuming) 1840.

499. Pycnonotus leucogenys.

Brachypus leucogenys, Gray & Hardw. 111. Ind. Zool. ii.
pi. 35. f. 3.

Ixos leucogenys, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 84.

Otocompsa leucogenys , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 90.
a Nepal (P. H. Hodgson 208) 1845. — b Kumaon ( W '. J. E.
Boys) 1847.

500. Pycnonotus leucotis.

Ixos leucotis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 6.

Otocompsa leucotis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 91.
a (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — b N. India (If. J. R Boys) 1848.

501. Pycnonotus crocorrhous.

Yellow-vented Fly-catcher , Brown, 111. Zool. pi. 31. f. 1. undl
Pycnonotus crocorrhous , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.

p. 412.

a Malacca (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

The type of the species as described by Strickland, l. s. c.

PYCNONOTIDiE.

103

Ixus.

Ixos, Temm. PL Col. Livr. 64 (1825).

§02, Xxus luteolus,

Hcematornis luteolus , Less. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 354.

Ixos luteolus, J erd. B. Ind. ii. p. 84.

Pycnonotus flavirietus , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 413 (1844).

a Arakan (E. Myth ) 1847. —b S. India Pycnonotus flavi-
rictus ” T. 0. Jerdon) 1850,

Neither of these specimens is Strickland’s type of his P, flam-
rictus y which he states that he bought of a dealer as coming from
Madras. This was in 1844 or at an anterior date. The species is
not included in Blyth’s Catalogue of the Birds of Burma (J. A. S. B.
xliii. extr. No.).

§03, Xxus flavescens,

Pycnonotus flavescens. Blyth, J. A. S. B, xiv. p. 568.

Ixus flavescens, Blyth, J. A. S. B„ xliii. extr. No. p. 134.
a Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

§04, Xxus xantholaemus.

Pycnonotus xantholaimus, Jerd. J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 568.

Ixos xantholcemus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 85.
a Madras (“ Brachypus xantholaimus ” T. G . Jerdon) 1845.
Doubtless one of J erdon’s typical specimens.

§0§. Xxus finlaysoni

Pycnonotus finlaysoni , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p.
411 (1844).

Ixus finlaysoni, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 568 : xliii. extr. No.
p. 134.

a (Askew) 1840. —6 Arakan (“ Pycnonotus finlaysoni” E.
Blyth) 1845.

a appears to be Strickland’s type.

§06. Xxus simplex,

Pycnonotus simplex, Less. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 167.

Pycnonotus plumosus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 567.
a Malacca ( Gardner ) 1844.

104

PASSERES.

IOLE.

Iole, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 386 (1844).

507. Iole olivacea.

Iole olivacea, Blyth l. s. c.

a Malacca {Fenwick) 1844. — b Malacca {Stevens) 1844.

508. Iole viridescens.

Iole virescens, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 573 {nec Ixus vi-
rescens, Temm.).

Iole viridescens, Blyth, Ibis, 1867, p. 7 : J. A. S. B. xliii.
extr. No. p. 133.

a India {c< Iole virescens ” E. Blyth) 1845. ~b Malacca
{Argent) 1850.

Microtarsus.

Microtarsus, Eyton, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 102.

509. Microtarsus melanoleucus.

Microtarsus melanoleucus, Eyton, l. s. c.
a Malacca {Stevens) 1843. — b, — c Malacca (If. Kirtland)
1843.

Rubigula.

Rubigula, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 576 (1845).

510. Rubigula dispar.

Turdus dispar, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 150 : Temm. PI.
Col. 137.

Rubigula dispar, Blyth, l. s. c.
a {Fenton) 1850.

Found in Java, Sumatra, &c.

511. Rubigula melanictera.

Yellow-breasted Fly-catcher, Brown, 111. p. 80. pi. 32. f. 1. unde
Muscicapa melanictera. Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 941.

Rubigula melanictera , Walden, Ibis, 1866, p. 316.
a Ceylon {E. Blyth) 1850.

512. Rubigula flaviventris.

Vanga jlaviventris, Tickell. J. A. S. B. ii. p. 573.

PYCNONOTIDiE.

105

Rubigula flaviventris, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 88.

Alcurus melanocephalus, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 83.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 245 — “ Pycnonotus melanocephalus
(Gray), Brachypus plumifera, Gould ” E. Blyth) 1845.

Brachypodius.

Brachypodius, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 576 (1845).

513. Brachypodius melanocephalus.

Lanius melanocephalus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 309.
Brachypodius melanocephalus, Blyth, l. s. c.

Pycnonotus melanocephalus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 101.
a Malacca (W. Kirtland) 1843. — h Batavia {Argent).

Ixodia.

Ixodia, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 577 (1845).

514. Ixodia cyaniventris.

Pycnonotus ? cyaniventris, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 792.
Ixodia cyaniventris, Blyth, l. s. c.
a Malacca ( Thomas ) 1842.

Noticed by Strickland hi his paper on Malacca birds (P. Z. S.
1846, p. 101) as the smallest species of Pycnonotus with which he
was acquainted.

SUB-FAMILY. — PHYLLOBNITHINiE.
PHYLLORNIS.1

Phyllornis, “ Boie ”, Temm. PI. Col. Livr. 81 (1829).

515. Phyllornis jerdoni.

Phyllornis jerdoni, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 392 : Jerd. B
Ind. ii. p. 97.

Chloropsis cochinsinensis, Jerd. Madr. Journ. x. p. 247.

1 Placed by Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 116)inthe “ Tenuirosires”
( Meliphagida ), but by Jerdon and Blyth with the Bulbuls ( Pycnonotidce ). A re-
ference to the ‘Isis’ (without date or page) is usually given as the work in which
this reputed genus of Boie’s was founded. I can find no earlier mention of it
than 1829 ( l . s. c.), and it becomes a question whether Chloropsis , (Jardine and
Selby,) is not an older title.

106

PASSERES.

a, £ —b $ S. India (“ Chloropsis cochinsinensis of my CataL”
T. G. Jerdon ) 1844. — c f India? (Bt. at Stevens's) 1844.
India (E. Blyth ).

516. Phyllornis chlorocephaius.

Fhyllornis chlorocephaius , Wald. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser.
4. vii. p. 241 : Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 137.

a India ( E . Blyth) 1846. — b Arakan (“ Phyllornis cochin-
sinensis (near)” E. Blyth) 1846.

Blyth’ s label to specimen a has been lost. The skin is tkat of
a male, and probably was obtained by Blyth at the same time as h
(a female) in Arakan.

517. Phyllornis icteroceplialiis.

Phyllornis icterocephala , Lesson, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 164:
Tweeddale, Ibis, 1877, p. 305,

Phyllornis malabaricus , Temm. PL Col. 512. f. 2. [nee Gm.).
Phyllornis moluccensis, Gray, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 100.
a Malacca ( Johnson ) 1837. — b Malacca ( Mather ) 1840.

518. Phyllornis aurifrons.

Phyllornis aurifrons, Temm. PL Col. 484. f. 1 : Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1846. p. 100 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 99.

Chloropsis aurifrons. Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 82.
a [Bt. at Stevens's) 1844. —6 Nepal (B. PL. Hodgson 253)
1845.

519. Phyllornis hardwickii.

Chloropsis hardwickii , Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. ii. Addenda,

pL

Phyllornis hardwickii, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 100 : Gould, B,
Asia, pt. xiii.

Chloropsis cyanopterus , Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 82.
a, — b, — c Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 250, 251) 1845. —d India
(“ Phyllornis hardwickii, fern.” E, Blyth) 1846.

520. Phyllornis malabaricus.

Turdus malabaricus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 837.

Phyllornis malabaricus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 160 : Gould,
B. Asia, pt. xiii.: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 28.

a Madras (“ Chloropsis malabaricus ” T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

PYCNONOTIDiE.

107

521. Phyllornis viridis.

Turdus viridis , Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 143.

Phyllornis viridis, Tweeddale, Ibis, 1877, p. 305.

Phyllornis sonnerati, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. pi. 100.

a Malacca ( Capt . Nash ) 1837.

MCgxthina.

JEgitliina, Vieillot, Anal. p. 44 (1816) \

522. iEgithina tiphia.

Motacilla tiphia, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 831

lora typhia , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p, 103.

Sylvia leucoptera, Vieill. Ois. Am. Sept. ii. pi. 84.

a Malacca ( Johnson ) 1837. — b India (“lora typhia E.Blyth)
1846. - — c India (“lora zeylonica” E. Blyih) 1846. — d India
(If. J. E. Boys) 1847. — e India (If. J. E. Boys) 1848. —f}
— g India (E. Blyth) 1851. —h f Java.

Of specimens yand g Blyth writes “ lora. Although I never saw
the zeylonica plumage here at any season, yet indications in this
state are sometimes seen of it.” Strickland (Ann & Mag. N. H. vi.
p. 422) considered JE. scapularis (Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 152) to
be the same as JE. tiphia (L.), but subsequently (Ann. & Mag. N. H.
xiii. p. 205) he states that Dr Horsfield informed him that black-
headed specimens of this bird never occurred in Java. In 1842
(Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 372) he united PE. scapidaris and JE.
zeylonica to JE. typhia , a view which may still prove correct.

523. iEgithina zeylonica.

Ceylon Black-cap, Brown, 111. Zool. pi. 15 f. 2, unde

Motacilla zeylonica, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 964.

lora zeylonica, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 101.

1 This generic name was based by Vieillot on his Sylvia leucoptera , which,
judging from the figure, is identical with Motacilla tiphia, Linn., the locality
N. America being erroneous. Accordingly JEgitliina, Vieill. must supplant lora ,
Horsf., a view taken by Gray and Lord Tweeddale. In a note to Blyth’s
‘ Further Observations on the Ornithology of Calcutta ’ (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv.
p. 42) Strickland says that lie is disposed to place lora ( = JEgithina) with the
Oriolince , and gives his reasons for this arrangement.

108

PASSERES.

a Malacca ( Johnson ) 1837. — b Ceylon (Bt. at Stevens’s)
1843. — c, — d Madras ((( Iora zeylonica” T. G. Jerdon ) 1845,
— e Java.

a is a female with a single wing-bar. e is a male in the full
u zeylonica ” plumage, and only differs from the Ceylonese bird in
having two white bars on each wing. The correctness of the locality
assigned to the later specimen is open to question.

524. iEgitliina viridissima.

Iora viridissima, Bp. Consp. i. p. 397.

JEgithina viridissima, Tweeddale, Ibis, 1877 p. 304, ph 5.
a Malacca (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

SUBFAMILY.— IRENINiE.

Irena.

Irena, Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 153 (1820).

525. Irena puella.

Coracias puella, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 171.

Irena puella, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 105 : Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii.
extr. No. p. 138 : Sharpe. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 268.

a India ( E . Blyth ) 1846. — b Arakan (“ Irena puella ”
E. Blytli) 1846. — c S. India (“ Irena puella ” T. C, Jerdon)
1850.

526. Irena cyanea.

Muscicapa cyanea, P. J. Begbie, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvii.
p. 407.

Irena puella , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvii. p. 407, note
( nec Lath.).

Irena malayensis, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. i. p. 274.
a Malacca (N. G. Strickland) 1838. —5 Malacca (IF. Kirt-
land) 1843.

ORIOLIDiE.

109

FAMILY. — ORIOLIDiE.

Oriolus.

Oriolus, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 160 ( partim ).

527. Oriolus galbula.

Oriolus galbula, Linn. 1. s. c. : Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 98 ;
1850, p. 217 : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 233: Sharpe, Cat.
B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 191.

a France (Bt. in Paris) 1830. — I £ Smyrna (H. E. Stride -
land) April 1834. — c (Askew) 1837. — d Kartoum Oct. 1848,
(J. Petherick) 1848.

528. Oriolus kundoo.

Oriolus kundoo , Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 87 : Jerd. B. Ind.
ii. p. 107 : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p, 194.

Oriolus aureus, Jerd. Madr. Journ. x. p. 261.
a (Askew) 1833. — b Himalaya (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — c
Madras [T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — d Rohilcund (W. J. E. Boys)
1847,

In his notes on Blyth’s list of birds from the vicinity of Calcutta
(Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 37) Strickland pointed out that Jerdon’s
name O. aureus must give place to Sykes’s older title.

529. Oriolus auratus.

Oriolus auratus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xviii. p. 194 ;
Gal. des Ois. i. t. 83 : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 195.

a Senegal ( N . G. Strickland) 1838. — b Senegal (Isaacson)
1840.

530. Oriolus maculatus.

Oriolus maculatus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xviii. p. 194 :
Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 199.
a Batavia, Java (Argent) 1851.

531. Oriolus acrorhynchus.

Oriolus acrorhynchus , Vig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 97.

Broderipus acrorhynchus, Bp., Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 185.

110

PASSEItES.

Oriolus chinensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 203.

a South of the island of Manilla {H. Cuming) June 1839.
— b Philippine Islands {J. Gould) 1846.

532. Oriolus chinensis.

Oriolus chinensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 160: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1842, pp. 166, 168 : Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 282.
a Malacca ( Mather ) 1840.

533. Oriolus sp?

a {Askew) 1837.

A young bird which I have not been able to determine satis-
factorily.

534. Oriolus xanthonotns.

Oriolus xanthonotns, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 152; Zool.
Res. pi. 12 : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 213.
a Malacca {Askew). — b Malacca {Thomas) 1840.

535. Oriolus melanocephalns.

Oriolus melanocephalus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 160: Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 37 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 110 : Sharpe,
Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 215.

a Madras (“ Oriolus melanocephalus ” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. —
b Mhow {W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

536. Oriolus ceylonensis.

Oriolus ceylonensis, Bp. Consp. i. p. 347: Jerd. B. Ind. ii.
p. Ill : Holdsw. P. Z. S. 1872; p. 453.

a, — b Ceylon {Capt. Pearson ) 1840. — c S. India {Argent).

537. Oriolus larvatus.

Oriolus larvatus , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 20 : Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus. iii. p. 217.

Oriolus capensis, Sw. Class. B. ii. p. 237.

a, — b Cape of Good Hope {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

538. Oriolus trailli.

Pastor traillii , Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 175 : Gould, Cent. B.
Him. pi. 35.

VIREONIDiE.

Ill

Oriolus traillii, Gray, Cat. Hodgs. Coll. (1846) p. 87 : Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 112 : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 222.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 261) 1845.

539. Oriolus viridis.

Gracula viridis , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxviii.

Oriolus viridis , Gonld, B. Austr. iv. pi. 13 : Sharpe, Cat. B,
Brit. Mus. iii. p. 212.

Mimeta viridis, Yig. & Horsf. ’ Trans. L. S. xv. p. 326.
a New Holland ( N '. 0. Strickland) 1838. — b Australia
{Askew) 1841. — c Australia ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Sphecotheres.

Sphecotheres, Vieillot, Anal. p. 42 (1816).

540. Sphecotheres maxillaris,

Turdus maxillaris , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xliii.
Sphecotheres maxillaris, Gray, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii.
p. 224.

t( Sphecotheres australis” Sw. (ubi ?) Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 15.
Sphecotera viridis , Vieill. Anal. p. 68.
a Australia ( Weaver) 1843, — b Australia (Bt. at Birming-
ham) 1843.

FAMILY. — VIREONIDiE.

VIREOSYLVIA,

Vireosylvia, Bonaparte, Comp. List, p. 26 (1838).

541. Vireosylvia olivacea.

Muscicapa olivacea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p, 327,

Vireosylvia olivacea , Bp., Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B,
i. p. 363.

Lanius agilis, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 49.

Vireosylvia agilis , Scl. Am. B. p. 43.

112

PASSERES.

a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1834. — b, — c (AT. G. Strickland )
1838. — d Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — e N. America
(J. G. Kinberg) 1845. — f £ Carlisle, Pennsylvania 4 May, 1846
(S. F. Baird) 1847. — g Trinidad [Argent) 1851.

542. Vireosylvia flaviviridis.

Vireosylvia flavoviridis , Cassin, Pr. Ac. Phil. v. p. 152; vi.
pi. 2: Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 12: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 44.
a Guatemala (/. Gonstancia) 1851.

543. Vireosylvia gilva.

Muscicapa gilva , Vieill. Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 65. pi. 34.
Vireosylvia gilva, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 298: Baird, Brew. &
Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 368.

a £ S. Pedro, Mexico, Dec. 1844 ( Galeotti ) 1845. — b £
Carlisle, Pennsylvania 1 May 1847 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

544. Vireosylvia joseplise.

Vireo josephce, Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 137, pi. 154.

Vireosylvia josephce, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 12.
a Bogota ( Bt . at Stevens’s) 1845.

545. Vireosylvia flavifrons.

Vireo flavifrons , Vieill. Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 85. pi. 54.
Vireosylvia flavifrons, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr.

p. 12.

Lanivireo flavifrons , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 379.

a ( Stuchbury ) 1836. — b N. America (N. G. Strickland)
1838.

546. Vireosylvia solitaria.

Muscicapa solitaria, Wils. Am. Orn. ii. p. 143. pi. 17, f. 6.
Lanivireo solitarius, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. i. p. 373.
Vireosylvia solitaria, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 12.
a N. America ( Brandt ) 1845. — b Mexico ( Galeotti ) 1845.

- — c $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania 6 May, 1845 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

VTREONIDiE.

113

ViREO.

Vireo , Vieillot, Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 83 (1807).

547. Vireo noveboracensis.

Mascicapa noveboracensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 947.

Vireo noveboracensis , Bp., Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am.
B. i. p. 385.

a New York (Bt. at Dresden) 1845,

548. Vireo belli.

Vireo belli , Aud. B. Am. vii. p. 333, pi. 485: Baird, Brew. &
Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 389.
a Mexico ( Galeotti ) 1845.

Hylophilus.

Hylophilus , Temm. PI. Col. Livr. 29 (1823).

549. Hylophilus pcecilotis.

Hylophilus pcecilotis. Temm. PI. Col. 173. f. 2: Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 44.

a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

550. Hylophilus amaurocephalus.

Sylvia poecilotis Max. Beitr. iii. p. 715 ( nec Temm.).

Sylvia amaurocephala, Nordm. Erm. Reise um d. Erde. Vog.

p. 14.

a (Bt. at Liverpool) 1853.

Agrees with Bahia specimens of this species.

551. Hylophilus semibrunneus.

Hylophilus semibrunneus , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 341.
a Bogota (Bt at Stevens's) 1845.

552. Hylophilus muscicapinus.

Hylophilus muscicapinus , Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr.
p. 156.

a (Williams) 1846.

This is evidently a Cayenne skin, the country where alone the
species has as yet been found.

S. C.

8

in

PASSERES.

553. Hylophilus hypoxanthus.

Hylophilus hypoxanthus , Pelz. Orn. Bras. pp. 71, 136.
a ( Argent ) 1851.

Originally described from specimens obtained by Natterer on the
Bio Ioanna and Bio Vaupe.

554. Hylophilus thoracicus.

Hylophilus thoracicus , Temm. PL Col. 173. f. 1: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 44.

a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Cyclorhis.

Cyclarhis, Swainson, Zool. Journ. i. p. 294 (1824).

Cyclorhis, Id. op. cit. iii. p. 162 (1827).

555. CyclorMs flavipectus.

Cyclorhis flavipectus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 448; Cat. Am, B.

p. 45.

a ; (Bt. at Stevens’s) 1846.

A species found in the north-western portions of South America
and in Central America as far north as Costa Bica.

556. Cyclorhis flaviventris.

Cyclorhis flaviventris, Lafr. Bev. Zool. 1842, p, 133 : Scl.
& Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 13: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 45.

a ( Gardner ) 1845. — b Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848.

557- Cyclorhis ochrocephala.

Cyclorhis ochrocephala , Tsch. Arch. f. Naturg. 1845, i. p.
362: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 45.

a Brazil (Bt. at Aberystwith) 1833.

558. Cyclorhis albiventris.

Cyclorhis albiventris, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotrop.
pp. 13, 156.

a Brazil (Johnson) 1837.

Agrees with Bahia specimens.

DICRURIDiE.

115

559. Cyclorhis nigrirostris.

Gyclorhis nigrirostris, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1842, p, 133: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 46.

a Bogota ( Gardner ) 1845.

FAMILY.— DICRURIDZE.

Dicrurus.

Dicrurus, Vieillot, Anal. i. p. 41 (1816).

560. Dicrurus l)alicassius.

Corvus balicassius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 157.

Dicrurus balicassius, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 180. pi. 31,
f. 1 : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 230.

Edolius viridescens, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 6.
a Philippine Islands 13 May 1840 (if. Cuming ) 1840.

561. Dicrurus axmectens.

Buchanga annectens, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. i. p. 326.

Dicrurus annectens, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 231.
Dicrurus balicassius, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 430 (nee Linn.).
a Malacca (Capt. Nash) 1837. —Malacca ( Gardner ) 1845.

Chibia.

Chibia, Hodgson, Ind. Rev. i. p. 324 (1837).

562. Chibia hottentotta.

Corvus hottentottus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 155.

Chibia hottentotta, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 36:
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 439.

a India (HavelT) 1839. — b Nepal (Z?. H. Hodgson 564) 1845.
Chaptia.

|j Chaptia, Hodgson, Ind. Rev. i. p 326 (1837).

563. Chaptia senea.

Dicrurus ceneus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. ix. p. 586.

Chaptia cenea, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 433 : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. iii. p. 243.

a ( Gardner ) 1846.

A species found throughout India and in Assam and Burma.

I 8—2

116

PASSERES.

564. Chaptia malayensis.

Ghaptia malayensis , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 294 : Sharpe,
Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 244.
a Malacca ( Capt . Nash) 1837.

Buchanga.

Buchanga , Hodgson, Ind. Kev. i. p. 326 (1837).

565. Buchanga atra.

Muscicapa atra , Herm. Obs. Zool. p. 208.

Buchanga atra , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 246.
Dicrurus macrocercus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. ix. p. 588 :
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 427.

Buchanga albirictus, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. i. p. 326.
a, — b (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — c India {Bt. at Stevens's)
1843. — d S. India (“ Dicrurus balacassius of my Catal., Sykes
&c.” T. C. Jerdon) 1844. — e Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 551) 1845.
—fy — g Madras (T. G . Jerdon) 1845. — h {Argent) 1852.

by c , d , e, all have a few white feathers at the gape upon which
character Hodgson founded his B. albirictus.

566. Buchanga longicaudata.

Dicrurus longicaudatus, A. Hay, Madr. Journ. xiii. pt. 2,
p. 121 : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 430.

Buchanga longicaudata, Wald. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.
iii. p. 249.

a Malacca {Askew) 1834. —b Madras (“ Dicrurus longicau-
datus” T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — c India {“ Dicrurus pyrrhops,
Hodgs.” E. Blyth). — d N. India (IF. J. E. Boys) 1848.

567. Buchanga leucogenys.

Buchanga leucogenys , Wald. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) v. p.
219 : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 251.
a Malacca ( Williams) 1848.

DICRURIDiE.

117

568, Buchanga caerulescens.

Lanius ccerulescens , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 134.

Dicrurus ccerulescens, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 432.

Buchanga ccerulescens, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 252.
a S. India (“ Dicrurus ccerulescens ” T. G. Jerdon) 1844.
- — b j? Jucknie 16 Nov. 1847 (W. J. E. Boys) 1847, — c India
(“ Dicrurus ccerulescens” E. Blyth).

569, Buchanga assimilis.

Gorvus adsimilis, Bechst. Lath. Allg. Ueb. d. Yog. ii. p. 362
(1794) ; Kurze Ueb. p. 117 (1811).

Dicrurus adsimilis, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 181.

Buchanga assimilis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 247
( partim ).

Dicrurus musicus , Yieill. et auctt. plurr.
a (Askew) 1834. — b (Bt at Stevens s) 1843. — c Africa
( Brandt ) 1845. — d S. Africa (Gardner) 1846. — -e S. Africa
(Dewgard) 1849.

570. Buchanga divaricata.

Muscicapa divaricata, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 52.

Dicrurus divaricatus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217 : Strickl,
& Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 144.

a Kordofan 30 April, 1848 (J. PethericJc) 1848. — b Damara-
land (G. J. Andersson) 1852.

Bhringa.

Bhringa, Hodgson, Ind. Rev. i. p. 325 (1837).

571. Bhringa remifer.

Edolius remifer, Temm. PI. Col. pi. 178.

Bhringa remifer , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 434.

Bhringa tectirostris, Hodgs. L s. c.

Dicrurus remifer, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 36.
a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 554) 1845.

Dissemurus,

Dissemurus, Gloger, Handb. p. 347 (1842).

118

PASSERES.

572. Dissemurus grandis V.

Edolius grandis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 5.

Dicrurus grandis , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 36.
Edolius paradiseus (L.), Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 435.
a Eastern Ghats (“ Edolius dentirostris , Hay ” T. G. Jerdon )
1845. — - b India (“ Edolius bengalensis ” E. Blyth) 1846.

These specimens have a well-developed crest, hut it is not so
large in either as in some examples of D. grandis I have seen, nor
is the bill so long. They probably belong to the bird described as
D. orissce , (A. Hay, Madr. Journ. x. p. 121) should that race meet
with ultimate recognition as distinct from D. grandis.

573. Dissemurus malabariciis.

Muscicapa malabarica, Scop. Del. Fann. et FI. Ins. ii. p. 96.
Edolius malabaricus, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 437.

Dicrurus malabaricus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 36.
a S. India (“ Edolius malabaricus ” T. G. Jerdon ) 1850.

574. Dissemurus formosus.

Edolius malabaricus , (Lath.) Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 145
(nec Lath.).

Dissemurus formosus, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. Ill : Tweedd.
Ibis, 1878, p. 81.

a Malabar {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

This specimen agrees closely with one of Dr Horsfield’s examples
in the University Museum. It bears a ticket inscribed u Lanius
malabaricus, Lath. Malabar Shrike. Irides red.” The crest is less
developed than in Jerdon’s specimen of D. malabaricus. The locality
“Malabar” marked upon the ticket is probably conjecture.

575. Dissemurus platyurus.

Dicrurus platurus. Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. ix. p. 558.
Dissemurus platurus, Tweedd. Ibis, 1877, p. 313.

Edolius rangoonensis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 5 : Jard. &
Selb. 111. Orn. n. s. pi. 38.

1 The materials available in the Strickland Collection are not sufficient for
me to add anything towards the elucidation of tbe question whether there be
one or more species of this form. At least a dozen names have been proposed
for various races, all of which Mr Sharpe places as synonymous with D. para-
diseus (L.).

CAMPEPHAGIDiE.

119

a Malacca ( Capt . Nash) 1837. — b Malacca (Bt. at Bir-
mingham) 1843. — g India (“ Edolius rangoonensis , Gould”
E. Blyth) 1846.

None of these specimens are in good condition, but so far as I
can see belong to the species or race to which the above name seems
applicable.

FAMILY.— CAMPEPHAGIDIE.

Graucalus.

Graucalus , Cuvier, Rbgn. Anim. i. p. 341 (1817).

576. Graucalus melanops.

Corvus melanops , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxiv.

Graucalus melanops , Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 55: StrickL
Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 338 : Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1864, p. 437.

a Australia (Askew) 1833. — b New South Wales (N. C.
Strickland) 1838.

577. Graucalus macaeL

Graucalus macei, Le ss. Traitd d’Orn. p. 349: Hartl. J. f,
Orn. 1864, p. 439 : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 417.

a Africa (!) (Askew) 1833. — h India (Lord A. Hay) 1845.
— c, — d Madras (“ Graucalus macei Less ” T. C. Jerdon) 1845.
— e India (“ Graucalus papuensis male ” E. Blyth) 1846. — f
India (“ Graucalus papuensis fem.” E . Blyth) 1846. ~-—g (Bt.
at Birmingham) 1849.

578. Graucalus striatus.

Choucas de la Nouvelle Guinde, D’Aub. Pl, Enl. 629 undb
Corvus striatus , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 38.

Graucalus striatus , Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 175.
a Calaguan, Philippine Islands 30 May 1837 ( H . Cuming)
1837. — b Philippine Islands 13 May 1840 (H. Cuming) 1840.
— c Malacca (Thomas) 1843. — d Philippine Islands (J. Gould)
1846.

The Malaccan skin (c) is that of a female and differs in no way
from the Philippine Island specimens of the same sex,

120

PASSERES.

579. Graucalus javensis.

Ceblepyris javensis, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 145.

Graucalus javensis , Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1864, p. 441,
a Malacca ( Arthur Strickland) 1840.

The Malaccan origin of this specimen is doubtful.

580. Graucalus sp. ?

a ( Arthur Strickland) 1840.

Strickland identified this specimen with Lanius robustus , (Lath.
Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xviii.) and it agrees fairly with Latham’s de-
scription, except as regards dimensions, (the specimen being eleven
instead of twenty-one inches long), and as regards the black band
on the tail said to exist in L. robustus , but which this skin does not
possess. Gould (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 235) considers L. ro-
bustus, Lath, to be one of the numerous forms of Graucalus mentalis ,
and he may be right. The present bird seems to me to be more
nearly allied to G. atriceps , Mull. & Schl., from which, however, it
differs in having the tips of the lateral rectrices white.

581. Graucalus mentalis.

Graucalus mentalis , Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 217 :
Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 56: Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1864, p. 439.
a ( Gardner ) 1844.

An Australian species.

582. Graucalus lineatus.

Ceblepyris lineatus , Sw. Zool. Journ. i. p. 466.

Graucalus swainsoni , Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 58 : Hartl. J.
f. Orn. 1864, p. 445.

a Australia ( Stevens ) 1843.

583. Graucalus caesius.

Ceblepyris ccesia, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 51.

Campephaga ccesia, Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 157.
Campephaga levaillanti, Temm.: Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 153.
a Cape of Good Hope (K C. Strickland) 1838. — b S. Africa
( Van der Kemp) 1843.

584. Graucalus pectoralis.

Graucalus pectoralis , Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. ii. pi. 57.

CAMPEPHAGIDA2.

121

Ceblepyris pectoralis, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 249.

Campephaga pectoralis , Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 158.
a ( W. Kirtland) 1838.

A species found in West Africa and in Abyssinia.

VOLVOCIVORA.

Volvocivora, Hodgson, Ind. Rev. i. p. 328 (1837).

585. Volvocivora melanoschistus.

Volvocivora melaschistos, Hodgs. 1. s. c. : J erd. B. Ind. i.
p. 415.

Volvocivora lugubris (Sundev.) : Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 161.
a , — b India (. Havell ) 1839. — c (Askew) 1840. — d India
( Gardner ) — e Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 517) 1845. — -f India
(“ Campephaga fimbriata , melaschistos Hodgs.” E. Blyth) 1846.
— g India (. E . Blyth).

Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N, H. xviii. p. 109), considered this
species to be in all probability identical with Ceblepyris fimbriata,
Temm.

586. Volvocivora sykesi.

Lalage sykesi , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 36 ; xiv,
p. 44.

Volvocivora sykesi, Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 163 ; Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 414.

a, — b (. Arthur Strickland ) 1840. — c S. India (“ Ceblepyris
fimbriatus male, Lalage sykesi, Strickl.” T. C. Jerdon ) 1844.
— d India (“ Campephaga sykesi ,” E. Blyth) 1846.

Lalage.

Lalage, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 972.

587. Lalage terat.

Merle des Indes orientales, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 273. f. 2 undb
Turdus terat, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 17.

Lalage terat, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 145.

Turdus orientalis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 821 ex H’Aub.

Lalage or ientalis, Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 166.
a Malacca (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Malacca ( Williams)
1848.

122

PASSERES.

Cassin (Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 251) refers this species to Turdus
dominicus (P. L. S. Muller, Natursyst. Suppl. p. 145) and calls the
bird Lctlage dominica. But Muller, in giving a description perhaps
applicable to the Lalage, bestowed upon it a name latinized from
the French title of a very different species, figured on the same
plate as the Lalage .

588. Lalage tricolor*

Ceblepyris tricolor, Sw. Zool. Journ. i. p. 467.

Ceblepyris humeralis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 143.
Campephaga humeralis, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 63.

Lalage humeralis , Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 164.
a New South Wales (ISf. G. Strickland) 1838.

Symmokphus.

Symmorphus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 145.

589. Symmorplius leucopygius*

Symmorphus leucopygius , Gould, l. s. c. : Hartl. J. f. Orn.
1865, p. 169.

a Norfolk Island ( Stevens ) 1846.

Campephaga.

Campephaga , Vieillot, Anal. p. 39, (1816).

590. Campephaga phoenicea.

Ampelis phcenicea, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 367.

Campephaga phoenicea, Sw. Orn. W. Afr. i. p. 252, pis.
27, 28.

Lanicterus phoeniceus, Hartl. J. £ Orn. 1865, p. 172.
a W. Africa [Askew). — b, — c W. Africa (A. G. Strickland)
1838. — d Senegal (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — -e W. Africa
(G. Harilaub) 1845.

Pericrocotus.

Pericrocotus, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 972.

591. Pericrocotus brevirostris.

Muscipeta brevirostris, Vig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 43.
Phcenicornis brevirostris, Gould, Cent. B. Him. pi. 8.
Pericrocotus brevirostris, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 421.

CAMPEPHAGIDiE.

123

a Nepal (. B . H. Hodgson 292) 1845. — b Madras (“ PhoenP
cornis brevirostris ” T. C. Jerdon ) 1845.

592. Pericrocotus flammeus.

Muscicapa flammed, Forst. Zool. Ind. pi. xv.

Ferierocotus flammeus , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 420.
a {Askew) 1837. — b India {Bt at Stevens's) 1844.

Strickland (Ann. &_ Mag. N. H. xv. p. 27 5) pointed out that
Phoenicornis flammeus of Jerdon’s ( Illustrations ’ (pi. ii.) is certainly
the same as Muscicapa flammea of Temminck, and hence its range
extends to Java and Sumatra. He further states that it is not the
“Oranor” of Levaillant (Ois. Afr. pi. 155) as supposed by Jerdon,
that bird being identical with Pericrocotus peregrinus.

593. Pericrocotus speciosns.

Turdus speciosus, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 363.

Pericrocotus speciosus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p.
36 : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 419.

Phoenicornis princeps, Gould, Cent. B. Him. pi. 7.
a {T. G. Eyton). — b, — c Nepal {B. H. Hodgson 291) 1845.
— d, — e India (“ Pericrocotus speciosus ” E . Blyth ) 1846. — /
Kumaon {W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

In the 1 Annals’ (l. s. c.) Strickland pointed out the identity of
P. princeps , Gould and Turdus speciosus, Latham.

594. Pericrocotus peregrinus.

Parus peregrinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 342.

Pericrocotus peregrinus, Jerd. B. Ind. i, p. 423.
a Himalaya {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b India (“ Pericro-
cotus peregrinus ” E. Blyth). — c (IF.- J. E. Boys) 1847. — d, — e
S. India “ Phoenicornis peregrinus" T. G. Jerdon), 1850.

Identified by Strickland with the “ Oranor ” of Levaillant (Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xv. p. 275).

595. Pericrocotus roseus.

Muscicapa rosea, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 486.
Pericrocotus roseus, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 422.
a India ( Bt . at Stevens's) 1844. — b Madras (“ Phoenicornis

124

PASSERES.

roseus ” T. G. Jerdon ) 1845. — c, — d India (“ Pericrocotus ro-
sens” E. Blyth ) 1846.

The bird, called with doubt “ Phmnicura miniata, Temrn.” by
Sundevall in his paper on the Birds of Calcutta, is stated by Strick-
land to be referable to this species (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xviii.
p. 251).

596. Pericrocotus erythropygius.

Muscicapa erythropygia, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xi. p. 17.
Pericrocotus erythropygius , Jard. Contr. Orn. 1848, p. 23.
pl. 4 : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 424.

a Chunar ( W. J. E. Boys ) 1847.

597. Pericrocotus cinereus.

Pericrocotus cinereus, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 94 : Wald.
Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 179.

Pericrocotus modestus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 102.
a M.alacca ( Havell ) 1839.

The type of P. modestus, Strickl. A note on the label shews that
Strickland recognized its identity with the bird previously described
by Lafresnaye.

FAMILY. — LANIID^E.

SUB-FAMILY. — LANIIN M.

Lanius.

Lanius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 134 (1766) (partiw).

598. Lanius excubitor.

Lanius excubitor , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 135 : Newton, ed,
Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 199.

a, — b N. Europe (J. G . Kinberg ) 1843.

599. Lanius ludovicianus.

Lanius ludovicianus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 134.

Collurio ludovicianus , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B.
i. p. 418.

a N. America (J. G . Kinberg) 1845. —b United States
(S. P Baird) 1847.

LANIIDiE.

125

600- Lanins excubitorides.

Lanius excubitorides , Sw. F. Bor. Am. ii. p. 115, pi. 34.
Collurio ludovicianus , var. excubitorides, Baird, Brew. &
Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 421.
a Columbia ( Galleoti ) 1845.

601. Lanins algeriensis.

Lanius algeriensis, Less. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 134 : Dresser,
B. Eur.

a {Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Morocco {J. G . Kinberg )
1844.

602. Lanins lahtora.

Collurio lahtora, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 86.

Lanius lahtora, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 400 : Sharpe & Dresser,
P. Z. S. 1870, p. 595 : B. Eur.

Lanius algeriensis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217 ( nec Lesson).
a Himalaya (N. C. Strickland) 1838. —b India (Askew)
1839. — c Kordofan (J. Petherick ) 1848.

The Kordofan specimen differs from Indian examples in having
the forehead white instead of black, and were this character constant
it would be justifiable to keep the North- African bird distinct under
the name L. dealbatus, De Fil. Abyssinian examples, (L. fallax
Finsch. & Hartl.), however, are intermediate, and it would seem as
if one form passed gradually into the other.

603. Lanins borealis.

Lanius borealis, Vieill. Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 80. pi. 50 : Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 415.

a N. America (Askew) 1837. — b N. America (N. C . Strick-
land) 1838. — c Massachusetts (J. G. Kimberg ) 1845.

604. Lanins minor.

Lanius minor , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 308: Strickl. Ann. & Mag.
N. H. xii. p. 414; P. Z. S. 1830, p. 97: Strickl. & Scl. Contr.
Orn. 1852, p. 144: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 205: Dresser,

B. Eur.

a Siberia (T. C. Eyton) 1832. — b Smyrna (H. E. Strickland)
1836. — c Zante (H. E. Strickland) 28 May 1836. — c Damara-
land (C. J. Andersson ) 1852.

126

PASSERES.

605. Lanins sp. ?

a (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

An immature bird perhaps the young of L. minor .

606. Lanius collaris.

Lanius collaris , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 135: Strickl. & Scl.
Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 144: Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 157.

a, — b Cape of Good Hope (. A Strickland) 1833. — c (A. 0.
Strickland) 1838. — d {Argent) 1851.

607. Lanius subcoronatus.

Lanius subcoronatus, Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. pi. 68 : Layard,

B. S. Afr. p. 157.

a Damara-land (C. J. Andersson ) 1852.

608. Lanius nufeicus.

Lanius nubicus, Licht, Yerz. Doubl. p. 47 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1850, p. 217.

a Himalaya? (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — b ( Stevens ) 1845.

C, — d Kordofan [J. Petherick) 1848.

609. Lanius erytlironotus.

Gollurio erytlironotus , Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 22: Gould, Cent.
B. Him. pi. 12. f. 2.

Lanius erytlironotus, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 402.
a Madras {A. Strickland ) 1833. — b (A. G. Strickland) 1838.
c India ( Stevens ) 1844. — d Gorruckpore {W, J. E. Boys) 1847.

610. Lanius tephronotus.

Gollurio tephronotus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 43.

Lanius tephronotus , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 403.
a India (“ Lanius tephronotus ” E. Blyth) 1846. — b India
(E. Blyth) 1846.

611. Lanius nigriceps.

Gollurio nigriceps, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 117.

Lanius nigriceps , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 494.

Lanius bicolor , Hodgs. Ind. Bev. i. p. 446.
a Madras (“ L. nigriceps” T. G. Jerdon). — b Nepal (B. H .
Hodgson 229) 1845. — c India (“ Lanius nigriceps, Frank!.;

LANIID^E.

127

nasutus, Scop.; antiguanus, Gm. ; tricolor , Hodgs.” E. Blyth)
1846. .

Two forms of this bird occur in India to which the names of L.
nigriceps Frank!, and L. bicolor, Hodgs. have been applied : a belongs
to the former, b and c to the latter race. It is also not improbable
that Scopoli’s name L. nasutus will have to be used for one or both
of these birds, on which point see Lord Tweeddale’s remarks, Trans.
Z. S. ix. p. 169.

612. Lanins vittatns.

Lanius vittatus, Valenc. Diet. Sc. Nat. xl. p. 227.

Gollurio hardwickii, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 42: Gould, Cent.
B. Him. pi. 12.

Lanius hardwickii, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 405.
a Himalaya ( N . G. Strickland) 1838. — b India (E. Blyth) 1846.
— c Rohilkund (W. J '. E. Boys) 1847.

613. Lanins coilurio,

Lanius coilurio, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 136 : Strick. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 97 ; 1850, p. 217: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 209.

a Worcestershire (. H . E. Strickland ) 1832. — b, — c, Aberdovey
(II. E. Strickland) Aug. 1833. — d Smyrna (II. E. Strickland)
April 1836. —e(N. C. Strickland) 1838. — / Kordofan (J.Pethe-
rick) 1848.

614. Lanius cristatns.

Lanius cristatus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 134: Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 44: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 406: Wald. Ibis, 1867,
212.

Lanius melanotis, “Cuv” Puch. Arch. d. Mus. vii. p. 324:
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. pp. 36, 205.

Lanius ferrugiceps , Hodgs. Ind. Rev. i. p. 446.
a, — b (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — c Nepal (B. H. Hodgson
431) 1845. — d Madras (T. G.Jerdon) 1845. — e India (“ Lanius
melanotis” E. Blyth) 1846. — -f India (E. Blyth) 1846. — g (E.
Brown) 1850.

In 1846 Strickland (P. Z. S. p. 102) retracted his opinion ex-
pressed in 1844 (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 44) as to the distinctness
of this bird from L. lucionensis and its allies and placed all under the

128

PASSERES.

latter name. He several times insisted upon the rejection of the
name cristatus on account of its inapplicability to this species.

615. Lanius lucionensis.

Lanius lucionensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 135: Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 44; P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167: Wald. Ibis, 1867,
p. 215; Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 171.

a , — b Calaguan, Philippine Islands (H. Cuming ) 30 May
1837. — c, — d Philippine Islands {H. Cuming).

616. Lanius superciliosus.

Lanius superciliosus , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xx: Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 44: Wald. Ibis, 1867, p. 218.
a Malacca (IP. Kirtland) 1843.

617. Lanius magnirostris.

Lanius magnirostris , Less. Bdlang. Voy, p. 251: Wald. Ibis,
1867, p. 220.

a (E. Brown) 1850. — b ( Carfrae ) 1850.

Found in the Malay peninsula and in Sumatra. At one time
(Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 205), Strickland considered this species
to be probably the same as L. superciliosus; subsequently {op. cit. xviii
p. 168) to be a variety of L . phcenicurus, Pallas.

618. Lanius arenarius.

Lanius arenarius , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 304: Strickl. P. Z. S'.
1850, p. 217: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 407 : Wald. Ibis, 1867, p. 223.
a N. India (IP. J. E. Boys) 1847.

619. Lanius anderssoni.

Enneoctonus anderssoni , Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 145.
Lanius anderssoni , Wald. Ibis, 1867, p. 224.
a Damara-land {C. J. Andersson) 1852.

The type of the species.

620. Lanius isabellinus.

Lanius isabellinus , Hempr. & Ehr. Sym. Phys. A v. i. fol. e :
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217: Wald. Ibis, 1867, p. 224.
a Kordofan [J. Petherich) 1848.

LANIIDzE.

129

621. Lanins auriculatus.

Lanius auriculatus , P. L. S. Muller, Natursyst. Suppl. p. 71 :
Newton, ecL Yarr. Brit. i. p. 215.

Lanius ruf us, Briss. : Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97.

Lanius rutilus, Lath, et auctt. plurr.
a , — b Smyrna (H. E. Strickland) April 1836.

622. Lanins rntilans.

Lanius rutilans, Temm. Man. d’Orn. iii. p. 601.
a Senegal (. Isaacson ) 1840.

Nilaus.

Nilaus, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 162 (1827).

623. Nilans brnbn.

Lanius brubu, Lath. Ind. Orn. Snppl. p. xx.

Nilaus capensis, Sw. 1. s. c. (ex Shaw).

Nilaus brubu , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 30: Strickl.
& Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 145.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Found in West and South Africa.

CORVINELLA.

Corvinella , Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 372 (1831) (as a sub-
genus).

624. Corvinella capensis.

Tanagra capensis , Sparrman, Mus. Carls, pi. 54.

Corvinella capensis , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. pp.
27, 30.

Lanius corvinus} Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 337 : Layard, B. S.
Afr. p. 157.

Lanius cissoides, Vieill. : Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 233.
a Senegal (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (. Dewgard ) 1851.

9

s. c.

130

PASSERES.

Eurycephalus.

Eurocephalus, A. Smith, Rep. Expl. C. Afr. p. 52 (1836).

625. Eurycephalus anguitimens.

j Eurocephalus anguitimens , Smith, l. s. c. : Strickl. & Scl.
Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 145: Gurney in And. B. Damara-1. p. 140.
a Damara-land ( C . J. Andersson ) 1852.

Telephonus.

Telophorus, Swainson, F. Bor. Am. ii. p. 481 (1831).

626. Telephonus senegalus.

Lanius senegalus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 137.

Telephonus senegalus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 30 :
Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 145.

Lanius erythropterus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 307.
Telephonus erythropterus, Sw. B. S. Afr. i. p. 235.
a Senegal (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

627. Telephonus longirostris.

Telephonus longirostris, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 283: Layard,
B. S. Afr. p. 161.

a {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — h S. Africa (Sir W. Jardine)
1842.

628. Telephonus remigialis.

Telephonus remigialis, Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Ost. Afr. p.
340.

Telephonus senegalus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850 p. 217 ( nec
Linn.).

a Kordofan (J. Petherick) 1848.

629. Telephonus gutturalis.

Merle d Collier, du Cap de Bonne-Espdrance. D’Aub. PI.
Enl. 272 unde.

Turdus gutturalis, P. Z. S. Muller, Natursyst. Suppl. p. 144.
Lanius bacbakiri, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 319.

Telephonus bacbakiri, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 161.
a , — b Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1832. — c Cape
of Good Hope (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

LANIIDvE.

131

Laniarius.

Laniarius, Yieill. Anal. p. 41 (1816).

630. Laniarius barbarus.

Lanius barbarus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 137.

Malaconotus barbarus, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 243, pi. 24.
a Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1833.

631. Laniarius atrococcineus.

Lanius atrococcineus, Burcli. Zool. Journ. i. p. 461, pi. 18.
Laniarius atrococcineus, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 145: Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 144.
a, — b Damara-land (G. J. Andersson ) 1852.

632. Laniarius quadricolor.

Laniarius quadricolor , Cassin, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1851, p. 245:
Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 165.

a Port Natal ( T . G. Eyton) 1850.

633. Laniarius icterus.

•Lanius icterus, Cuv. Regn. An. i. p. 352 (1829).

Laniarius icterus, Gray, Gen. B.

Malaconotus olivaceus (Yieill.), Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 237.
a W. Africa (N. G. Strickland ) 1838. — b (T. G. Eyton) 1845.

634. Laniarius sulfureopectus.

Lanius sulfureopectus , Less. Traite d’Orn. p. 373.
Malaconotus similis, Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. pi. 46.
a Senegal (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

635. Laniarius rubiginosus.

Malaconotus rubiginosus, Sundev. Ofvers. K. Yet. Ac. Forli.
1850, p. 106.

Laniarius rubiginosus, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 164.
a Cape of Good Hope (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b S. Africa
(Sir W. Jar dine) 1842.

Dryoscopus.

Dryoscopus, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 973.

636. Dryoscopus cubla.

Lanius cubla , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xx.

Dryoscopus cubla, Boie, l. s. c.

9—2

132

PASSERES.

Laniarius cubla, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 163.
a S. Africa ( Stevens ) 1843. — b Damara-land ( C J. Andersson)
1850.

637. Dryoscopixs gambensis.

Lanius gambensis , Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 48.

Dryoscopus gambensis. Hartl. Syst. Orn. W. Afr. p. 110.
a W. Africa ( Johnson ) 1837.

638. Dryoscopus ferruginous.

Lanius ferrugineus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 306.

Dryoscopus ferrugineus , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii.
p. 29.

Laniarius ferrugineus, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 164.
a {Askew) 1834. —b {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Tephrodornis.

Tephrodornis, Swainson, F. Bor. Am. ii. p. 482 (1831).

639. Tephrodornis pondicerianus.

Muscicapa pondiceriana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 939.
Tephrodornis pondiceriana, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 410.
a Madras ( Stuchbury ) 1836. — b {N. C. Strickland) 1838. —
c India (“ Tephrodornis muscicapoides ; Keroula indica, Gray;
T. super ciliosus, Svv.” T. G. Jerdon) 1844. — d Malwa ( W. J. E.
Boys) 1847.

640. Tephrodornis pelvica.

Tenthaca pelvica, Rodgs. Ind. Bev. i. p. 447.

Tephrodornis pelvica, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 409.
a India (“ Tephrodornis pelvica” T. G. Jerdon) 1846. — b
Arakan {E. Blyth) 1847.

641. Tephrodornis grisola.

Tephrodornis grisola, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 180* : Jerd.
B. Ind. i. p. 411.

a Malacca ( Mansfield ) 1839.

642. Tephrodornis gularis.

Lanius gularis, Raffl. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 304.

laniim;.

133

Tephrodornis gularis, Blytli, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 301.
a Malacca (IF. Kirtland ) 1843. — b Malacca {Argent) 1850.
Originally described from Sumatran specimens with which
Malaccan probably agree, but specimens from the two localities
have not so far as I am aware been compared.

Prionops.

Prionops, Vieillot, Anal. p. 41 (1816).

643. Prionops plumatus.

Lanius plumatus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 292.

Prionops plumatus, Sw. B. S. Afr. i. p. 246 : Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mns. iii. p. 320.

a Africa {Bt. at Dresden) 1845, — b Africa {Johnson).
Melcenornis.

Melcenornis , G. B. Gray, List, Gen. B. p. 36 (1840) vice
Melasoma, Sw. {nec Latr.)

644. Melsenornis edolioides.

Melasoma edolioides, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 257, pi. 29.
Melcenornis edolioides, Gray: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii.
315.

a { N G. Strickland) 1838.

Agrees with Swainson’s type from Senegal.

Bradyornxs.

Bradyornis, Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. pi. 113 (1847).

645. Bradyornis mariquensis.

Bradyornis mariquensis, Smith, l. s. c. : Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus. iii. p. 308.

Saxicola mariquensis, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 109.
a S. Africa {Capt. Alexander) 1838.

Sigelus.

Sigelus, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 68 (1850).

646. Sigelus silens.

Lanius silens, Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 330.

134

PASSERES.

Sigelus silens, Cab. 1. s . c.

Laniarius silens, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 162.
j Bradyornis silens , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 308.
a S. Africa (Sir W. Jar dine) 1842. — b S. Africa (Stevens)
1843.

COLLYRIOCINCLA.

Colluricincla, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p.
214 (1825).

647. Collyriocincla harmonica.

Turdus harmonious , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xli.
Colluricincla harmonica , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p.
336 : Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 70.

Collyriocincla harmonica, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 290.
a Madras (!) (Stuchbury) 1836. — b Australia (. Mansfield )
1839. — c (Dewgard) 1851.

648. Collyriocincla rufiventris.

Colluricincla rufiventris , Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 164 ; B.
Austr. ii. pi. 75.

Collyriocincla rufiventris , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p.
292.

a Near Perth, W. Australia 27 March 1839 ( T . C. Eyton)
1846.

649. Collyriocincla rufogaster.

Colluricincla rufogaster , Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 80.
Pinarolestes rufigaster. Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 296.
a (Dewgard) 1851.

Originally described from New South Wales specimens.

650. Collyriocincla rectirostris.

Colluricincla rectirostris, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. ser. 2 pi. 31.
Collyriocincla rectirostris, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 291.
Colluricincla selbyi, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 77.
a Australia (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Australia (Askew)
1841.

MUSCICAPID.E.

135

SUBFAM. PACHYCEPHALIN^E.
Pachycephala.

Pachycephala, Swainson, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 174 (1827).

651. Pachycephala rufiventris.

Sylvia rujiventris , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. liv.
Pachycephala rufiventris, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H.xi. p.336.
Pachycephala pectoralis, Yig. & Horsf. : Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi.
67 ( nec Lath.).

a N. S. Wales (Askew), — b N. S. Wales (N. C. Strickland).

652. Pachycephala melanura.

Pachycephala melanura , Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 134 ; B.
Austr. ii. pi. 66.

a Australia (Askew) 1840. — b (Argent).

653. Pachycephala glaucura.

Pachycephala glaucura, Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 12 ; B. Austr.
ii. p. 65.

a (Stevens) 1845.

Found ia Tasmania.

654. Pachycephala xanthoprocta.

Pachycephala xanthoprocta, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 149.
a Norfolk Island (Stevens).

Eopsaltria.

Eopsaltria , Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 240 (1839) (?)

655. Eopsaltria australis.

Muscicapa australis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. 1.

Eopsaltria australis, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 11.
a Australia, (N. G. Strickland) 1858.

FAMILY.— MUSCICAPIDiE.

Monarcha.

Monarcha, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p. 254
(1826).

656. Monarcha melanopsis.

Muscicapa melanopsis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 450.

136

PASSERES.

Muscipeta carinata, Sw. Zool. 111. pi. 147.

Monarcha carinata, Vi g. & Horsf. 1. s. c. : Gould, B. Austr.
ii. pi. 95, et auctt.

a Australia (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

In his MS. “ Ornithological Synonyms” Strickland employs
Vieillot’s name for this species as being prior to that of Swainson. In
this view I think he is undoubtedly correct.

657. Monarcha dimidiata.

Monarches dimidiatus, Hartl. & Finsch, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 28.
a, — b Samoan Islands (J. Goidd) 1850.

Determined by Dr Finsch by comparison with the types in the
Bremen Museum. The specimens from which the original descrip-
tions were made came from the island of Rarotonga and not from
the Samoan islands.

Muscicapa.

Muscicapa, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 324 (1766) ( partim ).

658. Muscicapa grisola.

Muscicapa grisola, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 328 : Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 220.

a Weston, Oxfordshire (N. G. Strickland) 23 May 1834. —
b Corfu ( H . E. Strickland) Sept. 1835.

659. Muscicapa atricapilla.

Muscicapa atricapilla, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 326 : Newton,
ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 229.

a Madras ( Stuchbury ) 1836. — b (V. C. Strickland ) 1838. —
c Leighton, Yorkshire (H. E. Strickland) May 1840.

The locality assigned to a is questionable.

660. Muscicapa fuscula.

Muscicapa fuscula, Sundev. Ofvers. K. Vet. Ac. Forh. 1850,
p. 105: Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 148.

a (Askew) 1837. — b S. Africa (Dr A. Smith).

661. Muscicapa latirostris.

Muscicapa latirostris, Raffles, Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 312.

MUSCICAPID.E.

137

Alseonax latirostris, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 459.
a Madras (“ Muscicapa poonensis , Sykes ”

1845.

T.

C. Jerdon )

Erythrosterna.

Erythrosterna, Bonaparte, Comp. List., p. 25 (1838).

682. Erythrosterna parva.

Muscicapa parva, Bechst. Naturgesch. Deutschl. iv. p. 505 :
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. i. p. 224.

Erythrosterna parva, Bp. 1. s. c. : Jerd. Ibis, 1872, p. 128.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson) 1845.

Strickland wrote on the label of this specimen “No doubt = parva
of Europe as figured by Gould.”

663. Erythrosterna leucura.

Muscicapa leucura, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 939.

Erythrosterna leucura. Bp. Consp. i. p. 418 : Jerd. B. Ind. i.
p. 481."

a Madras (“ Muscicapa leucura” T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. —
b India (“ Siphya ? leucura , fem. ” E. Blyth ) 1846.

Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 35) corrected Blyth’s
statement (J. A. S. B. xi. p. 791) that the Indian species of this form
is the M. leucura Latham but not of Gmelin, the fact being that
Gmelin gave a Latin name to Latham’s bird, which the latter states
came from the Cape of Good Hope. Strickland further suggested
that as the description agrees fairly well with the Indian bird, the
South African locality assigned to it was probably erroneous.

664. Erythrosterna melanolenca.

Muscicapa maculata, Tick. J. A. S. B. ii. p. 574, fide Jerd.
B. Ind. i. p. 483.

Muscicapula melanoleuca , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 940.

a Arakan (E. Blyth ) 1847. — b India (IT. J. E. Boys ) 1848.

I do not see how Tickell’s name can possibly be used for this
species. Its author gave no description of his own of the bird, sup-
posing he had before him the “ Pied Flycatcher” of Linnaeus as
represented by Bewick.

138

PASSEKES.

Muscicapula.

Muscicapula , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 939 (1843).

685. Muscicapula superciliaris.

Muscicapa superciliaris , Jerd. Madr. Journ. xi. p. 16.
Muscicapula superciliaris , Blyth, l. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 470.
a Sucktusghar ( W . J. E. Boys) 1847.

Xanthopygia.

Xanthopygia , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 123 (1847).

666. Xanthopygia narcissina.

Muscicapa narcissina, Temm. PI. Col. 577. f. 1.

Xanthopygia chrysophrys, Blyth, l. s. c. p. 124.
a ( E '. Blyth) 1846.

A specimen in bad condition. It appears to have been sent to
Strickland shortly before Blyth described it as above. A label bears
the following note in Blyth’s MS. : “ What is this ? I suspect it to
be Australian and have a nearly allied species from Malacca.” The
true habitat of the species is China and J apan.

Hemipus.

Hemipus, Hodgson, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 32.

667. Hemipus picatus.

Muscicapa picata, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p 85.

Hemipus piccecolor, Hodgs. 1. s. c.

Hemipus picatus, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 412.
a Madras (“ Muscicapa picata” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. —
b India (“ Lanaria picata (Sykes) Bl.” E. Blyth) 1846.

668. Hemipus obscurus.

Muscicapa obscura, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 146.

Hemipus obscurus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 305.
a Malacca (X. G. Strickland) 1838.

Hyliota.

Hyliota , Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 260 (1837).

669. Hyliota flavigaster.

Hyliota flavigaster , Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 47 ; Flyc. p. 228.
pi. 28.

MUSCICAPIDAS.

139

a W. Africa (Askew) 1841.

A male of this species of which a female (one of Swainson’s
types) is in the University Museum. In the “ Contributions to
Ornithology” (1851, pp. 132, 163) Strickland refers to Muscicapa
violacecc of Yerreaux MS. as a second species of this genus.

Micrceca.

Micrceca , Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 172.

670. Micrceca fascinans.

Loxia fascinans, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xlvi.

Micrceca fascinans, Gould, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 337.
Micrceca macroptera, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 93.
a (Argent) 1851. — b (Dewgard) 1851.

An Australian species.

Hemichelidon.

Hemichelidon, Hodgson, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 32.

671. Hemichelidon sibirica.

Muscicapa sibirica, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 936.

Hemichelidon sibiricus, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 288.
Hemichelidon fuliginosus, Hodgs. 1. s. c.: Jerd. B. Ind. i.
p. 458.

a India (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

Niltava.

Niltava, Hodgson, India Rev. i. p. 650 (1837).

672. Niltava sundara.

Niltava sundara, Hodgs. 1. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 473.
a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 142) 1845. —b Kumaon ( W ’. J. E.
Boys) 1847. — c Himalaya (Bt. at Stevens’s) 1850.

673. Niltava grandis.

Chaitaris grandis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 189.

Niltava grandis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 476.
a India (“ Niltava grandis ” E. Blyth) 1846.

140

PASSERES.

Cyornis.

Cyornis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 940 (1842).

674. Cyornis rubecnloides.

Phoenicura rubeculoides, Yig. P. Z. S. 1880-1, p. 35 :
Gould, Cent. B. Him. pi. 25, f. 1.

Cyornis rubeculoides , Blyth, l. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 466.
Niltava brevipes, Hodgs. Ind. Bev. i. p. 651.
a (. Mansfield ) 1839. — b Nepal ( B . IT. Hodgson 137) 1845.
— c , — d India (“ Cyornis rubeculoides ” E. Blyth) 1846.

675. Cyornis jerdoni.

Cyornis banyumas, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 466 ( nec Horsf.).
Cyornis jerdoni , G. R. Gray, Hand-1, i. p. 325: Jerd. Ibis,
1872, p. 125.

a Madras ( T C. Jerdori) 1845.

676. Cyornis ruficauda.

Muscicapa ruficauda, Sw. Flyc. p. 251.

Saxicola erythropygia, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 92.
a, — b India (Bt. at Stevens's) 1844.

a bears the following note in Strickland’s handwriting : “ Same
as Saxicola erythropygia of Sykes at India House = Muse, ruficauda ,
Sw.” Sykes’s name is usually supposed to have been applied to the
female of Pratincola caprata.

Stoparola.

Stoparola, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 125 (1847).

677. Stoparola melanops.

Muscicapa melanops , Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 171 : Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 6.

Stoparola melanops, Blyth, l. s. c.

Eumyias melanops, Cab. Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 463.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 288) 1845. —6 India (“ Stoparola
melanops, Muse, lazulina, Sw.” E. Blyth) 1846. — c Benares
(W. J. E. Boys) 1846.

SlPHIA.

Siphia, Hodgson, India Rev. i. p. 651 (1837).

678. Siphia strophiata.

Siphia strophiata, Hodgs. 1. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 479.

MUSCICAPIM.

141

a India (Bt. at Stevens’s) 1844. — b Nepal (B. H. Hodgson
424) 1845.

SlSURA.

Seisura, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p. 249
(1826).

679. Sisura inqnieta.

Turdus inquietus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. xl.

Seisura inquieta , Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 191 :
Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 87.

a New South Wales (M°. Donald) 1838.

Myiagra.

Myiagra, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p. 250
(1826).

680. Myiagra plumbea.

Myiagra plumbea, Vig. & Horsf. 1. s. c. p. 254 : Gould, B.
Austr. ii. pi. 89.

Todus rubecula, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. xxxii. ?
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b New South Wales ( McDonald )
1838.

From his MS. notes Strickland appears to have considered this
bird to be the Todus rubecula of Latham, but as some doubt must
always hang about the application of this name, Vigors & Horsfield’s
unquestionable title had best be adhered to.

681. Myiagra nitida.

Myiagra nitida, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 142 ; B. Austr. ii.
pi. 91.

a, — b Australia (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

Hypothymis.

Hypothymis, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 973.

682. Hypothymis azurea.

Gobe-mouche bleu, des Philippines, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 666, f.
1 undl

Muscicapa azurea, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 41.

142

PASSERES.

Hypothymis azurea , Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 182.

Myiagra azurea, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 450.
a Malacca (IV. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Malacca (Gashmore)
1839. — c (“ Muscicapa ccerulea” T. G. Jerdon) 1850. — d India
(Bt. at Stevens's).

Elminia.

Elminia, Bonaparte, Compt. Bend, xxxviii. pp. 388, 652
(1854).

683. Elminia longicauda.

Myiagra longicauda, Sw. Flyc. p. 210, pi. 25.

Elminia longicauda, Bp. 1. s. c.
a (IV. G. Strickland) 1838.

Agrees with West African examples of this species and with
Swainson’s type.

Platystira.

Platysteira, Jardine & Selby, 111. Orn. i. pi. 9 (1826).

684. Platystira cyanea.

Muscicapa cyanea, Mull. Natnrsyst. Suppl. p. 170.

Platystira cyanea , Gray: Sharpe, Ibis, 1873, p. 158.
Muscicapa melanoptera, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 939.
a, — b West Africa ( Johnson ) 1847.

685. Platystira capensis.

Muscicapa capensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 327.

Platystira capensis, Gray, Gen. B. i. p. 257.

Batis capensis, Sharpe, Ibis, 1873, p. 161.
a S. Africa ( Dewgard ) 1849.

686. Platystira senegalensis.

Muscicapa senegalensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 327.

Platystira senegalensis, Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 93.

Batis senegalensis, Sharpe, Ibis, 1873, p. 163.
a (E. Brown) 1850.

A West African species.

MU SCIC APIDiE.

143

687. Platystira pririt.

Muscicapa pririt, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 486.
Platystira pririt, Gray : Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 144.

Batis pririt, Sharpe, Ibis, 1873, p. 168.
a W. Africa (. N '. C. Strickland) 1838. — b S. Africa (Bt. at
Stevens's) 1842. — c Damara-land (G. J. Andersson) 1852.

Lanioturdus.

Lanioturdus, Waterhouse, Alex. Exp. App. p. 264 (1838).

688. Lanioturdus torquatus.

Lanioturdus torquatus , Waterh. 1. s. c. : Sharpe, Ibis, 1873,

p. 170.

Platystira albicauda, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 144.
a Damara-land ( G. J. Andersson) 1852.

The type of P. albicauda , Strickl.

Stenostira.

Stenostira, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 316 (1850).

689. Stenostira scita.

Muscicapa scita, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 74.
Stenostira scita, Bp. 1. s. c.

Platystira longipes, Sw., Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 143.
a S. Africa (Dr A. Smith).

Rhipidura1.

Bhipidura , Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p. 246
(1826).

690. Rhipidura flabellifera.

Motacilla flabellifera, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 943.

Bhipidura flabellifera, Gray, Gen. B. p. 32 (1840) : Buller,
B. New Zeal. p. 143.

a New Zealand (Askew) 1840.

Strickland (Ann. & Mag. viii. p. 373) draws attention to the
fact that the R. flabellifera of Vigors & Horsfield is not the same
as M. flabellifera, Gm. but must be called R. albiscapa, Gould.

1 Strickland in his review of Jerdon’s ‘Illustrations of Indian Ornithology’
(Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 275) says that it is impossible to separate by well-
defined generic characters Swainson’s genus Leucocerca from Bhipidura.

144

PASSERES.

691. Bhipidura albiscapa.

Bhipidura flabellifera, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 246.
( nec Gm.).

Bhipidura albiscapa , Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 113; B. Austr.
ii. pi. 83.

a Australia {Askew) 1840.

692. Bhipidura ruhfrons.

Muscicapa rufifrons, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. 1.

Bhipidura rufifrons , Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 248 :
Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 84.

a Australia ( N . G. Strickland) 1838.

693. Bhipidura albofrontata.

Bhipidura albofrontata , Franklin, P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 116.
Leucocerca albofrontata , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 452.
a India (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b ( Gardner ) 1844. ■ — c
S. India (“ Leucocerca albofrontata ” T. G. Jerdon) 1850.

694. Bhipidura pectoralis.

Leucocerca pectoralis , Jerd. 111. Ind. Zool. sub pi. 2; B. Ind.
i. p. 453.

Bhipidura pectoralis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 935.
a Madras (“ Leucocerca pectoralis” T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

695. Bhipidura fuscoventris.

Bhipidura fuscoventris, Franklin, P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 117.
Leucocerca fuscoventris, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 451.
a, — b Madras (T. .G. Jerdon) 1845. — c India ( E . Blyth)
1846.

Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xviii. p. 175 note) correctly
supposed the R. sannio of Sundevall to be the same as Franklin’s
R. fuscoventris, but he is wrong in adding to the synonomy of
the species the name L. pectoralis, Jerdon. a bears on a label
in Blyth’s handwriting il Rhipidura fuscoventris ,” Broad-tailed Fly-
catcher “ of Latham.”

696. Bhipidura nigritorquis.

Bhipidura nigritorquis, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 97.
Leucocerca nigritorquis, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 182.

MUSCICAPIM.

145

a Luzon, Philippine Islands ( H . Cuming ) 14 June 1839.
Determined by Strickland, with doubt, to be the Muscicapa
philippensis , Gm. (Syst. Nat. i. p. 943) but Gmelin’s description
is far from complete.

Cryptolopha.

Cryptolopha , Swainson, Flyc. p. 198 (1838).

697. Cryptolopha cinereocapilla.

Muscicapa cinereocapilla , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi.
p. 489.

Cryptolopha cinereocapilla , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 290 :
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 455.

Cryptolopha poiocephal a, Sw. Flyc, p. 200, pi. 23.
a Himalaya ( Havell ) 1839. — h, — c Bohilcund (W. J. E.
Boys) 1847.

Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 29) points out that
Swainson’s C. poiocephala should be called C. ceylonensis , Sw. but
both names are later than Vieillot’s. He also shews (Ann. &
Mag. N. H. xviii. p. 174) that the bird described by Sundevall as
Muscicapa nitida , Lath, is the same as the present species.

Terpsiphone.

Terpsiphone, Gloger, Froriep’s Notizen, xvi. p. 278 (1827)
vice Muscipeta, Cuv. (1817) (nec Koch 1816) \

698. Terpsiphone paradisi.

Muscicapa paradisi, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 324,

Tchitrea paradisi, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 445.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — 5, — c, — d , — e Ceylon ( Capt .
Pearson) 1840. — -f ( Bt . at Stevens's) 1843. — g India ( E . Blyth)
1851.

699. Terpsiphone affinis.

Tchitrea affinis , “A. Hay,” Blyth, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 292 :
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 448.

1 Though Gloger’s name was proposed merely as a substitute for Cuvier’s,
it may still be used for this genus, as the antecedent use of Muscipeta by Koch
precludes the adoption of that title. Tchitrea, Lesson, was introduced four
years later than Terpsiphone , Gloger.

S. C.

10

146

PASSERES.

a Nepal {B. H. Hodgson 283) 1845. — b S. India (“ Musci-
peta paradisi” T. G. Jerdon) 1850.

The locality “S. India” assigned to b is open to doubt. The
specimen agrees accurately with Jerdon’s description of this species.

700. Terpsiphone melanogaster.

Muscipeta melanogaster , Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 55.
a W. Africa {Askew) 1837. — b W. Africa {Sir W. Jar dine)

1842. — c.

These specimens agree with examples in the Swainson collection,
probably the types of the species.

701. Terpsiphone rufiventer.

Muscipeta rufiventer , Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 53, pi. 4.
a {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b W. Africa {W. Kirtland)

1843. — c W. Africa {Gardner) 1846.

702. Terpsiphone cristata.

Muscicapa viridis (!) Mull. Natursyst. Suppl. p. 171.
Muscicapa cristata , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 398.

Tchitrea cristata , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 145.

Muscipeta perspicillata, Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 60.
a Cape of Good Hope {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b S. Africa
{N. G. Strickland) 1838. — c S. Africa {Dewgard) 1849. — d
{Argent) 1852.

Jules Yerreaux, apparently recognizing specimen a as having
been skinned by himself, wrote across the label in 1870 “tue par
J. Yerreaux au Knysa, 1827.” Muller’s name for this species is
utterly inadmissible.

703. Terpsiphone incii.

Tchitrea incei, “ Gould,” Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. E. I. Co.
Mus. p. 392.

a Malacca {Johnson) 1837. — b Malacca {Matthew) 1840.
— c Malacca ( Williams) 1847. — d {Williams).

c seems certainly to belong to this species, but I am not so sure
as regards a , b , & d. The latter are all female or immature birds,
and my materials are insufficient to determine them satisfactorily.

AMPELID.E.

147

Philentoma.

Philentoma, Eyton, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvi. p. 229 (1845).

704. Philentoma yelata.

Drymophila velata, Temm. PL Col. 834.

Philentoma velatum , Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. E. I. Co.
Mus. p. 392 : Wald. Ibis, 1872, p. 373.

a Malacca (. Bt . at Stevenss) 1843. — b Malacca ( Bt . at
Stevens's) 1844. — c Borneo ( Leadbeater ) 1849. — d Malacca
(Chapman) 1849.

705. Philentoma pyrrhoptera.

Muscicapa pyrrhoptera, Temm. PI. Col. 596. f. 2.

Myiagra pyrrhoptera, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 101.
a Malacca (. Matthew ) 1840. — b Malacca (Gardner) 1846.
Strickland ( l . s. e.) considered that this bird occupies an inter-
mediate position between Myiagra and Muscipeta (— Terpsiphone),
but that it was hardly sufficiently distinct from the former to form
a generic division.

FAMILY. — AMPELIDiE.

Ampelis.

Ampelis, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 297 (1766) (partim).

706. Ampelis cedrornm.

Ampelis garrulus /3, Linn. 1. s. c.

Bombycilla cedrorum, Vieili. Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 88, pi. 57.
Ampelis cedrorum, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 13 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 46 : Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 401.

a N. America (Askew) 1837. — b N. America (JSf. C. Strick-
land) 1838. — c Canada (Barnes) 1848. — d, — e Guatemala
(J. Constancia) 1851.

Ptilogonys.

Ptiliogonatus, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 164 (1827).

707. Ptilogonys cinereus.

Ptiliogonys cinereus , Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 363 ; Zook 111.
ser. 2, pis. 62, 120.

148

PASSERES.

Ptilogonys cinereus, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 13 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 47.

a ( Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Mexico ( T . Mann) 1844.
- — c Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845. — d Guatemala (J. Constan -
cia) 1851.

SECTION.— OSCINES LATIROSTRES.

FAMILY. — HIRUNDINIDiE.

Hirundo.

Hirundo , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 843 (1766) ( partim ).

708. Hirundo rustica.

Hirundo rustica, Linn. 1. s. c. : Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99 :
Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 144 : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 157
(partim).

a Weston, Oxfordshire, Aug. 1833 (N. C. Strickland) 1833.
- — b, — c Off Ascension, March (A. Strickland) 1833. — d Worces-
tershire, June (H. E. Strickland) 1838. — e India (“ Hirundo
jewan, Sykes” E. Blyth) 1846. — f — g India (E. Blyth) 1846.
• — h Jucknie (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — i Damara-land ( G . J .
Andersson) 1852.

Observed by Strickland with other Hirundines near Smyrna.

709. Hirundo erythrogaster.

Hirondelle d ventre roux de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 724,
f. 1, unde,

Hirundo erythrogaster , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 45.

Hirundo horreorum , Barton, Fragm. N. Hist. Penns, p. 17,
et auctt. plurr.

a (N, G. Strickland) 1838. — b £ Carlisle, Pennsylvania,
11 May 1846 (S. F. Baird) 1847. — c, — d Guatemala (J.
Gonstancia) 1848. — e Brazil ? (Argent) 1852.

Specimen e is probably from Bolivia.

HIRUNDINIDiE.

149

710. Hirundo gutturalis.

Hirundo gutturalis , Scop. Del. Faun, et FL Ins. p. 96 : Jerd.
B. Ind. i. p. 157 ( partim ): Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 184.

a Java (Askew) 1837. — b Calaguan, Philippine Islands,
30 May (H. Cuming ) 1837. — c Malacca (N. C. Strickland) 1838.
— d Luzon, — e Panay, Philippine Islands (H. Cuming) 1840.
—^Madras (“ Hirundo jewan ’ T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — g Madras
(T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — h Malacca (Osman) 1846. — i Calcutta
(“ Hirundo rustica ” E. Blytli) 1851.

Neither f nor i labelled respectively II. jewan and II. rustica by
J erdan and Blytli have a dark pectoral band. I therefore refer them
to II. gutturalis .

711. Hirundo daurica.

Hirundo daurica , Linn. Mant. p. 528: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p.
160.

a India (. Bt . at Stevens’s) 1843. — b India (W. J. E. Boys)
1847.

712. Hirundo filifera.

Hirundo filif era, Steph. Shaw’s Zool. xiii. pt. 2, p. 78 : Jerd.
B. Ind. i. p. 159.

a Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b, — c N. India ( W J. E.
Boys) 1848,

713. Hirundo nigricans.

Hirundo nigricans, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 523.
Collocalia arbor ea, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 14.

Hylochelidon nigricans, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 111.
a Australia (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Australia (T. C.
Eyton) 1849.

In a MS. note in Gould’s “ Birds of Australia” Strickland remarks
“No doubt = H. nigricans, Vieill. though he overlooked the fulvous
rump.”

714. Hirundo cucullata.

Hirondelle a tete rousse du Cap de Bonne- Esperance, D’Aub.
PL Enl. 723, f. 2, unde,

150

PASSERES.

Hirundo cucullata , Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 45 : Sharpe,
P. Z. S. 1870, p. 318.

a S. Africa (H. G. Strickland) 1838.

715. Hirundo albigularis.

Hirundo albigularis, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 17, pi. 15:
Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 308.

a S. Africa (JSf. G. Strickland) 1838. * — b S. Africa ( Dewgard l)
1849.

The types of the species.

716. Hirundo bicolor.

Hirundo bicolor , Vieill. Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 61, pi. 31 : Baird,
Rev. Am. B. p. 297: Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 344.

a ( Gardner ) 1845. — b Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 16 March, 1840
(S. F. Baird) 1847.

717. Hirundo albiventris.

Hirondelle d ventre blanc, de Cayenne , D’Aub. PI. Enl. 546,
f. 2, unde ,

Hirundo albiventris, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 32.

Hirundo leucoptera , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1022 : Cab. Schomb.
Guian. iii. p. 672.

a Guiana (R. Schomburgk ) 183-. — b ( Seaman ) 1840. — c
Brazil ( Argent ) 1851.

718. Hirundo meyeni.

Hirundo meyeni, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 48 : Baird, Rev. Am.
B. p. 302.

Hirundo leucopyga, Meyen. Nov. Act. Ac. L. C. 1834, SuppL
p. 73, pi. 10 ( nee Licht).

a Chili ( Gapt . Brown) 1842.

719. Hirundo leucorrhoa.

Hirundo leucorrhoa, YieilL N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 519 :
Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 301.

Hirundo frontalis, Gould, Zool. Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 40.
a S. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

HIRUNDINIDiE.

151

720. Hirundo euchrysea.

Hirundo euchrysea , Gosse, B. Jam. p. 68 ; 111. pi. 12 : Baird,
Rev. Am. B. p. 304.

a Jamaica ( Chapm an) 1849.

Lagenoplastes.

Lagenoplastes, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 112 (1865).

721. Lagenoplastes ariel.

Collocalia ariel , Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 132 ; B. Austr. ii.
pi. 15.

Lagenoplastes ariel, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 113.
a Australia ( Gashmore ) 1839.

On the label of this specimen Strickland notes that this bird may
possibly be the Hirundo erytlirocephala Gmelin, a name doubtfully re-
ferred by Gray to 11. filifera , Stephens.

Petrochelidon.

Petrochelidon , Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 47 (1850).

722. Petrochelidon Innifrons.

Hirundo lunifrons, Say, Long’s Exp. ii. p. 47.

Petrochelidon lunifrons , Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 288: Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 334.
a N. America ( Gashmore ) 1839.

723. Petroclielidon fnlva.

Hirundo fulva, Vieill. Ois. Am. Sept. p. 62, pi. 30.
Petrochelidon fulva, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 40.

Hirundo poeciloma, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 64.

Petrochelidon poeciloma , Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 292.
a Jamaica (“H. poeciloma ” P. H Gosse) 1848.

Doubtless a typical specimen. Prof. Baird keeps the Jamaican
bird separate from the Cuban on account of its slightly inferior size
and the deeper tint of the chestnut colour of the flanks.

152

PASSERES.

Atticora.

Atticora , Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 172.

724. Atticora fasciata.

Hirundo fasciata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1022.

Atticora fasciata , ScL Cat. Am. B. p. 39 : Baird, Bev. Am.
B. p. 306.

a S. America (Dewgard) 1846.

725. Atticora cyanoleuca.

Hirundo cyanoleuca , Vieill. N. Diet, ddList. N. xiv. p. 509.
Atticora cyanoleuca , Baird, Bev. Am. B. p. 309.
a S. America (. N C. Strickland) 1838. — b (Bt. at Birming-
ham) 1849. — c Brazil ( Argent ) 1851.

PSALIDOPROCNE.

Psalidoprocne, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 48 (1850),

726. Psalidoprocne holomelsena.

Hirundo holomelas , Sundev. Ofvers. Yet. Ak. Fdrh. 1850,

p. 108.

Psalidoprocne , Cab. L s. c. : Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 288.
a S. Africa ( Dewgard ) 1849.

Chelidon.

Chelidon , Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 550.

727. Chelidon urbica.

Hirundo urbica , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 344.

Chelidon urbica, Boie, et auett.
a Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland ) 1834.

COTYLE.

Cotyle, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 550.

728. Cotyle riparia.

Hirundo riparia, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 344.

Cotyle riparia, Boie, et auett.

a (Askew) 1837. — b Worcestershire, June (T, J Robinson)

1840.

HIRUNDINIDiE.

153

729. Cotyle rupestris.

Himndo rupestris, Scop. Ann. i. Hist. Nat. p. 167.

Cotyle rupestris, Boie et auctt. : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 166.
a Switzerland (W. Anderegg ) 1836. — b Madras (“ Idirundo
rupestris ” T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

730. Cotyle fuligula.

Hirundo fidigula , Licht. in Forst. Descr. Anim. p’ 55.

Cotyle fuligula, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 57 : Sharpe P. Z. S.
1870, p. 299.

a S. Africa (Askew) 1841.

731. Cotyle concolor.

Hirundo concolor, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 83.

Cotyle concolor, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 165.
a Madras (“ Hirundo concolor ” T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

Stelgidopteryx.

Stelgidopteryx, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 312 (1865).

732. Stelgidopteryx ruficollis.

Hirundo ruficollis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 523.
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis, Baird, l. s. c. p. 315.
a Brazil (Johnson) 1837.

Progne.

Progne, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 971,

733. Progne purpurea.

Hirundo purpurea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 344.

Progne purpurea, Boie, l. s. c .

Progne subis (L.), Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 274.
a, — b Brazil (Johnson) 1837. — c (N. C. Strickland) 1838.
— d America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — e £ Carlisle, Penn-
sylvania, 8 May, 1846 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

734. Progne dominicensis.

Hirundo dominicensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1025.

Progne dominicensis , Gosse, B. Jam. p. 69 : Baird, Rev.
Am. B. p. 279.

a Jamaica (P. II. Gosse ) 1848.

154

PASSERES.

735. Progne clialybea,

Hirundo clialybea , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1026.

Progne clialybea, Cab. J. f. Orn. I860, p. 402.

Progne leucogaster, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 280.
a {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Guatemala (J. Constancia)
1848.

736. Progne tapera.

Hirundo tapera, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 345.

Progne tapera, Cab. Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 672 : Baird, Rev.
Am. B. p. 286.

a {Johnson) 1837.

A widely-ranging South American species.

SECTION.— OSCINES TENUIROSTRES.

FAMILY.— MELIPHAGIDiE.

Myzomela.

Myzomela, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p, 316
(1826).

737. Myzomela sanguinolenta.

Certhia sanguinolenta, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxvii.
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 336.

Myzomela sanguinolenta, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 63.

Certhia dibapha, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxvii.
a Australia {Bt. at Stevens's) 1842.

738. Myzomela rubratra.

Cinnyris rubrater, Less. Man. ii. p. 55: Kittl. Kupf. pi. 8, f. 1.
Myzomela rubratra , Finsch, J. Mus. Godeffr. Hft. viii. p. 16.
a {Burl) 1834.

A species found in the Pelew and Marianne Islands.

MELIPHAGIDyE.

155

Entomophila.

Entomophila, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 154.

739. Entomophila picta.

Entomophila picta , Gould, l. s. c. : B. Austr. iv. pi. 50.
a Liverpool Plains, N. S. W. ( Goxen per T. G. Eyton) 1850.

Glyciphila.

Glyciphila , Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 326 (1837).

740. Glyciphila fulvifrons.

Meliphaga fulvifrons , Vig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 317.
Glyciphila fulvifrons , Sw. 1. s. c. : Gould, B. Austr. iv.
pi. 28.

a Australia (Bt. at Birmingham) 1850.

741. Glyciphila albifrons.

Glyciphila albifrons , Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 160 ; B. Austr.
iv. pi. 29.

a Adelaide, S. Australia ( T . G. Eyton) 1846.

Stigmatops.

Stigmatops, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 500 (1865),

742. Stigmatops ocularis.

Glyciphila ? ocularis , Gould, P, Z. S. 1837, p. 154 ; B.
Austr. iv. pi. 31.

Stigmatops ocularis, Gould, l. s . c.
a New South Wales (McDonald) 1838.

Acanthorhynchus.

Acanthorhynchus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 24.

743. Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris.

Gerthia tenuirostris , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxvi.
Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris, Gould, l. s. c. ; B. Austr. iv.

pi. 61.

Acanthorhynchus dubius, Gould, tom. cit. p. 25.
a Van Diemen’s Land (Askew) 1834. — b New South Wales
(A. G. Strickland) 1838.

156

PASSEKES.

744. Acanthorhynchus superciliosus.

Acanthorhynchus superciliosus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 24 ;
B. Austr. iv. pi. 62.

a W. Australia ( Williams) 1846.

Xanthomyza.

Zanthomiza, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 326 (1837).
Xanthomyza , Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 419.

745. Xanthomyza phrygia.

Merops phrygius , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxiv.
Zanthomyza pKrygia, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 48.
a New South Wales (Askew) 1839.

Ptilotis.

Ptilotis , Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 326 (1837).

746. Ptilotis lewini.

Ptilotis lewini, Sw. 1. s. c.

Ptilotis chrysotis, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 32 ( nec Lath.).
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

747. Ptilotis leucotis.

Turdus leucotis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xliv.

Ptilotis leucotis, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 36.
a New South Wales (McDonald) 1838. — b Australia (Bt.
at Stevens's) 1843.

748. Ptilotis flavigula.

Ptilotis flavigula , Gould, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 24 ; B. Austr. iv.
pi. 35.

a New South Wales (A skew) 1837. — b New South Wales
(X. G. Strickland) 1838.

749. Ptilotis auricomis.

Muscicapa auricomis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xlix.

Ptilotis auricomis , Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 37 : Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xi. p. 336.

a New South Wales (N. C \ Strickland) 1838.

MELIPHAGIDiE.

157

750. Ptilotis ornata.

Ptilotis ornata , Gould, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 24 ; B. Austr. iv.
pi. 39.

a Swan River, W. Australia (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

751. Ptilotis penicillata.

Meliphaga penicillata, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 143.

Ptilotis penicillata, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 43.
a Adelaide, S. Australia (T. G. Eyton ) 1846.

752. Ptilotis chrysotis.

Certhia chrysotis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxviii.

Ptilotis fusca, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 44.
a New South Wales (AT. G. Strickland) 1838.

753. Ptilotis chrysops.

Sylvia chrysops , Lath. Ind. Orn, Suppl. p. liv.

Ptilotis chrysops, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 45.

a Australia (. Mansfield ) 1839.

Meliphaga.

Meliphaga, Vigors & Horsfield Trans. L. S. xv. p. 312 (1826) \

754. Meliphaga novse-hollandise.

Certhia novce-hollandice, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 296.

Meliphaga novce-hollandice, Vig. & Horsf. 1. s . c. : Gould, B.
Austr. iv. pi. 23.

a New Holland (AT. C. Strickland) 1834. - — b New South
Wales (AT. C. Strickland) 1838.

755. Meliphaga sericea.

Meliphaga sericea, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 144 ; B. Austr.
iv. pi. 25.

a, — b New South Wales (AT. G. Strickland) 1838. — c
Australia (Askew) 1841. — d (“ Prosthemadera sericea.” E.
Blyth).

1 On the use of this name as employed by Vigors and Horsfield in a re-
stricted sense, see Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 419.

158

PASSERES.

756. Meliphaga australasiana.

Certhia australasiana, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 226.
Meliphaga australasiana , Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p.
313 ; Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 27.

a New South Wales (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Prosthemadera.

Prosthemadera, Gray, List Gen. B. 1840, p. 15.

757. Prosthemadera novse-zealandisa.

Merops novce-zealandice , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 464.
Prosthemadera novce-zealandice , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H.
vi. p. 419 : Buller, B. N. Zeal. p. 87, pi. 10.
a New Zealand {Dr Harvey) 1843.

Anthornis.

Anthornis, Gray, List Gen.'B. 1840, p. 15.

758. Anthornis melannra.

Certhia melanura , Sparrm. Mus. Carls, pi. 5.

Anthornis melanura , Gray, Buller, B. N. Zeal. p. 91.
a New Zealand ( Gardner ) 1845. — h £ {T. G. Eyton) 1850.

Anthochcera.

Anthochcera , Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. L. S. xv. p. 320 (1826).

759. Anthochsara inauris.

Anthochcera inauris, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 54.
a New Holland {Askew) 1834.

760. Anthochsara carunculata.

Merops carunculata, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 276.

Anthochcera carunculata, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 55.
Anthochcera lewini, Vig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 322.
a New Holland {Askew) 1834.

781. Anthochsara mellivora.

Certhia mellivora, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxvii.
Anthochcera mellivora, Vig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 321 :
Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 56.

a , — h New Holland {Askew) 1834.

MELIPHAGIDiE,

159

Leptornis.

Leptornis, Hombron & Jacquinot, Voy. au Pole sud, Zool.
iii. p. 85, Atlas, Ois. pi. 17, f. 1 (1845).

762. Leptornis samoensis.

Merops samoensis, Hombr. & Jacq. Am. Sc. Nat. ser. 2, xvi.

p. 314.

Leptornis samoensis , Hombr. & Jacq. 1. s. c. : Finsch & Hartl.
Orn. Centralpol. p. 64.

a , — b Samoan Islands (T. Heath) 1846.

Acanthogenys.

Acanthogenys , Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 152.

763. Acanthogenys rnfignlaris.

Acanthogenys rufigularis, Gould, tom. cit. p. 153; B. Austr.
pi. 53.

a Australia (W. Kirtland ) 1846.

POGONORNIS.

Pogonornis, Gray, Gen. Birds, i. p. 123 (1846).

764. Pogonornis cincta.

Meliphaga cincta, Du Bus, Bull. Ac. Brux. 1839, p. 295.
Pogonornis cincta, Gray, l. s. c. : Buller, B. N. Zeal. p. 98,

pi. 11.

Ptilotis auritus, Lafr. Bev. Zool. 1839, p. 257.
a New Zealand (T. C. Eyton ) 1850.

Tropidorhynchus.

Tropidorhynchus , Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. L. S. xv. p. 323
(1826).

765. Tropidorhynchus corniculatus.

Merops corniculatus, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 276.

Tropidorhynchus cornicidatus, Vig. & Horsf. 1. s. c. : Gould,
B. Austr. iv. p. 324.

a New South Wales (W. C. Strickland) 1838.

1G0

PASSER ES.

766. Tropidorhynchus citreogularis.

Tropidorhynchus citreogularis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 143 ;
B. Austr. iv. pi. 60.

a New South Wales ( McDonald ) 1838.

Entomyza.

Entomyza , Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 328 (1837).

767. Entomyza cyanotis.

Gracula cyanotis , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxix.

Entomyza cyanotis, Sw. 1. s. c.: Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 68.
a Australia ( Havell ) 1839.

Manokhina.

Manorina, Vieillot N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xix. p.. 236 (1818).

768. Manorhina melanophrys.

Turdus melanophrys, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xlii.
Myzantha melanophrys , Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 80.

Manorina viridis, Vieill. 1. s. c. ; Gal. Ois. pi. 149.
a Australia (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Myzantha.

Myzantha, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. L. S. xv. p. 318
(1826).

769. Myzantha garrula.

Merops garrulus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxiv.

Myzantha garrula, Vig. & Horsf. 1. s. c. : Gould, B. Austr.
iv. pi. 76 : Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 421.

a New Holland {Askew) 1834. — h New South Wales
(. MDonald ) 1838.

Melithreptus.

Melithreptus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 46 (1816) \

1 Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi., p. 420) considered Drepanis to be a
synonym of Melithreptus and used Hcematops of Gould as the name of the
present genus. As one of the species, the ‘ Heorotaire Fuscalbin,’ included by
Vieillotin Melithreptus , is the bird generally known as M. lunulatus, the use of
Melithreptus as here employed seems justifiable.

NECTARINIIDiE.

161

770. Melithreptus validirostris.

Sturnus virescens , Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 7, p. 1 (nec Meli-
threptus virescens, Yieill.).

Hcematops validirostris , Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 144.
Melithreptus validirostris, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 70.
Eidopsarus bicinctus , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 344.
a Y an Diemen’s Land (A”. G. Strickland) 1838. — b (Dew-
gard), 1851.

The synonymy of this species as given above is taken from the
label of specimen a and from MS. notes in Strickland’s copies of
Wagler’s Systema and Swain son’s work. I have no doubt it is
correctly stated, b is the skin of a very young bird, apparently of
this species.

771. Melithreptus lunatus.

Certhia lunata, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 224.

Melithreptus lunulatus , Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 72;: Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 336.

a New South Wales (McDonald) 1837. —b New South
Wales {Askew) 1838.

772. Melithreptus gularis.

Hcematops gularis , Gould, P. Z. S- 1836, p. 144.

Melithreptus gularis , Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 71.
a- New South Wales (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

A young bird with grey wings, apparently of this species.

773. Melithreptus melanocephala.

Melithreptus melanocephalus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 62;
B. Austr. iv. pi. 75.

a Australia (Askew) 1834.

FAMILY. — NECTARINIIDiE.

SXJB-FAMILY. — NECTABINILNAE.

Promerops.

Promerops , Brisson, Ornith. ii. p. 461 (1760).

774. Promerops cafer.

Merops cafer , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 183.
s. c.

11

162

PASSERES.

Promerops cafer , Gray : Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 74.
a Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1832. — b , — c Cape of
Good Hope (N G. Strickland) 1838.

Nectarinia.

Nectarinia, Illiger, Prodr. p. 210 (1811).

775. Nectarinia famosa.

Certhia famosa , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 187.

Nectarinia famosa , Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a g, — b f Cape of Good Hope ( A . Strickland) 1832. — c
$ Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1833. — d (N. C. Strick-
land) 1838.

776. Nectarinia violacea.

Certhia violacea , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 188.

Nectarinia violacea , Jard. Mon. Sun-birds, p. 200, pi. 16.
Anthobaphes violacea, Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a <J, — b $ Cape of Good Hope, April 16 (A. Strickland)
1832.

777. Nectarinia pulchella.

Certhia pulchella , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 187.

Nectarinia pulchella, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216 ( partim ) :
Shelley, Mon. Cinn.

a ( Mather ) 1840. — b $ Kordofan 17 Aug. (J. Petherick)
1848. — c {Argent) 1851.

A second Kordofan specimen marked A. pulchella by Strickland
seems to be an immature example of N. platyura.

778. Nectarinia metallica.

Nectarinia metallica, Hemp. & Ehr. Symb. Phys. Av. fol. a
pi. 1 : Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216.

Hedydipna metallica, Cab.: Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a £, — b $ Kordofan October (J. Petherick) 1848.

779. Nectarinia platyura.

Cinnyris platurus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxi. p. 501.
Nectarinia cyanopygos, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 15.
a {Mather) 1840. — b Kordofan 17 August {J. Petherick)
1848.

NECTARINIIDAS.

163

iETHOPYGA.

JEthopyga , Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 1103 (1850).

780. JEthopyga eximia.

Nectarinia eximia, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 168.

JEtliopyga eximia , Wald. Ibis, 1870, p. 37.
a Java (Bt. at Dresden) 1845.

781. iEthopyga nipalensis.

Cinnyris nipalensis , Hodgs. Ind. Rev. ii. p. 273.

JEthopyga nipalensis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 366: Shelley, Mon.
Cinn.

a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson 523) 1845. —b (T. C. Eyton ) 1849.

782. iEthopyga miles.

Cinnyris miles, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. i. p. 273.

JEthopyga miles, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 262: Wald. Ibis, 1870,
p. 32.

a India ( E . Blyth) 1846.

783. iEthopyga saturata.

Cinnyris saturatus, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. ii. p. 273.

JEthopyga saturata, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 367: Shelley, Mon.
Cinn.

a Darjeeling (“ Nect . saturata E . Blyth) 1850.

Cinnyris.

Cinnyris , Cuvier, Regn. Anim. i. p. 411 (1817) (partim).

784. Cinnyris coccinigastra.

Certhia coccinigastra, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxv. (1802).
Certhia splendida , Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 191, pi. 26.
Nectarinia splendida, Jard. Mon. Sun-birds, 176, pi. 5.
Cinnyris splendidus, Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a ( Argent ) 1851.

A West- African species.

785. Cinnyris afra.

Certhia afra , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 186.

11—2

164

PASSERES.

Nectarinia afra , Jard. Mon. Sun-birds, pp. 169, 247, pi. 2.
Cinnyris afra, Cuv. : Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a S. Africa (Sir W. Jardine ) 1841.

786. Cinnyris mariquensis.

Cinnyris mariquensis, Smith, App. Rep. Exp. S. Afr. p. 53 :
Shelley, Mon. Cinn.

Nectarinia bifasciata , Jard. : Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn.
1852, p. 153 (nec Certhia bifasciata, Shaw),
a, — b Damara-land (C. J. Andersson ) 1852.

787. Cinnyris chalybea.

Certkia chalybea , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 186.

Cinnyris chalybea, Cuv. : Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a £ Cape of Good Hope, 18 March (A. Strickland) 1832.
— b f Cape of Good Hope, 13 March (A. Strickland) 1832.

788. Cinnyris fusca.

Cinnyris fuscus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxi. p. 506 :
Shelley, Mon. Cinn.

Nectarinia fusca , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 153.
a, — b $ Damara-land ( C . J. Andersson) 1852.

789. Cinnyris amethystina.

Certhia amethystina, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 195.

Cinnyris amethystina, Cuv. : Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a , — b Africa (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c (N. C. Strickland)
1838. — d ( Bt . at Birmingham) 1850. — e ( Carfrae ) 1850.
— f (Argent) 1851.

790. Cinnyris talatala.

Nectarinia talatala, Smith, App. Rep. Exp. S. Afr. p. 58.
Cinnyris talatala, Shelley, Mon. Cinn.

Nectarinia anderssoni, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 153.
a Damara-land (0. J. Andersson) 1852. — b S.-E. Africa
(Argent) 1853.

a is the type of Strickland’s N. anderssoni.

NECTARINIIDiE.

165

791. Cinnyris albiventris.

Nectarinia albiventris , Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 42,
pi. 86.

Cinnyris albiventris, Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a £, — b f Ras Hassoun, E. Africa (J. Daubeny) 1851.

The types of Strickland’s description and the specimens from which
the figures in Shelley’s ‘Monograph of the Cinnyridse’ were drawn.

792. Cinnyris gutturalis.

Certhia gutturalis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 186.

Cinnyris gutturalis, Cuv. : Shelley, Mon. Cinn.

Nectarinia senegalensis, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 152.

a, — b Damara-land ( C . J. Andersson) 1852.

793. Cinnyris venusta.

Certhia venusta, Shaw & Nodder, Nat. Misc. x. pi. 369.
Nectarinia pusilla, Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 138 ( nee Linn.).
Nectarinia parvula, Jard. Mon. Sun-birds, p. 181, pi. 7.
a W. Africa (AsJcew) 1834.

794. Cinnyris chloropygia.

Nectarinia chloropygia, Jard. Ann. & Mag. N. H. x. p. 188 :
Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. n. s. pi. 50.

Cinnyris chloropygius, Bp. : Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a (Argent) 1851.

A West- African species.

795. Cinnyris cyanocephala.

Certhia cyanocephala, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxi. p. 513.
Nectarinia cyanocephala, J ard. Mon. Sun-birds, p. 189, pi. 10.
a W. Africa (E. Brown) 1850.

796. Cinnyris cuprea.

Certhia cuprea, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 201.

Nectarinia cuprea , Jard. Mon. Sun-birds, p. 254.
a (Johnson) 1837. — b (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c (Argent)

1851.

A West-African species.

166

PASSERES.

797. Cinnyris fuliginosa.

Certhia fuliginosa , Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 222.

Cinnyris fuliginosus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxi. p. 497 :
Shelley, Mon. Cinn.

Nectarinia fuliginosa, Jard. Mon. Snn-birds, p. 256.
a Africa [N, C. Strickland) 1838.

798. Cinnyris asiatica.

Certhia asiatica , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 288.

Arachnechthra asiatica , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 370.

Cinnyris asiatica , Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a [Askew) 1837. — b (N. C. Strickland) 1838. • — c Madras
(Bt. at Stevens's) 1843. — d Madras (“ Nectarinia mahrattensis ”
T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

799. Cinnyris lotenia.

Certhia lotenia , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 188.

Arachnechthra lotenia, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 272: Wald. Ibis,
1870, p. 23.

a India (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Madras (“ Cinnyris
lotenia ” T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

800. Cinnyris flammaxillaris.

Nectarinia flammaxillaris, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 557.
Arachnechthra flammaxillaris, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii. extr.
No. p. 141.

Cinnyris flammaxillaris, Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a India (“ Nectarinia flammaxillaris ” K Blyth) 1846. — b,
— c Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

801. Cinnyris jugularis.

Certhia jugularis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 185.

Arachnechthra jugularis, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 200.
Cinnyris jugularis, Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a, — b Mindanao, Philippine Islands, 16 May (H. Cuming)
1838. — c Philippine Islands (H. Cuming) 1839.

nectariniim:.

167

802. Cinnyris zeylonica.

Certhia zeylonica , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 188.

Leptocoma zeylonica , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 368.

Cinnyris zeylonica , Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a, India (AsJcew) 1837. — c (Askew) 1837. — d (N. C.
Strickland) 1838. — e Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — f India
{E. Blyth) 1846. — g India (“ Nectar inia zeylonica” E. Blyth)
1846.

Professor Newton’s note (Ibis, 1870, p. 39) refers to specimens
a and b. The differences there mentioned between these specimens are
repeated in two examples in the University collection (locality not
recorded). Two others are somewhat intermediate in character,
hence I doubt there being more than one species, the view taken by
Capt. Shelley.

803. Cinnyris hasselti.

Nectarinia hasselti, Temm. PI. Col. 376, f. 3.

Nectarophila hasselti , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No. p.

142.

Cinnyris hasselti, Shelley, Mon. Cinn.

Certhia brasiliana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 474.
a India (“ Nect . hasseltii, Temm., N. phayrei, Bl., Certhia
sperata, Raffl.” E. Blyth ) 1846. — b Arakan (E, Blyth) 1847.

804. Cinnyris minima.

Cinnyris minima , Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 99 : Shelley, Mon,
Cinn.

Leptocoma minima , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 369.
a Madras (“ Nectarinia minima” T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

ANTHODIA5TA.

Anthodiceta, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 100 (1850).

805. Anthodiseta collaris.

Cinnyris collaris, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxi. p. 502.
Nectarinia collaris, Jard. Mon. Sun-birds, pp. 179, 251, pi. 6.
Anthodiceta collaris, Cab.: Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a S. Africa ( Sir W. Jardine ) 1841.

168

PASSERES.

"f Anthotreptes.

Anthreptes, Swainson, F. Bor. Am. ii. p. 495 (1831).

806. Anthotreptes phoenicotis.

Motacilla singalensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 964 (nom. inept).
Chalcoparia singalensis, Cab.: Wald Ibis, 1870, p. 48.
Nectarinia phoenicotis, Temm. PI. Col. 108, f. 1.

Anthreptes phcenicotis, Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a India (“ Nectarinia phoenicotis ” E. Blyth) 1846. — b (Ar-
gent) 1851,

807. Anthotreptes malaccensis.

Certhia malaccensis, Scop. Del. FI. et Faun. Ins. ii. p. 90.
Anthreptes malaccensis, Wald. Ibis, 1870, p. 47: Shelley,
Mon. Cinn.

Nectarinia javanica, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 167.
a (. Bt . at Edinburgh) 1852.

Apparently a Malaccan skin of this widely ranging species.

808. Anthotreptes longnemarii.

Cinnyris longuemarii, Less. Bull. Sc. xxv. p. 242 ; Zool. 111.
pi. 23.

a W. Africa ( G . Bell) 1842.

Arachnothera.

Arachnothera, Temm. PL Col. Tabl. Meth. p. 53 (1838).

809. Arachnothera affinis,

Cinnyris a finis, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 166.
Arachnothera affinis , Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 106 : Shelley,
Mon. Cinn.

a (<c Cinnyris affinis, E. India Comp. 1831 ” Dr Horsfield).

Doubtless the true A. affinis of Java, being so named by Dr Hors-
field.

810. Arachnothera modesta.

Anthreptes modesta, Eyton, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 105.

NECTARINIIDiE.

169

Arachnothera modesta , Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 183 :
Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a (E. Brown) 1850.

Apparently a Malaccan skin. The specimen is rather small for
A . affinis and probably belongs to Eyton’s closely allied species.

811. Arachnothera robusta.

Arachnothera robusta, Mull-. & Schl. Verh. Nat. Gesch. Ned.
Overz. Bez. Zool. Aves, p. 68, pi. 11, f. 1: Salvad. Ann. Mus.
Genov, v. p. 184.

Arachnoraphis robusta, Shelley, Mon. Cinn.
a (E. Brown) 1850.

Evidently a Malaccan skin.

812. Arachnothera chrysogenys.

Arachnothera chrysogenys, Temm. PL Col. 388^ f. 1 : Salvad.
Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 181.

a Malacca (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

813. Arachnothera longirostra.

Certhia longirostra, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 299^

Arachnothera longirostra, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 186:
Wald. J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 140*.

Arachnothera affinis , Blyth, J. A. S„ B. xv. p. 43 ( nee Horsf.).
a Arakan (. E . Blyth) 1847. — b (Argent) 1852. —c Malacca
(E. Blyth).

814. Arachnothera aurata.

Arachnothera aurata, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxiv. p. 478 ; xliii.
extr. No. p. 140: Shelley, Mon. Cinnv
a Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

SUBFAMILY. — DICiEINiE.

Dictum.

Dicceum, Cuvier, Begn. Anim. i. p. 410 (1817).

815. Dicseum cruentatum.

Certhia cruentata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 187.

170

PASSERES.

Dicceum cruentatum, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 98.

Dicceum coccineum (Scop.): Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 373.
a India (“ Dicceum cruentatum ” E. Blyth ) 1846. — b India
(E. Blyth) 1846.

816. Dicaeum flammeum.

Motacilla flammea, Sparrm. Mus. Carls, pi. 98.

Dicceum ilammeum , Sundev. : Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v.
p. 169.

a ( Bt . at Dresden) 1845. — b ( Gardner ) 1846. — c ( Bt . at
Birmingham) 1849.

Found in Borneo, J ava, &c.

817. Dicaeum hirundinaceum.

Motacilla hirundinacea, Shaw, Nat. Misc. iv. pi. 114.
Dicceum hirundinaceum , Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 35.
a New South Wales {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

818. Dicaeum trigonostigma.

Certhia trigonostigma , Scop. Del. Faun. FI. Ins. ii. p. 91.
Dicceum trigonostigma, Gray, Gen. B. i. p. 100: Salvad. Ann.
Mus. Genov, v. p. 166.

Certhia cantillans, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 299.

Dicceum cantillans, Temm. PI. Col. 478, f. 2.
a Malacca ( T . G. Eyton) 1846.

819. Dicaeum chrysorrhaeum.

Dicceum chrysorrhceum, Temm. PL Col. 478, f. 1 : Blyth, J. A.
S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 142: Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 168.
a Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

820. Dicaeum erythrorhynchum.

Certhia erythrorhynchos, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 299.

Dicceum erythrorhyncha, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii. extra No.
p. 143.

Nectarinia minima, Tick. J. A. S. B. ii. p. 577.

Dicceum minimum, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 374.

Myzanthe inornata, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 82.

Dicceum tickellice, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 933.

NECTARINIIDjE.

171

a Madras (“ Dicceum erythrorhynchum” T. G. Jerdon) 1845.
— b Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 395) 1845. — c, — d India {Dicceum
ticJcellice E. Blyth) 1846. — e Bengal ( “ Dicceum minimum” E.
Blyth) 1851.

821. Dicaeum concolor.

Dicceum concolor, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xi. p. 227 ; 111. Ind. Orn.
pi. 39 ; B. Ind. i. p. 375.

a Madras {“Dicceum concolor ” T. G. Jerdon ) 1845.
Apparently a young bird thus named by Jerdon.

PIPRISOMA.

Piprisoma, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 394 (1844).

822. Piprisoma agile.

Fringilla agilis, Tick. J. A. S. B. ii. p. 578.

Piprisoma agile, Blyth, l. s. c.\ Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 376: Beavan,
Ibis, 1867, p. 431, pi. 10.

a {Bt. at Birmingham) 1849.

Agrees fairly with Beavan’s specimens from Maunbhoom now in
the University Museum.

Prionochilus.

Prionochilus, Strickland, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 29.

823. Prionochilus percussus.

Pardalotus percussus, Temm. PI. Col. 394, f. 2.
Prionochilus percussus, Strickl. 1. s. c.
a —b f Malacca (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

SUBFAMILY. — ZOSTEROPINiE.

ZOSTEROPS.

Zosterops, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p. 234
(1826).

172

PASSERES.

824. Zosterops lateralis.

Sylvia lateralis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lv.

Zosterops dorsalis, Vi g. & Horsf. 1. s. c.: Gould, B. Austr. iv.
pi. 81.

a Australia (Thomas) 1842.

825. Zosterops sp.?

a Australia ( Mansfield ) 1839.

A skin in bad condition.

826. Zosterops flava ?

Dicceum flavum, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 171.
a Philippine Islands (. H . Cuming) 1839.

On the label of this specimen Strickland has noted ‘compared
with Dicceum flavum, Horsf. It is the same.’ It may, however,
belong to the Philippine species recently described by Lord Tweeddale
as Z. nigrorum (P. Z. S. 1878, p. 286).

827. Zosterops albigularis.

Zosterops albogularis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 75 ; B. Austr.
Suppl.

a Australia ( Gardner ) 1845.

A Norfolk-Island species.

828. Zosterops palpebrosa.

Sylvia palpebrosa, Temm. PI. Col. 293, f. 3.

Zosterops palpebrosa, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 265.
a Madras (“ Zosterops maderaspatensis ” and “ Z. annulosa ”
T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 391) 1845. — c,
— d ( Gardner ) 1846. — e Jucknie (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

829. Zosterops meyeni.

Zosterops meyeni, Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 398: Wald. Trans.
Z. S. ix. p. 199.

a Philippine Islands ( H . Cuming) 1839.

830. Zosterops capensis.

Zosterops capensis, Sundev. Ofver. K. Vet. Ac. Forh. 1850, p.
102.

a S. Africa (Dewgard) 1849.

NECTARINIIDA5.

173

831. Zosterops mauritiana.

Motacilla mauritiana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 981.

Zosterops mauritiana , Hartl. Yog. Madag. p. 96.
a Mauritius (Deyrolle) 1851.

SUBFAMILY. — DBEPANINiE.

Drepanis1.

Drepanis , Temm.

832. Drepanis sanguinea.

Certhia sanguinea , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 479.

Drepanis sanguinea , Gray, Gen. B. i. p. 95 : Scl. Ibis, 1871,
p. 358.

a ( Carfrae ) 1840. — b Sandwich Islands ( Townsend ) 1841.
— c ( Carfrae ) 1842. — d ( Bt . at Edinburgh) 1852.

SUBFAMILY. — PARD ALOTIN M.

Pardalotus.

Pardalotus , Vieillot, Anal. p. 31 (1816).

833. Pardalotus pnnctatus.

Pipra punctata, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lvi.

Pardalotus punctatus, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 35.
d New Holland (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b New South
Wales (F. Holme) 1838.

834. Pardalotus affinis.

Pardalotus affinis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 25 ; B. Austr. ii.
pi. 39.

a, — b Yan Diemen’s Land (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c (185)
Australia ( Stevens ) 1842.

1 Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 418) considered this name equiva-
lent to Melithrejptus, Vieill. But Melithreptus, as now restricted (being originally
a compound genus), having another signification, Drepanis may be retained in
this its usual sense.

174

PASSERES.

835. Pardalotus melanocephalus.

Pardalotus melanocephalus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 149 ;
B. Austr. ii. pi. 40.

a Australia ( Garfrae ) 1840.

836. Pardalotus striatus.

Pipra striata , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 558.

Pardalotus striatus, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 38.
a New Holland (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

837. Pardalotus quadraginta.

Pardalotus quadrigintus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 148 ; B.
Austr. ii. pi. 37.

a Yan Diemen’s Land (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

FAMILY. — CQEREBIDiE.

SUBFAMILY. — DIGLOSSINiE.

Diglossa.

Diglossa, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 280.

838. Diglossa baritula.

Diglossa baritula, Wagl. k s. c. p. 281 : Scl. & Salv. Ibis,
1859, p. 144 : Scl. Ibis, 1875, p. 207.

a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1845. —6, — c Guatemala (J.
Constancia) 1848.

839. Diglossa sittoides.

Serrirostrum sittoides, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. ii. p. 25.
Diglossa sittoides, Scl. Ibis, 1875, p. 208.
a Bogota ( Gardner ) 1844.

840. Diglossa lafresnayi.

Uncirostrum lafresnayi, Boiss. Kev. Zool. 1840, p. 4.
Diglossa lafresnayi, Scl. Ibis, 1875, p. 214.
a Bogota ( Stevens ) 1844.

CCEREBIDiE.

175

841. Diglossa humeralis.

Agrilorhinus humeralis, Fraser, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 22.

Diglossa humeralis , Scl. Ibis, 1875, p. 215.
a ( Argent ) 1852.

Apparently a ‘ Bogota ’ skin.

842. Diglossa albilateralis.

Diglossa albilateralis , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 98 : Scl. Ibis,
1875, p. 216, pi. 5.

a Bogota (Bt. at Stevens's) 1852.

843. Diglossa personata.

Agrilorhinus per sonatus, Fraser, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 22.
Diglossa personata, Scl. Ibis, 1875, p. 218.

Uncirostrum cyaneum , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 102.
a Bogota ( J . Gould ) 1844.

Diglossopis.

Diglossopis , Sclater, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 2, xvii. p. 467
(1856).

844. Diglossopis cserulescens.

Diglossopis ccerulescens, Scl. 1. s. c.; Ibis, 1875, p. 219.
a (. Bt . at Stevens’s) 1844.

A common Columbian species.

SUBFAMILY.— CCEREBIN^E.

CONIROSTRUM.

Conirostrum, D’Orbigny & Lafresnaye, Syn. Av. ii. p. 25
(1838).

845. Conirostrum sitticolor.

Conirostrum sitticolor , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 102 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 49.

a Bogota (J. Gould) 1844.

176

PASSERES.

846. Conirostrum rufum.

Conirostrum rufum, Lafr. Mag. Zool. 1843, sub tab. 35 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 50.

a Bogota (Bt. at Stevens's) 1844. — b Bogota ( Gardner )
1844.

847. Conirostrum albifrons.

Conirostrum albifrons , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 301 ; Mag.
Zool. pi. 35 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 50.

a Bogota [J. Gould ) 1844. — b ( Argent ) 1852.

Dacnis.

Dacnis, Cuvier, Regn. Anim. i. p. 395 (1817).

848. Dacnis cayana.

Motacilla cayana, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 336.

Dacnis cayana , Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 15 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 50.

a £, — b f, — c Brazil ( Leadbeater ) 1834. — d £ Trinidad
[Argent) 1851.

849. Dacnis angelica.

Dacnis angelica , De Filippi, Bp. Atti Scienz. Ital. 1845, p.
404 ; Consp. i. p. 400 : De Filippi, Mus. Mediol. Aves, p. 32
(1847) : Scl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 107.

Dacnis melanotis , Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 16 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 5.1 : Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. p. 16.

a Demerara? ( Cashmore ) 1843. —b (Dewgard) 1849. — c
Argent (1851).

a is probably tbe type of D. melanotis , Strickl. Both a and b (a
female) are made up in the form of Cayenne skins, c is probably
from Bogota.

As the Cayenne and New Granadian forms of this bird seem
inseparable as species, the name they should bear is D. angelica , and
not D. melanotis , that adopted by Mr Sclater and myself in our
1 Nomenclator.’

CCEREBIDiE.

177

850. Dacnis speciosa.

Sylvia speciosa, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 708.

Dacnis speciosa, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 52.
a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b ( N . C. Stricklano)
1838.

Chlorophanes.

Chlorophanes, Reichenbach, Handb. Sp. Ora. i. Abth. 2.
p. 233 (1853).

851. Chlorophanes spiza.

Certhia spiza , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 186.

Coereba atricapilla, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 50.
Chlorophanes atricapilla, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 52.
a (Burl) 1834. — b ( Cashmore ) 1839.

A widely-ranging South American species. There can be no
doubt, I think, that this bird is the ‘ Green Black-cap Fly-catcher ’
of Edwards (Av. pi. 25. f. 1), upon which chiefly Linnaeus founded
his Certhia spiza.

CcEREBA.

Coereba , Vieillot, Ois. Am. Sept. ii. p. 70 (1807),

852. Coereba cyanea.

Certhia cyanea , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 188.

Coereba cyanea, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 52.

a, — b, — c, — d Brazil ( Johnson ) 1837. — e (N. C. Strickland )
1838. — f — g Guatemala ( J . Constancia ) 1845. — h Guatemala
(J. Constancia ) 1851. — i Trinidad (J. Taylor ),

853. Coereba caerulea.

Certhia ccerulea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 185.

Coereba ccerulea, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 53.
a S. America (N. C. Strickland ) 1838. —b ( Williams) 1846.
— c Trinidad ( Argent ) 1851.

b, from the shape of the skin, is evidently of Cayenne origin.

12

s. c.

178

PASSERES.

Certhiola.

Certhiola , Sundevall, Ofvers. Yet. Ac. Handl. 1885, p. 99.

854. Certhiola luteola.

Certhiola luteola, Cab. Mus. Hein, i, p. 96 : Baird, N. Am.
B. i. p. 427.

a Tobago (J. Kirk) 1841. — b Trinidad ( Argent ) 1851,

855. Certhiola barbadensis.

Certhiola barbadensis, Baird, N. Am. B. i. p. 428.
a (E. Brown) 1850.

Agrees best with Prof. Baird’s description of the Certhiola of the
island of Barbadoes.

856. Certhiola chloropyga.

Certhiola chloropyga, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 97 : Baird, N.
Am. B. i. p. 428,

a Brazil [Burl) 1834. — b Brazil (Askew) 1837. — c Brazil
(G. Lloyd) 1838. — d Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

GLOSSIPTILA.

Glossiptila , Sclater, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 269.

857. Glossiptila ruficollis.

Tanagra ruficollis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 894.

Tanagrella ruficollis, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 236.

Glossiptila ruficollis, Scl. 1. s . c. ; Cat. Am. B. p. 54.
a W. Indies (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A species peculiar to the island of Jamaica.

SECTION. OSCINES CONIROSTRES.

FAMILY— TANAGRIDiE.

Procnias.

Procnias, Illiger, Prodr. p. 228 (1811) (partim)1.

858. Procnias tersa.

Ampelis tersa , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 298.

1 Concerning the application of this name, see Strickland Ann. & Mag.
N. H. vii. p. 29, and viii. p. 373.

TANAGRID^E.

179

Procnias tersa , Temm. PI. Col. Tabl. Meth. p. 16 c Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 54.

Procnias ventralis, Temm. PI. Col. 5.

a , — b, — c Brazil ( jV. G. Strickland) 1838. — d Brazil [Argent)

1851.

Chlorophonia.

Chlorophonia , Bonaparte, Rev. et Mag. de Zook 1851, p. 157.

859. Chlorophonia viridis.

Tanagra viridis , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxii. p. 426.
Chlorophonia viridis, Bp. 1. s. c .: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 55.
a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b [Argent) 1851.

Euphonia.

Euphonia, Desmarest, Hist. Nat. Tang. (1805).

860. Euphonia nigricollis.

Tanagra nigricollis , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxii. p. 412.
Euphonia nigricollis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 56.
a Brazil [N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b S. America (Seaman)
1840. — c Bogota (. Bt . at Stevens's) 1845.

861. Euphonia chlorotica.

Tanagra chlorotica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 317.

Euphonia chlorotica, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 72 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 57.

a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b (Bt. at Birmingham }

1849. — c ( Argent ) 1851. — d Brazil ? (Argent) 1852.

c is a skin of Cayenne make : d is probably from Bolivia.

862. Euphonia trinitatis.

Euphonia trinitatis, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 72: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 57.

a Brazil (. N ’. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Trinidad (P. L. Sclater)

1850.

a, though marked in Mr Sclater’s handwriting lE. strictifrons’ , is
really a young male of E. trinitatis, the locality assigned to it being
erroneous, b is doubtless one of the types of the species.

12 2

180

PASSERES.

863. Euphonia minuta.

Euphonia minuta , Cab. Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 671 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 57.

Euphonia strictifrons, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 72: Scl.
Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 84.
a (Bt. at Stevens s) 1845.

Probably one of the types of E. strictifrons. The species has a
wide range over the northern portions of South America. It is also
found in Central America as far north as Guatemala.

864. Euphonia xanthogastra.

Euphonia xanthogastra , Sundev. Yet. Ac. Handl. 1833, p.
310, pi. 10. f. 1 : Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 73 : Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 57.

a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

865. Euphonia chalybea.

Tanagra chalybea, Mikan, Faun, et FI. Bras. pi. 2. f. 1, 2.
Euphonia chalybea , Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 71: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 58.

a S. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil ( Argent )
1853.

866. Euphonia violacea.

Tanagra violacea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 314.

Euphonia violacea, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 58.
a Brazil (Askew) 1837. — b, - — c Trinidad ( Argent ) 1851.

867. Euphonia laniirostris.

Euphonia laniirostris, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. p. 30: D’Orb.
Yoy. Ois. p. 266, pi. 22, f. 1: Scl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 86.

Euphonia crassirostris, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 277; Cat. Am.
B. p. 58.

a £ Bolivia (Argent) 1852.

A recent examination of D’Orbigny’s specimens in the Paris
Museum convinced me that E. crassirostris , Scl. belongs to this
species.

868. Euphonia hirundinacea.

Euphonia hirundinacea, Bp. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 117: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 59.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.

TANAGRIMb

181

869. Euphonia chrysopasta.

Euphonia chrysopasta, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 438,
pi. 30, f. 1, 2.

Euphonia serrirostris, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. p. 30 ( partim? ),
a Brazil? {Argent) 1852.

Most probably from Bolivia. On examining D’Orbigny’s specimens
in the Paris Museum of his E. serrirostris , I came to the conclusion
that they were females of the species described by Mr Sclater and
myself from the Ucayali as E. chrysopasta. The bird figured by
D’Orbigny (Voy. Am. Merid. Ois. pi. 21), however, represents the
female of E. chlorotica. I have lately received specimens from Bolivia
in no way differing from the Ucayali bird.

870. Euphonia cayana.

Tanagra cayana , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 315.

Euphonia cayana, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 59.
a (. Mansfield ) 1839.

A Guiana species.

871. Euphonia pectoralis.

Pipra pectoralis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Snppl. p. lvii.

Euphonia pectoralis , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 59.
a Brazil (N. G. StricJcland) 1838. — b S. America (Osman)
1846.

872. Euphonia jamaica.

Fringilla jamaica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 323.

Euphonia jamaica, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 238 : Scl. Cat. Am. B.

p. 60.

a £, — b $ Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

Tanagrella.

Tanagrella, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 286 (1837).

873. Tanagrella velia.

Motacilla velia, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 336.

Tanagrella velia, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 60.
a (. Dewgard ) 1846.

A Cayenne skin.

.182

PASSERES.

874. Tanagrella cyanomelsena.

Tanagra cyanomelas, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 453.

Tanagrella cyanomelas , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 60.

Tanagrella multicolor , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 313: Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 32.

a Brazil {Askew) 1833. — b Brazil {Askew) 1837. — c Brazil
{N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Swainson’s T. multicolor is identical with this species and not
with T. velia as stated by Strickland l. s. c.

Chlorochrysa.

Chlorochrysa, Bonaparte, Compt. Bend, xxxii. p. 76 (1851).

875. Chlorochrysa phcenicotis.

Calliste phoenicotis, Bp. 1. s. c.

Chlorochrysa phcenicotis , Scl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 100, pi.
73, f. 2; Ibis, 1875, p. 466.
a Quito (IP. Jameson) 1852.

Pipridea.

Pipraeidea, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 173 (1827).
Piproidea , Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 29.
Pipridea , Sclater, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 265.

876. Pipridea melanonota.

Tanagra melanonota , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxii. p.
407.

Pipridea melanonota, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 61.
a, — b $ Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c Bogota? {Bt.
at Stevens's) 1845.

Diva.

Diva , Sclater, Tan. Cat. Sp. p. 16 (1854).

877- Diva vassori.

Tanagra (. Euphone ?) vassori , Boiss. Bev. Zool. 1840, p. 4.
Diva vassori, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 62.
a Bogota {J. Gould) 1844.

TANAGRIDiE.

183

Calliste.

Calliste, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 974.

878- Calliste tatao.

Tanagra tatao , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 315.

Calliste tatao , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 62.
a ( Cashmore ) 1843.

A Cayenne skin.

879. Calliste yeni.

Aglaia chilensis, Vig. P. Z. S. 1832, p. 3 (nom. inept.).
Aglaia yeni , Lafr. & D’Orb. Syn. Av. i. p. 31.

Calliste yeni, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 62.
a ( Argent ) 1852.

A species of the Upper Amazon and Eastern slopes of the Andes.

880. Calliste tricolor.

Tanagra tricolor , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 891.

Calliste tricolor, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 63.
a, — b Brazil (G. Lloyd) 1838.

881. Calliste festiva.

Tanagra festiva , Shaw, Nat. Misc. xiii. pi. 537.

Calliste festiva, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 63.
a Brazil ( G . Lloyd) 1838. — b Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

882. Calliste cyaneiventris.

Tanagra cyanoventris, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxii. p.
426.

Calliste cyaneiventris , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 63.
a Brazil (Askew) 1834. —~b Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

883. Calliste thoracica.

Tanagra thoracica , Temm. PI. Col. 42, f. 1.

Calliste thoracica, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 63.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

884. Calliste schranki.

Tanagra schranki, Spix. Av. Bras. ii. p. 38, pi. 51.

Calliste schranki, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 64.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

184

PASSERES.

885. Calliste punctata.

Tanagra punctata , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 316.

Calliste punctata , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 64.
a Cay enne (P. L. Sclate r) 1850.

886. Calliste guttata.

Calliste guttata , Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 26 : Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 64.

Calliste chrysophrys, Scl. Contr. Orn. 1851, pp. 24, 54, pi.
69, f. 2.

a S. America (T. W. Nicholls ) 1841. — b Trinidad {Argent)
1851.

887- Calliste aurulenta.

Tanagra { Aglaia ) aurulenta, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 290.
Calliste aurulenta , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 65.
a ( Carfrae ) 1850.

Bound in Columbia and Ecuador.

888. Calliste vitriolina.

Callispiza vitriolina , Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 28.

Calliste vitriolina , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 66.

Calliste ruficapilla, Scl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 61.
a Bogota {Bt. at Stevens's) 1845.

889. Calliste cayana.

Tanagra cayana, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 315.

Calliste cayana, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 66.
a {Cashmore) 1843. — b Trinidad {Argent) 1851. — c {Bt. at
Liverpool) 1853.

Both a and c are Cayenne skins.

890. Calliste cucullata.

Aglaia cucullata, Sw. Orn. Draw. pi. 7.

Callista cucullata, Scl. Mon. Call. p. 45, pi. 20.
a S. America {F. Holme) 1838.

Agrees with Swainson’s type. The exact habitat of this species
has not yet been discovered.

891. Calliste flava.

Tanagra flava , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 896.

Calliste flava, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 66.

TANAGRIDiE.

185

a Brazil ( Mansfield ) 1882. — b, — c Brazil (Askew) 1834.
— d Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

892. Calliste pretiosa.

Calliste pretiosa, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 27 : Scl. Cat. Am. B.

p. 66.

Calliste castanonota, Scl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 63.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A species of South Brazil.

893. Calliste melanonota.

Aglaia melanonota, Sw. Orn. Draw. pis. 31, 43.

Calliste melanonota, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 67.
a (Fenton) 1850. — b (Argent) 1851.

A Brazilian species.

894. Calliste gyrola.

Tanagra gyrola, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 315.

Calliste gyrola, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 67.
a Demerara? (Bt. at Stevens's) 1845.

A species peculiar to Guiana.

895. Calliste gyroloides.

Aglaia gyroloides , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1847, p. 277.

Calliste gyroloides, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 67.
a Bogota (Bt. at Stevens’s) 1845. — b Brazil? (Argent) 1852.
b is probably from Bolivia.

896. Calliste desmaresti.

Calliste desmaresti , Gray, Gen. B. ii. p. 366 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 68.

a Trinidad (Argent) 1851. — b, — c Trinidad (J. Taylor).

897. Calliste brasiliensis.

Tanagra brasiliensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 316.

Calliste brasiliensis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 68.
a Brazil (Askew) 1834.

898. Calliste vieilloti.

Calliste vieilloti, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 257; Cat. Am. B.
p. 69.

a Trinidad (J. Taylor *).

186

PASSERES.

899. Calliste ruficervix.

Tanagra ruficervix , Prev. & Des Murs, Voy. Vdnus. Ois. pi. 5.
f. 1.

Calliste ruficervix , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 69.
a Bogota (. Bt . at Stevens’s) 1845.

900. Calliste nigriviridis.

Tanagra (. Aglaia ) nigroviridis, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 69.
Calliste nigriviridis , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 69.
a Bogota (. Bt . at Stevens’s ) 1844.

901. Calliste nigricincta.

Aglaia nigrocincta , Bp. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 121.

Calliste nigricincta, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 70.

Calliste thalassina, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 419.
a ( Thomas ) 1842.

Marked as the “original type specimen” of C. thalassina, Strick-
land. The species is not uncommon in Columbia, and the countries
adjoining, but it is not found in Mexico as supposed by Strickland.

902. Calliste cyaneicollis.

Aglaia cyanicollis , Lafr. & D’Orb. Syn. Av. p. 33.

Calliste cyaneicollis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 70.
a [Argent) 1851. — b [Argent) 1852.

a kas a blue throat and belongs to the race usually found in
Columbia, b has the throat the same colour as the head and belongs
to the Bolivian form from which country the skin probably came.

903. Calliste labradorides.

Tanagra (Aglaia) labradorides, Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p.
67.

Calliste labradorides, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 70.
a Bogota [J. Gould) 1844.

Iridornis.

Iridosornis, Lesson, Echo du Monde Savant, 1844, p. 80.
Iridornis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 242.

904. Iridornis dubusia.

Arremon rufivertex, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 335 [err. pro
T. ruficervix, Prev.) cf. Strickl. 1. c .

TANAGRIDiE.

187

Tanagra dubusia, Bp. Consp. i. p. 239.

Iridosornis dubusia, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 127, pi. 94.
Iridornis dubusia, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 72.
a {Warwick),

A Columbian species.

PCECILOTHRAUPIS.

Poecilothraupis , Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 30 (1850).

905. Poecilothraupis lunulata.

Tanagra lunulata, Du Bus, Bull. Ac. Brux. vi. pt. 1. p. 439;
Esq. Orn. pi. 4.

Poecilothraupis lunulata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 72.
a Bogota (Bt. at Stevens’s ) 1845.

906. Poecilothraupis igniventris.

Aglaia igniventris, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 32.

Tanagra igniventris , D’Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. Ois. p. 275, pi.
25, f. 2.

Poecilothraupis igniventris, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 242.
a Peru (. N . G. Strickland) 1840.

An original label records that this specimen was obtained in the
mountains eighty leagues from Lima.

Stephanophorus.

Stephanophorus, Strickland, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 30.

907. Stephanophorus leucocephalus.

Tanagra leucocephala, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxii. p.
408.

Stephanophorus leucocephalus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 73.
Stephanophorus cceruleus (Vieill.) Strickl. I, s. c.
a Brazil (JV. C. Strickland) 1838.

Buthraupis.

Buthraupis, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 29 (1850).

908. Buthraupis cucullata.

Tanagra cucullata, Jard. 111. Orn. iv. pi. 43.

Buthraupis cucullata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 73.
a Bogota (J. Gould ) 1844.

188

PASSERES.

909. Buthraupis eximia.

Tanagra eximia , Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 66.

Buthraupis eximia, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 73.
a Bogota ( Bt . at Stevens s) 1844.

Compsocoma.

Compsocoma, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 140 (1850).

910. Compsocoma victorini.

Tachyphonus victorini, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 336.
Compsocoma victorini, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 73.
a Bogota {Bt. at Stevens s) 1845.

Dubusia.

Dubusia, Bonaparte, Compt. Rend. xxxi. p. 424 (1850).

911. Dubusia taeniata.

Tanagra {Tachyphonus) taeniata, Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 67.
Dubusia taeniata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 74.
a Bogota {J. Gould) 1844.

Tanagra.

Tanagra, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 313 (1766) ( partim ).

912. Tanagra episcopus.

Tanagra episcopus, Linn. 1. s. c. p. 316: Strickl. Ann. & Mag.
N. H. vii. p. 32: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 74.

a S. America {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b {Bt. at Stevens’s)
1845.

a is a Cayenne skin.

913. Tanagra cana.

Tanagra cana, Sw. Orn. Draw. pi. 37: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 75.
Tanagra {Aglaia) diaconus, Less. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 175 :
Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 16.

a Tobago (Sir W. Jardine) 1844. — b, — c Bogota {Bt. at
Stevens’s) 1845. — d Trinidad {Argent) 1851. — c Guatemala {J.
Constancia) 1851.

TANAGRIDiE.

189

914. Tanagra sayaca.

Tanagra sayaca , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 816: Max. Beitr. iii.
p. 484.

Tanagra cyanoptera , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 75 ( partim ).
a Brazil (JSf. C. Strickland) 1888.

915. Tanagra cyanoptera.

Saltator cyanopterus, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 104.
Tanagra cyanoptera, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 75 {partim).
a, — b Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

The form of this Tanager found in South Brazil and the Argentine
Republic should be called T. cyanoptera , whilst to the more northern
bird the name T . sayaca seems applicable.

916. Tanagra ornata.

Tanagra ornata, Sparrm. Mus. Carls. No. 95 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 76.

Tanagra archiepiscopus, Desm. Tan. pi. 17.
a Brazil {Burl) 1834.

917. Tanagra palmarum.

Tanagra palmarum, Max. Reise n. Bras., ii. p. 76 ; Beitr. iii.
p. 489. Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 76.

Tanagra olivascens , Licht. Yerz. Donbl. p. 32.

“ Tanagra melanoptera, Hartl.,” Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 235.
a, — b Brazil {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — c {Bt. at Stevenss)
1845. — d Trinidad {Argent) 1851.

918. Tanagra abbas.

Tanagra abbas, Licht. Preis-Yerz. Mex. Yog. p. 2; cf Journ.
f. Orn. 1863 p. 57: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 76.

Tanagra vicarius, Less. Cent. Zool. p. 206, pi. 68.
a Bogota {J. Gould) 1844. — b Guatemala {J. Constancia)

1851.

The locality assigned to a is erroneous, the species being strictly
confined to Central America north of Costa Rica, and Mexico.

919. Tanagra darwini.

Tanagra darwini , Bp. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 121: Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 76.

190

PASSERES.

a Chili (N. G. Strickland ) 1838.

Though found in Ecuador and Peru this species is not known to
inhabit Chili.

920. Tanagra striata.

Tanagra striata , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 899 : Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 77.

a S. America (A”. G. Strickland) 1838. — b (N. C. Strick-
land) 1838.

Found in South Brazil, Bolivia and the Argentine Republic.

921. Tanagra cyanocephala.

Aglaia cyanocephala, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 32.
Tanagra cyanocephala , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 77.
a Bogota (/. Gould) 1844. — b ( Bt . at Birmingham) 1850.

Spindalis.

Spindalis, Jardine & Selby, 111. Orn. iv. sub pi. 9 (1836).

922. Spindalis nigricephala.

Tanagra nigricephala , Jameson, Edinb. N. Phil. Journ. xix.
p. 213.

Spindalis nigricephala , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 77.

Spindalis bilineatus, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. iv. pi. 9.
a fW. Indies (N: G. Strickland) 1838. — b ( Gashmore ) 1843.
A species peculiar to the island of Jamaica.

Bamphocgelus.

Ramphocelus, Desmarest, Tang. p. 5 (1805).

923. Bamphoccelus brasilius.

Tanagra brasilia, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 314.

Ramphocelus brasilius , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 78.
a Brazil (. Mansfield ) 1834. — b f Brazil (Dr G. Lloyd) 1838.
— c $ Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

924. Bamphoccelus nigrigularis.

Tanagra nigrogularis, Spix. Av. Bras. ii. p. 35, pi. 47.
Ramphocelus nigrigularis, Scl. Cat. Am. B p. 78.
a Brazil? {Argent) 1852.

Probably a Bolivian skin.

TANAGRIDiE.

191

925. Ramphoccelus j acapa.

Tanagra jacapa, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 313.

Ramphocelus jacapa, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 78.
a Brazil (AT. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil ( Sir W. Jar-
dine) 1844. — c Trinidad ( Argent ) 1851.

This species is not found south of the valley of the Amazon.

926. Ramphoccelus atrosericeus.

Ramphocelus atrosericeus, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 34;
D’Orb. Yoy. Am. Sept. Ois. p. 280, pi. 26, f. 1: Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 79.

a £, — b f Brazil? (Argent) 1852.

Probably both from Bolivia.

927. Ramphocoelus dimidiatus.

Ramphocelus dimidiatus, Lafr. Mag. Zool. 1837, cl. ii. pi. 81.
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 79.

a (. Bt . at Stevens's) 1845. — b (Argent) 1853.

Both these skins are of Bogota make.

928. Ramphocoelus icteronotus.

Ramphocelus icteronotus , Bp. Rev. Zool. 1838, p. 8: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 80.

a Sallango (Capt. Kellett) 1850.

Obtained on the west coast of South America during the Yoyage
of H.M.S. ‘Herald.’

Pyranga.

Pyranga, Yieillot, Analyse, p. 32 (1816).

929. Pyranga rubra.

Tanagra rubra, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 314.

Pyranga rubra , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 435.
a N. America 1838. — b f Carlisle, Pennsylvania 13 May
1845 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

930. Pyranga sestiva.

Tanagra cestiva , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 889.

Pyranga cestiva, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 15 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 80: Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 441.

192

PASSERES.

a, — b Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845. — c Bogota ( Bt . at
Stevens’s) 1845.

931. Pyranga saira.

Tanagra saira, Spix. Av. Bras. ii. p. 35, pi. 48, f. 1.

Pyranga saira, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 80.
a, — b, — c (2V. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

932. Pyranga hepatica.

Pyranga hepatica , Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 438: Scl. & Salv.
Ibis, 1859, p. 15: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 81.
a Guatemala ( J '. Constancia ) 1848.

933. Pyranga azarse.

Pyranga azarce, D’Orb. Yoy. Am. Merid. Ois. p. 264.
a (JV. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Bolivian species.

934. Pyranga ludoviciana.

Tanagra ludoviciana , Wils. Am. Orn. iii. p. 27, pi. 20, f. 1.
Pyranga ludoviciana, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 15: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 81: Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. i. p. 437.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848. — b Guatemala ( J . Con-
stancia) 1851.

935. Pyranga erythromelsena.

Tanagra erythromelcena, Licht. Preis-Verz. Mex. Yog. p. 2;
cf. Journ. f. Orn. 1863, p. 57.

Pyranga erythromelena , Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 15: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 81.

Pyranga bivittata, Lafr. Bev. Zool. 1842, p. 70.

Pyranga leucoptera, Trudeau, Journ. Ac. Phil. viii. p. 160.
a $ Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1848. — b Guatemala (J.
Constancia) 1851.

TANAGRIDiE.

193

Orthogonys.

Orthogonys , Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 421
(1844).

936. Orthogonys viridis.

Tanagra viridis, Av. Bras. ii. p. 36, pi. 48, f. 2.

Orthogonys viridis, Strickl. 1. s. c. : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 82.
a Brazil (A-. C. Strickland) 1838.

Lamprotes,

Lamprotes, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 283 (1837).

937. Lamprotes loricatus.

Tanagra loricata, Licht, Yerz. Doubl. p. 31.

Lamprotes loricatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 82.
a Brazil (Askew) 1834. — b Brazil ( N . (7. Strickland) 1838.

Phcenicothraupis.

Phoenicothraupis, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. p. 24 (1850).

938. Phoenicothraupis rubica.

Saltator rubious , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 107.
Phoenicothraupis rubica, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 82.

Tanagra flammiceps, Temm. PI. Col. 177.

Tanagra porphyrio, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 31.
a Brazil (Askew) 1837. — b Brazil (G. Lloyd) 1838. — c
— d (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — e Brazil (Arthur Strickland)
1840.

939. Phcenicothraupis rubicoides.

Saltator rubicoides, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 41.
Phoenicothraupis rubicoides, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 15:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 83.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.

Lanio.

Lanio, Yieillot, Analyse, p. 40 (1816).

940 Lanio atricapillus.

Tanagra atricapilla, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 899.

Lanio atricapilla, Scl. Cat. Api. B. p. 83.
a (Gashmore) 1843. — b ( Bt . at Liverpool) 1853.

Both these skins are of Cayenne make,

S. C.

13

194

PASSERES.

Trichothraupis.

Trichothraupis, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. p. 23 (1850).

941. Trichothraupis quadricolor.

Tachyphonus quadricolor, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. xxxii.
p. 359.

Trichothraupis quadricolor , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 84.
a, — h Brazil (AT. C . Strickland) 1838.

Tachyphonus.

Tachyphonus , Vieillot, Analyse, p. 33 (1816).

942. Tachyphonus melaleucus.

Oriolus melaleucus, Sparrm. Mus. Carls, fasc. ii. No. 31.
Tachyphonus melaleucus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 84.

Tanagra nigerrima, Sw. Quart. Journ. Sc. xx. p. 62.
a Brazil (. Askew ) 1834. — b Guiana [N. G. Strickland) 1838.
— c ( Bt . at Stevens's ) 1844.

943. Tachyphonus luctuosus,

Tachyphonus luctuosus, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 29: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 85.

a £, — b 2 Brazil? [Argent) 1852. — c Trinidad (P. L.
Sclater).

a and b are probably both Bolivian skins.

944. Tachyphonus phceniceus.

Tachyphonus phoenicius, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 311 : Scl.
P. Z. S. 1856, p. 116.

Tachyphonus saucius , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p.
419.

a ( Thomas ) 1842.

A note on the label of this specimen, the type of P. saucius, shews
that Strickland recognized the identity of his bird with Swainson’s
T. phceniceus. The species is found in the forests of the Upper Amazon.

945. Tachyphonus cristatus.

Tanagra cristata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 898.

Tachyphonus cristatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 85.

TANAGRIDiE.

195

a Brazil (A. C. Strickland) 1834. — b Brazil {Askew) 1837.
— c, — d Brazil (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — e S. America {Bt. at
Stevenss ) 1843. —f [Thomas) 1845.

946. Tachyphonus surinamus.

Turdus surinamus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 297.

Tachyphonus surinamus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 85.

Tanagra desmaresti, Sw. Quart. Journ. Sc. xx. p. 67.
a {Gashmore) 1843.

A skin of Cayenne make.

947. Tachyphonus coronatus.

Agelaius coronatus , Vieill. Enc. Meth. p. 711.

Tachyphonus coronatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 85.

Tanagra coryphcea, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 31.
a Brazil (A". C, Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil {G. Lloyd)
1838.

Cypsnagra.

Cypsnagra, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 460 (1831).

948. Cypsnagra ruficollis.

Tanagra ruficollis , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 30.

Cypsnagra ruficollis , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 86.
a, — b Brazil (A. G '. Strickland) 1838.

Nemosia.

Nemosia , Yieillot, Analyse, p. 32 (1816).

949. Nemosia pileata.

Tangara a coeffe noire de Cayenne, D’Aub. PL Enl. 720, f. 2
und&,

Tanagra pileata , Bodd. Tab. PI. Enl. p. 45.

Nemosia pileata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 86.
a Brazil {Askew) 1837. — b Brazil (A". G. Strickland) 1838.

950. Nemosia guira.

Motacilla guira, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 335.

Nemosia guira, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 87.
a (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil ( G . Lloyd) 1838.

13—2

196

PASSERES.

951. Nemosia fiavicollis.

Nemosia fiavicollis , Yieill. N. Diet. cTHist. N. xxii. p. 491 :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 87.

Sylvia melanoxantha , Liclit. Yerz. Doubl. p. 84.
a Brazil ( Mansfield ) 1834. — b Brazil (Askew) 1836. — c
(Arthur Strickland) 1840.

952. Nemosia ruficapilla.

Nemosia ruficapilla , Yieill. N. Diet. cTHist. N. xxii. p. 493:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 87.

a, — b Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

953. Nemosia Mvescens.

Nemosia fulvescens, Strickl. Arm. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 420 :
Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 180.
a (N C. Strickland) 1838.

The type of this Brazilian species.

Pyrrhocoma.

Pyrrhocoma , Cabanis, Mus. Hein. p. 138 (1851).

954. Pyrrhocoma ruficeps.

Tachyphonus ruficeps, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p.
419.

Pyrrhocoma ruficeps , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 88.
a (N G. Strickland) 1838.

The type of this Brazilian species.

Chlorospingus.

Chlorospingus, Cabanis, Mns. Hein. i. p. 139 (1851).

955. Chlorospingus ophthalmicus.

Arremon ophthalmicus, Du Bus, Bull. Ac. Brux. xiv. pt. 2. p.
106.

Chlorospingus ophthalmicus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 88.
a $ S. Pedro, Mexico, Oct. 1844 (Galeotti) 1845.

956. Chlorospingus albitempora.

Tachyphonus albitempora, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 12.
Chlorospingus albitemporalis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 89.
Chlorospingus flaviventris, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 91.

TANAGRIDAL

197

a Brazil? [Argent) 1852.

Probably a Bolivian specimen. One of the types of his C. flavi-
ventris is stated by Mr Sclater to be in the Strickland collection.
This specimen has another MS. name on its label, but I have no doubt
it is the bird referred to by Mr Sclater.

957. Chlorospingus flavipectus.

Arremon flavo-pectus, Lafr. Eev. Zool. 1840, p. 227.
Chlorospingns flavipectus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 89.
a Bogota ( J ’. Gould ) 1845. — b Bogota ( M . Dubois ) 1845.

958. Chlorospingns canigularis.

Tachyphonus canigularis , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 11.
Chlorospingns canigularis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 89.
a Bogota (Bt at Stevens's) 1845.

959. Chlorospingns atripilens.

Arremon atro-pileus , Lafr. Eev. Zool. 1842, p. 335.
Chlorospingus atripileus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 89.
a Bogota (Bt at Stevens's) 1844.

960. Chlorospingns rnbrirostris.

Arremon rubrirostris , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 227.
Chlorospingus rubrirostris , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 89.
a Bogota (Bt at Stevens's) 1844.

961. Chlorospingns snperciliaris.

Arremon super ciliaris, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 227.
Chlorospingus super ciliaris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 90.
a, — b Bogota (Bt at Stevens's) 1844.

962. Chlorospingns verticalis.

Nemosia verticalis, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 227.
Chlorospingus verticalis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 90.
a Bogota (J. Goidd) 1844.

Buarremon.

Buarremon, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 483 (1850).

963. Buarremon assimilis.

Tanagra assimilis, Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 67.

Buarremon assimilis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 90.
a Bogota ( J . Gould) 1844.

198

PASSERES.

- 964. Bnarremon brunneinnchus.

Embernagra brunneinucha, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 97.
Bnarremon brunneinuchus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 90.
a Bogota {Bt. at Stevens s) 1844.

-v 965. Bnarremon albinnchns.

Embernagra albinucha, D’Orb. & Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1838, p.
165.

Bnarremon albinuchus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 91.
a Bogota ( Gardner ) 1844.

— 966. Bnarremon pallidinnchns.

Tanagra {Arremon) pallidinucha, Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p.69.
Bnarremon pallidinuchus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 92.
a Bogota ( J . Gould) 1844.

967. Bnarremon schistacens.

Tanagra (. Arremon ) schistaceus , Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p.
69.

Buarremon schistaceus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 92.
a Bogota {J. Gould) 1844.

Phcenicophilus.

Phoenicophilus, Strickland, Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 104.

968. Phoenicophilns palmarnm.

Turdus palmarum, Linn. Sjst. Nat. i. p. 295.

Phoenicophilus palmarum, Strickl. L s. c. : Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 92.

a St Domingo (P. L. Sclater) 1852.

Arremon.

Arremon, Vieillot, Analyse, p. 32 (1816).

969. Arremon silens.

Tangara de la Guiane, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 742 und\

Tanagra silens, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 46.

Arremon silens, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 93.
a Brazil {Asheui) 1834. — b S. America (TP. Kirtland) 1843.
b is apparently a skin of Cayenne make.

TANAGRIM).

199

970. Arremon semitorquatus.

Arremon semitorquatus, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 357: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 93.

a £ Brazil (Burl) 1834.

Cissopis.

Cissopis, Vieillot, Analyse, p. 40 (1816).

971. Cissopis leveriana.

Lanius leverianus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 302.

Cissopis leveriana , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 94.
a Brazil (Askew) 1833.

Lamprospiza.

Lamprospiza, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. 1847, p. 246.

972. Lamprospiza melanoleuca.

Saltator melanoleucus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 105.
Lamprospiza melanoleuca , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 94.
a (Dewgard) 1846.

A skin of Cayenne make.

PsiTTOSPIZA.

Psittospiza , Bonaparte, Compt. Rend. xxxi. p. 424 (1850).

973. Psittospiza riefferi.

Tanagra riefferi , Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 4.

Psittospiza riefferi, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 94.
a Bogota (Bt. at Stevens’s) 1844.

Saltator.

Saltator, Vieillot, Analyse, p. 32 (1816).

974. Saltator atriceps.

Tanagra (Saltator) atriceps , Less. Cent. Zool. pi. 69 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 95.

a ( Gardner ) 1845. — -6 Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.

975. Saltator magnus,

Tanagra magna, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 890.

Saltator magnus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 95,
a S. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. —6 S. America (Bt
at Birmingham) 1843.

200

PASSERES.

976. Saltator similis.

Saltator similis, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 36: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 95.

a Brazil (Bt. at Aberystwitli) 1833. — b Brazil (A. G. Strick-
land) 1838.

977. Saltator grandis.

Tanagra grandis} Licht. Preis.Verz. Mex. Yog. p. 2 (cf. Journ.
f. Orn. 1863, p. 57).

Saltator grandis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 96.

Saltator nigrigenys, Scl. MS.

a Tepitongo, Mexico, Sept. ( Galeotti ) 1845. — b Guatemala
(J. Constancia) 1845.

978. Saltator superciliaris.

Tanagra superciliaris , Max. Beitr. iii. p. 518.

Saltator superciliaris , Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. p. 26.
a $ Mexiana, Dec. 1848 {A. B. Wallace) 1849. — b $ Brazil?
(Argent) 1852.

b is probably from Bolivia.

979. Saltator orenocencis.

Saltator orenocensis, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1846, p. 274: Scl. P. Z.S.
1856, p. 77.

a Trinidad (Argent) 1851.

A Venezuelan species.

980. Saltator albicollis.

Saltator albicollis , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 107:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 97.

a (. N . C. Strickland) 1838.

Found in the northern and north-western parts of South
America.

981. Saltator atricollis.

Saltator atricollis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 104:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 97.

a Brazil (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

TANAGMDAS.

201

Diucopis.

Diucopis, Bonaparte, Consp. i. p. 491 (1850).

982. Diucopis fasciata.

Tanagra fasciata, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 32.

Diucopis fasciata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 97.
a Brazil ( Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b.

Orchesticus.

Orchesticus, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 143 (1851).

983. Orchesticus abeillaBi.

Pyrrhula abeillii, Less. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 40.

Orchesticus abeillii, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 97.
a (. A . G. Strickland) 1838. — b.

A species of south-eastern Brazil.

984. Orchesticus capistratus.

Tanagra capistrata, Max. Reise N. Bras. ii. p. 179; Beitr. iii.
p. 500.

Orchesticus capistratus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 98.
a Brazil (A. G. Strickland) 1832.

985. Orchesticus ater.

Tangara d cravatte noire de Gayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 714 f.
2 unde,

Tanagra atra, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 898.

Orchesticus ater, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 98.
a (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

A widely-ranging South American species.

PlTYLUS.

Pitylus, Cuvier, Regn. An. i. p. 413 (1829).

-+ 986. Pitylus fuliginosus.

Loxia fuliginosa, Daud. Orn. ii. p. 372.
Pitylus fuliginosus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 98.
a, — b Brazil (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

202

PASSERES.

987. Pitylus brasiliensis.

Caryothraustes brasiliensis , Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 144.
Pitylus brasiliensis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 99.
a Brazil [Askew) 1837. — b Brazil [G. Lloyd) 1838.

FAMILY. — FRINGILLIDiE.

SUBFAM. LOXIINiE.

Loxia.

Loxia, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 299 (1766) ( partim ).

988. Loxia curvirostra.

Loxia curvirostra, Linn. 1. s. c. : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B.
ii. p. 187 : Dresser, B. Eur.

a £, — b £ Worcestershire, 28 November [H. E. Strickland)
1838. — c, — d (. Arthur Strickland) 1840.

989. Loxia americana.

Curvirostra americana, Wils. Am. Orn. iv. p. 44, pi. 31, f.

1,2.

Loxia curvirostra var. americana, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N.
Am. B. i. p. 484.

a Canada [Mather) 1840.

990. Loxia mexicana.

Loxia mexicana, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 43: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 122: Dresser, B. Eur.
a Mexico [T. Mann) 1844.

The type of the species.

991. Loxia pityopsittacus.

Loxia pity opsittacus, Bechst, Orn.Taschenb. i. p.106: Newton,
ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 207 : Dresser, B. Eur.

a, — b N. Europe (J. G. Kinberg) 1843. — c [J. G. Kinberg)
1845.

FRIN GILLID JE.

203

992. Loxia leucoptera.

Loxia leucoptera, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 844 : De Selys, Fauna
Beige, p. 77 : Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 488 :
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 219.

a $ Worcestershire (T. Eobinson) 1838. — b ( Bt . at Liver-
pool) 1852.

A North American species. There seems to be no doubt that a
was killed in England.

Pyrrhula.

Pyrrhula, Brisson, Ornith. iii. p. 308 (1760).

993. Pyrrhula europssa.

Pyrrhula europcea , Vieill. N. Diet, d’Hist. N. iv. p. 286:
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 166: Dresser, B. Eur.

Pyrrhula vulgaris, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 338.
a Oxfordshire 20 August (N. C. Strickland) 1833. — b £, — c
$ Worcestershire ( H . E. Strickland) 1834.

994. Pyrrhula major.

Loxia pyrrhula , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 300.

Pyrrhula major, Brehm, Yog. Deutschl. p. 252: Desser, B.
Eur.

a (N. G. Strickland ) 1838.

A species of Northern and Eastern Europe.

995. Pyrrhula erythrocephala.

Pyrrhula erythrocephala , Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 174:
Gould, Cent. B. Him. pi. 32: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 389.

a India (“ Pyrrhula erythrocephala young male,” E. Blyth)
1846. — b Himalaya ( Stevens ) 1850.

998. Pyrrhula nipalensis.

Pyrrhula nipalensis, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 155: Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 390.

a India (“ Pyrrhula nipalensis female” E. Blyth) 1846.

204

PASSERES.

PlNICOLA.

Pinicola, Yieillot, Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. iv. pi. 1, f. 13 (1807).

— 997. Pinicola enncleator.

Loxia enucleator,JAim. Syst. Nat. i. p. 299.

Pinicola enncleator, Dresser, B. Eur.

Pyrrhula enncleator , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 177.
a ( Thomas ) 1840. — b £, — c $ Government of St Petersburg
(J. F. Brandt) 1841.

Carpodacus.

Carpodacus, Kaup, Skizz. Ent. Gesch. p. 161 (1829).

998. Carpodacus erythrinus.

Loxia erythrina , Pall. Nov. Comm. Petrop. xiv. p. 587, pi. 23,
f. 1.

Carpodacus erythrinus , Kp. 1. s . c. Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 398:
Dresser, B. Eur.

Erythrospiza erythrina , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 38.

Pyrrhula erythrina, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 172.
a $ Benares 28 February (W. J. E . Boys) 1840. — b $ Siberia
(J. F. Brandt) 1841. — c $ Altai (J. F. Brandt) 1842. — d f
Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson , 452) 1845. — e Madras (T. C. Jerdon )
1845. — /India (E. Blyth) 1846. — g, — h S. India (T. C. Jerdon)
1850.

The specific identity of Indian and Siberian specimens was
pointed out by Strickland, l. s. c.

999. Carpodacus purpureus.

Fringilla purpurea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 923.

Carpodacus purpureus, Baird, Brew. & Kidgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 462.

a N. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (N. C. Strick-
land) 1838.

FRINGILLIDA£.

205

'-lOOO. Carpodacus haemorrhous.

Fringilla hcemorrhocc, Wagl. Isis. 1831, p. 525.

Carpodacus hcemorrhous, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 122.
a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.

A close ally of if really different from C. frontalis , Say.

1001. Carpodacus rubicillus.

Loxia rubicilla , Guld. Nov. Comm. Petrop. xix. p. 464.
Carpodacus rubicillus , Gould, B. Asia.
a (J. F. Brandt) 1844.

Found in the Altai Mountains and in the Caucasus.

Propasser.

Propasser , Hodgson, Zool. Misc. p. 84 (1844) ; P. Z. S. 1845,
p. 36.

1002. Propasser rhodopeplus.

Fringilla rhodopepla, Vig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 23: Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 31, f. 1.

Propasser rhodopeplus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 400.
a, — b Nepal (B. H. Hodgson, 340) 1845.

1003. Propasser pulcherrimus.

Propasser pulcherrimus, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 85. Moore,
P. Z. S. 1855, p. 216: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 402.
a N. India (If. J ’. E. Boys) 1848.

Uragus.

Uragus, Keyserling & Blasius, Wirb. Eur. p. 158 (1840) (as
a subgenus).

1004. Uragus sibiricus.

Loxia sibirica, Pall. Peis. ii. p. 711.

Uragus sibiricus, Bp. Consp. i. p. 529.

Pyrrhula longicauda, Ternm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 340.
a £ Altai (J. F. Brandt) 1842. — b (, Kinberg ) 1845.

Erythrospiza.

Erythrospiza, Bonaparte, Saggio di una Distr. Met. An. Vert,
p. 141 (Aggiunte, 1832).

206

PASSERES.

1005. Erythrospiza githaginea.

Fringilla githaginea, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 24.

Erythrospiza githaginea , Dresser, B. Eur.
a ( Bt . at Dresden ) 1845.

A species of North Africa extending eastwards to Sinde.

Linota.

Linota , Bonaparte, Comp. List. p. 35 (1838).

1008. Linota cannabina.

Fringilla cannabina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 322.

Linaria cannabina, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99.

Linota cannabina, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 153 :
Dresser, B. Eur.

a £, — b $ Aberdovey, August (H. E. Strickland) 1833. — c
Worcestershire, September (H. E. Strickland) 1833. — d $
Smyrna, 2 December (H. E. Strickland ) 1835. — e Smyrna,
12 December (H. E. Strickland) 1835. — f £ Worcestershire,
April ( H . E. Strickland) 1837.

1007. Linota fiavirostris.

Fringilla flavirostris, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 322.

Linota flavirostris , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 160:
Dresser, B. Eur.

Fringilla montium, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 917.
a Scotland [Dunn) 1836.

1008. Linota linaria.

Fringilla linaria, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 322.

Linota linaria, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 133: Dresser,
B. Eur.

Fringilla borealis, (Vieill.) Roux. Orn. Prov. i. p. 165, pis.

101, 102.

FEgiothus Unarms, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 493.

a (. Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Canada ( Gapt . Wise) 1843.
— c Philadelphia (E. Wilson) 1848.

- 1009. Linota rufescens.

Linaria rufescens, Vieill. Mem. R. Ac. Sc. Tor. xxiii. p. 202.

FRINGILLIDAL

207

Linota rufescens, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 146:
Dresser, B. Eur.

Linota linaria , anctt. plur.

a £ Worcestershire (R. E. Strickland) 1828. — b £ Worces-
tershire (R. E. Strickland) April 1884. — c $ Worcestershire,
12 May (R. C. Strickland) 1887.

1010. Linota hornemanni.

Linota hornemanni , Holb. Naturh. Tidsk. iv. p. 898 : Dresser,
B. Eur.

a ( Arthur Strickland) 1840.

A specimen without locality which from its size seems referable
to this northern species.

SUBFAMILY. — FRINGILLINiE.

Fringilla.

Fringilla Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 817 (1766) (partim).

1011. Fringilla ccelebs.

Fringilla coelebs, Linn. 1. s. c. p. 818: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1886,
p. 100: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 68: Dresser, B. Eur.

a £, — b $ Worcestershire (ff. E. Strickland) 1838. — b £
Smyrna, 20 Nov. (R. E. Strickland) 1835. — d £ Worcestershire,
April (. H . E. Strickland) 1837.

1012. Fringilla montifringilla.

Fringilla montifringilla , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 318: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 75:
Dresser, B. Eur.

a Scotland (Garfrae) 1837. — b Britain (N. C. Strickland)
1838. — c Dumfriesshire, Dec. ( Sir W. Jardine) 1849,

Montifringilla.

Montifringilla, Brehm, Yog. Deutschl. p. 269 (1831).

1013. Montifringilla nivalis.

Fringilla nivalis, Linn. Syst, Nat. i. p. 321,

Montifringilla nivalis, Dresser, B. Eur,
a Switzerland (IF. Anderegg) 1836.

208

PASSERES.

Fringillalauda.

Fringalauda, Hodgson, As. Res. xix. p. 158 (1836).

1014. Fringillalauda nemoricola.

Fringalauda nemoricola, Hodgs. 1. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p.414.
a India (Bt. at Stevens’s).

Leucosticte.

Leucosticte, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. iii. p. 493 (1831) (as
a subgenus).

1015. Leucosticte griseinuclia.

Fringilla griseonucha , Brandt, Bull. Ac. St Petersb. 1841, p. 36.
Leucosticte tephrocotis vax.griseinucha, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw.
N. Am. B. i. p. 508.

a N. W. America (J. F. Brandt) 1846.

One of Wosnessensky’s skins thus named by Prof. Brandt.

1016. Leucosticte arctoa.

Passer arctous , Pall. Zoogr. Rosso- As. ii. p. 21.

Frinqilla ( Linaria ) qebleri, Brandt, Bull. Ac. St. Petersb.
x. p. 251 (1841).

a In mont. ad fl. Ob Siberiae occidentalis (J. F. Brandt )
1844.

1017. Leucosticte brandti.

Leucosticte gebleri , Brandt, Bull. Phys.-Math. Ac. St. Petersb.
i. p. 363.

Leucosticte brandti, Bp. Consp. i. p. 537.
a W. Siberia {J. F. Brandt) 1844.

The label of this specimen is inscribed by Prof. Brandt u Fringilla
(Leucosticte) gebleri nob. Fringilla gebleri nob. Siberia occidentalis.”
Prof. Brandt first applied this name to L. arctoa in breeding plumage,
but subsequently, unlawfully, transferred it to this species. The
specimen agrees with the second and not with the original descrip-
tion of L. gebleri.

Callacanthis.

Gallacanihis, Reiclienbach, Av. Syst. pi. lxxviii. (1851).

1018. Callacanthis burtoni.

Carduelis burtoni, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 90.

Callacanthis burtoni, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 407.
a Himalayas (Stevens).

FRINGILLIDiE.

209

Ligurinus.

Ligurinus , Koch, Syst. d. Baierisch. Zool. p. 230 (1816).

1019. Ligurinus chloris.

Loxia chloris , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 304.

Coccothraustes chloris , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100: Newton,
ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 105.

Ligurinus chloris , Dresser, B. Eur.

a $ Oxford, 27 August (W. G. Strickland) 1833. — b / — c f
Worcestershire, January (H. E. Strickland) 1834.

1020. Ligurinus kawariba.

Fringilla kawariba , Temm. PI. Col. 588, f. 1.

Ligurinus kawariba , Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 158.
a Japan ( Leadbeater ).

In his list of Chinese birds (P. Z. S. 1842, p. 168) Strickland
placed this name as a synonym of Cctrduelis sinica (Lath.).

Passer.

Passer , Brisson, Ornith. iii. p. 71 (1760).

1021. Passer domesticus.

Fringilla domestica , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 323.

Pyrgita domestica , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99.

Passer domesticus , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 89:
Dresser, B. Eur.

a £ Oxfordshire, 23 October (iY C. Strickland) 1833. — b f
Worcestershire June (. H. E. Strickland) 1838.

Stated by Strickland to be the common House-Sparrow of the
Levant. No specimens from there are in his collection.

1022. Passer indicus.

Passer indicus , Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. iii. pi. 118: Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 362.

a India ( Lord A. Hay) 1845. — b India (“ Passer domesticus ?
indicus , J. & S.” E. Blyth ) 1846. — c, — d India ( E . Blyth ) 1846.
— e $ India (W. J. E . Boys) 1847. —/India (A. Blyth) 1850.

14

s. c.

210

PASSERES.

1023. Passer italise.

Fringilla italice , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xii. p. 199.

Passer italice, Dresser, B. Eur.
a £, — b f Italy, July ( H . E. Strickland) 1836.

1024. Passer liispaniolensis.

Fringilla hispaniolensis, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 353.

Pyrgita hispaniolensis , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99.

Passer hispaniolensis , Dresser, B. Enr.

Pyrgita salicaria , Yieill., Bp. Comp. List. p. 30.
a £ Smyrna, April {H. E . Strickland) 1836.

1025. Passer arcuatus.

Fringilla arcuata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 912.

Passer arcuatus , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 204: Sharpe, Cat. Afr.
B. p. 69.

a, — b S. Africa {Dr A. Smith , 180).

1026. Passer cinnamomeus.

Pyrgita cinnamomea, Gould, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 185.

Passer cinnamomeus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 365.
a Himalaya (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b — c f Kumaon

( W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

1027. Passer montanus.

Fringilla montana, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 324.

Passer montanus, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 82.
a £ Worcestershire, 28 September [H. E. Strickland) 1833.
— b £ Worcestershire, October ( H . E. Strickland) 1833. — c
Lombardy, July {H. E. Strickland) 1836.

1028. Passer iiavicollis.

Fringilla flavicollis, Frank! P. Z. S. 1831-2, p. 120.

Passer flavicollis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 368.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b India ( Bt . at Stevens’s) 1844.
— c Madras (“ Pyrgita flavicollis ,” T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — d
Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847. — e £ Jucknie (IF. J. E. Boys) 1847.

d bears no original label. The species is not included in Blyth’s
Catalogue of the Mammals and Birds of Burma” (J. A. S. B. xliii.
extr. no.).

FRINGILLIDiE.

211

1029. Passer diffusus.

Pyrgita diffusa , Smith, Rep. S. Afr. Exp. App. p. 50.

Passer diffusus, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 204.
a {Manchester Nat Hist. Soc.) 1843.

A Soutli-African species.

1030. Passer swainsoni.

Pyrgita swainsoni , Rupp. Neue Wirb. p. 94, pi. 33, f. 2.
Passer swainsoni , Finsch, Trans. Z. S. vii. p. 269.

Passer simplex , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218 ( nec Licht.).
a £ Kordofan, 18 July (/. Petherick ) 1848. — b f Kordofan
17 March (J. Petherick) 1848.

Strickland considered P. swainsoni to be identical with P. simplex ,
Licht ( Corospiza simplex , Bp.). It is, however, a very distinct species.

Petronia.

Petronia, Kaup, Skizz. Entw. Gesch. p. 158 (1829).

1031. Petronia stulta.

Fringilla stulta, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 322.

Petronia stidta, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 374.
a $ Morea, May (H. E. Strickland) 1836. — b Tuscany ( C .
Passer ini) 1836.

COCCOTHRAUSTES.

Coccothraustes, Brisson, Orn. iii. p. 218 (1760).

1032. Coccothraustes vulgaris.

Loxia coccothraustes, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 299.
Coccothraustes vulgaris, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 98.
a f Worcestershire, January (H. E. Strickland) 1833. — b
Britain (IT. Kirtland) 1847.

"1033. Coccothraustes vespertinus.

Fringilla vespertina , Cooper, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. i. p. 220.
Coccothraustes vespertinus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 123.
Hesperiphona vespertina, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B.
i. p. 449.

a, — b Mexico {T. Mann ) 1844.

14—2

212

PASSERES.

1034. Coccothraustes carneipes.

Coccothraustes carneipes , Hodgs. As, Res. xix. p. 151.
Mycerobas carneipes , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 387.

Coccothraustes speculigerus, Brandt, Bull. Ac. Petersb. ix.

P- 11.

a —b in alp. alata ad torrentem Lepsa, Septemb. 1844
(J. F. Braiidt) 1846.

Young birds from Karelin’s collection (cf. Brandt l. s. c.). These
labels bear the MS. name * Loxia albospecularis ’ (cf. Gray, H.-list,
ii. p. 88).

1035. Coccothraustes melanoxanthus.

Coccothraustes melanoxanthos, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 150.
Mycerobas melanoxanthos, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 386.
a {T. C. Eyton) 1850. — b N. India ( Thomas ) 1851.

1038. Coccothraustes icteroides.

Coccothraustes icteroides, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 8: Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 45.

Hesperiphona icteroides, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 384.
a N. India (IT. J. E. Boys) 1848. ~~b Himalaya (Bt at
Stevens s) 1850.

Carduelis.

Carduelis, Brisson, Ornith. iii, p. 53 (1760).

1037. Carduelis elegans.

Fringilla carduelis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 318.

Carduelis elegans, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99: Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 117: Dresser, B. Eur.

a juv. Oxfordshire, 20 August (. H. E. Strickland) 1833. —6
$ Oxfordshire, 11 October (E. C. Strickland) 1833. — c Worces-
tershire, January (E. E . Strickland) 1834.

1038. Carduelis caniceps.

Carduelis caniceps, Yig. P. Z. S. 1831—2, p. 23: Gould, Cent.
B. Him. pi. 33, f. 1 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 408.
a $ N. India (W. J. E. Boys).

FRINGILLID/E.

213

Chrysomitris.

Chrysomitris , Boie, Isis, 1828, p. 322.

1039. Chrysomitris citrinella.

Fringilla citrinella, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 320.

Chrysomitris citrinella, Dresser, B. Eur.

Citrinella brumalis, (Gm.) Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii.

p. 374.

a £ S. Europe {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1040. Chrysomitris spinus.

Fringilla spinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 322.

Carduelis spinus, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 126.
a Britain? [N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1041. Chrysomitris citrinelloides.

Serinus citrinelloides, Rupp. Neue Wirb. p. 95, pi. 34, f. 1.
Citrinella citrinelloides, Bp. Consp. i. p. 520.
a Abyssinia {E. Verreaux) 1850.

1042. Chrysomitris pinus.

Fringilla pinus, Wils. Am. Orn. ii. p. 133, pi. 17, f. 1.
Chrysomitris pinus, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 480.

a, — b (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

These birds agree best with North-American specimens of this
species.

—1043. Chrysomitris magellaniea.

Fringilla magellanica , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xii. p. 168.
Fringilla barbata, Mol. Sagg. sulla St. Nat. Chili, p. 247??
Fringilla icterica, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 26.

Chrysomitris barbata et icterica, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 125.
Fringilla campestris, Spix. Ay. Bras. ii. p. 48, pi. 61, f. 3.
a S. America {Johnson) 1837. — b {N. O. Strickland) 1838.
— c S. America (A*. C. Strickland) 1838. — d, — e Brazil (N. C.
Strickland) 1838.

Molina’s description may be meant for this bird but the charac-
ter lalis viridibus nigro, rubroque macidatis ’ is in no way applicable.
b, c, d and e all have a yellow uropygium and if separable should pro-
bably bear the name C. icterica (Licht.).

214

PASSERES.

1044. Chrysomitris notata.

Carduelis notata , DuBus, Bull. Ac. Brux. xiv. pt. 2, p. 10G.
Chrysomitris notata , Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 275: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 124.

a , — b Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1848.

1045. dirysomitris xanthogastra.

Chrysomitris xanthogastra, DuBus, Bull. Ac. Brux. xxii. pt. 1,
p. 152: Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 785.
a ( Bt . at Stevens's) 1845.

An Andean species found also in Costa Pica.

1040. Chrysomitris tristis.

Fringilla tristis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 820.

Chrysomitris tristis , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.

p. 471.

a N. America (Askew) 1834. — b (Johnson) 1837. — c (As-
kew) 1837. — d (Arthur Strickland) 1840. — e (Bt. at Edin-
burgh) 1852.

-1047. Chrysomitris Columbiana.

Chrysomitris Columbiana, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 292: Scl
Cat. Am. B. p. 124.

a Bogota (Rogers) 1844.

1048. Chrysomitris mexicana.

Carduelis mexicana, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 435.
Chrysomitris mexicana, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 19: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 124.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.

1049. Chrysomitris totta.

Loxia totta, Sparrm. Mus. Carls. No. 18.

Citrinella totta, Bp. Consp. i. p. 520.

Fringilla totta , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 202.
a Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1833. — b S. Africa
(Dr A. Smith).

FRINGILLIDiE.

215

1050. Chrysomitris spinoides.

Carduelis spinoides , Vig. P. Z. S. 1831 — 2, p. 44.
Chrysomitris spinoides, Jerd. B. Imp ii. p. 409.
a, — b Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson 442, 443) 1845. — c £ Kumaon
(If. J. E. Boys ) 1847. — d £ N. India {W. J. E. Boys) 1848.

Serinus.1

Serinus , Koch. Syst. d. Baierisch. Zool. i. p. 228 (1816).

1051. Serinus hortulanus.

Fringilla serinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 320: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 100.

Serinus hortulanus, Koch, l. s. c., p. 229 : Dresser, B. Eur.
Serinus meridionalis, Brehm. Yog. Deutschl. p. 255.
a Florence, November (C. Passerini ) 1834. ■ — b £ Smyrna,
19 November {H. E. Strickland ) 1835.

1052. Serinus pusillus.

Passer pusillus, Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 28, pi. 43.
Serinus pusillus, Dresser, B. Eur.

Metoponia pusilla, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 410.
a $ W. Siberia (J. F. Brandt) 1846. — b N. India {Mather).

Sycalis.

Sicalis, Boie, Isis, 1828, p. 324 (partim).

- 1053, Sycalis flaveola.

Fringilla flaveola, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 321.

Sycalis flaveola, Scl. Ibis, 1872, p. 41.
a Brazil {G. Lloyd) 1838. — b {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c
S. America {Askew) 1838. — d S. America (Bt. at Birmingham)
1843.

1054. Sycalis pelzelni.

Sycalis pelzelni, Scl. Ibis, 1872, p. 42.
a {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A female agreeing best with female examples of this species, an
inhabitant of South Brazil, Paraguay and the Argentine Republic.

1 According to Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 374), this genus should
stand near Crithagra.

216

PASSERES.

1055. Sycalis Columbiana.

Sycalis Columbiana, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 147: Scl. Ibis,
1872, p. 43.

a, — b Trinidad [Argent) 1851.

1056. Sycalis Inteola.

Emberiza luteola, Sparrm. Mus. Carls. No. 93.

Sycalis luteola, Scl. Ibis, 1872, p. 44.

Crithagra ? brevirostris, Gould, Zool. Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 88.
a Chili [N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b ( Iiavell ) 1839. — c
$ Mexiana, Dec. 1848 ( A . R . Wallace) 1849.

1057. Sycalis uropygialis.

Emberiza uropygialis, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Ay. p. 7*5.

Sycalis uropygialis, Scl. Ibis, 1872, p. 47.
a Cordillera (in flocks) ( N. . C. Strickland) 1838.

An inhabitant of the Andes of Peru and Bolivia.

Crithagra.

Crithagra, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 348 (1827).

1058. Crithagra canicollis.

Crithagra canicollis , Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 295: Sharpe, Cat.
Afr. B. p. 67.

Fringilla canicollis, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 201.
a S. Africa ( Mrs Van der Kemp) 1843. — b S. Africa ( Gard-
ner). — c S. Africa ( Dewgard ) 1849.

1059. Crithagra butyracea,

Loxia butyracea , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 304.

Crithagra butyracea, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 219: Sharpe, Cat.
Afr. B. p. 67.

a Cape of Good Hope, 13 March [A. Strickland) 1832. — b
S. Africa [Bt. at Stevens's) 1842.

1060. Crithagra ictera.

Fringilla ictera, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xii. p. 170.
Serinus icterus, Bp. Consp. i. p. 523.

Crithagra chrysopyga, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 206: Hartl. Beitr.
Orn. Madag. p. 57 : Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 67.
a (A. Strickland) 1832. — b [Argent) 1851.

A widely-distributed African species.

FRINGILLIDiE.

217

1081. Crithagra flaviventris.

Loxia flaviventris, Grn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 856.

Crithagra flaviventris , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 220.
a (A. Strickland) 1832. — b S. Africa [Capt. Alexander)
1838.

1082. Crithagra striolata.

Pyrrhula striolata , Rupp. Neue Wirb. p. 99, pi. 37, f. 1.
Crithagra striolata , Finsch, Trans. Z. S. vii. p. 270.
a Abyssinia [E. Verreaux ) 1850.

1083. Crithagra sulphurata.

Loxia sulphurata , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 305.

Crithagra sulphurata , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 218: Sharpe,
Cat. Am. B. p. 67.

a (. Arthur Strickland) 1840.

A South- African species.

1064. Crithagra albigularis.

Crithagra albogularis, Smith, S. Afr. Qu. Journ. i. p. 48.
Crithagra albogularis , Sharpe, Cat. Am. B. p. 67.
a S. Africa [Dr A. Smith).

This skin is of the same origin as the type.

Auripasser.

Auripasser , Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 519 (1850).

1065. Auripasser luteus.

Fringilla lutea, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 24.

Auripasser luteus, Bp. 1. s. c.

Crithagra lutea, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218.
a — b $ Kordofan, 30 April [J. P ether ick) 1848.

Poliospiza.

Poliospiza, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 519 (1850).

1066. Poliospiza gularis.

Linaria gularis , Smith, Rep. S. Afr. Exp. App. p. 49.

218

PASSERES.

Poliospiza gularis, Bp. 1. s. c Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 68.
a S. Africa ( Dr A. Smith , 157). — b S. Africa (Bt. at Stevens s)
1842.

SUBFAMILY. — SPEBMOPHILINiE.

Pheucticus.

Pheucticus, Beichenbach, Ay. Syst., pi. Ixxviii. (1850).

^1067. Pheucticus uropygialis,

Pheucticus uropygialis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 840.
a (V. G. Strickland) 1838. — b {Argent) 1853.
b is apparently from Bogota, whence the types of the species came.

1068. Pheucticus chrysogaster.

Pitylus chrysogaster, Less. Cent. Zool. pi. 67.

Pheucticus chrysogaster, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 100.
a S. America (P. L. Sclater) 1848.

A species found in Venezuela and Equador.

Hedymeles.

Hedymeles, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 152 (1851).

1069. Hedymeles ludovicianus.

Loxia ludoviciana, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 306.

Hedymeles ludovicianus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 100 : Baird,
Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. ii. 70.

a N. America ( N . G. Strickland) 1838. — b N. America
( Garfrae ) 1840. — c ( Rogers ) 1844. - — d Guatemala (J, Con-
stancies) 1851.

1070. Hedymeles melanocephalus.

Guiraca melanocephala, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 438.
Hedymeles melanocephalus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 100: Baird,
Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 73.
a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.

Cardinalis.

Cardinalis, Bonaparte, Saggio di una Distr. Met. An. Vert,
p. 53 (1831).

1071. Cardinalis virginianus.

Loxia cardinalis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 300.

FRINGILLIDiE.

219

Cardinalis virginianus, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii.

p. 100.

a £, — b $ N. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Guiraca.

Guiraca , Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 350 (1827).*

1072. Guiraca ccerulea.

Loxia ccerulea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 306.

Guiraca ccerulea, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 77.
a (N. G. Strickland ) 1838.

A North- American species.

- 1073. Guiraca cyanea.

Loxia cyanea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 303.

Guiraca cyanea, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 101.
a ( Bt . at Aberystwith) 1833. — b Brazil {Askew) 1834.

Geospiza.

Geospiza, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 5.

f 1074. Geospiza parvula.

Geospiza parvula, Gould, l. s. c. p. 6; Zool. Yoy. Beagle, iii.
p. 102, pi. 39 : Salv. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 483.
a Galapagos Is. ( G . Darwin).

A typical specimen of this species.

Loxigilla,

Loxigilla, Lesson, Traitd d’Orn. p. 443 (1831).

1075. Loxigilla violacea.

Loxia violacea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 306.

Loxigilla violacea , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 102.
a (JSf. G. Strickland) 1838.

A species peculiar to the islands of Jamaica and Hayti.

1076. Loxigilla anoxantha.

Spermophila anoxantha, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 247: 111. pi. 62.
Loxigilla anoxantha, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 102.
a — b f Jamaica (“ Spermophila anoxantha,” P. H. Gosse)

1848.

Typical specimens.

220

PASSERES.

Oryzoborus.

Oryzoborus, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 151 (1851).

-t 1077. Oryzoborus torridus.

Loxia torrida, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 854.

Oryzoborus torridus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 102.

Loxia nasuta, Spix. Av. Bras. ii. p. 45, pi. 58.
a Brazil {Johnson) 1837. — b $ Brazil (Ar. G. Strickland)
1838. — c Trinidad {Argent) 1852.

^ 1078. Oryzoborus maximiliani.

Oryzoborus maximiliani , Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 151: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 102.

a Brazil {Argent) 1851. — b Brazil? {Argent) 1852.

b is a skin of a female bird probably from Bolivia. It agrees
in dimensions with a, a young male referable to this species.

+ 1079. Oryzoborus crassirostris.

Loxia crassirostris, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p 862.

Sporophila crassirostris, Bp. Consp. i. p. 498.

Oryzoborus crassirostris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 102.
a Trinidad {Argent) 1853.

Amatjrospiza.

Amaurospiza, Cabanis, Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 3.

“ 1080. Amaurospiza unicolor.

Oryzoborus unicolor, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 240.
Amaurospiza unicolor, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. p. 28.
a {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

Spermophila.

Spermophila, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 348 (1827).

1081. Spermophila minuta.

Loxia minuta, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 307.

Spermophila minuta , Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 3.
a Chili? {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Bogota {Bt. at Stevens’s)
1845. — c Trinidad {Argent) 1852.

The locality assigned to a is erroneous, the species being restricted
to the northern portions of South America.

FRINGILLIDiE.

221

1082. Spermophila hypoxantha.

Sporophila hypoxantha, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 150.
Spermophila hypoxantha, Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 3.
a Brazil? {Argent) 1852.

Probably a Bolivian skin.

1083. Spermophila nigro-aurantia.

Bouvreuil de V Isle Bourbon, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 204, f. 1, unde,
Loxia nigro-aurantia, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 12.
Spermophila nigro-aurantia, Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 4.

Loxia brevirostris, Spix. Av. Bras. i. p. 47, pl. 59, f. P
a Brazil ( Johnson ) 1837. — b Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.
— c Brazil ( Argent ) 1851.

1084. Spermophila castaneiventris.

Sporophila castaneiventris, Cab. Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 679.
Spermophila castaneiventris, Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 7.
a ( Gardner ) 1845.

A species of Guiana and of the valley of the Amazon.

1085. Spermophila telasco.

Spermophila telasco , Less. Voy. Coq. ZooL p. 663. Atlas, pl.
16, f. 2: Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 7.

a Chili? {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A species peculiar to the west coast of Peru.

1086. Spermophila cucullata.

Grosbec appelle la Nonette, D’Aub. Pl. Enl. 393, f. 3, unde,
Loxia cucidlata, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 24.

Spermophila cucullata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 103.

Loxia americana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 863.

Spermophila collaria, Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 9 {nec Loxia col-
laria, Linn.).

a ( Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Brazil? ( Argent ) 1852.
b bears the label of Argent’s Bolivian Collection. J udging from
Linnaeus’s description of his Loxia collaria , I do not see how that
name can, by any possibility, be associated with this species.

222

PASSERES.

1087. Spermophila moreleti.

Spermophila moreleti , Bp. Consp. i. p. 497: Scl. Ibis, 1871,

p. 10.

a Guatemala (J. Constancies) 1848. — b Guatemala (J. Con-
stancies) 1851.

1088. Spermophila misya.

Pyrrhula misya , Yieill. Ois. Chant, p. 75, pi. 46.
Spermophila mysia, Bp. Consp. i. p. 496.

Loxia lineata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 858??

Spermophila lineata, Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 11.
a (W. Kirtland) 1843. — b Tobago (Sir W. Jardine ) 1844.
It appears to me that Gmelin’s name L. lineata , based upon the
Radiated Grosbeak of Latham (Syn. ii. p. 156), is most doubtfully
applicable to this species.

1089. Spermophila caernlescens.

Pyrrhula ccerulescens, Yieill. Enc. Mdth. p. 1023.
Spermophila ccerulescens , Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 12.

Fringilla ornata, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 26.
a, — b ( JSr . C. Strickland) 1838. — c S. America (N. C. Strick-
land) 1838.

1090. Spermophila lineola.

Loxia lineola , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 304.

Spermophila lineola, Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 13.

Pyrrhula crispa, Yieill. Ois. Chant, p. 76, pi. 47.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (Askew) 1840. — c (Carfrae)
1850.

A species found throughout tropical South America east of the
Andes.

1091. Spermophila luctuosa.

Spermophila luctuosa, Lafr. Rev. ZooL 1843, p. 291 : Scl.
Ibis, 1871, p. 15.

a, — b Bogota (Bt at Stevens s) 1845.

1092. Spermophila gntturalis.

Fringilla gutturalis, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 26,

Spermophila gutturalis , Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 15.

FEIN GILLIDjE.

223

a S. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Trinidad ( Argent )
1852.

1093. Spermophila hypoleuca.

Fringilla hypoleuca, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 26.

Spermophila hypoleuca , Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 17.

Pyrrhula cinereola, Temm. PI. Col. 11, f. 1.
a Brazil ( Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b (Thomas) 1843. — c
( E . Brown) 1850.

1094. Spermophila grisea.

Loxia grisea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 857.

Spermophila grisea , Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 18.
a Brazil (Argent) 1851.

Catamblyrhynchus.

Catamblyrhynchus, Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 301.

1095. Catamblyrhynchus diadema.

Catamblyrhynchus diadema, Lafr. 1. s. c.\ Mag. Zool. 1843.
Cl. ii. pi. 34: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 106.
a Bogota ( Williams) 1846.

Neorhynchus.

Neorhynchus , Sclater, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 146.

1096. Neorhynchus nasesus.

Callirhynchus nasesus, Bp. Compt. Rend. xlii. p. 822.
Neorhynchus nasesus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 147, pi. 12.
a Chili (A. Strickland ) 1850.

A species of Western Peru.

SUBFAMILY. — CYANOSPIZLNAE.

VOLATINIA.

Volatinia, Reichenbach, Av. Syst. pi. lxxix. (1850).

1097. Volatinia jacarina.

Tanagra jacarina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 314.

Volatinia jacarina, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 106.

224

PASSERES.

a S. America {Askew) 1837. — b, — c (N. G. Strickland)
1838. — df — e Guatemala {J. Constancia ) 1848. — f Brazil?
{Argent) 1852.

Phonipara.

Phonipara , Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 494 (1850).

1098. Phonipara pnsilla.

Tiaris pusilla, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 438.

Phonipara pusilla , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 106.
a {Bt. at Stevens’s ) 1845. — b Bogota ( Williams) 1846.

1099. Phonipara olivacea.

Emberiza olivacea , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 870.

Spermophila olivacea , Gosse, B. Jam. p. 249.

Phonipara olivacea , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 107.
a £ Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

1100. Phonipara marchi.

Phonipara marchi , Baird, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1863, p. 297.
Spermophila bicolor , Gosse, B. Jam. p. 252; 111. pi. 64 {nec
Linn.).

a Jamaica (“ Spermophila bicolor,” P. H. Gosse) 1845.
Cyanospiza.

Cyanospiza, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 500 (1858).

1101. Cyanospiza cyanea.

Tanagra cyanea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 315.

Cyanospiza cyanea, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 107: Baird, Brew.
& Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 82.

a N. America {Askew) 1834. — b N. America {N. G. Strick-
land) 1838. — c Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1845. — d {Dewgard)
1849. — e Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1851.

1102. Cyanospiza versicolor.

Spiza versicolor, Bp. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 120.

Cyanospiza versicolor, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 107: Baird, Brew.
& Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 86.

a Mexico {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1103. Cyanospiza ciris.

Emberiza ciris, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 313.

FRINGILLIDiE.

225

Cyanospiza ciris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 107 : Baird, Brew. &
Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 87.

a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844. — b £, — c $ Savannah 1845
(S. F. Baird) 1847.

Hapalospiza.

Hapalospiza, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 147 (1851).

1104. Hapalospiza unicolor.

Hapalospiza unicolor , Cab. 1. s. c. : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 108.
a {Askew) 1837. — b (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c Brazil
{Argent) 1853.

Paroaria.

Paroaria , Bonaparte, Saggio di una Distr. Met. An. Vert,
p. 141 (Aggiunte, 1832).

1105. Paroaria cucullata.

Loxia cucullata , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 378.

Paroaria cucullata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 108.
a { Osborn ) 1845.

A species found in Bolivia and the Argentine Republic.

1106. Paroaria dominicana.

Loxia dominicana, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 301.

Paroaria dominicana, Bp. Consp. i. p. 471.

Paroaria larvata (Bodd.) : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 108.
a S. America {Johnson) 1837. — b {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

1107. Paroaria gularis.

Tanagra gularis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 316.

Paroaria gularis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 108.
a {Dewgard) 1846.

Apparently a skin of Cayenne make.

1108. Paroaria nigrigenis.

Nemosia nigro-genis, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1846, p. 273.

Paroaria nigrigena, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 108.
a, — b Trinidad {Argent) 1851.

s. c.

15

226

PASSERES.

CORYPHOSPINGUS.

Coryphospingus, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 145 (1851).

1109. Coryphospingus pileatus.

Fringilla pileata, Max, Beitr. iii. p. 605.

Coryphospingus pileatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 109.

a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (. Bt . at Birmingham)

1850.

P ORPHYRIOSPIZ A.

Porphyriospiza, Sclater & Salvin, Nomencl. Av. Neotr.
pp. 30, 155 (1873).

1110. Porphyriospiza cyanella.

Emberiza cyanella, Sparrm. Mus. Carls. No. 42.

Cyanospiza cyanella, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 227.

Porphyriospiza cyanella, Scl. & Salv. I . s. c.
a (Burl) 1834.

A Brazilian species.

TlARIS.

Tiaris, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 351 (1827).

1111. Tiaris ornata.

Fringilla ornata, Max, Reis. n. Bras. ii. p. 191; Beitr. iii.

p. 610.

Tiaris ornata, Bp. Consp. i. p. 471.

a, — b Brazil (A*. C. Strickland) 1838. —c Brazil (Argent)

1851.

POOSPIZA.

Poospiza , Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 349 (1847).

1112. Poospiza thoracica.

Fringilla thoracica, Nordm. Erm. Reis. u. d. Erde, p. 10.
Poospiza thoracica , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 109.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil (Osborn) 1845.

1113. Poospiza lateralis.

Fringilla lateralis , Nordm. Erm. Reis. u. d. Erde, p. 10.
Poospiza lateralis, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 215: Pelz. Orn.
Bras. p. 228.

a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

FRINGILLIDJE.

227

1114. Poospiza torquata.

Emberiza torquata, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 82.
Poospiza torquata , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 110.
a Brazil? {Argent) 1852.

A Bolivian species.

1115. Poospiza cinerea.

Poospiza cinerea , Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 473.
a (. Askew ) 1834.

A Brazilian species.

1116. Poospiza melanoleuca.

Emberiza melanolenca, D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 82.
Poospiza melanolenca, Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 472.
a {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil? ( Argent ) 1852.

A species found in Paraguay and the Argentine Republic.

SUBFAMILY. — PASSERELLINiE.

Phrygilus.

Phrygilus, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. x. p. 29 (1844).

1117. Phrygilus gayi.

Fringilla gayi, Eyd. et Gerv. Mag. Zool. 1834, Cl. ii. pi. 23.
Phrygilus gayi , Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 285.

Fringilla formosa, Gould, Zool. Yoy. Beagle, iii. p. 93.
a S. America ( N . G. Strickland) 1838. —b Chili ( T . Brown )
1842.

1118. Phrygilus caniceps.

Phrygilus caniceps , Burm. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 158 : Dumf.
Ibis, 1878, p. 393.

a Brazil? {Argent) 1852.

A Bolivian skin agreeing with examples from that country. This
bird has usually been called Phrygilus atriceps (Lafr. & D’Orb.), but
it differs from that species in having a gray instead of a black head.
It is, I believe, the Emberiza gayi (stirps major) of those authors.

15—2

228

PASSERES,

Bolivian examples agree fairly with others from Chupat, Patagonia
named P. caniceps by the late Mr Henry Durnford who probably
compared them with Hr Burmeister’s specimens.

1119. Phrygilus unicolor.

Emberiza unicolor , D’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 82.
Phrygilus unicolor , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 110,
a ( Bt . at Stevens's) 1844.

A female example of this widely-ranging Andean species.

1120. Phrygilus frutieeti,

Fringilla frutieeti , Kittl. Kupf. p. 28, pi. 23, f. 1.

Phrygilus frutieeti, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 111.
a, — b Coquimbo ( N. C. Strickland) 1838,

1121. Phrygilus xanthogr animus.

Chlorosgiza'l xanthogramma, Gray, Yoy. Beagle, iii. p. 96,
pi. 33.

a S. America [N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Hiuca.

Diuca, Reichenbach, Av. Syst. pi. lxxviii. (1850).

1122. Diuca grisea.

Fringilla diuca , Mol. Saggio, St. Nat. Chili, p. 249 (8vo. ed.
1782).

Dolichonyx grisea , Less. L’Inst. 1834, p. 316.

Diuca grisea , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 111.
a Chili (T. Brown) 1842.

Passerculus.

Passerculus, Bonaparte, Comp. List, p. 33 (1838).

1123. Passerculus savanna.

Fringilla savanna, Wils. Am. Orn. iii. p. 55, pi. 22, f. 2.
Passerculus savanna, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 534.

a Pennsylvania (S. F. Baird) 1847.

FRIN GILLIDiE,

229

1124. Passerculus alaudinus.

Passerculus alaudinus , Bp. Compt. Rend, xxxvii. p. 918.
Passerculus savanna var. alaudinus , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw.
N. Am. B. i. p. 537.

a Sitka (J. G. Kinberg) 1845.

1125. Passerculus sandwichensis.

Emberiza sandwichensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 875.
Passerculus savanna var. sandwichensis , Baird, Brew. &
Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 538.

a California (J. F. Brandt) 1846.

This and the two preceding species are very closely allied, and
may together with P. anthinus have ultimately to be united under
one somewhat variable form which should bear the name P. sand-
wichensis.

POCECETES.

Pooccetes, Baird, Birds of N. Am. p. 447 (1858).

1126. Pooeeetes grammeus.

Fringilla graminea , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 922.

Pooccetes gramineus, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 545.

a, — b (. Arthur Strickland) 1840. — c $ Carlisle, Pennsyl-
vania, May 1846 (S. F. Baird ) 1847.

ZONOTRICHIA.

Zonotrichia, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. iii. p. 493 (1831),
(as a sub-genus).

1127. Zonotrichia leucophrys.

Emberiza leucophrys, Forst. Phil. Trans, lxii. pp. 403, 426.
Zonotrichia leucophrys, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 566.

a N. America ( Cashmore ) 1839. — b £ Carlisle, Pennsylvania,
3 May 1844 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

1128. Zonotrichia albicollis.

Fringilla albicollis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 921.

Zonotrichia albicollis, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 574.

230

PASSERES.

Fringilla pennsylvanica, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 445.
a [E. C. Strickland) 1838. — b $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 13
April 1844 [S. F. Baird) 1847.

1129. Zonotrichia pileata.

Bruant, du Cap de Bonne-Esperance, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 386,
f. 2, undl,

Emberiza pileata, Bodd. Tab. PI. Enl. p. 23.

Zonotrichia pileata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 113.

Fringilla matutina, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 25.
a S. America [Askew) 1834. — b Guatemala ( J . Gonstancia)

1851.

1130. Zonotrichia strigiceps.

Zonotrichia strigiceps, Gould, Zool. Yoy. Beagle, iii. p. 92.
Zonotrichia strigiceps, Scl. Ibis, 1877, p. 47, pi. 1, f. 2.
a [Arthur Strickland) 1840.

Agrees well with the figure quoted above. The original specimens
of Z. strigiceps were obtained by Mr Darwin at Santa Fe on the Bio
Parana.

Melospxza.

Melospiza, Baird, Birds N. Am. p. 476 (1858).

1131. Melospiza melodia.

Fringilla melodia, Wils. Am. Orn. ii. p. 125, pi. 16, f. 4.
Melospiza melodia, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 19.
a [Arthur Strickland) 1840. ■ — b Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 11
Nov. 1842 [S. F. Baird) 1847. — c [Dewgard) 1851.

1132. Melospiza insignis.

Melospiza insignis, Baird, Trans. Chic. Ac. i. p. 319, pi. xxix.

f. 2.

Melospiza melodia var. insignis , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N.
Am. B. ii. p. 30.

a $ N. W. America [J. F . Brandt) 1846.

A specimen from Wosnessenski’s collection referred to Fringilla
unalaschensis, Gm. a name which cannot now be fixed satisfactorily
to any species. The specimen agrees with the description of the
autumnal plumage given in Baird, Brewer, & Ridgway’s work
quoted above.

FRINGILLIDiE.

231

1133. Melospiza palustris.

Fringilla palustris, Wils. Am. Orn. iii. p. 49, pi. 22, f. 1.
Melospiza palustris, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii.
p. 34.

a ( Havell ) 1839.

A common species in the eastern provinces of North America.
Spizella.

Spizella, Bonaparte, Comp. List, p. 33 (1838).

1134c Spizella monticola.

Fringilla monticola, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 912.

Spizella monticola, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 3.
Fringilla canadensis, Lath. Ind. Orn, p, 434.
a N. America {Havell) 1839.

1135. Spizella socialis.

Fringilla socialis, Wils. Am. Orn. ii. p, 127, pi. 16, f. 5.
Spizella socialis, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 7.
a N. America? ( Havell ) 1839. — h $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania,
25 September, 1842 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

Passerella.

Passerella, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 288 (1837).

1136. Passerella iliaca.

Fringilla iliaca, Merrem, Beitr. z. bes. Gesch. d. Vog. ii. p. 40,

pi. 10.

Passerella iliaca, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am, B. ii. p. 50.
a N. America (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

1187. Passerella townsendi.

Fringilla townsendi , Aud. Orn. Biogr. v. p. 236.

Passerella townsendi, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii.
p. 53.

a N. W. America ( J . F. Brandt) 1846,

A specimen from Wosnessenski’s collection marked “ Emberim
hyperborea , Pall.”

232

PASSERES.

JlTNCO.

Junco, Wagler, Isis, 1831, p. 526.

1138. Junco hiemalis.

Fringilla hyemalis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 308.

Junco hyemalis , Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 580.
a N. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1139. Junco oregonus.

Fringilla oregana, Towns. Journ. Ac. Phil. vii. p. 188.

Junco oregonus, Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 584.
a $ N. W. America (J. F. Brandt ) 1846.

A specimen from Wosnessen ski’s collection.

1140. Junco cinereus,

Fringilla cinerea, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 435.

Junco cinereus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 115,
a Mexico ( T . Mann) 1844.

A young bird of this Mexican species.

PEUC.EA.

Peuccea, Audubon, Synops. B. N. Am. p. 112 (1839).

1141. Peucaea aestivalis.

Fringilla aestivalis , Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 25.

Peuccea aestivalis, Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 89.
Peuccea bachmanni, Aud. 1. s . c.
a £> — b $ Georgia 1846 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

Ammodromus.

Ammodramus, Swainson, Zool. Journ, iii. p. 348 (1827).
Ammodromus, Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 33.

1142. Ammodromus maritimus.

Fringilla maritima, Wils. Am. Orn. iv. p. 68, pi. 34, f. 2.
Ammodromus maritimus, Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B.
i. p. 560.

a (Havell) 1839. — b N. Jersey (S. F . Baird) 1847.

FRINGILLIDAC,

233

COTURNICULUS.

Coturniculus , Bonaparte, Comp. List, p. 32 (1838).

1143. Coturniculus passerinus.

Fringilla passerina , Wils. Am. Orn. iii. p. 76, pi. 24, f. 5.
Coturniculus passerinus , Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 18:
Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 553.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845. — b £ Carlisle, Pennsyl-
vania, 26 May 1843 (S. F . Baird) 1847.

1144. Coturniculus manimbe.

Fringilla manimbe, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 25.

Coturniculus manimbe, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 116.
a S. America (A skew) 1837. - — b S. America (A. C. Strick-
land) 1838.

Embernagra.

Embernagra, Lesson, Traitd d’Orn. p. 465 (1831).

1145. Embernagra rufivirgata.

Embernagra rufivirgata, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. v. p. 112,
pi. v. f. 2: Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 47.
a (Bt at Stevens's) 1844.

A species found in Mexico and the border State of Texas.

1146. Embernagra olivascens.

Embernagra olivascens, D’Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. Ois. p. 285.
Embernagra longicauda, Strickl, Ann., & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 420.

a (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

The type of E. longicauda , Strickl,

1147. Embernagra platensis.

Emberiza platensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 886,

Embernagra platensis , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii,
p. 420: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 117.
a {Askew) 1839.

A species of Brazil and the Argentine Republic.

234-

PASSERES.

Emberizoxdes.

Emherizoides , Temminck, PI. Col. Livr. 19 (1824).

1148. Emberizoides sphemxrus.

Passerina sphenura, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxv. p. 25.
Emberizoides sphenurus, Scl. Cat. Am. R p. 118.
a, — b Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

PlPXLO.

Pipilo , Vieillot, Analyse, p. 32 (1816).

1149. Pipilo erythroplxthalmixs.

Fringilla erythrophthalma, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 318.

Pipilo erythrophthalma, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii.
p. 109.

a, — b, — c N. America [Askew) 1834.

4-1150. Pipilo macronyx.

Pipilo macronyx , Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 434 : Baird, Brew.
& Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 105.
a, — b Mexico ( T '. Mann) 1844.

Agree with Swainson’s type.

Pyrgisoma.

Pyrgisoma , Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 486 (1850).

1151. Pyrgisoma biareixatran.

Pyrgita biarcuata, Prdv. Yoy. Vdnus, Zool. p. 216, Atlas, pi. 6.
Pyrgisoma biarcuatum , Scl. & Salv. Ex. Ora. p. 130.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845.

Chondestes.

Chondestes, Swainson, Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 435.

1152. Chondestes grammaca.

Fringilla grammaca, Say, Long’s Exp. i. p. 321 (Lond. ed.
1823).

Chondestes grammaca, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i.
p. 562.

a Michigan (S. F. Baird) 1847.

FRINGILLXBiE.

235

SUBFAMILY. — EMBERIZINiE.

Embemza.

Emberiza , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 308 (1766) (partim).

1153. Emberiza miliaria.

Emberiza miliaria , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 308: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 99: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 38: Dresser, B. Eur.

a £, — b f Weston, Oxfordshire, 28 February (N. G. Strick-
land) 1834. — c $ Smyrna, 12 November (H. E. Strickland)

1835.

1154. Emberiza citrinella.

Emberiza citrinella, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 309: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 43:
Dresser, B. Eur.

a $ Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) 1833. b, — c Worces-
tershire (H. E, Strickland) 1834,

1155. Emberiza chins.

Emberiza cirlus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 311: Strickl. P. Z. S.

1836, p. 99: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 50: Dresser, B.
Eur.

a f Smyrna, 10 November (H. E. Strickland) 1835. —6
Smyrna, 11 January ( H . E. Strickland) 1836. — c $ Moor,
Worcestershire, 30 June (H. E. Strickland) 1838.

1156. Emberiza hortxxlana,

Emberiza hortulana, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 309: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 57:
Dresser, B. Eur.

a $ Smyrna, April ( H . E. Strickland) 1836. — b £, — c £
Lombardy, July ( H . E. Strickland) 1836.

1157. Emberiza cinerea.

Emberiza cinerea, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99 [nee Gmelin):
Jard. Mem. H. E. Strickland, p. clxiii. pi. 6: Dresser, B. Eur.
a Smyrna, April (H. E. Strickland) 1836.

The type of the species and the specimen from which the plate
in the ‘Memoirs’ was drawn. As E. cinerea , Gm. is not a true Em-
beriza Strickland’s specific name may, we hope, be allowed to stand.

236

PASSERES.

1158. Emberiza spodocepbala.

Emberiza spodocephala, Pall. Zoogr. Rosso- As. ii. p. 51.
a Siberia ( J . F. Brandt) 1846.

1159. Emberiza facata.

Emberiza fucata, Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 41 : Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 38: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 375.
a £ Kumaon (IP. J. E. Boys ) 1847.

1160. Emberiza rnstica.

Emberiza rustica , Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 43.
a Siberia (J. F. Brandt) 1846.

1161. Emberiza cia.

Emberiza cia , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 310: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 99: Dresser, B. Eur.

a £ Smyrna, 4 December ( H . E . Strickland) 1835. — b j?
Smyrna, 15 December (H. E. Strickland) 1835.

1162. Emberiza leucocepbala,

Emberiza leucocephalos, S. Gm. N. Comm. Petrop. xv. p. 480,
pi. 23, f. 3: Dresser, B. Eur.

Emberiza pithyornus, Pall. Reis. ii. p. 710: Jerd. B. Ind. ii.
p. 370.

a ^ Siberia (J. F. Brandt) 1841. — b $ Gungur Mt. (IP. J '.
E. Boys) 1847.

1163. Emberiza cassia.

Emberiza ccesia, Cretzschm. Rupp. Atlas, p. 17, pi. 10, f. b:
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99: Dresser, B. Eur.

a Smyrna, April (H. E. Strickland) 1836. —6 $ Zante,
23 May (II. E. Strickland) 1836.

1164. Emberiza stewarti.

Euspiza stewarti , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxiii. p. 215.

Emberiza stewarti, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 374.
a (T. G. Eyton) 1850.

A species of Cashmere and the N. W. Himalayas.

FRINGILLIDiE.

237

1165. Emberiza cioides.

Emberiza cioides, Brandt, Bull. Phys.-Math. Ac. St. Petersb.
i. p. 363.

a £ Altai (“ Emberiza cioides, nov. sp.” J F. Brandt) 1842.

A typical specimen.

1166. Emberiza schcenicius.

Emberiza schoeniclus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 311: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1836, p. 99: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 23.

a Oxfordshire, 11 October (A. G. Strickland) 1833. —b £
Worcestershire ( H '. E. Strickland) 1834. — c W. Siberia (J. F.
Brandt) 1844.

1167. Emberiza pyrrhuloides.

Emberiza pyrrhuloides , Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 49; Ic.
pi. 49, f. 1: Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 417.
a Spain (Boissoneau) 1839.

A species of South-Eastern Europe, but not known to occur in
Spain.

1168. Emberiza palnstris.

Emberiza palustris , Savi, Orn. Tosc. ii. p. 91 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 99.

a g Smyrna, 20th November ( H E. Strickland) 1835.

1169. Emberiza passerina.

Embeidza passerina, Pall. Reis. i. p. 456 ; Zoogr. Rosso-As.
i. p. 49: Seebohm, Ibis, 1879, p. 39, pi. 1, f. 1.
a Siberia (J. F. Brandt) 1846,

Euspiza.

Euspiza, Bonaparte, Saggio di una Distr. Met. An. Vert. p.
141 (Aggiunte 1832).

1170. Euspiza americana.

Emberiza americana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 872.

Euspiza americana, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii.
p. 65.

a N. America (Askew) 1833.

288

PASSERES.

1171. Euspiza melanocepliala.

Emberiza melanocepliala, Scop. Ann. i. Hist. Nat. p. 142:
Dresser, B. Eur.

Euspiza melanocepliala, Bp. Comp. List, p. 82.
a £, — b f Zante, 18 May (H, E. Strickland) 1886.

1172. Euspiza luteola.

Emberiza luteola, Sparrm. Mus. Carls. No. 98.

Euspiza luteola, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 378.

Emberiza icterica, Eversm. Add. ad Pall. Zoogr. Bosso-As.
fasc. ii. p. 10.

a (Askew) 1837. — b £ Circa Nov. Alexandrovna, Siberia,
4 May 1840 (J. F. Brandt) 1846. — c $ Benares (If. J. E. Boys)
1847. — d $ N. India (If. J. E. Boys) 1848.

1173. Euspiza aureola.

Emberiza aureola, Pall. Beis. ii. p. 711 : Dresser, B. Eur.
Euspiza aureola, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 380.
a Altai (J. F. Brandt) 1842. — b Siberia (J. F. Brandt)
1844. — c India (“ Emberiza aureola , Pallas/’ E. Blyth) 1846.

Melophus.

Melophus, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 290 (1837).

1174. Meloplras melanicterns.

Fringilla melanictera, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 910.

Melophus melanicterus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 381.

Emberiza erytliroptera, Jard. & Selb. 111. Ora. iii. pi. 132:
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 33.

a Himalaya (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b $ Kumaon ( W. J. E.
Boys) 1847. — c f N. India (W. J. E. Boys) 1848.

Fringillaria.

Fringillaria, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 289 (1838).

1175. Fringillaria capensis.

Emberiza capensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 310.

FMN0ILLIDJ3.

239

Fringillaria capensis, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 374:
Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 151 : Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 206:
Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 70.

a Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope, 18 March (A. Strickland)
1832. — b Cape of Good Hope (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — c
Damara-land ( G . J. Andersson) 1852.

1176. Fringillaria flaviventris,

Passerina flaviventris, Yieill. Enc. Mdfch. p. 929.

Fringillaria flaviventris, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii.
p. 374: Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 206 : Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 70.

a Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1838. —b S. Africa ( Bt . at
Stevens's) 1842.

1177. Fringillaria septemstriata.

Emberiza septemstriata, Rupp. Neue Wirb. p. 86, pi. 30,
f. 2.

Emberiza striolata, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218 ( nee Riip-
pell).

a $ Kordofan, 9 July (J. Petherick) 1848.

This skin seems to be referable to this species rather than to
L. striolata.

1178. Fringillaria impetnani.

Emberiza impetnani, Smith, Rep. S. Af. Exp. App. p. 48.
Fringillaria impetnani, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 206.
a S. Africa ( Gapt . Alexander) 1838.

Plectrophanes.

Plectrophanes, Meyer, Zusatze u. Bericht. z. Meyer u. Wolfs
Taschenb. deutsch. Yog. p. 56 (1822).

1179. Plectrophanes nivalis.

Emberiza nivalis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 308.

Plectrophanes nivalis, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 1 :
Dresser, B. Eur. : Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. i. p. 512.

a Britain (N. G. Strickland ) 1838. — b, — c (. Arthur Strick-
land) 1840. — d Govt, of St Petersburg (J, F. Brandt) 1841.
— e Canada ( Barnes ) 1848.

240

PASSERES.

1180. Plectrophanes lapponicus.

Fringilla lapponica , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 317.

Plectrophanes lapponicus, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. in
p. 15: Dresser, B. Enr.

a (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A species found in the northern parts of both the old and new

worlds.

SUBFAMILY.— PLOCEINJE.

Textor.

Textor , Temminck, Pl. CoL Livr. 75 (1828).

1181. Textor niger.

Bubalornis niger, Smith, Rep. S. Afr. Expl. Exp. App. p. 52.
Textor niger , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 150.
Bubalornis erythrorhynchus, Smith, 111. S. Afr. Zool. pl. 64:
Gurney, And. B. Damara-1. p. 165.

a, —b Damara-land, ( G . J. Andersson ) 1852.

Hyphantornis.

Hyphantornis , G. R. Gray, Gen. B. ii. p. 369 (1849).

1182. Hyphantornis capensis.

Oriolus capensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 329.

Hyphantornis capensis, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 59.

Icterus cafer , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 19.

Ploceus aurifrons, Temm. Pl. Col. 175, 176.
a, — b (JSf. G. Strickland) 1838. - — c S. Africa (Bt. at
Stevens's) 1842.

1183. Hyphantornis cucullatus.

Oriolus cucullatus, Mull. Syst. Nat. Suppl. p. 87.
Hyphantornis cucullatus, Gray, H-list. ii. p. 40.

Oriolus textor, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 390.
a Africa ( G . Lloyd) 1838. — b S. Africa (Gaph Alexander)
1838. — c ( Thomas ) 1842. — d ( Thomas ) 1845.

FRINGILLIDJ3.

241

1184. Hyphantornis spilonotns.

Ploceus spilonotus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 92.

Hyphantornis spilonota, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 59.
a W. Africa (. N . C. Strickland) 1838.

A South- African species.

1185. Hyphantornis velatns.

Ploceus velatus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv. p. 132.
Hyphantornis velatus , Finsch & Hartl. v. d. Decken’s Reise,
iv. p. 391.

Ploceus mariquensis, Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. pi. 103.
Hyphantornis mariquensis, Gurney, Ibis, 1868, p. 466, pi. 10.
a Cape of Good Hope (1ST. C. Strickland) 1838.

1186. Hyphantornis luteolus.

Fringilla luteola, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 23.

Ploceus luteolus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217.

Hyphantornis luteola, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 59.
a £ Kordofan, 30 April (J. Petherick) 1848.

1187. Hyphantornis vitellinns.

Fringilla vitellina, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 23.

Hyphantornis vitellina , Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 58.
a Senegal ( Isaacson ) 1840. — b (Bt. at Stevens's) 1845.

1188. Hyphantornis personatus.

Ploceus personatus , Yieill. Gal. des Ois. i. p. 117, pi. 84:
Jard. Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 35, pi. 7.

Hyphantornis personata, Gray, Hand-1, ii. p. 42.
a ( Chapman ) 1849.

Agrees with West- African specimens of this species.

1189. Hyphantornis brachypterns.

Ploceus brachypterns, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 168, pi. 10.
Hyphantornis brachyptera, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 59.
a Senegal ( Isaacson ) 1840.

Agrees with Swainson’s type.

1190. Hyphantornis gnerini.

Ploceus melanotis, Gudr. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 321 : Des Murs,
Yoy. Abyss, vi. p. 110 ( nee Sw.).
s. c.

16

242

PASSERES.

Hyphantornis guerini, G. 14. Gray, Gen. B. ii. p. 364.

Ploceus auricularis, Des Murs, op. cit. Album, Ois. pi. 9, f. 1.
a Abyssinia ( Verreaux ) 1850.

Sycobrotus.

Sycobrotus, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 182 (1851).

1191. Sycobrotus bicolor.

Ploceus bicolor , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxiv. p. 127.
Sycobrotus bicolor , Finsch & Hartl. v. d. Decken’s Beise, iv.
p. 403.

a W. Africa [Bt. at Birmingham ) 1849.

Ploceus.

Ploceus, Cuvier, Begn. Anim. i. p. 363 (1817).

1192. Ploceus philippinus.

Loxia philippina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 305.

Ploceus philippinus, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 209.

Ploceus baya, Blytb, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 945: Jerd. B. Ind. ii.
p. 343.

a £, — b £ Madras [A. Strickland) 1833. — c Malacca [Askew)
1837. — d Malacca [Johnson) 1837. — e Malacca [N. G. Strick-
land) 1838. — -/India [Major Stacey) 1845. — g S. India [“Eu-
plectes philipp ensis,” T. G. Jerdon) 1850. — h India [E. Blyth)
1850.

a, b, c, d and e were all identified by Strickland with the Linnsean
L. philippina (See Walden l. s. c.).

1193. Ploceus manyar.

Fringilla manyar, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 160.

Ploceus manyar, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 348.
a, — b India (“ Ploceus manyar E. Blyth) 1851.

1194. Ploceus bengalensis.

Loxia bengalensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 305.

Ploceus bengalensis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 349.
a India [u Ploceus bengalensis, non-breeding dress,” E. Blyth)
1846. — b India [E. Blyth) 1850. — c India [E. Blyth) 1851. — d
India (“ Ploceus bengalensis, female,” E. Blyth) 1851.

FRINGILLIDiE.

243

1195. Ploceus sanguinirostris.

Loxia sanguinirostris, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 303.

Ploceus sanguinirostris , Finsch & Hartl. v. d. Decken’s Reise,

iv. p. 407.

a [Askew) 1837. — b [N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c [Askew)

1841.

All females or young birds probably belonging to this West*
African species.

1196. Ploceus sethiopicus.

Ploceus sanguinirostris var. cethiopicus, Sundev. Ofv. k. Yet.
Ak. Forh. 1850, p. 126.

Ploceus cethiopicus , Finsch & Hartl. v. d. Decken’s Reise, iv.
p. 409: Finsch, Trans. Z. S. vii. p. 263.

Ploceus sanguinirostris , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218 [nec
Linn.).

a — b f Kordofan, 15 July [J. Petherick) 1848.

Nigrita.

JEthiops , Strickland, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 30.

Nigrita , Fraser, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 145.

1197. Nigrita canicapilla.

AEthiops canicapillus, Strickl. 1. s. c.

Nigrita canicapilla , Fraser, l. s . c.; Zool. Typ. pi. 48.
a $ Fernando Po, 7 March (A. Strickland ) 1833.

The type of this scarce species.

Plocepasser.

Plocepasser , Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. Ay. sub pi. 65 (1836).

1198. Plocepasser mahali.

Plocepasser mahali, Smith, l. s. c.: Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn.
1852, p. 150: Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 166.
a Damara-land [C. J. Andersson ) 1852.

Foudia.

Foudia, Reichenbach, Av. Syst. pi. Ixxix. (1850).

1199. Foudia eminentissima.

Foudia eminentissima , Bp. Consp. i. p. 446.

16—2

244

PASSERES.

Calyphantria eminentissima, Finsch & Hartl. v. d. Decken’s
Reise, iv. p. 406.

a E. Indies ( J . LocJcwood) 1837.

Agrees with Bonaparte’s description of this East- African species.

PYROMELiENA.

Euplectes, Swainson, Zool. 111. ser. 2, sub pi. 37 (1830) ( nec
Leach) : Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 31.

Pyromeloena, Bonaparte, Saggio di una Distr. M et. An. Vert,
p. 141 (Aggiunte 1832).

1200. Pyromelaena orix.

Emberiza orix, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 309.

Pyromelana oryx, Finsch & Hartl. v. d. Decken’s Reise, iv.

p. 410.

a S. Africa ( Gapt . Alexander) 1838. —b Australia (AsJcew)
1840.

The locality assigned to b is no doubt erroneous. The specimen was
unnamed by Strickland who, however, suspected its African origin.

1201. Pyromelana flammiceps.

Euplectes flammiceps, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 186, pi. 13.
Pyromelana flammiceps, Finsch & Hartl. v. d. Decken’s
Reise, iv. p. 414.

a W. Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b (Argent) 1851.
These specimens agree with one in the Swainson collection,
which is probably the type of the species.

1202. Pyromelana franciscana.

Loxia franciscana, Isert, Schrift. Gesellsch. Naturf. Berl. ix.
p. 332, pi. 9.

Pyromelana franciscana, Finsch & Hartl. v. d. Decken’s
Reise, iv. p. 412.

Fringilla ignicolor, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xii. p. 198.
Pyromelana ignicolor, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218.
a Cape of Good Hope (Askew) 1834. — b , — c Kordofan,
September (J. Petherick) 1848.

1203. Pyromelana taha.

Euplectes taha, Smith, III. Zool. S. Afr. pi. 7 : Gurney, in
And. B. Damara-1. p. 171.

FRINGILLIDiE.

245

Ploceus abyssinicus, (Gm.) Strickl. &Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,p.l50.
a Damara-land (C. J. Andersson) 1852.

1204. Pyromelaena capensis.

Loxia capensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 806.

Euplectes capensis, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 32 :
Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 62.

a f Cape of Good Hope, 15 April (A. Strickland) 1832. — b
Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1834. — c W. Africa [Askew] 1837. — d
£ £ W. Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1838. —f (Bt. at Liver-

pool) 1853.

Urobrachya.

Urobrachya, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 447 (1850).

1205. Urobraclxya axillaris.

Vidua axillaris, Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. Av. pi. 17.
Urobrachya axillaris, Bp. 1. s. c.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850. — b ( Argent ) 1851.

A South- African species.

Penthetria.

Penthetria, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 331 (1847).

1206. Penthetria ardens.

Veuve d poitrine rouge, du Gap de Bonne Esptirance, D’Aub.
PI. Enl. 647, unde,

Fringilla ardens, Boddc Tab. PI. Enl. p. 39.

Penthetria ardens, Finsch & Hartl. v. d. Deckens Reise, iv,
p. 423.

Vidua rubritorques, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 174.
a, — b Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

1207. Penthetria macrnra.

Moineau, du Royaume de Juda, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 183, f. 1 unde,
Loxia macroura, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 845.

Penthetria macroura, Finsch & Hartl. v. d. Decken’s Reise,

iv. p. 418.

Fringilla chrysoptera, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xii. p. 214.
Vidua chrysoptera, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 32.
a (Askew) 1834. — b, — c W. Africa ( Johnson ) 1837. — d W.
Africa (F. C. Strickland) 1838.

246

PASSERES.

Sporopipes.

Sporopipes, Caban is, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 332 (1847).

1208. Sporopipes frontalis.

Loxia frontalis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xlvi.

Philetcerus frontalis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218.
Sporopipes frontalis, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 179.
a ( Thomas ) 1842.

A species of North-east Africa.

1209. Sporopipes squamifrons.

Estrelda squamifrons , Smith, Rep. S. Afr. Exp. p. 49; 111.
Zool. S. Afr. pi. 95.

Philetcerus squamifrons, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 150.

Sporopipes squamifrons, Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 177.
a S. Africa (Gapt. Alexander) 1838. — b Damara-land ( C . J.
Andersson ) 1852.

Vidua.

Vidua , Cuvier, Lemons d’An. Comp. i. Tab. ii. (1800).

1210. Vidua paradisea.

Emberiza paradisea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 312.

Vidua paradisea, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 172, pi. 11 : Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218; Contr. Orn. 1850, p. 88. pi. 59: Finsch
& Hartl. v. d. Decken’s Reise, iv. p. 424.

a W. Africa (Robins) 1834. — b (V. C. Strickland) 1838. — c
$ Kordofan, 17 August (J. Petherick) 1848. — d Damara-land
(C. J. Andersson ) 1852.

I can see no difference between the Kordofan and West- African
specimens. The former have been referred to V. Verreauxi by Finsch
& Hartlaub.

1211. Vidua principalis.

Emberiza principalis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 313.

Vidua principalis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218: Finsch &
Hartl. v. d. Decken’s Reise, iv. p. 428.

Vidua erythrorhyncha, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 176, pi. 12.

FRINGILLIDiE.

247

a ( Johnson ) 1837. — b, — c W. Africa (N. C. Strickland)
1838. — d ( Purchased ) 1839. — e, —f Kordofan {J. Petherick)
1850.

Chera.

Chera, G. R. Gray, Gen. B. ii. p. 58 (1849).

1212. Chera progne.

Veuve d ailes rouges, du Cap de Bonne Esperance, D’Aub.
PI. Enl. 635, unde,

Emberiza progne , Bodd. Tab. PI. Enl. p. 39.

Chera progne, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 190.

Emberiza longicauda, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 884.
a S. Africa [N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Hypochera.

Hypochera, Bonaparte, Consp. i. p. 450 (1850).

1213. Hypochera nitens.

Fringilla nitens, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 909.

Fhiletcerus nitens, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218.

Hypochera nitens, Finsch & Hart], v. d. Decken’s Reise, iv.

p. 430.

a Africa [Johnson) 1837. — b $ Kartoum, October [J. Pethe-
rick) 1848.

Spermospiza.

Spermospiza, G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 43 (1840).

1214. Spermospiza hsematina.

Loxia hcematina, Yieill. Enc. Meth. pp. 1007, 1016.
Spermospiza hcematina, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 68.
a Gambia (N. C. Strickland ) 1838.

Spermestes.

Spermestes, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 280 (1837).

1215. Spermestes cuciillatus.

Spermestes cucullata, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 201 : Sharpe, Cat.
Afr. B. p. 64.

a W. Africa [Askew) 1837.

Agrees with Swainson’s type.

248

PASSERES.

Amadina.

Amadina, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 849 (1827).

1216. Amadina erythrocephala.

Loxia erythrocephala, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 849.

Amadina erythrocephala, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 200.
a f — b $ S. Africa ( Gapt . Alexander) 1838.

1217. Amadina fasciata.

Loxia fasciata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 859.

Amadina fasciata, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218.
a Senegal ( Isaacson ) 1840. — b £, — c f Kordofan, 16 July
(J. Petherick) 1848.

Habropyga.

Habropyga, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 331 (1847).

1218. Habropyga csernlescens.

Fringilla ccerulescens, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xii. p. 176.
Estrelda ccerulescens, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 195.
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A West- African species.

Pytelia.

Pytelia, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 280 (1837).

1219. Pytelia melba.

Fringilla melba, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 319.

Pytelia melba, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 150.
a ( Mather ) 1840. — b Damara-land ( G . J. Andersson) 1852.

1220. Pytelia citerior.

Pytelia elegans, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218 ( nec Gm.).
Pytelia citerior, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 151.
a f — b $ Kordofan, August ( J . Petherick) 1848.

The types of this species.

Lagonosticta.

Lagonosticta, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 171 (1851).

1221. Lagonosticta rubrieata.

Fi'ingilla rubrieata, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 27.

FRINGILLIDiE.

249

Estrelda rubricata, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 197.
a S. E. Africa [Argent) 1853.

Spermophaga.

Spermophaga , Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 277 (1837).

1222. Spermophaga margaritata.

Spermophaga margaritata, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 418, pi. 10. '

Spermophaga verreauxi, Des Murs, Icon. Orn. pi. 64.
a Madagascar [Mrs Van der Kemp) 1843.

The specimen described and figured by Des Murs was shot by
Jules Yerreaux at the Cape of Good Hope, so that in all probability
Strickland was misinformed as to the Madagascan origin of his type.

Estrilda.

Estrilda, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 349 (1827).

1223. Estrilda erythronota.

Fringilla erythronotos, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xii. p. 182;
Ois. Chant, pi. 14.

Estrelda erythronota, Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 178.
Estrelda lipiniana, Smith, Rep. S. Afr. Exp. App. p. 49 :
Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 150.

a S. Africa ( Gapt . Alexander) 1838. — b Damara-land ( G . J.
Andersson) 1852.

1224. Estrilda dufresnii.

Fringilla dufresnii, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xii. p. 181.
Estrilda dufresnii , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 197.
a, — b S. Africa [Dr A. Smith).

1225. Estrilda granatina.

Fringilla granatina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 319.

Estrilda granatina, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 150:
Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 199.

a [Askew) 1840. — b [Argent) 1851.

A South-African species.

250

PASSERES.

1228. Estrilda bengala.

Fringilla bengalus, et F. angolensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i.
p. 323.

Fstrelda benghala, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 199.

Estrelda phoenicotis, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 192, pi. 14.
a S. Africa ( Capt . Alexander ) 1838.

1227. Estrilda cinerea.

Fringilla cinerea , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xii. p. 176.
Estrelda cinerea, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 65.
a {F. D. Cartwright) 1846.

A West- African species.

1228. Estrilda astrild.

Loxia astrild, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 303.

Estrilda astrild, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 150.
a, — b Mauritius (A. Strickland) 1832. — c Damara-land
(0. J. Andersson) 1852.

1229. Estrilda amandava.

Fringilla amandava, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 319.

Estrilda amandava, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 37.
Estrelda amandava, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 359.
a Mauritius {Mrs Telfair) 1832. — b {Johnson) 1837. — c,
- — d [N. C. Strickland) 1838. — e Madras (“ Estrelda amandava ”
T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — -f f Benares {W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — g
( Mrs Acland) 1847.

1230. Estrilda bella,

Loxia bella, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xlvi.

Estrilda bella, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 337:
Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 78.

a, — b Australia {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c.

1231. Estrilda temporalis.

Fringilla temporalis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xlviii.
Estrelda temporalis, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 82.
a New South Wales {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

FRINGILLIDiE.

251

Stagonopleura.

Stagonopleura, Reichenbach, Ay. Syst. pi. lxxv. (1850).

1232. Stagonopleura guttata.

Loxia guttata, Shaw, Mus. Lev. ii. p. 47, pi. 12.
Stagonopleura guttata, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 172: Gould,
Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 417.

Fringilla lathami, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 256.
Amadina latliami, Gould, B. Austr. iii. pi. 86.
a, — h New South Wales (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

Tceniopygia.

Tceniopygia, Reich enbach, Singvog. p. 26.

1233. Tseniopygia castanotis.

Amadina castanotis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 105; B. Austr.
iii. pi. 87.

Tceniopygia castanotis, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 419.
a f Yarrundi, Upper Hunter, Australia, 20 March, 1839 (T.
C. Eyton) 1846. — b (Dew gar d) 1851.

Poephila.

Poephila, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 18.

1234. Poephila cincta.

Amadina cincta, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 105; B. Austr. iii.
pi. 93.

Poephila cincta , Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 425.
a New South Wales (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Padda.

Padda, Reichenbach, Av. Syst. pi. lxxvi. (1850).

1235. Padda oryzivora.

Loxia oryzivora, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 302.

Amadina oryzivora, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167.

Padda oryzivora , Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 263.
a E. Indies (. Purchased ) 1839.

Munia.

Munia, Hodgson, As. Res. xix. p. 153 (1836).

1236. Munia maja.

Loxia maja, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 301.

252

PASSERES.

Munia maja, Salvad. Ann. Mns. Genov, v. p. 264.
a { Thomas ) 1842. — b ( Bt . at Stevens's) 1845.

A species of Malacca and the large neighbouring islands.

1237. Munia flaviprymna?

Donacola flaviprymna, Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 80; B. Austr.
iii. pi. 96.

Munia flaviprymna, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 428.
a Cape Upstart, Australia, 20 May {Argent) 1848.

A female or young bird possibly belonging to this species.

1238. Munia malacca,

Loxia malacca, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 302.

Munia malacca , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 352.
a Madras {“ Amadina, malacca ” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b S.
India (“ Amadina malacca” T. C. Jerdon) 1850.

1239. Munia rubronigra.

Munia rubroniger , Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 153: Jerd. B. Ind.
ii. p. 353.

a $ {Bt. at Stevens's) 1845. — b {Bt. at Dresden) 1845.

1240. Munia malabarica.

Loxia malabarica , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 305.

Munia malabarica , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 357.

Lonchura cheet, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 95.
a India {Askew) 1837. — b India {N. G. Strickland) 1838.
— c India (“ Amadina malabarica , Lonchura cheet, Sykes, L. bi-
color, Tickell” E. Blyth) 1846. — d f Benares ( W. J.E. Boys) 1847.

1241. Munia acuticauda.

Munia acuticauda, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 153: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1846, p. 103: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 356.
a Malacca (Bt. at Stevens’s) 1844.

1242. Munia striata.

Loxia striata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 306.

Amadina striata, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 103.

Munia striata, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 356.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A species of Southern India.

FKINGILLIDiE.

253

1243. Munia punctulata.

Loxia punctulata , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 302.

Amadina punctulata, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 38.
Loxia undulata , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 387.

Munia undulata , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 354.
a Mauritius, 14 June ( A . Strickland) 1832. — b (. Mrs
Telfair) 1832. — c, — d [Askew) 1837. — e Madras (“ Amadina
punctularia ,” T. G. Jerdon) 1845. —ff — g — h f Kumaon

(IF. J. E. Boys) 1847,

Ortygospiza.

Ortygospiza, Sundevall, Ofvers. k. Yet. Ak. Forh. 1850, p. 98.

1244. Ortygospiza polyzona.

Fringilla polyzona, Temm. PL Ool. 221, f. 3.

Ortygospiza polyzona , Sundev. 1. s. c.
a W. Africa (A7. C. Strickland) 1838.

Uroloncha.

Uroloncha , Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 173 (1851).

1245. Uroloncha cantans.

Loxia cantans, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 859.

Amadina cantans , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218.

Uroloncha cantans, Cab. 1. s. c.

a ( Thomas ) 1842. — b ( Bt . at Stevens's) 1845. — c Kordofan
(J. Petherick) 1848.

1246. Uroloncha jagori.

Oxycerca jagori, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1872, p. 317: Twedd. Trans.
Z. S. ix. p. 208.

a Philippine Islands, 13 May (. H \ Cuming ) 1840.

254

PASSERES.

FAMILY. — PARADOXORNITHIDiE.

Paradoxornis1.

Paradoxornis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 17.

1247. Paradoxornis ruficeps.

Paradoxornis ruficeps, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 177; J. A. S.
B. xliii. extr. No. p. 117: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 5.

a Arakan (E. Blyth ) 1847. — b India (“ Paradoxornis rufi-
ceps,” E. Blyth) 1851.

FAMILY. — ALAXJDIDBE.

Alauda.

Alauda, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 287 (1766) (partim ).

1248. Alanda arvensis.

Alauda arvensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 287 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 99: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 614: Dresser, B.
Eur.

a £ juv. Worcestershire {H. E. Strickland) 1833. — b £
Worcestershire, January {H. E. Strickland) 1834. — c £ Smyrna,
28 December ( H . E. Strickland) 1835.

1249. Alauda gulgula.

Alauda gulgida , Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 119: Blyth, J.
A. S. B. xiii. p. 961: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 434.

Alauda gracilis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 201.
a India {Askew) 1837. — b India (“ Alauda gulgula, Bengal
tar.” E. Blyth) 1846. — c Madras (“ Alauda gulgula ,” T. G.
Jerdon) 1850. — d India (“ Alauda gulgula ,” E. Blyth) 1851.
- — e India (E. Blyth) 1851.

i Tlie right position of this genus has been and still is a matter of doubt.
Various places have been assigned to it, such as the families Timeliidse, Paridae,
and in the neighbourhood of the Buntings. A close relationship to the genus
Panurus has also been suggested.

ALAUDIDiE.

255

1250. Alauda arborea.

Alauda arborea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 287: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 99: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 625: Dresser, B. Eur.

a £ juv. Aberdovey, August (H. E. Strickland) 1833. — b $
Smyrna, 12 November ( H . E. Strickland ) 1835. — c ( Bt . at
Stevens’s) 1845.

Pyrrhulauda.

Pyrrlmlauda , Gray, Gen. B. ii. p. 281 (1844).

1251. Pyrrhulauda grisea.

Alauda grisea, Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Insubr. ii. p. 95.
Pyrrhidauda grisea, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 37:
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 424.

Alauda gingica, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 795.

Pyrrhulauda gingica, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167.
a India (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b (N. G. Strickland)
1838. — c India (Bt. at Stevenss) 1845. — d Madras (“Pyrrhu-
lauda gingica T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — e £ Marwar (W.J.E.
Boys) 1847. — f $ Jucknie (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — g S. India
(“ Pyrrhulauda gingica ” T. G. Jerdon) 1850. — h (Bt. at Edin-
burgh) 1850.

Calendula.

Galendida, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 2.92 (1837).

1252. Calendula crassirostris.

Alauda crassirostris , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. i. p. 373.
Galendula crassirostris, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 636.
a S. Africa (Bt. at Aberystwith) 1833. — b (Askew) 1834.

Melanocorypha.

Melanocorypha, Boie, Isis, 1828, p. 322.

1253. Melanocorypha yeltoniensis.

Alauda yeltoniensis, Forst. Phil. Trans, lvii. p. 350.
Melanocorypha yeltoniensis, Dresser, B. Eur.

Alauda tartarica, Pall. Beise, ii. p. 707.
a Govt, of Orenburg (/. F. Brandt) 1841.

256

PASSERES.

1254. Melanocorypha calandra.

Alauda calandra, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 288: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 99.

Melanocorypha calandra , Dresser, B. Eur.
a £, - — b f Smyrna, 2 & 11 January (H. E. Strickland) 1836.

Calandrella.

Calandrella, Kaup. Naturl. Syst. p. 39 (1829).

1255. Calandrella bracliydactyla.

Alauda brachydactyla, Leisl. Wett. Anna! iii. p. 357, pi. 19:
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 637.

Calandrella brachydactyla , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 426: Dresser,
B. Eur.

Emberiza baghaira, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830—1, p. 119.
Coryphidea bagheira, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 961.

Alauda dukhunensis, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 93.
a Athens, April 1839 ( Bt . at Dresden) 1845. —5 Madras
(“ Alauda dukhunensis (bagheira)” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — c India
(“ Coryphidea bagheira ” E. Blyth) 1846.

1256. Calandrella cinerea.

Alauda cinerea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 798.

Tephrocorys cinereus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 633.

Alauda spleniata, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 152.
a (Y C. Strickland ) 1838. — b S. Africa (Dr A. Smith, No.
121). — c (Bt. at Stevens’s) 1843. — d Damara-land (C. J. An -
dersson) 1852.

d is the type of A. spleniata , Strickland.

Alaudula.

Alaudala, Horsfield & Moore, Cat. B. E. I. Mus. ii. p. 471
(1856).

1257. Alaudula raytal.

Alauda raytal , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 962.

Alaudala raytal, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 428.
a f (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — b India (Major Stacey).

ALAUDID.E.

257

Spizalauda.

Spizalauda, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxiv. p. 258 (1855).

1258. Spizalauda deva.

Alauda deva, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 92.

Spizalauda deva , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 432.

Mirafra hayi, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 959.
a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — b S. India (“ Mirafra hayi”
T. G. Jerdon) 1850.

Galerita.

Galerida, Boie, Isis, 1828, p. 321.

1259. Galerita cristata.

Alauda cristata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 288: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 9.9.

Galerita cristata, Dresser, B. Eur.

Galerida cristata, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 436.
a $ Smyrna, 4 December (H. E. Strickland) 1835. — b
(Askew) 1837. — c S. India (Bt. at Stevens s) 1843. — d Madras
(T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — e £ N. India (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

Both b and d are in bad condition and I am doubtful if they are
correctly referred to G. cristata.

1260. Galerita isabellina.

Alauda isabellina, Temm. PI. Col. 244, f. 2.

Galerida cristata ? Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 218,
a g Kartoum, October (J. Petherick) 1848,

Certhilauda.

Gerthilauda, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 344 (1827),

1261. Certhilauda capensis.

Sirli du Gap dc Bonne Esperance, D’Aub. PL Enl. 712, undb,
Alauda capensis, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 45.

Gerthilauda capensis, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 615.

Alauda africana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 798.
a £ Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1833.

s. c.

17

258

PASSERES.

Alcemon.

Alcemon } Keyserling & Blasius, Wirb. Eur. pp. xxxvi. 94
(1840).

1262. Alsemon semitorquata.

Certhilauda semitorquata , Smith, Rep. S. Afr. Exp. p. 47.
Alcemon semitorquata , Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 620.
Certhilauda rufopalliata , Lafr. Mag. Zool. 1836, Cl. ii. pi. 59.
a S. Africa (Bt. at Stevens's) 1842.

1263. Alsemon nivosa.

Certhilauda nivosa, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 213.

Alcemon nivosa , Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 623.

Alauda lagepa, Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. pi. 87, f. 2.
a S. Africa (Dr A. Smith , 368).

Ammomanes.

Ammomanes, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 125 (1851).

1264. Ammomanes phoenicnrus.

Mir afr a phcenicura, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830—1, p. 119.
Ammomanes phoenicur a, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 421.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Assa ( W . J. E. Boys) 1847.
— c S. India {T. C. Jerdon) 1850.

1265. Ammomanes erythropygia.

Alauda erythropygia, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219, pL 24.
a $ Kordofan, 9 July (J. Petherick) 1848.

The type of this species.

1266. Ammomanes erythroclamys.

Alauda erythroclamys, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 151.
Ammomanes erythroclamys, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 628.
a Damara-land ( G . J. Andersson) 1852.

The type of this species.

Mirafra.

Mirafra , Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 159 (1820).

1267. Mirafra assamica.

Mirafra assamica, Horsf. P. Z. S. 1839, p. 162: Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 416.

ALAUDIDJS.

259

a {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b India (“ Mirafra assamica,”
E. Blyth) 1846. — c, — d India (E. Blyth) 1846. — e India
(“ Mirafra assamica,” E. Blyth) 1851.

1268. Mirafra affinis.

Mirafra affinis , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 959: Jerd. B. Ind.
ii. p. 417 : Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii. extra No. p. 95.

a Madras, September (A. Strickland) 1833. — b Madras
(“ Mirafra affinis, malabaricaV ’ T. C. Jerdon) 1845. ■ — c Arakan
(E. Blyth) 1847.

a was referred by Strickland to Alauda malabarica of Scopoli, a
name of doubtful application which has been associated with several
different species.

1269. Mirafra erythroptera.

Mirafra erythroptera , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 958: Jerd.
111. Ind. Orn. pi. 38; B. Ind. ii. p. 418.

a {Askew) 1837. — b £ N. India {W. J. E. Boys) 1848. — c
S. India (“ Mirafra erythroptera,” T. G. Jerdon) 1850.

b has a small bill but otherwise resembles c. It is apparently an
immature bird.

1270. Mirafra cantillans.

Mirafra cantillans , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 960: Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 420.

a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — b S. India (“ Mirafra cantil-
lans,” T. C. Jerdon) 1850.

1271. Mirafra africana.

Mirafra africana , Smith, Bep. S. Afr. Exp. App. p. 47:
Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 642.

a {Askew) 1834. — b S. Africa (Z>r A. Smith, 137).

1272. Mirafra apiata.

Alauda apiata, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. i. p. 342.

Mirafra apiata , Sharpe, P, Z. S. 1874, p. 638.
a {Gardner).

A South- African species.

17—2

260

PASSERES.

1273. Mirafra sabota.

Mirafra sabota, Smith, Rep. S. Afr. Exp. App. p. 47:
Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 645.

Megalophonus chineanus, Gray, Hand-1. B. ii. p. 122 (nee
Smith).

a S. Africa (Askew) 1840.

1274. Mirafra nsevia.

Alauda ncevia, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 152.

Mirafra ncevia , Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 646.
a Damara-land (G. J. Andersson ) 1852.

The type of this species.

Otocorys.

Otocoris, Bonaparte, Faun. Ital. Ucc. fol. * * * * (1839).

1275. Otocorys alpestris.

Alauda alpestris, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 289.

Otocorys alpestris , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 604 : Dres-
ser, B. Eur.

Alauda cornuta, Wils. Am. Orn. i. p. 85, pi. 5, f. 4.
a N. America (Thomas) 1843. — b Siberia (J. F. Brandt )
1846.

1276. Otocorys penicillata.

Alauda penicillata, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 126.

Otocorys penicillata , Dresser, B. Eur.

Otocoris longirostris, Moore, P. Z. S. 1855, p. 215, pi. 111.
a N. India (Bt. at Stevens's). — b circa Nov. Alexandrovna,
4 Mai 1840 (J. F. Brandt) 1846.

b is marked hy Prof. Brandt “ Alauda alpestris , Linn. (A. nivalis ,
Pall.).”

SECTION.— OSCINES CULTRIROSTRES.

FAMILY. — ICTERIDiE.

OSTINOPS.

Ostinops , Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 187 (1851).

1277. Ostinops decumanus.

Xanthornus decumanus, Pall. Spic. Zool. vi. p. 1, pi. 1.

ICTERIDiE.

261

Ostinops decumanus , Salv. & Godm. Ibis, 1879, p. 200.
Oriolus cristatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 887.

Ostinops cristatus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 127.
a Brazil {Askew) 1837. — b Brazil {N. 0. Strickland) 1838.

1278. Ostinops viridis.

Oriolus viridis , Mull. Syst. Nat. Suppl. p. 87.

Cassicus viridis , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. v. p. 364.

Ostinops viridis , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 128.
a Guiana {Schomburgk) .

Cacicus.

Cacicus, Daudin, Traitd d’Orn. ii. p. 322 (1800).

1279. Cacicus persicus.

Oriolus persicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 161.

Cassicus persicus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 128.
a S. America {Askew) 1834. — b Brazil (W. Kirtland) 1838.

1280. Cacicus hasmorrlious.

Oriolus hcemorrhous, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 161 ( partim ).
Cacicus hcemorrhous , Daud. Traite d’Orn. ii. p. 328: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 129.

a Brazil {Bt. at Aberystwith) 1833. — b Brazil {Askew) 1834.
— c {Askew) 1834. — d Brazil {X. C. Strickland) 1838. — e Brazil
{G. Lloyd) 1838.

1281. Cacicus leucorhamphus.

Xanthornus leucorhamphus , Bp. Atti Sc. Ital. 1845, p. 405.
Cassiculus leucorhamphus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 129.

Cassicus leucorhamphus, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. p. 36.
a {N. C. Strickland ) 1838. — b , — c Bogota {Stevens) 1845.

1282. Cacicus albirostris.

Cassicus albirostris , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. v. p. 364.
Cassiculus albirostris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 129.

Xanthornus chrysopterus , Vig. Zool. Journ. ii. p. 190, suppl.
pi. 9.

a {Askew) 1834.

262

PASSERES.

1283. Cacicus holosericeus.

Sturnus holosericens, Licht. Preis. Yerz. Mex. Yog. p. 1;
J. f. Orn. 1863, p. 55.

Amblyrhamphus prevosti, Less. Cent. Zool. p. 159, pi. 54.
Cassiculus prevosti, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 129.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845.

Lichtenstein’s name I have no doubt applies to this bird.

1284. Cacicns solitarius.

Gassicus solitarius, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. v. p. 364.
Cassiculus solitarius, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 130.
a Brazil ( Osborn ) 1845.

Icterus.

Icterus, Brisson, Ora. ii. p. 85 (1760).

1285. Icterus baltimore.

Oriolus baltimore, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 162.

Icterus baltimore , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 130: Baird, Brew. &
Bidgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 195.

a N. America {Askew) 1833. — b, — c N. America (A*. G.
Strickland) 1838. — d f Carlisle, Pennsylvania {S. F. Baird)
1847. — e Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1848.

1286. Icterus abeillsci.

Xanthornus abeillei, Less. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 101.

Icterus abeillcei, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 187, pi. 94.
a Mexico {T. Mann ) 1844.

1287. Icterus spurius.

Oriolus spurius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 162.

Icterus spurius , et I. affinis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 130.

Icterus spurius, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 190.
a N. America {Askew) 1834. • — b N. America {Johnson)
1837. — c N. America (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — d N. America
{Askew) 1838. — e $ Mexico {Galeotti) 1845. — f, — g Guate-
mala {J. Constancia) 1845. — h Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1848.
—i Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1850.

ICTEMDJS.

263

1288. Icterus chrysocephalus.

Oriolus chrysocephalus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 164.

Icterus chrysocephalus, Cab. Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 680: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 131.

a £ Guiana ( Schomburglc ).

1289. Icterus cayennensis.

Oriolus cayennensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 163.

Icterus cayennensis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 131.
a Brazil (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

Tliis specimen having black thighs agrees with the Guianan
species of this form.

1290. Icterus tibialis.

Icterus tibialis, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 302.
a Brazil (Askew) 1834. — b Brazil (Burl) 1834. — c Brazil
(A. G. Strickland) 1838.

1291. Icterus wagleri.

Icterus wagleri, Scl. P. Z. S. 1857, p. 7; Cat. Am. B. p. 131.
a, — b Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1845.

a is the specimen referred to by Strickland (Contr. Orn. 1850, p.
120) as probably a more adult example of the species he there
described as I. prosthemelas.

1292. Icterus auricapillus.

Icterus auricapillus, Cassin, Journ. Ac. Phil. ser. 2, i. pi. 16,
f. 2: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 132.

a (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Bogota (Bt. at Stevens's ) 1845.
f-1293. Icterus giraudi.

Icterus giraudii, Cassin, Journ. Ac. Phil. ser. 2, i. p. 138:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 133.

a, — b Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1848. — c (Bt. at Birming-
ham) 1850.

c is a skin of Bogota make.

1294. Icterus xanthornus.

Oriolus xanthornus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 391.

Icterus xanthornus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 133.

264

PASSERES.

a West Indies {N. C. Strickland) 1834. - — b Trinidad
{Staunton) 1843. — c, — d Trinidad {Argent) 1851.

1295. Icterus vulgaris.

Oriolus icterus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 161.

Icterus vulgaris , Daud. Traite d’Orn. ii. p. 340: Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 143.

a {Arthur Strickland) 1840.

A Venezuelan species.

1296. Icterus jamacaii.

Oriolus jamacaii, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 391.

Icterus jamacaii, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 133.
a Bahia {S. Button) 1846.

1297. Icterus pectoralis.

Psarocolius pectoralis, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 755.

Icterus pectoralis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 134.
a Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1845.

1298. Icterus pustulatus.

Psarocolius pustulatus, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 757.

Icterus pustulatus, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 47, pi. 24.
a f Mexico ( Galeotti ) 1845.

1299. Icterus leucopteryx.

Psarocolius leucopteryx , Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 22, p. 10.
Icterus leucopteryx, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 226: Scl. Cat. Am. B.

p. 134.

a $ Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

Dolichonyx.

Bolichonyx, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 351 (1827).

1300. Doliclionyx oryzivorus.

Emberiza oryzivora , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 311.

Bolichonyx oryzivora, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 134: Baird, Brew.
& Bidgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 149.

a N. America ( N . G. Strickland) 1838. — b N. America, 1838.
— c N. America (Askeiv) 1838. — d {Havell) 1839. — e, — f
Bolivia ( Argent ) 1852.

ICTERIDiE.

265

Molothrus.

Moloihrus , Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, p. 494 (1831).

1301. Molothrus pecoris.

Fringilla pecoris, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 910.

Molothrus pecoris , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 154.
a N. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1302. Molothrus seneus.

Psarocolius ceneus, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 758.

Molothrus ceneus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 135.
a Guatemala ( J . Constancia) 1845. — 5, — c Guatemala
(J. Constancia) 1848.

1303. Molothrus bonariensis.

Tanagra bonariensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 898.

Molothrus bonariensis, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 193.

Icterus sericeus , Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 19.

Molothrus sericeus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 135.
a S. America (Askew) 1834. — b Brazil (Johnson) 1837. — c
Brazil (Askew) 1837. — d , — e (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — f
(Askew) 1840. — g (Thomas) 1842.

1304. Molothrus atronitens.

Molothrus atronitens, Cab. Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 682.
a Bogota? (Bt. at Stevens's) 1845.

Agrees with specimens of this small race of M. bonariensis found
in Guiana. The habitat ‘Bogota’ assigned to it is probably erroneous.

Agel,eus.

Agelaius, Vieillot, Anal. p. 33 (1816).

1305. Ageleeus phoenicseus.

Oriolus phcenicceus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 161.

Agelceus phoenicceus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 135 : Baird, Brew.
& Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 159.

a N. America (JST. G. Strickland) 1829. — b N. America
(Johnson). — c, — d, — e N. America (Askew) 1834. —f
Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848. — g N. America.

266

PASSERES.

1308. Agelseus tliilins.

Turdus thilius, Mol. Sagg. sulla St. Nat. Chili (8vo. ed.)
p. 250.

Agelasticus thilius , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 136.

Xanthornus chrysocarpus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1832, p. 3.
a, — b Chili ( Tucker ) 1838.

1307. Agelaeus cyanopns.

Agelaius cyanopus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv. p. 552.
Lampropsar cyanopus , Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 194.
a ( Gardner ) 1845.

A Brazilian species.

Xanthocephalus.

Xanthocephalus, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 431 (1850).

1308. Xanthocephalus icterocephalus.

Icterus icterocephalus , Bp. Am. Orn. i. p. 27, pi. 3, f. 1, 2.
Xanthocephalus icterocephalus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 136:
Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 167.

Icterus xanthocephalus, Bp. Journ. Ac. Phil. v. p. 222.
a (X. G. Strickland) 1838.

A North- American species.

Xanthosomus.

Xanthosomus, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 189 (1851).

1309. Xanthosomus frontalis.

Agelaius frontalis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv. p. 545.
Xanthosomus frontalis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 136.
a [X. G. Strickland) 1839. — h ( Thomas ) 1842.

1310. Xanthosomus icterocephalus.

Oriolus icterocephalus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 163.
Xanthosomus icterocephalus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 136.
a Cayenne {N. G. Strickland ) 1838. — b ( Thomas ) 1840.
— c ( Stevens ) 1845. — d Trinidad ( Argent ) 1851. — e {Argent)
1851.

ICTERIDiE.

267

1311. Xanthosomus flavus.

Oriolus flavus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 389.

Xanthosomus flavus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 137.
a ( Thomas ) 1842.

A species of Southern Brazil and the Argentine Republic.

Amklyrhamphus.

Amblyrhamphus, Leach, Zool. Misc. i. p. 81 (1814).

1312. Amfolyrhamplms holosericeus.

XantJiornus holosericeus, Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Insubr. ii.

p. 88.

Amblyrhamphus holosericeus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 137.

Oriolus ruber, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 388.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Gymnomystax.

Gymnomystax, Reichenbach, Ay. Syst. pl. lxxiii. (1850).

1313. Gymnomystax melanicterns.

Agelaius melanicterns, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxvi.
p. 536.

Gymnomystax melanicterns, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 137.
a Trinidad {Argent) 1852.

PSEUDOLEISTES.

Pseudoleistes, Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 137 (1862).

1314. Pseudoleistes viridis.

Oriolus viridis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 395.

Pseudoleistes viridis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 137.

Agelaius guirahuro, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv. p. 545.
a Brazil {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Leistes.

Leistes, Vigors, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 191 (1825).

1315. Leistes gnianensis.

Oriolus guianensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 162.

268

PASSERES.

Leistes guianensis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 188.

Tanagra militarise Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 816.
a , — b, — c ( Tucker ) 1838. — d (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A species of the Northern parts of South- Am erica* a and b are
both skins of Cayenne make.

Sturnella.

Sturnella, Vieillot, Anal. p. 84 (1816).

1316. Stnrnella militaris.

Sturnus militaris , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 803.

Sturnella militaris , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 138.
a S. America (N. G. Strickland ) 1838. • — b Falkland Is.
(Gapt. McMurdo ) 1845.

1317. Sturnella ludoviciana.

Sturnus ludovicianus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 290.

Sturnella ludoviciana , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 31 :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 139.

a N. America {A shew) 1834. — b N. America (N. G. Strick-
land) 1838. — c Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848. — d Trinidad
{Argent) 1851.

CURALUS.

Gurceus , Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 139 (1862).

1318. Curseus aterrimus.

Turdus curceus, Mol. Sagg. sulla St. Nat. Chili (8vo. ed.)
p. 252.

Curceus aterrimus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 139.
a Chili {N. G, Strickland ) 1838.

SCOLECOPHAGUS.

Scolecophagus, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, p. 494
(1831).

1319. Scolecophagus ferrugineus.

Oriolus ferrugineus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 393.

Scolecophagus ferrugineus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 140.

ICTERIDiE.

269

a N. America {N. G. Strickland) 1833. — b N. America {N.
C. Strickland) 1838. — c Prince Edward’s Island (Bt. at Stevens’s)
1843.

1320. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus.

Psarocolius cyanocephalus, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 758.
Scolecophagus cyanocephalus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 140.
Scolecophagus mexicanus , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 302.
a Mexico {Askew) 1839.

Lampropsar.

Lampropsar, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 333 (1847).

1321. Lampropsar guianensis.

Lampropsar guianensis, Cab. Schomb. Guian. iii. p, 682.
a Brazil? {Argent) 1852.

Probably a Bolivian skin. It agrees with Guiana specimens
referable to this species.

1322. Lampropsar warszewiezi.

Lampropsar warszewiezi , Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 83.
a Brazil? {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

This skin probably came from Peru.

1323. Lampropsar dives.

Lampropsar dives , Bp. Consp. i. p. 425: Cab. Mus. Hein. i.
p. 194.

Quiscalus sumichrasti, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 140.
a Mexico {Brandt, Hamburg) 1845.

Quiscalus.

Quiscalus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 36 (1816).

1324. Quiscalus versicolor.

Quiscalus versicolor, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxviii. p. 488:
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 31 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 140.

a N. America {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b America {W.
Kirtland) 1838. — c {Mansfield) 1839. — d {Arthur Strickland)
1840. — e {Askew) 1841. — f {Gardner) 1845. — g Illinois {T.
Dunn) 1851.

270

PASSERES.

^1325. Quiscalus macrurus.

Quiscalus macrourus, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 299.

Quiscalus macrurus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 141.
a, — b, — c Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1845.

*1326. Quiscalus assimilis,

Quiscalus assimilis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 141.
a Columbia ( Galeotti ) 1845.

1327. Quiscalus tenuirostris.

Quiscalus tenuirostris , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 299: Cassin,
Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, p. 411.

a { Thomas ) 1840. — b Mexico ( Brandt , Hamburg) 1845.

1328. Quiscalus lugubris.

Quiscalus lugubris, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 299 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 141.

a { Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Brazil ( Bt . at Stevens's)
1844. — c (Bt. at Stevens's) 1845. — d, — e $ Trinidad {Argent)
1851.

1329. Quiscalus crassirostris.

Quiscalus crassirostris , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 355: Gosse, B.
Jam. p. 217.

a Jamaica {J. Gould) 1846. — b Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

1330. Quiscalus subalaris.

Quiscalus subalaris , Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 70: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 141.

a {Bt. at Stevens's) 1844.

A species found in Columbia.

Aphobus.

Aphobus, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 194 (1851).

1331. Aphobus chopi.

Agelaius chopi , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv. p. 537.
Aphobus chopi , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 141.

Icterus sulcirostris , Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 67, pi. 64, f. 2.
a S. America {Bt. at Stevens's) 1843.

STURNIDiE.

271

Cassidix.

Cassidix, Lesson, Traits d’Orn. p. 433 (1831).

1332. Cassidix oryzivora.

Oriolus oryzivorus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 386.

Cassidix oryzivora, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 142.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil (Ar. C. Strick-
land) 1838. — c ( Stevens ) 1844. — d Bogota ( Gardner ) 1845.

FAMILY. — STU RNIDiE.

SUBFAMILY.— STURNIN^E.

Gracula.

Gracula, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 164 (1766) ( partim ).

1333. Gracula religiosa,

Gracula religiosa , Linn. 1. s. c.

Eulabes religiosa, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 337.

Eulabes indicus, Cuv. Regne An. i. p. 377.

a (Askew) 1834. — b India (Bt. at Stevens’s) 1843. — c S.
India (“ Gracula religiosa ” T. C. Jerdon) 1850.

1334. Gracula intermedia.

Gracula intermedia, Hay, Madr. Journ. xiii. p. 156: Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 339.

Eulabes vel Gracula religiosa, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 84 ( nec
Linn.).

Gracula religiosa , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 30.
a Malacca (W. Kirtland) 1843. — b Nepal (B. H. Hodgson)
1845.

Sarcops.

Sarcops, Walden, Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 205 (1875) vice Gymnops
auctt. nec Spix.

1335. Sarcops calvus.

Gracida calva, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 164.

Sarcops calvus, Wald. 1. s. c.

a, — b Philippine Islands (J. Goidd) 1846.

272

PASSERES.

Pastor.

Pastor, Temminck, Man. d’Orn. p. 136 (1815).

1336. Pastor roseus.

Turdus roseus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 294.

Pastor roseus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 333 : Newton, ed. Yarr.
Brit. B. ii. p. 243: Dresser, B. Eur.

a Madras ( Stuchbury ) 1836. — b Orkney ( Forbes ) 1837. — c
Malacca (N. G. Strickland) 1838. —d Madras {T. G. Jerdon)
1845. — e S. India (T. G. Jerdon) 1850. — -f ( Bt . at Liverpool)
1852.

Acridotheres.

Acridotheres, Vieillot, Anal. p. 42 (1816).

1337. Acridotheres tristis,

Paradisea tristis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 167.

Pastor tristis, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 84.

Acridotheres tristis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 325.
a Mauritius (A. Strickland ) 1832. — b, — c Ceylon ( Gapt .
Pearson ) 1841. — d Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson, 303) 1845. — e ( Bt .
at Liverpool) 1853.

1338. Acridotheres cristatellus.

Gracula cristatella, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 164.

Acridotheres cristatellus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167 :
Swinh. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 384 : Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p, 202.
a Chusan, China (P. L. Sclater) 1847.

1339. Acridotheres ginginianus.

Turdus ginginianus, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 362.

Acridotheres ginginianus, Je d. B. Ind. ii. p. 326.
a India (“ Acridotheres ginginianus ,” E. Blyth) 1846. — b £
Kumaon (W. J. E. Boys ) 1847.

1340. Acridotheres fuscus.

Pastor fuscus, Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 6, p. 8.

Acridotheres fuscus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 327.

Maina cristatelloides, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. v. p. 773.
a Nepal (J 5. H. Hodgson, 304) 1845. — b £ Kumaon ( W. J. E.
Boys) 1847.

STURNIDiE.

273

Temenuckus.

Temenuckus, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 204 (1851).

1341. Temenuclms pagodarum.

Tardus pagodarum, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 816.

Temenuckus pagodarum, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 329.
a E. Indies (IV. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (Bt. at Stevens s)
1844.

1342. Temenuclms malabaricus.

T urdus malabaricus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 816.

Pastor malabaricus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 35.

Acridotheres malabaricus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167.
Temenuckus malabaricus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 330.

Pastor malabaricus ? v. caniceps, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 84.
a Nepal (. B . H. Hodgson, 271) 1845. — b, — c India (“ Sturnia
malabarica ” E. Blyth) 1846. — d £ Bohilkund [W. J. E. Boys)
1847. — e India [Major Stacy).

1343. Temenuclms blytki.

Pastor blytlii, Jerdon, Madras Journ. xiii. p. 133 ; 111. Ind.
Orn. pi. 22.

Temenuckus blytki, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 331.
a India ( Fenton ) 1844.

Sturnia.

Sturnia, Lesson, Compl. Buff. ix. p. 53 (1837).

1344. Sturnia sturnina.

Gracula sturnina, Pail. Beis. iii. p. 695 : Wald. Trans. Z. S.
ix. p. 204.

a, — b Malacca (IV. G. Strickland) 1838.

Dilophus.

Dilophus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 34 (1816).

1345. Diloplius carunculatus.

Gracula carunculata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 399.

Dilophus caruncidatus, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p.
149: Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 177.

s. c.

18

274

PASSERES.

a {Askew) 1834. — b $ Cape of Good Hope (Y. C. Strickland)
1838.

Sturnus.

Sturnus , Linnseus, Sjst. Nat. i. p. 290 (1766) ( partim ).

1346. Sturnus vulgaris.

Sturnus vulgaris , Linn. 1. s. c.\ Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100 :
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 321 : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 228,
Dresser, B. Eur.

Sturnus indicus, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 84.

a , - — b Worcestershire [H. E. Strickland) 1830. — c Oxford-
shire, 17 September [N. C. Strickland ) 1833. — d young Wor-
cestershire, 20 June {H. E. Strickland) 1837. — e Nepal ( B . H.
Hodgson , 306) 1845. — f India (“ Sturnus indicus ,” E. Blgth)
1846.

1347. Sturnus unicolor.

Sturnus unicolor, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 133 : Dresser, B.

Eur.

a Egypt? (. N ’ G. Strickland) 1838.

Sturnopastor.

Sturnopastor, Hodgson, Zool. Misc. p. 84 (1844).

1348. Sturnopastor jaila.

Pastor j alia, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 155.

Sturnopastor j alia, Bp. Consp. i. p. 420,
a £, — b Java {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

SUBFAMILY. — LAMPROTORNITHINiE.

Lamprotornis.

Lamprotornis , Temminck, Man. d’Orn. i. p. Iv. (1820).

1349. Lamprotornis geneus.

Turdus ceneus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 818.

Lamprotornis ceneus, Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen, iv. p. 44.
Lamprotornis longicauda, Sw. Orn. W. Afr. i. p. 148, pi. 7.
a Senegal (N. G . Strickland) 1838.

STURNIDiE.

275

1350. Lamprotornis australis.

Megalopterus australis , Smith, Rep. S. Afr. Exp. App. p. 52.
Juida australis , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 149:
Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 158.

Lamprotornis burchelli, Smith, L s. c. : Haiti. Abh. Nat.
Yer. Bremen, iv. p. 50.

a Damara-land ((7. J. Andersson) 1852.

Lamprocolius.

Lamprocolius, Sundevall, K. Yet. Ac. Handl. 1835, p. 104.

1351. Lamprocolius splexididus.

Turdus splendidus , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 252.
Lamprocolius splendidus , Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen, iv .

p. 54.

Lamprotornis chrysonotis, Sw. Orn. W. Afr. i. p. 143, pi. 6.
a ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A West- African species.

1352. Lamprocolius auratus.

Merle violet , du Royaume de Juda, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 540, unde,,
Turdus auratus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 819.

Lamprocolius auratus, Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen, iv.

p. 57.

Turdus splendens, Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 30, pi. 7L
a ( Kirtland ) 1838. — b Senegal? (Weaver) 1843.

A West- African species.

1353. Lamprocolius chalyfeeius.

Lamprotornis chalybcea, Hempr. & Ehr. Symb. Phys. Aves,

foL y, pi. 10.

Juida chalybea, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217.

Lamprocolius chalybceus, Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen, iv.

p. 61.

a W. Africa ( Mather ) 1840. — b Africa (Bt. at Stevens's)
1843. — c Kordofan, 20 June (J. Petherich) .1848.

1354. Lamprocolius chloropterus.

Lamprotornis chloropterus , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 359.

18—2

276

PASSERES.

Lamprocolius chloropterus, Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen, vi.
p. 64

a Senegal? ( Weaver ) 1843.

A West- African species.

1355. Lamprocolius phoenicopterus.

Lamprotornis phoenicopterus, Svv. An. in Menag. p. 360.
Lamprocolius phoenicopterus, Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1.
p. 160: Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen, iv. p. 67.

Spreo hispecularis, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 149.
a Cape of Good Hope ( Bt . at Stevens's) 1843. — h, — c
(Arthur Strickland) 1850. — d Damara-land (0. J. Andersson)
1852.

d is the type of S. hispecularis , Strickl., and is smaller than is
usual in specimens of L. phoenicopterus . But as the difference is slight
and apparently not constant, I think Mr Gurney (l. s. c.) right in
recognizing only a single species.

1356. Lamprocolius melanogaster.

Lamprotornis melanogaster, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 297.
Lamprocolius melanogaster, Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen,
iv. p. 72.

a South Africa ( Gardner ) 1845.

Pholidauges.

Pholidauges , Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 198 (1851).

1357. Pholidauges leucogaster.

Turdus leucogaster, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 819.

Pholidauges leucogaster, Cab. 1. s. c. : Finsch & Hartl. v. d.
Decken’s Beise, iv. p. 376 : Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen, iv.
p. 76.

Lamprotornis leucogaster, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 152, pi. 8.
a W. Africa (W. Kirtland) 1838. — h $ Senegal (G. Lloyd)
1838.

Spreo.

Spreo, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 407 (1831), as a subgenus.

1358. Spreo bicolor.

Turdus hicolor, Gm. Syst. Nat, i. p. 835.

STURNIM.

277

Notanges bicolor, Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen, iv. p. 83.
a Cape of Good Hope (Askew) 1834.

1359. Spreo pulchra.

Merle a ventre orangd, du Senegal, D’Aub. PL Enl. 358, unde,
T urdus pulcher, Mull. Natursyst. Suppl. p. 139.

Spreo pulchra, Gray, Hand-1, ii. p. 25.

Lamprotornis ruftventris, Rupp. Neue Wirb. Yog. p. 27, pi.

11, f. 1.

Juida rufiventris , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217.

Notanges clirysogaster , Gm. : Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen,
iv. p. 81.

a Africa ( Thomas ) 1840. — b £ Kordofan ( J Petherick)
1848.

Amydrus.

Amydrus , Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 201 (1851).

1360. Amydrus morio.

Turdus morio , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 297.

Amydrus morio, Cab. 1. s. c.: Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen,
iv. p. 89.

a Africa (Askew) 1833. — b Africa (Askew) 1834. — c Cape
of Good Hope (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Pyrrhocheira.

Pyrrhocheira, Reichenbach, Av. Syst. pi. 53 (1850).

1361. Pyrrhocheira caffra.

Coracias caffra, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 159.

Pyrrhocheira caffra, Hartl. Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen, iv. p. 96.
Spreo nabouroup (Baud.), Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 149.

Amydrus caffer, Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 162.
a Damara-land ( G . J. Andersson) 1852.

Aplonis.

Aplonis , Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 73,

1362. Aplonis obscura.

Lamprotornis obscurus, Hu Bus, Bull. Ac. Brux. 1839, i.
p. 297; Esq. Orn, pi. 12.

278

PASSERES.

a ( Bt . at Stevens's } 1845.

Agrees with a Norfolk-Island specimen in the British Museum.

1363. Aplonis brevirostris.

Lamprotornis brevirostris , Peale, U. S. Expl. Exp. viii. p.
Ill (1848).

Aplonis brevirostris, Cassin, U. S. Expl. Exp. viii. p. 126, pi.
7, f. 2: Finsch & Hartl. Faun. Centralpol. p. 105, pi. 10, f. 3.
a Samoan Islands (Rev. T. Heath ) 1846.

A skin in bad condition probably referable to this species.

Calornis.

Galornis, G. 11. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 53 (1841).

1364. Galornis panayensis.

Muscicapa panayensis , Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Insubr. ii.
p. 96.

Galornis panayensis, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 205.

Turdus columbinus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 836.
a Luzon, 14 June (H. Guming) 1839. — b Philippine Islands,
13 May (. H . Guming) 1840. — c ( Garfrae ) 1840. — cl Philippine
Islands (J. Gould) 1846.

1365. Galornis clialybeins.

Turdus chalybeus, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 148.

Galornis chalybcea, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 271.
a Malacca (Johnson) 1837. — b Malacca (Gapt. Nash) 1837.
- — c E. Indies (Hr Horsfield) 1838.

Saraglossa.

Saraglossa, Hodgson, Zool. Misc. p. 84 (1844).

1366. Saraglossa spiloptera.

Lamprotornis spilopterus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 35: Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 34.

Saraglossa spiloptera, Jerd. B Ind. ii. p. 336.
a Himalaya (iV. G Strickland) 1838. — b $ Kumaon (W. J .
E. Boys) 1847. — c £ India ( W. J. E. Boys) 1848.

PARADISEIDiE.

279

SUBFAMILY. — BUPHAGIKZE.

BuPHAGA.

Bupliaga, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 154 (1766).

1387. Bupliaga africana.

Bupliaga africana, Linn. 1. s. c .: Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn.
1852, p. 149: Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 163.

a W. Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Damara-land ((7. J.
Andersson) 1852.

FAMILY. — FARADXSEIDiE.

SUBFAMILY. — EPIMACHINiE.

Ptilorhis.

Ptiloris, Swainson, Zool. Journ. i. p. 481 (1825),

1368. Ptilorhis paradisea.

Ptiloris paradisea, Sw. 1. s. c. \ Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 100.
Ptilorhis par adiseus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 154.
a Australia ( Bt . at Birmingham) 1834. — h [Argent) 1851.

SUBFAMILY. — PABADISEINiE.

Manucodia.

Manucodia, Boddaert, Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 39 (1783).

1369. Manucodia chalyheia.

Be chalybe, de la Nouvelle Guinee, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 634, undl,
Manucodia chalybea, Bodd. 1. s. c. : Elliot, Mon. Parad. pl. 6.
a ( Brandt ) 1845.

A New-Guinea species.

Sericulus.

Sericulus, Swainson, Zool. Journ. i. p. 476 (1825).

1370. Sericulus melinus.

c Turdus melinus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xliv.

Sericulus melinus, Elliot, Mon. Parad. pl. 27.

Sericulus chrgsocephalus, Sw. 1. s. c. : Gould, B. Austr. iv.
pl. 12.

a (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b.

An Australian species.

280

PASSERES.

SUBFAMILY.— PTLLONOPvHYNCHINAE.

Ptilorhynchus.

Ptilonorhynchus , Kuhl. Beitr. z. Zool. p. 150 (1820).

1371. Ptilorhynchus violaceus.

PyrrJiocorax violaceus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. vi. p. 569.
Ptiloris violaceus, Elliot, Mon. Par. pi. 25.

PtilonorJiynchus holosericeus, Kulil. 1. s. c., et auett.
a New South Wales (As/cew) 1833. — b New Holland (N. (7.
Strickland) 1838.

Chlamydodera.

Chlamydera, Gould, B. Austr. Pt. 1 (1837) fide Gould, B
Austr. iv. pi. 8 (1841).

1372. Chlamydodera maculata.

Calodera maculata, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 106.

CJilamydera maculata , Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 8.
Chlamydodera maculata, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 212.
a New Holland (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

TElurcedus.

Ailuroedus, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 213 (1851).

1373. iElurcedus crassirostris.

Lanius crassirostris, Payk. N. Act. Ac. Upsal. vii. p. 282,

pi. io.

JUlurcedus crassirostris, Elliot, Mon. Par. pi. 34.
PtilonorJiynchus smithii, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 264.
a Australia (AsJcew) 1840.

FAMILY. — GYMNORHINID/E.

Strepera.

Strepera, Lesson, Traitd D’Orn. p. 329 (1831), as a subgenus.

1374. Strepera graculina.

Corvus graculinus, White, Voy. N. S. W. App. p. 251, pi 35.
Strepera graculina, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 42: Sharpe, Cat.
B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 57.

a Australia (Gardner) 1846.

GYMNORHINIDiE*

281

1375. Strepera arguta.

Strepera arguta, Gould, P. Z. S. 1846, p. 19; B. Austr. iL
pi. 44: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 59.
a Australia {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

1376. Strepera cuneicaudata.

Cracticus cuneicaudatus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. v. p. 356.
Strepera cuneicaudata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 60.
Barita anaphonensis, Temm. Pl. Col. sub tab. 273.

Strepera anaphonensis , Gould, B. Austr. ii. pl. 45.
a Australia ( Ware ) 1846.

1377. Strepera Miginosa.

Cracticus fuliginosus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 106.

Strepera fidiginosa, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pl. 43.
a {Askew) 1841.

A Tasmanian species.

Cracticus.

Cracticus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 37 (1816).

1378. Cracticus torquatus.

Lanius torquatus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xviiL
Cracticus torquatus, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 184.

Vang a destructor, Temm. Man. D’Orn. i. p. lix.

Cracticus destructor, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pl. 52.
a New South Wales {N. C. Strickland ) 1838. — b New
Holland (W. C. Strickland) 1838. — c Australia {Bt at Stevens s)
1843. — d {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Gymnorhina.

Gymnorhina , G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 37 (1840).

1379. Gymnorhina tibicen.

Coracias tibicen, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxvii.

Gymnorhina tibicen, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pl. 46.
a Australia {J. Robinson) 1842.

1380. Gymnorhina organicum.

Cracticus hypoleucus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 106 (? err. pro
hypomelas).

282

PASSERES.

Gymnorhina organicum, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 48.
a Australia (Askew) 1834. — b Van Diemen’s Land (N. C.
Strickland) 1838.

. Grallina1.

Grallina, Vieillot, Anal. p. 42 (1816).

1381. Grallina picata.

Gracula picata, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxix.

Grallina picata, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 335.
Grallina australis, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 54.
a New South Wales (. McDonald ) 1838. — b New South
Wales (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

FAMILY.— ARTAMIDiE.

m

Artamus.

Artamus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 41 (1816).

1382. Artamus leucorhinus.

Lanius leucorynus , Linn. Mantiss. Plant, p. 524.

Artamus leucorynus , Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 174.
a Philippine Islands (Cuming) 1840.

1383. Artamus snperciliosns.

Ocypterus super ciliosus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 142.
Artamus super ciliosus, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 32.
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

1384. Artamus sordidus.

Turdus sordidus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xliii.

Artamus sordidus, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 27.
a, — b New South Wales (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c New
South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

1385. Artamus fuscus.

Artamus fuscus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xvii. p. 297 :
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 441.

Ocypterus rufiventer, Val. Mem. Mus. vi. p. 25, pi. 7, f. 1.
a (Askew) 1834. — b Nepal (B. II. Hodgson, 741) 1840. — c
India (“Artamus rufiventer ,” E. Blytli) 1846.

3 An anomalous genus the right position of which has yet to be determined.

CORVIDJL

283

FAMILY. — CORVIDiE.

CORVUS.

Corvus, Linnaeus, .Syst. Nat. i. p. 155 (1766) ( partim ).

1386. Corvus corax.

Corvus corax , Linn. 1. s. c .: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100:
Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 259: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.
iii. p. 14.

a Britain (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b United States (J. J.
Audubon) 1846. — c £ India (W. J. E. Boys ) 1847.

1387. Corvus australis.

Corvus australis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 365: Gould, Hand-b.
B. Austr. i. p. 475.

Corvus coronoides, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 261 :
Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 18.

a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Australia (Isaacson) 1840.

1388. Corvus aiuericanus.

Corvus americanus, Aud. Orn. Biogr. ii. p. 317 : Baird, Brew.
& Bidgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 243.

a United States (J. J. Audubon).

1389. Corvus culminatus.

Corvus culminatus , Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 96: Sharpe, Cat.
B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 20.
a India (E. Blyth) 1846.

1890. Corvus corone.

Corvus corone , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 155.

Corone corone, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 36.
a £ Worcestershire, January (II. E. Strickland) 1838. — b
(N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1391. Corvus cornix.

Corvus cornix, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 156: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 100.

Corone cornix, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 31.
a Yorkshire, March (H. E. Strickland) 1833.

284

PASSERES.

1392. Corvus splendens.

Gorvus splendens , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 44:
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 35: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 298.
Cor one splendens , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 33.
a E. Indies ( Havell ) 1839.

1393. Corvus umbrinus.

Gorvus umbrinus, Sundev. K. Yet. Ac. Hand!. 1838, p. 198 :
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. M. iii.

p. 17.

a £ Kordofan (J. Petlierick ) 1848.

1394. Corvus enca.

Fregilus enca , Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 164.

Gorone enca, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 43.
a Malacca {Havell) 1839.

Apparently a specimen of this species, though its Malaccan origin
is perhaps doubtful.

1395. Corvus frugiiegus.

Gorvus frugiiegus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 156: Newton, ed.
Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 289.

Trypanocorax frugiiegus , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 9.
a £, — b young Worcestershire, January {H. E. Strickland)
1838.

1396. Corvus scapulatus.

Gorvus scapulatus, Daud. Traite ii. p. 232: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1850, p. 217: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 22.

Gorvus leuconotus, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 133, pi. v.
a Senegal {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b $ Kordofan {J.
Petlierick) 1848.

1397. Corvus monedula.

Gorvus monedula, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 156: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 100 : Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B ii. p. 305 : Dresser, B.
Eur. Goloeus monedula, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 26.
a Worcestershire, February (T. Robinson) 1841,

CORVIDiE.

285

1398. Coitus collaris.

Corvus collaris , Drummond, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xviii. p. 11.
Coloeus collaris , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 27.
a Macedonia (II. M. Drummond ) 1846.

A typical specimen.

CORVULTUR.

Corvultur, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 327 (1831) as a subgenus.

1399. Corvultur albicollis.

Corvus albicollis , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 151 : Layard, B. S. Afr.
p. 167.

Corvultur albicollis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 24.
a S. Africa (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Nucifraga.

Nucifraga, Brisson, Ornith. ii. p. 58 (1760).

1400. Nucifraga caryocatactes.

Corvus caryocatactes , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 157.

Nucifraga caryocatactes, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 53.
a Switzerland (W. Anderegg) 1836. — b N. Europe (J. G.
Kinberg ) 1845. — c (J. F. Brandt) 1846.

1401. Nucifraga hemispila.

Nucifraga hemispila, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-31, p. 8: Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 36: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 304: Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus. iii. p. 54.

a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson) 1845.

1402. Nucifraga multipuuctata-

Nucifraga multipuuctata, Gould, P. Z. S. 1849, p. 23:
Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 55.
a Himalaya ( N . C. Strickland) 1838.

Pyrrhocorax.

Pyrrhocorax, Vieillot, Anal. p. 36 (1816).

1403. Pyrrhocorax graculus.

Corvus graculus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 158.

286

PASSERES.

Pyrrhocorax gracidus, Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii. p. 252 :
Dresser, B. Eur.

a Wales ( T . Robinson) 1835. — b Siberia (J. F. Brandt)
1841. — c Himalaya ( Stevens ) 1845.

1404. Pyrrhocorax alpiims.

Pyrrhocorax alpinus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. vi. p. 568:
Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 148.

a Switzerland (. Etienne Elaerts) 1836. —b Siberia (J. F.
Brandt) 1841.

Corcorax.

Corcorax, Lesson, Traitd d’Orn. p. 325 (1831).

1405. Corcorax melanorhamphns.

Coracia melanorhamphos, Vieill. N, Diet. d’Hist. N. viii.

p. 2.

Cocorax melanorhamphus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii.
p. 149.

Cocorax leucopterus (Temm.), Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 16.
a Australia ( Arthur Strickland) 1840.

Pica.

Pica, Brisson, Orn. ii. p. 35 (1760).

1406. Pica rustica.

Corvus pica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 157.

Corvus rusticus, Scop. Ann. I. Hist. Nat. p. 38.

Pica rustica, Dresser, B. Eur.: Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. ii.
p. 312.

Pica caudata, Ray, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100.

Pica pica, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 62.
a $ Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) 1838.

1407. Pica imttalli.

Corvus nuttalli, Aud. Orn. Biogr. iv. p. 450.

Pica nuttalli, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 66.

Pica caudata var. nuttalli, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B.
ii. p. 270.

a Kodjak (Wosnessenski) 1846.

CORVIDS.

287

Urocissa.

Urocissa, Cabanis, Mus. Hein. i. p. 87 (1850).

1408. Urocissa occipitalis.

Psilorhinus occipitalis , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 27.

Urocissa occipitalis, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 87: Sharpe, Cat.
B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 70.

Pica erythrorhyncha, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 173 ( nec Gmelin).
a Himalaya ( Fenton ) 1844. — b Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson) 1845.

Cissa.

Cissa, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 975.

1409. Cissa chinensis.

Rollier , de la Chine, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 620, unde,

Coracias chinensis, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 38.

Cissa chinensis , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 85.

Cissa sinensis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 312.
a, — b India (E. Blyth) 1846.

Dendrocitta.

Dendrocitta, Gould, P. Z. S. 1833, p. 57.

1410. Dendrocitta rnfa.

La Pie rousse de la Chine , Sonn. Yoy. Ind. ii. p. 186, ph
106, unde,

Lanius rufus, Scop. Del. Faun, et Flor. Insubr. ii. p. 86.
Dendrocitta rufa, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 314: Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus. iii. p. 76.

Pica vagabunda, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 131.
a India (JSf. C. Strickland) 1834. — b India (JV. C. Strick-
land) 1838.

1411. Dendrocitta frontalis.

Dendrocitta frontalis, McClell. P. Z. S. 1839, p. 163: Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 317: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 78.
a Darjeeling (A. D. Bartlett).

1412. Dendrocitta leucogastra.

Dendrocitta leucogastra, Gould, P. Z. S. 1833, p. 57; Trans.
Z. S. i. p. 89, pi. 12: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 317: Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus. iii. p. 79.

a E. Indies (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

288

PASSERES,

1413. Dendrocitta Mmalayensis.

Dendrocitta sinensis , Gould, P. Z. S. 1833, p. 57 ; Trans.
Z. S. i. p. 89 (nec Latham).

Dendrocitta himalayensis, Blyth, Ibis, 1865, p. 45: Sharpe,
Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 79.

a Nepal [B. H. Hodgson , 190) 1845.

Cryptorhina.

Cryptorhina, Wagler, Syst. Av. fol. 8, p. 16 (1827).

1414. Cryptorhina afra.

Corvus afer , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 157.

Cryptorhina afra , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 75.
Piilostomus senegalensis (L.), Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 135.
Dtilostomus poecilorhynchus (Wagl.), Gray, Gen. B. ii. p. 311.
a Senegal (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Africa ( Thomas )
1842.

Crypsirhina.

Crypsirina, Vieillot, Anal. p. 36 (1816).

Crypsirhina, Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii, p. 30.

1415. Crypsirhina varians.

Corvus varians, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxvi.

Crypsirhina varians , Vieill. 1. s. c. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. iii. p. 83.

a Indian Archipelago [Askew) 1840.

Temnurus.

Temnurus, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 341 (1831).

1416. Temnurus leucopterus.

Glaucopis leucopterus , Tenim. PI. Col. 265.

Temnurus leucopterus, Less. 1. s. c.

Platysmurus leucopterus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 90.
a Malacca ( Capt . Nash) 1837. — h Malacca [Mather) 1840.

Garrulus.

Garrulus, Brisson, Orn. ii. p. 46 (1860).

1417. Garurlus glandarius.

Corvus glandarius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 156.

CORVIDS.

289

Garrulus glandarius, Dresser, B. Eur.: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. iii. p. 93.

a £ Worcestershire, March (H. E. Strickland) 1838.

1418. Garrulus japonicus.

Garrulus glandarius japonicus, Schl. Faun. Jap. p. 83, pi. 43.
Garrulus japonicus, Bp. Consp. i. p. 375: Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus. iii. p. 95.

a Japan (P. L. Sclater ).

1419. Garrulus brandti.

Garrulus brandtii , Eversm. Add. ad Pall. Zoogr. Rosso- As.
fasc. iii. p. 8: Dresser, B. Eur.: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii.
p. 96.

a Altai Mts. (J. F. Brandt) 1844.

1420. Garrulus krynikii.

Garrulus krynikii , Kaleniczenko, Bull. Ac. Mosc. 1839,
p. 319 pi. 9: Dresser, B. Eur.: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 99.

Garrulus melanocephalus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100;
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 414 ( nec Gdne).

a Smyrna, 24 November (H. E . Strickland) 1835.

1421. Garrulus bispecularis.

Garrulus bispecularis, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 7 : Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 38: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 307: Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus. iii. p. 100.

a Nepal (P. H. Hodgson, 206) 1845.

1422. Garrulus lanceolatus.

Garrulus lanceolatus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 7: Gould, Cent.
B. Him. pis. 39, 40: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 308: Sharpe, Cat. B.
Brit. Mus. iii. p. 101.

a Himalaya ( Fenwick ) 1844. — b Himalaya (E. Brown) 1850.
Perisoreus.

Perisoreus, Bonaparte, Saggio di una Distr. Met. An. Yert.
p. 43 (1831) as a subgenus.

1423. Perisoreus infaustus.

Lanius infaustus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 138.
s. c.

19

290

PASSERES.

Perisoreus infaustus, Bp. I s. c. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.
iii. p. 103.

a Govt, of St Petersburg (J. F. Brandt) 1841. —b (J. F.
Brandt ) 1846. — c Norway (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

1424. Perisoreus canadensis.

Corvus canadensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 158.

Perisoreus canadensis , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii.
p. 299.

a California ( J ‘ F. Brandt) 1844. —b —c Nova Scotia
(Askew) 1839.

Cyanocitta.

Cyanocitta , Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 261 (1845).

1425. Cyanocitta cristata.

Corvus cristatus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 157.

Cyanocitta cristata , Strickl. 1. s . c. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.
Mus. iii. p. 107.

Cyanura cristata, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii.
p. 273.

a N. America ( Arthur Strickland) 1834. — b (A. Strickland)
1850. — c Illinois (T. Dunn) 1851.

1426. Cyanocitta stelleri.

Corvus stelleri, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 370.

Cyanocitta stelleri, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 261 :
Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 108.

Cyanura stelleri, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 277.
a Sitka (J. F. Brandt) 1844.

1427. Cyanocitta coronata.

Garrulus coronatus, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 437.

Cyanocitta coronata , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 261 :
Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 111.

a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844. — b Guatemala (J. Constancia)
1848.

CORVIDAE.

291

1428. Cyanocitta beecheii.

Pica beeclieii , Yig. Zool. Journ. iv. p. 853: Zool. Beech. Yoy.
p. 22, pi. 6.

Cyanocitta beecheii , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 270.
Xanthura beechei, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 133.
Cyanocorax geoffroyi , Bp. Compt. Bend. xxxi. p. 564.
a Chili or Central America (Miss Ball) 1844.

On a label is the following note written in Prince Bonaparte’s
handwriting “ Cyanocorax geoffroyi, Bp. £ Comptes rendus, if not a
new sp.” The species is an inhabitant of North-Western Mexico.

1429. Cyanocitta armillata.

Cyanocorax armillatus , Gray & Mitch. Gen. B. ii. p. 7, pi. 3.
Cyanocitta armillata , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 144.

Xanthura armillata, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 136.
a ( Carfrae ) 1850.

A Colombian species common in Bogota Collections.

1430. Cyanocitta melanocyanea.

Garrulus (Cyanocorax) melanocyaneus, Hartl. Bev. Zool. 1844,
p. 215.

Cyanocitta melanocyanea , ScL & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 21.
Xanthura melanocyanea, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p.
134, pi. 6.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845.

1431. Cyanocitta californica.

Garrulus calif ornicus, Yig. Zool. Beech ey’s Yoy. p. 21, pi. 5.
Cyanocitta californica , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv,
p. 343 : Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 288.

Cyanocitta superciliosa, Strickl. 1. s . c. p. 260.
a California (J. F. Brandt) 1844.

The type of C. superciliosa, Strickland.

1432. Cyanocitta sordida.

Garrulus sordidus, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 437; Zool. 111.
ser. 2, pi. 86.

19—2

292

PASSERES.

Cyanocitta sordidct , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 143.

Aphelocoma sordida, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 116.
Cyanocitta ultramarina, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv.

p. 260.

a Mexico ( Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Mexico ( T '. Mann)
1844.

b agrees with Swainson’s type; a has the top and sides of the head
rather bluer but does not otherwise differ from it.

1433. Cyanocitta pumilo.

Cyanocorax pumilo, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 122, pi. 33:
Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 127.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848.

The type of this species.

Cyanocorax.

Cyanocorax, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 975.

1434. Cyanocorax csernleus.

Pica ccerulea, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 126.
Cyanocorax cceruleus , Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 126.
Corvus azureus, Temm. PL Col. 168.

Cyanocorax azureus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 261.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland ) 1838.

1435. Cyanocorax cyanopogon.

Corvus cyanopogon, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1247.

Cyanocorax cyanopogon, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv.
p. 261: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 123.

a Brazil (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil (Argent) 1851.
a is marked “ Uroleuca cyanopogon, Bp. ex Wied” in Bonaparte’s
handwriting.

1436. Cyanocorax cyanoleucus.

Corvus cyanoleucus, Max, Beis. ii. p. 190.

Cyanocorax cyanoleucus, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 189.

Uroleuca cyanoleuca, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 137.
Corvus cristatellus, Temm. PL Col. 193.

CORVIDS

293

Cyanocorax cristatellus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv.

p. 261.

a Brazil (1\. C. Strickland) 1838.

Marked “ Uroleuca cyanoleuca , Bp. ex Wied ” in Bonaparte’s
handwriting.

1437. Cyanocorax chrysops.

Pica chrysops, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 124.
Cyanocorax chrysops, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mns. iii. p. 120.
Corvus pileatus, Temm. PI. Col. 58.

Cyanocorax pileatus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 261.
a Brazil (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

Marked “ Uroleuca pileala , Bp.” in Bonaparte’s handwriting.

1438. Cyanocorax affinis.

Cyanocorax affinis, Pelz. Sitz. Ak. Wien, xx. p. 164: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 145: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 121.
a ( Rogers ) 1846.

A bad skin apparently of this Colombian species.

1439. Cyanocorax incas.

Geai du Perou, D’Aub. PL Enl. 625, undd,

Corvus yncas, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 38.

Xanthura yncas, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 129.
Corvus per uvianus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 373.

Cyanocorax peruvianus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv.

p. 261.

a Bogota ( Stevens ) 1844.

Calocitta.

Calocitta, Gray, Gen. B. p. 50 (1841).

1440. Calocitta formosa.

Pica formosa, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 437.

Calocitta formosa, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 22: Sharpe, Cat.
B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 88.

Garrula gubernatrix, Temm. PI. Col. 436.

Calocitta bullocki, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 261.
a ( Dewgard ) 1846. — b Guatemala (/. Constancia) 1851.

PASSERES.

294

Struthidea.

Struthidea, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 143.

1441. Struthidea cinerea.

Struthidea cinerea, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 143; B. Austr. iv.
pi. 17 : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 140.
a New Zealand ( T \ G. Eyton) 1850.

An Australian species.

Glaucopis.

Glaucopis, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 363 (1788).

1442. Glaucopis cinerea.

Glaucopis cinerea, Gm. 1. s. c.: Buller, B. N. Zeal. p. 155,
pi. 15, f. 2: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 142.

a £ Banks Penins. S. Isl. New Zealand (F. Strange) 1850.

Lophocitta.

Platylophus, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 482 (1831).
Lophocitta, G. R. Gray, List. Gen. B. p. 50 (1841).

1443. Lophocitta galericulata.

Garrulus galericulatus, Cuv. Regn. Anim. i. 399 (1817).
Platylophus galericulatus, Sw. 1. s. c.: Elliot, Ibis, 1878, p. 54.
Lanius scapulatus, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 49.
a, — b E. Indies (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

FAMILY. — ORTHONYCIDJE.

Orthonyx1.

Orthonyx, Temminck, PI. Col. Livr. 72 (1827).

1444. Orthonyx spinicauda.

Orthonyx spinicauda, Temm. 1. s. c. PL 428, 429 : Gould, B.
Austr. iv. pi. 99.

Orthonyx temmincki, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 294 :
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 421.
a New South Wales (M0 Donald) 1838.

1 The position of this genus has not, so far as I am aware, been satisfactorily
determined, nor can it be until its internal organization has been thoroughly
examined. Strickland (l. c. p. 420) suggested that it should be placed near
Menura.

OXYRHAMPHIDiE.

295

FAMILY.— MENURIDiE,

Menura,

Menura, Davies, Trans. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 207 (1800); Garrod,
P. Z. S. 1876, p. 514.

1445. Menura superba.

Menura superba, Davies, l. s. c. pi. 22 : Gould, B. Austr. iii.
pi. 14: Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 420; vii. p. 39.

a Australia ( T . Robinson) 1842. — b (tail) N. Australia (J.
Gould ) 1850.

b is labelled ? M. alberti , but as that species has no rufous marks
on the outer tail feathers (well shewn in this specimen) I conclude
that it should be referred to M. superba .

1446. Menura alberti.

Menura alberti, Gould, P. L. S. ii. p. 67 ; B. Austr. Suppl.
a (tail)

A tail of a Menura without rufous marks on the outer feathers but
with both upper and under coverts strongly tinged with that colour.
Both characters are found in M. alberti .

SUBORDER II. — OLIGOMYODiE.

FAMILY. — OXYRHAMPHIDiE \

OXYRHAMPHUS.

Oxyrhynchus, Temminck, PI. Col. . Livr. 21, 1823 ( nee
Leach).

Oxyrhamphus, Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 420.

1447. Oxyrhamphus flammiceps.

Oxyrhynchus flammiceps, Temm. 1. s. c. pi. 125: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 160.

Oxyrhamphus flammiceps, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr.
p. 41.

a Brazil (N. O . Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil (W. Kirtland)
1838.

1 Cf. Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 131.

296

PASSERES.

FAMILY.—' TYRANNIC.

SUBFAMILY.— T^FNIOPTEKIN^E.

Agriornis.

Agriornis, Gould, Zool. Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 56 (1841).

1448. Agriornis livida.

Thamnophilus lividus , Kittl. Mem. pres. Ac. Petersb. ii. p.
465, pi. 1 (1834).

Agriornis livida , Bp. Consp. p. 197: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 196.
a Chili ( Capt . Brown) 1842.

Taenioptera.

Tcenioptera , Bonaparte,
as a subgenus.

Journ. Ac. Phil. iv. p. 380 (1825),

1449. Taenioptera nengeta.

Lanius nengeta > Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 135.

Tcenioptera nengeta , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 44: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 197.

Muscicapa polyglotta, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 54.

Xolmis polyglotta, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 28.
a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

1450. Taenioptera velata.

Muscicapa velata , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 54.

Tcenioptera velata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 197.
a Brazil [N. G. Strickland) 1838.

1451. Taenioptera irupero.

Tyr annus irupero, Yieill. Enel. Meth. Ois. p. 856.
Tcenioptera irupero, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 198.
a [Argent) 1852.

Probably a Bolivian specimeu.

1452. Taenioptera pyrope.

Muscicapa pyrope, Kittl. Mem. pres. Ac. Petersb. i. p. 191,
pi. 10 (1831).

Tcenioptera pyrope, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 198.
a Chili ( Capt. Brown) 1842.

TYRANNIDJL

297

Fluyicola.

Fluvicola, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 172 (1827).

1453. Fluvicola pica.

Gobe-mouche pie , de Cayenne , D’Aub. Pl. Enl. 675, f. 1, unde ,
Muscicapa pica, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 42.

Fluvicola pica , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 200.
a ( Cashmore ) 1839. — b (Carfrae) 1840. — c Trinidad (J.
Taylor).

1454. Fluvicola albiventris.

Muscicapa albiventer , Spix, Ay. Bras. ii. p. 21, pl. 30, f. 1, 2.
Fluvicola albiventris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 200.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1455. Fluvicola climacura.

( Enanthe climazura, Vieill. Gal. Ois. p. 255, pl. 157.
Fluvicola climacura, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 40: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 201.

Muscicapa mystacea, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 22, pl. 31 a, f. 2.
Fluvicola mystacea, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 28.
a S. America ( N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Arundinicola.

Arundinicola , d’Orbigny, Voy. Am. Mdrid. Ois. p. 334 (1839).

1456. Arundinicola leucocephala.

Pipra leucocephala, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 340.

Arundinicola leucocephala, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 201.
a Brazil (A7. C. Strickland ) 1838. — b ( Arthur Strickland)
1840. — c Trinidad (Col. J. Taylor).

Alectorurus.

Alectrurus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 39 (1816).

1457. Alectorurus tricolor.

Alectrurus tricolor, Yieill. 1. s. c.

Alectorurus tricolor, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 201.
a Paraguay (T. Holme) 1838. — b Paraguay ( N. . C. Strick-
land) 1838. — c Brazil (. Arthur Strickland) 1840.

298

PASSERES,

Cybernetes.

Gubernetes, Such, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 114 (1825).

Cybernetes , Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 42 (1859).

1458. Cybernetes yetapa.

Tyrannus yetapa , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 460.
Cybernetes yetapa , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 203.

Muscicapa yiperu , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 52.

Gubernetes yiperu , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 28.
Gubernetes cunninghami, Such, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 114, pi. 4.
a Brazil (Ar. C. Strickland) 1838.

Sisopygis.

Sisopygis, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 46 (1859).

1459. Sisopygis icterophrys.

Muscicapa icterophrys , Vieill. N. D. d’Hist. Nat. xxi. p. 458.
Suiriri? icterophrys, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 414,
pi. 12.

Sisopygis icterophrys, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 202.
a Brazil {Askew) 1834.

Cnipolegus.

Knipolegus, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 973.

Cnipolegus , Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 28.

1460. Cnipolegus comatus.

Muscicapa comata , Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 55.

Cnipolegus comatus, Bp. Consp. p. 195; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p.

202.

a Paraguay (Askew) 1833.

1461. Cnipolegus nigerrimus.

Muscicapa nigerrima, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 453.
Cnipolegus nigerrimus, Heine, J. F. Orn. 1859, p. 332 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 202.

a S. America {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

TYRANNIDiE.

299

1462. Cnipolegus cyanirostris.

Muscicapa cyanirostris, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 447.
Cnipolegus cyanirostris, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 973 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 203.

a Brazil ? (Askew) 1834.

Lichenops.

“ Perspicillarius , nictitarins, Lichenops; Clignot,” Commerson
in Buff. Hist. Nat. Ois. v. p. 235: Sonn. Ed. Ois. xv. p. 291 (1799).
Lichenops, Commerson, Sundevall, K. Yet. Ac. Handl. 1835,

p. 88.

1463. Lichenops perspicillata.

Motacilla perspicillata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 969.

Lichenops perspicillata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 202.

Lichenops erythroptera, Gould, Yoy. Beagle, iii. p. 51, pi. 9.
a South Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Chili ? (N. C.
Strickland) 1838. — c S. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Muscipipra.

Muscipipra, Lesson, Traitd d’Orn. p. 387 (1831).

1464. Muscipipra vetula.

Muscicapa vetula, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 53 : Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. II. vii. p. 28.

Muscipipra vetula, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 204.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Copurus.

Copurus, Strickland, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 28.

1465. Copurus colonus.

Muscicapa colonus, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 448.
Copurus colonus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 41 : Scl.
Cat, Am. B. p. 204.

Platyrhynchus filicauda, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 12, pi. 14.
Copurus filicaudus , Strickl. 1. s. c.

Muscipeta leucocilla, Hahn, Ausl. Yog. Lief. ix. pi. 2.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b, — c, — d Brazil ( G .
Lloyd) 1838.

300

PASSERES.

Machetornis.

Machetornis, G. It. Gray, List Gen. B. 41 (1841).

1466. Machetornis rixosa.

Tyrannus rixosa, Vieill. Nouv. Diet. d’Hist, N. xxxv. p. 85.
Machetornis rixosus , Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 514 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 204.

a Brazil ( Graham ) 1849. — b, — c Trinidad {Argent) 1851.
— d £ Bolivia {Argent) 1852.

Muscisaxicola.

Muscisaxicola, d’Orbigny & Lafresnaye, Syn. Av. i. p. 65
(1837).

1467. Muscisaxicola alpina.

Tcenioptera alpina, Jard. Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 47, pi. 21.
Muscisaxicola alpina, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 986.
Muscisaxicola albifrons, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 205 {nec
Tschudi).

a Andes of Quito {Sir W. Jar dine) 1849.

This is one of the original specimens sent to Sir W. Jardine by
William Jameson who long resided in Quito. The label bears the
following note: “This species occurs on the highest ledges of the
Andes rarely descending below the snow line.”

1468. Muscisaxicola mentalis.

Muscisaxicola mentalis , d’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 66 :
d’Orb. Yoy. Am. Merid. Ois. p. 355, pi. 41, f. 1 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 205.

a Chili {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Centrites.

Centrites, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 256 (1847).

1469. Centrites niger.

Alouette noire, de la Encenada, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 738, f. 2, unde ,
Alauda nigra, Bodd. Tab. PI. Enl. p. 46.

Centrites niger, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 48 ; Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 206.

TYRANNID^E.

301

Alauda rufa , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 792.
a S. America (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Chili (N". C.
Strickland) 1838.

SUBFAMILY. — PLATYBHYNCHINiE.
Platyrhynchus.

Platyrhynchus, Desmarest, Hist. Nat. Tod. Sub. pi. 72 (1805).

1470. Platyrhynchus rostratus.

Todus rostratus, Pall. Spic. Zool. fasc. vi. p. 19, pi. 3.
Platyrhynchus rostratus , Bp. Consp. p. 183 : Scl. Cat. Am,
B. p. 206.

a Brazil ( Argent ) 1851.

1471. Platyrhynchus mystaceus.

Platyrhynchus mystaceus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvii. p.
14 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 207.

a Brazil ( Johnson ) 1837. — b Brazil (N. C. Strickland)
1838.

1472. Platyrhynchus coronatus.

Platyrhynchus coronatus , Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 71 ; Cat. Am.
B. p. 207.

a (Dewgard) 1851.

Apparently a Cayenne skin agreeing with Mr Sclater’s type.
Todirostrum.

Todirostrum, Lesson, Traitd d’Orn. p. 384 (1831) as a sub-
genus.

-f 1473. Todirostrum cinereum.

Todus cinereus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 178.

Todirostrum cinereum, Less. 1. s. c.: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p.
207.

a ( Bt at Dresden ) 1845. — b Guatemala (J. Constancia)
1851. — c Trinidad (Argent) 1852. — d Brazil (Argent) 1853.

302

PASSERES.

1474. Todirostrum poliocephalum.

Todus poliocephalus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 964.

Todirostrum poliocephalum , Scl. P. Z. S. 1857, p. 84 ; Cat.
Am. B. p. 208.

a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

1475. Todirostrum ruficeps.

Todirostrum ruficeps , Kaup. P. Z. S. 1851, p. 52: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 207.

Todirostrum multicolor, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 41, pi.
85, f. 2.

a Bogota (Bt at Stevens s) 1845.

The type of T. multicolor , Strickland.

1476. Todirostrum maculatum.

Todus maculatus, Desm. Tod. pi. 70.

Todirostrum maculatum, Less. Traite d’Orn. p. 384 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 208.

a Para ( Stevens ) 1849.

This specimen bears Mr Wallace’s label which is thus inscribed
“ 127 Mexiana £ Dec. 48 A. W.” The species is not included in the
List of Birds collected by Mr Wallace in the Lower Amazons and
Bio Negro (P. Z. S. 1868, p. 566 et seq.).

Euscarthmus.

Euscarthmus, Maximilian, Pr. v. Wied, Beitr. Nat. Bras. iii.
p. 945 (1831).

1477. Euscarthmus nidipendulus.

Euscarthmus nidipendulus. Max. 1. s. c. p. 950 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 208.

a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

1478. Euscarthmus gularis.

Muscicapa gularis, Temm. PI. Col. 167, f. 1.

Todirostrum gulare , Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 41.

TYRANNIDiE.

303

Euscarthmus gularis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 209.
a Brazil ( Manchester Nat. Hist. Soc.) 1843.

Agrees with Bolivian examples.

1479. Euscarthmus granadensis.

Todirostrum granadense, Harth Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 289 ; et
Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 41, pi. 85, f. 1.

Euscarthmus granadensis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 209.
a ( Argent ) 1851.

Has the appearance of a Bogota skin.

1480. Euscarthmus orbitatus.

Euscarthmus orbitatus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 958 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 209.

a ( Gardner ) 1846.

Agrees with Bahia examples.

Orchilus.

Orchilus , Cabanis, Tschudi’s Fauna Per. p. 164 (1845).

1481. Orchilus auricularis.

Platyrhynclius auricularis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvii.

p. 16.

Orchilus auricularis, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 51 :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 209.

a Brazil ( Manchester Nat. Hist. Soc.) 1843.

Hemitriccus.

Hemitriccus, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 52 (1859).

1482. Hemitriccus diops.

Muscicapa diops , Temm. PI. Col. 144, f. 1.

Todirostrum diops, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 41.
Hemitriccus diops, Cab. & Hein. 1. s. c.: Scl. Cat. Am. B.

p. 210.

a, — b (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c Brazil ( Manchester Nat.
Hist. Soc.) 1843.

304

PASSERES.

Phylloscartes.

Phylloscartes, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 52
(1859).

1483. Phylloscartes ventralis.

Muscicapa ventralis , Temm. PL Col. 275, f. 2.

Phylloscartes ventralis , Cab. & Hein. L s. c.: Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. S. 1867, p. 577.

a Rio Tocantins (A. R. Wallace) 1849.

Leptotriccus.

Leptotriccus, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 54
(1859).

1484. Leptotriccus sylviola.

Leptotriccus sylviola , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 54 :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 211.

a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Serphophaga.

Serpophaga, Gould, Zool. Yoy. Beagle, iii. p. 49 (1841).

1485. Serphophaga cinerea.

Euscarthmus cinereus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 414.

Serphophaga cinerea , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 53 :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 211.
a Chili? ( Tucker ) 1838.

The type of this Western American species.

1486. Serphophaga nigricans.

Sylvia nigricans, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. xi. p. 204.
Serphophaga nigricans, Gould, Zool. Yoy. Beagle, iii. p. 50.
Serphophaga nigricans, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 211.
a Brazil ( Argent ) 1853.

A species found in the valley of the La Plata.

TYRANNIDjE.

305

1487. Serphophaga parvirostris.

Myiobius parvirostris, Gould, Zool. Yoy. Beagle, iii. p. 48.
Serpliophag a parvirostris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 212.
a Chili ( Capt . Brown) 1842.

Anceretes.

Anairetes, Reichenbach, Av. Syst. pi. lxvi. (1850).

1488. Anssretes parulus.

Muscicapa parulus, Kittl. Mdm. pres. Ac. Petersb. i. p. 190,
pi. 9 (1831).

Euscarthmus parulus , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p.

415.

Anceretes parulus , Cab. & Hein. Mus, Hein. ii. p. 54 ; Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 212.

a Chili ( Tucker ) 1838.

1489. Anseretes fernandezianus.

Culicivora fernandeziana, Philippi, Arch. f. Naturg. xxiii.
pt. 1, p. 265.

Anceretes fernandezianus , Scl. Ibis, 1*871, p. 179, pi. vii. f. 1.
a Chili ( Tucker ) 1838.

Agrees with specimens from the island of Juan Fernandez.

1490. Anssretes agilis,

Euscarthmus agilis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 28, pi. 118.
Anceretes agilis , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 54 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 212.

a Bogota? (Bt at Stevens’s) 1845.

Cyanotis \

Cyanotis , Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 243 (1837),

1491. Cyanotis azares.

Regulus azarce, Naum. Yog. Deutschl. iii. p. 966.

1 Considered by Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi, p. 421) to come next to
Regulus (Sylviidae), to the members of which genus C. azarce has a superficial
resemblance.

S. C.

20

306

PASSERES.

Cyanotis azarce , Cab. & Hein. Mns. Hein. ii. p. 54: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 212.

Tachyuris omnicolor , d’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Ay. i. p. 55.
a Brazil (A". G. Strickland) 1838.

A species found in Chili and the Argentine Republic.

SUBFAMILY. — ELAINEINHC.

Mionectes.

Mionectes, Cabanis, Tschudi’s Fauna Per. p. 147 (1845).

+1492. Mionectes olivaceus.

Mionectes olivaceus, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 111.
a Brazil (Argent) 1853.

Agrees best with Central American specimens of this species.

-f 1493. Mionectes oleagineus.

Muscicapa oleaginea, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 55.

Mionectes oleagineus, Cab. in Tsch. Fauna Per. p. 148: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 213.

a, — b (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — c (Arthur Strickland)

1840.

A Brazilian species.

Leptopogon.

Leptopogon , Cabanis, Tschudi’s Fauna Per. p. 161 (1845).

1494. Leptopogon poecilotis.

Leptopogon poecilotis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 111.
a Bogota (. Bt at Stevens’s) 1845.

1495. Leptopogon tristis.

Leptopogon tristis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 254.
a (Mansfield) 1852.

Agrees with the types of this Bolivian species.

Capsiempis.

Gapsiempis, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 56 (1859).

+ 1496. Capsiempsis flaveola.

Muscicapa flaveola, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 56.

TYRANNIDiE.

307

Gapsiempis flaveola, Cab. & Hein. 1. s. c. : Scl, Cat. Am. B. p.

214.

a Brazil (N, C. Strickland) 1838.

Phyllomyias.

Phyllomyias, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 57 (1859).

1497. Phyllomyias brevirostris.

Platyrhynchus brevirostris, Spix, Ay. Bras. ii. p. 13, pi. 15,
f. 2.

Phyllomyias brevirostris , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 57.:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 214.

a (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

1498. Phyllomyias griseicapilla,

Phyllomyias griseicapilla , Scl. P. Z. S. 1861, p. 382, pi. 36,
f. 2 ; Cat. Am. B. p. 214.
a ( Argent ) 1852.

A Brazilian species.

Ornithion.

Ornithion , Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 35.

1499. Ornithion imberbe.

Camptostoma imberbe , Scl. P. Z. S. 1857, p. 203; Cat. Am.
B. p. 215.

Ornithion incanescens , Scl. P. Z. S. 1873, p. 577 ( nec Max.)
cf. Lawr. Ibis, 1876, p. 497.

a Chili? (jy. C. Strickland) 1838.

Agrees with a specimen in Mr Sclater’s collection from Lagoa
Santa.

Tyrannulus.

Tyr annulus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 31 (1816).

1500. Tyrannulus elatus.

Sylvia elata, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 549.

Tyrannulus elatus , Scl. Cat. Am, B. p. 215.
a Demarara? ( Cashmore ) 1843.

20—2

308

PASSERES.

Elainea.

Elcenia, Sundevall, K. Yet. Ac. Handl. 1835, p. 89.

+1501. Elainea pagana.

Muscicapa pagana , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 54.

Elaenea pagana , Cab. Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 701.
a Brazil (iY. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (. Bt . at Stevens's) 1845.

1 1502. Elainea placens.

Elainia placens, Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 46; Cat. Am. B. p. 217.
a { Thomas ) 1843.

This specimen agrees fairly with examples of this widely -ranging
Central American species but may perhaps prove to be distinct.

1503. Elainea elegans.

Elainea elegans, Pelz. Orn. Bras. pp. 107, 179.
a {Askew) 1840.

1504. Elainea obscnra.

Elcenia obscura, Cab. Tscb. Faun. Per. Orn. p. 158.

Elainea rustica , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 218,
a ( Bt at Aberystwith) 1833.

A Brazilian species.

1505. Elainea mesoleuca.

Elainea mesoleuca, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 60.
a {Bt at Stevens’s) 1844.

Agrees with examples from Bahia, Brazil.

Legatus.

Legatus, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 46.

+1506. Legatus albieollis.

Tyrannus albieollis, Yieill. Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxv. p. 89.
Legatus albieollis, Cab. Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 60 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 218.

a {Arthur Strickland) 1840.

A widely-ranging South- American species.

TYRANNIDiE.

309

Myiozetetes.

Myiozetetes , Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 46, ex Myiozeta , Bonaparte.
+1507. Myiozetetes cayennensis.

Muscicapa cayennensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 327.

Myiozetetes cayennensis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 752.
a Trinidad (Argent) 1851. — b $ Bolivia (Argent) 1852.

+1508. Myiozetetes similis.

Muscicapa similis, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 18, pi. 25.
Myiozetetes similis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 753.
a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

tl509. Myiozetetes texensis.

Muscicapa texensis, Giraud, B. Texas, pi. 1.

Myiozetetes texensis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 219; P. Z. S. 1871,
p. 753.

a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1848.

Bhynchocyclus.

Rhynchocyclus, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 56 (1859).

71510. Bhynchocyclus olivaceus.

Platyrhynchos olivaceus , Temm. PI. Col. 12, f. 1.
Rhynchocyclus olivaceus , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 56:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 220.
a S. America 1842.

1511. Bhynchocyclus sulphurescens.

Platyrhynclius sulphurescens, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 10, pi. 12,

f. 1.

Rhynchocyclus sulphurescens, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 220.
a (Askew) 1840.

A widely-ranging South- American species.

1512. Bhynchocyclus flaviventris.

Platyrhynchus flaviventris, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 12, pi. 15,

f. 1.

310

PASSERES.

Rhynchocyclus flaviventer,Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 56:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 221.

a Bahia [S. Dutton ) 1845. —6 [Argent) 1851.

Conopias.

Conopias , Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 62 (1859).

1513. Conopias trivirgata.

Muscicapa trivirgata, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 871.

Conopias trivirgata, Scl. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 755.

Conopias superciliosa , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 221.
a Brazil [N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1514. Conopias inornata.

Myiozetetes inornata, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 268.
Conopias inornata, Scl. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 756.
a Trinidad ( Argent ) 1851.

A little known species allied to the commoner C. trivirgata of
Brazil.

PlTANGUS.

Pitangus, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 165 (1827).

1515. Pitangus lictor.

Lanius lictor, Licht. Yerz. Donbl. p. 49.

Pitangus lictor, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 221.
a Brazil ( Graham ) 1849. — b Trinidad [Argent) 1851.

1516. Pitangus parvus.

Pelz. Orn. Bras. pp. Ill, 181.
a [Cashmore) 1843.

This little known species was originally described from a single
skin obtained by Natterer at Marabitanas in Brazil. Mr Sclater has
a specimen from Oyapoc in French Guiana with which the present
example agrees.

1517. Pitangus sulphuratus.

Lanius sulphuratus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 137.

Pitangus sulphuratus , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 372 :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 222.

a, — b Brazil [G. Lloyd ) 1838. — c Brazil [N. C. Strickland)
1838.

TYRANNIDiE.

311

1518. Pitangus caudifasciatus.

Tyr annus caudifasciatus , d’Orb. La Sagra’s Cuba, Av. p. 70,
t. 12: Gosse, B. Jam. p. 177, et 111. pi. 44.

Pitangus caudifasciatus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 222.
a Jamaica ( J . Gould) 1846. — b Jamaica (P. H . Gosovj j.<348.

SlRYSTES.

Sirystes, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 75 (1859).

41519. Sirystes sibilator.

Muscicapa sibilator , Vieill. N. Diet. d’H. N. xxi. p. 457.
Sirystes sibilator , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 75: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 222.

a Brazil (J. F. Brandt) 1845.

Myiodynastes.

Myiodynastes, Bonaparte, Compt. Bend, xxxviii. p. 657 (1856).

1520. Myiodynastes audax.

Muscicapa audax , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 934.

Myiodynastes audax , Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 43; et Cat. Am.
B. p. 223.

a Brazil (. Arthur Strickland) 1834.

SUBFAMILY. — TYBANNINiE.
Megarhynchus.

Megarhynchus, Thunberg, Diss. de Gen. Megarb. Upsala
(1824) cf ; J. f. Orn. 1859, p. 337.

— 1521. Megarbynclms pitangua.

Lanius pitangua, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 136.

Megarhynchus pitangua, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 64 :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 224.

Scaphorhynchus pitangua, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii.
p. 372.

a, — b, — c Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — d Guatemala
(J. Constancia) 1845. — e Guatemala (J. Constancies) 1848. — f
Trinidad ( Argent ) 1851. — g Trinidad [Argent) 1852.

312

PASSERES.

Muscivora.

Muscivora , Cuvier, Leg. Anat. Comp. i. Tab. 2 (1800).

+ 1522. Muscivora mexicana.

Muscivora mexicana , Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 295.
a Coban (X. L. Dillwyn) 1849.

Hirundinea.

Hirundinea , d’Orbigny & Lafresnaye, Syn. Av. i. p. 46 (1837).
1523. Hirundinea rupestris.

Platyrhynchus rupestris, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 977.

Hirundinea rupestris, Scl. Ibis, 1869, p. 198, pi. 5, f. 3.
a Brazil (. N . G. Strickland) 1838.

Myiobius.

Myiobius, G. K. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 30 (1840).

r 1524. Myiobius barbatus.

Le Barbichon de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 830, f. 1, unde,
Muscicapa barbata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 933 : Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. vii. p. 28.

Myiobius barbatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 225.
a S. America (. Bt at Aberystwith) 1833. — b S. America (N.
C. Strickland) 1838.

1525. Myiobius cinnamomeus.

Muscipeta cinnamomea, d’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 49.
Myiobius cinnamomeus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 226.
a Bogota ( Gardner ) 1845.

1526. Myiobius ornatus.

Tyrannula ornata, Lafr. Bev. Zool. 1853, p. 57 : Scl. P. Z. S.
1854, p. 113, pi. 66, f. 2.

Myiobius ornatus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 226.
a Bogota {Bt at Stevens's) 1845.

+1527. Myiobius nasvius.

. Gobe-mouche d poitrine tachetde, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl.
574, f. 3, undl,

Muscicapa ncevia , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 34.

TYRANNIDiE.

313

Myiobius ncevius , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 227.
a, — b Brazil (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — c ( Mather ) 1840.
— d Brazil ( Argent ) 1851.

Pyrocephalus.

Pyrocephalus, Gould, Zool. Yoy. Beagle iii. p. 44 (1841).

H1528. Pyrocephalus rubineus.

Gobe-mouche rouge hupe, D’Aub. Pl. Enl. 675, f. 2, unde,
Muscicapa rubinus, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 42.

Pyrocephalus rubineus , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 67 :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 227.

Pyrocephalus obscurus, Gould, Zool. Yoy. Beagle iii. p. 45.
a S. America (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Chili? ( Tucker )
1838. — c (Gardner) 1845. — d, — e Trinidad (Argent) 1851.
— /Bolivia (Argent) 1852.

Mitrephorus.

Mitrephorus, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 44.

-1529. Mitrephorus pheeocercus.

Mitrephorus phceocercus, Scl. 1. s. c. ; Cat. Am. B. p. 228.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848.

Empidonax.

Empidonax , Cabanis, Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 480.

-f 1530. Empidonax trailli.

Muscicapa traillii , Aud. Orn. Biogr. i. p. 236.

Empidonax trailli , Baird, Birds N. Am. p. 193.
a Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 30 May 1843 (S. F. Baird) 1847.
— b Pennsylvania (S. F. Baird) 1847.

f 1531. Empidonax minimus.

Tyrannula minima, W. M. & S. F. Baird, Proc. Ac. Phil.
1843, p. 284.

Empidonax minimus , Baird, Birds N. Am. p. 195: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 229.

a £ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 30 April 1846 (S. F. Baird) 1847.
— b $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 7 May 1847 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

314

PASSERES.

1532. Empidonax acadicus.

Muscicapa acadica, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 947.

Empidonax acadicus , Baird, B. N. Am. p. 197.
a Pennsylvania, 22 December 1842 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

1533. Empidonax flaviventris.

Tyrannula flaviventris , W. M. & S. F, Baird, Proc. Ac. Phil.
1843, p. 283.

Empidonax flaviventris, Baird, Birds N. Am. p. 198: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 229.

a $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 8 May 1847 ( S . F. Baird ) 1847.
— b (. Dewgard ) 1849.

1534. Empidonax aflinis.

Tyrannula ajflnis, Swains. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 367.
Empidonax fulvipectus, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. x. p. 11 : Salv.
Ibis, 1874, p. 310.

a £ Cinco Sefiores, Mexico, Sep. 1844 ( Galeotti ) 1845.

This specimen agrees accurately with Swainson’s type example
now in the University Museum.

CONTOPUS.

Contopus, Cabanis, Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 479.

f 1535. Contopus pertinax.

Contopus pertinax , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 72 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 231.

a Mexico ( T . Mann) 1844. — b £ Sta Gertrudis, Mexico,
August ( Galeotti ) 1845.

+ 1538. Contopus virens.

Muscicapa virens, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 327.

Contopus virens, Baird, Birds N. Am. p. 190.
a New York {J. F. Brandt ) 1845. — b £ Carlisle, Pennsyl-
vania, 13 May 1847 (8. F. Baird) 1847.

-+■1537. Contopus brachytarsus.

Empidonax brachytarsus, Scl. Ibis, 1859, p. 441.

Contopus brachytarsus, Salv. Ibis, 1861, p. 364; Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 231: Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 578.

a £ Mexiana, November 1848 ( A . B. Wallace) 1849.

TYRANNIDiE.

315

i~1538. Contopus pallidus.

Myiobius pallidus, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 166 ; 111. pi. 40.
Contopus pallidus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 231.
a Jamaica (P. Id. Gosse ) 1848.

One of Mr Gosse’s typical specimens.

Myiochanes.

Myiochanes , Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 71 (1859).

1539. Myiochanes cinereus.

Platyrhynchus cinereus , Spix, Ay. Bras. ii. p. 11, pi. 13, f. 2.
Myiochanes cinereus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 71 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 232.

a, — b Brazil (AT. C. Strickland) 1838.

Myiarchus.

Myiarchus, Cabanis, Tscbudi’s Fauna Per. p. 152 (1845).

1540. Myiarchus validus.

Myiarchus validus, Cab. Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 351 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 232.

Tyrannus crinitus , Gosse, B. Jam. p. 186 (nec Linn.).
a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse ) 1848.

-4 1541. Myiarchus crinitus.

Muscicapa crinita, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 325.

Myiarchus crinitus, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 479; Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 232.

a N. America ( Havell ) 1839. — b Mexico ( Galeotti ) 1845.
— c £ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, May 1847 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

f- 1542. Myiarchus tyrannulus.

Muscicapa tyrannula, Mull. Syst. Nat. Suppl. p. 169.
Myiarchus tyrannulus, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 255.
Myiarchus ferox , (Gm.) Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 233.
a S. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (Cashmore) 1843.
— c Tobago (Sir W. Jar dine) 1844.

316

PASSEKES.

41543. Myiarchus lawrencii.

Tyrannula lawrencii, Giraud, B. Texas, pi. 2.

Myiarchus lawrencii, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 181 : Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 233.

a f Comaltepec, Mexico, December 1843 ( Galeotti ) 1845.

7-1544. Myiarchus nigriceps.

Myiarchus nigriceps, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 68; Cat. Am. B.
p. 234.

a (Bt at Birmingham ) 1849.

Agrees fairly with Sclater’s Ecuador specimens of this species.

1545. Myiarchus stolidus.

Myiobius stolidus , Gosse, B. Jam p. 168 ; 111. pi. 42.
Myiarchus stolidus, Cab. J. f. Orp. 1855, p. 479; Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 234.

a ( N . G. Strickland) 1838. — b Jamaica (P. H. Gosse ) 1848.
a is a faded specimen possibly of this species ; b is one of Mr
Gosse’s typical examples.

Blacicus.

Blacicus, Cabanis, Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 480.

-11546. Blacicus barbirostris.

Tyrannula barbirostris, Swains. Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 367.
Blacicus barbirostris , Scl. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 85.

Myiobius tristis, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 167 ; 111. pi. 41.
a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse ) 1848. — b ( Thomas ) 1843.
a is a typical specimen of Mr Gosse’s M. tristis, agreeing with
Swains on’s type of his Tyrannula barbirostris.

Empidias.

Empidias, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 69 (1859).

1547. Empidias fuscus.

Muscicapa fusca, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 931.

Empidias fuscus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 234.
a {Askew) 1837. — b ^Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 23 April 1845
(S. F. Baird) 1847. — c.

TYRANNIDA3.

317

Empidonomus.

Empidonomus, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 76 (1859).

1548. Empidonomus varius.

Muscicapa varia, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi. p. 458.
Empidonomus varius, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 76.
a S. America ( Mather ) 1840. — b ( Thomas ) 1843.

Tyrannus.

Tyr annus, Cuvier, Le9» Anat. Comp. i. Tab. 2 (1800).

/ 1549. Tyramms pipiri.

Lanius tyrannus <y carolinensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 302 :
unde “ Tyrannus carolinensis , Gm.” Temm. et Auctt. Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. viii. p. 372.

Tyrannus pipiri, Yieill. Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 73, t. 44: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 236.

a {Askew) 1834. — b Brazil? {Argent) 1852.
b is probably from Bolivia.

-1550. Tyrannus griseus.

Tyrannus griseus , Yieill. Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 76, t. 46: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 236.

Tyrannus tyrannus ft dominicensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 302.
Tyrannus dominicensis, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 169: Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. viii. p. 372.

a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse ) 1848.

/ 1551. Tyrannus melancholicus.

Tyrannus melancholicus, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxv.
p. 84: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 235.

a Brazil {Askew) 1834. — b, — c Brazil {G. Lloyd) 1838. — d
Tobago {Sir W. Jar dine) 1844. — e Bogota? {Bt at Stevens's)
1844. — -f Mexico (Galeotti) 1845. — g, — h Guayaquil {Capt.
Kellett & Lt. Wood) 1850. — i Guatemala (-7. Constancia ) 1851.
— j Trinidad {Argent) 1852.

318

PASSERES.

1552. Tyrannus aurantio-atro-cristatus.

Tyr annus aurantio-atro-cristatus, d’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av.
i. p. 45: Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 190.

Tyrannus inca , Scl. P. Z. S. 1861, p. 383: Cat. Am. B. p. 237.
a Brazil? ( Argent ) 1852.

Probably from Bolivia.

Milvulus.

Milvulus , Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 165 (1827).

1553. Milvulus tyrannus.

Muscicaya tyrannus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 325.

Milvulus tyrannus , Cab. Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 699 : Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 373: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 237.

a Brazil \N. G. Strickland) 1834. — b Brazil ( Johnson ) 1837.

FAMILY. — PIPRIDJE.

PiPRITES.

Piprites , Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 234 (1847).

1554. Piprites chloris.

Pipra chloris , Temm. PI. Col. 172, f. 2.

Piprites chloris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 246.
a Brazil (6r. Lloyd ) 1838.

Pipra.

Pipra, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 338 (1766) (partim).

1555. Pipra hlicauda.

Pipra filicauda, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 6, pi. 8, f. 1, 2: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 247.

a Amazons (E. Wilson) 1850.

1556. Pipra aureola.

Pipra aureola, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 339: Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 248.

a ( J . Stevens) 1829. — b (Gashmore) 1843.

A Guiana species.

PIPRIDiE.

319

1557. Pipra fasciata.

Pipra fasciata , d’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 38: d’Orb. Yoy.
Am. Merid. Ois. p. 295, pi. 30, f. 1: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 248.
a £, — b f {Argent) 1852.

Both probably from Bolivia.

1558. Pipra rubricapilla.

Pipra rubricapilla, Temm. PI. Col. 54, f. 3: Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 248.

Pipra erythrocephala, /3, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 339.
a Brazil (. Arthur Strickland) 1832. — b Brazil {Askew) 1837.

1559. Pipra chloromerus.

Pipra chloromeros, Tsch. Arch. f. Naturg. x. p. 271; et Fauna
Per. p. 144: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 248.
a £, — b f Brazil? ‘{Argent) 1852.

1560. Pipra auricapilla.

Pipra auricapilla , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 29: Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 249.

a S. America ( Robins ) 1834. — b S. America {N. C. Strickland)
1838. — c {Bt at Stevens's) 1845. — d Trinidad {Argent) 1851.

1561. Pipra leucocilla.

Pipra leucocilla , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 340 : Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 249.

a Brazil {Askew) 1834. — b Brazil {Askew) 1834. — c $
Brazil {A skew) 1834.

1562. Pipra serena.

Pipra serena, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 340: Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 249.

a {Thomas) 1843.

A Guiana species.

1563. Pipra gutturalis.

Pipra gutturalis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 340: Scl. Cat. Am. B.
p. 250.

a Int. of Guiana {G. Bell) 1842. — b {Argent) 1851.
b is a skin of Cayenne make.

320

PASSERES.

Machceropterus.

Machceropterus, Bonaparte, Consp. Yol. Anis. p. 6 (1854).

1564. Machaeropterus regulus.

Pipra regulus, Hahn, Ausl. Yog. Liefr. iv. pi. 4, ff. a, b.
Machceropterus regulus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 250.

Pipra strigilata, Max. Reise n. Bras. i. p. 187; Beitr. iii.
p. 430.

a , — b Brazil [Askew) 1834. — -c Brazil [Askew) 1837.

1565. Machaeropterus striolatus.

Pipra striolata, Bp. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 122.

Machceropterus striolatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 250.
a [Argent) 1853.

A skin of Bogota make.

Heilicura.

Ilicura, Reichenbach, Av. Syst. pi. lxiii. (1850).

1566. Heilicura militaris.

Pipra militaris, Shaw, Nat. Misc. xx. pi. 849.

Ilicura militaris , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 250.
a [T. Holme) 1838. — b, — c Brazil [N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Chiroxiphia.

Chiroxiphia, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 235 (1847).

1567. Chiroxiphia pareola.

Pipra pareola , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 339.

Chiroxiphia pareola, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 251.
a Brazil [Askew) 1833. ■ — b Brazil [Mansfield) 1834. — c
Brazil [Askew) 1837. — d [K C. Strickland) 1838.

1568. Chiroxiphia lanceolata.

Pipra lanceolata, Wagl. Isis, 1830, p. 931.

Chiroxiphia lanceolata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 251.

Pipra pareolides, Lafr. & d’Orb. Rev. Zool. 1838, p. 165.
a Trinidad [Argent) 1851.

PIPRID.E.

321

1569. Chiroxiphia linearis.

Pipra linearis , Bp. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 113.

Chiroxiphia linearis , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 251.
a} — b Guatemala (/. Constancia ) 1851.

1570. Chiroxiphia caudata.

Pipra caudata, Shaw, Nat. Misc. v. pi. 153.

Chiroxiphia caudata , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 251.
a Brazil {Mansfield) 1834. — b, — c, — d Brazil {N. C. Strick-
land) 1848.

Metopia.

Metopia, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 254 (1837).

1571. Metopia galeata.

Pipra galeata, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 28.

Metopia galeata, Sw. 1. s. c .: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 252.
a { Brandt ) 1845.

A Brazilian species.

Chiromacireris.

Chiromachceris , Cabanis, Arch. £ Naturg. xiii. p. 235 (1847).

1572. Chiromachseris manacus.

Pipra manacus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 340.

Chiromachceris manacus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 252.
a Trinidad {Argent) 1851.

1573. Chiromachseris gutturosa.

Pipra gutturosa , Desm. Tang, pi 58.

Chiromachceris gutturosa, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 252.
a Brazil {Askew) 1834.

Heteropelma.

Heteropelma, Bonaparte, Consp. Yol. Anis. p. 4 (Ateneo Ital.
agosto 1854).

1574. Heteropelma turdinnm.

Muscicapa turdina, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 817.

Heteropelma turdinum , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 244.

Ptilochloris rufo-olivaceus, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1838, p. 238.
a {Thomas) 1843. — b Bahia {S. Dutton) 1846.
s. c.

21

322

PASSERES.

1575. Heteropelma flavicapillum.

Heteropelma flavicapillum, Scl. P. Z. S. I860, p. 466.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b (Bt at Birmingham) 1849.
These specimens agree with Mr Sclater’s types from Brazil.

1576. Heteropelma igniceps.

Heteropelma igniceps , Scl. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 750.
a Brazil [Argent) 1853.

This specimen agrees fairly with Mr Sclater’s type of this Cayenne
species of which it is probably a female or young example, as it does
not possess the bright-coloured crown of the adult male bird.

1577. Heteropelma aurifrons.

Muscicapa aurifrons, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 829.

Heteropelma aurifrons, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 245.
a [N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

FAMILY. — COTIN GIDiE.

Tityra.

Tityra, Vieillot, Anal. p. 39 (1816).

1578. Tityra cayana.

Lanius cay anus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 137 : Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. vii. p. 28.

Tityra cayana, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 238.
a S. America [Askew) 1834. — b S. America [N. C. Strick-
land) 1838. — c [Dewgard) 1846.

1579. Tityra brasiliensis.

Psaris brasiliensis, Sw. Anim. in Menag. p. 286.

Tityra brasiliensis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 238.
a S. America [Askew) 1834. — b Brazil [Askew) 1834. — c,
— d [A. Strickland) 1850.

■f 1580. Tityra semifasciata.

Pachyrhynchus semifasciatus, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 32, pi. 44,
f. 2.

Tityra semifasciata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 238.

COTINGIDiE.

323

a $ Brazil? ( Argent ) 1852. — b (Bt at Liverpool ) 1853.
a is probably a Bolivian specimen.

+1581. Tityra inquisitor.

Lanius inquisitor, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 50.

Tityra inquisitor, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 239.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b S. America (N. C. Strickland)
1838.

Hadrostomus.

Hadrostomus, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 84 (1859).

1 1582. Hadrostomus atricapillus.

Tityra atricapilla, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iii. p. 347.
Hadrostomus atricapillus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 239.
a, — b Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c Brazil ( Argent )
1851.

'1583. Hadrostomus niger.

Lanius niger, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 301.

Hadrostomus niger , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 239.

Tityra leuconotus, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 187.
a £, — b f Jamaica (P. H Gosse) 1848.

41584. Hadrostomus aglaise.

Pachyrhynchus aglaice, Lafr. Bev. Zool. 1839, p. 98.
Hadrostomus aglaice, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 240.
a, — b Guatemala ( Constancia ) 1845. — c Guatemala ( Con -
[ stancia) 1851.

Pachyrhamphus.

Pachyrhamphus , Gray, List Gen. B. p. 31 (1840).

1585. Pachyrhamplius viridis.

Tityra viridis , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iii. p. 348.
Pachyrhamphus viridis , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 240.
a Brazil (Johnson) 1837.. — b S. America ( Thomas ) 1842. — c
S. America (Osman) 1846. — d ( Mansfield ) 1849.

1586. Pachyrhamphus surinamus.

Muscicapa surinama, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 325.

21—2

324

PASSERES.

Pachyrhamphus surinamus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 241.
a { Dewgard ) 1851.

A skin of Cayenne make.

f 1587. Pachyrhamphus cinereus.

ManaJcin cendre, de Cayenne , D’Aub. PL Enl. 687, f. 1, unde ,
Pipra cinerea , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 43.

Pachyrhamphus cinereus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 241.
a Cayenne {Dewgard) 1846.

i~ 1588. Pachyrhamplms cinereiventris.

Pachyrhamphus cinereiventris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 242.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — h (Bt at Stevens’s) 1845.

A species of the north-western parts of South America.

1 1589. Pachyrhamphus polychropterus.

Platyrhynchos polychropterus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N„
xxvii. p. 10.

Pachyrhamphus polychropterus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 242.
a (E. Brown) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

1590. Pachyrhamphus niger.

Pachyrhamphus niger , Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 33, pi. 45, f. 1:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 241.
a {Argent) 1851.

A species of the northern parts of South America.

-h 1591. Pachyrhamphus atrieapillus.

Lanius atrieapillus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 302.

Pachyrhamphus atrieapillus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 242.
a {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — h Brazil {Gardner) 1845. — c
{Bt at Birmingham) 1849. — d

1592. Pachyrhamphus versicolor.

Vireo versicolor, Hartl. Bev. Zool. 1843, p. 289.
Pachyrhamphus versicolor, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 243.
a {Argent) 1852.

A Columbian species.

COTINGIDiE.

325

SUBFAMILY.— LIPAUGIN^E.

Lathria.

Lathria, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 255 (1837).

1593. Lathria fuscocinerea*

Querula fuscocinerea, Lafr. Bev. Zool. 1843, p. 291.

Lipaugus fuscocinereus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 243.
a Bogota ? (Stevens s sale) 1845.

1594. Lathria plumbea.

Muscicapa plumbea, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 53.

Lipaugus plumbeus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 243.
a Brazil (JV. C. Strickland) 1838.

1595. Lathria cinerea,

Ampelis cinerea , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 162 (nec
Latham).

Lipaugus cineraceus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 243.
a Para, August 1848 (S. Stevens) 1849.

Ampelis cinerea Lath, is a synonym of Lanius nengeta , L. =
Tcenioptera nengeta , Auctt.

a is doubtless a specimen from Mr Wallace’s collection.

Aulia.

Aulea, Bonaparte, Consp. Yol. Anis. p. 4 (Ateneo Ital. agosto
1854).

1596- Aulia hypopyrrha.

Ampelis hypopyrra , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 164,
Aulia hypopyrrha , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 101.
Lipaugus hypopyrrhus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 244 : Scl. & Salv.
i Ex. Orn. p. 6.

a (Seaman) 1840. — b Brazil (Thomas) 1842.

The name A. hypopyrrha was bestowed by Yieillot upon a Guiana
bird and it is questionable if it ought to be applied to the Brazilian
species. A comparison of Guianan and Brazilian skins can alone
decide this point.

326

PASSERES.

Lipaugus.

Lipangus, Boie, Isis, 1828, p. 318: Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N.
H. vii. p. 27.

1597. Lipaugu simplex.

Muscicapa simplex, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 53.

Lipaugus simplex , Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 6.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b {A. Strickland) 1840.

Laniisoma.

Laniisoma , Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 492 (1831):
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 29.

Ptilochloris, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 250 (1837).

1598. Laniisoma squamatum.

Muscicapa squamata, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 814.

Ptilochloris squamata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 246.

Lanius arcuatus , Geoffr. St.- Hil. Mag. Zool. 1833, cL ii. pi. 12.
a Brazil {Seaman) 1840. — b {Argent) 1852.

SUBFAMILY. — ATTILIN M.

Attila.

Attila , Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 360 (1831).

1599. Attila brasiliensis.

Attila brasiliensis , Less. 1. s. c .: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 195:
a {Seaman) 1840. — b {Thomas) 1843.

A Brazilian species.

1600. Attila cinereus.

Muscicapa cinerea, Gm. Syst.- Nat. i. p*. 933: Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. vi. p. 423.

Attila cinereus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 41; Cat. Am. B. p. 194.
a Brazil {Murray) 1834. — b Brazil {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1601. Attila spadaceus.

Muscicapa spadacea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 937.

Attila spadaceus, Lafr. Bev. Zool. 1848, p. 46: Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 195.

a {E. Brown) 1850.

A Guiana species.

OOTINGID.E.

327

1602. Attila thamnophiloides.

Muscicapa thamnophiloides , Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 19, pi. 26,

f. 1.

Attila thamnophiloides, Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 41; Cat. Am. B.
p. 195.

a Brazil? (. Argent ) 1852.

SUBFAMILY.— RUPICOLINhE.

Rupicola.

Rupicola, Brisson, Ornith. iv. p. 437 (1760).

1603. Rupicola crocea.

Pipra rupicola, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 338.

Rupicola crocea, Bonn. Tabl. Enc. Meth. Orn. p. 266 (1790) :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 253.

Rupicola aurantia, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxix. p. 551.
a S. America ( Thomas ) 1842.

A Guiana species.

Phcenicocercus.

Phoenicircus, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 491 (1831).
Phoenicocercus, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 236 (1847).

1604. Phcenicocercus carnifex.

Ampelis carnifex, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 298.

Phcenicocercus carnifex , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 253.

Ampelis cuprea, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 163.
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Guiana species.

SUBFAMILY. — COTINGLNYE.

Tijuca.

Tijuca, Lesson, Cent. Zool. p. 30, pi. 6 (1830).

1605. Tijuca nigra.

Tijuca nigra, Less. 1. s. c.\ Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 254.
a Chili (AT. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

328

PASSERES.

Phibalura.

Phibalura , Vieillot, Anal. p. 31 (1816);

1606. Phibalura flavirostris,

Phibalura flavirostris, Yieill. 1. s. c .: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 254.
a, — b S. America (A*. G. Strickland) 1838..

PlPREOLA.

Pipreola, Swainson, An. in Menag. p. 357 (1838).

1607. Pipreola riefferi,

Ampelis riefferi , Boiss. Eev. Zool. 1840, p. 3.

Pipreola riefferi^ Scl. Ibis,. 1878, p. 166;

Pyrrhorhynchus riefferi, Bp. Consp. p. 177.
a Bogota (Bt at Stevens s) 1844. — b Bogota (Bt at Stevens's)
1845.

Ampeliok

Ampelion , Cabanis, in Tsch. Faun. Per. p. 137 (1845)..

1608. Ampelion cucullatus.

Procnias cucullata, Sw. Zool. 111. i. pi. 37.

Ampelio cucullatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 255.

Carpornis cucullata , Bp. Consp. p. 176.
a ( Garfrae ) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

1609. Ampelion melanocephalus.

Procnias melanocephalus, Sw. Zool 111. i. pi. 25.

Ampelio melanocephalus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 255;
a Brazil [Johnson) 1837. — b (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

Heliochera.

Heliochera, de Filippi, Cat. Mus. Medio!. Av. p. 31 (1847).

1610. Heliochera rubrocristata.

Ampelis rubrocristatus, d’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 39.
Heliochera rubrocristata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 255.
a Bogota ( Williams ) 1848. — b Bogota (Dewgard) 1849.

COTINGIDiE.

329

COTINGA.

Cotinga , Brisson, Ornith. ii. p. 339 (1760).

*/1611. Cotinga cincta.

Ampelis cotinga , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 298.

Ampelis superbus , Shaw, Nat. Misc. xix. pi. 821.

Ampelis cincta, Kuhl, Buff. & D’Aub. Fig. Av. Nom. Syst.
p. 4: Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 373.

Cotinga cincta , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 256.

a S. America (Thomas). — b (X. C. Strickland ), — c (Argent)
1851.

The name Ampelis cincta is usually attributed to Boddaert who,
however, proposed no such title. The next in priority is A. superbus
of Shaw, but as this name was suggested solely on account of certain
orange-coloured spots produced by the application of heat to the purple
under-plumage of a bird, which that author a few pages before rightly
considered to be A. cotinga Linn., I think we may fairly be dispensed
from the necessity of calling this species Cotinga superba. Kuhl’s title
is applied to Le Cotinga du Bresil of D’Aubenton (PI. Enl. 188).

H-1612. Cotinga cserulea.

Le Cotinga, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 186, undl,

Ampelis ccerulea, Vieill. N. Diet. dTList. N. viii. p. 161.

Cotinga ccerulea , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 256.

a (Argent) 1852.

A skin of Cayenne make.

t1613. Cotinga cayana,

Ampelis cay ana, Linn. Syst. Nat. h p* 298.

Cotinga cay ana, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 256.

a (Argent) 1852:

A Guiana species found also in the U pper Amason and Colombia.

XlPHOLENA..

Xipholena, Gloger, Handb. p. 320 (1842).

1614. Xipholena pompadora.

Ampelis pompador a, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 298.

Xipholena pompadora, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 256.

a (Bt at Stevens's) 1845. — b (Dewgard) 1846.

A Guiana species.

330

PASSERES.

1615. Xipholena atropurpurea.

Ampelis atropurpurea, Max. Reise n. Bras. i. pp. 262, 275.
Xipholena atropurpurea, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 257: Scl. &
Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 9, pi. 5.

a Brazil ( Johnson ) 1837. — b, — c Guiana (JV. C. Strickland)
1838.

A purely Brazilian species.

IODOPLEURA.

Iodopleura, Lesson, Bey. Zool. 1839, p. 45.

1616. Iodopleura pipra.

Pardalotus pipra, Less. Cent. Zool. p. 81, pi. 26.

Iodopleura pipra, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 246.
a (X. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil ( Fenton ) 1850.

1617. Iodopleura fusca.

Ampelis fusca, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 162.

Pipra laplacii, Gerv. Mag. Zool. 1836, cl. ii. pi. 68.
a (Bt at Liverpool) 1853.

A Guiana species.

Calyptura.

Calyptura, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 491 (1831).

1618. Calyptura cristata.

Pardalotus cristatus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxiv. p. 528.
Calyptura cristata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 247.
a Brazil (M. G. Strickland) 1838.

SUBFAMILY. — GYMNODERLNYE.

Querula.

Querula, Vieillot, Anal. p. 37 (1816): Strickl. Ann. & Mag.
N. H. vii. p. 27.

•f 1619. Querula cruenta.

Gobe-Mouche noir d gorge pourpre, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI.
Enl. 381, unde ,

Muscicapa cruenta , Bodd. Tab. PI. Enl. p. 23.

Querula cruenta, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 257.

COTINGIDiE.

331

a S. America (Mansfield) 1839. —b Demarara ( Cashmore )
1843.

Chasmorhynchus.

Chasmorhynchos, Temminck, PI. Col. Livr. 9 (1823): Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 373.

1620. Chasmorhynchus nudicollis.

Ampelis nudicollis , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 164.
Chasmorhynchus nudicollis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 258: Salv.
Ibis, 1865, p. 91.

a, — b Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1621. Chasmorhynchus variegatus.

Ampelis variegatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 841.

Chasmorhynchus variegatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 257 : Salv.
Ibis, 1865, p. 91.

a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b S. America ( Thomas )
1842. — c Trinidad (Col J. Taylor).

The true habitat of this species is Guiana, Venezuela and Trinidad.

Gymnocephalus.

Gymnocephalus , Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Ann. du Mus. xiii.
p. 237 (1809).

1622. Gymnocephalus calvus.

Corvus calvus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 372.

Gymnocephalus calvus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 258.
a S. America (Williams) 1846.

Pyroderus.

Coracina, Temminck, PI. Col. Livr. 7 (1823) (nec Vieillot).
Pyroderus, G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 38 (1840): Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 27.

1623. Pyroderus scutatus.

Coracias scutata, Shaw, Mus. Lev. p. 199.

Pyroderus scutatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 259.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

332

PASSERES.

FAMILY. — PHYTOTOMIDiE.

Phytotoma1.

Phytotoma, Molina, Sagg. sulla St. Nat. Chili, p. 254 (1782).

1624. Phytotoma rara.

Phytotoma vara , Mol. 1. s. c. : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 260.
a Valparaiso (Capt. Brown) 1842.

SUBORDER III. — TR ACHE OPHONiE .

FAMILY. — DENDROCOLAPTIDiE.
SUBFAMILY.— FURNABIIN^E.

Geobates.

Geobates, Swainson, An. in Menag. p. 322 (1838).

1625. Geobates poecilopterus.

Anthus poecilopterus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 633.

Geobates poecilopterus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 204, pi. 21.
Geobates brevicauda, Sw. 1. s. c.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1840.

A Brazilian species.

Geositta.

Geositta, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 317 (1837).

1626. Geositta cunicularia.

Alauda cunicularia, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. i. p, 369.
Geositta cunicularia, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 146.
a (. N . C. Strickland) 1838. — b Chili ( Gapk Brown) 1842.

Furnarius.

Furnarius, Vieillot, Anal. p. 47 (1816).

1627. Furnarius figulus.

Turdus figulus, Licht. Yerz. DoubLp. 40.

Furnarius figulus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 147.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Upucerthia.

Upucerthia, I. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Nouv. Ann. du Mus.
i. p. 393 (1832).

1 Considered by Strickland (Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 33, & Contr. Orn.
1850, p. 49), to belong to the Subfamily Tanagrinae.

DENDROCOLAPTIDAC.

333

1628. Upucerthia dumetoria.

Upucerthia dumetoria , Geoffr. & d’Orb. Ann. du Mus. i. p.
394: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 147.

a S. America (N, C. Strickland) 1838.

ClNCLODES.

Cinclodes, G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 16 (1840).

1629. Cinclodes nigrifumosus.

Upucerthia nigrifumosa, d’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. ii. p. 23:
d’Orb. Yoy. Am. Mdrid. Ois. p. 372, pi. 57, f. 2.

Cinclodes nigrifumosus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 148.
a Chili (Capt. Brown) 1842.

1630. Cinclodes patagonicus.

Motacilla patagonica, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 957.

Cinclodes patagonicus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 148.
a (JV. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Chilian species.

Lochmias.

Lochmias, Swainson, Zool. Jonrn. iii. p. 355 (1827).

1631. Lochmias nematnra.

Myiothera nematura, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 43.

Lochmias nematura, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 149.

Lochmias squamatula, Sw. Orn. Draw. pi. 33.
a (IV. a Strickland) 1837.

A Brazilian species.

SCLERURUS.

Sclerurus, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 356 (1827).

1632. Sclerurus nmbretta.

Myiothera umhretta, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 43.

Sclerurus umbretta , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 574.
a ( Thomas ) 1843. — b Brazil ( Argent ) 1851.

1633. Sclerurus caudacutus.

Thamnophilus caudacutus , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iii.
p. 310.

334

PASSERES.

Sclerurus caudacutus, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 574.
a [Mather) 1840.

A Guiana species.

OXYURUS.

Oxyurus, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 354 (1827).

1634. Oxyurus spinicauda.

Motacilla spinicauda , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 978.

Oxyurus spinicauda, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 150.

Synallaxis tupinieri, Less. Yoy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 665. Atlas, pi.
29, f. 1.

a Chili ( Capt . Brown) 1842.

Phleocryptes.

Phleocryptes , Cabanis & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 26 (1859).

1635. Phleocryptes melanops.

Sylvia melanops, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p. 232.
Phleocryptes melanops, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 150.
a (A. 0. Strickland) 1838.

A Chilian species.

Leptasthenura.

Leptasthenura, Beichenbach, Scansorise p. 160 (1853).

1636. Leptasthenura eegithaloides.

Synallaxis cegithaloides, Kittl. Mem. pres, a l’Ac. Petersb.,
i. p. 187, pi. 7 (1831).

Leptasthenura cegithaloides, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 150.
a Juan Fernandez ( Tucker ) 1838.

This species has not been included in recent collections made in Juan
Fernandez. (Cf. Sclater, Ibis, 1871, p. 178; & Salvin, Ibis, 1875, p. 370.)

Synallaxis.

Synallaxis, Vieillot, N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxii. p. 309 (1819).

1637. Synallaxis frontalis.

Synallaxis frontalis, Pelz. Sitz. Ak. Wien, xxxiv. p. 117: Scl.
P. Z. S. 1874, p. 8.

a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Bogota? ( Gardner )
1844. — c ( Dewgard ) 1851.

DENDROCOLAPTIDiE.

335

1638. Synallaxis spixi.

Synallaxis spixi, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 98; P. Z. S. 1874, p. 9.
a Brazil (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

1639. Synallaxis hypospodia.

Synallaxis hypospodia, Scl. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 10.
a ( Gardner ) 1846.

A Brazilian species.

1640. Synallaxis cinnamomea.

Certhia cinnamomea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 480.

Synallaxis cinnamomea, Scl. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 13.

Synallaxis ruficauda, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxii. p. 310.
a Brazil ( A . G. Strickland) 1838. — h Brazil {Argent) 1851.

1641. Synallaxis terrestris.

Synallaxis terrestris, Jard. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xix. p. 80:
Scl. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 16.

a Bogota? (Bt at Stevenss) 1844.

A species of Tobago and Venezuela.

1642. Synallaxis erythrothorax.

Synallaxis erythrothorax , Scl. P. Z. S. 1855, p. 75, pi. 86;
P. Z. S. 1874, p. 17.

a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia ) 1851.

1643. Synallaxis phryganophila.

Sylvia pliryganophila, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xi. p. 207.
Synallaxis phryganophila, Scl. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 17.
a Brazil (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

1644. Synallaxis pallida.

Synallaxis pallidus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 690 : Scl. P. Z. S. 1874,

p. 18.

a Brazil (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

1645. Synallaxis hmnicola.

Synallaxis humicola, Kittl. Mem. pres, a l’Ac. Petersb. i. p.
185, pi. 6 (1831): Scl. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 22.
a Chili ( Capt . Brown) 1842.

336

PASSERES.

Phacelodomus.

Phacellodomus, Reichenbach, Scansorise p. 169 (1853).

1646. Phacelodomus frontalis.

Sphenura frontalis, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 42.
Phacellodomus frontalis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 154.

Anabates rufifrons, Spix, Ay. Bras. i. p. 84, pi. 85, f. 1.
a Bahia (S. Dutton) 1846.

Thripophaga.

Thripophaga, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 338 (1847).

1647. Thripophaga erythrophthalma.

Anabates erythrophthalma, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1175.
Thripophaga erythrophthalma , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 156.
a ( Thomas ) 1840.

A Brazilian species.

1648. Thripophaga striolata.

Sphenura striolata, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 42.

Thripophaga striolata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 156.
a (Bt at Birmingham) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

PSEUDOCOLAPTES.

Pseudocolaptes, Reichenbach, Scansorise p. 209 (1853).

1649. Pseudocolaptes boissoneauti.

Anabates boissoneauti, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 104.
Pseudocolaptes boissoneauti, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 156.
Anabates auritus, Tsch. Arch. f. Naturg.
a Bogota ( J . Gould) 1844. — b Bogota ( Bt at Stevens s) 1844.
— c ( Dewgard ) 1849. — d (Argent) 1852.

Homorus.

Homorus, Reichenbach, Scansorise p. 172 (1853).

1650. Homorus cristatus.

Anabates cristatus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 83, pi. 84.

DENDROCOLAPTID^.

337

Homorus cristatus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 157.
a Interior of Bolivia (T. G. Eyton ) 1850.

Automolus.

Automolus, Reichenbach, Scansores, p. 174 (1853).

1651. Automolus ferruginolentus.

Anabates ferruginolentus , Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1166.
Automolus ferruginolentus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 157.
Anabates leucophrus, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. ii. pi. 93.
a (jV. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

1652. Automolus rubiginosus.

Anabates rubiginosus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 288.

Automolus rubiginosus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 157.
a Guatemala ( J. ’ Gonstancia) 1851.

1653. Automolus sulphurascens.

Sphenura sulphurascens, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 41.
Automolus sulphurascens , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 157.

Philydor albogularis, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 74, pi. 74, f. 1.
a {N. G. Strickland) 1834. —b ( Gardner ) 1845.

1654. Automolus striaticeps.

Automolus striaticeps, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1875, p. 37.
a Bogota ( Bt at Stevens's) 1845.

Philydor.

Philydor, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 73 (1824).

1655. Philydor rufus.

Dendrocopus rufus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 119.
Philydor rufus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 155.
a (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

S. C.

22

338

PASSERES.

1656. Philydor amaurotis.

Anabates amaurotis , Temm. PL Col. 238, f. 2.

Philydor amaurotis , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 155.
a (. Mansfield ) 1834.

A Brazilian species.

1657. Philydor columbianus.

Philydor columbianus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 29.
a Brazil (i\T. G. Strickland ) 1838.

Originally described from Venezuelan specimens.

1658. Philydor montanus.

Anabates montanus, Tsch. Faun. Per. Av. p. 241, pi. 20, f. 1.
Philydor montanus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 86.
a Bogota ( Bt at Stevens's) 1845.

1659. Philydor superciliaris.

Sphenura superciliaris, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 41.

Philydor superciliaris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 154.

Anabates atricapillus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1187.
a Brazil ( Arthur Strickland) 1834. — b S. America {Mather)
1840. — c Brazil ( Argent ) 1851.

Anabatoides.

Anabatoides, Burmeister, Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 23 (1856).

1660. Anabatoides fuscus.

Sitta fusca, Vieill. Anal. p. 68.

Anabatoides fuscus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 158.

Sphenura albicollis , Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 41.
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

Anabazenops.

Anabazenops, Lafresnaye, Diet. Univ. d’Hist. N. i. p. 411
(1841).

1661. Anabazenops rufosuperciliatus.

Xenops rufosuperciliatus, Lafr. Mag. Zool. 1832, Cl. ii. pi. 7.
Anabazenops rufosuperciliatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 158.
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

DENDROCOLAPTIDiE.

339

1662. Anabazenops subalaris.

Anabates subalaris, Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 141.

Anabazenops subalaris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 158.
a Bogota (Bt at Stevens’s) 1845.

Xenops.

Xenops, Illiger, Prod. p. 213 (1811).

1663. Xenops genibarbis.

Xenops genibarbis, 111. 1. s. c. : Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi.
p. 420: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 159.

a Brazil (Askew) 1834. — b (X. G. Strickland) 1838.

1664. Xenops rutilus.

Xenops rutilus, Licht. Yerz. Donbl. p. 17 : Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. vi. p. 420: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 159.
a Brazil (X. G. Strickland) 1838.

SlTTASOMUS.

Sittasomus , Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 355 (1827).

1665. Sittasomus eritbacus.

Dendrocolaptes erithacus, Licht. Abh. k. Ak. Berl. 1820,
p. 266, pi. 1, f. 2.

Sittasomus erithacus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 371 •
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 160.

a [N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b ( N . G. Strickland) 1838.

1666. Sittasomus olivaceus.

Sittasomus olivaceus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1146 : Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. S. 1868, p. 630.

Sittasomus griseus, Jard. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xix. p. 82.
a Bogota (Bt at Stevens’s) 1844.

Margarornis.

Margarornis, Reichenbach, Scansores, i. p. 179 (1853).

1667. Margarornis perlata.

Sittasomus perlatus, Less. Echo du Monde Savant, 1844,
p. 275.

22 2

340

PASSERES.

Margarornis perlata, Salv. Ibis, 1874, p. 323.
a Bogota ( Bt at Stevens's) 1844.

Glyphorhynchus,

Glyphorynchus , Maximilian Prinz zu Wied, Beitr. iii. p. 1149
(1830).

1668. (xlyphorhynchus cimeatiis.

Dendrocolaptes cuneatus, Liclit. Abb. d. Ak. d. Wiss. 1818,
p. 204, pi. 3, f. 2.

Glyphorhynchus cuneatus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1841, p. 28 : Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 161.

a Brazil (. Arthur Strickland) 1840.

Dendrocincla.

Dendrocincla, G. B. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 18 (1840).

1669. Bendrocincla atrirostris.

Dendrocolaptes atrirostris , d’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. ii. p. 12.
Dendrocincla atrirostris , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 162.
a Columbia ( Gardner ) 1845.

1670. Dendrocincla tnrdina.

Dendrocolaptes turdinus, Licht. Abb. d. Ak. d. Wiss. 1818,
p. 204, pi. 2, f. 1.

Dendrocincla turdina, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 54.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil (Sir W. Jar-
dine) 1845.

Dendrocolaptes.

Dendrocolaptes , Hermann, Obs. Zool. p. 135 (1804).

1671. Dendrocolaptes picrannus.

Dendrocolaptes picumnus, Licbt. Abb. d. Ak. d. Wiss. 1818,
p. 202 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 162.

Dendrocolaptes platyrostris, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 87, pi. 89.
a, • — b Brazil (W. G. Strickland ) 1838. — c Bogota (Bt at
Stevens's) 1844.

1672. Dendrocolaptes certhia.

Le Picucule, de Cayenne , D’Aub. PI. Enl. 621, unde,

DENDROCOLAPTIDiE.

341

Picus certhia, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 38.

Dendrocolaptes certhia , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 56.
Gracula cayennensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 399 : Strickl. Ann.
<& Mag. N. H. vL p. 420.
a (W. Kirtland ) 1843.

A Guiana species.

Nasxca.

Nasica, Lesson, Traitd d’Orn. p. 311 (1831).

1673. Nasica longirostris.

Dendrocolaptes longirostris , Licht. Abh. d. Ak. d. Wiss.

1818, p. 200.

Nasica longirostris , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 163.
a Brazil (T. G . Eyton) 1850.

A Guiana and Amazonian species.

XlPHOCOLAPTES.

Xiphocolaptes , Lesson, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 269.

1674. Xiphocolaptes albicollis.

Dendrocopus albicollis , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 117.
Xiphocolaptes albicollis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 163.
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b ( Williams) 1848. — c (. Mans-
field) 1849.

A species of South-East Brazil.

1675. Xiphocolaptes promeropirhynchus.

Dendrocolaptes promeropirhynchus, Less. Rev. Zool. 1840,

p. 270.

Xiphocolaptes promeropirhynchus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 163.
a Bogota [Bt at Stevens's) 1845. — b S. America.

1676. Xiphocolaptes emigrans.

Xiphocolaptes emigrans, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 118.
a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1848.

Dendrornis.

Dendrornis, Eyton, Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 23.

342

PASSERES.

1677. Dendrornis guttatus.

Dendrocolaptes guttatus , Licht. Abh. d. Ak. d. Wiss. 1820,
p. 264.

Dendrornis guttatus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 164.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b ( Thomas ) 1843. — c (Thomas).
A Brazilian species.

1678. Dendrornis triangularis.

Dendrocolaptes triangularis , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 134.
Dendrornis triangularis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 165.
a Bogota (J. Gould) 1844.

1679. Dendrornis susnrrans.

Dendrocolaptes susurrans, Jard. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xix.

p. 81.

Dendrornis susurrans, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 165.
a Tobago (Kirk) 1844. — b Bogota? (Gardner) 1844.
a is one of the typical specimens of this species.

1680. Dendrornis nrnltignttatns.

Dendrocolaptes multiguttatus, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1850, p. 417.
Dendrornis multiguttatus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 164.
a (Bt at Birmingham) 1850.

A Guiana species.

Dendroplex.

Dendroplex, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 354 (1827).

1681. Dendroplex pious.

Le Talapiot, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 605, unde,

Oriolus picus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 384.

Dendroplex picus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 165 : Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. S. 1867, p. 575.

a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Cayenne ( P . L. Sclater)
1846. — -c Mexiana, Para, November, 1848 (A. B. Wallace)
1849.

DENDR0C0LAPTIDA5.

343

PlCOLAPTES.

Picolaptes, Lesson, Traits d’Orn. p. 313 (1831).

1682. Picolaptes lacrymiger.

Dendrocolaptes lacrymiger , Des Murs, Icon. Orn. pi. 70.
Picolaptes lacrymiger , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 166.
a Bogota (. Bt at Stevens’s) 1844. — b Bogota ( J ’. Gould )
1844.

1683. Picolaptes compressus.

Thripobrotus compressus , Cab. J. f. Orn. 1861, p. 243.
a Guatemala ( J . Gonstancia) 1851.

1684. Picolaptes tenuirostris.

Dendrocolaptes tenuirostris, Licht. Abh. d. Ak. d. Wiss. 1818,

p. 202.

Picolaptes tenuirostris , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 167.
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b (Arthur Strickland ) 1840.

A species of South-East Brazil.

1685. Picolaptes squamatus.

Dendrocolaptes squamatus, Licht. Abh. d. Ak. d. Wiss. 1820,
p. 265, pi. 2, f. 1.

Thripobrotus squamatus , Cab. & Hein. Mus, Hein. ii. p. 37.
Dendrocolaptes wagleri , Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 88, pi. 90, f. 2.
a Brazil (Askew) 1837. — b Brazil (Brandt) 1845.

XlPHORHYNCHUS.

Xiphorhynchus, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 354 (1827).

1686. Xiphorhynchus trochilirostris.

Dendrocolaptes trochilirostris, Licht. Abh. d. Ak. d. Wiss.
1818, p. 207, pi. 3.

Xiphorhynchus trochilirostris, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H.
viii. p. 371 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 167.

a Bahia, S. America (Thomas) 1843. — b Bolivia (Argent)
1852.

344

PASSERES.

FAMILY. — FORMICARIIDHC.

SUBFAMILY. — THAMNOPHILINiE.

Batara.

Batara , Lesson, Traite d’Orn. i. p. 347 (1831).

1687. Batara cinerea.

Thamnophilus cinereus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxv.

p. 200.

Batara cinerea , Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 207 ; Cat. Am. B.

p. 170.

Lanius undulatus, Mikan, Del. Faun. Bras. pi. 2.
a £, — b Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Thamnophilus.

Thamnophilus , Vieillot, Anal. p. 40 (1816).

1688. Thamnophilus leachi.

Thamnophilus leachi , Such, Zool. Journ. i. p. 558: Scl. P. Z. S.
1858, p. 207.

a Brazil (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — b {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1689. Thamnophilus severus.

Lanius severus, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 45.

Thamnophilus severus , Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 208.
Thamnophilus niger, Such, Zool. Journ. i. p. 559.
Thamnophilus swainsoni, Such, l. c. p. 556.
a, — b Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — -c Brazil (6r. Lloyd)
1838.

1690. Thamnophilus guttatus.

Thamnophilus guttatus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iii. p. 315:
Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 208.

a Brazil (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

FORMICARIIDiE.

345

1691. Thamnophilus major.

Thamnophilus major , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iii. p. 313:
Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 209.

a, — b Brazil (Askew) 1834. — c (JV. C. Strickland) 1838.
— d Trinidad ( Argent ) 1851.

1692. ThamnopMus cinereoniger.

Thamnophilus cinereo-niger, Pelz. Orn. Bras. pp. 76, 143.
a Para (S. Stevens) 1849.

Evidently one of Mr Wallace’s specimens but without his label.
The species, however, is not included in the list of Mr Wallace’s
Amazon Collection (P. Z. S. 1867).

1693. Thamnophilus ambiguus.

Thamnophilus ambiguus , Sw. Zool. Journ. ii. p. 91 : Scl.
P.Z. S. 1858, p. 213.

a Brazil (. Arthur Strickland) 1834. — b Brazil (Askew) 1837.
- — c, — d, — e Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. --/Brazil (G. Lloyd)
1838. — g, — h Brazil? (Argent) 1852.

1694. Thamnopliiliis cserulescens.

Thamnophilus ccerulescens, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iii.
p. 311 : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 174.
a Brazil (N. C . Strickland) 1838.

1695. Thamnophilus atricapillus.

Lanius atricapillus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 302.

Thamnophilus atricapillus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 215; Cat.
Am. B. p. 174.

a (Bt at Stevens's) 1845. — b (Dewgard) 1849. — c, — d Trini-
dad (Argent) 1851.

1696. Thamnophilus doliatus.

Lanius doliatus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 136.

Thamnophilus doliatus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 217.
a , — b ( N . C. Strickland) 1838. — c S. America (N. C. Strick-
land) 1838. — d, — e Guatemala ( J \ Constancia) 1845. — -/Gua-
temala (J. Constancia) 1851. — g Trinidad (Argent) 1851.

346

PASSERES.

1697. Thamnophilus mnltistriatns.

Thamnophilus multistriatus , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 82 :
Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 219.

a ( Bt at Stevens's) 1845. — b Bogota ( Bt at Stevenss ) 1845.

1698. Thamnophilus palliatus.

Thamnophilus palliatus, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 46 : Scl. P. Z. S.
1858, p. 219.

a Brazil (Askew) 1834. — b Brazil (Askew) 1837. — c (Arthur
Strickland ) 1850.

1699. Thamnophilus torquatus.

Thamnophilus torquatus, Sw. Zool. Journ. ii. p. 89 : Scl.
P. Z. S. 1858, p. 220.

a (Ar. G. Strickland). — b Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c
S. America (Mather) 1840. — d, — e Brazil (Argent) 1851.

Dysithamnus.

Dysithamnus, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 223 (1847).

1706. Dysithamnus guttulatus.

Lanius guttulatus , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 46.

Dysithamnus guttulatus, Scl. P. Z.-S. 1858, p. 221.

Myothera stictothorax, Temm. PI. Col. 179, f. 1, 2.
a Brazil (Burl) 1834. — b (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

1701. Dysithamnus mentalis.

Myiothera mentalis , Temm. PI. Col. 179, f. 3.

Dysithamnus mentalis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 221.
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil? (Argent) 1852.
b is probably from Bolivia.

1702. Dysithamnus semicinereus.

Dysithamnus semicinereus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1855, p. 90, pi. 97;
18 58, p. 222.

a Bogota (Bt at Stevens's ) 1845. — b (Bt at Stevens's) 1845.

1703. Dysithamnus xanthopterus.

Dysithamnus xanthopterus, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 81: Scl.
P. Z. S. 1858, p. 222.
a Brazil (Argent) 1853.

FORMICARIIDiE.

347

Thamnomanes.

Thamnomanes, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 230 (1847).

1704. Thamnomanes caesius.

Lanius ccesius, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 46.

Thamnomanes ccesius, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 223.
a [N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b [ Thomas ) 1842.

A species of South-eastern Brazil and Bolivia.

1705. Thamnomanes glaucus.

Thamnomanes glaucus , Cab. Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 230 :
Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 223.
a [Bt at Stevens’s) 1845.

A Guiana species.

SUB-FAMILY.— FOBMICIYOBINZE.
Herpsilochmus.

Herpsilochmus, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 224 (1847).

1706. Herpsilochmus pileatus.

Myiothera pileata, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 44.

Herpsilochmus pileatus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 233.
a [N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Originally described from Bahia specimens.

1707. Herpsilochmus rufomarginatus.

Myiothera rujimarginata, Temm. PI. Col. 132, f. 1.
Herpsilochmus rufomarginatus , Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 233.
a Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil [Arthur Strick-
land) 1840.

Myrmotherula.

Myrmotlierula , Sclater, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 234.

1708. Myrmotherula surinamensis.

Sitta surinamensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 442.

Myrmotherula surinamensis , Scl. 1. s. c. pi. 141, f. 1.
a S. America [Gardner) 1844.

348

PASSERES.

1709. Myrmothernla erythronota.

Formicivora erythronota , Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 4.
Myrmothernla erythronota , Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 236.
a Brazil ( Argent ) 1851. — b Brazil {Argent) 1853.

1710. Myrmothernla melanogaster.

Thamnophilus melanogaster, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 31, pi. 43, f. 1.
Myrmothernla melanogastra, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 180.
a (Ar. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

1711. Myrmothernla menetriesi.

Myrmothera menetriesii, d’Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 184.
Myrmothernla menetriesi, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 180.
a Brazil (Bt at Stevens’s) 1845.

A species of the Upper Amazon spreading into Central America.

1712. Myrmothernla brevicanda.

Formicivora brevicanda, Sw. Zool. Journ. ii. p. 148.
Myrmothernla brevicanda, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 237.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Formicivora.

Formicivora, Swainson, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 145 (1825).

1713. Formicivora grisea.

Le Grisin, de Cayenne , D’Aub. PI. Enl. 643, f. 1, unde,
Turdus griseus, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 39.

Formicivora grisea, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 238.
a Brazil (Askew) 1834. — b Brazil (N. G. Strickland ) 1838.
In his commentary on Gray’s Genera of Birds (Ann. & Mag. N. H.
vi. p. 423) Strickland points out that Formicivora nigricollis = Myio-
thera super ciliar is, Licht. = Motacilla grisea , Gm.

1714. Formicivora rnfatra.

Thamnophilus rufater, d’Orb. & Lafr. Syn. Av. i. p. 12.
Formicivora rnfatra , Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 239.
Thamnophilus griseus f, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 29, pi. 40, f. 1
( nee Bodd.).

a ( Thomas ) 1843.

A Brazilian and Bolivian species.

FORMICARIIDiE.

349

1715. Formicivora ferruginea.

Myiothera ferruginea, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 44.

Formicivora ferruginea , Menetr. Mem. de l’Ac. imp. Sc.
St Pet. Ser. 6. Sc. Nat. 1, p. 488: Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 239.
Drymophila variegata , Such, Zool. Journ. i. p. 559.
a $ Brazil (iY G. Strickland) 1838. — b [ Argent ) 1852.

1716. Formicivora striata.

Thamnophilus striatus, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 29, pi. 40, f. 2.
Formicivora striata , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 182.
a S. America [Osman) 1846.

1717. Formicivora squamata.

Myiothera squamata, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 44.

Formicivora squamata, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 241.
a Brazil [Mansfield) 1834. — b Brazil [Askew) 1837. — c
Brazil (iY C. Strickland) 1838.

Terenura.

Terenura, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 11 (1859).

1718. Terenura maculata.

Myiothera macidata, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1088.

Terenura maculata, Scl. Cat. Am. B„ p. 183.
a S. America [N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Rhamphoccenus.

Ramphoccenus, Yieillot, N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxix. p. 5 (1819).

1719. Bhamphocoenus melanurus.

Ramphocoenus melanurus, Yieill. 1: s. c. p. 6.

Rhamphoccenus melanurus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 243.
a Brazil [N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Pyriglena.

Pyriglena, Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 211 (1847).

1720. Pyriglena leucoptera.

T urdus leucopterus, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 272.

350

PASSERES.

Pyriglena leucoptera, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 246.

Myrmeciza melanura , Strickl. Ann. N. H. xiii. p. 417.
Lanius domicella, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 47.
a Brazil (Askew) 1834. — b (H. G. Strickland) 1838. — c
Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — d Brazil (G. Lloyd ) 1838.

b is doubtless the type of Myrmeciza melanura l. s. c. which
Strickland appears from a note on the label to have discovered to be
the female of domicella, i.e. leucoptera , Yieill.

1721. Pyriglena atra.

Drymophila atra, Sw. Zool. Jonrn. ii. p. 153.

Pyriglena atra, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 246.
a S. America ( Seaman ) 1840.

Percnostola.

Percnostola, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 10 (1859).

1722. Percnostola funebris.

Lanius funebris, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 47.

Percnostola funebris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 185.
a (Pew gar di) 1851.

Apparently a skin of Cayenne make.

Heterocnemis.

Holocnemis, Strickl. Ann. 1ST. H. xiii. p. 415 (1844) ( nom .
prceoc.).

Heterocnemis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1855, p. 146.

1723. Heterocnemis use via.

Sitta ncevia, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 442.

Holocnemis ncevia, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 34, pi. 18.
Heterocnemis ncevia, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 186.

Holocnemis flammata , Strickl. Ann. N. H. xiii. p. 415,
pi. 13.

a (Bt at Plymouth) 1841.

The type of this Guiana genus and species described as Holocnemis
flammata l. s. c. Strickland afterwards discovered that the bird was
the same as the “Wall-creeper of Surinam” of Edwards and thus

FORMICARIIDiE.

351

should bear Gmelin’s name ncevius. The name Holocnemis having been
previously used for a genus of Coleoptera Mr Sclater changed it to
Heterocnemis in 1855.

Myrmeciza.

Myrmeciza , G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 34 (1841).

1724. Myrmeciza cinuamomea.

Turdus cinnamomeus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 825.

Holocnemis cinnamomea, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 416.

Myrmeciza cinnamomea, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 249.
a ( Gashmore ) 1843.

A Guiana species placed by Strickland in his genus Holocnemis
( Heterocnemis , Scl.). It belongs rather to Myrmeciza , into which genus
it was removed by Sclater in his monograph of Formicariidse.

1725. Myrmeciza ruficauda.

Myiothera ruficauda, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1060.

Myrmeciza ruficaud,a , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 186.
a Brazil {Bt at Leeds) 1849. — b Brazil {Argent) 1851.

1726. Myrmeciza squamosa.

Myrmeciza squamosa, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 87.
a {Arthur Strickland) 1840.

A Brazilian species.

1727. Myrmeciza loricata.

Myiothera loricata, Licht. Yerz. DoubL p. 44.

Myrmeciza loricata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 186.
a {Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b {Bt at Dresden) 1845.

SUBFAMILY. — FORMICARILNYE.

PlTHYS.

Pithys, Vieillot, N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 520 (1818).

1728. Pithys albifrons.

Pipra albifrons, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1000.

Pithys albifrons , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 189.
a Guiana {Askew) 1839.

352

PASSERES.

1729. Pithys leucaspis.

Myrmeciza leucaspis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1854, p. 253, pi. 70.
Pithys leucaspis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 189.
a ( Thomas ) 1842.

A Columbian and Amazonian species.

Rhopoterpe.

Rhopoterpe , Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 227 (1847).

1730. Rhopoterpe torquata.

Le Fourmillier , de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 700, f. 1, unde ,
Formicarius torquatus , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 43.
Rhopoterpe torquata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 190.

Turdus formicivorus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 828.
a ( Mansfield ) 1839. — b ( Dewgard ) 1846.
b is a skin of Cayenne make.

Formicarius.

Formicarius, Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 50 (1783) ( partim ).

1731. Formicarius cayennensis.

Le Tetema, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 821, unde,
Formicarius cayennensis, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 50; Scl.
P. Z. S. 1858, p. 277 ; Cat. Am. B. p. 190.
a Brazil ( Murray ) 1834.

1732. Formicarius hoffmaimi.

Myiothera hoffmanni, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1861, p. 96.
Formicarius hoffmanni, Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 75 : Finsch,
P. Z. S. 1870, p. 568.

a {Mather) 1840. — b ( Williams ) 1846.

a is a skin of Cayenne make agreeing best with this species of the
northern parts of South America.

Cham^za.

Chamceza, Vigors, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 395 (1826).

1733. Chamseza brevicauda.

Turdus brevicaudus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 239.

FORMICARIIDiE.

353

Chamceza brevicauda, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 278 : et Cat. Am.

B. p. 191.

Chamceza meruloides, Yig. 1. s. c.
a S. America (Arthur Strickland) 1840.

1734. Chamaeza olivacea.

Chamceza olivacea , Tsch. Arch. f. Naturg. x. p. 279 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 191.

a Brazil (Argent) 1853.

The locality assigned to this specimen is perhaps erroneous, as the
species is an inhabitant of the more northern parts of South America,
Venezuela, &c.

Grallaria.

Grallaria, Vieillot, N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiii. p. 400 (1817).

1735. Grallaria imperator.

Grallaria imperator , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 333 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 191; Scl. Ibis, 1877, p. 443.

Myioturdus rex , Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1027 (nec Gm.).
a ( Mather ) 1840. — b Brazil (Seaman) 1840.

SUBFAMILY. — CON OPOPH A GIN M.
CONOPOPHAGA.

Conopophaga, Vieillot, Anal. p. 39 (1816).

1736. Conopophaga melanops.

Platyrhynchos melanops , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvii.

p. 14.

Conopophaga melanops , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 194.

Myiothera perspicillata, Licht. Verz. Donbl. p. 43.
a S. America (Mather) 1840.

1737. Conopophaga lineata.

Myiagrus lineatus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1046.

Conopophaga lineata , Cab. Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 215.
Conopophaga vulgaris , Menetr. Mdm. de l’Ac. imp. Sc. St.
Pet. Ser. 6. Sc. Nat. i. p. 534, pi. 14, f. 1.
a, — b (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A species of South-eastern Brazil.

S. C.

23

354

PASSERES.

CORYTHOPIS.

Corythopis, Sundevall, K. Yet. Ac. Handl. 1835, p. 93.

1738. Corythopis anthoides.

Muscicapa anthoides , Cuv. Puch. Arch, du Mus. vii. p, 334.
Corythopis anthoides, Scl. P. Z S. 1858, p. 288 ; et Cat. Am.
B. p. 194.

a S. America (Williams) 1846.

FAMILY. — PTEROPTOCHIDiE,

Merulaxis.

Merulaxis, Lesson, Cent. Zool. p. 88 (1830) : Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. vi. p. 421.

1739. Merulaxis rhinolophus.

Myiothera rhynolopha, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 1051.

Merulaxis rhinolophus, Scl. Ibis, 1874, p. 197.

Merulaxis ater, Less. Cent. Zool. p. 88.
a , — h Brazil {Argent) 1851.

Pteroptochus.

Pteroptochos, Kittl. Mem. pres. Ac. Sc. Pdtersb. 1831, p. 178.

1740. Pteroptochus rubecula.

Pteroptochos rubecula, Kittl. 1. s. c. p. 179, pi. 2.

Pteroptochus rubecula , Scl. Ibis, 1874, p. 201.
a ( Gardner ) 1844.

A Chilian species.

1741. Pteroptochus albicollis.

Pteroptochos albicollis , Kittl. 1. s. c. p. 180, pi. 3.
Pteroptochus albicollis, Scl. Ibis, 1874, p. 201,
a Chili {Capt. Brown) 1842.

PITTIDA5.

355

Hylactes.

Hylactes, King, P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 15.

1742. Hylactes megapodius.

Pteroptochos megapodius , Kittl. Mdm. pres. Ac. Sc. Pdtersb.
1831, p. 182, pi. 4.

Pteroptochus megapodius , Scl. Ibis, 1874, p. 203.
a Chili ( Gapt . Brown) 1842. — b ( Gardner ) 1846.

FAMILY. — PITTIDiE.

Pitta.

Pitta, Vieillot, Anal. p. 42 (1816). Of. Ibis, 1877, p. 260.

1743. Pitta csernlea.

Myiothera ccerulea, Raffl. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 301.

Pitta ccerulea , Vig. Mem. Raffl. App. p. 659.

Brachyurus cceruleus, Elliot, Mon. Pitt. pi. 1.
a Malacca ( Stevens ) 1844.

The recognized habitat of this species is Sumatra.

1744. Pitta cyanea.

Pitta cyanea , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 1008.

Brachyurus cyaneus, Elliot, Mon. Pitt. pi. 13 : Blyth, J. A.
S. B. xliii. Extr. No. p. 98.
a

A specimen without any indication of its origin. The species was
originally described from Arakan examples.

1745. Pitta cyanoptera.

Pitta cyanoptera , Temm. PL Col. 218 : Salvad. Ann. Mus.
Genov, v. p. 235.

? Corvus brachyurus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 158.

Pitta brachyura , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 37 ;
xiv. p. 47.

Turdus moluccensis, P. L. S. Mull. Naturs. Suppl. p. 144
(■ nom . inept).

Brachyurus moluccensis , Elliot, Ibis, 1870, p. 413.
a Malacca ( Capt . Nash) 1837.

23 2

356

PASSERES.

1746. Pitta angolensis.

Pitta angolensis , Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 74.

Brachyurus angolensis, Elliot, Mon. Pitt. pi. 5.
a {E. Brown) 1850.

A West African species.

1747. Pitta coronata.

Merle, de Bengal, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 258, unde ,

Turdus coronatus , P. L. S. Mull. Naturs. Suppl. p. 144.
Corvus brachyurus 7 G. bengalensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i.
p. 375.

Pitta bengalensis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 503.
a {Askew) 1833. — b Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

a is probably the bird referred to P. abdominalis, Wagl. by Strick-
land in his notes on birds from Calcutta (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 37) and again as P. malaccensis (Scop.) (1. c. xiv. p. 47, note).

1748. Pitta strepitans.

Pitta strepitans, Temm. PL Col. 333 : Gould, B. Austr. iv.
pi. 1.

Pitta versicolor, Sw. Zool. Journ. i. p. 468.
a Australia ( Warwick Museum) 1841.

1749. Pitta coccinea.

Pitta coccinea, Eyt. P. Z. S. 1839, p. 104 : Tweedd. Ibis,
1872, p. 374.

a {Argent) 1851.

This specimen, which is of Malaccan make, has the narrow black
frontal band which distinguishes, with other characters, the Malaccan
bird from the Bornean P. granatina.

1750. Pitta cucullata.

Pitta cucullata, Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 65 : Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 410, pi. 11.

Brachyurus cucullatus, Elliot, Mon. Pitt. pi. 28.
a Malacca ( Gapt . Nash) 1837.

EUKYLiEMIDiE.

357

FAMILY— EURYLiEMID^E \

Calyptomena.

Calyptomena , Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 295 (1822).

1751. Calyptomena viridis.

Calyptomena viridis , Raffl. 1. s. c. : Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov,
v. p. 106.

a Malacca (N. C. StricTcland) 1838. — b Malacca (Sir W.
Jar dine) 1845.

Eurylaemus.

Eurylaimus, Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 170 (1822).
Eurylaemus , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 544.

1752. Eurylaemus javanicus.

Eurylaimus javanicus, Horsf. 1. s. c.

Eurylaemus javanicus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 107.
a Malacca (Williams) 1847.

1753. Eurylaemus ochromelas.

Eurylaimus ochromalus, Raffl. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 297.
Eurylaemus ochromelas , Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 108.
a Sumatra (Dr Prattington) 183-—.

Cymborhynchus.

Cymbirhynchus , Vigors, Mem. Raffl. App. p. 654 (1830).

1754. Cymborhynchus macrorhynchus.

Todus macrorhynchus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 446.
Cymborhynchus macrorhynchus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov,
v. p. 109.

Todus nasutus, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 268.
a Malacca (Capt. Nash) 1837. — b Malacca (E. Blyth) 1847.

1 Cf. Garrod, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 447 et seq.

358

PASSERES.

1755. Cymborhynchus affinis.

Cymbirhynchus affinis , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 312 ; xliii.
Extr. No. p. 126.

a Arakan {E. Blyth) 1847.

Mr Gould’s figure of this species in the fifth part of the ‘Birds of
Asia’ was taken from this specimen.

CORYDON.

Cory don, Lesson, Man. d’Orn. i. p. 177 (1828).

1756. Corydon sumatranus.

Coracias sumatranus , Raffl. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 303.
Corydon sumatranus , Strickl. Ann. & Mag, N. H. vi. p. 417 :
Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 111.
a Sumatra (J. W. Lockwood) 1837.

PSARISOMUS.

Psarisomus, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 261 (1837).

1757. Psarisomus dalhousise.

Eurylcemus dalhousice , Jameson, Ed. New. Phil. Mag. xviii.

p. 261.

Psarisomus dalhousice , Gould, B. As.
a (T. C. Eyton) 1849.

A species of Northern India and Burma.

ORDER II.— MACROCHIRES.

FAMILY.— TROCHILIDiE.

Glaucis.

Glaucis, Boie, Isis, 1831, p. 545.

1758. Glaucis hirsuta.

Trochilus hirsutus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 490.

Glaucis hirsuta , Gould, Mon. Troch. i. pi. 5 : Salv. & Elliot,
Ibis, 1873, p. 276.

a ( Bt at Leeds ) 1840. — b Trinidad {J. Taylor).

A species of wide range, being found from Costa Bica to Rio de
Janeiro.

Phaethornis.

Phcethornis , Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 357 (1827).

1759. Phaethornis eurynome.

Trochilus eurynome , Less. Troch. p. 91, pi. 31.

Phaethornis eurynome , Gould, Mon. Troch. i. pi. 16 : Salv. &
Elliot, Ibis, 1873, p. 8.
a (F. Holme ) 1838.

A species of South-eastern Brazil.

1760. Phaethornis pretrii.

Trochilus pretrei, Less. & Delattre, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 20.
Phaethornis pretrii , Gould, Mon. Troch. i. pi. 28 : Salv. &
Elliot, Ibis, 1873, p. 11.
a {Osman) 1846.

A Brazilian species.

1761. Phaethornis guyi.

Trochilus guyi , Less. Troch. p. 119, pi. 44.

Phaethornis guyi , Gould, Mon. Troch. i. pi. 26 : Salv. &
Elliot, Ibis, 1873, p. 12.
a Trinidad [J. Taylor).

360

MACROCHIRES.

Eupetomena.

Eupetomena, Gould, Mon. Troch. Part vi. (1853).

1762. Eupetomena macmra.

Trochilus macrourus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 487.

Eupetomena macrura, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 21.
a S. America ( Leadbeater ) 1834. — b S. America ( Bt at
Stevens's) 1846. — c S. America (. Dewgard ) 1847.

A Brazilian and Gniana species.

Campylopterus.

Campylopterus , Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 358 (1827).

1763. Campylopterus rufus.

Campylopterus rufus , Less. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 73 : Gould,
Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 50 : Muls. Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. i. p. 133.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845.

Aphantochroa.

Aphantochroa, Gould, Mon. Troch. pt. vi. (1853).

1764. Aphantochroa cirrhochloris.

Trochilus cirrochloris, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxiii.
p. 430.

Aphantochroa cirrochloris , Gould, Mon. Troch. i. pi. 54.
a, — b (Osman) 1846.

A Brazilian species.

Basilinna.

Basilinna , Boie, Isis, 1831, p. 546.

1765. Basilinna leucotis.

Trochilus leucotis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxiii. p. 428.
Basilinna leucotis, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 227.

Heliopcedica melanotis, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 64.
a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844. — b, — c Guatemala (J. Con-
stancia) 1845.

TROCHILIDiE.

361

Topaza.

Topaza, G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 13 (1840).

1766. Topaza pella.

Trochilus pella, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 189.

Topaza pella, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 66.
a ( Bt at Stevens's) 1845.

A species found in the North-eastern parts of South America.

Oreotrochilus.

Oreotrochilus , Gould, P. Z. S. 1847, p. 9.

1767. Oreotrochilus pichincha.

Trochilus pichincha , Bourc. & Muls. Mem. de l’Ac. Roy. de
Lyon. Sect. Sc. ii. 1849, p. 427.

Oreotrochilus pichincha, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 69.
Oreotrochilus jamesoni, Jard. Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 67 ; 1850,
p. 27, pi. 43.

a Quito [W. Jameson ) 1850.

Found in the higher parts of the volcanoes of Pichincha and
Cotopaxi in Ecuador.

1768. Oreotrochilus leucopleurus.

Oreotrochilus leucopleurus , Gould, P. Z. S. 1847, p. 10 ; Mon.
Troch. ii. pi. 71.

a ( T . C. Eyton) 1849.

A species found in the Andes of Chili.

Lampornis.

Lampornis , Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 358 (1827) partim.

1769. Lampornis violicauda.

Colibri a queue violette, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 671, f. 2, unde ,
Trochilus violicauda, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 41.

Lampornis violicauda, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 38.

Lampornis mango, Auctt. plurr. (nec Linn.).
a ( Leadbeater ) 1834. — b ( Bt at Stevens’s) 1845. — c, —d
Trinidad (J. Taylor).

362

MACROCHIRES.

1770. Lampornis prevosti.

Trochilus prevosti , Less. Col. p. 87, pi. 24.

Lampornis prevosti, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 75.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1845.

1771. Lampornis gramineus.

Trochilus gramineus, Gm. Sjst. Nat. i. p. 488.

Lampornis gramineus, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 77.
a ( Bt at Edinburgh) 1852.

Found in Guiana and Venezuela.

Eulampis.

Eulampis, Boie, Isis, 1831, p. 547.

1772. Eulampis holosericeus.

Trochilus holosericeus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 191.

Eulampis holosericeus, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 83 : Elliot,
Syn. Troch. p. 42.
a ( Carfrae ) 1850.

A species of the Lesser Antilles.

Aithurus.

Aithurus, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. iii. p. 50 (1860).

1773. Aithurus polytmus.

Trochilus polytmus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 189: Gosse, B.
Jam. p. 97 ; 111. pis. 19, 20: Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 98.
Aithurus poly mus, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 96.
a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

Thalurania.

Thalurania, Gould, P. Z. S. 1848, p. 13.

1774. Thalurania glaucopis.

Trochilus glaucopis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 497.

Thalurania glaucopis, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 99 : Salv. &
Elliot, Ibis, 1873, p. 355.

a, — b ( Leadbeater ) 1834. — c Brazil ( Manchester Nat. Hist.
Soc.) 1843. * — d (Bt at Stevens's) 1849. — e (Bt at Stevens's)
1850.

TR0CHILIDA3.

363

1775. Thalurania furcata.

Trochilus furcatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 486.

Thalurania furcata , Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 101 : Salv. &
Elliot, Ibis, 1873, p. 356.
a (Argent) 1852.

A skin of Cayenne make.

Panoplites.

Panoplites, Gould, Mon. Troch. pt. viii. (1854).

1776. Panoplites jardinii.

Trochilus jardinii, Bourc. Compt. Rend. xxii. p. 187.
Panoplites jardini, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 110.
a Quito (W. Jameson ) 1852.

Florisuga.

Florisuga, Bonaparte, Compt. Rend. xxx. p. 382 (1850).

1777. Florisuga mellivora.

Trochilus mellivorus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 193.

Florisuga mellivora, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 113.
a (Osman) 1846. — h Trinidad (J. Taylor ).

1778. Florisuga fnsca.

Trochilus fuscus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. vii. p. 348.
Florisuga fusca, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 48.

Florisuga atra, Gould, Mon. Troch. ii. pi. 115.
a (. Leadbeater ) 1834. — b (Bt at Birmingham) 1840. — c
(Thomas) 1843.

A common Brazilian species.

LOPHORNIS.

Lophornis, Lesson, Ois. Mouch. p. xxxvii. (1829).

1779. Lophornis ornatus.

Le Huppe colibri, DAub. Pl. Enl. 640, f. 3, unde ,

Trochilus ornatus , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 39.

Lophornis ornatus, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pl. 117.

364

MACROCHIRES.

a Brazil (Manchester Nat. Hist. Soc.) 1843. — b £, — c £ juv.,
— d f Trinidad (J. Taylor).

a is a young bird most probably of this species, the locality Brazil
assigned to it being erroneous.

Discura.

Discura , Reichenbach, Aufz. d. Col. p. 8 (1853).

1780. Discura longicauda.

Trochilus longicaudus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 498.

Discura longicauda , Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. p. 126.
a (fit at Stevenss ) 1846. —6 ( Graham ) 1849.

A Brazilian species.

Trochilus.

Trochilus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 189 (1766) partim .

1781. Trochilus colubris.

Trochilus colubris, Linn. 1. s . c. p. 191 : Gould, Mon. Troch.
iii. pi. 131.

a, — b, — c, — d Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1845. — e, — f
Canada (Barnes) 1848.

Selasphorus.

Selasphorus, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 496 (1831).

1782. Selasphorus platycercus.

Trochilus platycercus, Sw. Phil. Mag. New Ser. i. p. 441.
Selasphorus platycercus, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pi. 140.
a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.

Calothorax.

Galothorax, G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 13 (1840).

1783. Calothorax lucifer.

Gynanthus lucifer , Sw. Phil. Mag. New Ser. i. p. 442.
Galothorax lucifer, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 118.

Galothorax cyanopogon , Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pi. 143.
a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.

TROCHILIDiE.

365

Doricha.

Doricha, Reichenbach, Aufz. d. Col. p. 12 (1853).

1784. Doricha henicura.

Trochilus enicurus, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxiii. p. 429.
Thaumastura enicura, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pi. 157.
Doricha enicura , Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 124.

Trochilus swainsoni, Less. Troch. p. 167, pi. 66.
a, — by — c, — d Guatemala (J. Gonstancia ) 1845.

Calliphlox.

GalliphloXy Boie, Isis, 1831, p. 544.

1785. Calliphlox amethystina.

Trochilus amethystinus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 496.
Calliphlox amethystina , Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pi. 159.
a, — by — c, — d Brazil ( Manchester Nat. Hist. Soc.) 1843.

Chrysolampis.

Chrysolampis, Boie, Isis, 1831, p. 546.

^ 1786. Chrysolampis moschitus.

Trochilus moschitus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 192.

Chrysolampis moschitus, Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pi. 204.
a, — b, — c Brazil (. Leadbeater ) 1834. — d, — e, —f Trinidad
(•/. Taylor).

Cephalolepis.

Cephallepis, Loddiges, P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 12.

Cephalolepis , Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. iii. p. 61.

1787. Cephalolepis delalandii.

Trochilus lalandi, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxiii. p. 427.
Cephalepis lalandi, Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pi. 208.
a S. America ( G . Bell-Whitehouse ) 1842. — b Brazil ( Man-
chester Nat. Hist. Soc.) 1843. — c {Osman) 1846.

366

MACR0CH1RES.

Heliothrix.

Heliothrix, Boie, Isis, 1831, p. 547.

1788. Heliothrix auritus.

Trochilus auritus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 493.

Heliothrix auritus , Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pi. 213 : Elliot,
Syn. Troch. p. 174.

a {Bt at Edinburgh) 1852.

Found in the northern parts of South America, Guiana, &c.

Petasophora.

Petasophora, G. It. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 13 (1840).

1789. Petasophora serrirostris.

Trochilus serrirostris, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. vii. p. 359.
Petasophora serrirostris, Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pi. 223.
a ( Leadbeater ) 1834. — b {Osman) 1846.

A Brazilian species.

POLYTMUS.

Polytmus , Brisson, Orn. iii. p. 666 (1760).

1790. Polytmus thaumantias.

Trochilus thaumantias, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 190.

Polytmus thaumantias, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iii. p. 5.
Chrysobronchus virescens , Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pi. 230.
a {Bt at Stevens’s) 1846.

A species of Brazil, Venezuela, &c.

Patagona.

Patagona, G. It. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 14 (1840).

1791. Patagona gigas.

Trochilus gigas, Vieill. Gal. Ois. i. p. 296, pi. 180.

Patagona gigas, Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pi. 232.
a Chili {Capt. Brown) 1842.

Helianthea.

Helianthea, Gould, P. Z. S. 1848, p. 11.

1792. Helianthea typica.

Ornismya helianthea, Less. Bev. Zool. 1838, p. 314.

TR0CHILIDA5.

367

Helianthea tygica , Gould, Mon. Troch. iv . pi. 235.
a ( Graham ) 1849.

A Colombian species.

1793. Helianthea bonapartii.

Ornismya bonapartei, Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 6.
Helianthea bonapartei , Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pi. 236.
a ( Dewgard ) 1847.

A Colombian species.

Clytolcema.

Clytolcema, Gould, Mon. Troch. Pt. vi. (1853).

1794. Clytolaema rubinea.

Trochilus rubineus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 493.

Clytolcema rubinea , Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pi. 249.
a ( W. Kirtland) 1838. — b Brazil (. Manchester Nat. Hist.
Soc.) 1843. — c, — d {Osman) 1846. — e (T. C. Eyton) 1853.

Heliomaster.

Heliomaster , Bonaparte, Compt. Rend. xxx. p. 382 (1850).

1795. Heliomaster pallidiceps.

Heliomaster pallidiceps, Gould, Intr. Mon. Troch. i. p. xcii. :
Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 155.

a Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1845.

1796. Iieiiomaster constant!.

Trochilus constanti, DeLattre, Echo du Monde Sav. 1843,
p. 1069.

Heliomaster constanti , Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pi. 260.
a Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1845.

Eustephanus.

EustephanuSy Reichenbach, Aufz. d. Col. p. 14 (1853).

1797. Eustephanus galeritus.

Trochilus galeritus , Mol. Saggio sulla St. Nat. Chili, p. 247.
Eustephanus galeritus , Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. pi. 265.
a Chili ( Capt . Brown) 1842.

368

MACROCHIRES.

Cyanomyia.

Cyanomyia , Bonaparte, Bev. Zool. 1854, p. 254.

1798. Cyanomyia cyanocepliala.

Ornismya cyanocephala, Less. Suppl. Ois. Mouch. p. 134,
pi. 18.

Cyanomyia cyanocephala, Gould, Mon. Trocti. v. pi. 286.
a Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1845.

Leucochloris.

Leucochloris, Beichenbach, Aufz. d. Col. p. 10 (1853).

1799. Leucochloris albicollis.

Trochilus albicollis , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxiii. p. 426.
Leucochloris albicollis , Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pi. 291.
a ( Leadbeater ) 1834. — b {Osman) 1846.

A common Brazilian species.

Agyrtria,

Agyrtria , Beichenbach, Aufz. d. Col. p. 6 (1853).

1800. Agyrtria niveipectus.

Agyrtria niveipectus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iii. p. 33 :
Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 202.

Thaumatias chionopectus, Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pi. 293.
a, — b Trinidad {J. Taylor).

1801. Agyrtria tephrocephala.

Trochilus tephrocephalus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxiii. p.
430.

Agyrtria tephrocephala, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 206.
Thaumatias albiventris, Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pi. 301.
a Brazil {Manchester Nat. Hist. Soc.) 1843.

1802. Agyrtria nitidifrons.

Thaumatias nitidifrons, Gould, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 308; Mon.
Troch. v. p. 297.

Agyrtria nitidifrons, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 205.
a {Robins) 1834.

This specimen agrees fairly with descriptions of A. nitidifrons hut
has the forehead alone and not the crown shining green.

TROCHILIDAS.

369

Amazilia.

Amazilia, Lesson, Troch. p. xxvii (1832).

1803. Amazilia riefferi.

Trochilus riefferi , Bourc. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 103.

Amazilia riefferi , Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pi. 311.
a ( Bt at Birmingham) 1850.

Apparently a skin of Bogota make.

1804. Amazilia devillii.

Trochilus devillei, Bourc. Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 272.

Amazilia devillei , Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pi. 313.
a, — h Guatemala (./. Constancia) 1845.

1805. Amazilia erytlironota.

Ornismya erythronotos, Less. Ois. Mouch. p. 181, pi. 61.
Amazilia erytlironota, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 224.
Erythronota antiqua , Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pi. 316.
a ( Leadbeater ) 1824. — b, — c Trinidad ( J . Taylor).

Eucephala.

Eucephala, Reichenbach, Aufz. d. Col. p. 10 (1853), as a sub-
genus.

1806. Eucephala cserulea.

Trochilus cceruleus , Yieill. N, Diet. d’Hist. N. vii. p. 361 ,
Eucephala ccerulea, Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pi. 335 ; Elliot,
Syn. Troch. p. 230.

a Trinidad (. J . Taylor).

Hylocharis.

Hylocharis , Boie, Isis, 1831, p. 546,

1807. Hylocharis sapphirina.

Trochilus sapphirinus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 496.

Hylocharis sapphirinus , Gould, Mon, Troch. v. p. 342.
a (W. Kirtland) 1838. — b , — c (Osman) 1846.

A Brazilian species.

S. C.

24

370

MACROCHIRES.

Chlorostilbon.

Chlorostilbon, Gould, Mon. Troch. pt. v. (1853).

1808. Chlorostilbon caniveti.

Ornismya caniveti , Less. Suppl. Ois. Mouch. pp. 174, 177,
pis. 37, 38.

Chlorostilbon caniveti, Elliot, Syn. Troch, p. 243.

Chlorostilbon osberti , Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pi. 352.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1845.

1809. Chlorostilbon pucherani.

Trochilus pucherani, Bourc. & Muls. Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 271.
Chlorostilbon pucherani, Elliot, Syn. Troch. p. 244.
Chlorostilbon prasinus, Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pi. 355.
a , — b, — c, — d, — e Brazil ( Manchester Nat. Hist Soc.)
1843. — -f, — g [Osman) 1846.

FAMILY. — CYPSELID.E.

SUBFAMILY. — C YPSELIN Ai

.

Cypselus.

Cypselus, Illiger, Prodr. p. 229 (1811).

1810. Cypselus melba.

Hirundo melba , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 345.

Cypselus melba , Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 598 : Dresser, B. Eur.
a Tuscany [E. Passerini ) 1835.

1811. Cypselus apus.

Hirundo apus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 344.

Cypselus apus , Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 598 : Dresser, B. Eur.
a Middlesex [H. E. Strickland) 1827. — b South Africa [N.
C. Strickland) 1838.

1812. Cypselus parvus.

Cypselus parvus , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 58 : Strickland, P.
Z. S. 1844, p. 99 : Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 601.
a West Africa ( Sir W. Jardine ) 1845.

Recorded from Accra in Strickland’s notes on a collection of
birds made by L. Fraser in W. Africa.

CYPSELIDiE.

371

1813. Cypselus batassiensis.

Cypselus balasiensis, Gray, Cuv. Anim. Kingd. Griffith’s Ed.
Aves, ii. p. 60.

Cypselus batassienis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 180 : Scl. P. Z. S.
1865, p. 602.

Cypselus palmarum, Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. pi. 35, f. 1.
a Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b India (“ Cypselus palma-
rum” E. Blyth) 1846.

1814. Cypselus affinis.

Cypselus affinis , Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. pi. 35, f. 2: Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 177 : Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 603.

a India (lY. C. Strickland) 1838. — b India (“ Cypselus affinis ,
Gray,” E. Blyth) 1844.

Strickland’s note (P. Z. S. 1846, p. 99) respecting the occurrence
of this species in Malacca refers to Cypselus subfurcatus , Blyth.

1815. Cypselus phoenicobius,

Tachornis phoenicobius, Gosse, B. of Jamaica, p. 58, et 111. B.
Jam. pi. 9.

Cypselus phoenicobius , Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 604,
a J amaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

A typical specimen named in Mr Gosse’s handwriting Tachornis
phmnicobia. In Strickland’s copy of the ‘ Birds of Jamaica’ I find the
following pencil note “a typical Cypselus .” This accords with Mr
Sclater’s view (l, s. c.).

Panyptila,

Panyptila , Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg. xiii. p. 345 (1847).

1816. Panyptila cayennensis.

Hirundo cayennensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1024.

Panyptila cayennensis , Cab. 1. s. c. : Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 606.
a ( Bt at Birmingham) 1849.

A species widely distributed in Tropical America.

24—2

372

MACROCHIRES.

SUBFAMILY. — CHYETURIN^E.

Chastura.

Chcetura, Stephens, in Shaw’s Zool. xiii. pt. 2, p. 76 (1825).

1817. Chsetnra caudacuta.

Hirundo caudacuta , Lath. Ind. Orn. Snppl. p. lvii.

Chcetura caudacuta , Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 607.
a Australia ? (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

In his remarks on the Earl of Derby’s Collection of Australian
Drawings (Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 337) Strickland gives as syno-
nyms of II. caudacuta Lath. Chcetura australis Steph., Hirundo
fusca Steph., and Chcetura macroptera Sw.

1818. Chaetura zonarius.

Hirundo zonaris, Shaw, Cim. Phys. p. 100, pi. 55.

Chcetura zonaris , Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 609.
a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — h (Argent) 1851.

1819. Chagtura pelasgia.

Hirundo pelasgia, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 345.

Chcetura pelasgia, Steph. Shaw’s Zool. xiii. pt. 2, p. 76 : Scl.
P. Z. S. 1865, p. 610 : Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. ii.
p. 432.

a N. America (F. Holme) 1838. — h Bogota? ( Bt at Stevens’s)
1844.

This species has as yet not been observed south of Mexico. The
locality doubtfully ascribed to specimen b is erroneous.

1820. Chaetura cinereiventris.

Chcetura cinereiventris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 283 ; P. Z. S.
1863, p. 101, pi. 24, f. 1 ; 1865, p. 612.
a Brazil (Argent) 1851.

COLLOCALIA.

Collocalia , G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 8 (1840).

1821. Collocalia francica.

Hirundo francica, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1017.

Collocalia francica, Walden, Ibis, 1874, p. 132.
a Mauritius ( Mrs Telfair) 1833.

CAPRIMULGIDiE.

373

SUBFAMILY.— MACROPTERIGIN.F.
Macropteryx.

Macropteryx, Swainson, Zool. 111. pi. 47 (1831).
Dendrochelidon, F. Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 165.

1822. Macropteryx longipennis.

Hirundo longipennis , Rafin. Bull. Soc. Philom. iii. p. 153
(1804).

Dendrochelidon longipennis, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v.

p. 122.

Hirundo klecho, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 143.
a (A. C. Strickland ) 1838.

A species found in Java, Borneo, Malacca, &c.

1823. Macropteryx coronatus.

Hirundo coronata , Tickell, J. A. S. B. ii. p. 580.
Dendrochelidon coronata, Gould, B. of Asia : J erd. B. Ind. i.
p. 185.

a Madras (“ Macropteryx klecho 55 T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — h
S. India (T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — c India (W. J. E. Boys) 1848.

1824. Macropteryx comatus.

Gypselus comatus, Temm. PI. Col. 268.

Dendrochelidon comata, Gould, B. of Asia : Salvad. Ann.
Mus. Genov, v. p. 123.
a ( Gardner ) 1847.

A species of Sumatra, Borneo, &c.

FAMILY. — CAPRIMULGIDJE.

SUBFAMILY. — PODARGINAE.

PODARGUS.

Podargus, Cuvier, Regn. Anim, i. p. 398 (1829).

1825. Podargus strigoides.

Caprimulgus strigoides, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lviii.
Podargus strigoides, G. R. Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p.

374

MACROCHIRES.

Podargus humeralis, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 198:
Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 3.

a New South Wales ( McDonald ) 1838. — b Australia

(. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

1826. Podargus cuvieri.

Podargus cuvieri , Yig. & Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. p. 200 :
Gould, B. of Austr. ii. pi. 4.

a New South Wales {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Batrachostomus.

Batrachostomus, Gould, Icon. Av. Pt. ii. (1838).

1827. Batrachostomus auritus.

Podargus auritus , Yig. Cuv. Anim. Kingd. Griffith’s Ed.
Aves, ii. p. 114, pi. 4.

Batrachostomus auritus , Gould, l. s. c. pi. 7.
a ( Bt . at Liverpool) 1853.

Found in Malacca, Borneo and Sumatra.

1828. Batrachostomus stellatus.

Podargus stellatus , Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 43.
Batrachostomus stellatus , Tweedd. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 436,
pi. 47.

a {Argent) 1851.

A species found in Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo. The specimen,
which appears to be of Malacca make, agrees with the plate quoted
above.

SUBFAMILY. — NYCTIBIINiE.
Nyctibius.

Nyctibius , Yieillot, Anal. p. 38 (1816).

1829. Nyctibius sethereus.

Gaprimulgus cethereus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 303.
Nyctibius cethereus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 129.
a ( Dewgard ) 1849.

A species of South-eastern Brazil.

C APRIMU LGIDiE.

375

1830. Nyctibius jamaicensis.

Caprimulgus jamaicensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1029.
Nyctibius jamaicensis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 129.
a (Mather), 1810.

A species found in Jamaica and having a wide range in South
America.

SUBFAMILY.— CAPRIMULGIN^E.

PODAGER.

Podager, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 277.

1831. Podager nacunda.

Caprimulgus nacunda , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. x. p. 240.
Podager nacunda, Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 132.
a Brazil ( Thomas ) 1840.

Lurocalis.

Lurocalis, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1851, p. 189.

1832. Lurocalis nattereri.

Caprimulgus nattereri, Temm. PI. Col. 107.

Lurocalis nattereri, Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 132.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A South Brazilian species.

Chordeiles.

Chordeiles, Swainson, Fauna Bor. Am. ii. p. 496 (1831), as
a subgenus.

1833. Chordeiles popetue.

Caprimulgus popetue, Vieill. Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 56, pi. 24.
Chordeiles popetue var. popetue, Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N.

Am. B. ii. p. 401.

a, — b N. America? (Askew) 1834. — b N. America? (Askew)

1837.

1834. Chordeiles texensis.

Chordeiles texensis, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. York, vi. p. 167 : Scl.
P. Z. S. 1866, p. 134.

a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (Thomas) 1840.

A species of the South-western States of America and also found
in Central America.

376

MACROCHIRES.

Caprimulgus.

Caprimulgus , Linngeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 346 (1766).

1835. Caprimulgus europssus.

Caprimulgus europceus, Linn. 1. s. c. : Dresser, B. Eur.
a Worcestershire, August ( H. E. Strickland) 1833. — b W.
Africa (A. C. Strickland ) 1838. — c {Arthur Strickland ) 1840.
— d $ Worcestershire, J une (. H . E. Strickland) 1841. — e Glouces-
tershire, June (if. E. Strickland) 1849.

1836. Caprimulgus nubicus.

Caprimulgus nubicus , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 59.
Caprimulgus infuscatus, Cretzschm. in Biipp. Zool. Atl. Yog.
pi. 6.

a Kartoum, 25 September J. Petherick) 1848.

1837. Caprimulgus ruficollis.

Caprimulgus ruficollis , Temm. Man. Orn. i. p. 438 : Dresser,
B. Eur.

a Tangier ( M . Favier) 1847. — b Tangier ( Favier ) 1851.

1838. Caprimulgus indicus.

Caprimulgus indicus, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 588 : Jerd. B. Ind.
i. p. 192.

Caprimulgus saturatior, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 82.
a India {“Caprimulgus indicus ,” E. Blyth ) 1846.

1839. Caprimulgus kelaarti.

Caprimulgus kelaarti, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xx. p. 175 : Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 193.

a S. India (“ Caprimulgus indicus T. C. Jerdon) 1850.

1840. Caprimulgus albonotatus.

Caprimulgus albonotatus , Tick. J. A. S. B. ii. p. 580 : Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1846, p. 99 : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 194.

Caprimulgus gagateus, Strick. MS. cf. Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv.
p. 205.

a Himalaya Mts. {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b India (Bt. at
Stevens s) 1844. — c India (“ Caprimulgus albonotatus E. Blyth )
1846.

CAPKIMULGIDiE.

377

1841. Caprimulgus macrurus.

Caprimulgus macrurus, Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 142 :
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 99 : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 195.

a Malacca (IF. Kirtland) 1843. — b Malacca ( Williams)
1848.

1842. Caprimulgus atripennis.

Caprimulgus atripennis, J erd. 111. Ind. Orn. sub. pi. 24 ; B.
Ind. i. p. 196.

Caprimulgus mahrattensis, Blyth, et Strickland (nee Sykes).
a Madras (“ Caprimulgus atripennis, Jerd. mahrattensis,
Sykes??”, T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b S. India (“ Caprimulgus
atripennis, Jerd. mahrattensis , Sykes? ?” T. C. Jerdon ) 1850.

1843. Caprimulgus asiaticus.

Caprimulgus asiaticus, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 588 : Jerd. B. Ind.
i. p. 197.

a India ? (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Madras (<f Caprimulgus
asiaticus ” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — c India (“ Caprimulgus asiati-
cus,” j E Blyth) 1846. — d ( Bt . at Birmingham) 1849. — e
(. Dewgard ) 1851.

1844. Caprimulgus monticolus.

Caprimidgus monticolus, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830—1, p. 116 :
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 198.

a {Bt. at Stevens s) 1844. — b, — c India (“ Caprimulgus monti-
colusE. Blyth) 1846. — d N. India (W. J. E. Boys ) 1848. — e,
—f S. India (“ Caprimulgus monticolus,” T. C. Jerdon ) 1850.

1845. Caprimulgus rufigena.

Caprimulgus rufigena, Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. Birds, pi. 100:
Gurney, in And. B. Damaral. p. 44.

Caprimulgus damarensis, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 143.
a Damara, S. Africa {C. J. Andersson) 1852.

The type of Strickland’s C. damarensis.

1846. Caprimulgus pectoralis.

Caprimulgus pectoralis, Cuv. Regn. Anim. i. p. 376 (1817).
Caprimulgus atrorarius, Sundev.Ofvers. Vet.Ak. 1851, p.128.

378

MACROCHIRES.

a {K C. Strickland) 1838.

This specimen bears Sundevall’s name. Mr Sharpe considers it
to belong to the true C. pectoralis, Cuv. [Gf Layard’s B. of S. Afr.
Ed. 2, i. p. 84.]

1847. Caprimulgus furvidus.

Caprimulgus furvidus , Sharpe, Layard’s B. S. Afr. Ed. 2, i.
p. 85.

Caprimulgus pectoralis, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 143 ; Gurney, in And. B. Damaral. p. 45.
a Damara, S. Africa ((7. J. Andersson ) 1852.

The specimen referred to C. pectoralis by Strickland and Sclater
l. s. c.

1848. Caprimulgus lentiginosus.

Caprimulgus lentiginosus , Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. Birds, pi.
101 : Strickl. & Sclater, Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 143 : Gurney, in
And. B. Damaral. p. 45.

a Damara, S. Africa ( C . J ’. Andersson ) 1852.

Scotornis.

Scortornis, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 339 (1837).

1849. Scotornis longicauda.

Caprimulgus longicauda, Drap. Diet. Class. d’Hist. N. vi.

p. 169.

Scotornis longicauda, Cass. Cat. Capr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. p. 4.
Scotornis climacurus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216.
a Kordofan (j. Petherick ) 1848.

Macrodipteryx.

Macrodipteryx, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 339 (1837).

1850. Macrodipteryx longipennis.

Caprimulgus longipennis, Shaw, Nat. Misc. viii. pi. 265.
Macrodipteryx longipennis , Gray, List Gen. B. p. 8 (1840).
Caprimulgus infuscatus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216 ( nec
Cretzschm.).

a (W. Kirtland) 1843. — b Kordofan (J. Petherick ) 1848.
— c ( Seeman ) 1853.

caprimulgim:.

379

Antrostomus.

Antrostomus, Gould, Icon. Avium, Part ii. (1838).

1851. Antrostomus carolinensis.

Caprimulgus carolinensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1028.
Antrostomus carolinensis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 136 : Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 410.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A common North American species.

1852. Antrostomus vociferus.

Caprimulgus vociferus, Wils. Am. Orn. v. p. 71, pi. 41, f. 1, 2, 3.
Antrostomus vociferus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 137 : Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 413.
a Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1851.

1853. Antrostomus macromystax.

Caprimulgus macromystax , Wagl. Isis, 1831, p. 533.
Antrostomus macromystax, Cass. Proe. Ac. Phil. 1851, p. 183:
Scl. P.Z.S. 1866, p. 137.

a Mexico, October, 1844 ( Galeotti ) 1845.

1854. Antrostomus Ocellatus.

Caprimulgus ocellatus, Tsch. Arch, f, Naturg. 1844, p. 268, et
Fauna Per. pi. 5, f. 2.

Antrostomus ocellatus , Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 137.
a ( Seeman ) 1853.

A Brazilian species.

1855. Antrostomus parvulus.

Caprimulgus parvulus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 22.
Antrostomus parvulus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 138, pi. 13.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Bahia (S. Dutton ) 1846.

Hydropsalis.

Hydropsalis, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1222.

1856. Hydropsalis torquata.

Caprimulgus torquatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1032.

380

MACROCHIRES.

Hydropsalis torquata, Cass. Journ. Ac. Phil. ii. p. 114 : Scl.
P. Z. S. 1866; p. 142.

a {Bt at Edinburgh) 1852.

A species of South-eastern Brazil.

1857. Hydropsalis forcipata.

Caprimulgus forcipatus, Nitzsch, Pter. p. 125.

Hydropsalis forcipata, Burm. Syst. XJbers. ii. p. 380 : Scl.
P. Z. S. 1866, p. 143.

a Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Nyctidromus.

Nyctidromus , Gould, Icon. Avium, Part ii. (1838).

1858. Nyctidromus albicollis.

Caprimulgus albicollis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1030.

N yctidromus albicollis , Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 144.
a { Thomas ) 1843. — b Bahia (S. Dutton) 1846. — c Guate-
mala^. Constancia) 1848. — d Brazil 1 (Argent) 1852. — e {Argent)
1852. — / {Bt. at Liverpool) 1853.

FAMILY. — STEATORNITHIDiE.

Steatornis.

Steatornis, Humboldt, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1817, p. 51.

1859. Steatornis caripensis.

Steatornis caripensis, Humb. 1. s. c .: Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p.
130.

a Colombia ( Galeotti ) 1845.

ORDER III. — PICI.

FAMILY.— FICIDiE.

SUBFAMILY.— IYNGIN.E.

Iynx.

Yunx, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 172 (1766).
lynx , Sundevall, Consp. Av. Pic. p. 107.

1860. lynx torquilla.

Yunx torquilla, Linn. 1. s. c.: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 168 ;
1850, p. 219 : Jerd, B. Ind. i. p. 303: Dresser, B. Eur.

a Britain (Askew) 1838. — b Altai (T. F. Brandt) 1842. — c
Madras (“ Junx torquilla” T. G. Jerdon ) 1845. — d £ Malwa
(W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — e £ Kordofan, March (J. Petherick )
1848.

1861. lynx pectoralis.

Yunx pectoralis , Vigors, P. Z. S. 1830 — 1, p. 93: Layard,
B. S. Afr. p. 240.

a S. Africa (Mrs Van der Kemp) 1843.

Picumnus.

Picumnus, Temminck, PI. Col. Livr. 62 (1825).

1862. Picumnus cirratus.

Picumnus cirratus, Temm. PI. Col. 371 : Sundev. Consp. Av.
Pic. p. 98.

a (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — b S. America (N. C. Strickland)
1838. — c Brazil (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

1863. Picumnus sp. ?

a Brazil (Johnson) 1837.

A young bird, supposed by Strickland to be P. minutus, but
apparently not belonging to that species. I have not materials to
determine it satisfactorily.

382

PICT.

1864. Picumnus minutus.

Pipra minuta, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 240.

Picumnus minutus, Sundev. Consp. Av. Pic. p. 98.
a Brazil (Askew) 1834.

1865. Picumnus pygmaeus.

Picus pygmceus, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 12.

Picumnus pygmceus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 280, iv. pi. 115,
ff. 3, 4 : Cab. & Hein. Mns. Hein. iv. p. 23.

a Brazil ( Johnson ) 1837. — b ( Bt at Birmingham) 1849.

1866. Picumnus lepidotus.

Picumnus lepidotus , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 14 :
Sundev. Consp. Av. Pic. p. 102.
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

The male specimen of this species in the Stockholm museum is
said to have come from Surinam.

1867. Picumnus albosquamatus ?

Picumnus albosquamatus, d’Orb. Yoy. Am. Mdr. Ois. pp.
330, 380, pi. 64, f. 2.

a, —b Brazil ? (Argent) 1852.

These are most probably Bolivian specimens, perhaps belonging
to this species. They differ, however, from d’Orbigny’s figure in
having the feathers of the undersurface edged with black and in the
back being spotted with indistinct white spots.

Sasia.

Sasia, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. v. p. 778 (1836).

1868. Sasia ochracea.

Sasia ochracea, Hodgson, l. s. c.; Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 301;
Ibis, 1872, p. 10: Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii. Extr. No. p. 78.
a Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

PICIDiE.

383

SUBFAMILY. — PICINYE.

Campephilus.

Campephilus, G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 54 (1840).

1869. Campephilus melanoleucus.

Picus melanoleucos, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 426 : Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 5.

Picus albirostris, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 69.
Megapicus albirostris , Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 17, iii. pi. 4.
a ^ Brazil (Y. C. Strickland) 1838.

1870. Campephilus malherhii.

Campephilus malherbii, Gray & Mitch. Gen. B. pi. 108: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 331.

Megapicus malherbii , Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 15, iii. pi. 6.
a Bogota ( Williams) 1846.

1871. Campephilus rubricollis.

Picus rubricollis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 426: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 6.

Campephilus rubricollis , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 332.

Megapicus rubricollis , Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 25, iii. pi. 8,
ff. 6, 7.

a Demarara ( T . C. Eyton) 1846.

1872. Campephilus trachelopyrus.

Megapicus trachelopyrus, Malh. Mem. Soc. N. H. Moselle,
1857, p. 1 ; Mon. Pic. i. p. 26, pi. 8, ff. 2, 3.

Campephilus trachelopyrus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 332.
a ( Thomas ) 1843.

A species of the Upper Amazon, Peru, &c.

1873. Campephilus robustus.

Picus robustus, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 10: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 6.

Megapicus robustus, Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 23, iii. pi. 3, ff. 4, 5.
a £, — b $ Brazil (Y. C. Strickland) 1838. — c $ Brazil
(G. Lloyd ) 1838.

384

PICI.

1874. Campephilus validus.

Picus validus , Temm. Pl. Col. 378, 402; Sundev. Consp. Av.
Picin. p. 7.

Megapicus validus, Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 28, iii. pl. 9, ff. 5, 6.
a Malacca {Mather) 1840.

Dryocopus.

Dryocopus, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 977.

1875. Dryocopus martins.

Picus martius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 173 : Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 9.

Dryopicus martius , Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 34. iii. pl. 10,
ff. 5, 6, 7.

Dryocopus martius, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100 ; Ann. &
Mag. N. H. vii. p. 37 : Dresser, B. Eur.

a Switzerland (TP. Andercgg ) 1836. — b N. Europe (J. G.
Kinberg ) 1843.

Included by Strickland in his list of the birds of Asia Minor, a
specimen having been seen by him at Broussa which had been shot
in the pine forests of Mount Olympus.

1876. Dryocopus pileatus.

Picus pileatus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 173 : Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 8.

Dryopicus pileatus, Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 34, iii. pl. 11.
Hylotomus pileatus, Baird, Brew. & Bidgw. N. Am. B. iif
p. 550.

a-$ N. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. —b f N. America.

1877. Dryocopus lineatus.

Picus lineatus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 174: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 7.

Dryopicus lineatus, Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 39, iii. pl. 12,
ff 4, 5, 6, 7.

Dryocopus lineatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 332.
a Brazil {Askew) 1834. — b £, — c Brazil (A. C. Strickland)
1838. — d {Bt at Stevens s) 1845.

PICIDiE.

385

1878. Dryocopus scapularis.

Ficus scapularis, Yig. Zool. Journ. iv. p. 354.

Dryopicus scapularis, Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 44, iii. pi. 10,
f. 1, 2, 3.

Dryocopus scapularis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 333.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845.

1879. Dryocopus erythrops.

Ficus erythrops, Yalenc. Diet. Sc. Nat. xl. p. 178.

Dryopicus erythrops , Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 42, iii. pi. 12,
f. 1, 2.

a £ Brazil (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (A. C. Strickland)
1838.

1880. Dryocopus leucogaster.

Ficus javensis, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 175 (nec Ljungh).
Thriponax javensis, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 105.
Ficus leucog aster, Temm. PI. Col. 501: Sundev. Consp. Av.
Picin. p. 9.

Dryopicus leucogaster, Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 47, iii. pi. 13, f. 4, 5.
a Java (A. C. Strickland ) 1838.

Alophonerpes.

Alophonerpes, Reichenbach, Handb. p. 385 (1854).
Mulleripicus, Bonaparte.

1881. Alophonerpes pulverulentus.

Picus pulverulentus, Temm. PL Col. 389.

Mulleripicus pulverulentus, Wald. Ibis, 1871, p. 164.

Ficus gutturalis, Yalenc. Diet. Sc. Nat. xl. p. 178.
Alophonerpes gutturalis, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 106.
a Java (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (. Mansfield ) 1849.

Picus.

Ficus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 173 (1766) partim.

1882. Picus major.

Ficus major, Linn. 1. s. c. : Dresser B. Eur.
a $ Worcestershire (. H . E . Strickland) 1834. — b £ Worces-
tershire (T. Robinson) 1838. — c f Gloucestershire, January (H.
E. Strickland) 1850.
s. c.

25

386

PICI.

1883. Picus syriacus.

Picus syriacus , Hempr. & Ehr. Symb. Phys. Av. fol. r:
Dresser, B. Eur.

Picus major , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100 ( nec Linn.).
a f Smyrna (II. E. Strickland) 1836.

1884. Picus numidicus.

Picus numidicus , Malh. Mem. Ac. Metz, ii. p. 242 : Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 433: Dresser, B. Eur.
a Tangier (Favier) 1848.

1885. Picus himalayanus.

Picus himalayanus , Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. iii. pi. 116: Malh.
Mon. Pic. i. p. 67, iii. pi. 19: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 269.

a, — b Himalaya (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — c (Bt at Stevens's)
1843. — d India (“Picus himalayanusj E. Blyth) 1851.

1886. Picus medius.

Picus medius , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 176: Dresser, B. Eur.
a Europe (Askew) 1836.

1887. Picus leuconotus.

Picus leuconotus , Becbst. Naturg. Deutscbl. ii. p. 1034:
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 349: Dresser, B. Eur.
a — b $ Norway (N. C Strickland) 1838.

1888. Picus minor.

Picus minor, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 176: Dresser, B. Eur.
a £ Worcestershire (T. Bobinson) 1838. — b N. Europe (J.
G. Kinberq) 1843. — c I Gloucestershire, January (H. E. Strick-
land) 1850.

1889. Picus pubescens.

Picus pubescens, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 175: Malh. Mon. Pic. i.
p. 119, iii. pi. 29: Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 509.

a £ N. America (Audubon) 1834. — b j N. America (Arthur
Strickland) 1834. — c j (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1890. Picus borealis.

Picus borealis , Yieill. Ois. Am. Sept. ii. p. 66, pi. 122: Baird,
Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 524.

PICIDiE.

387

Picus querulus , Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 134, iii. pi. 31.
a £ Georgia, 1846 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

1891. Picus villosus.

Picus villosus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 175: Malh. Mon. Pic. i.
p. 75, iii. pi. 21 : Sundev. Consp. Ay. Picin. p. 16: Baird, Brew,
j & Bidgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 503.

a f N. America (. Arthur Strickland) 1840.

1892. Picus jardinii.

Picus jar dinii, Malh. Bev. Zool. 1845, p. 374; Mon. Pic. i. p.
103, iii. pi. 25, f. 4, 5: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 334.
a Mexico ( T \ Mann) 1844.

1893. Picus scalaris.

Picus scalaris , Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 511: Malh. Mon. Pic. i.
p. 116, iii. pi. 17: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 333.
a ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A Mexican species.

1894. Picus stricklandi.

Picus stricklandi , Malh. Bev. Zool. 1845, p. 373; Mon. Pic.
i. p. 108, iii. pi. 28, f. 4, 5, 6-: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 334.
a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.

1895. Picus lignarius.

Picus lignarius , Mol. Sagg. sulla St. Nat. Chili, p. 215: Malh,
Mon. Pic. i. p. 109, iii. pi. 26, f. 9, 10: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 334.
Picus melanocephalus, King, P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 14.
a S. America (JV. G. Strickland) 1838.

A Chilian species.

1896. Picus darjilenensis.

Picus majoroides, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 85 ( descr . nulla):
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 270.

Picus darjellensis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 196.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson , 156) 1845.

1897. Picus macsei.

Picus maceiy Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 80 : Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 272.

a f Himalaya (Askew) 1839. —5 Darjeeling (E. Blyth) 1850.

25—2

38b

PICI.

1898. Picus auriceps.

Ficus auriceps, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 44: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 30.

Picus brunneifrons, Gould, Cent. B. Him. pi. 52: Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 273: Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 107, iii. pi. 18, f. 5, 6.
a $ Himalaya (jY. C. Strickland) 1838.

1899. Picus mahrattensis.

Picus mahrattensis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxi. : Malh.
Mon. Pic. i. p. 105, iii. pi. 28, f. 1, 2: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 274.

a {Fenwick) 1844. — b Madras (“ Picus mahrattensis ,” T. 0.
Jerdon) 1845.

1900. Picus hyperythrus.

Picus hyperythrus , Vig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 23: Gould, Cent.
B. Him. pi. 50: Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 130, iii. pi. 30, f. 4, 5.
Hypopicus hyperythrus , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 276.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson, 151) 1845.

1901. Picus semicoronatus.

Picus semicoronatus, Malh. Bull. Soc. d’Hist. Nat. Metz,
1848, p. 21; Mon. Pic. i. p. 148, iii. pi. 34, f. 8: Jerd. Ibis, 1872,

p. 8.

Picus rubricatus, Blyth, Cat. B. Asiat. Soc. p. 63.

Yungipicus rubricatus, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 276.
a Darjeeling (“ Picus rubricatus ,” A. Blyth) 1850.

1902. Picus pygmseus.

Picus pygmceus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 44: Malh. Mon. Pic.
i. p. 147, iii. pi. 34, f. 5, 6, 7.

Yungipicus pygmceus , J erd. B. Ind. i. p. 277.
a (. Bt at Stevens s) 1844.

A Himalayan species.

1903. Picus nanus.

Picus nanus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 172: Malh. Mon. Pic. i.
p. 145, iii. pi. 33, f. 1 — 7.

Picus Dendrocopus hardwickii, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xiii. pt. 2,
p- 138-

Yungipicus hardwickii, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 278.

Picus moluccensis , Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. i. pi. 33, f. 1 {nec Gm.).

PICIDiE.

389

a Madras (“Picus moluccensis” T. G. Jerdon ) 1845. — b Tra-
vancore (“ Dendrocopus moluccensis ” T. C. Jerdon) 1848.

Sphyropicus.

Sphyrapicus, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 101 (1858).

1904. Sphyropicus varius.

Picus varius , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 176.

Sphyrapicus , Baird, l. s. c.: Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 157, iii. pi.
37, f. 2 — 5: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 335.

a N. America (Askew) 1833. — b N. America (. Arthur Strick-
land) 1834. — c Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1845. — d Guatemala
(J. Gonstancia) 1848.

PlCOIDES.

Picoides, Lacepede, Mdm. de l’lnst. iii. p. 509 (1801).

1905. Picoides tridactylus.

Picus tridactylus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 177.

Picoides tridactylus , Dresser, B. Eur.

Apternus crissoleucus , Bp. Consp. Yol. Zyg. p. 9 (ex Brandt
M.S.).

Picus crissoleucus, Sundev. Consp. Ay. Picin. p. 14.
a £, — b $ Switzerland (TP. Anderegg) 1836. — c, — d Siberia
(J. F. Brandt) 1846.

c and d belong to the race prevalent in Siberia called P. crisso-
leucus by Brandt, but which Mr Dresser does not consider specifically
distinct from P. tridactylus .

Gecinus.

Gecinus, Boie, Isis, 1831, p. 542.

1906. Gecinus viridis.

Picus viridis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 175: Sundev. Consp. Av.
Picin. p. 60.

Gecinus viridis , Dresser, B. Eur.

Ghloropicus viridis , Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 118, iv. pi. 79, f.
1—4.

a Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) 1830. — b (N. G. Strick-
land) 1838.

390

PICI.

1907. Gecinus canus.

Picus canus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 434: Sundev. Consp. Av.
Picin. p. 61.

Gecinus canus, Dresser, B. Eur.

Chloropicus canus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 124, iv. pi. 81.
a Switzerland (IF. Anderegg) 1836. — b (A. G. Strickland)
1838.

1908. Gecinus occipitalis.

Picus occipitalis, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 8: Gould, Cent. B.
Him. pi. 47 : Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 61.

Gecinus occipitalis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 287.

Chloropicus occipitalis, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 129, iv. pi. 77.
a £, — b f Himalaya (A". G. Strickland) 1838. — c Nepal (B.
H. Hodgson, 149) 1845. — d $ India (“ Gecinus barbatus (Gray),
occipitalis (Yig.), affinis? (Baffl.),” E. Blyth) 1847.

1909. Gecinus viridanus.

Picus viridanus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 1000.

Gecinus viridanus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 76.
a Arakan (E. Blyth ) 1847.

Hardly separable from G. vittatus.

1910. Gecinus vittatus,

Picus vittatus, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 91: Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 59.

Gecinus vittatus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 51.
Chloropicus dimidiatus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 132, iv. pi. 76.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Himalaya {Askew) 1840.
This species is from Java, Borneo, &c. hut not from India.

1911. Gecinus striolatus.

Gecinus striolatus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 1000: Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 287.

Picus striolatus, Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 60.

Chloropicus striolatus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 134, iv. pi. 77.
a ( Gardner ) 1845. —b Madras {“Picus viridanus, Bl.,” T. C.
Jerdon) 1845. — c India (“ Gecinus striolatus ” E . Blyth) 1846.

.

PICID.E.

391

1912. Gecinus squamatus.

Picus squamatus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 8 : Gould, Cent. B.
Him. pi. 48: Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 59.

Gecinus squamatus , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 286.

Chloropicus squamatus , Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 131, iv. pi. 78.
a Himalaya ( Bt at Stevens's) 1843.

Chrysophleqma.

Chrysophlegma, Gould, B. Asia, Part I. (1849).

1913. Chrysophlegma flavinucha.

Picus flavinucha, Gould, P. Z. S. 1833, p. 120: Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 57.

Chrysophlegma flavinucha, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 289: Blyth,
J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 76.

Chloropicus flavinucha, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 106, iv. pi. 73.
a India ( E . Blyth) 1846. — b, — c Arakan ( E '. Blyth) 1847.

1914. Chrysophlegma chlorolophus.

Picus chlorolophus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 78:
Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 58.

Chrysophlegma chlorolophus, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 289.
Chloropicus chlorolophus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 108, iv. pi. 74.
Picus nipalensis , Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. i. pi. 31, f. 1.
Brachylophus sericeicollis, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 85.
a India ( Gardner ) 1845. — b, — c Nepal (B. H. Hodgson, 146)
1845. — d India (“ Gecinus chloropus (Vieill.), nipalensis (Gray)/’
E. Blyth) 1846.

1915. Chrysophlegma xanthoderus.

Chloropicus xanthoderus, Malh. Bev. Zool. 1845, p. 402; Mon.
Pic. ii. p. 114, iv. pi. 75.

Picus xanthoderus , Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 58.

Picus chlorigaster, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xiii. p. 138.
Chrysophlegma chlorophanes , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 290 (nec
Vieill.).

a Madras ( Bt at Stevens's) 1843.

1916. Chrysophlegma mentalis.

Picus mentalis, Temm. PI. Col. 384: Sundev. Consp. Av.
Picin. p. 58.

392

PICI.

Brachylophus mentalis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1841, p. 31.
Chloropicus mentalis , Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 112, iv. pi. 75.
Callolophus mentalis, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 49.
a Malacca {Seaman) 1840.

1917. Chrysophlegma malaccensis.

Ficus malaccensis , Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 241.

Venilia malaccensis, Scl. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 211.

Callolophus malaccensis, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 50.
Chloropicus miniatus, Malh. Mon. Pic. iii. p. 116, iv. pi. 76
{nec Forster).

Brachylophus miniatus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1841, p. 31.
a, — b Malacca (2V. C. Strickland) 1838.

Gauropicoides.

Gauropicoides, Malherbe, Mon. Pic. i. p. liii. (1861).

1918. Gauropicoides rafflesi.

Ficus rafflesi , Yig. Mem. Kaffl. App. p. 669: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1846, p. 103: Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 57.

Tiga rafflesi, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 16.

Gauropicoides rafflesi, Malh. 1. s. c.: Salvad. Ann. Mus.
Genov, v. p. 54.

a [E. Brown) 1850.

A Malacca skin.

Dendrobates.

Dendrobates , Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 306 (1837).

1919. Dendrobates namaquus.

Ficus namaquus, Licht. Gat. Hamb. p. 17 ( fide Cabanis):
Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 42.

Dendrobates namaquus, Strickl. & Scl. Contr.Orn. 1852, p. 155.
Thripias namaquus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 121 :
Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 219.

Dendropicus biarmicus, Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 193, iii. pi. 42.
a f S. Africa (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Damara-land {C.
J. Andersson) 1852.

1920. Dendrobates cardinalis.

Ficus cardinalis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 438: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 42.

picid^:.

393

Dendropicus cardinalis, Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p.

220.

Dendrobates fuscescens , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 86 :
Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 155.

Picus fuhiscapus , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 11.

Dendropicus fuhiscapus, Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 196, iii. pi. 43.
a S. Africa (Ar. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Cape of Good Hope
(JY. C. Strickland) 1838. — c Damara-land (G. J. Andersson )
1852.

1921. Dendrobates goertan.

Picus goertan, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 434: Sundev. Consp. Av.
Picin. p. 45.

Mesopicus goertan, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 45, iv. pi. 63.
Scolecotheres goertan, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 136.
a W. Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Gambia (N. G.
Strickland) 1838. — c ( Thomas ) 1840.

1922. Dendrobates spodocephalus.

Dendrobates spodocephalus, Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 125.
Mesopicus spodocephalus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 49, iv. pi. 63.
Scolecotheres spodocephalus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p.
137.

a Abyssinia (E. Verreaux) 1850.

1923. Dendrobates menstraus.

Picus menstruus, Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Ins. ii. p. 89:
Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 45.

Picus capensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 430.

Mesopicus capensis, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 42, iv. pi. 62.
a, — b f S. Africa (Ar. G. Strickland) 1838. — c (. Dewgard )
1849.

Campethera.

Campethera, Gray, List. Gen. B. p. 70 (1841).

1924. Campothera notata.

Picus notatus, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 11: Sundev. Consp. Av.
Picin. p. 66.

Chrysopicus notatus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 162, iv. pi. 95.

394

PICI.

Ipagrus notatus , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 127.
a S. Africa [N, (7. Strickland) 1838.

1925. Campothera capricorni.

Campethera capricorni , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 155: Newton, Ibis, 1869, p. 323, pi. 9.

Ipagrus capricorni, Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 221.
a Damara-land (G. J. Andersson) 1852.

The type of this species.

1926. Campothera punctata.

Picus punctatus, Yalenc. Diet. Sc. Nat. xl. p. 171: Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 67.

Ipagrus punctatus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 124.

Picus punctuligerus, Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 2, p. 11.
Chrysopicus punctuligerus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 164, iv. pi.
92.

Picus nubicus, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 11 ( nee Gmelin).
a £ W. Africa (JY G. Strickland) 1838.

Chloronerpes.

Chloronerpes, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 307 (1837).

1927. Chloronerpes fumigatus.

Picus fumigatus, d’Orb. Yoy. Am. Merid. Ois. p. 380, pi. 65,
f. 1.

Chloronerpes f umigatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 337.

Mesopicus fumigatus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 51, iv. pi. 57, f. 3,4.
a Bogota? ( Gardner ) 1845.

1928. Chloronerpes sanguineus.

Picus sanguineus, Licht. Cat. Hamb. p. 17 , fide Wagl. Syst.
Av. fol. 3, p. 15.

Mesopicus sanguineus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 74, iii. pi. 60, f.
4, 5.

a (T. Stevens ) 1829.

A Guiana species.

1929. Chloronerpes affinis.

Picus affinis , Sw. Zool. 111. pi. 78: Sundev. Consp. Av. Pic.
p. 37.

picid je.

395

Mesopicus affinis, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 56, iv. pi. 61.
Campias affinis, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 151.
a (N C. Strickland) 1838. — b { Bt at Stevens's) 1843.

A Brazilian species.

1930. Chloronerpes selysi.

Mesopicus selysi, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 67, iv. pi. 62, f. 1, 2.
Chloronerpes selysi, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 337.
a f Brazil {Askew) 1834. — b Brazil {Askew) 1837.

1931. Chloronerpes tephrodops.

Ficus tephrodops, Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 2, p. 15.

Chloronerpes tephrodops, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 337.

Campias tephrodops, Cab. & Hein. Mns. Hein. iv. p. 145.
a {W. Kirtland) 1843.

Apparently a skin of Cayenne make.

1932. Chloronerpes olivinns.

Ficus olivinus, Malh. Mem. Soc. Lidge, 1845, p. 67 (easNatt.
MS.) : Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 40.

Mesopicus olivinus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 65, iv. pi. 59.
Campias olivinus , Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 246.
a Brazil {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Brazil? {Argent) 1852.

1933. Chloronerpes erythropis.

Ficus erythropis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. 1ST. xxvi. p. 98.
Chloropicus erythropsis, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 143, pi. 87, f.
1, 2.

Chloronerpes erythropis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 338.
a £, — b £ Brazil {Askew) 1837.

1934. Chloronerpes flavigula.

Pic d gorge jaune, de Cayenne , D’Aub. PI. Enl. 784, unde ,
Ficus flavigula, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 49.

Chloronerpes flavigularis , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 339.
Chloropicus chlorocephalus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 144, pi. 86,
f. 4, 5, 6.

a {Gardner) 1845.

396

PICI.

1935. Chloronerpes polyzonus.

Ficus polyzonus, Yalenc. Diet. Sc. Nat. xl. p. 170: Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 12.

Chloropicus polyzonus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 136, iv. pi. 83,
f. 1, 2.

a ( Arthur Strickland) 1840.

A Brazilian species.

1936. Chloronerpes yucatanensis.

Picus yucatanensis, Cabot. Bost. Journ. N. H. v. p. 92.
Chloronerpes yucatanensis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 339.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.

1937. Chloronerpes rubiginosus.

Picus rubiginosus, Sw. Zool. 111. pi. 14.

Chloronerpes rubiginosus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 339.
Chrysopicus rubiginosus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 174, iv. pi. 89,
f. 4, 5.

a (. N '. C. Strickland) 1838. — h Bogota? (Bt at Stevens's)
1845. — c Trinidad (Argent) 1851.

Chrysoptilus.

Chrysoptilus, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, p. 300 (1831).

1938. Chrysoptilus melanochlorus.

Grand Pic rayd, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 719 undl,
Picus melanochlorus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 427 : Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 75.

Chrysopicus melanochlorus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 187, iv. pi.
87 bis.

Chrysoptilus melanochlorus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv.
p. 164.

a S. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Agrees with Bio specimens.

1939. Chrysoptilus flavilumbis.

Picus flavilumbis, Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 74.
a interior of Bolivia (T. C. Eyton) 1850.

Agrees with Bahia specimens, apparently belonging to this form
of C. chrysomelas.

PICIDvE.

397

1940. Chrysoptilus punctigula.

Pic raye, de Cayenne , D’Aub. PL Enl. 613 undl,

Picus punctigula, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 37 : Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 73.

Chrysoptilus punctigula, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 162.
a ( Thomas ) 1843.

A skin of Cayenne make.

1941. Chrysoptilus punctipectus.

Chrysoptilus punctipectus , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 163.
a , — b Trinidad ( Argent ) 1851.

A close ally of C. punctigula and perhaps barely separable.

Melanerpes.

Melanerpes , Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, p. 300 (1831).

1942. Melanerpes torquatus.

Picus torquatus, Wils. Am. Orn. iii. p. 31, pi. 20, f. 3:
Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 51.

Melampicus torquatus , Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 214, iv. pi. 96.
Melanerpes torquatus, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii.
p. 561.

a N. W. America ( Wosnessenski ) 1846.

1943. Melanerpes erythrocephalus.

Picus erythrocephalus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 174: Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 50.

Melanerpes erythrocephalus , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B.
ii. p. 564.

Melampicus erythrocephalus , Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 210, iv.
pi. 97.

a N. America (A skew) 1834. — b N. America (. Mansfield )
1834.

1944. Melanerpes formicivorus.

Picus formicivorus, Sw. Phil. Mag. New Ser. i. p. 439.
Melanerpes formicivorus , Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B.
ii. p. 566.

Melampicus formicivorus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 199, iv. pi. 99.
Picus melanopogon, Temm. PL Col. 451: Sundev. Consp. Av.
Picin. p. 51.

398

PICI.

a Mexico (Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Guatemala (J. Con-
stancia ) 1845. — c N. W. America (W osnessenski) 1846. — d
Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848.

1945. Melanerpes flavigula.

Melampicus flavigula, Malh. Rev. Zool. 1849, p. 542 : Mon.
Pic. ii. p. 202, iv. pi. 99.

Melanerpes flavigularis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 341.
a Bogota ( Bt at Stevens's ) 1846.

1946. Melanerpes flavifrons.

Picus flavifrons , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 75:
Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 50.

Melanerpes flavifrons, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 341.

Melampicus flavifrons, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 207, iv. pi. 100.
a £, — b f Brazil (A". C. Strickland) 1838.

1947. Melanerpes ernentatns.

Petit Pic noir, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PL Enl. 694, f. 2 undb,
Picus cruentatus, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 43.

Melanerpes cruentatus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 341.

Picus hirundinaceus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 426.
a Guatemala (Bt at Stevens's) 1848.

This is a Guiana species and is not known in Central America.

Leuconerpes.

Leuconerpes , Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 310 (1837).

1948. Leuconerpes Candidas.

Piciis candidus, Otto, Buff. Vog. Ueb. xxiii. p. 251.
Leuconerpes candidus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 342.

Picus dominicanus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 72.
Melampicus dominicanus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 217, iv. pi.
101.

a (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

Hypoxanthus.

Hypoxanthus, Bonaparte, Consp. Vol. Zyg. p. 11 (1854).

PICID^E.

399

1949. Hypoxanthus rivolii.

Picus rivolii , Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 36: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 71.

Geopicus rivolii, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 267, iv. pi. 112.
Colaptes rivolii, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 344.
a, — b Bogota (Bt at Stevens s) 1845.

Centukus.

Centurus, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 310 (1837).

1950. Centurus carolinus.

Picus carolinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 174: Snndev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 53.

Zebrapicus carolinus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 234, iv. pi. 103.
Centurus carolinus, Baird, Brew. & Ridgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 554.
a (Askew) 1834.

A North American species.

1951. Centurus radiolatus.

Picus radiolatus, Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 2, p. 12: Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 52.

Centurus radiolatus, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 271.
a £ Jamaica (P. H. Gosse ) 1848.

1952. Centurus albifrons.

Picus albifrons, Sw. Phil. Mag. New Ser. i. p. 439.

Centurus santacruzi, Bp. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 116: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 343.

Zebrapicus santacruzi, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 241, iv. pi. 105.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845. — b Guatemala (J. Con -
stancia) 1848.

1953. Centurus elegans.

Picus elegans , Sw. Phil. Mag. New Ser. i. p. 439: Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 55.

Centurus elegans, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 342.

Zebrapicus elegans, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii., p. 225, iv. pi. 102.
a, — b (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Mexican species.

400

PICI.

1954. Centurus tricolor.

Picus tricolor, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 512 ( [nee Gm.): Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 54.

Centurus tricolor , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 343.

Zebrapicus tricolor , Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 247, iv. pi. 106.
a ( Isaacson ) 1840. — b , — c Trinidad {Argent) 1851.

Colaptes.

Colaptes, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 353 (1827).

1955. Colaptes anratus.

Picus auratus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 174: Sundev. Consp. Av.
Picin. p. 71.

Colaptes auratus , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 344 : Baird, Brew. &
Bidgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 575.

Geopicus auratus , Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 255, iv. pi. 109.
a f N. America {Arthur Strickland ) 1832. — b £ N. America
{N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1956. Colaptes mexicanus.

Colaptes mexicanus, Sw. Phil. Mag. New Ser. i. p. 440: Scl.
Cat. Am. B. p. 344.

Geopicus mexicanus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 262, iv. pi. 110.
a, — b {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.

1957. Colaptes mexicanoides.

Colaptes mexicanoides, Lafr. Bev. Zool. 1844, p. 42 : Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 344.

Geopicus rubricatus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 265, iv. pi. 110.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848. — b Guatemala (J. Con -
stancia) 1851.

1958. Colaptes pitius.

Picus pitius, Mol. Saggio sulla St. Nat. Chili, p. 236.
Colaptes pitius, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 344.

Geopicus chilensis, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 269, iv. pi. 111.
a {T. C. Eyton) 1846.

A Chilian species.

PICIDiE.

401

1959. Colaptes campestris,

Picus campestris , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 10.

Colaptes campestris , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 343.

Geopicus campestris, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 251, iv. pi. 108.
a Brazil ( Murray ) 1834.

1960. Colaptes agricola.

Geopicus agricola, Malh. Mem. Ac. Metz, 1849, p. 359; Mon.
Pic. ii. p. 254, iv. pi. 108.

Colaptes agricola, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 343.
a { Thomas ) 1842.

A Brazilian species.

Geocolaptes.

Geocolaptes, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 309 (1837).

1961. Geocolaptes olivaceus.

Picus olivaceus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 431.

Picus arator , Cuv. Beg. An. i. p. 459 (1829) : Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 68.

Geopicus arator, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 274, iv. pi. 111.
a {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b S. Africa {Askew) 1841.

Hemicekcus.

Hemicercus, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 306 (1837).

1962. Hemicercus sordidus.

Dendrocopus sordidus, Eyton, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvi. p.
229.

Hemicercus sordidus, Salvad. Ann. Mas. Genov, v. p. 46.
Hemicercus concretus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 104 {nec
Temm.).

a Malacca {Mather) 1840. — b Malacca {Bt at Stevens's) 1844.

1963. Hemicercus canente.

Picus canente, Less. Cent. Zool. p. 215, pi. 73: Sundev. Consp.

Av. Picin. p. 11.

Micropicus canente , Malh. Mon. Pic. i. p. 190, iii. pi. 42.
Hemicercus canente, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 280.

Picus caudatus, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xi. p. 211.
a, — b Madras (“ Picus caudatus, Jerd.” T. C. Jerdon) 1845.
s. c. 26

402

PICI.

Yenilta.

Venilia, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. i. p. 128 (1850).

1964. Venilia rubiginosa.

Hemicercus rubiginosus , Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 150: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1846, p. 104.

Celeopicus porphyromelas, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 39, iii. pi.
49 (ex Boie).

Picus porphyromelas, Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 47.
a Malacca (Thomas) 1840.

Meiglyptes.

Meiglyptes , Swainson, Classif. B» ii. p. 309 (1837).

1965. Meiglyptes brunneus.

Hemicercus brunneus, Eyt. P. Z. S. 1839, p. 106.

Picus brunneus, Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 91.

Meiglyptes tukki , Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 57 (ex
Lesson).

Phaiopicus pectoralis, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 8, iii. pi. 47.
a Malacca (N. C. Strickland) 1838, —~b Malacca (Mather)
1840. - — c Malacca (Carfrae) 1840.

1966. Meiglyptes tristis.

Picus tristis, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 177: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 91.

Meiglyptes tristis , Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 56.
Phaiopicus grammithorax, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 12, iii. pi. 48.
a Malacca (N, C. Strickland) 1838.

Micropternus.

Micropternus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 194 (1845).

1967. Micropternus phaioceps.

Micropternus phaioceps, Blyth, l. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 294.
Phaiopicus rufinotus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 1, iii. pi. 46.
Picus rufinotus , Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 88.
a Malacca? (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b India (“ Micropter-
nus phaioceps” E. Blyth ) 1846.

PICIDiE.

403

1968. Micropternus gularis.

Picus (' micropternus ) gularis, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xiii. pt. ii.
p. 139.

Micropternus gularis , J erd. B. Ind. i. p. 294.

Picus gularis, Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 88.

Phaiopicus jerdoni, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 3, iii. pi. 47.
a Madras (“ Picus gularis” T. C . Jerdon ) 1845.

A young bird very similar in plumage to the preceding species.

Celeus.

Celeus, Bois, Isis, 1831, p. 542.

1969. Celeus fiavus.

Pic jaune , de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 509 unde ,

Picus flavus, Mull. Naturs. Suppl. p. 91.

Celeus citrinus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 336 (ex Bodd.),

Picus exalbidus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 428: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 85.

Celeopicus exalbidus , Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 30, iii. pi. 55.
a (E. Brown) 1850. — b ( Carfrae ) 1850. — c Brazil ( Argent )
1851. —d, — e, —/Trinidad (Argent) 1851.
a and b are skins of Cayenne make.

1970. Celeus flavescens.

Picus flavescens, Gm. Syst. Nat, i. p. 427 : Sundev. Consp. Av.
Picin. p. 84.

Celeopicus flavescens, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p, 21, iii. pi. 53.
Celeus flavescens, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 336.
a £, —b f Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

1971. Celeus elegans.

Picus elegans, Mull. Naturs. Suppl. p. 92.

Picus cinnamomeus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 428: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 85.

Celeopicus cinnamomeus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 32, iii. pi. 56.
a — b f Guiana (A-. C. Strickland) 1838. —c Demarara

(Cashmore) 1843.

Chrysocolaptes.

Chrysocolaptes, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 1004 (1843).

26—2

404

PICI.

1972. Clirysocolaptes sultaneus.

Ficus sultaneus, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. vi. p. 105: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 79.

Indopicus sultaneus , Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 77, iv. pi. 64.
Clirysocolaptes sultaneus , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 281.
a Madras (“Ficus strictus,” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b Madras
(“ Ficus sultaneus , Hodgson, F. strenuus , Gould ; a small speci-
men but made to look too small, male. E. Blyth, MS.” T. C.
Jerdon) 1845. — c India (Lord A. Hay ) 1845. — d India (E.
Blyth) 1846. — e $ Kumaon (If. J. E. Boys ) 1847.

1973. Clirysocolaptes festivus.

Pic verd, de Goa, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 696 unde ,

Picus festivus, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 43: Sundev. Consp.
Av. Picin. p. 80.

Picus goensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 434.

Indopicus goensis, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 82, iv. pi. 66.
Clirysocolaptes goensis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 282.

Brachypternus goensis, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 35.
a, — b Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

1974. Clirysocolaptes haematribon.

Picus hcematribon, Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 3, p. 14: Sundev.
Consp. Av. Picin. p. 80.

Indopicus hcematribon, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 84, iv. pi. 68.
Clirysocolaptes hcematribon, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 147.
Brachypternus hcematribon, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii.
p. 35.

a Philippine Islands (J. Gould) 1846.

Brachypternus.

Brachypternus , Strickland, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 31.

1975. Brachypternus an rant ins.

Picus aurantius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 174.

Brachypternus aurantius, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii.
p. 35: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 295.

Brahmapicus bengalensis, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 93, iv. pi. 69
(ex Linn).

PICID.E.

405

Picus bengalensis , Sundev. Consp. Av. Picin. p. 81.
a $ E. Indies ( Major Stacy) 1836. —b $ Bengal (K C.
Strickland) 1838. — e f Bengal (“ Brachypternus aurantius E.
Blyth) 1846.

1976. Brachypternus chrysonotus.

Picus chrysonotus , Less. Traitd d’Orn. p. 220.

Brachypternus chrysonotus , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 296.
Brahmapicus puncticollis, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 92, iv. pi. 70.
a, — b India ( Bt at Stevens's) 1843.

1977. Brachypternus ceyloxms.

Picus ceylonus, Forst. Naturf. xiii. p. 14, pi. 4.

Brachypternus ceylonus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 171.
Picus erithronothos, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 73.
Brahmapicus erythronotus, Malh. Mon. Pic. ii. p. 90, iv. pi. 69.
Brachypternus erythronotus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii.
p. 35.

a Ceylon (“ Brachypternus ceylonus ” E. Blyth) 1850.

Tiga.

Tiga, Kaup. Thierr. ii. p. 37 (1836); Strickland, Ann. & Mag.
N. H. vii. p. 35.

Chrysonotus, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 309 (1837).

1978. Tiga javanensis.

Picus javanensis, Ljungh. Act. Stockh. xviii. p. 134: Wald.
Ibis, 1871, p. 164.

Chrysonotus javanensis, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 172.
Tiga javanensis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xliii. extr. No. p. 75:
Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 54.

Tiga intermedia, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 193.
a (Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Madras (“Picus tiga," T. C.
Jerdon) 1845. — c, — d Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

ORDER IV.— COCCYGES.

SUBORDER.— COCCYGES ANOMALODACTYLA3.
FAMILY. — COLIIDiE \

COLIUS,

Colius, Brisson, Orn. iii. p. 304 (1760): Murie, Ibis, 1872,

p. 262.

1979. Colins capensis.

Colins capensis. Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 842: Gurney, in And. B.
Damara-1. p. 202.

Colins erythropus, Gm. 1. s. c. : Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn.
1852, p. 151.

a Cape of Good Hope (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Damara-
land (C. J. Andersson ) 1852.

1980. Colins erythromelon.

Colius erythromelon, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. vii. p. 378 :
Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 203.

Colius macrurus, Strickl. &. Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 151
(nec Linn.).

a Cape of Good Hope (JV. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Damara-
land ( C J. Andersson) 1852.

1981. Colins maernrns.

Lanius macrurus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 134.

Colius macrurus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219.
a £ Kartoum, October (J. Petherick) 1848.

1982. Colins striatns.

Colius striatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 843: Layard, B. S. Afr.

p. 222.

a Cape of Good Hope {Askew) 1834.

* Cf. Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 33.

UPUPIDiE.

407

SUBORDER.— COCCYGES ANISODACTYLiE.
FAMILY. — UPUPIDiE.

Upupa, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 183 (1766) partim:
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 239.

1983. Upupa epops.

Upupa epops , Linn. 1. s. c.: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100;
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 349: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 390: Dresser,
B. Eur.

a Himalaya (Askew) 1836. - — b S. India (“ Upupa minor,”
T. G. Jerdon ) 1844. — c Madras (T. G. Jerdon ) 1845. — d, — e
India (“ Upupa epops” E. Blyth) 1846.

1984. Upupa minor.

Upupa minor , Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 139: Strickl. & Scl.
Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 155: Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 72.

a (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Cape of Good Hope (N. C.
Strickland) 1838.

Irrisor.

Irrisor , Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 239 (1831) : Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xii. p. 239.

1985. Irrisor erythrorhynchus.

Upupa erythrorhynchus , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 280.

Irrisor erythrorhynchus, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 154: Andersson, Ibis, 1865, p. 549,

Falcinellus senegalensis, Yieill. Enc. Meth. p. 577.

Irrisor senegalensis ? Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216.
a (Johnson) 1837. — b, — c Cape of Good Hope (N. G. Strick-
land) 1838. — d, — e (jY. G. Strickland) 1838. —f, — g (Bt at
Birmingham) 1843. — h Africa (Osman) 1846. — i Kordofan, 23
March (/. Fetherick) 1848. — j Damara-land ( G . J. Andersson)
1852.

1986. Irrisor aterrimus.

Promerops aterrimus, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiv.
p. 257.

408

COCCYGES.

Irrisor aterrimus , Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 10.

Promerops pusillus, Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 120.
a Africa (Bt at Stevens’s ) 1845.

1987. Irrisor cyanomelas.

Falcinellus cyanomelas , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxviii.
p. 164.

Irrisor cyanomelas , Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 10: Gurney, in
And. B. Damara-1. p. 67.

Phinopomastes cyanomelas , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 155.

a, — b Damara-land (G. J. Andersson) 1852.

FAMILY. — MEROPIDiE.

Merops.

Merops , Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 182 (1766).

1988. Merops apiaster.

Merops apiaster, Linn. 1. s. c Dresser, B. Eur.
a Tuscany ( C . Passerini) 1835. — b (Arthur Strickland)
1850.

1989. Merops segyptius.

Merops cegyptius, Forsk. Fauna Arab. No. 2.
a , — b Egypt (J. F. Brandt) 1842. — c River Gambia (. Arthur
Strickland) 1850. — d ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

1990. Merops philippinus.

Merops philippinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 183: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1842, p. 167: Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 149.

Merops philippensis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 207.
a Indian Archipelago (Askew) 1833. — -b $ Nepal (W. J. E.
Boys) 1848. — c (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

1991. Merops sumatranns.

Merops sumatranus, Raffl. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 294: Wald.
Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 151, pi. 26, f. 2.

Merops bicolor, Gm. Auctt. partim.
a, — b Malacca ( Capt . Nash ) 1837.

MEROPIDiE.

400

1992. Merops ornatus.

Merops ornatus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxv.: Gould, B.
Austr. ii. pi. 16.

a New South Wales (M° Donald) 1838. — b, — c (. Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

1993. Merops quinticolor.

Merops quinticolor , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 21:
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 208.

a S. India ( Gardner ) 1844. — b Kumaon (IF. J. E. Boys)
1847.

1994. Merops albicollis.

Merops albicollis, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 15:
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216.

a W. Africa ( Thomas ) 1840. — b £ Kordofan, 12 June (J.
Petherick ) 1848.

1995. Merops nubicus.

Merops nubicus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 464: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1850, p. 216.

a Africa ( Gardner ) 1844. — b £ Kordofan, 1 July (J. Pethe-
rick) 1848.

1996. Merops viridis.

Merops viridis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 182: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1842, p. 167; Ann. & Mag: N. H. xiii. p. 34: Jerd. B. Ind. i.
p. 205.

a (Askew) 1834. — b (Askew) 1837. — c Northern India (Bt
at Stevens* s) 1843. — d Malwa (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — e, — f,
(Arthur Strickland) 1850.

1997. Merops viridissimus.

Merops viridissimus, Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 82.

Merops lamarki , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216 (nec Cuv.?).
a f Kordofan, February (J. Petherick) 1848. — b (Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

410

COCCYGES.

1998. Merops lafresnayii.

Merops lafresnayii , Gudr. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 322:Finsch,
Trans. Z. S. vii. p. 225.

a Abyssinia ( Verreaux ) 1850.

Considered by Strickland to be the same as M. variegatus Vieill.
of W. Africa {Cf Contr. Orn. 1851, pp. 135, 162).

1999. Merops hirundinaceus.

Merops hirundinaceus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 21.
Melittophagus hirundinaceus , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn.
1852, p. 154.

Dicrocercus hirundinaceus , Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1.
p. 63.

Merops fur catus, Stanley in Salt’s Trav. App. p. 27.
a W. Africa (Johnson) 1837. —-6. Damara-land ( G '. J. Anders -
son ) 1852.

2000. Merops erythropterus.

Merops erythropterus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 464 : Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1850, p, 216.

a W. Africa {Johnson) 1837. — b f Kordofan, 28 April (J.
Petherick) 1848. — c ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2001. Merops bnllocki.

Merops bullocki , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xiv. p. 13.
Spheconax bullocki, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 134.
a S. Africa ( Havell ) 1839. — b {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A West- African species.

Nyctiornis.

Nyctiornis, Swainson, Zool. 111. ser. 2, ii. pi. 56 (1831),

2002. Nyctiornis amictus.

Merops amictus, Temm. PI. Col. 310.

Nyctiornis amictus, Sw. 1. s. c. : Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov,
v. p. 91.

a {Arthur Strickland) 1850. — b Malacca {Argent) 1851.

CORACIID.E.

411

2003. Nyctiornis athertoni.

Merops athertoni , Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. i. pi. 58.

Nyctiornis athertoni , McClelland, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 155: Cab.
& Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 132: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 211.
a Madras (T. C. Jerdori) 1845,

FAMILY. — CORACIIDiE.

CORACIAS.

Coracias, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 15.9 (1766).

2004. Coracias gurrulus.

Coracias garrula , Linn. 1. s. c.

Coracias garrula , Sharpe, & Dresser, B. Eur.
a Spain ( Boissoneau ) 1839.

2005. Coracias indicus.

Coracias indica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 159: Jerd. B. Ind. i.
p. 214.

a India (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

2006. Coracias afiinis.

Coracias affinis, McClelland, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 164: Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 217.

a India {Lord A. Hay ) 1845.

2007. Coracias nscvius.

Coracias ncevia, Daud. Traitd d’Orn. ii. p. 258: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216: Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 190.

Coracias ptilosa , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxvii.
a Africa {N. C. Strickland ) 1838. — b f Kordofan, 8 July
(/. Petherick ) 1848. — c Damara-land ((7. J. Andersson ) 1852.

2008. Coracias caudatus.

Coracias caudata , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 160: Strickl. & Scl.
Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 154: Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 194.
a Damara-land ( C . J. Andersson) 1852.

2009. Coracias abyssinicus.

Rollier d’Abyssinie, D’Aub. PL Enl. 626, unde ,

412

COCCYGES.

Coracias abyssinica , Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 38: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216: Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 197.

a Africa ( N . C. Strickland) 1838. ■ — b £ Kordofan, February
(J. Petherick) 1848.

Eurystomus.

Eurystomus , Yieiil. Anal. p. 37 (1816).

2010. Eurystonms orientalis.

Coracias orientalis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 159.

Eurystomus orientalis, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 105:
Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 152.

a Malacca ( Capt . Nash ) 1837. - — b (N. C. Strickland ) 1838.
— c Philippine Islands (J. Gould) 1846. — d Malacca ( Williams )
1847.

2011. Eurystomus pacificus.

Coracias pacifica, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxvii.
Eurystomus pacificus, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 119.
Eurystomus australis, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 202 :
Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 17.

a New South Wales ( MeDonald ) 1838.

2012. Eurystomus afer.

Coracias afra, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 172.

Eurystomus afer , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216: Sharpe, Ibis,
1871, p. 274.

a Africa {Johnson) 1837. — - b (Ar. C. Strickland) 1838. — c £
Kordofan, 9 July (/. Petherick) 1848.

FAMILY. — MOMOTIDiE.

Momotus.

Momotus, Brisson, Ornith. iv. p. 465 (1760).

2013. Momotus brasiliensis.

Pamphastos momota, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 152.

Momotus brasiliensis , Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 140: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 261.

a Brazil ( Thomas ) 1842.

A skin of Cayenne make.

MOMOTIDiE.

413

2014. Momotus swainsoni.

Prionites bahamensis, Svv. An. in. Menag. p. 332 (worn, in -
ept ).

Momotus swainsoni , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 261.
a Trinidad [Argent) 1851. — b Trinidad (J". Taylor).

2015. Momotus lessoni.

Momotus lessoni , Less. Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 174: Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 262.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845. — b Guatemala (J. Con -
stancia) 1848.

2016. Momotus mexicanus.

Momotus mexicanus, Sw. Phil. Mag. New Ser. i. p. 442:
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 262.
a Mexico ( Galeotti ) 1845.

Baryphthengus.

Baryphthengus, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 114
(1860).

2017. Baryphthengus ruficapillus.

Baryphonus ruficapillus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxi.
p. 315.

Baryphthengus ruficapillus, Cab. & Hein. 1. s. c.: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 262.

a S. America (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

Eumomota.

Eumomota, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1857, p. 257.

2018. Eumomota superciliaris.

Prionites ( Crypticus ) superciliaris, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. iv.
pi. 18 (ex Sandb. MSS.).

Eumomota superciliaris, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 263.
a Guatemala (Bt at Stevens s) 1848.

Hylomanes.

Hylomanes, Lichtenstein, Abh. Ak. Berl. 1838, p. 449.

414

COCCYGES.

2019. Hylomanes gularis.

Priorities gularis, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 180.
Momotus gularis , Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 33, pi. 5.
a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1848.

FAMILY. — TODIDiE.

Todus.

Todus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 178 (1766), partim.

2020. Todus viridis.

Todus viridis , Linn. 1. s. c.: Sharpe, Ibis, 1874, p. 349.
a W. Indies (Askew) 1810. — b (. Bt at Edinburgh) 1852.

A species peculiar to the island of Jamaica.

FAMILY—ALCEDINID^F.

SUBFAMILY. — ALCEDINIDiE.

Alcedo.

Alcedo, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 178 (17 66), partim.

2021. Alcedo ispida.

Alcedo ispida , Linn. 1. s. c.: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100:
Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 1. pi. 1.

a Lincolnshire (H. E Strickland) 1827. — b $ Smyrna 30
November (H. E. Strickland) 1835.

2022. Alcedo bengalensis.

Alcedo bengalensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 450: Jerd. B. Ind. i.
p. 230: Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 11, pi. 2.

a £, — b f India (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — c Nepal (B. H.
Hodgson , 606) 1845. —d £ Malwa (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

2023. Alcedo quadribrachys.

Alcedo quadribrachys, Bp. Consp. i. p. 158: Strickl. Contr.
Orn. 1851, p. 134, pi. 79: Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 25, pi. 6.
a W. Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

ALCEDINIDiE.

415

2024. Alcedo semitorquata.

Alcedo semitorquata , Swains. Zool. 111. iii. pi. 151: Sharpe,
Mon. Alced, p. 27, pi. 7.

a Africa? (. N . G . Strickland) 1838. — 6 ( Dewgard ) 1851.

A widely-ranging African species.

2025. Alcedo beryllina.

Alcedo beryllina , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xix. p. 414:
Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 31, pi. 9.

Alcedo biru , Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 172.
a Java (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

CORYTHORNIS.

Corythornis, Kaup. Fam. Eisv. p. 10 (1848).

2028. Corythornis cristatus.

Alcedo cristata , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 178.

Corythornis cristata , Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 35, pi. 11.
a £ Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1833.

Alcyone.

Alcyone, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 336 (1837).

2027. Alcyone azurea.

Alcedo azurea, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxxii.

Alcyone azurea, Gould, B. Austr. ii. pi. 25: Sharpe, Mon.
Alced. p. 41, pi. 13.

a New South Wales (M° Donald) 1838. — b Cape York, 15
October 1848 ( Argent ) 1852.

Ceryle.

Ceryle, Boie, Isis, 1828, p. 316.

2028. Ceryle guttata.

Alcedo guttatus, Vig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 22: Gould, Cent. B.
Him. pi. 5.

Ceryle guttata, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 234: Sharpe, Mon. Alced.
p. 57, pi. 18.

a Kumaon (IF. J. E . Boys) 1847.

416

COCCYGES.

2029. Ceryle rudis.

Alcedo rudis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 181: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 100; Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 418.

Ceryle rudis, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ix. p. 442; xiii.
p. 34; xviii. p. 405; P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167; 1850, p. 216: Sharpe,
Mon. Alced. p. 61, pi. 19.

Ispida bicincta, Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 95; Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. vi. p. 418; xiii. p. 34; P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216.

Ceryle varia, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. iv. p. 418; xiii.
p. 34; xviii. p. 405; P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167.

a Calcutta ($. P. Stacy ) 1833. — b £ Smyrna, 13 December
(H. E. Strickland) 1835. — c f Smyrna, 2 January ( H . E.
Strickland) 1836. — d W. Africa ( N ’. C. Strickland) 1838. — e
Madras (“ Ispida varia, Strickl.” T. C. Jerdon). — f £ India
(TP. J. E. Boys) 1847. — g, — h Kordofan {J. Petherick) 1848.
— i India. — -j, — k S. Africa {Dr A Smith).

2030. Ceryle torquata.

Alcedo torquata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 180.

Ceryle torquata, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 73, pi. 22.
a f S. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Trinidad
( Argent ) 1851.

2031. Ceryle alcyon.

Alcedo alcyon, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 180.

Ceyple alcyon, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 79, pi. 23.
a $ N. America {Askew) 1834. — b £ N. America (E. C.
Strickland) 1834. — c Mexico {T. Mann) 1844. — d Sitka, N. W.
America {J. F. Brandt) 1844. — e N. W. America ( Wosnessenski)
1846. —f Jamaica (P. H. Goose ) 1846.

2032. Ceryle amazona.

Alcedo amazona, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 257.

Ceryle amazonia , Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 83, pi. 24.
a {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Guatemala (J. Constancia)
1848.

2033. Ceryle americana.

Alcedo americana, Cm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 451.

ALCEDINIDiE.

417

Ceryle americana, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 89, pi. 26.
a , — b, — c Brazil (Askew) 1837. — d S. America (N. C.
Strickland ) 1838. — e Trinidad (Argent) 1851. — -f.

2034. Ceryle inda.

Alcedo inda , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 179.

Ceryle inda, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 91, pi. 27.
a, — b S. America (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

2035. Ceryle superciliosa.

Alcedo superciliosa , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 179.

Ceryle superciliosa, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 93, pi. 28.
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b S. America (N. G. Strickland)
1838. — c ( Argent ) 1851.
c is a skin of Cayenne make.

Pelargopsis.

Pelargopsis , Gloger, Handb. p. 338 (1842).

2036. Pelargopsis amanroptera.

Halcyon amauropterus, Pears. J. A. S. B. x. p. 635.
Pelargopsis amauroptera, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 97, pi. 30.
a India (“ Pelargopsis amauropterus ” E. Blyth) 1846.

2037. Pelargopsis leucocephala.

Alcedo leucocephala, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 456.

Pelargopsis leucocephala , Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 99, pi. 31.
a E. Indies (Dr Horsfield) 1838.

2038. Pelargopsis gurial.

Halcyon gurial, Pears. J. A. S. B. x. p. 633.

Pelargopsis gurial, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 105, pi. 34.
Halcyon leucocephalus, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 222 (nec Gm.).
a Ceylon (Bt at Stevens's) 1843.

2039. Pelargopsis malaccensis.

Pelargypsis malaccensis, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 67; Mon.
Alced. p. 107.

a India (“ Halcyon capensis ’ E. Blyth) 1846.

A skin agreeing with the description of this Malaccan race.

s. c. 27

418

COCCYGES.

SUBFAMILY. — D ACELONIN M.

Ceyx.

Ceyx , Lacdpede, M^m. de l’lnst. 1801, p. 511.

2040. Ceyx rufidorsa.

Ceyx rufidorsa , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 99: Sharpe, Mon.
Alced. p. 121, pi. 41 : P. Z. S. 1869, p. 507.
a Malacca (Sir W. Jardine ) 1842.

Though not marked as belonging to his species this specimen is
evidently typical of C. rufidorsa , Strickl. and is probably of the same
origin as the bird figured in the Illustrations of Ornithology by Sir
W. Jardine. The specimen is fully described by Mr Sharpe.

ISPIDINA.

Ispidina , Kaup. Fam. Eisv. p. 10 (1848).

2041. Ispidina picta.

Todier bleu d ventre Orange, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 783, f. 1, unde ,
Todus pictus, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 49.

Ispidina picta, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 141, pi. 51.
a (Bt at Birmingham) 1850.

A West- African species.

2042. Ispidina natalensis.

Alcedo natalensis, Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 14.
Ispidina natalensis, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 145, pi. 52.
a S. E. Africa (Argent) 1853.

Halcyon.

Halcyon , Swainson, Zool. 111. i. pi. 27, text (1820).

2043. Halcyon coromanda.

Alcedo coromanda, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 252.

Halcyon coromandelianus, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 227.

Halcyon coromanda, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 155, pi. 57.
a India (Lord A. Hay) 1845.

2044. Halcyon gularis.

Grand martin-pecheur de Madagascar, D’Aub. PL Enl. 232,
unde,

ALCEDINID^.

419

Alcedo gularis , Kuhl, Buff, et D’Aub. Fig. Av. Col. Nom.
Syst. p. 4.

Halcyon gularis, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 34
Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 165, pi. 60.

a Luzon 14 June (H. Cuming) 1839.

2045. Halcyon smyrnensis,

Alcedo smyrnensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 181.

Halcyon smyrnensis , Strickl. Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1842, p. 70 :
Ann. & Mag. N. H. ix. p. 441 ; xiii. p. 34 : Sharpe, Mon. Alced.
p. 161, pi. 59.

a, — b Ceylon ( Capt . Pearson) 1841. — c Macri, Asia Minor,
February (Capt. T. Graves) 1842. — d Nepal (B. H. Hodgson ,
590) 1845.

2046. Halcyon pileata.

Martin-pecheur de la Chine , D’Aub. PI. Enl. 673, unde,
Alcedo pileata , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 41.

Halcyon pileata, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 169, pi. 62.
a India (“ Halcyon atricapillus , II. albiventris Scop.” E.
Blyth) 1846.

2047. Halcyon semicserulea,

Alcedo semiccerulea, Forsk. Descr. Anim. p. 2.

Halcyon semiccerulea, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 173, pi. 64.
Dacelo actceon, Less. Traite d’Orn. p. 247.
a ( Mather ) 1840.

A species of N. E. Africa.

2048. Halcyon albiventris.

Alcedo albiventris , Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Ins. ii. p. 90.
Halcyon albiventris, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 177, pi. 65.
Dacelo fuscicapilla, Lafr. Mag. Zool. 1833, Cl. ii. pi. 18.
a Cape of Good Hope (Dr A. Smith) 1829. — b Africa (Ar.
C. Strickland) 1838. — c, — d (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

2049. Halcyon chelicutensis.

Alcedo chelicuti , Stanley in Salt’s Trav. App. p. lvi.

Halcyon chelicutensis , Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 183, pi. 67.

27—2

420

COCCYGES*

Halcyon damarensis, Strickl. Contr. Ora. 1852, p. 153.
a (Johnson) 1837. — h Africa (Mather) 1840. — c Sierra
Leone (Dr Ferguson) 1845. — d Damara-land (G. J. Andersson)
1852.

d is the type of Halcyon damarensis , a much larger bird than any
of the other three specimens, but not specifically distinct according to
Mr Sharpe.

2050. Halcyon senegalensis.

Alcedo senegalensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 180.

Halcyon senegalensis , Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 191, pi. 70.
a W. Africa (Johnson) 1837.

2051. Halcyon malimbica,

Alcedo malimbica , Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 66.

Halcyon malimbica, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 195, pi. 72.
a W. Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

2052. Halcyon pyrrliopygia.

Halcyon pyrrhopygia, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 113: Sharpe,
Mon. Alced. p. 211, pi. 79.

a Australia (Bt at Liverpool ) 1853.

2053. Halcyon chloris.

Martin-pecheur d tete verte du Gap de Bonne Esperance ,
DAub. PI. Enl. 783, unde,

Alcedo chloris, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 49.

Halcyon chloris, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 229, pi. 87.

Alcedo chlorocephalus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 454.
a Mindanao, 16 May (H. Guming) 1839. — b India (“Todi-
rhamphus collaris, Scop. T. chlorocephalus , Gm.” E. Blgth)
1846.

2054. Halcyon sanctus.

Halcyon sanctus, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 206:
Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 239, pi. 91.

a Australia (Bari) 1834. — b, — c Australia (A7. C. Strickland)
1838. — d (Dewgard) 1851.

BUCEROTIDiE.

421

Todirhamphus.

Todirhamphus, Lesson, Mdm. Soc. d’Hist. Nat. iii. p. 420
(1828).

2055. Todirhamphus veneratus.

Alcedo verier ata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 453.

Todirhamphus veneratus, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 245, pi. 93.
a ( Bt at Edinburgh) 1852.

A species found in many of the islands of the South Pacific.

Dacelo.

Dacelo, Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 125 (1815).

2058. Dacelo gigas.

Martin-pScheur de la Nouvelle Gurnee, D’Aub. PL Enl. 663,
unde ,

Alcedo gigas , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 40.

Dacelo gigas , Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 285, pi. 112.

Alcedo gigantea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 454.
a, — b New South Wales ( McDonald ) 1838.

Garcineutes.

Garcineutes, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 163 (1860).

2057. Garcineutes pulchellus.

Dacelo pulchella, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 175.

Garcineutes pulchellus, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. p. 251, pi. 96.
a Java (6r. Bell) 1842. — b Malacca ( Williams ) 1848.

Both these skins are of Malacca make.

FAMILY. — BU CEROTIDiE.

Rhinoplax.

Rhinoplax , Gloger, Handb. p. 335 (1842).

2058. Rhinoplax scutatus.

Galao a Casque rond, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 933, unde,

Buceros scutatus, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 55.

Buceros galeatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 360.

422

COCCYGES.

Rhinoplax vigil, Elliot, Mon. Bucer. (ex Forst.).
a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of the Malay peninsula, Borneo, &c.

Anthracoceros.

Anthracoceros, Beichenbach, Av. Syst. pi. xlix. (1849).

2059. Anthracoceros malabaricus.

Bucer os malabaricus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 359 : Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 205.

Anthracoceros malabaricus, Elliot, Mon. Bucer.
a (Askew) 1841. - — b Malacca (Bt at Stevens's) 1843.

b has the casque not fully developed and the tail wanting, so
that its determination is uncertain.

2060. Anthracoceros coronatns.

Calao des Philippines, D’Aub. Pl. Enl. 873, unde
Bucer os coronatus , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 53.

Anthracoceros coronatus, Elliot, Mon. Bucer.
a (Bt at Stevens's) 1843.

A species of the peninsula of India.

Penelopides.

Penelopides, Keichenbach, Av. Syst. pl. xlix. (1849).

2061. Penelopides manillse.

Calao de Manille, D’Aub. Pl. Enl. 891, unde,

Buceros manillce, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 54.

Penelopides manillce, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 168: Elliot,
Mon. Bucer.

a Philippine Islands (J. Gould) 1846. — b (Gardner) 1847.

Toccus.

Tockus, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 252 (1831).

Toccus, Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 33 (1841).

2062. Toccus erythrorhynchus.

Calao a bee rouge, du Senegal, D’Aub. Pl. Enl. 260, unde,
Buceros erythrorhynchus, Kuhl, Buff, et D’Aub. Fig. Av.
Col. Nom. Syst. p. 5.

BUCEROTID^E.

423

Tockus erythrorhynchus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219: Elliot,
Mon. Bucer.

a $ Kordofan, February {J. Petherick) 1848.

2083. Toccus griseus.

Buceros griseus , Lath Ind. Orn. i. p. 147.

Tockus griseus , Jerd. Ibis, 1872, p. 5: Elliot, Mon. Bucer.
Tockus gingalensis , Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 250 {nee Shaw).
a Madras (“ Buceros gingalensis ,” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b
S. India if1 Buceros gingalensis” T. C. Jerdon ) 1850.

Lophoceros.

Lophoceros , Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys. Aves, fol. Z (1831).

2064. Lophoceros nasutus,

Buceros nasutus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 154: Strickl. & Scl,
Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 155.

Tockus nasutus, Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 206.
Lophoceros nasutus, Elliot, Mon. Bucer.
a Damara-land ((7. J Andersson ) 1852.

2065. Lophoceros birostris.

Buceros birostris, Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Ins. ii. p. 87.
Lophoceros birostris, Elliot, Mon. Bucer.

Meniceros bicornis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 248.
a Madras (“ Buceros ginginianus T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b
Madras (“ Buceros ginginianus ,” T. G. Jerdon) 1850.

2066. Lophoceros melanolencus.

Buceros melanoleucus , Licht. Cat. Hamb. p. 8, {fide, Bechst.
Syst. IJeb. ii. p. 362).

Lophoceros melanoleucus , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 168.
Buceros coronatus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 35.
a {Gardner) 1845. — b {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A South- African species.

424

COCCYGES.

FAMILY— MUSOPHAGIDiE.

CORYTHAIX.

Coryihaix, Illiger, Prodr. p. 202 (1811).

2067. Gorythaix albocristatus.

Turacus albocristatus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 83;
Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 161.

Gorythaix albocristatus, Cab. & Hein. Mns. Hein. iii. p. 98.
Turacus persa, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 223 ( nec Linn.).
a ( Arthur Strickland ) 1840.

This specimen was unnamed by Strickland but is probably the
type of this South- African species.

2068. Gorythaix buffoni.

Opcethus buffoni, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv. p. 304.
Turacus buffoni, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1851, p. 161.

Gorythaix buffoni, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iii. p. 98.
Gorythaix senegalensis, Sw. B. W. Afr. i. p. 225, pi. 21.
a W. Africa (i\T. G. Strickland) 1838.

Musophaga.

Musophaga, Isert, Schrift. Berl. Ges. ix. p. 16, pi. 1 (1789).

2069. Musophaga violacea.

Musophaqa violacea, Isert, l. s. c. : Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein,
iii. p. 100.

a Africa (W. Kirtland ) 1838.

Schizorhis.

Ghizaerhis, Wagler, Syst. Av. fol. 7, p. 15 (1827).

Schizorhis , Wagler, Isis, 1829, p. 656.

2070. Schizorhis africana.

Phasianus africanus, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 631.

Schizorhis africana, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iii. p. 100.
a W. Africa (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

TROGONIDiE.

425

SUBORDER.— COCCYGES HETERODACTYLJE.

FAMILY. — TROGONIDiE.

Trogon.

Trogon, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 167 (1766).

2071. Trogon mexicanus.

Trogon mexicanus , Sw. Phil. Mag. New Ser. i. p. 440: Gould,
Mon. Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 15.

a, — b Mexico (T. Mann ) 1844. — c Guatemala (J. Constan-
cia ) 1845.

2072. Trogon collaris.

Trogon collaris , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 320;
Gould, Mon. Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 5.

a Brazil {N. G. Strickland) 1838. —6 Trinidad ( Col . J.
Taylor ).

2073. Trogon personatns.

Trogon personatus, Gould, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ix. p. 237;
Mon. Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 10.
a {Argent) 1852.

A species found in the Andes from Colombia to Bolivia.

2074. Trogon viridis.

Trogon viridis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 167: Gould, Mon. Trog.
Ed. 2, pi. 10.

a Brazil [N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b S. America (IT. Kirt-
land) 1838. — c ( N ’. C. Strickland) 1838.

2075. Trogon aurantius.

Trogon aurantius, Spix. Av. Bras. i. p. 47, pi. 36 : Gould,
Mon. Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 14.
a Brazil? {Argent) 1852.

2076. Trogon sunxeura.

Trogon surucura, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 322:
Gould, Mon. Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 25.
a {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A species of Southern Brazil and Paraguay.

426

COCCYGES.

2077. Trogon melanurus.

Trogon melanurus , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 329: Gould, Mon.
Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 18.

a ( Gardner ) 1846. — b ( Argent ) 1852.

A species of Guiana and the Upper Amazon.

Pharomacrus.

Pharomacrus , De la Llave, Registro Trimestre I. p. 48 (1832).

2078. Pharomacrus auriceps.

G alurus auriceps , Gould, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ix. p. 238.
Pharomacrus auriceps , Gould, Mon. Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 4.
a ( Argent ) 1852.

A species of Colombia and Ecuador.

Harpactes.

Harpactes, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 337 (1837).

2079. Harpactes rutilus.

Trogon rutilus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 313.
Harpactes rutilus , Gould, Mon. Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 41.
Pyrotrogon orrhopheeus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 156.
a, — b Malacca {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

2080. Harpactes diardi.

Trogon diardi, Temm. PI. Col. 541.

Harpactes diardi , Gould, Mon. Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 30.
a Malacca ( Williams) 1848.

2081. Harpactes fasciatus.

Trogon fasciatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 405.

Harpactes fasciatus, Gould, Mon. Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 31.
a, — b ( Gardner ) 1846. — c (P. L . Sclater) 1847.

A species found in the island of Ceylon.

2082. Harpactes kasumba.

Trogon kasumba, Raffles, Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 282.

Harpactes kasumba, Gould, Mon. Trog. Ed. 2, pi. 37.
a, — b Malacca ( Gapt . Nash) 1837. — c Malacca {Fenwick)
1844. — d Malacca (T. G. Eyton).

GALBULIDY.

427

2083. Harpactes hodgsoni.

Harpactes hodgsoni , Gould, Mon. Trog. Ed. 1, pi. 34 ; Ed. 2,
pi. 42.

a (. Kirtland ) 1838. — b, — c Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson) 1845.

2084. Harpactes orescius.

Trogon oreskios , Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiv. p. 220:
Temm. PI. Col. 181.

Harpactes oreskios , Gould, Mon. Trog. Ed. 1, pi. 36; Ed. 2,
pi. 46.

a Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

Hapaloderma.

Apaloderma , Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 337 (1837).

2085. Hapaloderma narina.

Trogon narina, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 318.
Hapaloderma narina, Swains. 1. s. c.\ Gould, Mon. Trog. Ed.
2, pi. 34.

a, — h S. Africa (A. G. Strickland) 1838. — c Africa (A. C.
Strickland) 1838.

SUBORDER.— COCCYGES ZYGODACTYLY.

FAMILY. — GALBULIDiE.

Galbula.

Galbula, Brisson, Ornith. iv. p. 86 (1760).

2086. Galbula viridis.

Alcedo galbula, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 459.

Galbula viridis, Scl. Mon. Galb. et Bucc. p. 7, pi. 2.
a Brazil ( Johnson ) 1837. — b ( Bt at Liverpool) 1853.

This is a Guiana species, b being a skin of Cayenne make.

2087. Galbula rufoviridis.

Galbula rufoviridis , Cab. Ersch. & Grub. Enc. sec. 1. lii.
p. 308: Scl. Mon. Galb. et Bucc. p. 11, pi. 3.

Galbula maculicauda , Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 29.
a Brazil (Askew) 1837. — b Brazil (Johnson) 1837.

428

COCCYGES.

2088. Galbula ruficauda.

Galbula ruficauda , Cuv. Regn. Anim. i. p. 420: Scl. Mon.
Galb. et Bucc. p. 15, pi. 4.
a Trinidad [Argent) 1851.

2089. Galbula melanogenia.

Galbula melanogenia, Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, pp. 61, 93,
pi. 90; Mon. Galb. et Bucc. p. 19, pi. 5.
a ( Argent ) 1852.

A Central American species.

2080. Galbula albirostris.

Galbula albirostris, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 245 : Scl. Mon. Galb.
et Bucc. p. 27, pi. 7.

Galbula chalcocephala , Deville, Rev. Zool. 1849, p. 55.
a Brazil? [Argent) 1852. — b [Bt at Liverpool) 1853.
a is probably from Bolivia, b is a skin of Cayenne make.

2091. Galbula leucogastra.

Galbula leucogastra , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 444 :
Scl. Mon. Galb. et Bucc. p. 33, pi. 9.
a Guiana (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

Urogalba.

Ur og alba, Bonaparte, Consp. Yol. Zyg. p. 13 (1854).

2092. Urogalba paradisea.

Alcedo paradisea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 181.

Urogalba paradisea, Scl. Mon. Galb. et Bucc. p. 1, pi. 1.
a [Askew) 1839.

A skin of Cayenne make.

Jacamerops.

Jacamerops , Cuvier, Regn. Anim. i. p. 420 (1817).

2093. Jacamerops grandis.

Alcedo grandis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 458.

Jacamerops grandis , Scl. Mon. Galb. et Bucc. p. 57, pi. 18.
a Bolivia [Argent) 1852.

BUCCONIDiE.

429

Jacamaralcyon.

Jacamaralcyon , Cuvier, Regn. Anim. i. p. 448 (1829).

2094. Jacamaralcyon tridactyla.

Alcedo tridactyla , Pall. Spic. Zool. vi. p. 10.

Jacamaralcyon tridactyla , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi.
p. 418: Scl. Mon. Galb. et Bucc. p. 49, pi. 16.
a , — b Brazil (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

FAMILY. — BXJCCONIDiE.

Bucco.

Bucco, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 168 (1766): Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. viii. p. 371.

2095. Bucco dysoni.

Bucco dysoni , Scl. P. Z. S. 1855, p. 193 (ex Gray MS.).
Notharchus dysoni , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 149.
a Guatemala (Bt at Stevenss) 1848.

2096. Bucco swainsoni.

Tamatia macrorhynchus, Sw. Zool. 111. ii. pi. 99 (nec Gm.).
Bucco swainsoni, Gray, List Gen. B. i. p. 74: Cab. & Hein.
Mus. Hein. iv. p. 151.

a (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b ( Argent ) 1852.

A Brazilian species.

2097. Bucco tectus.

Plus petit Barbu d poitrine noire, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI.
Enl. 688, f. 2, unde ,

Bucco tectus, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 43.

Nothriscus tectus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 146.
a S. America (Cashmore) 1843.

Apparently a skin of Cayenne make.

2098. Bucco tamatia.

Barbu a ventre tachete ' de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 756, unde,
Bucco tamatia, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 405.

430

COCCYGES.

Chaunornis tamatia, Cab. & Hein. Mus Hein. iv. p. 144.
a (Bt at Birmingham) 1850.

A Guiana species.

2099. Bucco bicinctus.

Tamatia bicinctus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 80.

Hypnelus bicinctus , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 143.
a Trinidad (. Argent ) 1851.

2100. Bucco chacuru.

Bucco chacuru, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iii. p. 239.

Ny status chacuru, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 141.
a, — b Brazil (A". C. Strickland ) 1838.

2101. Bucco striatipectus.

Bucco striatipectus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1853, p. 125.
a £ Bolivia ( Argent ) 1852.

Malacoptila.

Malacoptila, G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 13 (1841).

2102. Malacoptila torquata.

Bucco torquatus , Hahn, Yog. aus As. Afr. &c. Liefr. 13, p. 3,
pi. 5 (ex Wagl.).

Monasa torquata, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 43.
Malacoptila torquata, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 130.
a Brazil ( Arthur Strickland) 1834. — b Brazil ( G . Lloyd)
1838.

Nonnula.

Nonnula, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1853, p. 124.

2103. Kbnimla rubecula.

Bucco rubecula , Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 51, pi. 39, f. 1.

Nonnula rubecula, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein, iv. p. 129.
a, — b Brazil (N. G. Strickland).

CUCULIDiE.

431

Monasa.

Monasa , Vieillot, Anal. p. 29 (1816).

2104. Monasa atra.

Coucou noire de Cayenne , D’Aub. PI. Enl. 512, unde,

Cuculus ater, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 30.

Monasta atra, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 126.
a Cayenne (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b Trinidad ( Argent )

1851.

2105. Monasa morphea.

Bucco morphceus, Hahn, Yog. aus As. Afr. &c. Liefr. 14,
p. 1, pi. 2 (ex Wagl.).

Monasta morphea, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 127.
a $ Brazil (AT. C. Strickland) 1838.

Chelidoptera.

Chelidoptera , Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 81.

2106. Chelidoptera tenebrosa.

Cuculus tenebrosus, Pall. Neue Nord. Beitr. iii. p. 3, pi. 1, f. 1.
Chelidoptera tenebrosa , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 124.
a Brazil (Askew) 1834. — b Trinidad (Argent) 1851.
a is greyer beneath than b , but they are of the same size.

FAMILY. — CUCULIDiE.

SUBFAMILY. — CXJ CULLNYE.

Cuculus.

Cuculus, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 168 (17 66) partim.

2107. Cuculus canorus.

Cuculus canorus, Linn. 1. s. c .: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100:
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 322: Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 580.

a Smyrna, April (H. E. Strickland) 1834. — b (Askew) 1834.
— c $ Worcestershire, June (H. E. Strickland) 1839. — d f, — e
Worcestershire, August (T. Robinson) 1839. — -f (Bt at Stevens's)
1844. — g (Bt at Stevens’s) 1845. — h Gloucestershire, July (H.
E. Strickland) 1853. — i f Bohilcund (W. J . E. Boys) 1847.

432

COCCYGES.

2108. Cuculus micropterns.

Cuculus micropterns , Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 137: Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 326.

a Himalaya ( L . Fraser) 1845. — b Madras (“Cuculus microp-
terus,” T. C. Jerdon ) 1845.

2109. Cuculus solitarius.

Cuculus solitarius , Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. ix. pt. 1,
p. 84, pi. 18: Sharpe, P. Z S. 1873, p. 582.

Cuculus rubiculus , Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 181.

Cuculus flaviventris, Strickl. J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 390, ex Scop.
Cf. Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 161.
a Malacca ( W. Kirtland) 1843.

This specimen, referred by Strickl. 1. s. c. to C. flaviventris, Sco-
poli, agrees closely with Swainson’s type of C. rubiculus, a name,
according to Mr Sharpe, synonymous with C. solitarius, a Cuckoo
found in West and South Africa. The Malaccan origin of this skin
is doubtless erroneous. C . flaviventris, Scopoli, probably cannot now
be satisfactorily identified.

2110. Cuculus sonnerati.

Cuculus sonnerati, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 215: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1846, p. 104: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 325.

a India (Bt at Stevens s) 1843. — b Madras (“Cuculus sonne-
rati,” T. C. Jerdon ) 1846.

2111. Cuculus pravatus.

Cuculus pravatus, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 179.
Penthoceryx pravatus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 63.
a Malacca (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

2112. Cuculus pallidus.

Columba pallida, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lx.

Caccomantis pallidus, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 615.
Cuculus inornatus, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 297 :
Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 85.

a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — b Australia (N. C.
Strickland) 1838. — c (Bt at Stevens s) 1843.

CUCULIDJE.

433

2113. Cuculus poliocephalus.

Cuculus poliocephalus , Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 214: Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 324.

a Madras (“ Cuculus poliocephalus” T. G. Jerdon) 1845.
— b, — c India (“ Cuculus poliocephalus,” E. Blyth) 1851.

2114. Cuculus clamosus.

Cuculus clamosus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxx.: Sharpe,
P. Z. S. 1873, p. 587.

Cuculus nigricans, Sw. Zool. 111. 2nd Ser. i. pi. 7.
a W. Africa {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b {N. C. Strickland)

1838.

Hierococcyx.

Hierococcyx, Muller, Yerh. Nat. Gesch. nederl. overz. Bezitt.
p. 117 (1842).

2115. Hierococcyx varius.

Cuculus varius, Yahl. Skrivt. Nat. Selsk. iv. p. 60 (1797):
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xviii. p. 399.

Hiracococcyx varius, Cab. & Heine, Mus. Hein. iv. p. 29:
Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 329.

a India (Bt at Stevenss) 1844. — b Madras (T. C. Jerdon)
1845.

2116. Hierococcyx fugax.

Cuculus fugax, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p, 178.

Hieracococcyx fugax, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 65.
a Malacca {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

2117. Hierococcyx sparverioides.

Cuculus sparverioides, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 173: Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pi. 53.

Hierococcyx sparverioides, Jerd. B. Ind. i. 331.
a India {Askew) 1840.

Cacomantis.

Cacomantis, Muller, Yerh. Nat. Gesch. nederl. overz. Bezitt.

p. 117 (1842).

s. c.

28

COCCYGES.

434

2118. Cacomantis merulinus.

Cuculus merulinus , Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Ins. ii. p. 89,
Cacomantis merulinus, Wal-d. Trans Z. S. ix. p. 160.
a Philippine Islands, 13 May {J. Cuming) 1840.

2119. Cacomantis flabelliformis.

Cuculus flabellif or mis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxx,
Cacomantis flabelliformis, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 618.
Cuculus cineraceus, Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 298:
Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 86.

a Australia {Askew) 1834. — b {Askew) 1837. — c Australia
(W. C. Strickland) 1838. — d New South Wales [Mc Donald)
1838.

2120. Cacomantis threnodes.

Cacomantis threnodes, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 19:
Wald. Trans. Z. S. viii. p. 54.

a {Askew) 1837. — b Malacca? {N. C. Strickland) 1838.
These specimens agree best with Malaccan skins.

2121. Cacomantis passerinus.

Cuculus passerinus, Yahl. Skrivt. Nat. Selsk. iv. p. 57.
Cacomantis passerinus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 18.
Polyphasia passerina, Jerd. Ibis, 1872, p. 14, pi. 1.

Cuculus tenuirostris, Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. ii. pi. 34, f. 1: cf.
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 34.

a {Askew) 1834. —b [Askew) 1837. — c (IY C. Strickland )
1838. — d S. India (“ Cuculus flavus, adult,” T. C. Jerdon) 1844.
— e S. India (“ Cuculus flavus, young female,” T. C. Jerdon)
1844.

2122. Cacomantis rnfiventris.

Polyphasia rufiventris , Jerd. Ibis, 1872, p. 15.

Polyphasia tenuirostris, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 335 {nec Gray).
a [Askew) 1833. — b India (“ Cuculus tenuirostris ,” E. Blyth)

1846.

Two young birds which should probably bear this name.
SURNICULUS.

Surniculus, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 151 (1831),

CUCUL1DA2.

435

2123. Surniculus lugubris.

Cuculus lugubris, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 175.

Surniculus lugubris, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 63.
a Malacca {CapL Nash) 1837. — b Indian Archipelago (A.
C. Strickland) 1838. — c Malacca {Bt at Stevens s) 1844.

2124. Surniculus dicruroides,

Pseudornis dicruroides, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. viii. p. 136.
Surniculus dicruroides, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 336.
a Nepal ( B . H, Hodgson, 502) 1845.

Mesocalius.

Mesocalius, Cabanis & Heine, Mus. Hein. iv. p. 16 (1862).

2125. Mesocalius osculans.

Chalcites osculans, Gould, P. Z. S. 1847, p. 32; B. Austr. iv.

pi. 88.

Mesocalius osculans, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 621.
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838,

Chrysococcyx.

Chrysococcyx , Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 997.

2126. Chrysococcyx lucidus.

Cuculus lucidus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 421 : cf. Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xi. p. 337.

Chrysoccocyx lucidus, Gould, B. Austr. iv. p. 89.
Lamprococcyx lucidus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 14.
a {Askew) 1837. — b, — c New South Wales {N. C. Strick-
land) 1838. — d {Chapman) 1849. — e {Argent) 1851.

2127. Chrysococcyx smaragdinus,

Chrysococcyx smaragdinus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 53.
Chrysococcyx hodgsoni, Horsf. & Moore,- Cat. B. E. I. Co.
Mus. ii. p. 705: Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 338.

a {Bt at Stevenss) 1844. —b Ceylon {K Blyth) 1850.

2128. Chrysococcyx smaragdineus.

Chalcites smaragdineus, Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 191.
Chrysococcyx smaragdineus, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1851, pp.
135,162.

28—2

436

COCCYGES.

Cuculus smaragdineus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 589*
a , — b Cape of Good Hope (A. G . Strickland) 1838.

2129. Chrysococcyx cuprous.

Coucou vert du Cap de Bonne Esperance , D’Aub. PL EnL
657, unde ,

Cuculus cupreus , Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 40 : Sharpe, P. Z. S.
1873, p. 591.

Cuculus auratus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 421.
a W. Africa (A. 0. Strickland) 1838.

2130. Chrysococcyx klaasi.

Cuculus klaasi , Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. ix. pt. i. p. 129:
Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 592.

a, — b S. Africa (A. (7. Strickland) 1838. — c, — d (A. (7.
Strickland) 1838.

Coccystes.

Coccystes, Gloger, Handb. i. p. 449 (1834).

2131. Coccystes glandarius.

Cuculus glandarius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 169.

Coccystes glandarius , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 44:
Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 595.

Oxylophus glandarius, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219.
a (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — b £ Kordofan, 10th August (J.
Petherick) 1848.

2132. Coccystes cafer.

Cuculus cafer, Licht. Cat. Hamb. p. 14.

Coccystes cafer, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 596.

Cuculus afer, Leach, Zool. Misc. i. p. 71, pi. 31.

Oxylophus afer, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219.
a Africa (A. C. Strickland) 1838.

2133. Coccystes jacobiiras.

Coucou truppe de la cote de Coromandel , D’Aub. Pl. Enl.
872, unde,

Cuculus jacobinus, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 53: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1850, p. 219.

Coccystes jacobinus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 598.

CUCULIDiE.

437

Cuculus melanoleucus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 416.
a India (Askew) 1834. — b (W. C. Strickland) 1838.

2134. Coccystes serratus.

Cuculus serratus , Sparrm. Mus. Carls, i. pi. 3.

Oxylophus serratus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219.

Coccystes serratus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 599.
a S. Africa (Askew) 1834. — b S. Africa (Bt at Stevens s)
1843. — c $ Kordofan, 9th July (J. Petherick) 1848. — d S.
Africa (Dewgard) 1849.

2135. Coccystes coromandus.

Cuculus coromandus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 171.

Coccystes coromandus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 45 ;
Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 67.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A common Malaccan species also found in India, &c.

Eudynamis.

Eudynamis , Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. L. S. xv. p. 303
(1826).

2136. Eudynamis malayana.

Eudynamis malayana, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 52 :
Wald. Ibis, 1869, p. 339.

a E. Indies (Arthur Strickland) 1834. — b £ E. Indies (Dr
Horsfield) 1837. — c E. Indies (“ Cuculus orientalis,” Dr Hors-
field) 1837. — d (Bt at Stevens's) 1843. — e India (Bt at Stevens’s)
1843.

2137. Eudynamis mindanensis.

Cuculus mindanensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 169.

Eudynamis mindanensis , Wald. Ibis, 1869, p. 340: Trans.
Z. S. ix. p. 162.

a Philippine Islands (J. Gould) 1846.

2138. Eudynamis cyanocephala.

Cuculus cyanocephalus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxx.
Eudynamis cyanocephala, Wald. Ibis, 1869, p. 340.

Cuculus flindersi, Lath. Gen. Hist. iii. p. 308.

438

COCCYGES.

Eudynamis australis , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 344.
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — b Australia (Bt at
Birmingham) 1843.

Scythrops.

Scythrops, Latham, Ind. Orn. i. p. 141 (1790): Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. vii. p. 33; xii. p. 240.

2139. Scythrops novse-hollandi®.

Scythrops novae hollandice , Lath. 1. s. c. ; Gould, B. Austr. iv.
pi. 90: Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 57.
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

STJ BFAMILY. — PHCENICOPHAIN^E.

Taccocua.

Taccocua, Lesson, Traitd d’Orn. p. 143 (1831).

2140. Taccocua leschnaulti.

Taccocua leschnaulti , Less. 1. s. c.y Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 352.
Zanclostomus sirhee, Jerd. ( olim nec Gray).
a Madras (“ Zanclostomus sirhee T. C. Jerdon ) 1845.

Rhinortha.

Bhinortha , Vigors, Mem. Raffles, p. 671 (1830).

2141. Rhinortha chlorophsea.

Cuculus chlorophceus, Raffl. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 288.
Bhinortha chlorophcea, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genov, v. p. 69.
Bhinortha caniceps , Vig. 1. s. c.

a} — b Malacca {Capt. Nash) 1837. — c Malacca (N. G.
Strickland) 1838.

Rhopodytes.

Bhopodytes , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 61 (1862).

2142. Rhopodytes diardi.

Melias diardi , Less. Traite d’Orn. p. 132.

Bhopodytes diardi , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 61.
a Malacca (Capt. Nash) 1837. — b Malacca ( Major Stacey ).

CUCULID^E.

439

2143. Rhopodytes viridirostris.

Zanclostomus viridirostris, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xi. p. 223; B.
Ind. i. p. 346.

Bhopodytes viridirostris, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 63.
a India (Askew) 1837. — b S. India (Zanclostomus viridiros-
tris , T. C. Jerdon ) 1850.

2144. Rhopodytes tristis.

Melias tristis, Less. Traite d’Orn. p. 132.

Zanclostomus tristis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 345.

Bhopodytes tristis, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 64.
a India ( Lord A. Hay) 1845. — b India (Zanclostomus tristis,
E. Blyth ) 1846.

2145. Rhopodytes erythrognathus.

Cuculus melanognathus , Raffl. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 287 ( nec
Horsf.).

Phoenicophceus erythrognathus, Hartl. Yerz. Mus. Brem. p. 95.
Bhamphococcyx erythrognathus , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv.
p. 67.

a Malacca (Capt. Nash) 1837.

Rhinococcyx.

Bhinococcyx, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 604.

2146. Rhinococcyx curvirostris.

Cuculus curvirostris, Shaw, Nat. Misc. xxi. pi. 905.
Bhamphococcyx curvirostris, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv.

p. 66.

Phoenicophceus tricolor, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. ix. p. 61,
pi. 14.

a Malacca (N. G. Strickland ) 1838. — b (Bt at Birmingham)
1849.

Zanclostomus.

Zanclostomus, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 123 (1837).

2147. Zanclostomus javanicus.

Phoenicophceus javanicus, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 178.
Zanclostomus javanicus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 64.
a Malacca (N, C. Strickland) 1838.

440

COCCYGES.

P OLIOCOCCYX.

Poliococcyx, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 606.

2148. Poliococcyx sumatranus.

Cuculus sumatranus , Kaffl. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 287.
Bhopodytes sumatranus , Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 62.
Poliococcyx sumatranus , Sharpe, l. s. c.
a Malacca ( Thomas ) 1840.

SUBFAMILY. — COCO Y GIN M.

COCCYGUS. .

Coccyzus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 28 (1816).

2149. Coccygus americaxms.

Cuculus americanus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 170.

Coccygus americanus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 75:
Baird, Brew. & Kidgw. N. Am. B. p. 477.

a N. America (AsJcew) 1834. — b Guatemala (J. Constancia )
1848.

2150. Coccygus minor.

Cuculus minor, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 411.

Cuculus seniculus, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 219.

Coccyzus seniculus, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 281.
a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1846.

2151. Coccygus erythrophthalmus.

Cuculus erythrophthalmus, Wils. Am. Orn. iv. p. 16, pi. 28,
f. 2.

Coccygus erythrophthalmus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv.
p. 76: Baird, Brew. & Kidgw. N. Am. B. ii. p. 484.

a Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 13 May 1846 (S.F. Baird) 1847.

2152. Coccygus melanocoryphus.

Coccyzus melacoryphus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 271.
Coccyzus melanocoryphus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 323.
a Chili? (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b (Arthur Strickland)
1840.

A common South-American Cuckoo, hut not found in Chili.

CUCULIDiE.

441

2153. Coccygus pumilus.

Coccyzus pumilus, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 28, pi. 82.
a Trinidad [Argent) 1851.

The type of this species.

Hyetornis.

Hyetornis , Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 321 (1862).

2154. Hyetornis plnvialis.

Cuculus pluvialis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 411.

Piaya pluvialis , Gosse, B. J am. p. 277.

Hyetornis pluvialis, Scl. 1. s. c.
a Gulf of Mexico ( N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A species peculiar to the island of Jamaica.

Saurothera.

Saurothera, Vieillot, Anal. p. 28 (1816).

2155. Saurothera vetula.

Cuculus vetula , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 169.

Saurothera vetula, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 273; 111. pi. 74: Cab.
& Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 90.

a Jamaica (J. Gould) 1846. — b {Bt at Edinburgh) 1852.

Piaya.

Piaya , Lesson, Traitd d’Orn. p. 139 (1831).

2156. Piaya cayana.

Cuculus cayanus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 170.

Piaya circe Bp., P. cayana (L.), P. nigricrissa Scl., P. mexi-
cana Svv., P. mehleri Bp., Scl. Cat. Am. B. pp. 321, 322.

a S. America {Askew) 1834. — b Brazil [Askew) 1834. — c
Guatemala [J. Constancia) 1848.

2157. Piaya minuta.

Cuculus rutilus, 111. Abhandl. Berl. Ak. Wissensch. 1812,
p. 224.

Pyrrhococcyx rutilus, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 88.
Cuculus minutus et C. rutilus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii.
pp. 275, 277.

442

COCCYGES.

Coccycua monacha, Less. Traits d’Orn. p. 142.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b S. . America (. Arthur Strick-
land) 1840.

Diplopterus.

Diplopterus, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 977.

2158. Diplopterus nsevius.

Cuculus ncevius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 170.

Diplopterus ncevius, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 93.
a, — b, — c (A. C. Strickland) 1838. — d Trinidad ( Argent )

1851.

Dromococcyx.

Dromococcyx, Wied, Beitr. Naturg. Bras. iv. p. 353 (1832).

2159. Dromococcyx phasianellus.

Macropus phasianellus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 53, pi. 42.
Dromococcyx phasianellus, Cab, & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 95.
a Trinidad {Argent) 1851.

Geococcyx.

Geococcyx, Wagler, Isis, 1831, p. 524.

2160. Geococcyx mexicanus.

Phasianus mexicanus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 741.

Geococcyx mexicanus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii.
p. 544: Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 324.
a Mexico {T. Mann) 1844.

2161. Geococcyx aflnis.

Geococcyx affinis, Hartl, Bev. Zool. 1844, p. 215: Scl. Cat.
Am. B. p. 324.

a {Dewgard) 1846. — b Guatemala (/. Constancia) 1848.

SUBFAMILY. — CROTOPHAGINHC.

Guira.

Guira, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 149 (1831).

2162. Guira piririgua.

Cuculus guira, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 414.

Octopteryx guira, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p, 98.

CUCULIDiE.

443

Crotophaga piririgua , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. i. p. 549.
Guira piririgua , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 36.
a Brazil {Askew) 1833.

Crotophaga.

Crotophaga, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 154 (1766).

2163. Crotophaga ani.

Crotophaga ani , Linn. 1. s. c. : Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 320.
a Brazil {Askew) 1834. — b S. America.

2164. Crotophaga sulcirostris.

Crotophaga sulcirostris , Sw. Phil. Mag. New Ser. i. p. 440 :
Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 320.

a ( Thomas ) 1840. — b, — c Guatemala {J, Constancia).

2165. Crotophaga major.

Crotophaga major, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 363: Scl. Cat. Am.
B. p. 320.

a S. America {Bt at Aberystwith) 1833. — b Trinidad {Ar-
gent) 1851.

SUBFAMILY. — CENTROPINAE.

Centropus.

Centropus, Illiger, Prodr. p. 205 (1811).

2166. Centropus bengalensis.

Cuculus bengalensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 412.

Centrococcyx bengalensis, Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 111.
Centropus philippensis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 348.
a, — b {N. C. Strickland) 1838. — c Malacca {N. C. Strick-
land) 1838. — d {Bt at Stevens s) 1844. — e Madras {“Centropus
philippensis ,” T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — -f, — g India (“ Centropus
philippensis,” E. Blyth) 1846.

2167. Centropus viridis.

Cuculus viridis, Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. In. ii. p. 89.
Centrococcyx viridis, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 163.

Corydonis pyrrhopterus, Yieill. Enc. Meth. p. 1353.
a Philippine Islands {J. Goidd) 1846.

444

COCCYGES.

2168. Centropus affinis.

Centropus affinis , Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 180.
Centrococcyx affinis , Wald. Trans. Z. S. viii. p. 56.
a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Agrees with a specimen from Dr Horsfield in the University col-
lection marked 1 Centropus affinis.'' The species is found in Java.

2169. Centropus javanensis.

CuguIus javanensis, Dumont, Diet. Sc. Nat. xi. p. 144.
Centrococcyx javanensis, Wald. Trans. Z. S. viii. p. 60.
Centropus lepidus , Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 180.
a Malacca ( N . C. Strickland) 1838. — b Malacca ( W . Kirt-
land) 1843.

2170. Centropus phasianinus,

Cuculus phasianinus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxx.
Centropus phasianinus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 335.
Centropus phasianus, Gould, B. Austr. iv. pi. 92 ; Handb.
B. Austr. i. p. 634.

a Australia (Sir W. Jar dine) 1845. — b

2171. Centropus monachus.

Centropus monachus, Rupp. Neue Wirb. Yog. p. 57, pi. 21,
f. 2; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 620.

a Senegal (Askew) 1837. — b Cape of Good Hope (N. C.
Strickland) 1838.

FAMILY. — INDICATORIDiE.

Indicator.

Indicator, Vieillot, Anal. p. 28 (1816).

2172. Indicator minor.

Indicator minor, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. ix. p. 140: Cab.
& Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 3.
a Africa (Askew) 1834.

2173. Indicator sparrmani.

Indicator sparrmani, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. ix. p. 138:
Cab. & Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 6.

Indicator leucotis, Sw. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 193.
a Africa (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b S. Africa (Bt at
Stevens’s) 1842.

CAPITONIMS.

445

FAMILY. — CAPITONIDiE.

POGONORHYNCHUS.

Pogonorhynchus, Yan der Hoven, Handb. ii. p. 461 (1835).

2174. Pogonorhynchus dubius.

Bucco dubius , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 109.

Pogonorhynchus dubius , Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 7, pi. 4.

Pogonia sulcirostris, Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 46, pi. 76.
a W. Africa (W. Kirtland) 1838.

2175. Pogonorhynchus torquatus.

Bucco torquatus , Dum. Diet. Sc. Nat. iv. p. 56.
Pogonorhynchus torquatus, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 19, pi. 10.
a S. Africa {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

2176. Pogonorhynchus vieilloti.

Pogonius vieilloti , Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 104, pi. 97:
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219.

Pogonorhynchus vieilloti, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 21, pi. 11.
Pogonias senegalensis, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 9.
a W. Africa {Johnson) 1837. — b $ Kordofan, 8 July {Jr
Petherick ) 1846.

2177. Pogonorhynchus leucomelas.

Le Barbu a plastron noir, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 688, f. 1, undh,
Bucco leucomelas, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 43.

Pogonias leucomelas, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 155.
Pogonorhynchus leucomelas, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 23, pi. 12.
a S. Africa {N. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Damara-land (G. J.
Andersson) 1852.

Megal^ema.

Megalaima, G. B. Gray, List Gen. B. App. p. 12 (1842).

2178. Megalsema virens.

Le grand Barbu, D’Aub. PL Enl. 871, unde,

Bucco virens, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 53.

Megalcema virens, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 33, pi. 16.

Bucco grandis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 408.
a India {Fenwick) 1844.

446

COCCYGES.

2179. Megalsema chrysopogon.

Bucco chrysopogon, Temm. PI. Col. 285.

Megalcema chrysopogon, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 39, pi. 18.
a Malacca ( Capt . Nash ) 1837.

2180. Megalsema mystacoplioims.

Bucco mystacophonus, Temm. PL Col. 315.

Megalcema mystacophonus, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 41, pi. 19.
a Malacca {Capt. Nash ) 1837.

2181. Megalsema versicolor.

Bucco versicolor, Raffl. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 284.

Megalcema versicolor, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 47, pi. 22.
a Malacca {Capt. Nash) 1837.

2182. Megalsema corvina.

Bucco cor vinus, Temm. PI. Col. 522 {ex Reinw.).

Megalcema corvina, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 49, pi. 23.
a Malacca {N. C. Strickland) 1838.

2183. Megalsema franklini.

Bucco franklini, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 167.

Megalcema franklini, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 51, pi. 24.
a Darjuling {E. Blyth) 1850.

2184. Megalsema asiatica,

Trogon asiaticus, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 201.

Megalcema asiatica, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 63, pi. 29.

Capito cyaneicollis, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. p. 498.

Bucco cyanops, Cuv. Regn. An. i. p. 428.

Bucco cceruleigula, Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 85.
a, — b Nepal {B. H. Hodgson) 1845. — c ( Gardner ) 1845.
— d India {“Bucco cyanops, Cuv.” E. Blyth) 1846. — e India
{Major Stacey ).

2185. Megalsema henrici.

Bucco henrici, Temm. PI. Col. 524 {ex Boie).

Megalcema henrici, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 71, pi. 31.
a, — b Malacca {Capt. Nash) 1837.

CAPITONIDiE.

447

2186. Megalsema duvauceli.

Bucco duvaucelii, Less. Traite d’Orn. p. 164.

Megalcema duvaucelii, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 75, pi. 33.

Bucco frontalis, Temm. Pl. Col. 536, f. 1.
a Malacca (Dr Prattington) 183 — . — b Sumatra (Askew)
1833. — c Malacca ( Capt . Nash ) 1837. — d (T. C. Eyton ) 1846.

2187. Megalsema hodgsoni.

Megalcema hodgsoni, Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 144 : Marsh. Mon.
Cap. p. 83, pl. 36.

a Nepal (B. H. Hodgson, 170) 1845. — b Himalaya Mts. (Bt
at Stevens’s) 1848.

2188. Megalsema viridis.

Barbu verd, D’Aub. Pl. Enl. 870, unde,

Bucco viridis, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 53: Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 34.

Megalcema viridis, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 81, pl. 35.
a (Askew) 1833. — b (Bt at Stevens’s) 1843.

A species of Southern India.

2189. Megalsema caniceps.

Bucco caniceps, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830-31, p. 121: Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 34.

Megalcema caniceps, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 91, pl. 39.
a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — b Madras (“ Bucco zeylani-
cus ,” T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — c India (“ Bucco zeylanicus, Gm.,
caniceps , Frankl.,” E. Blytli) 1846. —d India (E. Blyth) 1847.
— e £ Benares (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — f Ceylon (u Bucco zeylo-
nicus, Yellow -cheeked Barbet, Brown,” (E. Blyth) 1850.

e and f are almost exactly alike, the origin of the latter being
perhaps incorrectly stated.

Xanthol^ema.

Xantholcema, Bonaparte, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1854, p. 130.

2190. Xantbolsema hsemacepbala.

Barbu des Philippines, D’Aub. Pl. Enl. 331, unde,

Bucco hcemacephalus, Mull. Syst. Nat. Suppl. p. 88.

448

COCCYGES.

Xcmtholcema hcemacephala, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 101, pi. 42:
Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 156.

a Philippine Islands, 18 May (R. Cuming) 1840. — b Malacca.

2191. Xantholsema rosea.

Bucco roseus, Dumont, Diet. Sc. Nat. iv. p. 52.

Xantholcema rosea , Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 107, pi. 43.
a (X. C. Strickland) 1838.

A Javan species.

2192. Xantholsema rubricapilla.

Bucco rubricapillus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 408.

Xantholcema rubricapilla , Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 109, pi. 44.
Bucco barbiculus, Cuv. Regn. An. i. p. 428. Cf. Wald. Trans.
Z. S. ix. p. 157.

a Ceylon (Capt. Pearson ) 1840.

2193. Xantholsema malabarica.

Bucco malabaricus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. pp. 386, 465.
Xantholcema malabarica , Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. Ill, pi. 45.
a Madras (“ Bucco indicus ” T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — b Madras
(“ Bucco barbiculus” T. C. Jerdon ) 1846.

Barbatula.

Barbatula , Lesson, Compl. Buff. ix. p. 292 (1837).

2194. Barbatula pusilla.

Bucco pusillus, Dumont, Diet. Sc. Nat. iv. p. 50.

Barbatula pusilla, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 117, pi. 48.
a S. Africa (Bt at Stevens's) 1842.

2195. Barbatula chrysocoma.

Bucco chrysocomus , Temm. PI. Col. 536, f. 2.

Barbatula chrysocoma, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 119, pi. 49.
a, — b Senegal (X, C. Strickland) 1838.

Trachyphonus.

Trachyphonus, Ranzani, Elem. Orn. p. 157 (1823).

2196. Trachyphonus margaritatus.

Bucco margaritatus, Riipp. Atlas, Yog. p. 30.

RHAMPHASTIDJ2.

449

Trachyphonus margaritatus , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219:
Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 143, ph 57.

a £, — b f Kordofan, 28 April (J. Petherick) 1848.

Capito.

Capito, Yieillot, Anal. p. 27 (1816).

2197. Capito niger,

Barbu de Cayenne , D’Aub. PI. Enl. 206, unde ,

Bucco niger, Mull. Syst. Nat. Suppl. p. 89.

Capito niger , Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 157, ph 63.

Bucco cayennensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 405.

Capito cayennensis , Cab. in Schomb. Guiana, iii. p. 720.
a S. America (N. C. Strickland) 1838. — b £ Demarara
(R. Schomburgk) 183 — .

2198. Capito bourcieri,

Micropogon bourcieri , Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 179.

Capito bourcieri , Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 165, pi. 66.

Micropogon hartlaubi, Lafr. 1. s. c.
a ( Argent ) 1852.

A skin of Bogota make.

Calorhamphus.

Calorhamphus, Lesson, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 138.

2199. Calorhamphus lathami.

Bucco lathami, Raffi. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 284: Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. viii. p. 374.

Calorhamphus lathami, Marsh. Mon. Cap. p. 179, pi. 72.
a Malacca (Capt, Nash) 1837. — b Malacca [N. C. Strick-
land) 1838.

FAMILY.- RHAMPHASTIDiE.

Rhamphastos.

Bhamphastos, Linngeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 150 (1766).

2200. Rhamphastos toco.

Rhamphastos toco , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 356: Gould, Mon.
Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 1.

s. c.

29

450

COCCYGES.

a {. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A Guiana species.

2201. Rhamphastos carinatus.

Rhamphastos carinatus, Sw. Zool. 111. i. pi. 45: Gould, Mon.
Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 2.

a {. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A Central- American species.

2202. Rhamphastos erythrorhynchus.

Rhamphastos erythrorhynchus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 355:
Gould, Mon. Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 6.
a Guiana (E. Brown) 1850.

2203. Rhamphastos cuvieri.

Rhamphastos cuvieri, Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 1, p. 3 : Gould,
Mon. Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 8.

a S. America ( Thomas ) 1845.

An Amazon species.

2204. Rhamphastos ariel.

Rhamphastos ariel, Yig. Zool. Journ. ii. p. 466: Gould, Mon.
Rhamph. ed. 2. pi. 12.

a S. America {Askew) 1839.

A Brazilian species.

2205. Rhamphastos viteliinus.

Rhamphastos viteliinus, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 7: Gould,
Mon. Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 13.
a {Arthur Strickland) 1840.

A Guiana species also found in Yenezuela and Trinidad.

2206. Rhamphastos dicolorus.

Rhamphastos dicolorus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 152: Gould,
Mon. Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 14.

a {Thomas) 1842. — b {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

RHAMPHASTIDiE.

451

Pteroglossus.

Pteroglossus, Illiger, Prodr. p. 202 (1811).

2207. Pteroglossus wiedi.

Pteroglossus wiedi , Sturm, Mon. Rhamph. pt. iv: Gould, Mon.
Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 16.

a S. America ( Thomas ) 1843.

A Brazilian species.

2208. Pteroglossus viridis.

Rhamphastos viridis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 150.
Pteroglossus viridis , Gould, Mon. Rhainph. ed. 2, pi. 24.
a (E. Brown) 1850.

A skin of Cayenne make.

2209. Pteroglossus beauharnaisi.

Pteroglossus beauharnaisi , Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 279: Gould,
Mon. Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 25.
a Amazons (. E . Wilson) 1850.

Selenidera.

Selenidera, Gould, Mon. Rhamph. p. 33 (1854).

2210. Selenidera maculirostris.

Pteroglossus maculirostris , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 7.
Selenidera maculirostris, Gould, Mon. Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 31.
a (Askew) 1839. — b, — c (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2211. Selenidera piperivora.

Bhamphastos piperivorus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 150.
Selenidera piperivora, Gould, Mon. Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 36.
a S. America ( Thomas ) 1843.

A skin of Cayenne make,

Andigena.

Andigena, Gould, P. Z. S. 1850, p. 93.

2212. Andigena nigrirostris.

Pteroglossus nigrirostris, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1839, p. 111.

29—2

452

COCCYGES.

Andigena nigrirostris, Gould, Mon. Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 39.
a (. Dewgard ) 1849.

A skin of Bogota make.

2213. Andigena bailloni,

Rhamphastos bailloni , Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv,
p. 283.

Pteroglossus bailloni, Gould, Mon. Rhamph. ed. 2, pi. 41.
a Brazil ( Gashmore ). — b ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Aulacorhamphus.

Aulacorhamphus , Gould, Mon. Rhamph. p. 24 (1854).

2214. Aulacorhamphus albivitta.

Pteroglossus albivitta, Boiss. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 70.
Aulacorhamphus albivitta, Gould, Mon. Rhamph. ed. 2,
pi. 49.

a Bogota (Bt at Stevens's) 1844.

ORDER Y. — PSITTACL

FAMILY. — PSITTACIDJEL

SUBFAMILY.— CACATUIN M.

CACATUAo

Cacatua, Yieillot, N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xvii. p. 6 (1817).

2215. Cacatua gaierita.

Psittacus galeritus , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 109.

Cacatua galerita, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 1.

Plictolophus galeritus , Finsch, Papag. i. p. 286.
a Australia (. Ashmolean Museum ) 1845.

2216. Cacatua hsematuropygia.

Petit Kakatoes , des Philippines , D’Aub. PL Enl. 191.
Psittacus hcematuropygius, Mull. Syst. Nat. Suppl. p. 77.
Cacatua hcematuropygia, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 182.
Plictolophus philippinarum, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 310 (ex Gm.)»
a ( Gardner ) 1847.

A species of the Philippine Islands.

2217. Cacatua roseicapilla.

Cacatua roseicapilla, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xvii. p. 12.
Plictolophus roseicapillus, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 313.

Cacatua eos, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 4 (ex Kuhl).
a Australia ( Cashmore ) 1849.

454

PSITTACI.

Callocephalus.

Callocephalon, Lesson, Yoy. Thdtis, p. 311 ; Compl. Buff,
ix. p. 195 (1837).

2218. Callocephalus galeatus.

Psittacus galeatus , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xxiii.
Callocephalon galeatum, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 14.
Calyptorhynchus galeatus , Finsch, Papag. i. p. 337.
a Australia (. A . Strickland ) 1850.

Calyptokhynchus.

Calyptorhynchus, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. L. S. xv. p. 269
(1826).

2219. Calyptorhynchus banksi.

Psittacus banksi, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 107.

Calyptorhynchus banksi, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 7 : Finsch,
Papag. i. p. 345.

a New South Wales (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2220. Calyptorhynchus solandri.

Psittacus solandri, Temm. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 113.
Calyptorhynchus solandri, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 340.
Calyptorhynchus leachii, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 10.
a, — b Australia ( W . Kirtland ) 1846.

2221. Calyptorhynchus funereus.

Psittacus f unereus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. vi. pi. 186.
Calyptorhynchus f unereus, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 11: Finsch,
Papag. i. p. 357.

a Australia {Holden) 1834. — b Australia (. Arthur Strick-
land) 1850.

Calopsittacus.

Calopsitta, Less. 111. Zool. pi. 49 (1832).

2222. Calopsittacus novae-hollandm

Psittacus novce-hollandice, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 328.
Nymphicus novce-hollandice, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 45.

PSITTACIDiE.

455

Callipsittacus novce-hollandice , Finsch, Papag. i. p. 260.
a, — b New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

SUBFAMILY.— LORIINJE.

Lorius.

Lorius, Vigors, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 400 (1826).

2223. Lorius lori.

Psittacus lori, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 145.

Domicella lori, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 769.
a { Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of New Guinea.

Eos.

Eos , Wagler, Munch. Abh. 1829-30, p. 494.

2224. Eos rubra.

Psittacus ruber, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 335.

Domicella rubra, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 786.
a ( Gardner ) 1845.

A species of Ceram, &c.

Trichoglossus.

T?'ichoglossus, Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. L. S. xv. p. 287
(1826).

2225. Trichoglossus novac-hollandise.

Psittacus novce-hollandice, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 316.
Trichoglossus novce-hollandice, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 820.
Trichoglossus swainsonii, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 48 {ex Jard.
& Selb.).

a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — b Australia (. Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

2226. Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus.

Psittacus chlorolepidotus, Kuhl, Consp. Psitt. p. 48.
Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus , Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 50:
Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 847.

a Australia {Mansfield) 1849.

456

PSITTACL

2227 . Trichoglossus versicolor.

Trichoglossus versicolor, Lear, Psitt. pi. 36: Gould, B. Aust.
v. pi. 51: Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 853.
a N. Australia ( Argent ) 1851.

2228. Triclioglossiis concinnus.

Psittacus concinnus , Shaw, Nat. Misc. iii. pi. 87.
Trichoglossus concinnus , Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 52: Finsch,
Papag. ii. p. 857.

a New South Wales (Me Donald) 1838. — b Australia
(Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2229. Trichoglossus porphyrocephalus.

Trichoglossus porphyrocephalus , Dietr. Trans. L. S. xvii.
p. 553: Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 53: Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 862.

a Adelaide, Australia (T. 0. Eyton) 1846. — b Australia
(Dew yard) 1847.

223D. Trichoglossus pusillus.

Psittacus pusillus, White, Voy. p. 262, pi. 48.

Trichoglossus pusillus , Gould, B. Austr. v. ph 54: Finsch,
Papag. ii. p. 860.

a Australia ( Thomas ) 1843. — b Australia ( Arthur Strick-
land) 1850.

Coriphilus.

Coriphilus, Wagler, Miinch. Abh. 1829-30, p. 494 (1832).

2231. Coriphilus ultramarinus.

Psittacus ultramarinus , Kuhl, Consp. Psitt. p. 49.

Domicella smaragdina, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 745 (ex Homb.
& Jacq.).

a (Argent) 1851.

A species of the Marquesas Islands.

2232. Coriphilus fringillaceus.

Psittacus fringillaceus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 337.

Domicella fringillacea , Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 747.

Psittacus porphyrocephalus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. i. pi. 1.
a ( Argent ) 1852.

A species of the Society Islands.

PSITTACIDiE.

457

SUBFAMILY. — PALiEORNITHINiE.

Paiaeornis.

Palaeornis , Vigors, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 46 (1825).

2233. Palseornis torquatus.

La Perruche a collier , D’Aub. PL Enl. 551, unde ,

Psittacus torquatus, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 32.

Palaeornis torquatus , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219 : Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 258: Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 17.

Psittacus docilis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxv. p. 343.
a , — b Madras (A. Strickland) 1833. — c (Askew) 1833. — d
Senegal (Isaacson) 1840. — e Nepal (B. H. Hodgson , 701)
1845. —f$ Kordofan, 8 July (J. Petherick) 1848.

2234. Palseornis rosa.

La Perruche, de Make, D’Aub. PL Enl. 888, unde,

Psittacus rosa, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 53.

Palaeornis rosa, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 259; Ibis, 1872, p. 6.
Palaeornis cyanocephalus , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 33 : Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 40 (ex Linn.).

a, — b Madras (A. Strickland) 1833. — c India (Askew)
1839. ■ — d, — e Madras (Bt at Stevens s) 1843. —f Nepal (B. H.
Hodgson, 709) 1845. — g (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2235. Palseornis melanorhynclms.

Palaeornis melanorhynchus, Wagl. Munch. Abh. 1829 — 30,
p. 511: Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 70: Wald. Ibis, 1873, p. 297.
Palaeornis lathami, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 66.
a ( Garfvae ) 1837. — b Nepal (B. H. Hodgson, 695) 1845.

2236. Palaeornis columboides.

Palaeornis columboides, Vi g. Zool. Journ. v, p. 274: Jerd. B.
Ind. i. p. 261.

Palaeornis perister odes, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 74.
a S. India ( Chapman ) 1849.

2237. Palaeornis schisticeps.

Palaeornis schisticeps , Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 178: Jerd. B,
Ind. i. p. 261.

458

PSITTACT.

Palceornis hodgsoni, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 50.
a Kumaon (W. J. E. Boys ) 1847.

Psittinus.

Psittinus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 789 (1842).

2238. Psittinus incertus.

Psittacus incertus , Shaw, Nat. Misc. xviii. pi. 769.

Psittinus incertus, Salvad. Ann. Mns. Genov, v. p. 25.
Psittacus malaccensis, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 130.
a , — b Malacca ( Gapt . Nash) 1837. — c (. Arthur Strickland )
1850. — d {Argent) 1851.

Eclectus.

Eclectics, Wagler, Munch. Abh. 1829-30, p. 495.

2239. Eclectus cardinalis.

Lory d'Amboine, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 518, unde,

Psittacus cardinalis, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 30.

Eclectus cardinalis, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 344.
a ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A male probably of this species which is found in Ceram and the
adjacent islands.

POLYTELIS.

Polytelis, Wagler, Munch. Abh. 1829-30, p. 489.

2240. Polytelis barrabandi.

Psittacus barrabandi, Sw. Zool. 111. i. pi. 59.

Polytelis barrabandi , Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 15.

Platycercus barrabandi , Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 259.
a New South Wales (Bt at Birmingham) 1850.

2241. Polytelis melanura.

Palceornis melanura, Lear, 111. Parr. pi. 28.

Polytelis melanura, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 16.

Platycercus melanurus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 256.
a Australia (Bt at Leeds) 1849.

Apkosmictus.

Aprosmictus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 111.

PSITTACIDiE.

459

2242. Aprosmictus cyanopygius.

Psittacus cyanopygius , Yieill. N. Diet, dTIist. N. xxv. p. 339.
Platycercus cyanopygus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 245.
Aprosmictus scapulatus, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 17 (ex Kuhl).
a Australia (Arthur Strickland) 1840.

2243. Aprosmictus erythropterus.

Psittacus erythropterus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 343.
Aprosmictus erythropterus , Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 18.
Platycercus erythropterus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 262.
a Australia (Bt at Birmingham ) 1850.

Loriculus.

Loriculus, Blyth, Cat. B. As. Soc. p. 9 (1849).

2244. Loriculus philippensis.

Psittacus philippensis, Miill. Syst. Nat. Suppl. p. 80 (ex
Button).

Loriculus philippensis, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 135.
a ( Gardner ) 1847.

A species of the Philippine Islands.

2245. Loriculus vernalis.

Psittacus vernalis, Sparrm. Mus. Carls, no. 29.

Loriculus vernalis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 265.

Coryllis vernalis, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 721.
a Madras (l< Psittaculus vernalis ” T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

2246. Loriculus galgulus.

Psittacus galgulus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 150.

Psittaculus galgulus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 34,
Coryllis galgidus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 699.
a Malacca (G. B. M. Whitehaven) 1842.

Euphema.

Euphema, Wagler, Miinch. Abh. 1829-30, p. 492.

2247. Euphema pulchella,

Psittacus pulchellus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. iii. pi. 96.

460

PSITTACI.

Euphema pulchella, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 41 : Finsch, Papag.
ii. p. 161.

a Australia ( Thomas ) 1843.

2248. Euphema chrysostoma.

Psittacus chrysostomus, Kuhl, Consp. Psitt. p. 50. pi. 1.
Euphema chrysostoma, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 37.

Euphema venusta, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 163 [ex Temm.).
a Australia ( Thomas ) 1843. — b Australia ( Dewgard ) 1846.
— -c, — d (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Melopsittacus.

Melopsittacus, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 44 (1840).

2249. Melopsittacus undulatus,

Psittacus undulatus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. xvi. pi. 673.
Melopsittacus undulatus, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 44.
a Australia ( Fenwick ) 1844.

Pezoporus.

Pezoporus, Illiger, Prodr. p. 201 (1811).

2250. Pezoporus formosus.

Psittacus formosus, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 103.

Pezoporus formosus, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 46: Finsch,
Papag. ii. p. 148.
a [Dewgard) 1851.

An Australian species.

SUBFAMILY. — AGAPOBNITHINiE.

Agapornis.

Agapornis, Selby, Nat. Libr. Parrots, p. 117 (1836).

2251. Agapornis pullaria.

Psittacus pullarius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 149.

Psittacula pullaria, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 636.
a ( Argent ) 1851.

A common African species.

PSITTACIDiE.

461

2252. Agapornis roseicollis.

Psittacus roseicollis , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxv. p. 377.
Agapornis roseicollis , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 156.
Psittacula roseicollis, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 640.
a Damara-land (C. J. Andersson ) 1852.

2253. Agapornis cana.

Psittacus canus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 350.

Psittacula cana, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 643.
a Mauritius (A. Strickland) 1832.

SUBFAMILY. — PLATYCERCINiE.
Platycercus.

Platycercus , Vigors, Zool. Journ. i. p. 527 (1825).

2254. Platycercus pennanti.

Psittacus pennanti, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 90.

Platycercus pennanti , Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 23: Finsch,
Papag. ii. p. 180.

a New South Wales [Mc Donald) 1838. — b Australia (. Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

2255. Platycercus fiaveolus.

Platycercus flaveolus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 26; B. Austr.
v. pi. 25: Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 185.
a S. Australia ( Cashmore ) 1849.

2256. Platycercus icterotis.

Psittacus icterotis , Temm. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 120.
Platycercus icterotis , Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 29: Finsch,
Papag. ii. p. 186.

a (Bt at Edinburgh) 1852.

A bird of Western Australia.

2257. Platycercus eximius.

Psittacus eximius, Shaw, Nat. Misc. iii. pi. 93.

Platycercus eximius, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 27 : Finsch,
Papag. ii. p. 190.

a Australia [Askew) 1833. —b [Dewgard) 1851.

462

PSITTACI.

2258. Platycercus flaviventris.

Psittacus flavig aster, Temm. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 116.
Platycercus flaviventris, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 24: Finsch,
Papag. ii. p. 204.

a Y an Diemen’s Land ( Arthur StricJcland) 1850.

2259. Platycercus barnardi.

Platycercus barnardi, Vig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 283:
Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 21: Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 207.
a Australia ( Thomas ) 1842.

Psephotus.

Psephotus, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 3G (1845).

2260. Psephotus hsematonotus.

Platycercus hcematonotus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 151:
Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 219.

Psephotus hcematonotus, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 3G.
a Australia ( Osborn ) 1845. —b Australia [Williams) 1846.
— c Australia ( Williams ) 1848,

Lathamus.

Latliamus, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 205 (1831) as a subgenus.

2261. Lathamus discolor.

Psittacus discolor, White, Voy. p. 263, pi. 49.

Lathamus discolor, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 47.

Trichoglossus discolor, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 863.
a Australia ( W. W. H. Soc.) 1843. — b Australia (Arthur
Strickland) 1850. — c ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

SUBFAMILY.— PSITTACULINAE.

PSITTACULA.

Psittacula , Kuhl, Consp. Psitt. p. 8 (1821).

2262. Psittacula passerina.

Psittacus passerinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 150.

Psittacula passerina, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 357.
a Brazil (G. Lloyd) 1828. -—b, — c (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

PSITTACIDiE.

403

2263. Psittacula cyanoptera.

Petite Perruche , du Cap de Bonne-Esperance, D’Aub. PI.
Enl. 455 f. 1, unde ,

Psittacus cyanopterus, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 27.

Psittacula cyanoptera, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 357.
a Brazil (Askew) 1834. — b Trinidad (Argent) 1851.

SUBFAMILY. — PSITTACIN M.

PCEOCEPHALUS.

Poicephalus, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 301 (1837).
Pceoceplialus, Strickl. Ann. and Mag. W. H. vii. p. 34.

2264. Pceocephalns robustus.

Psittacus robustuSy Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 344.

Pionias robustus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 475.
a ( 8 . Africa) 1842. — b (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2265. PcBoceplialns senegalus.

Psittacus senegalus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 149.

Pionias senegalus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 489.
a W. Africa (Gardner) 1845. — b (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2266. Pyocephalus meyeri.

Psittacus meyeri, Cretzscbm. in Rupp. Alt. Yog. p. 18, pi. 11.
Poeocephalus meyeri, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 156.
Pionias meyeri, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 494.
a Damara-land (C. J. Andersson ) 1852.

2267. Poeocephalus rueppelli.

Psittacus rueppelli, Gray, P. Z. S. 1848, p. 125, Ayes, pi. 5.
Poeocephalus rilppelli, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,

p. 156.

Pionias rueppelli, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 498.
a, — b £ Damara-land (C. J. Andersson) 1852.

SUBFAMILY. — NESTORINiE.

Nestor.

Nestor, Wagler, Munch. Abh. 1829-30, p. 505.

2268. Nestor prodiictus.

Plyctolophus productus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 19.

Nestor productus, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 6: Finsch, Papag.
ii. p. 888.

464

PSITTACI.

a (. Bt at Edinburgh) 1852.

This bird, which is now extinct, was found on Phillip Island, off
the east coast of Australia.

2269. Nestor meridionalis.

Psittacus meridionalis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 333: Strickl,
Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 34.

Nestor meridionalis, Buller, B. N. Z. p. 39, pi. 6.
a New Zealand ( T . G. Eyton ) 1846.

SUBFAMILY . — ABINiE .

Ara.

Ara, Cuvier, Le§. d’Anat. Comp. Tab. ii. (1799).

2270. Ara nobilis.

Psittacus nobilis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 140.

Sittace nobilis, Finscb, Papag. i. p. 424.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

2271. Ara severa,

Psittacus severus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 140.

Sittace severa, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 417.
a Brazil {Argent) 1853.

Bhynchopsttta.

Rhynchopsitta , Bonaparte, Kev. Zool. 1854, p. 149.

2272. Eliyneliopsitta pachyrhyncha.

Macrocercus pachyrhynchus, Sw. Phil. Mag. New Ser. i. p.
439.

Sittace pachyrhyncha, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 428.
a Mexico {T. Mann) 1844.

Henicognathus.

Enicognathus, Gray, List Gen. B. p. 51 (1840).

2273. Henicognathns leptorhynchus.

Psittacara leptorhyncha, King, P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 14.

PSITTACIDiE.

465

Henicognathus leptorhynchus , Finsch, Papag. i. p. 432.
a Chili ( Thomas ) 1842.

CONURUS.

Gonurus , Kuhl, Consp. Psitt. p. 4 (1820), partim.

2274. Gonurus patagonus.

Psittacus patagonus, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxv. p. 367.
Gonurus patagonus, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 444.
a ( T . G. Eyton ) 1845.

A Chilian species.

2275. Gonurus holochlorus.

Gonurus holochlorus, Scl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 3, iv.
p. 224: Finsch, Papag. i. p. 466.

a Guatemala ( J . Gonstancia ) 1845. — b Guatemala (J. Gon-
stancia ) 1851.

2276. Gonurus carolinensis.

Psittacus carolinensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 141.

Gonurus carolinensis, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 478.
a (. Arthur Strickland ) 1850.

A North- American species.

2277. Gonurus jendaya.

Psittacus jenday a, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 319.

Gonurus jendaya, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 495.
a Brazil (Johnson) 1837. — b Brazil (T. G. Eyton) 1846.
— c (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2278. Gonurus aureus.

Psittacus aureus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 329.

Gonurus aureus, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 499.
a (Askew) 1839. — b S. America (Dewgard) 1849. — c ( Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

2279. Gonurus aeruginosas.

Psittacus ceruginosus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 142.

Gonurus pertinax, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 506, partim .
a Trinidad (Argent) 1851.

s. c.

30

466

PSITTACI.

2280. Conurus nanus.

Psittacara nanus , Yig. Zool. Journ. v. p. 273.

Conurus nanus , Finsch, Papag. i. p. 520.

Conurus flaviventer, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 263.
a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse ) 1848.

A typical specimen of G . flaviventer .

2281. Conurus cruentatus.

Psittacus cruentatus, Wied, Beise, i. pp. 53, 72; ii. pp. 147,
341 ; Beitr. iv. p. 183.

Conurus cruentatus, Finsch, Papag. i. 527.
a, —b (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

2282. Conurus vittatus.

Psittacus vittatus , Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 404.

Conurus vittatus, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 530.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

2283. Conurus leucotis.

Psittacus leucotis, Kuhl, Consp. Psitt. p. 21.

Conurus leucotis, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 535.
a ( Fenwick ) 1844.

A Brazilian species.

2284. Conurus cyanopteras.

Perruche d gorge tachetee, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 144,
unde,

Psittacus cyanopterus, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 9.

Conurus cyanopterus, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 538.
a Trinidad [Argent) 1851.

Bolborhynchus.

Bolborhynchus, Bonaparte, Compt. Bend. xliv. p. 596 (1857).

2285. Bolborhynchus aymara.

Arara amayra , d’Orb. Yoy. Am. Merid. ii. p. 376.
Bolborhynchus aymara, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 123.
a Brazil? (Argent) 1852.

Probably a Bolivian skin.

PSITTACIDA3.

467

Chrysotis.

Chrysotis, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 300 (1837).

2286. Chrysotis guildingi.

Psittacus guildingi, Vi g. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 80.

Chrysotis guildingi, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 559.
a West Indies (Sir W. Jardine) 1845.

A species peculiar to the West Indian island of St Vincent.

2287. Chrysotis amipalliata.

Psittacus (amazona) auropalliatus, Less. Rev. Zool. 1842,
p. 135.

Chrysotis auripalliatus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 568.
a Guatemala ( J . Constancia) 1845.

2288. Chrysotis ssstiva.

Psittacus cestivus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 146.

Chrysotis cestiva, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 353.
a ( Thomas ) 1842.

A Brazilian species.

Triclaria.

Triclaria , Wagler, Munch. Abh. 1829-30, p. 499.

2289. Triclaria cyanogastra.

Psittacus cyanogaster, Max. Reise n. Bras. i. p. 263 ; Beitr.
iv. p. 202.

Triclarm cyanogastra, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 354.

Pionias cyanogaster , Finsch, Papag. ii. p, 407.
a, Brazil (Argent) 1853.

PlONUS.

Pionus, Wagler, Munch. Abh. 1829-30, p. 497.

2290. Pionus monstrous.

Psittacus menstruus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 148.

Pionius menstruus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 441.
a Brazil (Askew) 1839. — h (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

30—2

468

PSITTACI.

2291. Pionus maximilliani.

Psittacus maximilliani, Kuhl, Consp. Psitt. p. 72.
Pionius maximilliani, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 448.
a [Pewgard) 1851. — b Brazil? {Argent) 1852.
b is probably from Bolivia.

2292. Pionus chalcopterns.

Psittacus chalcopterns, Fraser, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 59.
Pionius chalcopterns, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 462.
a [ Gardner ) 1845.

A Colombian species.

2293. Pionus violaceus.

Perroquet varie, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 408, unde,
Psittacus violaceus, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 25.

Pionias violaceus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 463.

Psittacus purpureus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 346.
a [Askew) 1839.

A Guianan species.

2294. Caica melanocephala.

Psittacus melanocephalus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 149.
Pionias melanocephalus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 432.
a [Pewgard) 1846. — b Demarara [Bt at Liverpool) 1854.
a is a skin of Cayenne make.

Pionopsitta, Bonaparte, Bev. Zool. 1854, p. 152.

2295. Pionopsittacus pileatus.

Psittacus pileatus, Scop. Ann. I. Hist. Nat. p. 32.
Pionopsitta pileata, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 356.

Pionias mitratus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 413 [ex Neuwied).
a S. America [G. Bell Whitehouse) 1842. —b [Arthur Strick-
land) 1850.

Caica.

Caica, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 198 (1831).

Pionopsittacus.

PSITTACIDiE.

469

UROCHROMA.

Urochroma , Bonaparte, Naum. 1856, inter pp. 352-353.

2236. Urochroma surda.

Psittacus surdus , Kuhl, Consp. Psitt. p. 59.

Urochroma surda , Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 356.

Psittacida surda , Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 672.
a Brazil {Johnson) 1837. — h Brazil {Seaman) 1840. — -c
{Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2297. Urocliroma meianonota.

Psittacus melanonotus, Kuhl, Consp. Psitt. p. 59.

Urochroma meianonota, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 356.

Psittacula meianonota , Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 675.
a {Bt at Liverpool) 1853.

A Brazilian species.

2298. Urocliroma cingulata.

Psittacus cingulatus, Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Ins. ii. p. 86.
Psittacula cingulata , Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 677.
a Trinidad {Argent) 1851.

2299. Urocliroma hueti.

Psittacus hueti, Temm. PI. Col. 491.

Psittacula hueti, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 684.

a {Bt at Bristol) 1852. — b {T. C. Eyton) 1853.

A species of Trinidad, Venezuela, &c.

Brotogerys.

Brotogeris, Vigors, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 400.

2300. Brotogerys tiriacula.

Petite Per ruche appellee, la petite jaseuse, D’Aub. PI. Enl.
837, unde,

Psittacus tiriacula, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 51.

Conurus tiriacula, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 351.

Brotogerys tirica, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 89 {ex Gmelin).
a {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

470

PSITTACL

2301. Brotogorys tui.

Psittacus tui, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 352.

Brotogerys tui , Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 108.
a (E. Brown) 1850.

An Amazon species.

2302. Brotogerys chrysoptera.

Psittacus chrysopterus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 149.

Brotogerys tuipara, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 103 (ex Gmelin).
a S. America (Bt at Stevenss) 1845. — b Demarara (T. (7.
Eyton) 1846.

2303. Brotogerys tovi.

Psittacus tovi , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 351.

Brotogerys tovi, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 99.
a S. America (Bt at Stevens's) 1845.

2304. Brotogerys xanthoptera.

Aratinga xanthopterus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 31, pi. 15, f, 2.
Brotogerys xanthoptera, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 92.
a Brazil? (Argent) 1852.

Probably a Bolivian skin.

ORDER VI.— STRIGES.

FAMILY.— STRIGIDR

Strix.

Strive, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 131 (1766) partim.

2305. Strix llammea.

Strix flammea, Linn. 1. s. c. : Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 178:
Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 291.

Strix javanica, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 180 (ex Gmelin).

Strix delicatula, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 180 (ex Gould).
a Worcestershire (H. E. Strickland) 1830. ■ — b Australia
(Askew) 1839. — c Australia (Askew) 1841. — d Madras (T. G.
Jerdon) 145. — e India (E. Blyth) 1846.

2306. Strix novse-hollandies,

Strix novce-hollandice, Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. Pt. 2.
p. 61 : Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 181 : Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 303.
a Australia (Arthur Strickland ).

2307. Strix castanops.

Strix castanops , Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 140 ; B. Austr. i. pi.
28: Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 181: Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 304.
a Para ( Stevens ) 1849.

This specimen has been called S. punctatissima in the Orn. Syn.
(p. 182) a species to which it does not belong. I cannot distinguish
it from the Tasmanian S. castanops and have no doubt the locality
‘Para’ has been wrongly assigned to it. This specimen is not from
Mr A. R. Wallace’s collection as its origin and date might lead one
to infer.

472

STRIGES.

2308. Strix Candida.

Strix Candida, Tick. J. A. S. B. ii. p. 572: Strickl. Orn, Syn.
p. 181: Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 308.
a (T. Robinson ) 1842.

An Indian species.

FAMILY. — BUBONIML
Ketupa.

Ketupa , Lesson, Traitd d’Orn. p. 114 (1831).

2309. Ketupa ceylonensis.

Strix zeylonensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 287.

Ketupa ceylonensis , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 196: Sharpe, Cat.
B. ii. p. 4.

a India (E. Blytli) 1846.

2310. Ketupa javanensis.

Ketupa javanensis, Less. Traitd d’Orn. p. 114: Strickl. Orn.
Syn. p. 195: Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 8.
a Malacca ( Thomas ) 1842.

Bubo.

Bubo, Dumeril, Zool. Anal, p. 34 (1806).

2311. Bubo ignavus.

Strix bubo, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 131.

Bubo ignavus, Forst. Syst. Cat. Brit. B. p. 3: Sharpe, Cat. B,
ii. p. 14.

Bubo maximus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97; Orn. Syn. p.
212 (ex Sibbald).

a Smyrna, 15 November (H. E. Strickland) 1835.

2312. Bubo virginianus.

Strix virginiana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 287.

Bubo virginianus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 213: Sharpe, Cat. B.
ii. p. 19.

a Guatemala ( J ’ Constancia) 1851. —b (Arthur Strickland).

BUBONIDiE.

473

,2313, Bubo bengalensis.

Otus bengalensis , Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 115.

Bubo bengalensis, Strickl, Orn. Syn. p. 216: Sharpe, Cat. B.

| ii. p. 25.

Urrua bengalensis, Jerd. B. Ind. i. p. 128.
a (T. G. Jerdon ) 1845.

2314. Bubo maculosus.

Stria maculosa, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. vii. p. 44.

Bubo maculosus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 215: Sharpe, Cat. B. ii,

p. 30.

a Cape of Good Hope, June (A. Strickland) 1833.

2315. Bubo coromandus.

Strix coromanda, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 53.

Urrua coromanda, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 218: Jerd. B. Ind. i.
p. 130.

Bubo coromandus, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 35.
a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — b India (E. Blyth) 1846.

Scops.

Scops, Savigny, Syst. des Ois. de l’Egypte, p, 47 (1810).

2316. Scops giu.

Stria scops, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 132.

Scops giu , Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 47 (ex Scopoli).

Scops zorca, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 197 (ex Gmelin).
a Italy ( G . Passerini) 1836.

2317. Scops capensis.

Scops capensis, Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 314:
Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 52.

Scops senegalensis, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 142:
Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 199 ( nec Swainson).
a Damara-land ( C . J. Andersson) 1852.

A smaller bird than S. giu , but hardly specifically distinct.

2318. Scops spilocephalus.

Ephialtes spilocephalus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xv. p. 8.

Scops spilocephalus, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 63.
a Kumaon (W. J. E . Boys) 1847.

474

STRIGES.

2319. Scops snnia.

Scops sunia , Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 175: Sharpe, Cat. B. ii.
p. 67.

a, —b Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

2320. Scops lempiji.

Strix lempiji , Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 140.

Scops lempiji, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 200: Sharpe, Cat. B. ii.
p. 91.

a (Askew). — b Java ( Arthur Strickland ), * — c S. India (T. G.
Jerdon ) 1850.

2321. Scops leucotis,

Strix leucotis, Temm. PI. Col. 16.

Scops leucotis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216: Orn. Syn.
p. 202 : Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 142 : Sharpe, Cat.
B. ii. p. 97.

a Kordofan, 13 March (J. Petlierick) 1848. = — b Damara-land
(G. J. Andersson) 1852.

2322. Scops sagittatus.

Ephialtes sagittatus, Cassin, Journ. Ac. Phil. Ser. 2, fig. 2, ii.
p. 96, pi. 12.

Scops sagittatus, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 98.

Scops rufescens, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 201 ( nec Horsfield).
a India (Arthur Strickland),

A Malaccan species.

2323. Scops asio.

Strix asio, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 132.

Scops asio, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 199 : Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 114.
a , — b N. America (Arthur Strickland). — c (Arthur Strick-
land).

Lophostrix.

Lophostrix, Lesson, Compl. Buff. vii. p. 261 (1836).

2324. Lophostrix stricklandi.

Scops cristatus, var. Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1848, p. 60, pi. 8.
Lophostrix stricklandi, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 221.

Scops stricklandi, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 124.
a Coban (L. L. Dillwyn) 1848.

BUBONIDiE.

475

Nyctea.

Nyctea, Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. 2, p. 62
(1826).

2325. Nyctea scandiaca.

Strix scandiaca , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 132.

Nyctea scandiaca , Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 125.

Nyctea nivea, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 194 (ex Daudin).
a Sweden (J. G. Kinberg) 1844.

Surnia.

Surnia, Dumeril, Zool. Anal. p. 34 (1806).

2326. Surnia ulula.

Strix ulula, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 133.

Surnia ulula, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 129.

Surnia funerea, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 183 (partim).
a St. Petersburg, Russia (J. F. Brandt) 1841.

2327. Surnia funerea.

Strix funerea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 133.

Surnia funerea} Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 183 (partim): Sharpe,
Cat. B. ii. p. 131.

a (Askew) 1840. — b Toronto, Canada (P. L, Sclater) 1847*
Ciccaba.

Ciccaba , Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1222.

2328. Ciccaba hulula.

Strix hulula, Daud. Traitd ii. p. 190.

Ciccaba hulula , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 174.

Syonium hululum, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 275.
a Brazil (Arthur Strickland).

A Guianan and Amazonian species.

2329. Ciccaba melanonota.

Noctua melanonota, Tsch. Arch. f. Naturg. x. i. p. 266.
Athene melanota, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 172.

476

STRIGES.

Syrnium melanonotum, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 280.

Syrnium hylophilus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 192 (partim).
a (. Arthur Strickland).

A Peruvian and Brazilian species.

Athene.

Athene , Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 549.

2330. Athene glaux.

Noctua glaux , Savign. Syst. des Ois. de 1’Egypte, p. 45.
Carine glaux , Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 135.

Noctua nudipes, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97 (nec Nilsson).
Athene noctua , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 159 {partim).
a Smyrna, 30 November {H. E. Strickland ) 1835. - — b
Smyrna, 28 December {H. E. Strickland) 1835.

2331. Athene brama.

Strix brama, Temm. PI. Col. 68.

Athene brama , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 166.

Carine brama , Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 138.
a India (. E . Blyih) 1840.

Speotyto.

Speotyto, Gloger, Handb. Natnrg. p. 226 (1842).

2332. Speotyto cnniciilaria.

Strix cunicularia , Mol. Sagg. sulla St. Nat. p. 343.

Athene cunicularia , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 160.

Speotyto cunicularia , Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 142.
a Chili {Capt. Brown) 1842.

Ninox.

Ninox , Hodgson, Madr. Journ. v. p. 23 (1837).

2333. Ninox lugnbris.

Strix lugubris, Tick. J. A. S. B. ii. p. 572.

Ninox lugubris , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 40:
Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 154.

a India {Askew) 1834. — b India (Havell) 1839.

BUBONIDiE.

477

2334. Ninos scutulata.

Strix scutulata, Raffl. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 280.

Athene scutulata, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 99; Orn. Syn.
p. 170 ( partim ).

Ninox scutulata, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 156.
a Malacca (W. Kirtland) 1843.

2335. Ninox boobook.

Strix hoobook, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xv.

Athene hoobook, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 165.

Ninox hoobook, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 168.
a Australia ( Arthur Strickland).

2336. Ninox connivens.

Falco connivens, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xii.

Athene connivens , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 164.

Ninox connivens , Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 175.
a New South Wales (Isaac) 1842. — b Australia (Arthur
Strickland).

Glaucidium.

Glaucidium, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 970.

2337. Glaucidium passerinum.

Strix passer ina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 133.

Glaucidium passerinum . Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 158 : Sharpe,
Cat. B. ii. p. 191.

a Stockholm, Sweden, November 1832 (J. G. Kinberg)
1845. — b Sweden, March, 1845 (J. G. Kinberg) 1845.

2338. Glaucidium nanum.

Strix nana, King, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 427.

Athene nana , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 170.

Glaucidium nanum , Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 190,
a Chili (Capt. Brown) 1842.

2339. Glaucidium puxnilum.

Strix pumila, Temm. PI. Col. 39.

Glaucidium pumilum, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 198.

Athene ferox , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 162 (nec Vieillot).
a South America (Thomas) 1840.

478

STRIGES.

2340. Glaucidium phalsenoides.

Strix phalcenoides, Daud. Traitd ii. p. 206.

Glaucidium ferox , G. phalcenoides et G. ridgwayi , Sharpe,
Cat. B. p. 200 et seq.

Athene ferruginea , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 162 (ex Wied).
Athene infuscata, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 163 (ex Temm.).
a Brazil ( Thomas ) 1842. — b Trinidad (Argent) 1852. — c,
~—d Brazil [Arthur Strickland).

2341. Glaucidium perlatum.

Strix perlata , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. vii. p. 26.

Athene perlata, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 163.

Glaucidium perlatum , Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 209.

Athene licua, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 142: Strickl.
Orn. Syn. p. 164 (ex Licht.).

a Damara-land (C. J. Andersson) 1852.

2342. Glaucidium brodiei.

Noctua brodiei , Burton, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 152.

Athene brodiei , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 169.

Glaucidium brodiei, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 212.
a (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

An Indian species.

2343. Glaucidium radiatum.

Strix radiata , Tick. J. A. S. B. ii. p. 572.

Athene radiata, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 167.

Glaucidium radiatum, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 217.
a (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. • — b Benares (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.
— c India (Arthur Strickland ).

2344. Glaucidium cuculoides.

Noctua cuculoides, Gould, Cent. B. Him. pi. 4.

Athene cuculoides, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 167.

Glaucidium cuculoides, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 219.
a India (Askew) 1840. — b India (Lord Ae Hay) 1845. =~e
(T. G. Eyton) 1853.

Asio.

Asio, Brisson, Ornith. i. p. 28 (1760): Strickl. Ann. & Mag.
N. H. viii. p. 371.

BUBONIDiE.

479

2345. Asio otus.

Strios otus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 132.

Asio otus , Strickl. 1. s. c. ; Orn. Syn. p. 205 : Sharpe, Cat. B.
ii. p. 227.

a Britain (II. E. Strickland) 1831.

2346. Asio americairas.

Stria) americana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 288.

Asio americanus , Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 229.

Asio perigriyiator , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 207 (ex Bartram).
a (. Arthur Strickland).

Referred to A. otus in the “Ornithological Synonyms,” but the
specimen agrees best with the North- American bird.

2347. Asio mexicairas.

Strix mexicana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 288.

Asio mexicanus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 208 : Sharpe, Cat. B.
ii. p. 231.

a South America ( Arthur Strickland).

2348. Asio accipitrinus.

Stryx accipitrina, Pall. Reis. i. p. 455.

Asio accipitrina, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 234.

Asio brachyotus , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97; 1842, p. 168;
Orn. Syn. p. 209 (ex Gmelin).
a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

2349. Asio capensis.

Otus capensis , Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 316.

Asio capensis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 211 : Sharpe, Cat. B. ii.
p. 239.

a South Africa (Robinson) 1835. — h Morocco (J. G . Kin-
berg) 1844. — c Tangier (Favier) 1848.

b is called Bubo ascalaphus in the “Ornithological Synonyms”
(p. 215).

Syrnium.

Syrnium, Savigny, Syst. des Ois. de l’Egypte p. 51 (1810).

2350. Syrnium aluco.

Strix aluco, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 132.

480

STRIGES.

Syrnium aluco, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 186: Sharpe, Cat. B. ii.
p. 247.

Ulula stredula, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97 (ex Selby).
a Worcestershire ( H . E. Strickland) 1831. —b Smyrna, 12
December (. H . E. Strickland) 1835.

2351. Syrnium lapponicum.

Strix lapponica, Betz. Faun. Suec. p. 79.

Syrnium lapponicum, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 188: Sharpe, Cat.
B. ii. p. 254.

a Lapland (J. G. Kinberg) 1844.

2352. Syrnium uralense.

Stryx uralensis, Pall. Beis. i. p. 455.

Syrnium uralense, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 189: Sharpe, Cat. B.
ii. p. 255.

a North Europe (J. G. Kinberg) 1843.

2353. Syrnium nebulosum.

Strix nebulosa , Forst. Phil. Trans, xxii. pp. 386, 424.

Ulula nebulosa , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H, vi. p. 417.
Syrnium nebulosum, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 189: Sharpe, Cat.
B. ii. p. 257.

a (Arthur Strickland).

A species of North America.

2354. Syrnium fulvescens.

Syrnium fulvescens , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 58 : Sharpe,
Cat. B. ii. p. 258.

a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1845.

2355. Syrnium ocellatum.

Syrnium ocellatum, Less. Bev. Zool. 1839, p. 289 : Sharpe,
Cat. B. ii. p. 263.

Syrnium sinense , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 190: Jerd. B. Ind. i.
p. 123 (nec Latham).

a S. India (T. G. Jerdon) 1850.

2356. Syrnium woodfordi.

Noctua woodfordi , Smith, S, Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p, 312.

BUBONIDiE.

481

Athene woodfordi, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 170.

Syrnium woodfordi , Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 207.
a ( Arthur Strickland).

A South- African species.

Phodilus.

Pliodilus , I. St. Hilaire, Ann. Sc. Nat. xxi. p. 200 (1830):
A. Milne-Edwards, Compt. Bend, lxxxv. p. 1173 (1877).

2357. Phodilus badius.

Strix badia, Horsf. Zool. Bes. pi. 37.

Phodilus badius , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 183: Sharpe, Cat. B.
ii. p. 309.

a Java (Arthur Strickland).

Prof. A. Milne-Edwards has recently shewn l. s. c. that the
resemblance of Phodilus to Strix is quite superficial its real relation-
ship being with Syrnium.

Nyctala.

Nyctala, Brehm, Isis, 1828, p. 1271.

2358. Nyctala tengmalmi.

Strix tengmalmi , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 291.

Nyctale tengmalmi , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 417 ;
Orn. Syn. p. 175.

Nyctala tengmalmi, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 284.
a Switzerland ( W. Anderegg ) 1836.

s. c.

31

ORDER VII— ACCIPITRES.

FAMILY. — FALCONIDJE.

SUBFAMILY.— PANDIONIN.E.

Pandion.

Pandion, Savigny, Syst. des Ois. de I’Egypte, p. 85 (1809).

2359. Pandion haliaetns.

Falco haliaetus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 129.

Pandion haliaetus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. G3: Sharpe, Cat. B.
i. p. 449.

a Orkney ( Forbes ) 1837. —b India (E. Blyth) 1846.

SUBFAMILY. — CIBCINAE.

Circus.

Circus, Lacepede, Mem. de Flnst. iii. p. 506 (1801).

2360. Circus asruginosus,

Falco ceruginosus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 130.

Circus ceruginosus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 145: Sharpe, Cat. B.
i. p. 69.

Circus ref us, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97 (ex Brisson).
a f Smyrna, 12 January (H, E. Strickland).

2361. Circus cyaneus.

Falco cyaneus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 126.

Circus cyaneus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97; Orn. Syn.
p. 147: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 52.

a Smyrna, 3 January (H. E. Strickland) 1836. —6 Worces-
tershire, March ( H . E. Strickland) 1842,

FALCONIDJE.

483

2362. Circus hudsonius.

Falco hudsonius , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 128.

Circus hudsonius , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 150: Sharpe, Cat. B.
i. p. 55.

a Mexico ( T. Mann ) 1844. — b, — c Guatemala (J. Constancia )

1851.

a was referred in the ‘Ornithological Synonyms’ to C. cinereus but
it is the skin of an adult male of this species.

2363. Circus macruruh

Accipiter macrourus, S. G. Gmelin, N. Comm. Petrop. xv.
p. 439.

Circus macrurus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 67.

Circus pallidus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 216 (ex Sykes).
Circus swainsoni, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 151 (ex Smith).
a Madras (T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — b Khartoum (J. Petherick)
1848. — c S. India (T. C. Jerdon) 1850.

c is referred in the ‘ Ornithological Synonyms ’ to C. cyaneus but
it really belongs here.

2364. Circus cineraceus.

Falco cineraceus , Mont. Orn. Diet. i. sign. K. p. 4.

Circus cineraceus , Newton, ed. Yarr. Brit. B. i. p. 138.
Circus cinerarius, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 152 (ex Mont. Trans.
L. S.).

Circus pygargus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 64 (ex Linn.).
a (Askew) 1836.

A species of wide range in Europe, Africa and India.

2365. Circus maurus.

Falco maurus , Temm. PI. Col. 461.

Circus maurus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 153: Sharpe, Cat. B. i.

p. 60.

a (Arthur Strickland ).

A South- African species.

2366. Circus melanoleucus.

Falco melanoleucos, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 274.

Circus melanoleucus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 154: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 61.

31—2

484

ACCIPITRES.

a Madras ( T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b India (E. Blyth) 1846,
— c India (“ Circus swainsoni ” E. Blyth) 1846.

c seems certainly to belong to this species and not to C. swainsoni
(sive macrurus) under which it is placed in the ‘ Ornithological
Synonyms/ ,

2367. Circus assimilis.

Circus assimilis , Jard. & Selby, 111. Orn. i. pi. 51: Strickl.
Orn. Syn. p. 155: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 63.

a, — b New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — c Australia
[Arthur Strickland).

a stands in the ‘Ornithological Synonyms’ as C. jardinii a name
synonymous with C. assimilis.

2388. Circus xnaculosui.

Aquila maculosa, Vieill. Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 28*, pi. 3 bis.
Circus maculosus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 155: Sharpe, Cat.

B. i. p. 62.

a Brazil (Arthur Strickland).

2369. Circus cinereus.

Circus cinereus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iv. p. 454: Strickl.
Orn. Syn. p. 156: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 56.
a Chili (Arthur Strickland).

SUBFAMILY. — BUTEONINiE.

Asturina.

Asturina, Vieillot, Anal. p. 24 (1816).

2370. Asturina nitida.

Falco nitidus, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 41.

Asturina nitida , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 41: Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. S. 1869, p. 130: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 203.
a Brazil? (Argent) 1852.

2371. Asturina plagiata.

Asturina pi agiata, Sclil. Mus. d. Pays-Bas, ii. Asturince, p. l:
Scl. & Salv. Ex, Orn. p. 179, pi. 90; Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 204,

FALCONIDJS.

485

a Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1845. — b Guatemala (J. Con-
stancia) 1851.

a is referred in the ‘Ornithological Synonyms’ (p. 32) to Buteo
pennsylvanicus and b to Asturina nitida (p. 41).

2372. Asturina magnirostris.

Falco magnirostris, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 282.

Astur magnirostris , Strickl. Ora. Syn. p. 120.

Asturina magnirostris. Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 131:
Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 207.

a ( Gardner ) 1846. — b Mexiana, 31 January 1849, A. W.
(S. Stevens ) 1849.

b is a specimen from Mr A. R. Wallace’s collection.

2373. Asturina nattereri.

Asturina nattereri, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 132; Ex.
Ora. p. 173, pi. 87 : Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 208.

a South America {Askew) 1840. — b Brazil ( Arthur Strick-
land).

Both these specimens are referred in the ‘Ornithological Synonyms’
(p. 120) to Astur magnirostris.

Buteola.

Buteola, Bonaparte, Compt. Bend. xli. p. 651 (1855).

2374. Buteola brachyura.

Buteo brachyurus, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iv. p. 477.
Buteola brachyura , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 201.
a ( Bt at Stevens's ) 1843.

A South-American species. In the ‘ Ornithological Synonyms ’
(p. 120) this specimen is referred to the South-African Astur melano-
leucus.

Buteo.

Buteo , Cuvier, Le^. Anat. Comp. i. tab. ii. (1800).

2375. Buteo vulgaris.

Falco buteo, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 127.

Buteo vulgaris, Leach, Syst. Cat. Mamm. & B. Brit. Mus.
p. 10: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97; Orn. Syn. p. 27: Sharpe,
Cat. B. i. p. 180.

a Smyrna, 30 November (H. E. Strickland) 1835.

486

ACCIPITRES.

2376. Buteo desertorum.

Falco desertorum , Daud. Traitd, ii. p. 162.

Buteo desertorum, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 33: Sharpe, Cat. B. i.
p. 179.

Buteo tachardus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 33 (ex Daudin).
a Africa (Arthur Strickland).

2377. Buteo borealis.

Falco borealis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 266.

Buteo borealis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 29: Sharpe, Cat. B. i.

p. 188.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845. — b £ Jamaica (J. Gould )
1846. — c N. America (. Arthur Strickland).

2378. Buteo lineatus.

Falco lineatus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 268.

Buteo lineatus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 31: Sharpe, Cat. B. i.
p. 191.

a N. America (Arthur Strickland). — b (Arthur Strickland).

2379. Buteo pennsylvanicus.

Falco pennsylvanicus, Wils. Am. Orn. vi. p. 92, pi. 54, f. 1.
Buteo pennsylvanicus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 32.

Buteo latissimus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 193 (ex Wilson).
a Columbia, Pennsylvania (S. F. Baird) 1847.

2380. Buteo abbreviatus.

Buteo abbreviatus, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 739.

T achy triorchis abbreviatus , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 163.

Buteo albonotatus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 31 (ex Gray).
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.

2381. Buteo albicaudatus.

Buteo albicaudatus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iv. p. 477:
Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 35.

Tachy triorchis albicaudatus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 162.
a , — b Brazil (Arthur Strickland).

FALCONIDiE.

487

Asturinula.

Asturinula, Finsch & Hartlaub, Yog. Ost-Afr., p. 59 (1870).

2382. Asturinula monogrammica.

Falco monogrammicus, Temm. PL Col. 314.

Astur monogrammicus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 121.

Asturinula monogrammica , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 275.
a West Africa (. Arthur Strickland).

Archibuteo.

Archibuteo , Brehm, Isis, 1828, p. 1269.

2383. Archibuteo lagopus.

Falco lagopus , Gra. Syst. Nat. i. p. 260.

Archibuteo lagopus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 38: Sharpe, Cat. B.
i. p. 196.

a Britain ( Arthur Strickland).

2384. Archibuteo sanctijohannis.

Falco sanctijohannis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 273.

Archibuteo sanctijohannis , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 40 : Sharpe.
Cat. B. i. p. 197.

a North America [Arthur Strickland).

Busarellus.

Busarellus, Lafresnaye, Diet. Univ. d’Hist. N. ii. p. 785 (1844).

2385. Busarellus nigricollis.

Falco nigricollis , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 35.

Buteogallus nigricollis , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 43.

Busarellus nigricollis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 211.
a Cayenne [Arthur Strickland).

Urubitinga.

Urubitinga, Lesson, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 132.

2386. Urubitinga zonura.

Falco urubitinga , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 265.

Falco zonurus , Shaw, Gen. Zool. vii. p. 62.

Urubitinga zonura, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 213.

Morphnus brasiliensis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 24 [ex Brisson).
a Brazil [Arthur Strickland). — b [Arthur Strickland).

488

ACCIPITRES.

2387. Urubitinga anthracina.

Falco anthr acinus, Nitzsch, Pteryl. p. 83.

Morphnus anthracinus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 25.

Urubitinga anthracina, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 215.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1845.

2388. Urubitinga meridionalis.

Falco meridionalis, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 36.

Heterospizias meridionalis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 160.

Astur rufulus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 221 [ex Vieillot),
a South America (. Arthur Strickland),

Leucopternis.

Leucopternis, Kaup. Isis, 1847, p. 210.

2389. Leucopternis melanops.

Falco melanops, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 37.

Leucopternis melanops, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 36,

Urubitinga melanops , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 220,
a ( E . Brown) 1850,

A Guiana species.

2390. Leucopternis albicollis.

Falco albicollis, Lath. Ind. Orn, p. 36.

Leucopternis albicollis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 37,

Urubitinga albicollis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 216.
a {Arthur Strickland).

Geranoaetus.

Geranoaetus, Kaup. Class. Saug. u. Vo g. p. 122 (1844).

2391. Geranoaetus melanoleucus.

Spizaetus melanoleucus, Vieili. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxii,
p. 57.

Geranoaetus melanoleucus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 54.

Buteo melanoleucus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 168.
a South America {Arthur Strickland).

FALCONID^E.

489

Harpyhaliaetus.

Harpyhaliaetus, Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 173.

2392. Harpyhaliaetus coronatus.

Harpyia coronata , Yieill. N. Diet, d’Hist. N. xiv, p. 237.
Gircaetus coronatus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p, 47.

Harpyhaliaetus coronatus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 221: Gurney,
Ibis, 1876, p. 492.

a $ (. Arthur Strickland).

A South- American species. This specimen stands in the ‘Orni-
thological Synonyms’ under Circaetus pectoralis. It was subsequently
described by Mr Gurney, l. s. c.

Morphnus.

Morphnus, Cuvier, Regn. Anim. i. p. 318 (1817).

2393. Morphnus guianensis.

Falco guianensis, Daud. Traite, ii, p. 78.

Morphnus guianensis, Strickl. Orn, Syn. p. 24: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 222.

a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A South-American species.

Helotarsus.

Helotarsus, Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. i. p. 110 (1830).

2394. Helotarsus ecaudatus.

Falco ecaudatus, Daud. Traite, ii. p. 54.

Helotarsus ecaudatus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215; Orn.
Syn. p. 76: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 300.
a Africa ( Arthur Strickland).

2395. Helotarsus leuconotus.

Helotarsus leuconotus, Rupp. Syst. Ueb. p. 10: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 301.

a South Africa (. Arthur Strickland).

490

ACCIPIT11ES.

Aquila.

Aquila, Brisson, Orn. i. p. 419 (1760).

2396. Aquila rapax.

Falco rapax , Temm. PI. Col. 455.

Aquila rapax, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 242.

Aquila ncevia, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215.

Aquila ncevioides , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 59 {ex Cuvier).
a Kordofan, 20 June (J. Petherick) 1848. — b India ( Arthur
Strickland).

The origin of b is questionable.

2397. Aquila vindhiana.

Aquila vindhiana, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 114: Strickl.
Orn. Syn. p. 59: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 243.
a — b India (E. Blyth) 1846.

2398. Aquila clang*a.

Aquila clanga, Pall. Zoogr. Bosso-Asiat. i. p. 351: Sharpe,
Cat. B. i. p. 248.

a India (E. Blyth) 1846.

Nisaetus.

Nisaetus , Hodgson, J. A. S. B. v. p. 227 (1836).

2399. Nisaetus fasciatus.

Aquila fasciata, Vieill. Mem. Linn. Soc. Paris, 1822, p. 152
( fide Strickland).

Aquila fasciata, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 61.

Nisaetus fasciatus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 250.

Aquila bonellii , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 275.
a (Arthur Strickland). — b S. India (T. C. Jerdon) 1850.

Neopus.

Neopus, Hodgson, Zool. Misc. p. 81 (1844).

2400. Neopus malayensis.

Falco malayensis, Temm. PI. Col. 117.

Aquila malayensis , Strickl. Orn. Syn. pp. 60, 220.

Neopus malayensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 257.
a India (E. Blyth) 1846.

FALCONIDiE.

491

Haliaetus.

Halicetus, Savigny, Syst. des Ois. de l’Egypte, p. 25 (1809).

2401. Haliaetus albicilla.

Vultur albicilla, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 123.

Haliaetus albicilla, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 48 : Sharpe, Cat. B.
i. p. 302.

e ( Arthur Strickland).

A species of wide range in the northern portions of the Old
W orld.

2402. Haliaetus leucocephalus.

Falco leucocephalus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 124.

Haliaetus leucocephalus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 49: Sharpe,
Cat. B. i. p. 304.

a N. W. America, 1841 ( Wosnessenski ) 1846.

2403. Haliaetus leucoryphus.

Aquila leucorypha, Pall. Peis. i. p. 454.

Haliaetus leucoryphus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 52: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 308.

Haliaetus macei, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 52 (ex Temminck).
a India (E. Blyth) 1846.

2404. Haliaetus leucogaster.

Falco leucogaster, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 257.

Haliaetus leucogaster, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 53: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 307.

a Polynesia (Arthur Strickland). — b India (E. Blyth) 1846.
POLIOAETUS.

Polioaetus , Kaup, Contr. Orn. 1850, p. 72.

2405. Polioaetus ichthyaetus.

Falco ichthycetus, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 136.

Polioaetus ichthyaetus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 452.

Ichthyaetus bicolor, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 66 (ex Gray).

a, — b India (E. Blyth) 1846.

b, the skin of a young bird, was referred in the ‘Ornithological
Synonyms’ (p. 52) to Haliaetus leucoryphus .

492

ACCIPITRES.

Spizaetus.

Spizaetus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 24 (1816).

2406. Spizaetus cirrhatus.

Falco cirrhatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 274.

Spizaetus cirrhatus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 69 : Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 269.

a, — b India (E. Blyth ) 1846.

2407. Spizaetus alboniger.

Nisaetus alboniger, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiv. p. 173.

Spizaetus alboniger, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 71: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 271.
a (E. Brown).

A Bornean species.

2408. Spizaetus limnaetus.

Falco limncetus, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 138.

Spizaetus limnaetus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 71 : Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 272.

a Java ( Arthur Strickland).

Circaetus.

Circaetus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 23 (1826).

2409. Circaetus gallicus.

Falco gallicus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 259.

Circaetus gallicus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 45 : Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 280.

Circaetus brachydactylus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215 {ex
Temminck).

a Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

Spilornis.

Spilornis, Gray, List. Gen. B. p. 3 (1840).

2410. Spilornis bido.

Falco bido, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 137.

Spilornis bido, Gurney, Ibis, 1878, p. 100.

Spilornis bacha, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 44 : Sharpe, Cat. B. i.
p. 290 ( nec Daudin).

FALCONIDiE.

493

a (. Arthur Strickland ).

Agrees with one of Horsfield’s Javan specimens in the University
Museum.

2411. Spilornis clieela.

Falco cheela, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 14.

Spilornis albidus, Wald. Ibis, 1873, p. 298 (ex Temm.):
Gurney, Ibis, 1878, p. 90.

Spilornis melanotis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 289 (ex Jerdon).
a, — b India (E. Blyth) 1845. — c (Arthur Strickland).

Butastur.

Butastur, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 311 (1843).

2412. Butastur teesa.

Circus teesa, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 115.

Poliornis teesa, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 125.

Butastur teesa, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 295.
a Benares (W. J. E . Boys) 1847.

2413. Butastur rufipennis.

Buteo rufipennis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 214, pi. 22; Orn.
Syn. p. 36.

Butastur rufipennis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 299.
a £ Kordofan, 14 August (J. Petherick) 1848.

The type of Strickland’s description and figure.

SUBFAMILY. — ACCIPITRINAE.

Astur.

Astur, Lacepede, Mem. de 1’Inst. iii. p, 506 (1801).

2414. Astur palumbarius.

Falco palumbarius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 130.

Astur palumbarius, Strickl. Orn, Syn. p. 116: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 95.
a.

A European species.

2415. Astur novae-hollandue.

Falco novce-hollandice, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 264.

494

ACCIPITRES.

Astur novce-hollandice, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 118: Sharpe,
Cat. B. i. p. 118.

Falco clarus , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xiii.: Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. xi. p. 338.

a New Holland {T. C. Eyton) 1843. — b New Sontli Wales
(. Arthur Strickland).

2416. Astur radiatus.

Falco radiatus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xii.

Astur radiatus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 119.

Urospizias radiatus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 159.
a Australia (. Arthur Strickland) 1840.

Accipiter.

Accipiter , Brisson, Ornitli. i. p. 310 (1760): Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. vi. p. 416.

2417. Accipiter approximans.

Astur approximans, Vig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 181:
Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 126.

Accipiter approximans , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi.
p. 335; xiii. p. 33; Orn. Syn. p. 111.

a New South Wales ( McDonald ) 1838. — b, — c Australia
(. Arthur Strickland).

2418. Accipiter pileatus.

Falco pileatus , Temm. PI. Col. 205.

Accipiter pileatus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 109: Sharpe, Cat. B.
i. p. 153.

a Brazil (. Arthur Strickland). — b (. Arthur Strickland),
b , a bird in immature plumage, is assigned to A. tachiro in the
‘Ornithological Synonyms’ (p. 114).

2419. Accipiter cooperi.

Falco cooperi, Bp. Am. Orn. ii. p. 1, pi. 10, f. 1.

Accipiter cooperi, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 137.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851. — b ( Arthur Strickland).
In the ‘Ornithological Synonyms’ b was placed under A, tachiro.

falconim:.

495

2420. Accipiter nisus.

Falco nisus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 130.

Accipiter nisus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 104: Sharpe, Cat. B. i.

p. 132.

Accipiter fringillaria, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97 {ex Ray).
Accipiter nisosimilis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 105 {ex Tickell).
a $ Smyrna, 1 December (H. E. Strickland) 1835. — b
(Sir W. Jardine ) 1844. — c Madras ( T '. G. Jerdon ) 1845. — d f
Dumfriesshire (. H . E. Strickland) 1845. — e.

2421. Accipiter fuscus.

Falco fuscus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 280.

Accipiter fuscus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 108: Sharpe, Cat. B

i. p. 135.

a $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania (S. F. Baird) 1847. — 6.

2422. Accipiter chionogaster.

Nisus ( seu Accipiter) chionog aster, Kp. P. Z. S. 1851, p. 41.
Accipiter chionogaster , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 148.
a {P. L. Sclater) 1848.

This specimen agrees best with the Venezuelan form of this species.
In the ‘ Ornithological Synonyms’ (p. 110) it stands as A. exilis ,
Temm. { = A. rufiventris, Smith.)

2423. Accipiter rufiventris.

Accipiter rufiventris , Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. i. p. 231:
Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 148.

Accipiter exilis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 110 {ex Temm.).
a {Arthur Strickland).

A South-African species.

2424. Accipiter cirrhocephalus.

Sparvius cirrhocephalus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. x. p. 329.
Astur cirrhocephalus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 141.

Falco melanops, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xii. ( nom . inept, cf.
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 338).

Accipiter melanops, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 111.
a New South Wales {Mc Donald) 1838. ~b Australia
{Arthur Strickland).

49 6

ACCIPITRES.

2425. Accipiter superciliosus.

Falco superciliosus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 128.

Accipiter superciliosus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 115.

Falco tinus, Lath. Ind, Orn. p. 50.

Accipiter tinus , Gray, Gen. B. i. pi. 10: Sharpe, Cat. B. 1.
p. 139.

Falco ferrugineus, Nordm. in Erm. Beise, p. 16.

Accipiter f err ugineus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 109.
a Brazil (. Arthur Strickland).

2426. Accipiter miniillir?.

Falco minullus, Daud. Traite d’Orn. ii. p. 88.

Accipiter minullus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 113: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 140.

a {Arthur Strickland).

A South- African species.

2427. Accipiter virgatus,

Falco virgatus, Temm. PL Col. 109.

Accipiter virgatus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 106: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 150.

Accipiter besra, Jerd. cf. Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv.
p. 275.

a Madras {T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

2428. Accipiter badius.

Falco badius, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 280.

Accipiter badius, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 33 ;
Orn. Syn. p. 106.

Astur badius, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 109*
a India (Askew) 1839. — - b Madras ( T '. C. Jerdon) 1845. — c.

2429. Accipiter soloensis.

Falco soloensis, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 137*

Accipiter soloensis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 107.

Astur soloensis , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 114.
a Malacca (W. Kirtland ) 1843.

FALCONIDiE.

497

2430. Accipiter niger.

Sparvius niger , Vieill. Enc. Meth. iii. p. 1269.

Accipiter niger, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 142 :
Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 113.

Metier ax niger, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 91.

Accipiter carbonarius, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215 (ex
Licht.).

a £ Kordofan, 19 July (J. Petherick) 1848.

2431. Accipiter gabar.

Falco gabar , Daud. Traite d’Orn. ii. p. 87.

Metier ax gabar, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 89.

Accipiter gabar, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 142 :
Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 112.

Accipiter sphenurus ?, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215 ( nec
Rupp.).

a f Kordofan, 6 August (J. Petherick) 1850. — b f Kordofan,
25 August (J. Petherick) 1848.

Micrastur.

Micrastur, Gray, List Gen. B. p. 6 (1841).

2432. Micrastur semitorquatus.

Sparvius semitorquatus , "Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. x. p. 322k
Micrastur semitorquatus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 122: Sharpe,
Cat. B. i. p. 75.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.

2433. Micrastur ruficollis.

Sparvius ruficollis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. x. p. 322.
Micrastur ruficottis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 122: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 76.

a ( Thomas ) 1840. — b Brazil ( Arthur Strickland),
b stands in the ‘Ornithological Synonyms’ (p. 123) as M. leucau-
chen , Temm. a probable synonym of M ruficollis.

2434. Micrastur gilvicollis.

Sparvius gilvicollis > Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. x. p. 323.
Micrastur gilvicollis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 368:
Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 78.

s. c.

32

498

ACCIPITRES.

Micrastur concentricus , Strickl, Orn. Syn. p. 128 (ex Lesson).
a Trinidad (Argent) 1851,

Geranospizias.

Ischnosceles , Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p, 409 (1844,
nec Burmeister).

Geranospiza (rectius Geranospizias, Sundev.), Kanp, Isis,
1847, p. 183.

2435. Geranospizias caerulescens.

Sparvius ccerulescens , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. x. p. 318.
Geranospizias ccerulescens, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 81.
Ischnosceles gracilis, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p„ 409;
Orn. Syn. p. 124 (ex Temm.)
a (Arthur Strickland).

A species of wide range in South America.

POLYBOROIDES.

Polyhoroides, Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Joum. i. p. 106 (1830).

2436. Polyhoroides typicus.

Polyhoroides typicus, Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. i. p. 107:
Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 48.

Polyhoroides radiatus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p, 216; Orn,
Syn. p. 143 (partim, nec Scopoli).

a f Kordofan, 15 July (J. Petherick ) 1848.

Melierax.

Melierax, Gray, List Gen. B. p. 5 (1840).

2437. Melierax canorns.

Falco canorus, Rislach, in Thunb. Diss. Ac. in. p. 264.
Melierax canorus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215: Sharpe,
Cat. B. i. p. 87.

Melierax musicus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 142 (nec Daudin).
a £ (Arthur Strickland ).

A South -African species.

FALCONIDiE.

499

2438. Melierax polyzonus.

Falco (Nisus) polyzonus, Biipp. Neue Wirb. p. 36, pi. 15.
Melierax polyzonus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215; Ora. Syn.
p. 143: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 88.

a £ Kordofan, 20 June (J. Petherick) 1848.

SUBFAMILY.— FALCONING.

Falco.

Falco, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 124 (1766) ( partim ).

2439. Falco islandus.

Falco islandus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 271 : Strickl. Orn. Syn.
p. 77.

Hierofalco islandus , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 414.
a Iceland ( J . G. Kinberg) 1843.

A young bird referred in the 1 Ornithological Synonyms’ to F.
gyrfalco .

2440. Falco sacen

Falco sacer, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. pt 273 ( nee Forster): Strickl
Orn. Syn. p. 79.

Hierofalco saker , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 417.

Falco hiarmicus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215 ( partim , nee
Temminck).

a £ Kordofan, 16 March (J. Petherick ) 1848.

2441. Falco peregrinus.

Falco peregrinus, Tunst. Orn. Brit. p. 1 : Strickl Ora. Syn.
p. 81.

Falco communis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 376 (ex Gmelin).

Falco anatum, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 83 (ex Bonap.).
a Chili ( Capt . Brown ) 1842. — b S. India ( T [ G. Jerdon)
1850.

a is in the dark-coloured plumage described by Mr Sharpe under
the name Falco cassini (Cat* B. i, p. 384)i

32—2

500

ACCIPITRES.

2442. Falco meianogenys.

Falco meianogenys , Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 139; B. Austr.
i. pi. 8: Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 84: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 385.
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

2443. Falco biarmicus.

Falco biarmicus , Temm. Pl. Col. 324: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850,
p. 215; Orn. Syn. p. 79: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 391.
a £ Kordofan, 10 July (J. Petherick) 1848.

Some writers separate the north and south African Banners and
if their views be correct this bird should probably bear the name
Falco tany2?te7'us} Schl. Strickland’s note (P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215) refers
to F. sacer.

2444. Falco jugger.

Falco jug ger, J. E. Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. ii. pl. 20: Strickl.
Orn. Syn. p. 79 : Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 393.

a India (IP. JL E. Boys) 1847. — b Southern India ( T . C.
Jerdon) 1850.

2445. Falco aesalon.

Falco cesalon, Tunst. Orn. Brit. p. 1 : Strickl. P. Z. S. 1830,
p. 97 ; Orn. Syn. p. 90.

Falco regulus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 406 (ex Pallas).
a £ Smyrna, 24 November (H. E. Strickland) 1835. - — b
(Bt at Birmingham) 1843.

2446. Falco columbarms.

Falco columbarius , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 128: Strickl. Orn.
Syn. p. 92: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 408.

a N. America (J. G. Kinberg) 1845. — b Jamaica (J. Gould)
1846.

2447. Falco chiqnera.

Falco chiquera, Daud. Traite d’Orn. ii. p. 121: Strickl. Orn.
Syn. p. 87: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 403.

a, — b Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — c India (E. Blyth)
1846.

FALCONID.E.

501

2448. Falco fusco-caerulescens.

Falco fusco-ccerulescens, Yieill. N. Diet, d Hist. N. xi. p. 90:
Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 400.

Falco femor alis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 88 {ex Temminck).
a, — b {Arthur Strickland).

A South- American species.

2449. Falco rufigularis.

Falco rufigularis , Daud. Traite d’Orn. ii. p. 131: Strickl.
Orn. Syn. p. 88.

Falco albigularis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 401 {ex Daudin).
a Guatemala {J. Gonstancia) 1851. — b {Arthur Strickland).

2450. Falco concolor.

Falco concolor, Temm. PI. Col. 330 : Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 405.
Falco peregrinator, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xviii. p. 455
{nec Sundevall).

a Lat. — Long. {Arthur Strickland).

This specimen labelled “ Falco peregrinator ” is doubtless the
one referred to in Strickland’s note appended to the translation of
Sundevall’s paper on the Birds of Calcutta. He there states that he
possessed a specimen which he referred to F. peregrinator procured
in 1833 onboard ship between Mauritius and Madagascar. Other ex-
amples, with which this one agrees, have been procured in the same
seas under similar circumstances {cf. Gurney, Ibis, 1869, p. 445).

2451. Falco subbutco.

Falco subbuteo , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 127: Strickl. Orn. Syn.
p. 85: Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 395.
a {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A common species in the northern portions of the old world.
This specimen (a skin of a young bird) is referred in the ‘Ornitho-
logical Synonyms’ (p. 90) to Falco cesalon.

Tinnunculus.

Tinnunculus , Vieillot, Ois. Am. Sept. i. p. 39 (1807).

2452. Tinnunculus alaudarius.

Falco tinnunculus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 127 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 97; 1850, p. 215.

502

ACCIPITRES.

Tinnunculus alaudarius, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 95 (ex Gmelin).
Gerchneis tinnuncula, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 425.
a Smyrna, 10 December ( H . E. Strickland) 1835. —b Britain
(Askew) 1838. — c Madras (T. G. Jerdon ) 1845. — d India (E.
Blyth) 1846. — e Furrudpore (IF. J \ E. Boys ) 1847. — /Kordo-
fan, March (J. Petherick) 1848. — g (Arthur Strickland).

2453 Tinimn cuius tinnunculoides.

Falco tinnunculus , Temm. Man, d’Orn, i. p, 31 (1820):
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 97.

Falco cenchris, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 97 (ex Naumann).

Falco naumanni, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 435 (ex Fleisch),
a Azani in Mysia, April (H. E. Strickland) 1836.

2454. Tinnunculus rupicola.

Falco rupicolus, Daud. Traitd d’Orn. ii. p. 135.

Tinnunculus rupicolus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 97.

Gerchneis rupicola, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 429.
a, — b Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1833.

2455. Tinnunculus rupicoloides.

Falco rupicoloides , Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. i. p. 238.
Tinnunculus rupicoloides , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 98.

Gerchneis rupicoloides, Sharpe, Cat. B, i. p. 432.
a (Arthur Strickland).

A South- African species.

2456. Tinnunculus punctatus.

Falco punctatus, Temm. PI. Col. 45.

Tinnunculus punctatus, Strickl. Orn. Syn, p. 98,

Gerchneis punctata, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 434.
a Mauritius (Arthur Strickland) 1832.

2457. Tinnunculus cenchroides.

Falco cenchroides , Vig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 183.
Tinnunculus cenchroides, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 98,

Gerchneis cenchroides, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 431.
a, — b New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

FALCONIDJE.

503

2458. Tinnuncuius sparverius.

Falco sparverius , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 128.

Tinnuncuius sparverius , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 99.

Cerchneis sparveria, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 437.
a N. America [Askew) 1834. — b Mexico [T. Mann) 1844.
— c Guatemala ( J . Constancia ) 1845. — d Canada [Barnes)
1848. — e [Arthur Strickland).

2459. Tinnuncuius cinnamominus.

Falco cinnamominus , Sw. Anim. in Menag. p. 281.
Tinnuncuius cinnamominus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 100.
Cerchneis cinnamomina, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 439.
a, —b [Arthur Strickland).

A South- American race of T; sparverius. In the ‘ Ornithological
Synonyms’ b is referred to T. dominicensis.

2460. Tinnuncuius isabellinus.

Falco isabellinus, Sw. Anim. in Menag. p. 281.

Cerchneis isabellina , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 441.
a Trinidad [Argent) 1851.

This specimen is referred in the ‘Ornithological Synonyms’ to
T. dominicensis.

2461. Tinnuncuius ardesiacus.

Falco ardosiacus, Yieill. Enc. Mdth. i. p. 1238: StrickL Orn.
Syn. p. 90.

Cerchneis ardesiaca, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 446.
a [Arthur Strickland).

A species of Western and North-Western Africa.

Hieracidea.

Ieracidea, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 140,

2462. Hieracidea berigora.

Falco berigora , Yig. & Horsf. Trans. L. S. xv. p. 184.
Hieracidea berigora, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 101 : Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 421.

a, — b Australia (. Arthur Strickland ).

504

ACCIPITRES.

SUBFAMILY. — MILYINYE.

Milvus.

Milvus, Cuvier, Le9. d’Anat. Comp. i. tab. 2 (1800).

2463. Milvus ictinus.

Falco milvus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 126.

Milvus ictinus, Savign. Syst. des Ois. de l’Egypte, p. 28:
Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 319.

Milvus regalis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 131,
a Switzerland (L. Coulon) 1836.

2464. Milvus aegyptius.

Falco cegyptius, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 261,

Milvus cegyptius, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 320.

Milvus forskahli, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p, 124 (ex Gmelin),
Milvus parasiticus, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 142
(ex Daudin).

a Africa (Arthur Strickland).

2465. Milvus govinda.

Milvus govinda, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 81: Sharpe, Cat, B.
i. p. 325.

Milvus ater, Strickl. Ann, & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 204 (nec
Gmelin).

Milvus migrans, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 133 partim (nec Bod-
daert).

a Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. —b Australia (Arthur Strick-
land).

The origin given of b is doubtless erroneous; the specimen (a young
one) has the base of the primaries mottled with white as in the Indian
bird.

2466. Milvus isurus.

Milvus isurus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 140.

Lophoictinia isura, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 326.

Falco pacificus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 338; Orn.
Syn. p. 135 (ex Latham).

a Australia (Arthur Strickland).

Latham’s name has not a very satisfactory basis.

FALCONID.E.

505

Pernis.

Pernis, Cuvier, Regn. Anim. i. p. 322 (1817).

2467. Pernis ptilonorhynchus.

Falco ptilorhynchus, Temm. PI. Col. 44.

Pernis ptilonorhynchns , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 347.

Pernis cristata, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 131 (ex Cuvier).
a S. India ( T C. Jerdon ) 1850.

Haliastur.

Haliastur , Selby, Cat. Gen. p. 3 (1840) : Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. vi. p. 416.

2468. Haliastur indus.

Aigle des grandes Indes, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 416, unde,

Falco indus , Bodd. Tab. PI. Enl. p. 25.

Haliastur indus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 73: Sharpe, Cat. B. i.
p. 313.

a India ( Havell ) 1839. —6 India (“Haliastur pondicerianus
second plumage which is very variable being Milvus rotundicau-
datus, Hodgs.” E. Blytli) 1846. — c Philippine Islands (/. Gould)
1846.

c is probably referable to H. intermedius if really a recognizable
race ( cf. Sharpe, l. s. c. p. 314).

Baza.

Baza, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. v. p. 777 (1836): Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 33.

2469. Baza subcristata.

Lepidogenys subcristatus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 140.

Baza subcristata , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 127: Sharpe, Cat. B.
i. p. 357.

a Australia (Bt at Birmingham) 1843.

Leptodon.

Leptodon, Sundevall, K. Yet. Ac. Hand! 1835, p. 114.

2470. Leptodon cayennensis.

Falco cayennensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 263.

506

ACCIPITRES.

Gymindis cayennensis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 128 (ex Cuvier).
Leptodon cayennensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 383.
a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1851.

2471. Leptodon uncinatus.

Falco uncinatus, Temm. PI. Col. 103, 104, 105.

Rostrhamus uncinatus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 136.

Leptodon uncinatus, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 330.
a South America (Mather) 1840.

Harpagus.

Harpagus, Vigors, Zool. Journ. i. p. 338 (1824).

2472. Harpagus bidentatns.

Falco bidentatus, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 38.

Harpagus bidentatus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 101 : Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 362.

a S. America ( Thomas ) 1842.

Gampsonyx.

Gampsonyx, Vigors, Zool, Journ. ii. p. 69 (1825): Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi. p. 416.

2473. Gampsonyx swainsoni.

Gampsonyx swainsoni, Vig. 1. s. c .: Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 137:
Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 340.

a Trinidad (Argent) 1851. — b Brazil (Arthur Strickland).
Microhierax.

Ierax , Vigors, Zool. Journ. i. p. 339 (1824) (nec Leach).
Microhierax , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 366 (1874).

2474. Microhierax fringillarins.

Falco fringillarins, Drap. Diet. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vi. p. 412,
t. 5.

Microhierax fringillarius, Sharpe, l. s. c . p. 367.

Hierax malayensis, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 33;
Orn. Syn. p. 103.

a East Indies (East India Go.) 1831. — b Malacca ( Capt .
Nash) 1837.

The types, probably, of Strickland’s note l. st c.

FALCONIDiE.

507

Elanus.

Elanus, Savigny, Syst. des Ois. de l’Egypte, p. 37 (1809).

24:75. Elanus cseruleus.

Falco cceruleus,De sf. Hist. Ac, It. des Sc. 1787, p. 503, pi. 6.
Elanus cceruleus, Strickl, Orn. Syn. p. 137: Sharpe, Cat. B.
i. p. 336.

Elanus melanopierus, Blyth, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 38
(ex Daudin) : Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xviii. p. 456.
a (Askew) 1838. — b India (E. Blyth) 1846.

2476. Elanus leucurus.

Milvus leucurus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xx. p. 563.

Elanus leucurus , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 138: Sharpe, Cat. B.
i. p. 339.

Elanus dispar, Strickl. Ann. & Mag, N. H. xviii. p. 456 (ex
Bonaparte).

a Chili (Arthur Strickland).

2477. Elanus axillaris.

Falco axillaris, Lath. Ind, Orn. Suppl. p, ix.

Elanus axillaris , Strickl. Orn. Syn. p, 139: Sharpe, Cat. B.
i, p. 338.

a Australia (Arthur Strickland) ,

ICTINIA.

Ictinia, Vieillot, Anal, p. 24 (1816),

2478. Ictinia plumbea.

Falco plumbeus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 283,

Ictinia plumbea, Strickl. Orn, Syn. p, 140: Sharpe, Cat. B. i.
p. 364.

a Brazil (. Arthur Strickland).

Elanoides.

Elanoides , Vieillot, N. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. xxiv. p. 101 (1818).

2479. Elanoides riocouri.

Elanoides riocouri, Vieill. Gal. Ois. i. p. 43, pi, 16: Strickl,
Orn. Syn. p. 142.

508

ACCIPITRES.

Nauclerus riocouri, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 215: Sharpe,
Cat. B. i. p. 318.

a £ Kordofan, 5 August (J. PethericJc) 1848.

SUBFAMILY. — HERPETOTHEBIN M,
Herpetotheres.

Herpetotheres, Vieillot, N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xviii. p. 317 (1817)
(cf. Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. yi. p. 415).

2480. Herpetotheres cachinnans.

Falco cachinnans, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 128.

Herpetotheres cachinnans, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 75: Sharpe,
Cat. B. i. p. 278.

a Island of Mexiana, November (A. W.) 1848.

One of Mr A. It. Wallace’s specimens.

SUBFAMILY. — POLYBOBINiE.

Ibycter.

Ibycter, Vieillot, Anal. p. 22 (1816).

2481. Ibycter americaims.

Aigle d} Amerique, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 417, unde,

Falco americanus , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 25.

Ibycter americanus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 22 : Sharpe, Cat. B.

i. p. 35.

a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.

Milvago.

Milvago, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 12 (1824).

2482. Milvago chimachima.

Polyborus chimachima, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. v. p. 259.
Milvago chimachima, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 19.

Ibycter chimachima, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 39.
a Brazil ( Bt at Birmingham) 1844. — b {Arthur Strickland).

CATHARTIDiE.

509

POLYBORUS.

Polyborus, Yieillot, Anal. p. 22 (1816).

2483. Polyborus tharus.

Falco tharus, Mol. Saggio sulla St. Nat. p. 264.

Polyborus tharus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 18: Sharpe, Cat. B. i.

p. 31.

a Brazil (. Arthur Strickland).

2484. Polyborus cheriway.

Falco cheriway, Jacq. Beitr. p. 17, pi. 4.

Polyborus cheriway, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 33.
a Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.

FAMILY. — CATHARTIDiE.

Cathartes.

Catliartes, Illiger, Prodr. p. 236 (1811) ( partim ).

2485. Cathartes aura.

Vultur aura, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 122.

Cathartes aura, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 1.

JSnops aura, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 25.
a Chili ( T C. Eyton) 1846.

Sarcorhamphus.

Sarcorhamphus, Dumeril, Zool. Anal. p. 32 (1806).

2486. Sarcorhamphus gryphus.

Vultur gryphus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 121.

Sarcorhamphus gryphus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 4: Sharpe, Cat.
B. i. p. 20.

a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of the Chilian Andes, Patagonia, &c.

Gypagus.

Gypagus, Yieillot, Anal. p. 21 (1816).

2487. Gypagus papa.

Vultur papa, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 122.

510

ACCIPITRES.

Sarcorhamphus papa, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 5,

Cathartes papa, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 22.
a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia ) 1851.

FAMILY— VULTURIDiE.

Gyps,

Gyps, Savigny* Syst. des Ois* de 1’Egypte, p, 11 (1809)*

2488. Gyps indicus.

Vultur indicus, Scop, Del. Faun, et FI. Insubr. ii. p. 85.

Gyps indicus, Strickl. Orn. Syn, p. 10: Sharpe, Cat. B. i.
p, 10.

a India (E. Blyth) 1846.

PSEUDOGYPS.

Pseudogyps, Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4, xi, p, 133
(1873),

2489. Pseudogyps bengalensis.

Vidtur bengalensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p, 245.

Gyps bengalensis, Strickl. Orn, Syn. p. 11.

Pseudogyps bengalensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 11,
a, — h India (E. Blyth) 1846,

OtogypS,

Otogyps, Gray, List Gen. B. p. 2 (1841).

2480. Otogyps calvus.

Vidtur calvus, Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Insubr. ii. p. 85*
Otogyps calvus, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 8 : Sharpe, Cat, B. L
p, 14.

a S* India (Y. C * Jerdon ) 1850*

ORDER VIII.— STEGANOPODES.

FAMILY.— PHAETHONTID^E.

Phaethon.

Phaeton, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 219 (1766) ( partim ).

2491. Phaethon rubricauda,

Paille en queue de Vile de France, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 979, undh,
Phaeton rubricauda, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 57.

Phaeton phoenicurus , Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 73 (ex Gmelin).
a New South Wales (M° Donald) 1838, —b.

2492. Phaethon sethereus.

Phaeton cethereus, Linn, Syst. Nat, i. p. 219: Penrose, Ibis,
1879, p. 276.

a Ascension I. December (A. Strickland) 1833, — b (. Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

2493. Phaethon flavirostris.

Phaeton flavirostris, Brandt, Bull. Ac. St. Petersb, 1837,
p. 349: Penrose, Ibis, 1879, p. 277.

a Mauritius, 13 November (A. Strickland) 1833, — b Ascen-
sion I. December (A. Strickland) 1833. — c.

FAMILY. — FELECANIDiE.

Pelecanus.

Pelecanus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat, i. p. 215 (1766) (partim).

2494. Pelecanus rufescens.

Pelecanus rufescens, Gm, Syst. Nat, i, p. 571 : Elliot, P. Z, S.
1869, p. 583,

512

STEGANOPODES.

P elecanus philippensis, Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 858 (apud Elliot).
a India (E. Blytli) 1845. — b India [E. Blyth ) 1846. — c
(. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Sula.

Sula, Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 494 (1760).

2495. Sula bassana.

P elecanus bassana , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 217.

Sula bassana , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 895:
Dresser, B. Eur.

a Bass Bock, 3 August (H. E. Strickland) 1850.

2496. Sula cyanops.

Dysporus cyanops , Sundev. Physiogr. Sallsk. Tidskr. i. p. 218,
pi. 5: Ann. & Mag. N. H. xix. p. 236.

Sula cyanops , Penrose, Ibis, 1879, p. 281.
a Ascension I. (A. Strickland) 1833.

2497. Sula piscator.

Pelecanus piscator, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 21 7.

Sula piscatory Gould, B. Austr. vii. p. 79: Legge, B. Ceylon,

p. 1180.

a Ceylon, 19 October (A. Strickland) 1833. • — b (. Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

2498. Sula leucogastra.

Le Fou, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 973, unde,

Pelecanus leucogaster, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 57.

Sula leucogastra, Salv. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 496: Penrose, Ibis,
1879, p. 281.

a Prince’s Island, March (. A . Strickland) 1833. ~—b Ascension
I. ( A . Strickland) 1833.

FAMILY. — PHALACROCORACIDJE.
Phalackocokax.

Phalacrocorax , Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 511 (1760).

2499. Phalacrocorax carbo.

Pelecanus carbo, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 216.

PHALACROCORACIDiE.

513

Phalacrocorax carlo, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 102: Dresser,
B. Eur.

a Constantinople, March (H. E. Strickland) 1836. — b Britain
(N. G. Strickland) 1838.

2500. Phalacrocorax graculus.

Pelecanus graculus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 217.

Phalacrocorax graculus , Dresser, B. Eur.
a Orkney, August (H. E. Strickland) 1837.

2501. Phalacrocorax capensis.

Pelecanus capensis, Sparrm. Mus. Carls, pi. 61.

Graculus capensis , Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, vi. Pelec. p. 19,
a Cape of Good Hope, April (A. Strickland) 1831. — b (A.
Strickland) 1850.

2502. Phalacrocorax sinensis.

Phalacrocorax sinensis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxx.
Graculus sinensis, Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 862.
a , — b Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1815.

2503. Phalacrocorax dilophus.

Pelecanus {Garbo) dilophus, Sw. Faun. Bor. Am. ii, p. 173.
Graculus dilophus , Baird, B. N. Am. p. 877.
a ( Thomas ) 1812.

Agrees fairly with Hepburn’s Californian examples.

2504. Phalacrocorax melanoleucus.

Hydrocorax melanoleucus , Vieill. N. Diet. D’Hist. N. viii.

p. 88.

Phalacrocorax melanoleucus, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 70.
a New South Wales ( McDonald ) 1838.

2505. Phalacrocorax pygmseus.

Phalacrocorax pygmoeus , Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 300, pi.
71, f. 1 : Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 102: Dresser, B. Eur.
a Smyrna, 9 December {H. E. Strickland) 1835.

s. c.

33

514

STEGANOPODES.

2506. Phalacrocorax javanicus.

Garbo javanicus, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 197.

Gracalus javanicus, Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 863.

Garbo melanognathos , Brandt, Bull. Sc. Ac. Petersb. iii. p. 56.
a (Stevens) 1844. —6 Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — c, — d
India (E. Blyth ) 1846, —e (Gardner) 1847.

FAMILY.— PLOTIDiE.

Plotus.

Plotus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 218 (1766).

2507. Plotus melanogaster.

Plotus melanogaster , Pennant vel Forster, Zool. Ind. pi. 12:
Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 865.

a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — h India (E. Blyth) 1846.
— c ( A . Strickland) 1850.

ORDER IX.— HERODIONES.

FAMILY. — ARDEIDiE.

Ardea.

Ardea, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 233 (1766) ( partim ).

2508. Ardea cinerea.

Ardea cinerea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 236: Dresser, B. Eur.:
Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 265.

a Britain (IF. Kirtland) 1813. — b Britain.

2509. Ardea melanocephala.

Ardea melanocephala, Yig. & Childr. Denham & Clapper-
ton’s Narr. Disc, in N. & Centr. Afr. App. p .201 : Reich. J. f.
Orn. 1877, p. 264.

a {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

An African species.

2510. Ardea pacifica.

Ardea pacifica, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. Ixv. : Gould, B.
Austr. vi. p. 52: Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 263.
a Australia (W. Kirtland ) 1846.

2511. Ardea purpurea.

Ardea purpurea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 236: Dresser, B. Eur. :
Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 266.
a Malacca (. Eavell ) 1839. — 6.

2512. Ardea herodias.

Ardea herodias, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 237.

Ardea lessoni, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 266 {ex Wagler).
a {Arthur Strickland) 1850. — b Guatemala {J. Constancia)
1851.

33—2

516

HEUODIONES.

2513. Ardea alba.

Ardea alba, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 239: Dresser, B. Eur.:
Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 272.

Ardea egretta, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101 ( nee Linnseus).
a $ Smyrna, 6 January ( H . E. Strickland) 1836. — b New
South Wales ( McDonald ) 1838. — c India ( u Herodias alba” E.
Blyth) 1846. — d , — e India (E. Blyth). — f

2514. Ardea egretta.

Ardea egretta , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 629.

Herodias egretta, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 666.

Ardea egretta , subsp. galatea, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 272
(ex Molina).

a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia ) 1851. — b N. America.

2515. Ardea intermedia.

Ardea intermedia, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 659: Reich. J. f. Orn.
1877, p. 273.

Herodias egrettoides, Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 745 (ex Temminck).
a Madras ( T '. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — b India (“ Herodias inter-
media” E. Blyth) 1846. — c India (E. Blyth). — d (Arthur Strick-
land) 1850.

2516. Ardea garzetta.

Ardea garzetta, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 237 : Dresser, B. Eur.
Herodias garzetta, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 168: Jerd. B.
Ind. iii. p. 746.

Ardea nivea, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 271 (ex Gmelin).
a Malacca ( Thomas ) 1842. — b India (<( Herodias garzetta,”
E. Blyth) 1846.

2517. Ardea candidissima.

Ardea candidissima, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 633: Reich. J. f.
Orn. 1877, p. 273.

a N. America (Askew) 1836. — b .

2518. Ardea novae-hollandiaB.

Ardea novce-hollandice, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 701: Gould, B.
Austr. vi. pi. 53: Reich. J. f. Orn. p. 263.

a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — b.

ARDEIDiE.

517

2519. Ardea asha.

Ardea asha , Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 157.

Demiegretta asha , Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 747.

Ardea jugxdaris, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 261 (ex Forster).
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — b Madras ( T . G.
Jerdon) 1845.

2520. Ardea cserulea.

Ardea ccerulea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 238: Reich. J. f. Orn.
1877, p. 263.

a N. America (de Rliam) 1838. — b (Arthur Strickland)
1850. — c, — d Guatemala (J. Gonstancia ) 1851.

2521. Ardea ludoviciana.

Ardea ludoviciana , Wils. Am. Orn. viii. p. 13, pi. 16, f. 1.
Demiegretta ludoviciana , Baird, B. N. Am. p. 663.

Ardea leucogaster, var. Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 269 (ex
Boddaert).

a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A North- American species.

2522. Ardea coromanda,

Grabier , de lacdte de Goromandel, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 910, unde,
Cancroma coromanda , Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 54.

Ardeola coromanda , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221.

Ardea coromanda, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 259.
a India (Bt at Stevens's) 1843. — b (Bt at Stevens's) 1843. — c
$ Benzert, Tunis, April (. L . Fraser) 1846. — d $ Kordofan, 16
July (J. Petherick) 1848.

2523. Ardea ralloides.

Ardea ralloides, Scop. Ann. i. Hist. Nat. p. 88 : Reich. J. f.
Orn. 1877, p. 256.

a Italy (Sign. Riccioli) 1831.

2524. Ardea leucoptera.

Crabier de Malac, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 911, undh,

Ardea leucoptera, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 54: Reich. J. f.
Orn. 1877, p. 257.

a Malacca (Bt at Stevens's) 1843. — b.

518

HERODIONES.

2525. Ardea grayi.

Ardea grayi, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 158: Reich. J. f. Orn.
1877, p. 257.

Ardeola leucoptera, Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 751 (nec Boddaert).
a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — b India (“ Ardeola malac-
censis ” E . Blyth) 1846. — c Benares ( W . J. E. Boys) 1847. — d
Ceylon ( Capt . Pearson) 1849. — e ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Butorides.

Butorides , Blyth, Cat. B. As. Soc. p. 281 (1849).

2526. Butorides virescens.

Ardea virescens , Linn. Syst. Nat. i, p. 238 : Reich. J. f. Orn.
1877, p. 255.

Butorides virescens , Baird, B. N. Am. p. 676.
a America {Askew) 1834, — b {Arthur Strickland) 1850.
— c Guatemala {J. Constancia) 1851.

2527. Butorides javanicus.

Ardea javanica, Horsf. Trans, L. S. xiii. p. 190.

Butorides javanica, Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 752.
a Madagascar ( E . Verreaux) 1833. — b Malacca {Askew)
1834. — c {Bt at Stevens’s) 1845. — d, — e India (“Butorides java-
nicus ,” E. Blyth) 1846. — -f.

2528. Butorides macrorhynchus.

Ardetta macrorhyncha, Gould, P. Z. S. 1848, p. 39; B. Austr.
vi. pi. 66.

a {Arthur Strickland) 1850. — 5.

An Australian species.

• • ‘ * .

Abdetta.

Ardetta, Gray, List Sp. B. B. M. Part iii. p. 83 (1844).

2529. Ardetta cinnamomea.

Ardea cinnamomea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 643.

Ardetta cinnamomea , Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 755: Wald. Trans.
Z. S. ix. p. 237.

Botaurus cinnamomeus, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 245.
a Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b Philippine Islands (/.
Gould ) 1846.

ARDEID2E.

519

2530. Ardetta sinensis.

Ardea sinensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 642.

Ardetta sinensis , Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 755.

Botaurus sinensis , Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 244.
a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — b ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2531. Ardetta exilic

Ardea exilis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 645.

Ardetta exilis, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 673.

Botaurus exilis, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 244.
a $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 25 May 1844 ( S . E. Baird) 1849.
— b Guatemala (J. Gonstancid) 1850. — c Illinois ( T \ Dunn)
1851.

Botaurus.

Botaurus, Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xi. p. 592 (1819).

2532. Botaurus stellaris.

Ardea stellaris, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 239.

Botaurus stellaris, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101; 1850,
p. 221: Dresser, B. Eur.: Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 248.

a Oxfordshire (E. E. Strickland) 1831. — - b $ Smyrna, 28
December (Id. E. Strickland) 1835. — c Kordofan (J. Petherick)
1848.

2533. Botaurus poeciloptilus.

Ardea poeciloptila, Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 12, p. 9.

Botaurus poeciloptilus, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 249.
Botaurus australis, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 64,
a Australia (Bt at Birmingham) 1843.

2534. Botaurus lentiginosus.

Ardea lentiginosa, Mont. Orn. Diet. Suppl.

Botaurus lentiginosus, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 674: Reich. J. f.
Orn. 1877, p. 248.

a N. America {Koch) 1842. — b.

520

HEBODIONES.

2535. Botaurus pinnatus.

Ardea pinnata, Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 662.

Botaurus pinnatus , Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 181, pi. 91 :
Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 249.
a ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of wide range in South America.

Tigkisoma.

Tigrisoma , Sw. Classif. B. ii. p. 354 (1837).

2536. Tigrisoma brasiliense.

Ardea brasiliensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 239.

Tigrisoma brasiliense , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii.
p. 545 : Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 184.

Botaurus brasiliensis, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 250.
a, — b ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of wide range in South America.

2537. Tigrisoma cabanisi.

Tigrisoma cabanisi, Heine, J. f. Orn. 1859, p. 107 : Scl. &
Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 95, pi. 48.

Botaurus cabanisi, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 251.
a Panama Bay (Cajit. Kellett & Lieut. Wood) 1850.

Zebrilus.

Zebrilus, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. ii. p. 138 (1857).

2538. Zebrilus pumilus.

Grabier, des Philippines , D’Aub. PI. Enl. 898, unde ,
Ardea pumila, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 54.

Botaurus pumilus, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 249.
Ardea philippensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 644.
a (Bt at Birmingham) 1853.

A skin of Cayenne make.

ARDEIDiE.

521

Nycticorax.

Nycticorax, Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xi. p. 608 (1819).

2539. Nycticorax griseus.

Ardea nycticorax, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 235.

Ardea grisea , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 239.

Nycticorax griseus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 545:
Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 758: Dresser, B. Eur. : Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877,
p. 237.

a Zante, May (. E . E. Strickland) 1834. — b Benares (W. J.
E . Boys) 1847.

2540. Nycticorax gardeni.

Ardea gardeni, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 645.

Nyctiardea gardeni, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 678.
a Illinois ( T . Dunn) 1851.

2541. Nycticorax obscurus.

Nycticorax obscutus, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 141 (ex Licht.) : Schl.
Mus. d. Pays-Bas, v. Ardece, p. 58.
a Chili (T. G. Eyton) 1845.

2542. Nycticorax caledonicus.

Ardea caledonica, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 626.

Nycticorax caledonicus, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 63: Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 338: Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 238.

a Australia [Warwick Museum) 1841. — b Australia (Bt at
Birmingham) 1843.

2543. Nycticorax pileatus.

Heron blanc, hupe de Cayenne, D’Aub. PL Enl. 907, unde,
Ardea pileata, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 54.

Nycticorax pileatus, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 240.
a ( Gardner ) 1846.

A widely ranging South-American species.

Nyctherodius.

Ny ether odius, Reichenbach, Syst. Av. p. xvi. (1852-3).

2544. Nyctherodius violaceus.

Ardea violacea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 238.

522

HERODIONES.

Ny ether odius violaceus , Baird, B. N. Am. p. 679.

Nycticorax cayennensis , Keich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 239 (ex
Gmelin).

a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844. — h South America (Osman)
1846. - — c Jamaica (< J ’ Gould ) 1846. —d Guatemala (J. Con -
stancia) 1851.

Cancroma.

Gancroma , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 233 (1766).

2545. Gancroma cochlearia.

Gancroma cochlearia , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 233.

Nycticorax cancrophagus , Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 236 (ex
Linnaeus).

a South America ( Bt at Birmingham) 1844. — h (Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

FAMILY.— SCOPIDiE.

Scopus.

Scopus , Brisson, Orn. v. p. 503 (1760).

2546. Scopus umbretta.

Scopus umbretta, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 618 : Reich. J. f. Orn.
1877, p. 231.

a (Kirtland) 1838. — 5.

A South- African species.

FAMILY. — CICONIIILE.

ClCONIA.

Ciconia , Brisson, Orn. v. p. 361 (1760).

2547. Ciconia alba.

Ardea ciconia , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 235.

Giconia alba , Bechst. Gem. Naturg. Deutschl. iv. p. 82:
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101; 1850, p. 221: Reich. J. f. Orn.
1877, p. 170.

a Smyrna, May (H. E. Strickland) 1836.

CICONIIDiE.

5*23

2548. Ciconia episcopus.

Heron , de la cote de Coromandel , D’Aub. PL Enl. 906, unde,
Ardea episcopus , Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 54.

Ciconia leucocephala, Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 737 (ex Gmelin).
a Madras (“ Ciconia leucoGephala,” E. Blyth) 1845. — b.

Mycteria.

Mycteria , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 232 (1766).

2549. Mycteria australis.

Mycteria australis, Shaw, Trans. L. S. v. p. 32: Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 39; xiv. p. 119: Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 734.
a India (E. Blyth) 1846.

Anastomus.

Anastomus, Bonnaterre, Enc. Meth, Ornith. p. xciii. (1790).

2550. Anastomus oscitans,

Le Bee ouvert de Pondichery, D’Aub. PL Enl. 932, unde ,
Ardea oscitans, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 55.

Anastomus oscitans, Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 765.
a India (u Anastomus oscitans, adult,” E. Blyth) 1846. — h
India (“ Anastomus oscitans, young,” E. Blyth) 1846.

Leptoptilus.

Leptoptilus , Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 583 (1831).

2551. Leptoptilus dubius.

Ardea dubia, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 624 ( partim ).

Leptoptilus dubius , Beich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 165.

Leptoptilus argala, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 38 :
Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 730 ( ex Linnaeus !).
a S. India ( T . C. Jerdon) 1850.

Tantalus.

Tantalus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 240 (1766) (partim).

2552. Tantalus leucocephalus.

Tantalus leucocephalus, Q m. Syst. Nat. i. p. 649: Jerd. B.
Ind. iii. p. 761: Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 162.

524

HERODIONES.

a ( Arthur Strickland) 1850. — b.

A widely ranging Asiatic species.

2553. Tantalus ibis.

Tantalus ibis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 241: Reich. J. f. Orn.
1877, p. 162.

a ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A widely ranging African species.

FAMILY. — PLATALEIDiE.

SUBFAMILY. — IBIDINiE.

Ibis.

Ibis, Lacepede, Mdm. de l’lnst. Sc. Math, et Phys. iii. p. 518
(1801) : Savigny, Descr. de l’Egypte, xxiii. p. 392 (1828).

2554. Ibis sethiopica.

Tantalus cethiopicus , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 706.

Ibis cethiopica, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221: Elliot, P. Z. S.
1877, p. 485 ( partim ).

a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

An African species.

2555. Ibis melanocephalus.

Tantalus melanocephalus , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 709.
Threskiornis melanocephalus, Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 768.

Ibis melanocephalus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 39 ;
Elliot, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 488.

a India (“ Threskiornis melanocephala” E. Blyth) 1845. • — b
India (“ Threskiornis melanocephala,” E . Blyth) 1846.

Carphibis.

Carphibis, Reichenbach, Syst. Av. p. xiv. (1852-3).

2556. Carphibis spinicollis.

Ibis spinicollis, Jameson, Mem. Wern. N. H. Soc. vii. p. 485;
Edinb. New Phil. Journ. xix. p. 213.

Geronticus spinicollis, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 45.

Carphibis spinicollis, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 491.
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

PLATALEIDiE.

525

Inocotis.

Inocotis, Reichenbacli, Syst. Av. p. xiv. (1852-3).

2557. Inocotis papillosns.

Ibis papillosa, Temm. PI. Col. 304.

Geronticus papillosus, Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 769.

Inocotis papillosus, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 492.
a S. India ( T . C. Jerdon) 1850.

Theristicus.

Theristicus, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1231.

2558. Theristicus caudatus.

Courly d col blanc, de Cayenne , D’Aub. PI. Enl. 976, undb,
Scolopax caudatus, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 57.

Theristicus caudatus, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 498.

Theristicus melanopis, auctt. plur. (ex Gmelin).
a Chili ( Capt . Brown) 1842. — b (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.
— c.

Hagedashia.

Hagedashia , Bonaparte, Consp. Av. ii. p. 152 (1857).

2559. Hagedashia caffrensis.

Ibis caffrensis, Licht. Cat. Hamb.

Hagedashia caffrensis, Gurney, in And. B. Damaral. p. 298.
Hagedashia chalcoptera , Elliot, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 500 (ex
Yieillot).

a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

An African species of wide range,

Harpiprion.

Harpiprion , Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1232.

2560. Harpiprion cayennensis.

Courly verd , de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl, 820, unde,

Tantalus cayennensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 652.

Harpiprion cayennensis, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 502.
a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of wide range in the northern parts of South America.

526

HERODIONES.

Plegadis.

Plegadis , Kaup, Skizz. Entw. Gesch. p. 82 (1829).

2561. Plegadis falcinellus.

Tantalus falcinellus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 241 : Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. vii. p. 38.

Falcinellus igneus, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 503 ( ex Gmelin).
a (Askew) 1840.

A species of very wide range extending over the Eastern Hemi-
sphere and North America.

2562. Plegadis ridgwayi.

Falcinellus ridgwayi , Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambr.
iii. p. 355: Elliot, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 506.
a Chili ( Gapt . Brown) 1842.

Eudocimus.

Eudocimus , Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1232.

2563. Eudocimus ruber.

Tantalus ruber, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 241.

Eudocimus ruber , Elliot, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 509.
a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A Guiana species.

SUBFAMILY. — PLATA LEIN M.

Platalea.

Platalea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 231 (1766) (partim).

2564. Platalea leucorodia.

Platalea leucorodia, Linn. 1. s. c .: Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877,
p. 159.

Platea leucorodia, Dresser, B. Eur.
a Morocco ( J . G. Kinberg) 1844.

2565. Platalea cristata.

Platalea cristata, Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Ins. ii. p. 92:
Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 158.

PHGENICOPTERIDiE.

527

Platalea tenuirostris, Temm. Man. d’Orn. p. ciii. (1820).
a , — b (Arthur Strickland ) 1850.

An African species.

2566. Platalea ajaja.

Platalea ajaja , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 231.

Platalea rosea, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 157 (ex Brisson).
a Chili (Gapt. Brown) 1842.

FAMILY. — PHCENICOPTERIDiE \
Phcenicopterus.

Phoenicopterus, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 230 (1766).

2567. Phoenicopterus ignipalliatus.

Phoenicopterus iqnipalliatus, Geoffr. & d’Orb. Masf. Zool.
1832, Cl. ii. pi. 2.

Phoenicopterus chilensis, Reich. J. f. Orn. 1877, p. 228 (ex
Molina).

a Chili (Gapt Brown) 1842.

1 Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 39.

ORDER X.— ANSERES.

FAMILY.— ANATIDiE.

SUBFAMILY. — ANSERANATESLE.

Anseranas.

Anseranas , Lesson, Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 418 (1828) as a sub-
genus.

2568. Anseranas melanolencns.

Anas melanoleucus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxix.
Anseranas melanoleucus, Gould, B. Austr, vii. pi. 2.
a Australia {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

SUBFAMILY. — ANSERINE.

Anser.

Anser, Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 261 (1760).

2569. Anser segetnm.

Anas segetum, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 512.

Anser segetum, Dresser, B. Eur.
a Worcestershire, January {H. E. Strickland) 1838.

2570. Anser albifrons.

Branta albifrons, Scop. Ann. I. Hist. Nat. p. 69.

Anser albifrons , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167: Dresser, B.
Eur.

a $ Oxfordshire, December ( H ’. E. Strickland) 1846.

2571. Anser indicus.

Anas indica, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 839.

Anser indicus , Jerd. B. Ind. iii. p. 782.
a India ^ Anser indicus ,” E. BlytJi) 1846.

ANATIDAS.

529

2572. Anser hyperboreus.

Anser hyperboreus, Pall. Spied. Zool. vi. p. 25 : Baird, B. N.
Am. p. 760.
a.

A North -American species.

2573. Anser caerulescens.

Anas ccerulescens, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 198.

Anser ccerulescens , Cones, Birds of the N. W. p. 553.
a N. W. America (J. F. Brandt) 1844.

Bernicla.

Bernicla , Stephens, in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xii. pt. 2, p. 45
(1824).

2574. Bernicla leucopsis.

Anser leucopsis , Bechst. Naturg. Deutschl. iv. p. 921.
Bernicla leucopsis, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 397, pi. 415.
a Orkney (Forbes) 1837.

2575. Bernicla brenta.

Anser brenta, Pall. Zoogr. Bosso-As. ii. p. 229.

Bernicla brenta, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 389, pi. 415.
a Oxfordshire (H. E. Strickland) 1831.

2576. Bernicla jubata.

Anas jubata, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxix.

Bernicla jubata, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 3.
a £, — b $ New South Wales (M° Donald) 1838. — c.

2577. Bernicla sandvicensis.

Bernicla sandvicensis, Vig. P. Z. S. 1833, p. 65: Jard. &
Selby, 111. Orn. iv. pi. 8.

a “Domestic” (T. Goatley) 1847.

A species peculiar to the Sandwich Islands.

Nettapus.

Nettapus, Brandt, Descr. et Icon. An. Boss. Nov. p. 5 (1836).

2578. Nettapus coromandelianus.

Anas coromandeliana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 522.

s. c.

34

530

ANSERES.

Nettapus coromandelianus , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 786.
a Madras (T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — b, — c India (E. Blyth)
1846.

2579* . Nettapus albipennis.

Nettapus albipennis , Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 5.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850. — b New Holland ( Bt at
Liverpool) 1852.

Bather larger than the Indian bird but very doubtfully distinct.

SUBFAMILY.— ANATIN^E.

'~.J ■ , '

Dendrocygna.

Dendrocygna, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 365 (1837).

2580. Dendrocygna viduata.

Anas viduata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 205.

Dendrocygna viduata, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221 : Scl. &
Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 376.

a £ Kordofan, 15 September (J. Petherick) 1848. — b .

2581. Dendrocygna autimmalis.

Anas autumnalis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 205.

Dendrocygna autumnalis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 373.
a Guatemala (J. Const ancia) 1851.

2582. Dendrocygna discolor.

Dendrocygna discolor , Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Neotr.
p. 161; P. Z. S. 1876, p. 375.
a ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

The South -American representative of the preceding species.

2583. Dendrocygna arborea.

Anas arborea , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 207.

Dendrocygna arborea , Gosse, B. Jam. p. 395: Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. S. 1876, p. 375.

a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

ANATIDAL

531

2584. Dendrocygna fulva.

Anas fulva , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 530.

Dendrocygna fulva, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 372.
Dendrocygna major , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 790.
a Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b India (E. Blyth) 1846.

2585. Dendrocygna arcuata.

Anas javanica, Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 199.

Anas arcuata , Horsf. Zool. Res. Java.

Dendrocygna arcuata, Scl. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 300.
Dendrocygna awsuree, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 789 (ex Sykes).
a Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b India (a Dendrocygna
arcuata ,” E. Blyth) 1846. — c India (. E . Blyth) 1846. — d.

2586. Dendrocygna vagans.

Dendrocuqna vaqans, Fraser. Zool. Typ. pi. 68 lex Eyton,
MS.): Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 242.
a Luzon, 14 June (J. Cuming) 1839.

Sarcidiornis.

Sarcidiornis, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 20 (1838).

2587. Sarcidiornis melanonotus.

Oye de la cote de Coromandel, D’Aub. PL Enl. 937, unde
Anas melanonotos, Forst. aut Penn. Zool. Ind. p. 42, pi. 11.
Sarcidiornis melanonotus , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 785: Scl. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 695, pi. 67.

a Madras ( E . Blyth) 1845. — b India (“ Sarcidiornis regiusf
E. Blyth) 1846.

Tadorna.

Tadorna, Fleming, Phil. Zool. ii. p. 260 (1822).

2588. Tadorna cornnta.

Anas tadorna , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 195.

Tadorna vulpanser, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 102 : Scl. P. Z. S.
1864, p. 189 (ex Fleming).

Tadorna cornuta, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 451, pi. 420 (ex S. G.
Gmelin).

a £ Orkney (E. Forbes) 1837.

34—2

532

ANSERES.

2589. Tadorna radjah.

Anas radjah, Less. Yoy. Coq. Zool. p. 602, pi. 49.

Tadorna radjah , Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 8 : Scl. P. Z. S.
1864, p. 190.

a Australia ( Worcester Nat. Hist. Soc.).

2590. Tadorna casarca.

Anas casarca, Linn. Syst. Nat. iii. App. p. 224.

Tadorna casarca, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 461, pi. 421.

Anas rutila, Pall. Nov. Comm. Petrop. xiv. pt. 1, p. 579,
pi. 22, f. 1.

Tadorna rutila, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 102: Scl. P. Z. S.
1864, p. 190.

a W. Siberia ( J. F. Brandt) 1844. — b, — c India (“Casarca
rutila” E. Blyth ) 1846.

2591. Tadorna cana.

Anas cana , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 510.

Tadorna cana, Scl. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 190.
a Cape of Good Hope ( Mrs Van der Kemp) 1843,

Aix.

Aix, Boie, Isis, 1828, p. 329.

2592. Aix sponsa.

Anas sponsa, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 207.

Aix sponsa, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 397.
a Canada ( Barnes ) 1848.

Mareca.

Mareca, Stephens, in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xii. pt. 2, p. 130
(1824).

2593. Mareca penelope.

Anas penelope, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 202.

Mareca penelope, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 102; 1842, p. 168:
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 804 : Dresser, B. Eur. vi p. 541, pis. 432, 433.

a (N. C. Strickland) 1838. —b Bohilkund (TP. /. E. Boys)
1847.

ANATlDiE.

533

2594. Mareca americana.

Anas americana , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 526.

Mareca americana , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 394.
a $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 10 April, 1841 (S. F. Baird) 1847.
— b Canada ( Barnes ) 1848.

Dafila.

Dafila, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 367 (1837).

2595. Dafila acuta.

Anas acuta , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 202.

Querquedula acuta , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 102.

Dafila acuta, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 391: Dresser, B.
Eur. vi. p. 531, pis. 430, 431.

a Rohilkund (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

2596. Dafila exy tlir orhy nch a .

Anas erythrorhyncha, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 517.

Dafila erythrorhyncha , Scl. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 515.
a Cape of Good Hope [Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2597. Dafila spinicauda.

Anas spinicauda , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. v. p. 135.

Dafila spinicauda , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 392.
a Chili [T. G. Eyton ) 1846. — b [Arthur. Strickland) 1850.

2598. Dafila hahamensis.

Anas bahamensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 199.

Dafila bahamensis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 393.
a ( Gardner ) 1846.

A species of wide range in South America,.

Anas.

Anas, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 194 (1766) ( partim ).

2599. Anas boscas.

Anas boschas, Linn. 1. s. c. p. 205 : Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836,
p. 102: Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 380: Dresser, B. Eur. vi.
p. 469, pi. 422.

a £ Oxfordshire, 6 January (N. G. Strickland) 1832. — b £
Orkney (E. Forbes) 1837. — c Canada (Barnes) 1848.

534

ANSERES.

2600. Anas obscura.

Anas obscura, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 541: Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 380.

a g Massachusetts (J. G. Kinberg) 1845.

2601. Anas pcBcilorhynclia.

Anas poecilorhyncha, Forst. aut Penn. Ind. Zool. p. 23, pi. 13,
f. 1: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 799.

a Madras (“ Anas poecilorhyncha,” E. Blyth ) 1845.

2602. Anas capensis.

Anas capensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 527.

Querquedula capensis, Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. pi. 98.
a Muysenberg, Cape of Good Hope, June ( Arthur Strick-
land) 1833. —b (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2603. Anas castanea.

Marea castanea , Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 119, pi. 22.

Anas punctata, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 11.
a Australia (W. Kirtland) 1846. — b.

Marmaronetta.

Marmaronetta, Reichenbach, Syst. Av. p. ix. (1852).

2604. Marmaronetta angustirostris.

Anas angustirostris, Menetr. Cat. Rais. p. 58: Dresser, B.
Eur. vi. p. 479, pi. 423.

Marmaronetta angustirostris, Scl. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 520.
a Tangier ( Favier ) 1848.

Chaulelasmus.

Chaulelasmus, Gray, List. Gen. B. p. 74 (1840).

2605. Chaulelasmus streperus.

Anas strepera, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 200: Dresser, B. Eur. vi.
p. 487, ph 424.

Chaulelasmus streperus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 519.
a g Britain, November (H. E. Strickland) 1836.

ANATIDA3.

535

Rhodonessa.

Rhodonessa, Reichenbach, Syst. Av. p. ix. pi. 85 (1852).

2006. Rhodonessa caryophyllacea.

Anas caryophyllacea , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 866 : Jerd. B. Ind.
ii. p. 800.

Rhodonessa caryophyllacea , Scl. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 520.
a India (“ Anas caryophyllacea” E. Blyth) 1846.

Querquedula.

Querquedula, Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xii. pt. 2, p. 142
(1824).

2607. Querquedula circia.

Anas circia , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 204.

Querquedula circia , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 545 :
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 807: Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 513, pi. 427.

a $ Britain {E. G. Strickland) 1838. — b Deysalpore ( W. J. E.
Boys) 1847.

2608. Querquedula discors.

Anas discors , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 205.

Querquedula discors, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 383.
a, — b Jamaica (J. Gould) 1846. — c Canada {Barnes) 1848.
— d Jamaica (. Arthur Strickland) 1850. — e Guatemala {J. Gon-
stancia) 1851.

2009. Querquedula crecca.

Anas crecca, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 204.

Querquedula crecca, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 102: Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 806 : Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 507, pi. 426.

a, — b Britain (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — c <£, — d f Britain
(E. G. Strickland) 1838. — e Nepal {B. H. Hodgson , 681) 1845.
— -f £ Malwa (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

2610. Querquedula carolinensis.

Anas carolinensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 533.

Querquedida carolinensis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 385.
a Canada {Barnes) 1848.

536

ANSERES.

2611. Querquedula formosa.

Anas formosa, Georgi, Reise, i. p. 168.

Querquedula formosa, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 168: Dresser,
B. Eur. vi. p. 521, pi. 428.

a, —b Siberia (J. F. Brandt) 1846. — c ( Arthur Strickland)
1850.

2612. Querquedula cyanoptera.

Anas cyanoptera , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. v. p. 104.
Querquedula cyanoptera, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 384.
a [Arthur Strickland) 1850.

An American species of wide range.

2613. Querquedula brasiliensis.

Anas brasiliensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 517.

Querquedula brasiliensis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 390.
a ( Gardner ) 1846. — b (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A South-American species.

Spatula.

Spatula, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 564.

2614. Spatula clypeata.

Anas clypeata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 200.

Rhynchaspis clypeata, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 102.

Spatula clypeata, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 396 : Dresser,
B. Eur. vi. p. 497, pi. 425.

a Oxford, 6 January 1832 ( N . G. Strickland) 1838. — b f
■ — c 1 Smyrna, 8 January (H. E. Strickland) 1836. — d Illinois
(T. Dunn) 1851.

2615. Spatula rhynchotis.

Anas rhynchotis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxx.

Spatula rhynchotis, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 12.
a Australia ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2616. Spatula platalea.

Anas platalea, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. v. p. 157.

Spatula platalea, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 396.
a (T. G. Eyton) 1846.

A species of the southern parts of South America.

ANATID.E.

537

Malacorhynchus.

Malacorhynchus, Swainson, Journ. Roy. Inst. ii. p. 18 (1831).

2617. Malacorhynchus membranaceus.

Anas membranacea, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxix.
Malacorhynchus membranaceus, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 13.
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — b (. Arthur Strick-
land) 1850.

SUBFAMILY. — FULIGULLNAE.

Fuligula.

Fuligula, Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xii. pt. 2, p. 187
(1824).

2618. Fuligula rufina.

Anas rufina, Pall. Reise, ii. p. 713.

Branta rufina, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 811.

Fuligula rufina, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 559, pi. 435.
a (Bt at Stevens’s ) 1844. — b India ( <( Fuligula rufina,” E.
Blyth) 1846/

2619. Fuligula afUnis.

Fuligula affinis, Eyton, Mon. Anat. p. 157: Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. S. 1876, p. 399.

a £ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, April, 1841 (S. F. Baird) 1847.

2620. Fuligula collaris.

Anas collaris, Donov. Brit. B. vi. pi. 147.

Fuligula collaris, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 400.

Fuligula rufitorques, Gosse, B. J am. p. 408.
a Canada ( Barnes ) 1848.

2621. Fuligula ferina.

Anas ferina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 203.

Fuligula ferina, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p- 102: Dresser, B.
Eur. vi. p. 551, pi. 434.

a £ Britain (W. Kirtland ) 1832.

538

ANSERES.

2622. Fuligula nyroca.

Anas nyroca , Giild. Nov. Comm. Petr. xiv. pt. 1, p. 403.
Aytliya nyroca , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 813.

Nyroca ferruginea , Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 581, pi. 438 (ex
Gmelin).

a Holland, March (H. E . Strickland) 1844. — b Bohilkund
(W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

2623. Fulignla australis.

Nyroca australis , Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 16.
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — b .

Clangula.

Clangula , Fleming, Phil. Zool. ii. p. 260 (1822).

2624. Clangula glaucion.

Anas glaucion, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 201.

Clangula glaucion, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 595, pi. 440.
Clangula vulgaris , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 102 (ex Fleming).
a £ Britain (II. E. Strickland) 1830.

2625. Clangula islandica.

Anas islandica, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 541.

Clangula islandica, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 603, pi. 441.
Clangula barrovii, Sw. Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, p. 456, pi. 70.
a Iceland (Thomas) 1842.

2626. Clangula albeola.

Anas albeola, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 199.

Bucephala albeola, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 797.

Clangula albeola, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 589, pi. 439.
a — b $ Kodiak, N. W. America (Wosnessensky) 1846.

CoSMONETTA.

Cosmonetta, Kaup, Skizz, Ent. gesch. p. 196 (1829).

2627. Cosmonetta histrionica.

Anas histrionica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 204.

Cosmonetta histrionica, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 609, pi. 422.
a Iceland (Thomas) 1842.

ANATIM.

539

Harelda.

Harelda , Stephens, in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xii. pt. 2, p. 174
(1824).

2628. Harelda glacialis.

Anas glacialis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 203.

Harelda glacialis , Dresser, B. Enr. vi. p. 617, pis. 443, 444.
a Orkney (E. Forbes ) 1837. — b Britain (N. C. Strickland )
1838. — c (N. G. Strickland) 1838. — d Iceland ( Thomas ) 1842.

Heniconetta.

Eniconetta , Gray, List Gen, B. p. 95 (1841).

2629. Heniconetta stelleri.

Anas stelleri , Pall. Spic. Zool. vi. p. 35, pi. 5.

Heniconetta stelleri, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. v. pi. 25.

Somateria stelleri , Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 649, pi. 447.
a (J. G. Kinberg) 1845.

A species of the northern parts of Europe and America.
CAMPTOLiEMUS.

Gamptolcemus, Gray, List Gen. B. iii. p. 622 (1844).

2630. OamptolaBmus labradorus.

Anas labrador a, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 537.

Somateria labradora, Kowley, Orn. Misc. ii. p. 205, pi. 55.
a (. Arthur Strickland ) 1850.

A species of N.E. America, probably extinct.

Somateria.

Somateria, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 564.

2631. Somateria moliissima.

Anas moliissima, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 198.

Somateria moliissima, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. v. pi. 26 : Dresser,
B. Eur. vi. p. 629, pi. 445.

a $ Bergen, Norway, 6 September (A-. C . Strickland) 1831.
— b Britain (N. G.. Strickland) 1838.

540

ANSERES.

2632. Somateria spectabilis.

Anas spectabilis , Linn. Syst, Nat. i. p. 195.

Somateria spectabilis, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. v. pi. 27 : Dresser,
B. Eur. vi. p. 643, pi. 446.

a Iceland (J. G. Kinberg) 1844.

CEdemia.

Oidemia, Fleming, Phil. Zool. ii. p. 260 (1822).

2633. (Edemia nigra.

Anas nigra, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 196.

Oidemia nigra, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. v. pi. 28.

(Edemia nigra, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 663, pi. 449.
a Pennsylvania ( S . F. Baird) 1847. — b Tangier (. Favier )
1848. - — c (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2634. (Edemia fusca.

Anas fusca, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 196.

Oidemia fusca, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. v. pi. 29.

(Edemia fusca, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 657, pi. 448.
a $ juv. Britain, November (. H . E. Strickland) 1836. — b,
— c Britain (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

2835. (Edemia perspicillata.

Anas per spicillata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 201.

Oidemia perspicillata, Gould, B. Gt. Brit. v. pi. 30.

(Edemia perspicillata, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 669, pi. 450.
a Canada {Barnes) 1848.

SUBFAMILY. — EBISMATUKIN M.

Biziura.

Biziura, Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xii. pt. 2, p. 221
(1824).

2636. Biziura lobata.

Anas lobata, Shaw, Nat. Misc. viii. pi. 265.

Biziura lobata, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 18.
a Australia ( Arthur Strickland) 1850. — b ( Bt at Binning -
ham) 1850.

ANATIDvE.

541

Erismatura.

Erismatura , Bonaparte, Sagg. Dist. Met. An. Vert. Agg.
& Corr. p. 143 (1832).

2637. Erismatura leucocephala.

Anas leucocephala , Scop. Ann. I. Hist. N. p. 65: Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H, viii. p. 545.

Erismatura leucocephala, Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 677, pi. 451.
a Africa (J. G. Kinberg ) 1844. — b Tangier ( Favier ) 1848.

2638. Erismatura dominica.

Anas dominica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 201.

Erismatura dominica, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 405.
a (E. Brown ) 1850.

A South- American species.

SUBFAMILY. — MEBGINiE.

Mergus.

Mergus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 207 (1766).

2639. Mergus merganser.

Mergus merganser, Linn. 1. s. c. p. 208 : Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. viii. p. 545: Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 685, pi. 452.
a Canada (Barnes) 1848.

2640. Mergus serrator.

Mergus serrator, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 208: Gould, B. Gt.
Brit. v. pi. 35 : Dresser, B. Eur. vi. p. 693, pi. 453.

a $ Britain (E. G Strickland ) 1838. — b, — c Canada
(Barnes) 1848.

2641. Mergus albellus.

Mergus albellus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 209: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 102: Gould, B. Gt. Brit. v. pi. 37 : Dresser, B. Eur. vi.
p. 699, pis. 454, 455.

a Smyrna, 6 January (H. E. Strickland) 1836. — b $
Smyrna, February (II. E. Strickland) 1836.

ORDER XI.— COLUMBJE.

FAMILY. — COLUMBIDiE.

SUB-FAMILY. — COLUMBINES.

COLUMBA.

Columba , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 279 (1766) ( partim ).

2642. Columba palumbus.

Columba palumbus, Linn. 1. s. c. p. 282 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 100 ; Ann. & Mag. N. H. xix. p. 106 : Dresser, B. Eur.
vii. p. 3, pi. 456.

a (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

A common British and European species.

2643. Columba fasciata.

Columba fasciata , Say in Long’s Exped. ii. p. 10 : Baird,
B. N. Am. p. 597.

a Mexico ( T. Mann) 1844.

2644. Columba leucocepbala,

Columba leucocephala, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 281 : Gosse, B.
Jam. p. 299.

a Jamaica ( J ’. Gould ) 1846.

2645. Columba corensis.

Columba corensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 783.

Columba portoricensis, Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Columb. p. 41,
pi. 15.

a ( Gardner ) 1845.

An Antillean species.

COLUMBIDtE.

543

2846. Columba elphinstoni.

Ptilinopus elphinstonii , Sykes P. Z. S. 1832, p. 149.

Columba elphinstonii , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xix. p. 106.
Palumbus elphinstonei , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 465.
a S. India ( Havell ) 1839.

2647. Columba pimicea.

Alsocomus puniceus , Tick. J. A. S. B. xi. p. 461 ; Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 462.

a India (“ Columba punicea, Tickell,” E . Blyth ) 1846.

2648. Columba arquatrix.

Columba arquatrix, Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Columb. p. 11,
pi. 5 : Bayard. B. S. Afr. p. 257.

a S. Africa (Bt at Stevens's) 1842. — b ( Arthur Strickland)
1850.

2649. Columba guinea.

Columba guinea , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 774: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1850, p. 219 : Strickl. and Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 156.
a £ Kordofan, February (J. Petherick) 1848.

2650. Columba speciosa.

Columba speciosa, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 783 : Knip et Temm.
Pig. i. Columb. p. 39, pi. 14.

a (. Mansfield ) 1839. — b (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A South and Central American species of wide range.

2851. Columba rufina.

Columba rufina , Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Columb. p. 59, pi. 24.
a Cayenne ( Mather ) 1840. — b Cayenne ( Gardner ) 1846.

2652. Columba inornata.

Columba inornata, Yig, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 446.

Columba rufina, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 296 (nec Temm.).
a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

2653. Columba plumbea.

Columba plumbea, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvi. p. 358.
Columba locutrix, Knip et Prev. Pig. ii. p. 80, pi. 44 (ex
Wied.).

a (Bt at Stevenss) 1843. — b (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A common South American species.

544

COLUMBiE.

2654. Columba gymnophthalma.

Golumba gymnophthalma, Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Colurab.
p. 48, pi. 18.

a ( Bt at Liverpool) 1853.

A South Brazilian species.

2655. Columba leuconota.

Golumba leuconota , Yig. P. Z. S. 1830 — 1, p. 23 : Gould,
B. Cent. Him. pi. 59 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 471.
a (T. G. Eyton ) 1850.

A species of the North-western Himalayas.

2656. Columba rupestris.

Golumba oenas var. rupestris, Pall. Zoogr. Bosso-As. i. p. 560,
pi. 35.

Columba rupestris, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 470.
a $ ( Gardner ) 1845.

From Capt. Boys’s Indian collection.

2657. Columba oenas.

Columba oenas, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 279 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 100 : Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 23, pi. 458.

a £ Buckinghamshire, February (H. E. Strickland) 1848.

2658. Columba intermedia.

Golumba intermedia, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 39 :
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 469.

a India (Bt at Stevens's) 1845.

Probably Strickland’s type of this species.

2659. Columba livia.

Columba livia, Bonn. Tabl. Enc. Meth. p. 227.

Golumba livia, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 11, pi. 457.
a Britain (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

Turtur.

Turtur, Selby, Nat. Libr. Orn. v. p. 169 (1835).

2660. Turtur vulgaris.

Golumba turtur , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 284 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 100.

COLUMBIDiE.

545

Turtur vulgaris, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 39, pi. 4G2 (ex
Eyton).

a Smyrna, April ( H . E. Strickland) 1836. — b Britain (W.
Kirtland).

2661. Turtur orientalis.

Columba orientalis, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 606.

Turtur orientalis, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 45, pi. 463.

Turtur rupicolus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 476 (ex Pallas).
a India (Askew) 1839. — h $ Benares (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.

2662. Turtur meena.

Columba meena , Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 149.

Turtur meena , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 476.
a Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b India (“ Turtur meena,
Sykes,” E. Blyth) 1846.

2663. Turtur suratensis.

Columba suratensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 778.

Turtur suratensis , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 168 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 479.

a E. Indies (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

2664. Turtur tigrinus.

Columba tigrina , Temm. Pig. et Gall. i. p. 317.

Turtur tigrinus, Schl. Mus. des Pays-Bas, Columbse, p. 127.
a Malacca (Capt. Nash) 1837. — b (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2665. Turtur cambayensis.

Columba cambay ensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 779.

Turtur cambayensis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 478.
a Madras (“ Turtur cambayensis T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

2666. Turtur senegalensis.

Columba senegalensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 283.

Turtur senegalensis , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 261 : Dresser, B.
Eur. vii. p. 55, pi. 465.

Turtur cambayensis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100.
a Constantinople, March (H. E. Strickland) 1836. — b St
Africa (Mrs Van der Kemp) 1843.
s. c.

35

546

COLUMB.E.

2667. Turtur tranquebarica.

Turtur tranquebarica, Herm. Obs. Zool. p. 200: Wald. Trans.
Z. S. ix. p. 219.

Turtur humilis , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 482 ( nee Temminck).
a Malacca ( Cashmore ) 1839. — b Madras (“ Turtur humilis ,”
T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

2668. Turtur risorius.

Columba risoria, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 285.

Turtur risorius, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 38 ; xiv.
p. 117 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 481.
a £ India ( Major Stacy).

2669. Turtur semitorquatus.

Turtur semitorquatus, Svv. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 208: Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xix. p. 182 : Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 260.

a Veyge Kraal, Cape of Good Hope, July (A. Strickland)
1833. — b S. Africa ( Bt at Stevens s) 1842,

2670. Turtur bitorquatus.

Columba bitorquata , Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Columb. p. 86,
pi. 40.

Turtur bitorquatus , Sclil. Mus. des Pays-Bas, Columb. p. 121.
a Java (Bt at Birmingham) 1849.

2671. Turtur vixiaceus.

Columba vinacea , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 782.

Turtur vinaceus , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 39 ; xix.
p. 182 : Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 157 : Layard, B.
S. Afr. p. 259 : Scbl. Mus. des Pays-Bas, Columbae, p. 123.
a (E. Broivn) 1850.

An African species.

Macropygia.

Macropygia , Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 348 (1837).

2672. Macropygia tenuirostris.

Macropygia tenuirostris, G. R. Gray, List B. Brit. Mus.
Oolumbae, p. 39: Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 218.
a Philippine Islands (J. Could) 1846.

COLUMBID-iE»

547

2673. Macropygia tusalia.

Coccyzura tusalia , Hodgs. J. A. S. B. xii. p. 937.
Macropygia tusalia , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 473.
a Darjeeling (E. Blyth) 1850.

Chamcepelia.

Chamcepelia, Swainson, ZooL Journ. iii. p, 361 (1827).

2674. Cliaxnsepelia passerina.

Columba passerina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 285.

Chamcepelia passerina, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 606.
a N. America [Askew) 1837. — b Guatemala (J. Constancia)
1845.

2675. Chamsepelia griseola,

Columbina griseola, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 58, pi. 75 a, fig. 2.
Chamcepelia griseola, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 78,
a £ [. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A South- American species of wide range.

2676. Cliamsepelia talpacoti.

Columba talpacoti , Knip et Temm, Pig. i, Col.-Gail. p. 22,

pi. 12.

Talpacotia cinnamomea, Bp. Consp. Av, ii. p. 79 [ex Swain-
son).

a Brazil {Askew) 1839.

SCARDAFELLA.

Scardafella, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. ii. p. 85 (1854).

2677. Scardafella squamosa.

Columba squamosa, Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Columb. p. 127,
pi. 59.

Scardafella squamosa, Bp. Consp. Av, ii. p. 85.

a, — b [Arthur Strickland) 1850. — c Trinidad {Argent) 1851.

2678. Scardafella inca.

Chamcepelia inca, Less. Descr. Mamm. et Ois. p. 211.
Scardafella inca, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 85.
a S. Africa [Askew) 1837. * — b Guatemala (J". Constancia )
1848.

A species peculiar to Mexico and Central America.

35—2

548

COLUMBAL

Gymnopelia.

Gymnopelia, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. Av. Am. p. 156 (1873).

2679. Gymnopelia erytlirotliorax.

Golumba erytlirotliorax , Meyen, Nov. Ac. Leop. xvi. Suppl.
p. 98, pi. 26.

Columbula erytlirotliorax, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 80.
a (Askew) 1837.

A species of Western South America.

Zenaida.

Zenaida, Bonaparte, Comp. List, p. 41 (1838).

2680. Zenaida amabilis.

Columba zenaida , Bp. Journ. Ac. Phil. v. p. 30.

Zenaida amabilis, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 307.
a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848.

2681. Zenaida macnlata.

Columba maculata , Vieill. Enc. Meth. i. p. 376.

Zenaida maculata, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 85.
a Chili ( Capt . Brown) 1842. — b (Arthur Strickland) 1850.
— c (E. Brown) 1850.

Zenaidura.

Zenaidura , Bonaparte, Consp. Av. ii. p. 84 (1854).

2682. Zenaidura carolinensis.

Columba carolinensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 286.

Zenaidura carolinensis, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 604.
a N. America (Havell) 1839. — b Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.
— c (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Melopelia.

Melopelia, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. ii. p. 81 (1854).

2683. Melopelia lencoptera.

Columba leucoptera, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 281.

Turtur leucopterus, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 304.

Melopelia leucoptera, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 603.
a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1848. — b Guatemala (J. Con-
stancia) 1851.

COLUMBIDiE.

549

Metriopelia.

Metriopelia, Reiclienbach, Tauben, p. 17 (1853).

2684. Metriopelia melanoptera.

Columba melanoptera , Mol. Saggio sulla St. Nat. Chili, p. 236.
Metropelia melanoptera , Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 75.
a ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of Western South America.

Peristera.

Peristera, Swainson, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 360 (1827).

2685. Peristera cinerea.

Columba cinerea , Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Columb. p. 126,
pi. 58.

Peristera cinerea , Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 75.
a, — b, ■ — c j?, — d j? Brazil (G. Lloyd) 1838. — e Guatemala
(J. Constancia) 1851.

2686. Peristera geoffroyi.

Columba godefrida, Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Columb. p. 125,
pi. 57.

Peristera geoffroyi , Schl. Mus. des Pays-Bas, Columbse, p.

139.

a f(G. Lloyd) 1838.

A Brazilian species.

Haplopelia.

Haplopeleia , Reichenbach, Tauben, p. 76 (1853),

2687. Haplopelia larvata.

Columba larvata , Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Columb. p. 71, pi.

31.

Aplopelia larvata , Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 66.

Peristera larvata , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 263.
a S. Africa [Askew) 1833. — b {Askew) 1839. — c {Wood)
1840.

Chalcopelia.

Chalcopelia, Bonaparte, Consp. Av: ii. p. 67 (1854).

2688. Chalcopelia afra.

Columba afra , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 284.

550

COLUMBA.

Chalcopdia afra, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 67.

Peristera afra , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 157:
Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 262.
a (E. Brown ) 1850.

A South- African species.

2689. Chalcopelia tympanistria.

Columba tympanistria, Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Columb. p.
80, pi. 36.

Peristera tympanistria , Layard, B. S. Afr. p, 262 : Schl. Mus.
des Pays-Bas, Columbse, p. 143.

a Cape of Good Hope (AsJcew) 1839.

Engyptila.

Engyptila , Sundevall, Meth. Av. Tent. p. 156 (1872).

2690. Engyptila ochroptera.

Leptoptila ochroptera , Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 278.
a £ S. America ( Cashmore ) 1839. — b (Arthur Strickland)
1850.

2691. Engyptila rnfaxilla,

Columba rnfaxilla , Richard et Bernard, Act. Soc. Hist. Nat.
Paris, i. p. 118.

a (Arthur Strickland ) 1850.

A Guiana species.

2692. Engyptila jamaicensis,

Columba jamaicensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 283..

Peristera jamaicensis, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 313.
a Jamaica (P. H . Gosse) 1848.

Geotrygon.

Geotrygon, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 316 (1847).

2693. Geotrygon montana.

Columba montana, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 281.

Geotrygon montana, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 320,
a Brazil (Thomas). — b, ~c Jamaica (P. IL Gosse ) 1848.

COLUMBnm

551

2694. Geotrygon violacea.

Golumba violacea , Knip et Temm. Pig. i. Columb. p. 67, pi.
29.

a (E. Brown ) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

2695. Geotrygon cristata,

Golumba cristata, Temm. Pig. et Gall. i. p. 108: Knip et
Temm. Pig. i. Col. -Gall. p. 10, pi. 4.

Geotrygon sylvatica , Gosse, B. Jam. p. 316; 111. pi. 84.
a, — b Jamaica (P. H, Gosse) 1848.

SUBFAMILY. — PHAPIDINiE.

Leucosarcia.

Leucosarcia , Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 63 (1843).

2690. Leucosarcia picata.

Golumba picata, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lix.

Leucosarcia picata, Gould, l. s. c .

Phaps picata, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 337.
a New South Wales (. McDonald ) 1838.

Phaps.

Fhaps, Selby, Nat. Libr. Orn. v. p. 194 (1835).

2697, Phaps chalcoptera.

Golumba chalcoptera, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 604.

Feristera chalcoptera, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 64,

Fhaps chalcoptera, Schl. Mus. des Pays-Bas, Columbae, p.
154.

a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1839. — b Australia (. Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

2698. Phaps elegans.

Golumba elegans, Temm. Pig. et Gall. i. pp. 240, 466.
Feristera elegans, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 65.

Fhaps elegans, Schl. Mus. des Pays-Bas, Columbse, p. 154.
a Australia (Bt at Stevens's) 1847.

552

COLUMBiE.

Geophaps.

Geophaps , Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 19.

2699. Geophaps scripta.

Columba scripta, Temm. Pl. Col. 187.

Geophaps scripta, Gould, B. Austr. v. pl. 67.
a Australia (Mc Donald) 1839.

Chalcophaps.

Chalcophaps, Gould, B. Austr. v. pl. 62 (1842).

2700. Chalcophaps indica.

Columba indica , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 284.

Chalcophaps indicns , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xix. p. 101:
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 484: Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 221.

a Malacca (Capt. Nash) 1837. — b (Bt at Stevens' s) 1843. — c
India [Bt at Stevens s) 1844. — d India (“ Chalcophaps indicus,
Columba javanica Horsf.” A. Blyth ) 1846. — e (. Arthur Strick-
land) 1850.

Phlogcenas.

Phlogoenas, Reichenbach, Tauben, p. 40 (1853).

2701. Phlogoenas luzonica.

Columba luzonica, Scop. Del. FI. et Faun. Ins. ii. p. 94.
Phlogoenas luzonica , Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 221.
a Luzon, Philippine Islands, 14 June (If. Cuming) 1839.

Phabotreron.

Phapitreron, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. ii. p. 28 (1854).
Phabotreron , Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 214.

2702. Phabotreron leucotis.

Columba leucotis , Temm. Pl. Col. 189.

Phabotreron leucotis, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 214.
a Luzon, 14 June (II. Cuming) 1839. — b ( Gardner ) 1847.

COLUMBIDJE.

553

Geopelia.

Geopelia, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 348 (1837).

2703. Geopelia humeralis.

Geopelia humeralis, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 72: Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xix. p. 181.

a Australia (Bt at Stevens's) 1843. — b Australia ( Gardner )
1845.

2704. Geopelia cuneata.

Columba cuneata, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. Ixi.

Geopelia cuneata, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 74.
a (Bt at Edinburgh).

An Australian species.

2705. Geopelia tranquilla.

Geopelia tranquilla, Gould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 56; B. Austr. v.
pi. 73.

a (Bt at Stevens's).

An Australian species.

(Ena.

(Ena, Swainson, B. W. Afr. ii. p. 214 (1837) ex Selby, MS.

2706. CEna capensis.

Columba capensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 286.

jEna capensis, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 258.

a S. Africa (Askew) 1841. — b, — c (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

SUBFAMILY. — CABPOPHAGLNE.
Carpophaga.

Carpophaga, Selby, Nat. Libr. Orn. v. p. 112 (1835).

2707. Carpophaga 8Bnea.

Columba cenea , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 283.

Carpophaga cenea, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 215.
a (Askew) 1833. — b Luzon 14 June (H. Cuming) 1839.

554

COLUMBA.

2708. Carpophaga novse-zealandiee.

Columba novce-seelandice, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 773.
Carpopiiaga novce-zealandice , Buller, Birds N. Zeal. p. 157,
pi. 18.

a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — b Australia (Dew-
gard) 1847.

A New Zealand species.

2709. Carpopiiaga insignis.

Ducula insignis , Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 162.

Carpophaga insignis , J erd. B. Ind. ii. p. 457.
a Darjeeling (“ Carpophaga insignis” E. Blytli) 1850.

Megaloprepia.

Megaloprepia , Reich enbach, Tauben, p. 101 (1853).

2710. Megaloprepia magnillca.

Columba magnifica, Temm. PI. Col. 163.

Carpophaga magnifica, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 58.
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

Leucomel^na.

Leucomelcena, Bonaparte, Compt. Rend, xxxix. p. 1104 (1854).

2711. Leucomelsena norfolciensis.

Columba norfolciensis , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lx.
Leucomelcena norfolciensis, Gould, Handb. B, Austr. ii. p. 112,
Carpophaga leucomela, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 59 [ex Tem-
minck).

a New South Wales (McDonald) 1839. — b Australia [Bt at
Stevens’s) 1843.

Lopholjemus.

Lopholcemus, Gray, in Gould’s B. Austr. v. sub pi. 61 (1841).

2712. Lopholsenms antarcticns,

Columba antarctica, Shaw, Zool. N. Holl. p. 15, pi. 5.
Lopholaimus antarcticus, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 61.
a Australia [Bt at Birmingham) 1843, — b Australia (Bt at
Stevens’s) 1843. —c ( Dewgard ) 1851.

COLUMBIA.

555

SUBFAMILY .— PTILOPIN^E.

Ptilopus.

Ptilonopus, Swainson, Zool. Journ. i. p. 473 (1825).

Ptilopus, Strickland, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 36.

2713. Ptilopus swainsoni.

Ptilinopus swainsoni , Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 18; B. Austr.
v. pi. 55.

Ptilopus regina, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 531 (ex Swainson),
a Australia (J. Gould) 1848.

2714. Ptilopus dupetithouarsi.

Columba Dupetithouarsi, Neboux, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 289.
Ptilopus dupetithouarsi, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 539.
a ( Bt at Liverpool ) 1853.

A species of the Marquesas Islands.

2715. Ptilopus melanoceplialus.

Columba melanocephala, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 781.

Ptilopus melanoceplialus, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 551.
a (Bt at Birmingham) 1849.

A J avan species.

2716. Ptilopus jambu.

Columba jambu, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 784.

Ptilopus jambu, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 554.
a Malacca (A skew) 1839. — b Malacca (Thomas) 1840.

SUBFAMILY. — TRERONESL32.
Sphenocercus.

Sphenocercus, Gray, List Gen. B. p. 57 (1840).

2717. Sphenocercus splieuurus.

Vinago sphenura, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 173: Gould, Cent.
B. Him. pi. 57.

Sphenocercus sphenurus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 453.

Vinago cantillans, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 166.
a India (Havell) 1839. — b Himalaj^a (L. Fraser) 1845. — c
India (“ Treron sphenura” E. Blyth ) 1846.

556

COLUMB/E.

Treron.

Treron , Vieillot, Anal. p. 49 (1816).

2718. Treron calva.

Columba calva , Temm. Pig. et Gall. i. p. 63.

Vinago australis , Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. ii. pi. 81.
a Africa (IF. Kirtland) 1838.

2719. Treron delalandi.

Phalacotreron delalandi , Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 6.

Treron delalandi , Layard, B. S. Air. p. 255.
a Africa ( Dewgard ) 1847.

2720. Treron abyssinica.

Columba abyssinica , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. xl.
Phalacotreron abyssinica , Bp. Consp. Ay. ii. p. 7.
a Africa (IF. Kirtland) 1838.

2721. Treron chlorigaster.

Treron chlorigaster , Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 167.

Crocopus chlorigaster , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 448.

Treron chlorigaster , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 205;
xiv. p. 116.

Treron jerdoni, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 38.
a (Askew) 1833. — b (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2722. Treron capellii.

Columba capellei, Knip et Prev. Pig. ii. p. 69, pi. 38.

Treron capellii , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 105.

Treron magnirostris, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 116.
a Malacca (Askew) 1839. — b Malacca (IF. Kirtland) 1843.

2723. Treron phoenicoptera.

Columba phoenicoptera , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 597.

Crocopus phoenicopterus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 447.

Vinago phoenicoptera , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 38.
Treron phoenicoptera, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 116.
a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson, 104) 1815.

2724. Treron vernans.

Columba vernans, Linn. Mantiss. Plant, p. 526.

Osmotreron vernans, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 210.

COLUMBIDjE.

557

Treron vernans, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 38.
a Luzon, 30 May (H. Cuming ) 1837. — b ( Johnson ) 1837.
— c India ( E . Blyth) 1846. — d (Bt at Stevens's) 1847.

2725. Treron bicincta,

Vinago bicincta, Jerd. Madr. Journ. xii. p. 13; 111. Ind. Orn.
pi. 21; B. Ind. ii. p. 449: Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 38.

a Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b India (“ Treron bicincta ,
fem .” E. Blyth) 1846. — c Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847. — d (Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

2726. Treron axillaris,

Treron axillaris, Bp. Compt. Rend, xxxix. p. 875 (ex Gray).
Osmotreron axillaris, Wald. Trans, Z. S. ix. p. 211.
a (Bt at Birmingham) 1849.

A species of the Philippine Islands.

2727. Treron pompadora.

Columba pompadora, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 775 : Wald. Trans.
Z. S. ix. p. 212.

Treron pompadora, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xix. p. 48.
Osmotreron jlavogularis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 452 (ex Blyth).
a Madras (“ Vinago pompadora T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

2728. Treron malabarica.

Vinago malabarica, Jerd. 111. Ind. Orn. sub pi. 21.
Osmotreron malabarica, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 450.

Vinago affinis, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 212 (ex Jerdon).
a $ (A skew) 1839. — b S. India (Bt at Stevens's) 1843. — c $
Madras (“ Vinago pompadora ” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — d India
(E. Blyth) 1846.

2729. Treron nipalensis.

Toria nipalensis, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. p. 164 : Blyth, J. A. S. B.
xliii. extr. No. p. 143.

Treron nipalensis, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xix. p. 44 :
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 445.

a India (“ Treron aromatica',' E. Blyth ) 1846. — b India (E.
Blyth) 1846. — c Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

558

COLUMBiE.

2730. Treron pnlverulenta.

Treron pnlverulenta, Wall. Ibis, 1863, p. 319: Wald. Trans.
Z. S. ix. p. 212.

Treron aromatica, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xix. p. 44 (nee
Gmelin).

a, — b Malacca ( Gapt . Nash ) 1837.

2731. Treron olax,

Columba olax, Temm. PI. Col. 241: Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix.

p. 212.

a Malacca ( Bt at Stevens's) 1844.

2732. Treron phayrii.

Osmotreron phayrii, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xxxi. p. 344: Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 212: Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 212.
a India (“ Treron pompadora ,” E. Blyth) 1846.

FAMILY.— PTEROCLIDiE.

Pterocles.

P ter ocles, Temminck, Man. d’Orn. p. 299 (1815).

2733. Pterocles variegatns.

Tetrao (. Pterocles ) variegatns , Burch. Trav. S. Afr. ii. p. 345.
Pterocles variegatns , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p.
157: Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 244.

a, - — b Damara-land (0. J . Andersson ) 1852.

2734. Pterocles arenarius.

Tetrao arenaria , Pall. Nov. Comm. Petrop. xix. p. 418.
Pterocles arenarius , Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p, 61, pi. 466:
Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 245.

a, — b £ W. Siberia (/. F. Brandt) 1844.

2735. Pterocles exnstus.

Pterocles exnstus, Temm. PL Col. 354, 360: Jerd. B. Ind. ii.
p. 502: Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 248.

a $ Africa (Askew) 1839. — b, — c, — d Madras (“ Pterocles
exnstus T. G. Jerdon ) 1845. — e (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

PTEROCLIDiE.

559

2736. Pterocles alchata.

Tetrao alchata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 276.

Pterocles alchata, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 67, pi. 467 : Elliot,
P. Z. S. 1878, p. 250.

Pterocles setarius, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 256, 714.
a Spain (. Boissoneau ) 1839. — h (. Arthur Strickland ) 1850.
- — c {E. Brown) 1850.

2737. Pterocles fasciatus.

Tringa fasciata, Scop. Del. FI. et Faun. Ins. ii. p. 92.
Pterocles fasciatus, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 254.
a (. Bt at Stevens s) 1844. — h Madras ( T '. (7. Jerdon ) 1845.
— c S. India (T. G. Jerdon) 1850.

2738. Pterocles bicinctus.

Pterocles bicinctus, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 247, 713:
Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 157 : Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878,
p. 255.

a, — b $ Damara-land (0. J. Andersson) 1852.

2739. Pterocles quadricinctus.

Pterocles quadricinctus, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 252, 713 :
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 220: Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 257.

a {W. Kirtland ) 1843. — b f Kordofan 14 August (J. Pethe -
rick) 1848.

Syrrhaptes.

Syrrhaptes, Illiger, Prodr. p. 243 (1811).

2740. Syrrhaptes paradoxus.

Tetrao paradoxus, Pall. Beise, ii. p. 712, fig. F.

Syrrhaptes paradoxus, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 75, pi. 468 :
Elliot, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 261.

a W. Siberia {J. F. Brandt ) 1844. —b W. Siberia (J. F 1
Brandt) 1845.

ORDER XII. — GALLINiE.

FAMILY.- CRACIDiE.

SUBFAMILY. — PENELOPLSLE.

Penelope.

Penelope, Merrem, Av. Ic. et Descr. ii. p. 39 (1786).

2741. Penelope purpnraseens.

Penelope purpnraseens , Wagl. Isis, 1830, p. 1110: Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. S. 1870, p. 522.
a ( Dewgard ) 1847.

A Central-American species.

2742. Penelope superciliaris.

Penelope superciliaris, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 72, 693:
Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 527.

a (E. Brown) 1850. ~b ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A Brazilian species.

Penelopina.

Penelopina , Reichenbach, Tauben, p. 152 (1853).

2743. Penelopina nigra.

Penelope nigra, Fraser, P. Z. S, 1850, p. 246, pi. 29.
Penelopina nigra, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 528.
a Guatemala (J. Gonstancia ) 1851.

PHASIANID/E.

561

Ortalis.

Ortalis, Merrem, Av. Ic. et Descr. ii. p. 40 (1786).

2744. Ortalis motmot.

Phasianus motmot , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 271.

Ortalida motmot, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 532.
a ( Bt . at Liverpool) 1853.

A skin of Cayenne make.

2745. Ortalis albiventris.

Penelope albiventris , Wagl. Isis, 1830, p. 1111.

Ortalida albiventris, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 535.
a ( Thomas ) 1843.

A species of South-Eastern Brazil.

2746. Ortalis guttata.

Penelope guttata, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 55, pi. 73.

Ortalida guttata, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 536.
a ( Gardner ) 1846.

A common species in the western portion of the Amazon Valley.

FAMILY.— PHASIANIDiE.

SUBFAMILY.— PAVONINE.

Argus.

Argus, Temminck, Pig. et Gall. ii. p. 410 (1813) ; iii. p. 678.

2747. Argus giganteus.

Phasianus argus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 272.

Argus giganteus, Temm. Pig. et Gall. ii. p. 410 ; iii. p. 678:
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 168: Elliot, Mon. Phas. i. pi. 11.
a £ Malacca (Bt at Stevens’s) 1842.

s. c.

36

562

GALLING.

SUBFAMILY.— PHASIANINiE.

Lophophorus.

Lophophorus, Temminck, Pig. et Gall. ii. p. 355 (1813) ; iii.
p. 673: Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 86.

2748. Lophophorus impeyanus.

Phasianus impejanus , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 632.

Lophophorus impeyanus , Elliot, Mon. Phas. i. pi. 18.

a India ( Btat Stevens s) 1844. — b, — c Himalaya Mts. (Bt at
Stevens’s) 1848.

Ceriornis.

Ceriornis, Swainson, Classif. B. ii. p. 841 (1837).

2749. Ceriornis satyrns.

Meleagris satyr a, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 269.

Ceriornis satyra, Elliot, Mon. Phas. i. pi. 22.
a (Bt at Stevens’s) 1843. — b, — c f Nepal (B. H. Hodgson)
1845.

PUCRASIA.

Pucrasia , G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p. 79 (1841).

2750. Pucrasia macrolopha.

Satyra macrolopha, Less. Diet. Sc. Nat. lix. p. 196.

Pucrasia macrolopha, Elliot, Mon. Phas. i. pi. 30.
a, — b India (Bt at Stevens’s) 1844.

Phasianus.

Phasianus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 270 (1766) partim.

2751. Phasianus colchicus.

Phasianus colchicus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 271 : Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100: Elliot, Mon. Phas. ii. pi. 2: Dresser, B.
Eur. vii. p. 85, pi. 469.

a A variety with half the plumage white.

2752. Phasianus sp.?

a (Bt at Stevens’s) 1847.

A young bird without history which cannot at present be satis-
factorily determined.

PHASIANIDiE.

563

Euplocamus.

Euplocomus , Temminck, PL Col. Livr. 86 (1830).

2753. Euplocamus albocristatus.

Phasianus albocristatus, Yig. P. Z. S. 1830-1, p. 9: Gould,
Cent. B. Him. pis. 66, 67.

Euplocamus albocristatus , Elliot, Mon. Phas. ii. pi. 18.
a India {Bt at Stevens s) 1844. — b Himalaya Mts. (Bt at
Stevens s) 1848.

2754. Euplocamus erytliroplitlialmus.

Phasianus erythrophthalmus, BafH. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 321.
Euplocamus erythrophthalmus, Elliot, Mon. Phas. ii. pi. 28.
a {Bt at Stevens’s) 1842.

The skin of a female of Malacca make.

Ithaginis.

Ithaginis, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1228.

2755. Ithaginis cruentus.

Phasianus cruentus, Hardw. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 237.
Ithaginis cruentus , Elliot, Mon. Phas. ii. pi. 30.
a, — b Nepal (B. H. Hodgson , 84) 1845.

Gallus.

G alius, Brisson, Ornith. i. p. 165 (1760).

2756. Gallus ferrugineus.

Tetrao ferrugineus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 761.

Gallus ferrugineus, Elliot, Mon. Phas. ii. pi. 32.

Gallus bankiva, Temm. et Auctt. plurr.
a £, — b £ Sumatra {Bt at Stevens’s) 1842. — c Nepal {B. II.
Hodgson, 74) 1845. — c India {E. Blyth) 1846. — d, — e Hima-
laya Mts. {Bt at Stevens’s ) 1848. — -f — g, — li, • — i.

2757. Gallus sonnerati.

Gallus sonnerati, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 659: Elliot, Mon.
Phas. ii. pi. 34.

a Madras {T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b, — c India {E. Blyth)
1846. — d.

36—2

564

GALLINJE.

SUBFAMILY.— MELEAGRLNUE.

Meleagris.

Meleagris , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 268 (1766) partim.

2758. Meleagris gallopavo.

Meleagris gallopavo, Linn. 1. s. c. : Elliot, Mon. Phas. i. pi. 27.
a Bred at Apperly Court.

SUBFAMILY. — NUMIDLNLE.

Numida.

Numida , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 273 (1766).

2759. Numida meleagris.

Numida meleagris, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 273: Elliot, Mon.
Phas. ii. pi. 39.

a Jamaica (J. Gould) 1846.

A West- African species introduced into Jamaica where it is now
common.

2760. Numida coronata.

Numida coronata, Gray, List B. Brit. Mus. Part iii. p. 29
(descr. nulla): Elliot, Mon. Phas. ii. pi. 41.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A South- African species.

2761. Numida ptilorhyncha.

Numida ptilorhyncha , Rupp. Syst. Ueb. p. 105, pi. 39:
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219: Elliot, Mon. Phas. ii. pi. 42.

a ( Bt at Stevens's) 1844. — b $ Kordofan, 20th June (J.
Petherick) 1848.

SUBFAMILY.— PERDICINiE.

Galloperdix.

Galloperdix, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xiii. p. 936 (1844).

2762. Galloperdix spadaceus.

Tetrao spadaceus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 759.

Galloperdix spadaceus , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 541.

PHASIANIDAL

565

a ( Mather ) 1840. — b £ Madras (“ Francolinus spadaceus”
T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — c India (“ Galloper dix spadaceus ,” E.
Blyth ) 1846. — d f (“Francolinus spadaceus” T. G. Jerdon )
1850. — e.

2763. Galloperdix lunulata,

Perdix lunulata , Yalenc. Diet. Sc. Nat. xxxviii. p. 446.
Galloperdix lunulosus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 543.

Perdix hardwickii , J. E. Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. i. pi. 52.
a £, — b f Madras (“ Francolinus hardwickii” T. G. Jerdon)
1845. — c India (“ Galloperdix bicalcar atus (?), Perdix lunu-
losus, Valenciennes, Perdix hardwickii , Gray,” E. Blyth) 1846.

— d.

Francolinus.

Francolinus , Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xi. p. 316 (1819).

2764. Francolinus swainsoni.

Francolinus swainsoni , Steph. p. 329 : Smith, Zool. S. Afr.
Birds, pi. 12: Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 157.

Pternises swainsoni , Gurney in And. B. Damara-1. p. 244.
a Damara-land ( G . T. Andersson) 1852,

2765. Francolinus bicalcaratus.

Tetrao bicalcaratus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 277.

Francolinus bicalcaratus, Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 201.
a (A. D. Bartlett) 1845.

A West- African species.

2766. Francolinus levaillanti.

Perdix levaillanti , Valenc. Diet. Sc. Nat. xxxviii. p. 441:
Temm. PI. Col. 477 : Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 270.
a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A South-African species.

2767. Francolinus gariepensis.

Francolinus gariepensis , Smith, Zool. S. Afr. Birds, pis. 83,
84: Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 157.

Scleroptera gariepensis, Gurney in And. B. Damara-1, p. 245.
a Damara-land (G. J. Andersson) 1852,

566

GALLING.

2768. Francolinus africanus.

Francolinus africanus , Steph. in Shaw’s Zool. xi. p. 323.
Francolinus afer, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 270 ( nec Muller).
a £, • — b £ Yeyge Kraal, Cape of Good Hope, June {A.
Strickland) 1833. — c (. Arthur Strickland ) 1850.

2769. Francolinus albigularis.

Francolinus albogularis, Gray, List B. Brit. Mus. pt. iii. p. 35
(1844), ( descr . nulla) : Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 201.
a {Osman) 1848.

A West- African species.

2770. Francolinus clappertoni.

Perdix clappertoni , Child, in Denh. and Clapp. Narr. Journ.
Centr. Afr. App. p. 198.

Francolinus clappertoni, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 219.
a $ Kordofan, 5 July, 1848 (J. Petherick) 1848.

2771. Francolinus capensis.

Tetrao capensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 759.

Francolinus clamator, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 268 {ex Temm.).
a S. Africa {Arthur Strickland) 1850. — b S. Africa.

2772. Francolinus vulgaris.

Tetrao francolinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 275.

Francolinus vulgaris, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100: Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 558 {ex Stephens): Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 123, pi.
473.

a {Bt at Stevens’s ) 1844. — b India (“ Francolinus vulgaris ,”
E. Blyth) 1846. — c Afghanistan {T. C. Eyton) 1846.

2773. Francolinus pictus.

Perdix pictus, Jard. & Selby, 111. Orn. i. pi. 50.

Francolinus pictus , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 561.
a Madras {“ Perdix pictus” T. G. Jerdon ) 1845.

Ortygornis.

Ortygornis, Reichenbach, Handb. Spec. Orn. p. 28 (1851).

2774. Ortygornis ponticeriana.

Tetrao ponticerianus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 760.

PHASXANIDiE.

567

Ortygornis ponticeriana, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 569.
a ( Bt at Stevens's) 1844=

An Indian species.

Rhizothera.

Rhizothera , G. R. Gray, List Gen. B. p, 79 (1841).

2775. Rhizothera longirostris.

Perdix longirostris , Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 323, 721.
Francolinus longirostris , J. E. Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. ii. pi. 45, f. 2.
a Malacca ( Dewgard ) 1851.

Perdix.

Perdix, Brisson, Orn. i. p. 219 (1760),

2776. Perdix cinereae

Tetrao perdix, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 276.

Perdix cinerea, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 131, pi. 474, 475 (ex
Latham).

a f Worcestershire, September (H. E . Strickland) 1842. — h
Britain (IP. Kirtland) 1843.

Arboricola.

Arborophila, Hodgson, Madr. Journ. v. p. 303 (1837) :
Strickl, Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 37.

Arboricola, Hodgson, Zool. Misc. p. 85 (1844).

2777. Arboricola torqneola.

Perdix torqueola, Yalenc. Diet. Sc. Nat. xxxviii, p, 435.
Arboricola torqueola, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 577.

Perdix olivacea, J. E. Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. ii. pi. 57.

Perdix megapodia, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 374
(ex Temm.).

a Nepal (. B , H. Hodgson, 111) 1845. — b Himalaya Mts. (Bt
at Stevens’s) 1848.

2778. Arboricola rnfogularis.

Arboricola rufogularis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xviii. p. 819 : Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 578.

a Darjeeling (E. Blyth) 1850.

In a note on the label of this specimen Blyth says “ Arboricola

568

GALLINiE.

rufogularis, N.B. not the female of A. torqueola though so much
resembling it, but a young male of a species inhabiting a greater
altitude and which has commonly a broadish black margin to the
rufous throat.”

2779. Arboricola atrogularis.

Arboricola atrogularis, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xviii. p. 819 ;
xxiv. p. 276.

a — b $ India (‘‘Arboricola atrogularis ,” E. Blyth) 1851.

— c.

Common in the mountains of Assam and Sylhet according to
Blyth.

2780. Arboricola intermedia.

Arboricola intermedia , Blyth, J. A. S. B.'xxiv. p. 277; xliii.
extra No. p. 150.

a Arakan (E. Blyth) 1847.

Blyth’ s original label to this specimen is lost.

COTURNIX.

Coturnix, Bonnaterre, Tabl. Enc. Meth. p. lxxxvii. (1790).

2781. Coturnix communis.

Tetrao coturnix , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 278.

Coturnix communis, Bonn. Tabl. Enc. Meth. p. ccxvii.: Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167 : Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 143, pi. 476.

Coturnix dactylisonans , Meyer, Yog. Liv.-Esthl. p. 167 :
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100; 1850, p. 220; Strickl. & Scl.
Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 157.

a Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1833. — b (Askew)
1841. — c Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — d, — e Nepal (B. H.
Hodgson, 130, 131). —f$, — g $ Benares (W. J. E. Boys) 1847.
— li $ Kartoom, October (J. Petherick) 1848. — i Damara-land
( C . J. Anders son) 1852.

2782. Coturnix coromandelica.

Tetrao coromandelicus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 764.

Coturnix coromandelica, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 39 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 588.

PHASIANIDiE.

569

Perdix textilis, Temm. PI. Col. 35.

a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson, 119) 1845. — bf Madras (“Coturnix
textilis ,” T. G. Jerdon ) 1845. — c $ India (“ Coturnix coro-
mandelianus ,” E. Blyth) 1846. — d S. India (“ Coturnix textilis, ”
T. C. Jerdon) 1850.

2783. Coturnix pectoralis.

Coturnix 'pectoralis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 8 ; B. Austr. v.

pL 88.

a, — h New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — c (Bt at
Stevens's) 1842.

2784. Coturnix australis.

Perdix australis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. Ixii.

Synoicus australis, Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 89.
a N. S. Wales ( McDonald ) 1838.

2785. Coturnix erythrorhyncha.

Coturnix erythrorhyncha, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 153 : Trans.

Z. S. ii. p. 16, pi. 1.

Perdicula erythrorhyncha, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 584: Blyth,
Ibis 1867, p. 160.

a Madras (“ Coturnix erythrorhyncha ,” T. C. Jerdon) 1845.
Excalfactoria.

Excalfactoria, Bonaparte, Compt. Rend. xlii. p. 881 (1856).

2788. Excalfactoria chinensis.

Tetrao chinensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 277.

Coturnix chinensis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167.
Excalfactoria chinensis, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 224.
a Philippine Islands (H. Cuming) 1839. — b Malacca ( Mather )
1840. — c, — d (. Arthur Strickland) 1850. — e ( Dewgard ) 1851.

Perdicula.

Perdicula, Hodgson, Bengal Sporting Rev. ix. p. 344 (1837).
2787. Perdicula cambayensis.

Perdix cambaiensis, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 655.

Perdicula cambayensis, Blyth, Ibis, 1867, p. 160.

570

GALLING.

Coturnix argoondah, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 153; Trans.
Z. S. ii. p. 17, pi. 2.

Perdicula argoondah , Blyth, Cat. B. Mus. As. Soc. p. 254.
Perdicula asiatica, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 583.
a Malacca ( Mansfield ) 1839. — b, — c (“ Coturnix argoondah’’
T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — d S. India ( T . C. Jerdon) 1850.

Blyth and Jerdon held opposite views as to the application of
Latham’s names to this and the following species. I have here
followed Blyth, but both names might well be rejected in favour of
Sykes’s well-defined titles.

2788. Perdicula asiatica.

Perdix asiatica , Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 649.

Perdicula asiatica , Blyth, Cat. B. Mus. As. Soc. p. 254.
Coturnix pentah, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 153; Trans. Z. S.
ii. p. 19, pi. 3.

Perdicula, cambayensis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 581.
a , — b Madras (“ Coturnix pentah T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — c
S. India (T. C. Jerdon ) 1850.

Kollulus.

Rollulus , Bonnaterre, Tabl. Enc. Meth. p. xciii. (1790).

2789. Bollulus roulroul.

Phasianus roulroul , Scop. Del. Faun, et FI. Ins. ii. p. 93.
Cryptonyx coronatus, Temm. PI. Col. 350, 351.

Rollulus cristatus , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167 (ex Gmel.)
a, — b Malacca ( Capt . Nash) 1837. — c Malacca (Mather)
1840.

2790. Bollulus niger.

Cryptonyx niger , Vig. Zool. Journ. iv. p. 349.

Rollulus niger, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1846, p. 105.
a Malacca (Capt. Nash) 1837. — b (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Caccabis.

Caccabis, Kaup, Naturl. Syst. p. 183 (1829).

2791. Caccabis saxatilis.

Perdix saxatilis , Meyer, Tasch. deutsch. Vog. i. p. 305 :
Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 100.

PHASIANIDiE.

571

Caccabis saxatilis, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 93, pi. 470.
a f Smyrna, 18 January ( H . E. Strickland) 1836.

2792. Caccabis chukar.

Perdix chukar , J. E. Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. i. pi. 54.

Caccabis chukor , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 564 : Dresser, B. Eur.
vii. p. 97.

a (Bt at Stevens’s) 1843. — b ( Gardner ) 1846.

Apparently of tliis species which is, however, hardly to be
separated from C. saxatilis.

2793. Caccabis rufa.

Tetrao rufus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 276.

Caccabis rufa, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 103, pi. 471, f. 1.
a.

A common European species.

2794. Caccabis petrosa.

Tetrao petrosus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 758.

Caccabis petrosa, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. Ill, pi. 471, f. 2.
a Spain ( Boissoneau ) 1839.

Lerwa.

Lerwa, Hodgson, Madras Journ. v. p. 300 (1837).

2795. Lerwa nivicola.

Perdix lerwa, Hodgs. P. Z. S. 1833, p. 107.

Lerwa nivicola, Hodgs. Madras Journ. v. p. 300 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 555.

a Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson) 1845. — b, — c Himalaya Mts (Bt.
at Stevens’s) 1848.

Tetraogallus.

Tetraogallus, J. E. Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. ii. sub pi. 46 (1833 —
34).

2796. Tetraogallus himalayensis.

Tetraogallus himalayensis, G. R. Gray, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 105 :
Gould, B. Asia: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 549.

Lophophorus nigelli , J. E. Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. ii. pi. 46 ( nec
Jard. & Selb.).

a N. India (Lew gar d) 1848.

572

GALLING.

2797. Tetraogallus altaicus.

Perdix altaica, Gebler, Bull. Ac. Petersb. i. p. 31 (1836).
Tetraogallus altaicus , Gould, B. Asia, Part V.
a Altai Mountains (“ Perdix ( Megaloperdix ) altaica , Gebler,”
J. F. Brandt) Siberia (1841).

Apparently a typical specimen of this species and that figured by
Gould in the Fifth part of “ The Birds of Asia.”

SUBFAMILY. ODONTOPHOEIN^E.
Dendrortyx.

Bendrortyx, Gould, Mon. Odont. pi. 20 (1845).

2798. Bendrortyx macrurus.

Ortyx macrurus , Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. pi. 49.

Bendrortyx macrurus , Gould, Mon. Odont. pi. 20.
a Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.

Ortyx.

Ortyx , Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xi. p. 376 (1819).

2799. Ortyx virginianus.

Tetrao virginianus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 277.

Ortyx virginianus , Gould, Mon. Odont. pi. 1.
a £ . — 5 ^ N. America ( Thomas ) 1842. — c Illinois (T. Bunn)

1851.

2800. Ortyx pectoralis.

Ortyx pectoralis , Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 182 ; Mon. Odont.
pi. 5.

a (E. Brown) 1850.

A Mexican species.

2801. Ortyx sp. me.

a ( Carfrae ) 1850.

A young bird, perhaps of O. pai'vicristatus, Gould.

PHASIANIDJS.

573

Lophortyx.

Lophortyx, Bonaparte, Comp. List. p. 42 (1838).

2802. Lophortyx californica.

Tetrao californicus , Shaw, Nat. Misc. ix. pi. 345.

Callipepla californica , Gould, Mon. Odont. pi. 16.
a ( Bt at Edinburgh ) 1852.

A Californian species.

Cyrtonyx.

Cyrtonyx , Gould, Mon. Odont. sub pi. 7 (1845).

2803. Cyrtonyx ocellatus.

Ortyx ocellatus , Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 75.

Cyrtonyx ocellatus, Gould, Mon. Odont. pi. 8.
a Guatemala ( J ’. Constancia) 1851.

In a note on the label of this specimen Strickland remarks : —
“Markings of face incorrectly described and figured by Gould.”
This is quite correct and the inaccuracy has misled Mr Lawrence
into describing the same bird as C. sumichrasti. The only specimen
that came under Gould’s observation at the time he wrote his
Monograph, which can be now traced, is that in the Paris Museum
and this is undoubtedly the same as Mr Lawrence’s bird.

Odontophorus.

Odontophorus, Yieillot, Anal. p. 51 (1816).

2804. Odontophorus guianensis.

Tetrao guianensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 767.

Odontophorus guianensis, Gould, Mon. Odont. pi. 23.
a S. America ( Cashmore ) 1839.

2805. Odontophorus dentatus.

Perdix dentata, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 418, 734.
Odontophorus dentatus, Gould, Mon. Odont. pi. 26.

Ortyx capistrata, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. i. pi. 38.
a [Mather) 1840.

A Brazilian species.

574

GALLINiE.

SUBFAMILY.— TETRAONIN^E.

Tetrao.

Tetrao, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 273 (1766) partim.

2806. Tetrao urogallus.

Tetrao urogallus , Linn. 1. s . c.; Dresser, B, Eur. vii. p. 223,
pi. 490.

a £ juv., — b £ Russia (J. F. Brandt) 1841. — c.

— — Tetrao.

a Govt, of St Petersburg (J. F. Brandt) 1841.

A hybrid between T. urogallus and T. tetrix. See Dresser, B.
Eur. vii. pi. 489.

2807. Tetrao tetrix.

Tetrao tetrix, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 274: Dresser, B. Eur. vii.
p. 205, pi. 487.

a £, — b $ Russia (J. F. Brandt) 1841. — c — d.
Pedicecetes.

Fediocaetes, Baird, Birds N. Am. p. 625 (1858).

2808. Pedicecetes phasianellus.

,8. Tetrao phasianellus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 273.
Pedieccetes phasianellus, Elliot, Mon. Tetr. pi. 15.
a $ Illinois (J. G. Kinberg) 1845.

Bonasa.

Bonasa, Stephens, in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xi. p. 298 (1819).

2809. Bonasa umbellus.

Tetrao umbellus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 275.

Bonasa umbellus, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 630: Elliot, Mon. Tetr.
pi. i.

a Massachusetts (J. G. Kinberg) 1845.

2810. Bonasa betnlina.

Tetrao bonasia, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 275.

Tetrao betxdinus, Scop. Ann. i. Hist. Nat. p. 119.

PHASIANIM.

575

Bonasa betulina, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 544:
Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 193, pi. 486.

a Switzerland ( L . Coulon) 1836. — b f Christiania market,
28 September 1831 (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Lagopus.

Lagopus, Brisson, Orn. i, p. 181 (1760).

2811. Lagopus sections.

Tetrao scoticus, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 641.

Lagopus scoticus , Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 165, pi. 479.
a £ Scotland, September (H. E. Strickland) 1840. — b.

2812. Lagopus albus.

Tetrao lagopus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 274.

Tetrao albus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 750.

Lagopus albus , Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 183, pis. 483, 484.
a £ Britain ( Tucker ) 1836. — b $ Norway, March (II. E,
Strickland ) 1839 — c near Jerken, 18 August 1831 (Arthur
Strickland) 1850. — d near Kongwold, 6 May 1831 (Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

2813. Lagopus mutus.

Lagopus mutus , Leach, Cat. Mamm. & B. Brit. Mus. p. 27 :
Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 157, pis. 477, 478, 484.

a Boss-shire (Hugh Frazer ) 1837. — b Britain (N. C. Strick-
land) 1838. — c £ Scotland, September (II. E. Strickland) 1840.
— d Ross-shire, 29 September (W. H. Hyett) 1844.

2814. Lagopus rupestris.

Lagopus rupestris , Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 175, pi. 481 (ex
Gmelin).

Tetrao islandorum, Faber, Prodr. Isl. Orn. p. 6.
a Iceland (J. G. Kinberg) 1843.

2815. Lagopus canadensis.

Tetrao canadensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 274.

Canace canadensis, Elliot, Mon. Tetr. pi. 9.
a, — b (Bt at Edinburgh) 1852.

576

GALLINiE.

FAMILY. — TURNICIDiE.

Turnix.

Turnix, Bonnaterre, Tabl. Enc. Meth. p. lxxxii (1790).

2816. Turnix sylvatica.

Tetrao syhaticus, Desf. Hist. Ac. Roy. des Sc. 1787, p. 500,
pi. 13.

Turnix sylvatica , Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 249, pi. 494.
a (Askew) 1840. — b (Bt at Stevens's) 1847.

A species of South-west Europe and North Africa.

2817. Turnix lepurana.

Hemipodius lepurana , Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. pi. 16.

Turnix lepurana, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 158:
Gurney, in And. B. Damara-1. p. 249.

a (Arthur Strickland) 1850. — b Damara-land (G. J. Anders-
son) 1852.

2818. Turnix sykesi.

Hemipodius sykesi, Smith, 111. S. Afr. Zool. sub tab. 16.
Turnix sykesi, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 600.

Turnix dussumieri, Blyth, Ibis, 1867, p. 161 (ex Temminck).
a (Bt at Stevens's) 1844. — b, — c Madras ((<Ortygis Sykesii ,
Smith,” T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — d India (“ Turnix variabilis,
Hodgs. dussumieri, apud Sykes” E. Blyth) 1846.

To avoid the confusion involved in applying Temminck’s name to
this species as advocated by Blyth I follow J erdon in adopting Sir A.
Smith’s title for it.

2819. Turnix joudera.

Turnix joudera, Hodgs. Beng. Sport. Mag. 1838, pi. 1. f. 1:
Gray & Mitch. Gen. B. iii. pi. 131.

Turnix tanki, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xii. p. 180*: Ibis, 1867,

p. 161.

Turnix dussumieri, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 599 (nec Temm.).
a India ( Cashmore ) 1839. — b S. India (“ Ortygis tanki, apud
Blyth,” T. G. Jerdohi) 1844. — c £ Benares (W. J. E. Boys ) 1847.

If Blyth is right in saying that Temminck’s name is not appli-

TURNICIDiE.

577

cable to this bird. Mr Hodgson’s comes next in order of date rather
than T. tanki of Blyth.

2820. Turnix pugnax.

Hemipodius pugnax, Temm. Pig..et Gal. iii. pp. 612, 754.
Turnix pugnax, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167; 1846, p. 105:
Blyth, Ibis, 1867, p. 161.

Turnix taigoor, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 595 (ex Sykes).
a Malacca ( Capt . Nash) 1837. — b Malacca, 1840. — c Madras
('“ Ortygis pugnax ? taigoor?” T. G. Jerdon ) 1845. — d j? India
('“ Turnix bengalensis, fem.” E. Blyth ) 1846. — e, — -f, — g (Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

2821. Turnix varia.

Perdix varia, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxii.

Hemipodius varius , Gould, B. Austr. v. pi. 82.
a Australia (Bt at Birmingham) 1843. — b , — c Australia
(Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Ortyxelos.

Ortyxelos , Yieillot, Gal. Ois. ii. p. 91, pi. 300 (1825).

2822. Ortyxelos meilfreni.

Turnix meiffreni , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxv. p. 49.
Ortyxelos meiffreni, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 220.
a Kordofan, 12 June 1848 (J. Petherick) 1848.

A fragment without the head.

S. C.

37

ORDER XIIL— GERAN OMORPELE.

SUBORDER.— FULICARLE.

FAMILY. — RALLIDiE,

SUBFAMILY. —R ALLIN 'M.

Hypotcenidia.

Hypotcenidia , Reichenbach, Handb. Spec. Orn. p. 23 (1851).

2823. Hypotsenidia philippensis.

Radius philippensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 263.

Rallus philippensis, Buller, B. N. Zeal. p. 176, pi. 21.

Rallus pectoralis, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 76 {ex Cuvier),
a New South Wales {Mc Donald) 1838. — -b Australia {Rev.
J. Penrose) 1848. — c Australia [Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2824. Hypotsenidia striata.

Rallus striatus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 262 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1846, p. 105 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 726.

Hypotcenidia striata, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 232.
a Luzon [H. Cuming) 1839. ■ — h Philippine Islands
{H. Cuming) 1839. — c Malacca {Askew) 1841. ■ — d Madras
{T. C. Jerdon) 1845. —e, —f, ■ — g, India (. E . Blyth) 1846.

Rallina.

Rallina , Reichenbach, Handb. Spec. Orn. p. 23 (1851).

2825. Rallina fasciata.

Rallus fasciatus, Raffl. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 328.

Rallina fasciata , Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 231.

RALLIDiE.

579

Gallinula euryzona, Temm. PI. Col. 417.
a Malacca ( Capt . Nash) 1837. — b Luzon {H. Cuming) 1839.
— c Malacca ? ( Thomas) 1840.

Rallus.

Rallies , Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 201 (1766).

2826. Rallus aquaticus.

Rallus aquaticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 262: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 101 : Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 257, pi. 495.

a $ Worcestershire, February (. H . E. Strickland) 1835. — b
£ Smyrna, 14 November (H. E. Strickland) 1835.

2827. Rallus lewini.

Rallus lewini , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 336 : Gould, B. Austr.
vi. pi. 77.

Rallus brachypus, Sw. L s. c.
a {Argent) 1852.

An Australian species.

2828. Rallus caerulescens.

Rallus caerulescens, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 716 : Layard, B. S.
Afr. p. 337.

a {Askew) 1834. — b {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A South- African species.

2829. Rallus virginianus.

Rallus virginianus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 263 : Baird, B. N.
Am. p. 748 : Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 445.

a $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 14 July 1843 {S. F. Baird) 1847.

2830. Rallus crepitans.

Rallus crepitans, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 713 : Baird, B. N. Am.

p. 747.

Rallus longirostris , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 444
{partim).

a {Askew) 1834. — b {Mansfield) 1849.

A North- American species.

37—2

580

GERANOMORPH,E.

2831. Kalins macnlatns.

Rdle tachte de Cayenne , D’Aub. PL Enl. 775, undl,

Rallus maculatus, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 48 : Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. S. 1868, p. 444.

a (Bt. at Stevens’s ) 1843.

A South- American species.

2832. Kalins nigricans.

Rallus nigricans , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxviii. p. 560 :
Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 446.

Gallinula ccesia, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 73, pi. 95.
a Brazil {Askew) 1834.

2833. Kalins gnlaris.

Rallus gidaris, Less. Traitd d’Orn. p. 536 : Guerin, Icon.
Regn. An. p. 32, pi. 58, f. 1 {ex Cuvier) : Scbl. & Pollen, Rech.
sur la Faune Madag. ii. p. 134 (nec Horsfield).
a (Askew) 1841.

A species of Madagascar.

Amaurormis.

Amaurormis , Reichenbach, Handb. Spec. Orn. p. 21 (1851).

2834. Amanrormis olivacea.

Gallinula olivacea , Meyen, Nov. Act. Ac. Leop. xvi. Suppl.
p. 233, pi. 30.

Amaurormis olivacea, Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 231.
a ( Gardner ) 1846, — b ( Gardner ) 1847.

A species found in the Philippine Islands.

Aramides.

Aramides, Pucheron, Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 277.

2835. Aramides cayennensis.

Poule d’eau, de Cayenne, D’Aub. Pl. Enl. 352, undl,

Fulica cayennensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 700.

Aramides cayennensis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 447.
a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of the northern parts of South America.

RALLIDiE.

581

2838. Aramides saracura.

Gallinula saracura , Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 75, pi. 98.
Aramides saracura , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 449.
a ( Thomas ) 1842.

A Brazilian species.

CREX.

Grex, Bechstein, Gem. Naturg. Deutschl. ii. p. 461 (1805).

2837. Crex pratensis.

Rallus crex, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 261.

Crex pratensis, Bechst. l.s.c. : Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101;
1850, p. 221 : Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 291, pi. 499.

a Worcestershire, August ( T. Robinson ) 1839. — b £ Kartoum
(J. Petherick) 1848.

PoRZANA.

Porzana, Vieillot, Anal. p. 61 (1816).

2838. Porzana maruetta.

Rallus porzana, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 262.

Grex porzana, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101.

Porzana maruetta , Leach, Syst. Cat. B. & M. Brit. Mus. p.
34 : Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 267, pi. 496.

a £, — b$ Lincolnshire, 30 August (H. E. Strickland) 1828.
— c (. Mansfield ) 1833. — d Smyrna, 14 November (H. E. Strick-
land) 1835. — e India (“ Porzana maruetta, ” E. Blytli) 1846.
— -f S. India (“ Rallus porzana,” T. G. Jerdon) 1850.

2839. Porzana fluminea.

Porzana fluminea, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 139 ; B. Austr.
vi. pi. 79.

a ( Dewgard ) 1851.

An Australian species.

2840. Porzana palnstris.

Porzana palustris, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 139 : B. Austr.
vi. pi. 80.

a New South Wales (McDonald) 1838.

582

GERANOMORPM.

2841. Porzana bailloni.

Rallus bailloni, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxviii., p. 548 :
Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 275, pi. 497.

Porzana pygmcea, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 723 (ex Naumann).
a Madras (T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — b, — c India (“ Porzana
bailloni ” E. Blyth) 1846. — d S. India (“ Rallus bailloni” T. C.
Jerdon ) 1850.

2842. Porzana parva.

Rallus parvus, Scop. Ann. i. Hist. Nat. p. 108.

Porzana parva, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 283, pi. 498.
a Lombardy (Bt at Parma) 1836.

2843. Porzana Carolina.

Rallus carolinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 363.

Porzana Carolina, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 450.
a N. America (Koch) 1842. — b Guatemala (J. Gonstancia)
1848.

2844. Porzana albicollis.

Rallus albicollis, VieilL N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxviii. p. 561.
Porzana albicollis , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 451.
a Brazil (AsJcew) 1834.

2845. Porzana cayennensis.

Rale, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 368, unde,

Rallus cayennensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 718.

Porzana cayennensis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 451.

Grex aurita, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 13.
a South America (Askew) 1839.

2846. Porzana melanophsea.

Rallus melanophaius, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxviii.
p. 549.

Porzana melanophcea , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 453.
a Brazil (Mansfield) 1833.

2847. Porzana ruficollis.

Rallus cinereus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxviii. p. 556,
(nec Porphyrio cinereus, Vieill.).

Porzana cinerea , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 456.

B;ALLIDiE.

583

Gallinula ruficollis , Sw. An. in Menag. p. 349.

Rallus exilis, Temm. PL Col. 523.
a (E. Brown) 1850.

A skin of Cayenne make.

2848. Porzana tabuensis.

Rallus tabuensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 717.

Porzana ? tabuensis , Gould, Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 341.
Porzana ? immaculata, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 82.
a Australia (Askew) 1834.

2849. Porzana cinerea.

Porphyrio cinereus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxviii. p. 29.
Ortygometra cinerea , Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 230.

Rallus quadristrigatus, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. 196.
a Philippine Islands, 13 May (H. Cuming ) 1840.

2850. Porzana fnsca.

Rallus fuscus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 262.

Porzana fusca , Jerd. B. Ind, ii. p. 724: Wald. Trans. Z. S. ix.
p. 230.

a Philippine Islands, 30 May (H. Cuming) 1839. ~—h India
(“ Porzana fusca P. rubiginosa ” E. Blyth) 1846.

2851. Porzana noveboracensis.

Fulica noveboracensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 701.

Porzana noveboracensis , Scl. & Salv. P. Z„ S. 1868, p. 457.
a North America (Koch) 1842.

Limnocorax,

Limnocorax, Peters, Ber. Ak. Berl. 1854, p. 187.

2852. Limnocorax niger.

Rallus niger, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 717.

Gallinula niger , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 342.
a Africa ( W. Kirtland) 1838.

Agrees best with South- African specimens.

584

GERANOMORPHiE.

SUBFAMILY.— FULICINJ3.

PORPHYRIO.

Porphyrio , Brisson, Orn. v. p. 522 (1760).

2853. Porpliyrio cseruleus.

Fulica ccerulea, Yandelli, Mem. Ac. real Lisb. 1797, p. 37.
Porpliyrio ccerulea , Scl., Ibis, 1879, p. 195.

Porpliyrio veterum, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 299, pi. 500 {ex
Gmelin).

Porpliyrio antiquorum , Bp. Comp. List. p. 54: Strickl. Ann.
& Mag. N. H. xiv, p. 432.

a Sicily ( Capt . H. Drummond) 1846.

2854. Porpliyrio madagascariexisis.

Gallinula madagascariensis , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxviii.
Porpliyrio madagascariensis, Schl. Mns. d. Pays-Bas, Balli,
p. 54.

Porpliyrio chloronotus , Elliot, Stray Featb. vii. p. 20 (ex
Yieillot).

a (Askew) 1839.

A species of Madagascar and Africa.

2855. Porpliyrio poliocephalus.

Gallinula poliocephala , Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxviii.
Porpliyrio poliocephalus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 713.
a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — b $ Rohilkund (W. J. E .
Boys) 1847. — c S. India (T. G. Jerdon ) 1850.

2856. Porpliyrio melanonotns.

Porphyrio nielanotus , Temm. Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 701: Gould,
B. Austr. vi. pi. 69 : Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 338.
a Australia (Arthur Strickland) 1840.

2857. Porphyrio martinicus.

Fulica martinica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 259.

Porphyrio martinicus , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 459.
a (Askew) 1834.

A South- American species.

RALLIDiE.

585

Porphyriops.

Porphyriops, Pucheron, Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 278.

2858. Porphyriops melanops.

Rallus melanops, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxviii. p. 553.
Porphyriops melanops, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 461.
Fulica crassirostris , J. E. Gray, Griff, ed. Cuv. An. Kingd.
Aves, iii. p. 542.

a Chili {Gapt. Brown) 1842.

Tribonyx.

Tribonyx, Du Bus, Bull. Ac. Brux. vii. p. 212 (1840).

2859. Tribonyx ventralis.

Gallinula ventralis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 85.

Tribonyx ventralis , Gould, B Austr. vi. pi. 72.
a Australia (FT. Kirtland) 1847. — b Australia {T. C. Eyton)
1853.

Gallinula.

Gallinula , Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 2 (1760).

2860. Gallinula cliloropus.

Fulica chloropus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 258.

Gallinula chloropus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836", p. 101; 1842,
p. 167: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 718: Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 313, pi.
503.

Gallinula parvifrons, Blyth, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 121.
a $ Worcestershire, January {H. E. Strickland) 1842. — b
(Bt at Stevens's) 1843. — c Madras {T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — d,
- — e India (“Gallinula parvifrons, shield never larger, ” E. Blyth)
1846. — /, — g, — h {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2861. Gallinula galeata.

Grex galeata, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 80.

Gallinula galeata , Gosse, B. Jam. p. 381 : Scl. & Salv. P. Z, S.
1868, p. 462.

a Jamaica {J. Gould) 1846. — b, —c Canada {Barnes) 1848,
— d .

586

GERANOMORPHiE.

2862. Gallinula phcenicurus.

Rallus phcenicurus, Forst. vel Pennant, Zool. Ind. p. 19, pi. 9.
Gallinula phoenicura, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 167: Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 720.

Erythra phoenicura, Legge, B. Ceylon, p. 786.
a Ceylon {Askew) 1834. — b Madras {T. C. Jerdon) 1845.
— c (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Gallicrex.

Gallicrex, Blyth, Cat. B. Mus. As. Soc. p. 283 (1849).

2863. Gallicrex cristatus.

Gallinula cristata , Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 779.

Gallicrex cristatus, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 716.
a Madras ( T . C. Jerdon) 1845. — b India (“ Gallicrex crista -
tus,” E. Blyth) 1847.

Fulica.

Fulica , Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 257 (1766).

2864. Fulica americana.

Fulica americana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 704: Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. S. 1868, p. 468.
a N. America, 1838.

2865. Fulica cristata.

Fulica cristata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 704: Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. xiv. p. 433: Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 323, pi. 504, f. 1.

a Tangier {Favier) 1848. — b S. Africa {Arthur Strickland)
1850.

2866. Fulica armillata.

Fulica armillata, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xii. p. 47: Scl.
& Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 465; Ex. Orn. p. 115, pi. 58.
a Chili ( Gapt . Brown) 1842.

2867. Fulica sp. inc.

F. leucopterce affinis sed crisso omnino nigro distinguenda.
a {JJ. G. Strickland) 1838.

2868. Fulica sp. inc.

F. armillatce affinis sed pedibus multo debilioribus differt.
a {Thomas) 1842.

gruhle.

587

FAMILY. — HELIORNITHIDiE.

Heliornis.

Heliornis, Bonnaterre, Tabl. Enc. Mdth. p. lxxxiv. (1790).

2889. Heliornis fulica.

Le Grebifoulque, de Cayenne , D’Aub. PL Enl. 893, unde ,
Colymbus fulica, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 54.

Heliornis fulica, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 469.
a South America ( Gardner ) 1845. — b.

SUBORDER.— ALE CTORIDE S.

FAMILY. — ARAMIDiE.

Aramus.

Aramus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 58 (1816).

2870. Aramus scolopaceus.

Ardea scolopacea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 647.

Aramus scolopaceus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii.,p. 545.
a (E. Brown) 1850.

A South- American species. Scolopax guar ana, Linn, which
Strickland l. s. c. says applies to this bird as an older name for it, is
now referred to a Plegadis.

FAMILY. — GRUIDiE.

Grus.

Grus , Bechstein, Nat. Yog. Deutschl. ii. p. 60 (1793).

2871. Grus communis.

Ardea grus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 234.

Grus communis, Bechst. 1. s. c. : Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 337,
pi. 505.

Grus cinereus, Bechst. et auctt. Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101;
1850, p. 221.

a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of Europe and North Africa.

588

G E RAN OMO EPH M .

2872. Grus antigone.

Ardea antigone, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 235.

Grus antigone, StrickJ. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 338 : Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 662 : Tegetm. & Blyth, Nat. Hist. Cranes, p. 47.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

An Asiatic species common in India.

Anthropoides.

Anthropoides, Vieillot, Anal. p. 59 (1816).

2873. Anthropoides paradiseus.

Ardea paradisea , Licht. Cat. Hamb. p. 28.

Grus par adisea, Tegetm. & Blyth, Nat. Hist. Cranes, p. 23.
Anthropoides stanleyanus, Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 303 (ex
Vigors).

a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A South- African species.

FAMILY. — OTID^E.

Otis.

Otis, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., i. p. 264 (1766).

2874. Otis bengalensis.

Otis bengalensis , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 724 : Schl. Mus. Pays-
Bas, Cursores, p. 10.

Spheotides bengalensis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 616.
a India ( Warwick Museum) 1841. — b .

2875. Otis senegalensis.

Otis senegalensis, Vieill. Enc. Meth. p. 333.

Otis rhaad, Hupp. Mus. Senkenb. ii. p. 230, pi. 15 : Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1850, p. 220.

a £ Kordofan, 26 August (J. P ether ick) 1848.

OTIM.

589

2876. Otis ruficrista.

Otis ruficrista , Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. pi. 4 : Strickl. & Scl.
Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 158.

Eupodotis ruficrista, Gurney in And. B. Damara-1. p. 259.
a Damara-land ( G . J. Andersson ) 1852.

2877. Otis afra.

Otis afra, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 724 : Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas,
Cursores, p. 6.

Eupodotis afra , Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 286.
a South Africa (Arthur Strickland) 1850. — h (Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

2878. Otis tetrax.

Otis tetrax, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 264 : Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836,
p. 101 : Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 383, pi. 509.

a $ Smyrna, 12 December (H. E. Strickland) 1835.

2879. Otis aurita.

Otis aurita, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 660.

Spheotides auritus , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 619.
a Madras (“ Otis aurita T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — b S. India
(T. G. Jerdon) 1850.

ORDER XIY. — LIMICOLiE.

FAMILY— (EDICNEMID2E.

Edicnemus, Temminck, Man. d’Orn. p. 321 (1815).

2880. (Edicnemus scolopax.

Charadrius cedicnemus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 255.
Gharadrius scolopax , S. G. Gmelin, Reise iii. p. 87, pi. 16.
(Edicnemus scolopax, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 401, pi. 512.
(Edicnemus crepitans , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 39 ;
P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101 ; 1850, p. 220 (et auctt. ex Temminck).

a (Kirtland) 1838. —5 Tangier (Favier) 1848. — c $ Kartoum,
October (J. PethericJc ) 1848.

2881. (Edicnemus affinis.

(Edicnemus affinis, Rupp. Mus. Senkenb, ii. p. 210 ; Syst.
Ueb. p. 117, pi. 42: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 220; Schl. Mus.
Pays-Bas, Cursores, p. 21.

a Kordofan, July (J. PethericJc) 1848.

2882. (Edicnemus capensis.

( Edicnemus capensis, Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 69 : Finsch &
Hartl. Yog. Ost. Afr. p. 624.

(Edicnemus maculosus, Cuv. Rkgne An. i. p. 500 : Layard,
B. S. Afr. p. 288.

a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A South- African species.

2883. (Edicnemus grallarius.

Charadrius grallarius, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. Ixvi.
(Edicnemus grallarius, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 5 : Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 337.
a Australia (Mc Donald) 1838.

(EDICNEMIDJE.

591

2884. (Edicnemus bistriatus.

Charadrius bistriatus , Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 648.

(Edicnemus bistriatus , Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 60.
a Guatemala {J. Gonstancia) 1851.

2885. (Edicnemus superciliaris.

(Edicnemus superciliaris , Tsch. Arch. f. Naturg. 1843. i. p.
387 : Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 59, pi. 30.
a ( Thomas ) 1842.

A species of Western Peru.

Esacus.

Esacus, Lesson, Traitd d’Orn. p. 547 (1831).

2886. Esacus recurvirostris.

C Edicnemus recurvirostris , Cuv. Regne An. i. p. 500 : Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 652.
a ( Carfrae ) 1840.

A species of India, Ceylon, &c.

FAMILY. — PARRID^E.

Parra.

Parra, Linnaeus, Syst. Av. i. p. 259 (1766) (partim).

2887. Parra jacana.

Parra jacana, Linn. ffis. c .: Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 394.
a {Wood) 1840. — b S. America {Bt at Stevens s) 1844. — c ,
— d {Arthur Strickland) 1850. — e Trinidad {Argent) 1851.

2888. Parra hypomelsena.

Parra hypomelcena, Gray & Mitch. Gen. B. iii. p. 589, pi.
159.

Parra nigra , Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, Ralli, p. 65 {ex Gmelin).
a Bogota ? {Bt at Stevens s) 1845.

A species of the United States of Colombia.

592

LIMICOLiE.

Metopidius.

Metopidius, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 279.

2889. Metopidius africanus.

Parra africana, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 709 : Layard, B. S. Afr.
p. 335 : Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, Ralli, p. 69.
a (Mansfield) 1839. — b (Green) 1849.

A Soutli-African species.

2890. Metopidius indicus.

Parra indica, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 765 : Schl. Mus. Pays-
Bas, Ralli, p. 67.

Metopidius indicus , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 708.
a , — b India (Havell) 1839. — c.

Hydrophasianus.

Hydrophasianus, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 279.

2891. Hydrophasianus chirurgus.

Tringa chirurgus , Scop. Del. FI. et Faun. Ins. ii. p. 92.
Hydrophasianus chirurgus , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 709.

Parra sinensis , Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, Balli, p. 71 (ex Gmelin).
a (Havell) 1839. —b India (Bt at Stevens's) 1843. — c Madras
(T. C. Jerdon) 1845.

FAMILY. — GLAREOLIDiE.

Glareola.

Glareola , Brisson, Orn, v. p. 141 (1760).

2892. Glareola pratincola.

Hirundo pratincola , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 345.

Glareola pratincola , Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 411, pi. 513.
Glareola torquata , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101 (ex Meyer).
Glareola limbata, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 220 (ex Riippell).
a £, — b £ Smyrna, April (H. E. Strickland) 1836. — c f
Kartoum, November (J. Petherick) 1848.

CHARADRIIDiE.

593

2893. G-lareola orientalis.

Glareola orientalis , Leach, Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 132, pi. 13 :
Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 631.

a, —b $ India ( W. J. E. Boys ) 1817. — c India (“ Is this tor -
quota or orientalist” E. Blyth ) 1851.

2894. Glareola lactea.

Glareola lactea , Temm. PI. Col. 399 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 632.
a (N, G. Strickland) 1838. — b India (“Glareola orientalis ,”
E. Blyth) 1816. — c — d £ Benares ( W J. E . Boys) 1817.

FAMILY. — CHARADRIIDiE.

CURSORIUS.

Cursorius, Latham, Ind. Orn. ii. p. 751 (1790).

2895. Cursorius gallicus.

Gharadrius gallicus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 692.

Cursorius gallicus , Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 541 :
Dresser, B. Enr. vii. p. 125, pi. 514.

Cursorius isabellinus , Meyer, Tascli. deutsch. Yog. ii. p. 328.
a £ Susa, Tunis, June (. L . Fraser) 1846.

2896. Cursorius coromandelicus.

Gharadrius coromandelicus , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 692.
Cursorius coromandelicus , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 626 : Schl. Mus.
Pays-Bas, Cursores, p. 13.

a India (Lord A. Hay) 1815. — b Benares ( W . J E. Boys)
1817. — c (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2897. Cursorius bicinctus.

Cursorius bicinctus , Temm. Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 515: Jard. &
Selb. 111. Orn. i. pi. 48 : Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 290.
a Africa ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Rhinoptilus.

Rhinoptilus , Strickland, P. Z. S. 1850, p. 220.

2898. Rhinoptilus chalcopterus.

Cursorius chalcopterus , Temm. PI. Col. 298 : Schl. Mus.
Pays-Bas, Cursores, p. 12.
s. c.

38

594

LIMICOLiE.

Rhinoptilus chalcopterus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 220.
a £ Kordofan, August (J. Petherick ) 1848.

2899. Ehinoptilus bitorquatus.

Macrotarsius bitorquatus, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xviL p. 254 (ex
Jerdon MS.).

Rliinoptilus bitorquatus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 220 : Jerd.
B. Ind. ii. p. 628.

a Madras (“ Charadrius bicinctus ,” T. C. Jerdon) 1846.

Charadrius.

Charadrius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 253 (1766).

2900. Charadrius pluvialis.

Charadrius pluvialis, Linn. 1. s. c. p. 254 : Dresser, B. Eur.
vii. p. 435, pi. 515.

a Norway (Dunn) 1838. — b Britain (A. C. Strickland ) — c.

2901. Charadrius virginicus.

Charadrius virginicus, Bechst. Allg. IJeb. der Vog. iii. p.
455 (1812): Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 448.

a (Askew) 1837. — b Madras (Bt at Stevenss) 1843. — c Canada
(Barnes) 1848. — d Lima (Arthur Strickland) 1850. — e (Arthur
Strickland ) 1850. — /, — g.

Squatarola.

Squatarola, Leach, Syst. Cat. M. & B. Brit. Mus. p. 29 (1816).

2902. Squatarola helvetica.

Tringa helvetica , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 250.

Squatarola helvetica, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 37;
P. Z. S. 1850, p. 220: Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 158:
Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 455, pis. 515, 517, 518, 519.

a ^Oxfordshire, February ( H . E. Strickland) 1832. — b ( As -
kew) 1837. — c $ Kartoum, October (J. Petherick) 1848. — d
Damara-land (C. J. Andersson ) 1852.

CHARADRIIDiE.

595

Eudromias

Eudromias , C. L. Brehm, Vog. Deutschl. p. 514 (1831).

2903. Eudromias morinellus.

Charadrius morinellus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 254.

Eudromias morinellus, Dresser, B. Ear. vii. p. 507, pi. 526.
a, — b.

A European species.

2904. Eudromias australis.

Charadrius australis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 174.
Eudromias australis, Gould, B. Austr. vi. p. 15.
a Australia (T. C. Eyton) 1849.

iEGIALITIS.

EEgialitis, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 978.

2905. iEgialitis asiatica.

Charadrius asiaticus, Pall. Beise, ii. p. 715.

Eudromias asiaticus, Harting, Ibis, 1870, p. 202.

JEgialitis asiatica, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 479, pi. 522.
Charadrius damarensis, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p.

158.

a Kirghis Steppes (J. F. Brandt) 1846, — b Damara-land
( C . J. Andersson) 1852.

b is the type of C. damarensis, Strickl.

2906. iEgialitis veredus.

Charadrius veredus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1848, p. 38; B. Austr.

vi. pi. 14.

Eudromias veredus, Harting, Ibis, 1870, p. 209.
a (. Dewgard ) 1851.

A species of Eastern Asia and Australia,

2907. iEgialitis geolfroyi.

Charadrius geoffroyi, Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 4, p. 13.

JSgialitis geoffroyi, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 638: Harting, Ibis,
1870, p. 378: Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 475, pi. 521.

a Madras (T. C. Jerdon ) 1845. — b India (“ Hiaticula geoffroyi,
winter dress” E. Blyth) 1846.

38—2

596

LIMICOL.E.

1

2908. iEgialitis mongolica.

Charadrius mongolus, Pall. Beise, iii. p. 700.

JEgialitis mongolica, Harting, Ibis, 1870, p. 884.
jEgialitis pyrrhothorax , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 639 (ex Temm.).
a Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — b, — c India (“ Hiaticula
leahenaltii E. Blyth) 1846. — d Darjeeling (E. Blyth) 1850.
- — e, —f S. India (T. G. Jerdon) 1850. — g (. Arthur Strickland)
1850. — h, —i.

2909. iEgialitis hiaticula.

Charadrius hiaticula , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 253 : Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221: Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Ora. 1852, p. 158.
jEgialitis hiaticula, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 497, pi. 525.
a f Aberdovey, N. Wales, July (H E. Strickland) 1833.
— b (Askew) 1841. — c Britain (Askew) 1841. — d S. Africa (Bt
at Stevens’s) 1843. — e Kordofan, February (J. Petherick) 1848.
— -f Damara-land ( C . J. Andersson) 1852.

2910. iEgialitis curonica.

Charadrius curonicus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 692.
jEgialitis curonica , Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 491, pi. 524.
Charadrius dubius , Scop. Del. FI. et Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 93.
Charadrius minor , Wolf & Meyer, Yog. Deutscbl. Heft 15.
pi. 5.

Charadrius pusillus, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 187.
a, — b Luzon ( H . Cuming) 1839. — c Spain (Boissoneau) 1839.
— d Madras (T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — e Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson, 628)
1845. —f India (“Hiaticula curonica E. Blyth) 1846. — g f
India (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — h Malacca (Arthur Strickland)
1850.

2911. iEgialitis cantiana.

Charadrius cantianus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxvi.
jEgialitis cantiana, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 483, pi. 523.
Charadrius alexandrinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 253? Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221.

a Luzon, 14 June (H. Cuming) 1839. — b Philippine Islands,
13 May (H. Cuming) 1839. — c (Askew) 1841. — d £ India (W.
J. E. Boys) 1847. - — - f Kordofan (J. Petherick) 1848.

CHARADRIIDAS.

597

2912. iEgialitis nivosa.

Jdgialitis (. Leucopolius ) nivosa, Cassin, in Baird’s Birds N.
Am. p. 696.

AEgialitis cantiana var, nivosa , Coues, Birds of the N. W. p.
456.

a Chili ( Capt. Brown).

2913. iEgialitis collaris.

Charadrius collaris , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvii. p. 136:
Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, Cursores, p. 37.

Charadrius azarce, L icht. Yerz. Donbl. p. 71 : Cab. in Schomb.
Beise n. Guiana, iii. p. 751.

a$ Guiana (R. Schomburgk) 183- . — b (. Arthur Strickland)
1850.

2914. iEgialitis meloda.

Charadrius melodus, Ord, ed. Wils. Am. Orn. vii. p. 71:
Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 455.
a N. America (Askew) 1837.

2915. iEgialitis semipalmata.

Charadrius semipalmatus, Bp. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ii. p. 296.
AEgialitis semipalmata, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 453.
a Coast of New Jersey (S. F. Baird) 1847.

2916. iEgialitis wilsonia.

Charadrius wilsonius, Ord, ed. Wils. Am. Orn. ix. p. 77, pi. 73,

f. 5.

AEgialitis wilsonia, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 456.
a America (Askew) 1834. — b ( Bt at Stevens's) 1847.

2917. iEgialitis falklandica.

Charadrius falklandicus, Lath. Ind, Orn. ii. p. 747 : Schl.
Mus. Pays-Bas, Cursores, p. 36.
a (Williams) 1846.

A species of South- America and the Falkland Islands.

2918. iEgialitis vocifera.

Charadrius vociferus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 253.
uBgialitis vocifera, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 452.

598

LIMICOL^E.

a £ Peru {Mather) 1840. ■ — b N. America ( Thomas ) 1842.
— c Carlisle, Pennsylvania, January 1845 (S. F. Baird) 1847.
— d Guatemala ( J . Constancia) 1848. — e Chili (. Arthur Strick-
land) 1850.

2919. iEgialitis marginata.

Charadrius marginatus, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvii. p.
138.

AEgialites marginatus , Gurney in And. B. Damara-1. p. 272.
Charadrius leucopolius, Wagl. Syst. Av. fol. 5, p. 1.
Charadrius niveifrons , Less. Traite d’Orn. p. 544: Strickl. &
Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 159.

a Damara-land ((7. J. Andersson) 1852.

2920. iEgialitis pallida.

Charadrius pallidus, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 158.
a Damara-land (C. J. Andersson ) 1852.

Mr Gurney thinks that the type of C. pallidus , Strickl. is a
very small specimen of jE. marginata and unusually pale and grey in
its coloration. The differences appear to me to be more than those
of a mere variety.

2921. iEgialitis tricoliaris.

Charadrius tricoliaris , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvii. p. 147 :
Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 296.

a S. Africa {Bt at Aberystwith) 1833. — b S. Africa (Bt at
Stevenss) 1843. — c S. Africa ( Gardner ) 1846. — d (. Arthur Strick-
land) 1850. — e.

2922. iEgialitis varia.

Charadrius varius, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvii. p. 143.
AEgialitis varius, Harting, Ibis, 1873, p. 262, pi. 8.
Charadrius pecuarius, Temm. PI. Col. 183: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1850, p. 221.

a ( Bt at Stevens's) 1847. — b Kordofan, February {J. Petherick)
1848.

2923. iEgialitis bicincta.

Charadrius bicinctus, Jard. et Selb. 111. Orn. i. pi. 28.
Hiaticula bicincta , Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 16.
a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

CHARADRIID.K.

599

2924. iEgialitis ruficapillns.

Charadrius ruficapillns , Temm. PL Col. 47, fig. 2.

Hiaticula ruficapilla, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 17.
a {Askew) 1834. — b {Argent) 1851.

An Australian species.

2925. iEgialitis melanops.

Charadrius melanops, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvii. p. 139.
Hiaticula nigrifrons, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 20 {ex Cuv. et
Temm.).

a New Soutli Wales ( McDonald ) 1838. — b, — c.
Erythrogonys.

Erythrogonys , Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 155.

2926. Erythrogonys cinctns.

Erythrogonys ductus, Gould, l. s. c.; B. Austr. vi. pi. 21.
a Australia {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Chettusia.

Chettusia, Bonaparte, Icon. Faun. Ital. Intr. fol. *****, p. 6
(1841).

2927. Chettusia lenciirus.

Charadrius leucurus, Licht. in Eversm. Beise n. Buch. p. 137.
Chettusia leucura , Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 531, pi. 529.
a f Kirghis Steppes {J. F. Brandt) 1846.

2928. Chettusia gregaria.

Charadrius gregarius, Pall. Reise, i. p. 456.

Chettusia qreqaria , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p, 644: Dresser, B. Eur.
vi. p. 527, pi. 528.

Chcetusia gregaria, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221.
a Altai {J. F. Brandt) 1842. — b $ India ( W. J \ E . Boys)
1847. — c? Kartoum, October {J. Petherick) 1848.

2929. Chettusia inornata.

Lobivanellus inornatus , Temm. & Schl. Faun. Jap. Aves, p.
106, pi. 63.

Chettusia inornata, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 646.

600

LIMICOLA5.

Lobivanellus cinereus, Blyth, Cat. B. Mus. As. Soc. p. 261.
a India (“ Lobivanellus cinereus ” E. Blyth) 1846.

2930. Chettusia coronata.

Charadrius coronatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 691.

Hoplopterus coronatus , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 159.

Chettusia coronata , Gurney in And. B. Damara-1. p. 268.
a (. Dewgard ) 1849. — b Damara-land (C. J. Andersson) 1852.

Pluvianus.

Pluvianus, Vieillot, N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvii. p. 129 (1818).

2931. Pluvianus segyptius.

Charadrius oegyptius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 254.

Pluvianus oegyptius, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 37 ;
xiii. p. 39; P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221: Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 521,
pi. 527.

a Africa (Beaman) 1840. — b $ Kartoum, November (J.
Petherick) 1848.

Vanellus.

Vanellus, Brisson, Orn. V. p. 94 (1760).

2932. Vanellus vulgaris.

Tringa vanellus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 248.

Vanellus vulgaris, Bechst. Orn. Taschenb. ii. p. 313:
Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 545, pi. 531.

Vanellus cristatus, Wolf & Meyer, et auett. plurr. Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101: 1841, p. 32.
a .

A common species in Europe and the British Islands.

2933. Vanellus cayennensis.

Parra cayennensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 706.

Vanellus cayennensis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1841, p. 32: Harting,
P. Z. S. 1874, p. 450.

a South America (Havell) 1839.

CHARADRIIDiE.

601

2934. Vanellus occidentalis.

Vanellus occidentalis , Harting, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 451.
a Chili (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Hoplopterus.

Hoplopterus, Bonaparte, Sagg. Distr. An. Yertebr. p. 56
(1831).

2935. Hoplopterus spinosus.

Charadrius spinosus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 256.

Hoplopterus spinosus , Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 539, pi. 530.
Charadrius persicus, Bonn. Tabl. Enc. Meth. p. 21.
Hoplopterus per sicus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221.
a ( Mansfield ) 1839. - — h Kordofan (/. Petherick ) 1848.

2936. Hoplopterus ventralis.

Charadrius ventralis, Wagl. Syn. Av. fol. 4, p. 11.
Hoplopterus ventralis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 650.
a {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

An Indian species,

2937. Hoplopterus cay anus.

Charadrius cay anus, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 749.

Hoplopterus cay anus, Sol. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 591.
a ( Gardner ) 1846. — b Para (S. Stevens) 1849.
b is from Mr A. It. Wallace’s collection.

Lobivanellus.

Lobivanellus, Strickland, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 33.

2938. Lobivanellus indicus.

Vanneau arme, de Goa, D’Aub. PI. Enl. 807, unde,

Tringa indica, Bodd. Tabl. PI. Enl. p. 50.

Parra goensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 706.

Lobivanellus goensis, Strickl. 1. s. c .: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 648.
a India {Askew) 1834. — b Malacca {Capt. Nash) 1837. •— c
Nepal {B. H. Hodgson , 228) 1845.

602

LIMICOLiE.

2939. Lobivanellus lobatus.

Tringa lobata, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxv.

Lobivanellus lobatus, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 9.

Lobivanellus gallinaceus , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1841, p. 33 (ex
Wagler).

a Australia ( Thomas ) 1842.

2940. Lobivanellus senegalus.

Parra senegala, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 259.

Lobivanellus senegalus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1841, p. 33.
Lobivanellus albicapillus , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221 (ex
Vieillot).

a W. Africa (Thomas) 1842. — b Kordofan, June ( J . Pethe -
rick) 1848.

Sarciophorus.

Sarciophorus, Strickland, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 32.

2941. Sarciophorus bilobus.

Charadrius bilobus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 691.

Sarciophorus bilobus , Strickl. 1. s. c. : Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 649.
a Cape of Good Hope (Askew) 1834. — b f Kagudupore (W.
J. E. Boys) 1847.

The locality of a is doubtless erroneous;

2942. Sarciophorus tectus.

Pluvier, du Senegal , D’Aub. PL Enl. 834, undd,

Charadrius tectus, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 51.

Sarciophorus pileatus , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1841, p. 33; 1850,
p. 221 (ex Gmelin).
a (Mather) 1840.

An African species.

2943. Sarciophorus tricolor.

Charadrius tricolor, VieilL N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxvii. p. 147.
Sarciophorus tricolor, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1841, p. 33.
Sarciophorus pectoralis, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 11 (ex
Cuvier).

a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

CHARADRIIDiK.

603

Strepsilas.

Strepsilas, Illiger, Prodromus, p. 263 (1811).

2944. Strepsilas interpres.

Tringa interpres , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 248.

Strepsilas interpres, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 555, pi. 532.
a Mersey, 11 September ( H . E. Strickland ) 1837. — b
(Askew) 1837. — c Filey, Yorkshire, 16 August ( H . E. Strick-
land) 1850. — d (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Hjsmatopus.

Hcematopus , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 257 (1766).

2945. Hsematopus ostralegus.

Hcematopus ostralegus, Linn. 1. s. c .: Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p.
567, pi. 533.

a Isle of Wight (H. E. Strickland) 1831.

2946. Hsematopus palliatus.

Hcematopus palliatus, Temm. Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 532: Baird,
B. N. Am. p. 699.

a Chili (Capt. Brown) 1842.

2947. Hsematopus longirostris.

Hcematopus longirostris , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xv.
p. 410: Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 7.

Hcematopus austr alasic us, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 155.
a New South Wales (McHonald) 1838. — b New South
Wales (Bt at Birmingham) 1843.

2948. Hsematopus fuliginosus.

Hcematopus fuliginosus , Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 8.
a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

An Australian species.

2949. Hsematopus ater.

Hcematopus ater, Vieill. Gal. Ois. ii. p. 88, pi. 230: Scl.
P. Z. S. 1860, p. 386.

a Chili (Capt. Brown) 1842.

604

LIMICOLiE.

2950. Hsematopus niger.

Hoematopus niger, Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 131: Baird,
B. N. Am. p. 700.

a Kodjak ( J ’. F. Brandt) 1844.

FAMILY.— THIN OCORIDiE.

Thinocorus.

Thinocorus, Eschscholts, Zool. Atlas p. 2, pi. 2 (1829).

2951. Thinocorus rumicivorus.

Thinocorus rumicivorus , Eschsch. 1. s. c. : Burm. La Plata
Reise, ii. p. 501.

a S. America (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

FAMILY— SCOLOPACIDiE.

Recurvirostra,

Recurvirostra , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 256 (1766).

2952. Recurvirostra avocetta.

Recurvirostra avocetta, Linn. 1. s. c.\ Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836,
p. 101 : Harting, Ibis, 1874, p. 245: Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 577,
pi. 534.

a f Smyrna, 14 November ( H \ E. Strickland) 1835.

2953. Recurvirostra novse-hollandiae.

Recurvirostra novce-hollandice , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iii.
p. 103: Harting, Ibis, 1874, p. 258.

Recurvirostra rubricollis, Temm. Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 592.
Recurvirostra rubricollis, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 27.
a Australia ( Cashmore ) 1839.

Cladorhynchus.

Cladorhynchus, Gray, List. Gen. B. p. 69 (1840).

2954. Cladorhynchus leucocephalus.

Recurvirostra leucocephala, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iii.
p. 103.

SCOLOPACIim

605

CladorJiynchus leucoceplialus , Salv. Ibis, 1874, p. 252.
Leptorhynchus pectoralis, Du Bus, Bull. Ac. Brux. ii. p. 420,

pi. 7.

CladorJiynchus pectoralis , Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 26.
a Australia (IF. Kirtland) 1846.

Himantopus.

Himantopus, Brisson, Orn. v. p. 33 (1760).

2955. Himantopus candidus.

Charadrius himantopus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 255.
Himantopus candidus, Bonn. Tabl. Enc. Meth. p. 24: Dres-
ser, B. Eur. vii. p. 587, pi. 535, 536.

Himantopus melanopterus, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852,
p. 159 ( ex Meyer).

a Tuscany (E. Passerini) 1835. — b, — c India (“ Himantopus
melanopterus ” E. Blyth) 1846. — d Damara-land {C. J. Anders-
son) 1852.

2956. Himantopus nigricollis.

Himantopus nigricollis, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. x. p. 42:
Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 462.

a, —b Guatemala ( J . Constancia) 1851.

2957. Himantopus brasiliensis.

Himantopus brasiliensis, Brebm. Yog. Deutscbl. p. 684: Scl.
& Salv. P. Z. S. 1873, p. 454.
a Chili ( Capt . Brown) 1842.

Phalaropus.

Phalaropus, Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 12 (1760).

2958. Phalaropus hyperboreus.

Tringa hyperborea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 249.

Phalaropus hyperboreus, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 597, pi. 537.
Lobipes hyperboreus, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 469.
a, — b Siberia (J. F. Brandt ) 1846. — c f Kirghis Steppes,
8 April 1840 (J. F. Brandt ) 1846. — d, — e Guatemala (J. Con-
stancia) 1848. — /Guatemala (J. Constancia ) 1851.

606

LIMICOL/E,

2959. Phalaropus Micarms,

Tringa fulicaria, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 249.

Phalaropus fidicarius, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 471:
Dresser, B. Eur. p. 605, pi. 539.

a (J. F. Brandt ) 1846. — b Oxfordshire, November ( H . E.
Strickland ) 1846.

Scolopax.

Scolopax , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 242 (1766) partim.

2960. Scolopax rusticula.

Scolopax rusticola , Linn, l.s.c. p. 243: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836,
p. 101: Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 615, pi. 540.

a Worcestershire ( T . Robinson ) 1840. — b Nepal ( B . H.
Hodgson , 546) 1845. — -c £ Kumaon (TP. J. E. Boys) 1847.

Philohela.

Philohela , Gray, List. Gen. B. p. 90 (1841): Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. viii. p. 374.

2961. Philohela minor.

Scolopax minor , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 661.

Philohela minor , Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 472.
a N. America (Arthur Strickland) 1850. — b.

Gallinago.

Gallinago , Leach, Syst. Cat. Mamm. & B. Brit. Mus. p. 30
(1816).

2962. Gallinago major.

Scolopax major , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 661.

Gallinago major, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 631, pL 541.
a £, —b j Jerken, Norway, 8 August (N. G. Strickland)

1831.

2963. Gallinago coelestis.

Scolopax gallinago , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 244 : Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 101; Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 38.

Scolopax coelestis, Frenzel, Beschr. der Yog. Wittenb. p. 58.
Gallinago coelestis, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 641, pi. 543.
a f Worcestershire, December (H. E. Strickland) 1840. — b

SCOLOPACID.E.

607

Dumfriesshire ( H . E. Strickland) 1845. — c (Bt at Stevens s) 1845.
- — d Calcutta (“ Scolopax gallinago ,” E. Blyth) 1846. — e ( Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

2964. Gallinago wilsoni.

Scolopax wilsoni, Temm. PI. Col. Livr. 68 ( sub PI. Col. 403).
Gallinago wilsoni, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 475.
a Carlisle, Pennsylvania 9 December, 1842 (S. F. Baird )
1847. — b Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1848.

2965. Gallinago paraguayse.

Scolopax paraguay ce, Yieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. iii. p. 356.
Gallinago paraguay ce, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 196.
a (Arthur Strickland ) 1850.

A species of the Southern parts of South America.

2966. Gallinago frenata.

Scolopax frenata, Wied, Beitr. iv. p. 712.

Gallinago frenata, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 196.
a “Brazil” (Johnson) 1837. — b (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2967. Gallinago sequatorialis.

Scolopax cequatorialis, Rupp. Syst. Ueb. p. 123: Layard, B.
S. Afr. p. 333.

Gallinago nigripennis, Finsch. & Hartl. Vog. N. O. Afr. p. 769
(ex Bp.).

a S. Africa (Dewgard) 1849.

2968. Gallinago australis.

Scolopax australis, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. lxiv : Gould, B.
Austr. vi. pi. 40.

a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. - — b Australia (Bt at
Stevens's) 1843. — c Australia (Bt at Birmingham) 1843.

2969. Gallinago stenura.

Scolopax stenura, Bp. Osserv. Cuv. Regn. Anim. p. 121 :
Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 40.

Gallinago stenura, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 674.

Gallinago heterura v. biclavata , Hodgs. Zool. Misc. p. 86.
a Malacca (Capt. Fash) 1837. — 6 Nepal (B. H. Hodgson ,
544) 1845.

G08

LIMICOL.E.

2970. Gallinago nemoricola.

Gallinago nemoricola, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. vi. p. 490: Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 672.

Scolopax nemoricola, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. p. 275.
a Nepal (J B. H. Hodgson, 540) 1845.

2971. Gallinago solitaria.

Gallinago solitaria, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. vi. p. 491 : Jerd. B.
Ind. ii. p. 673.

a India (“Scolopax solitaria, Hodgson,” E. Blyth) 1846.

2972. Gallinago gallinnla.

Scolopax gallinula, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 244: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 101; Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 38.

Gallinago gallinula, Dresser, B. Eur. vii. p. 653, pi. 544.
a Worcestershire (T. Robinson) 1840. — b Dumfriesshire,
November (H. E. Strickland) 1845. — c India (“ Scolopax galli-
nula,” j E. Blyth) 1846.

ItHYNCHiEA.

Rhynchcea, Cuvier, Begn. An. i. p. 523 (1829).

2973. Bhynclisea capensis.

Scolopax capensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 246.

Rhynchcea capensis, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 159:
Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 334.

Rhynchcea bengalensis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 677 {ex Linn.).
a Cape of Good Hope, December (A. Strickland) 1833. — b
Cape of Good Hope (. Bt at Stevens’s) 1843. — c, — d Madras
(T. C. Jerdon) 1845. — e, — f {Arthur Strickland) 1850. — g
Damara-land (O. J. Andersson ) 1852.

2974. Bhynchsea semicollaris.

Rhynchcea semicollaris, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. vi. p. 402.
Rhynchcea hilaerea, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 378 {ex Valenc.).
a Valparaiso {Capt. Broivn) 1842.

SCOLOPACIDiE.

609

Limicola.

Limicola, Koch, Baier. Zool. i. p. 316 (1816).

2975. Limicola platyrhyncha.

Tringa platyrincha, Temm. Man. d’Orn. p. 398.

Limicola platyrhyncha, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 3, pi. 545.
a Pomerania ( J ’. G. Kinberg) 1845. — b, — c, — d India
(“ Tringa platyrhyncha” E. Blyth) 1846. — e S. India (T. G. Jer-
don) 1850.

2976. Limicola sibirica.

Limicola sibirica, Dresser, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 674.
a Siberia ( J . F. Brandt) 1846.

The specimen referred to by Mr Dresser when describing this
species.

Teinga.

Tringa, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 247 (17 66) partim.

2977. Tringa minntilla.

Tringa minutilla, Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv. p. 466 :
Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 482: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 51,
pi. 552, figs. 2, 3.

a Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 5 August 1845 ( S . F. Baird) 1847.
— b Guatemala (J. Gonstancia) 1848. - — c Chili {Arthur Strick-
land) 1850.

2978. Tringa temmincki.

Tringa temminckii, Leisler, Nachtr. z. Bechst. Nat. Deutschl.
p. 64: Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101 : Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 45,
pi. 549, 550, 551.

a £ Smyrna, 27 December {H. E. Strickland) 1835. — b India
(“ Tringa temmincki,” E. Blyth) 1846. — c £ {W. J . E. Boys)

1847.

2979. Tringa ruficollis.

Tringa ruficollis, Pall. Reise, iii. p. 700.

Tringa salina, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 409.
a (TP. Kirtland) 1846.

A species of Eastern Asia.

S. C.

39

610

LIMICOLiE.

2980. Tringa minuta.

Tringa minuta , Leisler, Nachtr. z. Bechst. Nat. Deutschl.
p. 74: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 29, pis. 549, 550, 551.

Pelidna minuta , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 159.
a Devonshire ( Mansfield ) 1834. — b (Bt at Stevens's) 1843.
- — c Nepal ( B . H. Hodgson , 629) 1845. — d India (E. Blyth )
1846. — e India ((C Tringa minuta E. Blyth) 1846. — ff Dey-
palpore (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — g $ Kartoum, October (J.
Petherick) 1848. — h Damara-land (0. J. Andersson) 1852.

2981. Tringa maculata.

Tringa maculata , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxiv. p. 465:
Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 486: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 11,
pi. 546.

a $ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 3 April 1844 (S. F. Baird) 1847.
— b (W. Kirtland) 1847. — c ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2982. Tringa acuminata.

Totanus acuminatus, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 192.
Schoeniclus acuminatus , Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 30.
a, — b New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838.

2983. Tringa canntus.

Tringa canutus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 251: Dresser, B. Eur.
viii. p. 77, pis. 555, 556.

a Liverpool, 11 September [H. E. Strickland) 1837. — b
Britain {N, G. Strickland) 1838. — c Britain (H. E. Strickland ).

2984. Tringa alpina.

Tringa alpina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 249: Dresser, B. Eur.
viii. p. 21, pi. 548.

Tringa cinclus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 251.

Pelidna cinclus, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 375.
Tringa variabilis, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101 (ex Meyer).
a £, — b Aberdovey, N. Wales, August (II. E. Strickland)
1833. — c $ Smyrna, 1 December (H. E. Strickland) 1835. —d
(IE. Kirtland) 1847. — e, —f Britain (H. E. Strickland).

2985. Tringa striata.

Tringa striata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. Add.: Dresser, B. Eur.
viii. p. 69, pi. 554.

SCOLOPACID.E,

611

Tringa maritima, Briinn. Orn. Bor. p. 54: Coues, Birds of
the N. W. p. 488.

a Britain (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

2986. Tringa subarqnata.

Scolopax subarqnata, Giild. Nov. Comm. Petr. xix. p. 471,
pi. 18.

Tringa subarqnata, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 59, pi. 553.
Pelidna subarqnata, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 375;
P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221: Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 159.

a Mersey, 11 September (H. E. Strickland ) 1837. — b South
Africa (Bt at Stevens's) 1843. — c India (“ Tringa subarqnata ,”
E. Blyth) 1846. — d Kordofan (J. Petherick) 1848. — -e Damara-
land (G. J. Andersson) 1852.

Ereunetes.

Ereunetes, Illiger, Prodr. p. 262 (1811).

2987. Ereunetes pusillus.

Tringa pusilla, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 252.

Ereunetes pusillus, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 481.
a Coast of New Jersey (& F. Baird) 1847.

Calidris.

Galidris, Cuvier, LeQ. d'Anat. Comp. i. tab. ii. (1800).

2988. Calidris arenaria.

Tringa arenaria , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 251.

Galidris arenaria, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 101, pis. 559, 560.
Gharadrius calidris, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 255.
a N. America ( Havell ) 1839. — b United States (S. F* Baird)
1847. — c (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Machetes.

Machetes, Cuvier, Regne An. i. p. 490 (1817).

2989. Machetes pugnax.

Tringa pugnax, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 247.

Machetes pugnax, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 421 ;

39—2

612

LIMICOL^.

P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221: Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 159:
Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 87, pis. 557, 558.

a (Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b $ Kartoum, October (J.
Petherick) 1848. — c, — d S. India ( T . C. Jerdon) 1850. — e
(Arthur Strickland) 1850. — / Damara-land (C. J. Andersson )
1852.

Actiturus.

Actidurus, Bonaparte, Sagg. Distr. Metod. Agg. e Correz.
p. 85 (1832).

2990. Actiturus longicauda.

Tringa longicauda, Bechst. Allg. Ueb. der Yog. iv. p. 453.
Actiturus longicaudus, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 119, pi. 562.
Tringa bartramia, Wils. Am. Orn. vii. p. 63, pi. 59, fig. 2.
Actiturus bartramius , Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 502.
a America (Gardner) 1844. — b $ Brazil? (Argent) 1852.

b is probably from Bolivia.

'

.

Tringoides.

Tringoides , Bonaparte, Sagg. Distr. An. Vert. p. 58 (1831).

2991. Tringoides hypoleucus.

Tringa hypoleucos , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 250.

Totanus hypoleucos, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221: Dresser,
B. Eur. viii. p. 127, pi. 563.

a £, — b £ Aberdovey, August (H. E. Strickland) 1833. — c
(Askew) 1837. — d Philippine Islands, 13 May (H. Cuming)
1840. — e f Malwa (W. J. E . Boys) 1847. — f Kordofan ( J.
Petherick) 1848. — g S. India (“ Totanus hypoleucus T. C. Jer-
don) 1850.

2992. Tringoides macularius.

Tringa macularia, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 249.

Tringoides macularius, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 501.
a America (Cashmore) 1839. —b Mexico (T. Mann) 1844.
— c $ Mexiana, December 1848 (A. B. Wallace) 1849. — d
(Arthur Strickland) 1850.

SCOLOPACID^:.

613

Totanus.

Totanus, Bechstein, Orn. Taschenb. ii. p. 282 (1803).

2993. Totanus calidris.

Scolopax calidris , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 245.

Totanus calidris , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101: Dresser, B.
Eur. viii. p. 157, pis. 567, 568, 569.

a $ Smyrna, 10 December ( H . E. Strickland) 1835. — b S.
India [T. C. Jerdon ) 1850. — c (. Arthur Strickland) 1850. — d
Britain (H. E. Strickland).

2994. Totanus fuscus.

Scolopax fusca , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 243.

Totanus fuscus , Dresser, B. Eur, viii. p. 165, pis. 567, 568,
569.

a Britain? {N. G. Strickland ) 1838. — b 'India (“ Totanus
fuscus ,” E. Blyth) 1846. — c l Meywar, India ( W . J. E. Boys )
1847. — d India (“ Totanus fuscus ” T. C. Jerdon) 1850.

2995. Totanus fiavipes.

Scolopax flavipes, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 659.

Totanus flavipes , Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 497.

Gambetta flavipes, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 592.
a {Askew) 1837. — b £ Carlisle, Pennsylvania, 8 May 1844
($. F. Baird) 1847. — c f Mexiana, January 1849 (A. B. Wal-
lace) 1849. — d , — e {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

2996. Totanus canescens.

Scolopax totanus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 245.

Scolopax canescens , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 668.

Totanus canescens , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221 : Dresser, B.
Eur. viii. p. 173, pi. 570.

Glottis canescens , Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 159.
Totanus glottis , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101 {ex Bechstein).
a Alnwick Fen, Lincolnshire, 20 August (H. E. Strickland)
1828. — b $ Jerken, Norway, 8 August {JSf. G. Strickland) 1831.
— c £> — d f Madras {A. Strickland) 1833. — e $ Smyrna, 4
January {H. E. Strickland) 1836. — f India (a Totanus glottis,
T. glottoides, Vig.” E. Blyth) 1846. — g India {E. Blyth) 1846.

614

LIMICOL.E.

■ — h Kordofan (J. Petherick) 1848. — i Damara-land (C. J. An-
dersson ) 1852. — -j.

2997. Totanus melanoleucais.

Scolopax melanoleuca, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 659.

Totanus melanoleucus, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 852: Coues, Birds
of the N. W. p. 496.

a Jamaica (P. H. Gosse) 1856. — b (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

— c.

2998. Totanus semipalmatus.

Scolopax semipalmata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 659.

Totanus semipalmatus, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 494.
a $ Jamaica (P. H. Gosse ) 1846. — b (. Arthur Strickland)
1850. — c, — d.

2999. Totanus ochropus.

Tringa ochrophus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 250.

Totanus ochropus, Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101: Dresser, B.
Eur. viii. p. 135, pi. 564.

a Nepal (P. H . Hodgson, 743) 1845. — b j Oxford, 3 January
1833 (. Arthur Strickland) 1850. —c.

3000. Totanus solitarius.

Tringa solitaria, Wils. Am. Orn. vii. p. 53, pi. 58, f. 3.
Totanus solitarius, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 498.

Totanus chloropygius , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. vi. p. 401.
a N. America (Johnson) 1837. * — b, — c, — d (Arthur Strick-
land) 1850. — e.

3001. Totanus glareola.

Tringa glareola, Linn. Fauna Suec. p. 65.

Tringa ochrophus j3 glareola , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 250.
Totanus glareola, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 40; xiv.
p. 120: Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 159: Dresser, B. Eur.
viii. p. 143, pi. 565.

a Malacca ( Capt . Nash) 1887. — b N. Europe (J. G. Kinberg)
1843. — c $ India (W. J. E. Boys) 1847. — d Damara-land (G. J.
Andersson, 1847. — e India (Major Stacy). — / , —

SCOLOPACIDiE.

615

3002. Totanus stagnatilis.

Totanus stagnatilis, Bechst. Orn. Taschenb. p. 292 : Dresser,
B. Eur. viii. p. 151, pi. 566.

a India (“ Totanus stagnatilis , Limosa horsfieldi, Sykes,” E.
Blyth) 1846.

Macrorhamphus.

Macrorhamphus, Leach, Syst. Cat. Mamm. & B. Brit. Mus.
p. 31 (1831).

3003. Macrorhamphus grisens.

Scolopax grisea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 658.

Macrorhamphus griseus, Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 476:
Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 187, pi. 571.

a ( Thomas ) 1840. — b ( Bt at Stevens’s) 1844. — c, — d
{Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A North- American species.

Terekia.

Terekia, Bonaparte, Comp. List. p. 52 (1838).

3004. Terekia cinerea.

Scolopax cinerea , Giild. Nov. Comm. Petr. xix. p. 473, pi. 19.
Terekia cinerea, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 195, pi. 572.

Totanus javanicus, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 193.
a Siberia ( J . F. Brandt) 1846. —b, — c India (“ Terekia
javanica,” E. Blyth) 1846.

In a note on b and c Blyth says “ These two obtained together on
October 1st about the extreme amount of variation at any season
which I have seen.”

Limosa.

Limosa, Brisson, Orn. v. p. 261 (1760).

3005. Limosa lapponica.

Scolopax lapponica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 246.

Limosa lapponica, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 203, pi. 573, 574.
a $ Oxfordshire, February {H. E. Strickland) 1832.

616

LIMICOLiE.

3006. Limosa segocephala.

Scolopax cegocephala, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 246.

Limosa cegocephala, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 211, pis. 573,
574.

a (Askew) 1849. — b, — c India (E. Blyth ) 1846.

Numenius.

Numenius , Brisson, Orn. v. p. 311 (1760).

3007. Numenius arquatus.

Scolopax arquata , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 242.

Numenius arquatus , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101: Dresser,
B. Eur. viii. p. 243, pi. 578.

a f Southampton, February (H. E. Strickland) 1831. — h
Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — c S. Africa (Arthur Strickland)
1850.

3008. Numenius cyanopus.

Numenius cyanopus , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. viii. p. 306:
Gould, Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 277.

Numenius australis, Gould, B. Austr. vi. pi. 42.
a Australia (T. Bobinson) 1842.

3009. Numenius longirostris.

Numenius longirostris , Wils. Am. Orn. viii. p. 23, pi. 64, f. 4 :
Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 508.
a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A North- American species.

3010. Numenius hudsonicus.

Numenius hudsonicus, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 712: Coues,
Birds of the N. W. p. 509.
a Chili ( Gapt . Brown) 1842.

3011. Numenius phseopus.

Scolopax phceopus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 243.

Numenius phceopus, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 227, pi. 576.
a £ Mauritius, November (A. Strickland) 1833. — b Britain
(N. G. Strickland) 1838. — c (Askew) 1840. — d Madras (T. C>
Jerdon) 1845.

DROMADIDAL

617

3012. Numenius borealis.

Scolopax borealis, Forst. Phil. Trans, lxii. p. 411.

Numenius borealis , Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 510: Dres-
ser, B. Eur. viii. p. 221, pi. 57 5.
a ( Cashmore ) 1839.

An American species of wide range.

FAMILY. — DROMADIDiE.

Dromas.

Dromas, Paykull, Hand]. Ac. Yet. Stockh. 1805, pi. 3.

3013. Dromas ardeola.

Dromas ardeola , Payk. 1. s. c.: Temm. PI. Col. 362: Strickl.
Ann. & Mag. N. H. vii. p. 38: Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 658.
a Madras (T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

ORDER XV.— GAYLE.

FAMILY.— LARIDAU.

SUBFAMILY. — STERCQRARIINYE.
Stercorarius.

Stercorarius, Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 149 (1760).

3014. Stercorarius pomatorhinus,

Lestris pomarinus, Temm. Man. d’Orn, p, 514.

Stercorarius pomatorhinus, Saund. P. Z, S. 1876, p. 324:
Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 463, pi. 610.

a Oxfordshire, 24 October (A G. Strickland) 1834.

3015. Stercorarius crepidatus,

Lams crepidatus, Banks in Cook’s Voy. ii. p. 15 (Hawkes-
worth’s Ed.) : Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 602.

Stercorarius crepidatus, Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 326: Dres-
ser, B. Eur. viii. p. 471, pis. 611, 612.

Lestris richardsoni, Sw. Faun. Bor.- Am. Birds, p. 433.
Stercorarius richardsoni, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii.
p. 395.

a — b £ Orkney, August ( H . E . Strickland) 1837. — c,

- — d Britain (A. G. Strickland) 1838.

SUBFAMILY.— LAPINA.

Rissa.

Rissa, Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. 1, p. 180
(1825).

3016. Rissa tridactyla.

Larus tridactylus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 224.

LARIDiE.

019

JRissa tridactyia , Saund. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 103: Dresser, B.
Eur. viii. p. 447, pi. 008.

a Britain (H. E. Strickland) 1830. ■ — b Dorsetshire (F. 0.
Morris ) 1833. — c $ Orkney, August (II. E. Strickland) 1837.
— d found dead near Apperley Court, March 1849.

Larus.

Larus , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 224 (1700).

3017. Larus glaucus.

Larus glaucus, Fabr. Faun. Grcenl. p. 100: Saund, P. Z. S.
1870, p. 105: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 433, pi. 005.
a Yorkshire ( Arthur Strickland) 1830.

3018. Larus leucopterus.

Larus leucopterus, Faber, Prodr. Isl. Orn. p. 91: Saund.
P. Z. S. 1878, p. 100: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 439, pi. 000.
a, — b (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

A species of the North Atlantic and North Pacific Oceans.

3019. Larus argentatus.

Larus argentatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 000: Saund. P. Z. S.
1878, p. 107: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 399, pi. 002.
a , — b Yorkshire (Arthur Strickland) 1830.

3020. Larus cacMnnans.

Larus cachinnans, Pall, Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 318: Saund.
P. Z. S. 1878, p. 109.

Larus leucophceus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 101 (ex Licht.) :
Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 411, pi. 602,

Larus argentatus , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1836, p. 101.
a Constantinople, March (H. E. Strickland) 1830. * — b Madras
(T. C. Jerdon) 1845?

3021. Larus fuscus.

Larus fuscus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 225: Saund. P. Z. S»
1878, p. 173: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 421, pi. 003.

a Orkney, August (H. E. Strickland) 1837. —6, — o Britain
(N. G. Strickland) 1838.

620

gavi^:.

3022. Larus delawarensis.

Larus delawarensis , Ord. in Guthrie’s Geogr. Ed. 2, ii.
p. 319: Coues, Birds of the N. W. p. 636: Saund. P. Z. S. 1878,
p. 176.

a {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A North- American species.

3023. Larus cairns.

Larus canus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 224: Saund. P. Z. S.
1878, p. 177: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 381, pi. 600.

a, — h Britain (. H \ K Strickland) 1830. — c, ~d Aberdovey,
August {H. K Strickland) 1833.

3024. Larus marinus.

Larus marinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 225 : Saund. P. Z. S.
1878, p. 179: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 427, pi. 604.
a Britain {N. G. Strickland) 1838.

3025. Larus pacificus.

Larus pacificus, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. p. Ixviii. : Gould, B.
Austr. vii. pi. 19: Saund. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 181.
a, — b {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

An Australian species.

3026. Larus modestus.

Larus modestus , Tsch. Arch. f. Naturg. 1843, i. p. 389; Faun.
Per. Av. p. 306, pi. 35: Saund. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 183.
a Chili {Gap t. Brown) 1842.

3027. Larus novse-hollandisB.

Larus novoe-hollandice , Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. 1,
p. 196: Saund. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 185.

Xema jamesoni, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 20 {ex Wils.).
a New Holland {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

3028. Larus atricilla.

Larus atricilla, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 225: Saund. P. Z. S.
1878, p. 194.

a {Arthur Strickland) 1840. — b Jamaica (/. Gould) 184.6.
— c, — - d, — e {Arthur Strickland) 1850. — f.

LARIDiE.

621

3029. Larus franklini.

Larus franklinii, Sw. Faun. Bor.-Am. Birds, p. 424, pi. 71:
Saund. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 195.
a Chili (Tucker).

3030. Larus brunneicephalus.

Larus brunneicephalus , Jerd. Madr. Journ. xii. p. 225:
Saund. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 197.

Xema brunneicephala , Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 832.
a Malacca (Askew) 1837. — b, — c, — d Madras (T. C. Jer -
don) 1845. — e India (“Xema brunneicephala ,” E. Blyth) 1846.

3031. Larus ridibundus.

Larus ridibundus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 225: Strickl. P. Z. S.
1836, p. 101: Saund. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 200: Dresser, B. Eur. viii.
p. 357, pi. 596, 597.

a, — b Britain (Arthur Strickland) 1833. — c $ Smyrna, 10
December (H. E. Strickland) 1835. — d Constantinople, March
(H. E. Strickland ) 1836. — e India (“Xema ridibundus” E.
Blyth) 1846. —/Corncockle, Dumfriesshire, July (H. E. Strick-
land) 1850. — g.

3032. Larus phaeocephalus.

Larus poiocephalus, Svv. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 245, pi. 29.

Xema phceocephala, Strickl. & Scl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 160.
Cirrhocephalus poiocephalus , Gurney in And. B. Damara-1.
p. 358.

Larus phaeocephalus, Saund. P. Z, S. 1878, p. 204.
a Damara-land (G. J. Andersson) 1852.

3033. Larus minutus.

Larus minutus , Pall. Beise iii. p. 702: Saund. P. Z. S. 1878,
p. 206: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 373, pi. 599.
a N. Europe (J. G. Kinberg) 1843.

3034. Larus Philadelphia.

Sterna Philadelphia, Ord. in. Guthrie’s Geogr. Ed. 2, ii. p. 319.
Larus Philadelphia, Saund. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 206.
a (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A North- American species.

622

GAVLE.

SUBFAMILY. — STEBJSTINiE.

Hydrochelidon.

Hydrochelidon , Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563: Strickl. Ann. & Mag.
N. H. vii. p. 40.

3035. Hydrochelidon hybrida.

Sterna liybrida , Pall. Zoogr. Kosso-As. ii. p. 338.
Hydrochelidon hybrida , Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 640: Dres-
ser, B. Eur. viii. p. 315, pis. 588, 589.

Sterna leucopareia, Temm. Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 746 {ex Natterer
MS.).

a $ Madras, September {A. Strickland) 1833. — b New
Holland? {Askew) 1834. — c, — d, — e Madras (“ Sterna leuco-
pareia,” T. G. Jerdon) 1845. — -f India {“ Gelochelidon leuco -
pareia” E. Blyth) 1846. — g {Arthur Strickland) 1850. — h
Malacca {Arthur Strickland).

3038. Hydrochelidon leucoptera.

Sterna leucoptera , Schinz in Meisn. & Schinz, Yog. d.
Schweiz, p. 264.

Hydrochelidon leucoptera , Sannd. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 641:
Dresser, B. Enr. viii. p. 321, pi. 590, 591.
a Italy {Boissoneau) 1839.

3037. Hydrochelidon nigra.

Sterna nigra , Linn. Syst Nat. i. p. 227.

Hydrochelidon nigra , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221 : Saund.
P. Z. S. 1876, p. 642: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 327, ph 592.

a £, — b f Fernando Po, 8 March {A. Strickland) 1833. — c
Neufchatel {L. Coulon) 1836. — d f Kartoum {J. Petherick)
1848. — e Oxford, 14 October 1834 {Arthur Strickland) '1850.

Sterna.

Sterna , Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 227 (1766): Strickl. Ann. &
Mag. N. H. vii. p. 40.

3038. Sterna magnirostris.

Sterna magnirostris , Licht. Yerz. Doubl. p. 81 : Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 643.

a S. America {Arthur Strickland).

LARIDiE.

623

3039. Sterna anglica.

Sterna anglica , Mont. Orn. Diet. Suppl. fol. Y. p. 1 : Strickl.
P. Z. S. 1850, p. 221 : Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 644 : Dresser,
B. Eur. viii. p. 295, pi. 585.

a S. Europe [J. G. Kinberg) 1843. — b Madras [T. C. Jerdon)
1845. — o India (“ Gelochelidon anglica ,” E. Blyth) 1846. — d $
Kartoum, October (J. PethericJc ) 1848.

3040. Sterna seena.

Sterna seena, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 171 : Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 645.

Sterna aurantia, Gray, 111. Ind. Zool. i. pi. 69, fig. 2.

Seena aurantia, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 838.
a India (“ Seena aurantia ,” E. Blyth) 1846. — b S. India (T.
G. Jerdon) 1850. — c (. Arthur Strickland).

3041. Sterna melanogaster.

Sterna melanogaster , Temm. PI. Col. 434: Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 645.

Sterna javanica , Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 198 : Jerd. B. Ind.
ii. p. 840.

a Malacca [Askew) 1834.

3042. Sterna albigena.

Sterna albigena, Beicbenb. Natatores Suppl. xi. pi. 21, fig.
816 : Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 648.
a Madras [T. G. Jerdon) 1845.

3043. Sterna fluviatilis.

Sterna Mr undo, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 227, partim, et Auctt.
plurr.

Sterna fluviatilis, Naum. Isis, 1819, p. 1847: Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 649: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. 263, pi. 580.

a Worcestershire [Mrs Perrott) 1832. — b $ Lago Maggiore,
August [H. E. Strickland) 1836. — c Britain (A. G. Strickland)
1838. — d [Arthur Strickland) 1840. — e, — f, — g Britain. — h
[Arthur Strickland). — i Newport B. I. [Thomas) 1842. — j S.
India (“ Sterna hirundofl T. G. Jerdon) 1850. — k, — l.

624

GAVLE.

3044. Sterna macrura.

Sterna hirundo , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 227 , partim: Dresser,
B. Eur. viii. p. 255, pi. 579.

Sterna macrura, Naum. Isis, 1819, p. 1847: Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 650.

Sterna arctica, Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ix. p. 351.
a Orkney, August ( H E. StricJcland) 1837. — b $ Avon,
Worcestershire, 8 May (H. E. Strickland) 1842. — c.

3045. Sterna forsteri.

Sterna forsteri, Nutt. Man. Orn. ii. p. 274: Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 651.

a (Askew) 1834. — b (Arthur Strickland).

A North- American species.

3046. Sterna dougalli.

Sterna dougalli , Mont. Orn. Diet. Suppl. fol. Y. p. 4 : Saund.
P. Z. S. 1876, p. 652: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 273, pi. 581.

a Madras, September (A. Strickland) 1833. — b Chili (Capt.
Brown) 1842.

3047. Sterna media.

Sterna media, Horsf. Trans. L. S. xiii. p. 199 : Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 655: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 285, pi. 583.

Thalasseus bengalensis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 843 (ex Lesson).
a India (Bt at Stevens’s) 1843. — b, — c S. India (T. C. Jer-
don) 1850.

3048. Sterna maxima.

Hirondelle de Mer, de Cayenne, D’Aub. PL Enl. 988, unde
Sterna maxima, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 58: Scl. & Salv.
P. Z. S. 1871, p. 567: Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 655.
a ( Weaver ) 1839.

A species of the tropical and warmer temperate coasts of the
Atlantic Ocean.

3049. Sterna easpia.

Sterna easpia, Pall. Nov. Comm. Petrop. xiv. p. 582, pl. 22,
f. 2 : Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 656: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 289,
pl. 584.

LARIDiE.

625

Syloclielidon caspia, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 835.
a New South Wales [M° Donald) 1838. — b N. Europe {J. G.
Kinberg) 1843. — c Madras ( T '. C. Jerdon) 1845. — d India
(“ Sylochelidon caspia E. Blyth) 1846.

3050. Sterna bergii.

Sterna bergii, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 80: Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 657.

Thalasseus poliocercus, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 24.
a New South Wales [Mc Donald) 1838. — b Australia {Arthur
Strickland) 1850.

3051. Sterna minuta.

Sterna minuta, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 228: Dresser, B. Eur.
viii. p. 279, pi. 582.

a Southend, Essex, August [R. E. Strickland ) 1822. — b
[Askew) 1836. — c (. Arthur Strickland).

3052. Sterna antillarum.

Sternula antillarum, Less. Descr. Mamm. et Ois. p. 256.
Sterna antillarum, Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 661.
a Newport, B. I. [Thomas) 1842.

3053. Sterna snperciliaris.

Sterna super ciliaris,Y ieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxxii. p. 176:
Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 662.
a, — b [Arthur Strickland).

A South- American species.

3054. Sterna sinensis.

Sterna sinensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 608 : Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 662.

a, — b Madras (“ Sterna minuta ,” T. C. Jerdon) 1855, — c
Australia [Askew) 1839.

3055. Sterna balsenarum.

Sternula balcenarum, Strickl. Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 160:
Gurney in And. B. Damara-1. p. 362.

Sterna balcenarum, Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 664.
a Damara-land ( G . J. Andersson) 1852.

The type of this species.

S. C,

40

626

GAVIiE.

3056. Sterna ansestlieta.

Sterna anaethetus, Scop. Del. FI. et Faun. Ins. ii. p. 92.
Sterna ancestheta , Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 664.

Sterna panayensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 607.
a, — b Madras, September (A. Strickland) 1833. — c North
America (Arthur Strickland). — d.

3057. Sterna fuliginosa.

Sterna fuliginosa , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 605 : Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 666.

Onychoprion fuliginosa, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 32.
a Australia (Warwick Museum) 1841. - — b (Mansfield) 1834.

NiENIA.

Ncenia , Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 189.

3058. Esenia inca.

Sterna inca , Less. Yoy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 731: Atl. pi. 47.
Ncenia inca , Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 667.

Inca mystacalis, Jard. Contr. Orn. 1850, p. 32.
a (Arthur Strickland).

A species of the West coast of Peru.

Gygis.

Gygis , Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1223.

3059. Gygis Candida.

Sterna Candida , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 607.

Gygis Candida , Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 30: Saund. P. Z. S.
1876, p. 667.

Sterna alba, Sparrm. ? Strickl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. viii. p. 545.
a Australia (Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Anous.

Anous , Stephens, in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. i. p, 139,
(1825).

3060. Anons stolidus.

Sterna stolida, Linn. Syst, Nat, i, p, 227.

LAKIDAL

627

Anous stolidus, Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 669.
a f, — b £, — c off Fernando Po, March (A. Strickland ) 1838.
— d.

3061. Anous melanogenys.

Anous melanogenys, Gray & Mitch. Gen. B. iii. p. 661, pi. 182;
Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 670.

a $ Prince’s Island, 12 March (A. Strickland) 1833.

3062. Anous cinereus.

Anous cinereus , Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 104; B. Austr. vii,
pi. 37: Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 272,
a Australia, 1842.

SUBFAMILY. — RHYNCHOPLNYE.

Rhynchops.

Rhynchops, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 228 (1766).

3063. Rhynchops nigra.

Rhynchops nigra , Linn. 1. s. c .: Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1871,
p. 566.

a ( Thomas ) 1840. — b (. Arthur Strickland). — c.

A species of Tropical America.

3064. Rhynchops albicollis.

Rhynchops albicollis , Swains. An. in Menag. p. 360: Gray Sc
Mitch. Gen. B. iii. pi. 181 : Jerd. B. Ind. ii, p. 847.
a Madras ( T . C. Jerdon) 1845.

ORDER XVI.— TUBINARES.

FAMILY - PROCELLARIIDiE.

Procellaria.

Procellaria, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 212 (1766) partim.

3065. Procellaria pelagica.

Procellaria pelagica , Linn. 1. s. c.

Thalassidroma pelagica, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 491, pi. 613.
a (. Mansfield ) 1839. — b, — c.

A species of the North Atlantic Ocean.

Cymochorea.

Cymochorea, Coues, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 75.

3066. Cymochorea leucorrhoa.

Procellaria leucorrhoa , Vieill. N. Diet. d’Hist. N. xxy. p. 422.
Thalassidroma leucorrhoa , Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 497,
pi. 613.

Procellaria leacliii, Temm. Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 812.
a Worcester, December 1839. — b ( Arthur Strickland) 1840.
— c Flat Dezerta, 7 June (R. T. Lowe ) 1850.

OCEANITES.

Oceanites , Keyseling & Blasius, Wirb. Eur. p. 238 (1840).

3067. Oceanites oceanicus.

Procellaria oceanica , Kuhl, Beitr. z. Zool. p. 136. pi. 10.
fig. 1.

Oceanites oceanicus , Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 505, pi. 614.

PROCELLARIIDiE.

629

a f March (A. Strickland) 1833.

Algernon Strickland’s ship was at Fernando Po on March 10 and
at Prince’s Island March 12, so that this species was probably caught
in the South Atlantic.

OSSIFRAGA.

Ossifraga, Hombron & Jaquinot, Compt. Rend. xviii. p. 356
(1844).

3068. Ossifraga gigantea.

Procellaria gigantea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 563 : Gould, B.
Austr. vii. pi. 45.

Ossifraga gigantea , Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, p. 32.
a S. Seas (T. C. Eyton ) 1846. — b (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.
A species of the South Seas.

Majaqueus.

Majaqueus , Reichenbach, Syst. Av. p. iv. (1850).

3069. Majaqueus sequinoctialis.

Procellaria cequinoctialis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 213.
Majaqueus cequinoctialis, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 118.
a, — b (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of the South Seas.

3070. Majaqueus conspicillatus.

Procellaria conspicillata , Gould, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii.
p. 362 ; B. Austr. vii. pi. 46.

Majaqueus conspicillatus, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 118.
a S. Seas (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Doubtfully distinct from the preceding species.

GEstrelata.

jEstrelata, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. ii. p. 188 (1856).

3071. (Estrelata fuliginosa.

Procellaria fuliginosa, Kuhl, Beitr. z. Zool. p. 142, pi. 10,
fig. 6.

630

TUBINARES.

(Estrelata fuliginosa, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, p. 157.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of the South Seas.

FULMARtTS.

Fulmarus, Stephens, in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. 1, p. 233
(1825).

3072. Fulmarus glacialis.

Procellaria glacialis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 213.

Fulmarus glacialis , Dresser, B. Enr. viii. p. 535, pi. 617.
a N. Europe ( J . G. Kinberg) 1843. — b (. Arthur Strickland)
1850.

Thalassceca.

Thalassoica, Reichenbach, Syst. A. p. iv. (1850).

3073. Thalassceca glacialoides.

Procellaria glacialoides , Smith, 111. Zool. S. Afr. pi. 51 :
Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 48 : Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, p. 30.
a S. Seas ( Thomas ) 1842.

DaptioI*.

Bastion, Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. i. p. 239
(1825).

3074. Baption capensis.

Procellaria capensis , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 213.

Baption capensis , Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 53 : Coues, Pr. Ac.
Phil. 1866, p. 162.

a S. Atlantic (A. Strickland) 1832. — b Lat. 28° 3' S. Long.
58° 52' E. 27 May (A. Strickland) 1832. — c.

PUFFINUS-.

Puffinus , Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 131 (1760).

3075. Puffinus major.

Puffinus major , Faber, Prod. Isl. Orn. p. 56: Dresser, B. Eur.
viii. p. 527, pi. 616.

PROCELLARIIDiE.

631

a (. Arthur Strickland ) 1850. — b.

A species of the North- Atlantic Ocean.

3076. Puffinus anglorum.

Procellaria anglorum, Temm. Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 807.

Puffinus anglorum , Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 517, pi. 615.
Procellaria yelkouan , Acerbi, Bibl. Ital. cxl. p. 294.
a Constantinople, March ( H . E. Strickland) 1836.

3077. Puffinus assimilis.

Puffinus assimilis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 156 ; B. Austr. vii.
pi. 59.

a New South Wales (Mc Donald) 1838. — b (. Rev . J. Brown)
1845.

Prion.

Prion , Lacepede, Mem. 1’Inst. p. 514 (1801).

3078. Prion vittatus.

Procellaria vittata , Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 560.

Prion vittatus, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 55.
a f Fish-hook Bay, Cape of Good Hope, June (A. Strickland)
1833.

3079. Prion turtur.

Prion turtur, Gould, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xiii. p. 366 ; B. Austr.
vii. pi. 54.

a £, — b f Cape of Good Hope, 10 June (A. Strickland)
1833. — c.

Pelecanoides.

Pelecanoides , Lacdpede, Mem. 1’Inst. p. 513 (1801).

3080. Pelecanoides garnoti.

Puffinuria garnoti , Less. Yoy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 730, pi. 46.
Pelecanoides garnoti, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, p. 190.
a San Lorenzo, Peru (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

632

TUBINARES.

FAMILY. — DIOMEDIDiE.

Diomedea.

Diomedea, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 214 (1766) partim.

3081. Diomedea exulans.

Diomedea exulans , Linn. 1. s. c. : Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 38.
a £, May (. A . Strickland) 1833.

A species of the South Seas.

3082. Diomedea melanophrys.

Diomedea melanophrys, Temm. PI. Col. 456 : Gould, B.
Austr. vii. pi. 43.
a.

A head of this species which is widely distributed in the Southern
Ocean.

Phoebetria.

Phoebetria , Keichenbach, Syst. Nat. p. v. (1853).

3083. Phoebetria fuliglnosa.

Diomedea fuliginosa, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 568 : Gould, B.
Austr. vii. pi. 44.

a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Also a widely-ranging southern Species.

ORDER XVII.— PYGOPODES.

FAMILY. — COLYMBIDiE.

COLYMBUS.

Colymbus, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 220 (17 66) partim.

3084. Colymbus septentrionalis.

Colymbus septentrionalis, Linn. 1. s. c. : Dresser, B. Eur. viii.
p. 621, pi. 628.

a , — b Orkney (E. Forbes) 1837. — c Britain (V. C. Strick-
land) 1838.

3085. Colymbus arcticus.

Colymbus arcticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 221: Dresser, B. Eur,
viii. p. 615, pi. 627.

a N. Europe (/. C. Kinberg) 1843.

3086. Colymbus glacialis.

Colymbus glacialis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 221 : Dresser, B,
Eur. viii. p. 609, pi. 626.

a, —b Orkney (E. Forbes) 1837.

FAMILY. — PODIC1PEDIDJE.

PODICEPS.

Podiceps, Latham, Gen. Syn. Suppl. i. p. 294 (1787).

3087. Podiceps cristatus.

Colymbus cristatus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 222.

Podiceps cristatus , Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 629, pi. 629.
a Constantinople, March {H. E . Strickland) 1836. — b (. N \
C. Strickland) 1838.

634

PYGOPODES.

3088. Podiceps major.

Grebe de Cayenne, D’Aub. PL Enl. 404, f. 1, unde
Colymbus major, Bodd. Tabl. PL Enl. p. 24.

Podiceps major, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 190.

Podiceps bicornis, Licbt. Yerz. Doubl. p. 88.
a Chili ( Capt . Brown) 1843.

3089. Podiceps auritus.

Colymbus auritus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 222.

Podiceps auritus, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 645, pi. 631.
Colymbus cornutus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 591.
a Iceland ( Thomas ) 1842. — b Britain {W. Kirtland) 1847.
— c (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

3090. Podiceps rollandi.

Podiceps rollandi, Quoy. & Gaim. Yoy. Uranie. Zool. p. 133,
Atl. pi. 36: Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 190.
a Chili {Capt. Brown) 1842.

3091. Podiceps poliocephalus.

Podiceps poliocephalus, Jard. & Selb. 111. Orn. i. pi. 13 :
Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi. 82.

Podiceps nestor, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 145; Handb. B.
Austr. ii. p. 512.

a Australia {Dewgard) 1847. — b Swan River, Australia (P.
L. Sclater) 1847. — c Adelaide, S. Australia {T. C. Eyton) 1850.
— d Yan Dieman’s Land {Arthur Strickland) 1850.

3092. Podiceps fluviatilis.

Colymbus fluviatilis, Tunst. Orn. Brit. p. 3.

Podiceps fluviatilis, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 659, pi. 633.
Colymbus minor, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 591.
a f Sleaford Fen, Lincolnshire, 8 October {H. E. Strickland)
1826. — b Orkney {E. Forbes) 1837. — c (N. C. Strickland) 1838.
— d Sleaford Fen, Lincolnshire, October {H. E. Strickland) 1828.
— e.

3093. Podiceps philippensis.

Castagneux, des Philippines , D’Aub. Pl. Enl. 945.

Colymbus philippensis, Yieill. Enc. Meth. i. p. 58.

ALCID.E.

635

Podiceps pliilippensis, Jerd. B. Ind. ii. p. 822: Wald. Trans.
Z. S. ix. p. 245.

a India (E. Blyth) 1846.

3094. Podiceps dominicus.

Colymbus dominicus , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 223.

Podiceps dominicus, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 440.

Sylbeocyclus dominicus, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 190.
a (. Mansfield ) 1839. — b {Mather) 1840. — c f Yxtlan,
Mexico, September (T. Galeotti) 1845. — d Jamaica (P. H.
Gosse ) 1848. — -e ( Arthur Strickland) 1850. — -f.

Podilymbus.

Podilymbus, Lesson, Traite d’Orn. p. 595 (1831) as a sub-
genus.

3095. Podilymbus podiceps.

Colymbus podiceps, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 223.

Podilymbus podiceps, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 898.

Podilymbus carolinensis, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 438 (ex Latham).
a (T. Robinson ) 1837. — b Jamaica (J. Gould ) 1846. — c
(. Arthur Strickland) 1850. - — d Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1851.
— e.

FAMILY, — ALCIDiE.

Alca,

Alca, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 210 (1766) partim.

3096. Alca torda.

Alca torda, Linn. 1. s. c.: Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 557, pi. 619.
a Yorkshire (. Arthur Strickland) 1830. — b Isle of Wight,
August (H. E. Strickland) 1831. — c Yorkshire ( Arthur Strick-
land) 1833. — d Tenby, August ( H . E. Strickland) 1835. — e
Britain (N. C. Strickland) 1838.

636

PYGOPODES.

Uria.

Uria, Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 70 (1760).

3097. Uria troile.

Colymbus troile , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 220.

Alca troile , Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 567, pi. 621.
a, — b, — c Yorkshire (. Arthur Strickland ) 1830. — d York-
shire, March (. H \ E. Strickland) 1833. — e Tenby, August (H. E.
Strickland) 1835.

3098. Uria bruennichi.

Uria brunnichi, Sabine, Trans. L. S. xii. p. 538.

Alca bruennichi , Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 575, pi. 622.
a ( Thomas ) 1842.

A species of the Arctic Oceans.

Cepphus.

Cepphus , Pallas, Spic. Zool. v. p. 33 (1769).

3099. Cepphus grylle.

Colymbus grylle , Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 220.

Uria grylle , Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 581, pi. 623.
a Yorkshire (. Arthur Strickland) 1833. — b f Orkney,
August (H. E. Strickland) 1837. — c I. of Skye, 19 August
(H. E. Strickland) 1837.

Mergulus.

Mergulus, Vieillot, Anal. p. 67 (1816).

3100. Mergulus alle.

Alca alle, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 211.

Mergulus alle, Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 591, pi. 624.

Mergulus melanoleucos, Leach, Syst. Cat. Mamm. & Birds
Brit. Mus. p. 42.

a ( Arthur Strdckland) 1833.

A species of the North- Atlantic Ocean.

ALCIDJE.

637

Ombria.

Ombria, Eschscholtz, Zool. Atlas, iv. p. 3, pi. 17 (1831).

3101. Ombria psittacula.

Alca psittacula, Pall. Spic. Zool. p. 13, pis. 2, 5.
Simorhynchus psittaculus, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1868, p. 36.
Ombria psittacula, Brandt, Mel. Biol. vii. p. 237.
a $ N. W. America (“Alca psittacula , Wosnessenski,” J. F.
Brandt) 1846.

Simorhynchus.

Simorhynchus, “Merrem (1819),” fide G. R-. Gray, Cat. Gen.
B. p. 127 (1856).

3102. Simorhynchus pusillus.

JJria pusilla, Pall. Zoogr. ii. p. 373.

Simorhynchus pusillus, Brandt, Mel. Biol. vii. p. 230.
Phalaris microceros, Brandt, Bull. Ac. Petersb. ii. p. 346
(1837).

Simorhynchus microceros, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1868, p. 46.
a N. W. America (“Alca pygmcea, Wosnessenski,” J. F.
Brandt ) 1846. - — b (J. G. Kinberg ) 1845.

3103. Simorhynchus cristatellus.

Alca cristatella, Pall. Spic. Zool. v. p. 18, pi. 3.
Simorhynchus cristatellus, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1868, p. 37 :
Brandt, Mel. Biol. v. p. 223.

a N. Pacific (J. G. Kinberg) 1845.

Fratercula.

Fratercula, Brisson. Orn. vi. p. 81 (1760).

3104. Fratercula arctica.

Alca arctica, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 211.

Fratercula arctica , Dresser, B. Eur. viii. p. 599, pi. 625.
a Yorkshire (Arthur Strickland) 1830. — b Tenby, September
(H. E. Strickland) 1835.

3105. Fratercula corniculata.

Mormon corniculata, Naum. Isis, 1821, p. 782.

Fratercula corniculata, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1868, p, 24.

638

PYGOPODES.

Lunda ( Ceratoblepharum ) corniculata, Brandt, Mel. Biol,
vii. p. 242.

a N. W. America^/. F. Brandt) 1846.

3106. Eratercula cirrata.

Alca cirrhata, Pall. Spic. Zool. v. p. 7, pis. 1, 5.

Lunda cirrhata, Cones, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1868, p. 26.

Lunda ( Gymnoblepharum ) cirrata, Brandt, Mel. Biol. vii.
p. 244.

a (J. G. Kinberg) 1845.

A species of the North- Pacific Ocean.

ORDER XYIIL— IMPENNES.

FAMILY. — SPHENISCIDiE.

Eudyptes.

1 Eudyptes, Yieillot, Anal. p. 67 (1816).

3107. Endyptes undina.

Aptenodytes undina , Gould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 57.

Spheniscus undina , Gould, B. Austr. vii. pi 85.
a S. Seas ( Arthur Strickland) 1850.

Spheniscus.

Spheniscus , Brisson, Orn. vi. p. 96 (1760).

3108. Spheniscus humboldti.

Spheniscus humboldti, Meyen, Nov. Act. Ac. Leop. xvi.
Suppl. p. 234, pi. 31: Scl. Yoy. Chall. Zool. ii. Aves, p. 126.
a Chili ( Gapt . Brown) 1842.

3109. Spheniscus demersus.

Diomedea demersa, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 214.

Spheniscus demersus , Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 653: Scl,
Voy. Chall. Zool. ii. Aves, p. 124, pi. 27.
a S. Seas ( Thomas ) 1842.

ORDER XIX.— CRYPTURI.

Tinamus.

TinamiiSj Latham, Ind. Orn. ii. p. 633 (1790).

3110. Tinamus subcristatus.

Trachypelmus subcristatus, Cab.»in Schomb. Reise n. Guiana,
iii. p. 749.

Tinamus major, Schl. Mus. P. B. Tinami, p. 13 (partim).
a (Bt. at Liverpool ) 1853.

A skin of Cayenne make.

Crypturus.

Crypturus, Illiger, Prodr. p. 244 (1811).

3111. Crypturus variegatus.

Tetrao variegatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 768.

Crypturus variegatus, Schl. Mus. P. B. Tinami, p. 32.
a S. America ( Carfrae ) 1840. — b (. Bt . at Liverpool) 1853.
b is a skin of Cayenne make.

3112. Crypturus obsoletus.

Tinamus obsoletus, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 588, 751; PI.
Col. 196.

Crypturus obsoletus, Schl. Mus. P. B. Tinami, p. 22.
a (. Arthur Strickland) 1850.

A species of South Brazil.

3113. Crypturus tataupa.

Tinamus tataupa, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 590, 752; PL
Col. 415.

Crypturus tataupa, Schl. Mus. P. B. Tinami, p. 21.
a Brazil (Bt at Aberystwith) 1838. —5 Brazil (Askew) 1840.

CRYPTURI.

641

Rhynchotus.

Rhynchotus, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 60 (1825).

3114. Rhynchotus rufescens.

Tinamus rufescens, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 552, 747 ;
PI. Cl. 412.

Rhynchotus rufescens , Schl. Mus. P. B. Tinami, p. 35.
a (. Mansfield ) 1849.

A species of South Brazil and the Argentine Republic.

Nothura.

Nothura, Wagler, Syst. Av. fol. 19, p. 9 (1827).

3115. Nothura maculosa.

Tinamus maculosus , Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 557, 748.
Nothura maculosa , Schl. Mus. P. B. Tinami, p. 42.

Tinamus major , Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 64, pi. 80.
a ( Thomas ) 1842.

A species of South Brazil and the Argentine Republic.

3116. Nothura affinis.

Nothura affinis , G. R. Gray, List of Birds, Pt. v. Gallinse,
p. 105 (1867)/
a {Osman) 1848.

Mr Sharpe has identified this specimen as belonging to this species,
the precise locality of which is at present unknown.

Nothoprocta.

Nothoprocta, Sclater & Salvin, Nomencl. Av. Neotr. p. 156
(1873).

3117. Nothoprocta perdicaria.

Grypturus perdicarius , Kittl. Mem. pre's. Ac. Petersb. i.
p. 192, pi. 12.

Nothura perdicaria, Schl. Mus. P. B, Tinami, p. 40.
a Chili ( Gapt . Brown) 1842.

s. c.

41

/

ADDENDA,

[p. 15.]

Cercotrichas.

Cercotrichas, Boie, Isis, 1831, p. 542.

73*. Cercotrichas erythroptera.

Turdus erythropterus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 835.

Melcenornis ? erythropterus , Strickl. P. Z. S. 1850, p. 217.
Cercotrichas erythroptera, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 41.
a f Kordofan, February (J. Petherick) 1848.

[p. 18.]

86. Chsetornis striata.

Add c India [E. Blyth) 1846.

[p. 38.]

180. Sialia wilsoni.

Add /Guatemala (J. Constancia) 1845.

[P- 41-]

195. Calliope camtschatkensis.

Add c India (E. Blyth) 1846.

[p. 92.]

ICTERIA.

Icteria, Yieillot, Ois. Am. Sept. i. pp. iii, 85 (1807).

454*. Icteria viridis.

Muscicapa viridis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 936.

Icteria viridis, Salv. & Godm. Biol. Centr. Am. Aves i.
p. 157.

Icteria velasquezi, Bp. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 117.
a N. America {Askew). — b Guatemala ( J . Constancia ) 1845.

ADDENDA.

643

[p. 94!]

461*. Basileuterns mesochrysus.

Basileuterus mesochrysus, Scl. P. Z. S. I860, p. 251 : Salv.
& Godm. Biol. Centr. Am. Aves i. p. 176.
a Bogota ( Bt at Stevens's ) 1845.

[p. 105.]

512. Rubigula flaviventris.

Add b India (Bt at Stevens’s) 1844.

[p. 143.]

Parisoma.

Parisoma, Swainson, Faun. Bor. Am. ii. p. 490 (1831).

689*. Parisoma plumberan.

Stenostira plumbea, Hartl. J. f. Orn. 1858, p. 41.

Parisoma plumbeum , Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 269.
a (Johnson) 1837.

Agrees with specimens in the British Museum of this tropical
African species.

[p. 152.]

728. Cotyle riparia.

Add c Cape of Good Hope (A. Strickland) 1833.

[p. 216.]

1057*. Sycalis citrina.

Sycalis citrina, Pelz. Orn. Bras. pp. 232, 333 : Scl. Ibis,
1872, p. 48.

Fringilla xanthorrhoa , Bp. Journ. Ac. Phil. iv. p. 350 ?
a (N. G. Strickland) 1838.

Apparently a skin of this little-known Brazilian species.

[p. 270.]

1357. Quiscalus tennirostris.

Add c ( N . G. Strickland) 1838.

044

ADDENDA.

[p. 430.]

2100*. Bucco maculatus.

Alcedo maculata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 451.

Bucco maculatus, Scl. Mon. Galb. & Bucc. p. 99, pi. 32.
a, — b Brazil (i\T. C. Strickland) 1838.

[p. 482.]

2360. Circus aeruginosus.

Add b Madras ( T . G. Jerdon ) 1845.

[p. 486.]

2376 *. Buteo jakal.

Falco jakal, Daud. Traite d’Orn. ii. p. 161.

Buteo jakal, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 33 : Sharpe, Cat. B. i.
p. 173.

a S. Africa (Arthur Strickland).

[p. 501.]

2451*. Falco vespertinus.

Falco vespertinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 129: Strickl. Orn.
Syn. p. 93.

Gerchneis vespertina , Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 443.
a , — b Tuscany (G. Passerini) 1835.

[p. 502.]

2453. Tinnunculus tinnunculoides.

Add b Azani in Mysia, April (H. E. Strickland) 1836.

INDEX.

Acanthiza, 49.
Acanthogenys, 159.
Acanthorhynchus, 155.
Accentor, 60.

Accipiter, 494.
Aeredula, 66.
Acridotheres, 272.
Acrocephalus, 50.
Actinodnra, 22.
Actiturus, 612.

Aedon, 42.
iEgialitis, 595.
iEgithalus, 66.
iEgithaliscus, ib.
iEgithina, 107.
iElurcedus, 280.
JEthopyga, 163.
Agapornis, 461.
Agelseus, 265.
Agriornis, 296.
Agyrtria, 368.
Aithurus, 362.

Aix, 532.

Alaemon, 258.

Alauda, 254.

Alaudula, 256.

Alca, 632.

Alcedo, 414.

Alcippe, 27.

Alcurus, 98.

Alcyone, 415.
Alectorurus, 297.
Allotrius, 74.
Alophonerpes, 385.
Amadina, 248.
Amaurormis, 580.
Amazilia, 369.
Amblyrhamphus, 267.
Ammodromus, 232.
Ammomanes, 258.
Ampelis, 147.
Ampelion, 328.

Amydrus, 277.
Anabatoides, 338.
Anabazenops, 339.
Anas, 533.
Anastomus, 523.
Anaeretes, 305.
Andigena, 451.
Andropadus, 99.
Anous, 626.

Anser, 528.
Anseranus, ib.
Anthochaera, 158.
Anthodiaeta, 167.
Anthornis, 158.
Anthothreptes, 168.
Anthracoceros, 422.
Antbropoides, 588.
Anthus, 82.
Antrostom'us, 372.
Apbantochroa, 360.
Aphobus, 270.
Aplonis, 277.
Aprosmictus, 459,
Aquila, 490.

Ara, 464.

Arachnothera, 168.
Aramides, 580.
Aramus, 587.
Arboricola, 567,
Archibuteo, 487.
Ardea, 515.

Ardetta, 518.

Argus, 561.
Arremon, 198.
Artamus, 282.
Arundinax, 50.
Arundinicola, 297.
Asio, 478.

Astur, 493.
Asturina, 484.
Asturinula, 487.
Athene, 476.

Atticora, 152.

Attila, 326.

Aulacorhamphus, 452.
Aulia, 325.

Auripasser, 217.
Automolus, 337.

Barbatula, 448.
Baryphthengus, 413.
Basileuterus, 94, 643.
Basilinna, 360.
Batara, 344.
Batrachostomus, 374.
Baza, 505.

Bernicla, 529.

Biziura, 540.

Blacicus, 316.
Bolborhynchus, 466.
Bonasa, 574.
Botaurus, 519.
Brachypodius, 105.
Brachyptemus, 404.
Bradyornis, 133.
Bringa, 117.
Brotogerys, 469.
Buarremon, 197.
Bubo, 172.

Bucco, 429, 644.
Buchanga, 116.
Buphaga, 279.
Busarellus, 487.
Butastur, 493.
Buteola, 485.

Buteo, 485, 644.
Buthraupis, 187.
Butorides, 518.

Cacatua, 453.
Caccabis, 570.

Cacicus, 261.
Cacomantis, 433.
Caica, 468.
Calandrella, 256.

64G

Calendula, 255.
Calidris, 611.
Callacanthis, 208.
Calliope, 41, 642.
Calliphlox, 365.
Calliste, 183.
Callocephalus, 454.
Calocitta, 293.
Calopsittacus, 454.
Calorhamphus, 449.
Calornis, 278.
Calothorax, 364.
Calyptomena, 357.
Calyptorhynchus, 454.
Calyptura, 330.
Campephaga, 122.
Campephilus, 383.
Campothera, 393.
Camptolsemus, 539.
Campylopterus, 360.
Campylorhynchus, 75.
Cancroma, 522.

Capito, 449.
Caprimulgus, 376.
Capsiempsis, 306.
Carcineutes, 421.
Cardinalis, 218.
Carduelis, 212.
Carphibis, 524.
Carpodacus, 204.
Carpophaga, 553.
Cassidix, 271.
Cathartes, 509.
Catharus, 1.

Catherpes, 76.

Celeus, 403.

Centrites, 300.
Centropus, 443.
Centurus, 399.
Cephalolepis, 365.
Cepphus, 633.
Cercotrichas, 642.
Ceriornis, 562.

Certhia, 71.
Certhilauda, 257.
Certhiola, 178.

Ceryle, 415.

Ceyx, 418.

Chalcopelia, 549.

INDEX.

Chaleophaps, 552.
Chamsepelia, 547.
Chamasza, 352.
Chaptia, 115.
Charadrius, 594.
Chasm orhynchus, 331.
Chastornis, 18, 642.
Chaetura, 372.
Chaulelasmus, 534.
Chelidon, 152.

Chera, 247.

Chettusia, 599.

Chibia, 115.
Chimarrhornis, 40.
Chiromachaeris, 321,
Chiroxiphia, 320.
Chlamydodera, 280.
Chlorochrysa, 182.
Chloronerpes, 394.
Chlorophonia, 179.
Chlorophanes, 177.
Chlorospingus, 196.
Chlorostilbon, 370.
Chondestes, 234.
Chordeiles, 375.
Chrysococcyx, 435.
Chrysocolaptes, 403.
Chrysolampis, 365.
Chrysomitris, 213.
Chrysophlegma, 391.
Chrysoptilus, 396.
Chrysotis, 467.
Chthonicola, 59.
Ciccaba, 475.

Cieonia, 522.
Cinchlorhamphus, 86.
Cinclodes, 333.
Cinclosoma, 23.
Cinclus, 29.
Cinnieerthia, 76.
Cinnyris, 163.
Circaetus, 492.

Circus, 482, 644.

Cissa, 287.

Cissopis, 199.

Cisticola, 53.
Cistothorus, 78.
Cittocincla, 15.
Cladorhynchus, 604.

Clangula, 538.
Climacteris, 70.
Clytolaema, 367.
Cnipolegus, 298.
Coccothraustes, 211.
Coecygus, 440.
Coccystes, 436.
Cochoa, 74.

Ccereba, 177.
Colaptes, 400.

Colius, 406.
Collocalia, 372.
Collyriocincla,. 134.
Columba, 542.
Colymbus, 636.
Compsocoma, 188.
Conirostrum, 175.
Conopias, 310.
Conopophaga, 353.
Contopus, 314.
Conurus, 465.
Copsychus, 15.
Copurus, 299.
Coracias, 411.
Corcorax, 286.
Coriphilus, 456.
Corvinella, 129.
Corvultur, 285.
Corvus, 283.

Corydon, 358.
Coryphospingus, 226.
Corythaix, 424.
Corythopis, 354.
Corythornis, 415.
Cosmonetta, 538.
Cossypha, 14.
Cotinga, 329.
Coturnieulus, 233.
Coturnix, 568.

Cotyle, 152, 643.
Cracticus, 281.
Crateropus, 16.

Crex, 581.

Criniger, 98.
Crithagra, 216.
Crotophaga, 443.
Cryptolopha, 145.
Crypsirhina, 288.
Cryptorhina, ib.

INDEX.

647

Crypturus, 640.
Cuculus, 431.
Culieipeta, 47.
Curasus, 268.
Cursorius, 593.

Cntia, 74.

Cyanecnla, 40.
Cyanocitta, 290.
Cyanocorax, 292.
Cyanomyia, 368.
Cyanospiza, 224.
Cyanotis, 305.
Cyclorhis, 114.
Cymborhynchus, 357.
Cyornis, 140.
Cyphorhinus, 76.
Cypsnagra, 195.
Cypselus, 370.
Cyrtonyx, 573.

Dacelo, 421.

Dacnis, 176.

Dafila, 533.

Daption, 630.
Daulias, 41.
Dendrobates, 392.
Dendrocitta, 287.
Dendrocincla, 340.
Dendrocolaptes, ib.
Dendrocygna, 53L
Dendroeca, 89.
Dendrophila, 69.
Dendroplex, 342.
Dendrornis, 341.
Dendrortyx, 572.
Dicseum, 169.
Dicrurus, 115.
Diglossa, 174.
Diglossopis, 175.
Dilophus, 273.
Diomedea, 632.
Diplopterus, 442
Discura, 364
Dissemurus, 117.
Diuca, 228.
Diucopis, 201.

Diva, 182.
Dolichonyx, 264.
Donacobius, 75.

Doricha, 365.
Drepanis, 173.
Dromas, 617.
Dromococcyx, 442.
Drymocataphus, 26.
Drymceca, 54.
Dryocopus, 384.
Dryodromas, 59.
Dryoscopus, 131.
Dumetia, 25.
Dysithamnns, 346.

Eclectus, 458.
Elainea, 308.
Elanoides, 507.
Elanus, ib.

Elminia, 142.
Embernagra, 233.
Emberiza, 235.
Emberizoides, 234.
Empidias, 316.
Empidonax, 313.
Empidonomus, 317.
Engyptila, 550.
Entomopbila, 155.
Entomyza, 160.
Eopsaltria, 135.
Epbtbianura, 60.
Ereunetes, 611.
Ergaticns, 96.
Erismatura, 541.
Erithacus, 41.
Erytbrogonys, 599.
Erytbrospiza, 206.
Erythrosterna, 137.
Esacns, 591.
Estrilda, 249.
Encephala, 369.
Eudocimus, 526.
Eudromias, 595.
Eudynamis, 437.
Eudyptes, 639.
Enlampis, 362.
Eumomota, 413.
Eupetomena, 360.
Euphema, 459.
Eupbonia, 179.
Euplocamus, 563.
Eurycephalus, 130

Eurylsemus, 357.
Eurystomus, 412.
Euscartbmus, 302.
Euspiza, 237.
Enstephanus, 367.
Excalfactoria, 569.

Falco, 499, 644.
Falcunculus, 67.
Florisuga, 363.
Fluvicola, 297.
Formicarius, 352,
Formicivora, 348
Foudia, 243.
Francolinus, 565.
Fratercula, 634.
Fringilla, 207.
Fringillaria, 238
Fulica, 586.

Fuligula, 537.
Fulmarns, 630.
Furnarius, 332.

Galbula, 427.
Galeoscoptes, 11.
Galerita, 257.
Gallicrex, 586.
Gallinago, 606.
Gallinula, 585.
Galloperdix, 564.
Gallus, 563.
Gampsonyx, 506.
Gampsorbynchns, 22.
Garrnlax, 20.
Garrulus, 288.
Gecinus, 389.
Geobates, 332.
Geocichla, 8.
Geococcyx, 442.
Geocolaptes, 401.
Geopelia, 553.
Geophaps, 552.
Geositta, 332.
Geospiza, 219.
Geotblypis, 92.
Geotrygon, 550.
Geranoaetns, 488.
Geranospizias, 498.
Glareola, 592.

648

INDEX.

Glaucidium, 477.
Glaucis, 359.
Glaucopis, 294.
Glossiptila, 178.
Glyciphila, 155.
Glyphorhynchus, 340.
Gracula, 271.
Grallina, 282.
Grallaria, 353.
Grammatoptila, 23.
Grus, 587.

Guira, 442.

Guiraca, 219.

Gygis, 626.
Gymnopelia, 548.
Gymnomystax, 267.
Gymnorhina, 281.
Gypagus, 509.

Gyps, 510.

Habropyga, 248.
Hadrostomus, 323.
Haematopus, 603.
Hagedashia, 525.
Halcyon, 419.
Haliaetus, 491.
Haliastur, 505.
Hapalis, 58.
Haploderma, 427.
Haplopelia, 549.
Haplospiza, 225.
Harelda, 539.
Harpactes, 426.
Harpagus, 506.
Harpiprion, 525.
Harporhynchus, 11.
Harpyhaliaetus, 489.
Hedymeles, 218.
Helianthea, 367.
Heilicura, 320.
Heliochera, 328.
Heliomaster, 367.
Heliornis, 587.
Heliothrix, 366.
Helmintbophaga, 88.
Helminthotherus, 89.
Helotarsus, 489.
Hemicercus, 401.
Hemichelidon, 139.

Hemipus, 138.
Hemitricus, 303.
Hemixus, 98.
Henicognathus, 464.
Heniconetta, 539.
Henicurus, 30.
Herpetotheres, 508.
Herpornis, 73.
Herpsilochmus, 347.
Heterocnemis, 350.
Heteropelma, 321.
Heterura, 86.
Hieracidea, 503.
Hierococcyx, 433.
Himantopus, 605.
Hirundinea, 312.
Hirnndo, 148.
Homorus, 336.
Hoplopterus, 601.
Hydrochelidon, 622.
Hydrophasianus, 592.
Hydropsalis, 379.
Hyetornis, 441.
Hylacola, 59.
Hylactes, 355.
Hyliota, 138.
Hylocharis, 369.
Hylomanes, 413.
Hylophilus, 113.
Hypergerus, 19.
Hyphantornis, 240.
Hypochera, 247.
Hypolais, 40.
Hypotaenidia, 578.
Hypothymis, 141.
Hypoxanthns, 398.
Hypsipetes, 97.

Ianthia, 41.

Ibis, 524.

Ibycter, 508.

Icteria, 642.

Icterus, 262.

Ictinia, 507.
Indicator, 444.
Inocotis, 525.
Iodopleura, 330.

Iole, 104.

Irena, 108.

Iridornis, 186.
Irrisor, 407.

Ispidina, 418.
Ithaginis, 563.
Ixodia, 105.

Ixulus, 72.

Ixus, 103.
lynx, 381 .

Jacamaralcyon, 429.
Jacamerops, 428.
Junco, 232.

Ketupa, 472.

Lagenoplastes, 151.
Lagonosticta, 248.
Lagopus, 575.
Lalage, 121.
Lampornis, 361.
Lamprotes, 193.
Lamprocolius, 275.
Lampropsar, 269.
Lamprospiza, 199.
Lamprotornis, 274.
Laniarius, 131.
Lanio, 193.
Laniisoma, 326.
Lanioturdus, 143.
Lanius, 125.

Larus, 619.
Larvivora, 40.
Lathamus, 462.
Lathria, 325.
Legatus, 308.
Leistes, 267.
Leptasthenura, 334.
Leptodon, 505.
Leptopogon, 306.
Leptoptilus, 523.
Leptornis, 159.
Leptotricus, 304.
Lerwa, 571.
Leucochloris, 368.
Leucomelasna, 554.
Leuconerpes, 398.
Leucopternis, 488.
Leucosarcia, 551.
Leucosticte, 208.

INDEX.

Lichenops, 299.
Ligurinus, 209.
Limicola, 609.
Limnocorax, 583.
Limosa, 615.

Linota, 206.
Lioptilus, 74.
Liothrix, 71.
Lipaugus, 326.
Lobivanellus, 601.
Lochmias, 333.
Lophoceros, 423.
Lophocitta, 294.
Lopholsemus, 554.
Lophophanes, 64.
Lophophorus, 562.
Lophortyx, 573.
Lophostrix, 474.
Loriculns, 459.
Lorius, 455.

Loxia, 202.

Loxigilla, 219.
Lurocalis, 375.

Machaaropterus, 320.
Machetes, 611.
Machetornis, 300.
Macrodipteryx, 378.
Macronus, 25.
Macronyx, 85.
Macropteryx, 373.
Macropygia, 546.
Macrorhamphus, 615.
Majaqueus, 629.
Malacocercus, 16.
Malacopterns, 24.
Malacoptila, 430.
Malacorhynchus, 537.
Malurus, 57.
Manorhina, 160.
Manucodia, 279.
Mareca, 532.
Margarornis, 339.
Marmaronetta, 534.
Megalasma, 445.
Megaloprepia, 554.
Megalurus, 18.
Megarhynchus, 311.
Meiglyptes, 402.

S. C.

Melanerpes, 397.
Melanochlora, 65.
Melanocorypha, 255.
Melaenornis, 133.
Melanotis, 11.
Meleagris, 564.
Melierax, 498.
Meliphaga, 157.
Melithreptus, 161.
Melizophilns, 45.
Melopelia, 548.
Melophus, 238.
Melopsittacns, 460.
Melospiza, 230.
Menura, 295.

Mergus, 541.
Mergulus, 633.
Merops, 408.
Merulaxis, 354.
Mesocalius, 435.
Metopia, 321.
Metopidius, 592.
Metriopelia, 549.
Micrastur, 497.
Microeca, 139.
Microhierax, 506.
Micropternus, 402.
Microtarsus, 104.
Milvago, 508.
Milvulus, 318.
Milvus, 504.
Mimocichla, 11.
Mimus, 12.

Minla, 72.

Mionectes, 306.
Mirafra, 258.
Mitrephorus, 313.
Mixornis, 25.
Mniotilta, 87.
Mohoua, 67.
Molothrus, 265.
Momotus, 412.
Monarcha, 135.
Monasa, 431.
Montifringilla, 207.
Morphnus, 489.
Motacilla, 79.

Munia, 251.
Muscicapa, 136.

Muscicapula, 138.
Muscipipra, 299.
Muscisaxicola, 300.
Muscivora, 312.
Musophaga, 424.
Mycteria, 523.
Myiagra, 141.
Myiarchus, 315.
Myiadectes, 61.
Myiobius, 312.
Myiochanes, 315.
Myiodioctes, 93.
Myiodynastes, 311.
Myiophoneus, 13.
Myiozetetes, 309.
Myrmeciza, 351.
Myrmecocichla, 34.
Myrmotherula, 347.
Mvzantha, 160.
Myzomela, 154.

Nffinia, 626.

Nasica, 341.
Nectarinia, 162.
Nemosia, 195.
Neopus, 490.
Neorhynchus, 223.
Nestor, 463.
Nettapus, 529.
Nigrita, 243.

Nilaus, 129.

Niltava, 139.

Ninox, 476.
Nisaetus, 490.
Nonnula, 430.
Nothoprocta, 641.
Nothura, ib.
Nucifraga, 285.
Numenius, 616.
Numida, 564.
Nyctala, 481.
Nyctea, 475.
Nyctherodius, 521.
Nyctibius, 374.
Nycticorax, 521.
Nyctidromus, 380.
Nyctiornis, 410.

Oceanites, 628.

42

650

INDEX.

Odontophorus, 573.
(Edemia, 540.
CEdicnemus, 590.
(Ena, 553.

(Estrelata, 629.
Ombria, 634.
Orchesticus, 201.
Orchilus, 303.
Oreocincla, 7.
Orececa, 67.
Oreotrochilus, 361.
Origma, 38.

Oriolus, 109.
Ornithion, 307.
Ortalis, 561.
Orthogonys, 193.
Orthonyx, 294.
Orthotomus, 52.
Ortygornis, 566.
Ortygospiza, 253.
Ortyxelos, 577.
Oryzoborus, 220.
Ossifraga, 629.
Ostinops, 260.

Otis, 588. ‘

Otocorys, 260.
Otogyps, 510.
Oxyrhamphus, 296.
Oxynrus, 334.

Pachycephala, 135.
Pacbyrhamphus, 323.
Padda, 251.
Palseornis, 457.
Pandion, 482.
Panoplites, 363.
Panurus, 62.
Panyptila, 371.
Paradoxornis, 254.
Pardalotus, 173.
Parisoma, 67, 643.
Paroaria, 225.

Parra, 591.

Parus, 62.

Passer, 209.
Passerculus, 228.
Passerella, 231.
Pastor, 272.

Patagona, 366.

Pedioeeetes, 574.
Pelargopsis, 417.
Pelecanoides, 631.
Pelecanns, 511.
Pellorneum, 26.
Penelope, 560.
Penelopides, 422.
Penelopina, 560.
Pentbetria, 245.
Penthobea, 36.
Percnostola, 350.
Perdicula, 569.

Perdix, 567.
Perisoreus, 289.
Pericrocotus, 122.
Peristera, 549.

Pernis, 505.
Petasophera, 366.
Petrochelidon, 151.
Petrocincla, 9.
Petroeca, 37.

Petronia, 211.

Peucsea, 232.
Pezoporus, 460.
Phabotreron, 552.
Phacelodomns, 336,
Phaethon, 511.
Phaethornis, 859.
Phalacrocorax, 512.
Phalaropus, 605.
Phaps, 551.
Pharomacrus, 426.
Pbasianus, 562.
Pheucticus, 218.
Phibalura, 328.
Philentoma, 147.
Philohela, 606.
Philydor, 337.
Pbleocryptes, 334.
Phlogcenas, 552
Phodilus, 481.
Phoebetria, 632.
Pboenicocercns, 327.
Phoenicophilus, 198.
Pboenicopterus, 527.
Phoenicothraupis, 193.
Pholidauges, 276.
Phonipara, 224.
Phrygilus, 227.

Pbyllomyias, 307.
Phyllornis, 105.
Phylloscartes, 304.
Pbylloscopns, 45.
Phyllostrephus, 99.
Pbytotoma, 332.
Piaya, 441.

Pica, 286.

Picoides, 389.
Picolaptes, 343.
Picumnus, 381.
Picus, 385.

Pinicola, 204.
Pionopsittacus, 468.
Pionus, 467.

Pipilo, 234,

Pipra, 318.

Pipreola, 328.
Pipridea, 182.
Piprisoma, 171.
Piprites, 318.
Pitangus, 310.

Pithys, 351.

Pitta, 355.

Pitylns, 201.

Platalea, 526.
Platycercus, 461.
Platyrhynchus, 301,
Platystira, 142.
Plectrophanes, 239,
Plegadis, 526.
Plocepasser, 243.
Plocens, 242.

Plotus, 514.
Pluvianus, 600.
Podager, 375.
Podargus, 373.
Podiceps, 636.
Podilymbns, 638.
Pcecilothraupis, 187.
Poeocephalus, 463.
Poephila, 251.
Pogonornis, 159.
Pogonorhynchus, 445.
Polioaetus, 491.
Poliococcyx, 440.
Polioptila, 61.
Poliospiza, 217.
Polyboroides, 498.

INDEX.

651

Polyborus, 509.
Polytelis, 458.
Polytmus, 366,
Pomatorhinus, 28.
Poospiza, 226,
Pocecetes, 229.
Porphyrio, 584.
Porphyriops, 585.
Porphyriospiza, 226.
Porzana, 581.
Pratincola, 35,
Prinia, 56.

Prion, 631.
Prionochilus, 171.
Prionops, 133,
Proeellaria, 628.
Procnias, 178.
Progne, 153.
Promerops, 161.
Propasser, 205.
Prosthemadera, 158.
Psalidoprocne, 152.
Psarisomus, 358.
Psephotis, 462.
Pseudocolaptes, 336.
Pseudogyps, 510.
Pseudoleistes, 267.
Psittacula, 462.
Psittinus, 458.
Psittospiza, 199.
Psophodes, 19.
Pterocles, 558.
Pteroglossus, 451.
Pteroptochus, 354.
Pterythrius, 73.
Ptilogonys, 147.
Ptilopus, 555.
Ptilorhis, 279.
Ptilorhynehus, 280.
Ptilotus, 156.
Pucrasia, 562.
Puffinus, 630.
Pycnonotus, 100.
Pyctorhis, 28.
Pyranga, 191.
Pyrocepbalus, 313.
Pyrgisoma, 234.
Pyriglena, 349.
Pyroderus, 331.

Pyromelaena, 244.
Pyrrhocorax, 285.
Pyrrhocheira, 277.
Pyrrhula, 203.
Pyrrhulauda, 255.
Pytetia, 248,

%

Querquedula, 535.
Querula, 330.
Quiscalus, 269, 643.

Rallina, 578.

Rallus, 579.
Rampbocoelus, 190.
Recurvirostra, 604.
Regulus, 18.
Rhamphastos, 449.
Rbamphocoenus, 349.
Rhinococcyx, 439.
Rhinoplax, 421.
Rhinoptilus, 593.
Rbinortha, 438.
Rhipidura, 143,
Rhizothera, 567.
Rhodonessa, 535.
Rollulus, 570.
Rhopodytes, 438.
Rbopoterpe, 352.
Rhynchaea, 608.
Rhynchops, 627.
Rhynchocyclus, 309.
Rhynchotus, 641.
Rhynchopsitta, 464.
Rissa, 618.

Rubigula, 104, 643.
Rupicola, 327.
Ruticilla, 38.

Saltator, 199.
Saraglossa, 278.
Sarcidiornis, 531.
Sarciophorus, 602.
Sarcops, 271.
Sarcorhampbus, 509.
Sasia, 382.
Saurothera, 441.
Saxicola, 31.
Scardafella, 547.
Schizorhis, 424.

Sclemrus, 333.
Scolecophagus, 268.
Scolopax, 606.
Scops, 473.

Scopus, 522.
Scotornis, 378.
Scythrops, 438.
Selaspborus, 364.
Selenidera, 451.
Sericornis, 48.
Sericulus, 279
Serinus, 215
Serphophaga, 304.
Sirystes, 311.
Setophaga, 95.
Sialia, 38, 642.
Sibia, 23.

Sigelus, 133.
Simorhynchus, 634.
Siphia, 140.
Sisopygis, 298.
Sisura, 141.

Sitta, 68.

Sittella, 70.
Sittasomus, 339.
Siurus, 87.

Siva, 72.

Somateria, 539.
Spatula, 536.
Speotyto, 476.
Spermestes, 247.
Spermophaga, 249.
Spermophila, 220.
Spermospiza, 247.
Spbecotberes, 111.
Sphenseacus, 18.
Spheniscus, 639.
Sphenocercus, 555.
Sphenura, 19.
Sphyropicus, 389.
Spilornis, 492.
Spindalis, 190.
Spizaetus, 492.
Spizalauda, 257.
Spizella, 231.
Sporopipes, 246.
Spreo, 276.
Squatarola, 594
Stachyris, 27.

652

INDEX.

Stagonopleura, 251.
Steatornis, 380.
Stelgidopteryx, 153.
Stenostira, 143.
Stephanopborus, 186.
Stercorarius, 618.
Sterna, 622.
Stigmatops, 155.
Stipiturns, 58.
Stoparola, 140.
Strepera, 280.
Strepsilas, 603.

Strix, 470.

Struthidea, 294.
Sturnella, 268.
Sturnia, 273.
Sturnopastor, 274.
Sturnus, ib.

Sula, 512.

Surnia, 475.
Surniculus, 434.
Sycalis, 215, 643.
Sycobrotus, 242.
Sylvia, 43.

Sylvietta, 59.
Symmorphus, 122.
Synallaxis, 334.
Syrnium, 479.
Syrrhaptes, 559.

Tachypbonus, 194.
Tadorna, 531.
Taenioptera, 296.
Taeniopygia, 251.
Tanagra, 188.
Tanagrella, 181.
Tantalus, 523.
Telepbonus, 130.
Temenucbus, 273.
Temnurus, 288.
Tephrodornis, 132.
Terekia, 615.
Terenura, 349.
Terpsiphone, 145.

Tetrao, 574.
Tetraogallus, 571.
Textor, 240.
Thalassoeca, 630.
Thalurania, 362.
Tbamnobia, 36.
Tbamnomanes, 347.
Tbamnopbilus, 344.
Theristicus, 525.
Thinocorus, 604.
Tbripopbaga, 336.
Thryophilus, 77.
Tbryothorus, ib.

Tiaris, 226.
Tichodroma, 69.

Tiga, 405.

Tigrisoma, 520.

Tijuca, 327.

Timelia, 24.

Tinamus, 640.
Tinnunculus, 501, 644.
Tityra, 322.

Toccus, 422.
Todirhamphus, 421.
Todirostrum, 301.
Todus, 414.

Topaza, 361.

Totanus, 613.
Trachycomus, 99.
Trachyphonus, 448.
Treron, 556.

Tribonyx, 585.
Trichoglossus, 455.
Trichothraupis, 194.
Trichostoma, 26.
Triclaria, 467.

Tringa, 609.
Tringoidis, 612.
Trocbalpoterum, 21.
Trochilus, 364.
Troglodytes, 78.
Trogon, 425.
Tropidorhynchus, 159.
Turdus, 1.

Turdinus, 26.
Turnagra, 24.

Turnix, 576.

Turtur, 544.
Tyrannus, 317.
Tyrannulus, 307.

Upucerthia, 332.
Upupa, 407.

Uragus, 205.

Uria, 633
Urobracbys, 245.
Urochroma, 469.
Urocissa, 287.
Urogalba, 428.
Uroloncha, 253.
Urubitinga, 487.

Vanellus, 600.
Venilia, 402.

Yidua, 246.

Vireo, 113.
Vireosylvia, 111.
Volatinia, 223.
Volvocivora, 121.

Xanthocepbalus, 266.
Xantbolsema, 447.
Xantbomyza, 156
Xanthopygia, 138.
Xantbosomus, 266.
Xenops, 339.
Xipboeolaptes, 341.
Xipbolena, 329. '
Xipborhyncbus, 343.

Yubina, 73.

Zanclostomus, 439.
Zebrilus, 520.
Zenaida, 548.
Zenaidura, ib.
Zonotricbia, 229.
Zosterops, 171.

CAMBRIDGE : PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY & SON, AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

University Press, Cambridge,
June , 1882.

CATALOGUE OF

WORKS

PUBLISHED FOR THE SYNDICS

OF THE

Cainimfccje ^Bnibersttp

Horizon : c. j. clay, m.a. and son.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE,
17 PATERNOSTER ROW.

Cambridge: DEIGHTON, BELL, AND CO.
fUtp|tg: F. A. BROCKHAUS.

1000

8/6/83

PUBLICATIONS OF

€l)t Camlu-tUgc ®m'berStt|)

THE HOLY SCRIPTURES, &c.

THE CAMBRIDGE PARAGRAPH BIBLE

of the Authorized English Version, with the Text Revised by a Colla-
tion of its Early and other Principal Editions, the Use of the Italic
Type made uniform, the Marginal References remodelled, and a Criti-
cal Introduction prefixed, by the Rev. F. H. Scrivener, M.A.,LL.D.,
Editor of the Greek Testament, Codex Augiensis, &c., and one of
the Revisers of the Authorized Version. Crown 4to. cloth, gilt. 21 s.

From the Times.

“Students of the Bible should be particu-
larly grateful to (the Cambridge University
Press) for having produced, with the able as-
sistance of Dr Scrivener, a complete critical
edition of the Authorized Version of the Eng-
lish Bible, an edition such as, to use the words
of the Editor, ‘would have been executed
long ago had this version been nothing more
than the greatest and best known of English
classics.’ Falling at a time when the formal
revision of this version has been undertaken
by a distinguished company of scholars and
divines, the publication of this edition must
be considered most opportune.”

From the Athenoeum.

“Apart from its religious importance, the
English Bible has the glory, which but few
sister versions indeed can claim, of being the
chief classic of the language, of having, _ in
conjunction with Shakspeare, and in an im-
measurable degree more than he, fixed the
language beyond any possibility of important
change. Thus the recent contributions to the
literature of the subject, by such workers as
Mr F rancis Fry and Canon Westcott, appeal to
a wide range of sympathies ; and to these may
now be added Dr Scrivener, well known for
his labours in the cause of the Greek Testa-
ment criticism, who has brought out, for the
Syndics of the Cambridge University Press,
an edition of the English Bible, according to
the text of 1611, revised by a comparison with
later issues on principles stated by him in his
Introduction. Here he enters at length into
the history of the chief editions of the version,

and of such features as the marginal notes,
the use of italic type, and the changes of or-
thography, as well as into the most interesting
question as to the original texts from which
our translation is produced.”

From the Methodist Recorder.

“ This noble quarto of over 1300 pages is
in every respect worthy of editor and pub-
lishers alike. The name of the Cambridge
University Press is guarantee enough for its
perfection in outward form, the name of the
editor is equal guarantee for the worth and
accuracy of its contents. Without question,
it is the best Paragraph Bible ever published,
and its reduced price of a guinea brings it
within reach of a large number of students. .
But the volume is much more than a Para-
graph Bible. It is an attempt, and a success-
ful attempt, to give a critical edition of the
Authorised English Version, not (let it be
marked) a revision, but an exact reproduc-
tion of the original Authorised Version, as
published in 1611, minus patent mistakes.
This is doubly necessary at a time when the
version is about to undergo revision. . . To
all who at this season seek a suitable volume
for presentation to ministers or teachers we
earnestly commend this work.”

From the London Quarterly Review.

“The work is worthy in every respect of
the editor’s fame, and of the Cambridge
University Press. The noble English Ver-
sion, to which our country and religion owe
so much, was probably never presented be-
fore in so perfect a form.”

THE CAMBRIDGE PARAGRAPH BIBLE.
Student’s Edition, on good writing paper , with one column of
print and wide margin to each page for MS. notes. This edition will
be found of great use to those who are engaged in the task of
Biblical criticism. Two Vols. Crown 4to. cloth, gilt. 31.S*. 6d.

THE LECTIONARY BIBLE, WITH APOCRYPHA,

divided into Sections adapted to the Calendar and Tables of Lessons
of 1871. Crown 8vo. cloth. 3T. 6d.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS BOOKS.

3

BREVIARIUM

AD USUM INSIGNIS ECCLESIAE SARUM.

Fasciculus II. In quo continentur Psalterium, cum ordinario Officii
totius hebdomadae juxta Horas Canonicas, et proprio Completorii,
Litania, Commune Sanctorum, Ordinarium Missae cum
Canone et xiii MISSIS, &c. &c. juxta Editionem maximam pro
Claudio Chevallon et Francisco Regnault a.d. mdxxxi. in
Alma Parisiorum Academia impressam : labore ac studio Francisci
Procter, A.M., et Christophori Wordsworth, A.M. Demy
8vo. cloth. 12 s.

Fasciculus I. In quo continentur Kalendarium, et Ordo Tem-
poralis sive Proprium de Tempore totius anni. una cum ordinali

suo quod usitato vocabulo dicitur
dotum. Demy 8vo. cloth. £i.

“Not only experts in liturgiology, but all
persons interested in the history of the
Anglican Book of Common Prayer, will be
grateful to the Syndicate of the Cambridge
University Press for forwarding the publica-
tion of the volume which bears the above
title, and which has recently appeared under
their auspices.” — Notes and Queries.

Pica sive Directorium Sacer-

“ We have here the first instalment of the
celebrated Sarum Breviary, of which no en-
tire edition has hitherto been printed since
the year 1557. . . Of the valuable explanatory
notes, as well as the learned introduction to
this volume, we can only speak in terms of the
very highest commendation.” — The Ex-
aminer.

GREEK AND ENGLISH TESTAMENT,

in parallel Columns on the same page. Edited by J. Scholefield,
M.A. late Regius Professor of Greek in the University. Small
Odtavo. New Edition, with the Marginal References as arranged
and revised by Dr Scrivener. Cloth, red edges, ys. 61.

GREEK AND ENGLISH TESTAMENT,

The Student’s Edition of the above, on large writing paper. 4to.
cloth. I2S.

GREEK TESTAMENT,

ex editione Stephani tertia, 1550 Small 8vo. 3^. 6d.

THE NEW TESTAMENT IN GREEK

according to the text followed in the Authorised Version, with the
Variations adopted in the Revised Version. Edited by F. H. A.
Scrivener, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D. Crown 8vo. 6s. Morocco boards
or limp. 12 s.

THE BOOK OF ECCLESIASTES,

With Notes and Introduction. By the Very Rev. E. H. Plumptre,
D.D., Dean of Wells. Large Paper Edition. Demy 8vo. ys. 6d.

“No one can say that the Old Testament which we can point in English exegesis of

is a dull or worn-out subject after reading the Old Testament; indeed, even Delitzsch,

this singularly attractive and also instructive whose pride it is to leave no source of illus-
commentary. Its wealth of literary and his- tration unexplored, is far inferior on this head

torical illustration surpasses anything to to Dr Plumptre.” — Academy , Sept. 10, 1881.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MATTHEW

in Anglo-Saxon and Northumbrian Versions, synoptically arranged:
with Collations of the best Manuscripts. By J. M. Kemble, M.A.
and Archdeacon Hardwick. Demy 4to. ioj.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MARK

in Anglo-Saxon and Northumbrian Versions synoptically arranged:
with Collations exhibiting all the Readings of all the MSS. Edited
by the Rev. Professor Skeat, M.A. late Fellow of Christ’s College,
and author of a Mceso-Gothic Dictionary. Demy 4to. ioj.4

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row e

1 — 2

4

PUBLICATIONS OF

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST LUKE,

uniform with the preceding, edited by the Rev. Professor Skeat.
Demy 4to. ioj.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST JOHN,

uniform with the preceding, by the same Editor. Demy 4to. ioj.

“ The Gospel according to St John, in
Anglo-Saxon and Northumbria7i Versions:
Edited for the Syndics of the University
Press, by the Rev. Walter W. Skeat, M.A.,
Elrington and Bosworth Professor of Anglo-
Saxon in the University of Cambridge,
completes an undertaking designed and
ccmmenced by that distinguished scholar,
J. M. Kemble, some forty years ago. He
was not himself permitted to execute his
scheme ; he died before it was completed
for St Matthew. The edition of that Gospel
was finished by Mr., subsequently Arch-
deacon, Hardwick. The remaining Gospels

have had the good fortune to be edited by
Professor Skeat, whose competency and zeal
have left nothing undone to prove himself
equal to his reputation, and to produce a
■work of the highest value to the student
of Anglo-Saxon. The design was indeed
worthy of its author. It is difficult to ex-
aggerate the value of such a set of parallel
texts. ... Of the particular volume now
before us, we can only say it is worthy of its
two predecessors. We repeat that the ser-
vice rendered to the study of Anglo-Saxon
by this Synoptic collection cannot easily be
overstated. ” — Contemporary R eview.

THE POINTED PRAYER BOOK,

being the Book of Common Prayer with the Psalter or Psalms of
David, pointed as they are to be sung or said in Churches. Royal
24010. Cloth, is. 6d.

The same in square 32mo. cloth. 6 d.

“The ‘Pointed Prayer Book* deserves and still more for the terseness and dear-

mention for the new and ingenious system ness of the directions given for using it.’* —

on which the pointing has been marked, Times.

THE CAMBRIDGE PSALTER,

for the use of Choirs and Organists. Specially adapted for Congre-
gations in which the “ Cambridge Pointed Prayer Book” is used.
Demy 8vo. cloth extra, 3.9. 6d. Cloth limp, cut flush, is. 6d.

THE PARAGRAPH PSALTER,
arranged for the use of Choirs by Brooke Foss Westcott, D.D.,
Canon of Peterborough, and Regius Professor of Divinity in the
University of Cambridge. Fcap. 4to. 5 s.

The same in royal 32mo. Cloth Is. Leather Is. Qd.

“ The Paragraph Psalter exhibits all expect to find, and there is not a clergyman

the care, thought, and learning that those or organist in England who should be with-

acquainted with the works of the Regius out this Psalter as a work of reference.” —
Professor of Divinity at Cambridge would Morning Post.

THE MISSING FRAGMENT OF THE LATIN
TRANSLATION of the FOURTH BOOK of EZRA,

discovered, and edited with an Introduction and Notes, and a
facsimile of the MS., by Robert L. Bensly, M.A., Sub-Librarian
of the University Library, and Reader in Hebrew, Gonville and Caius
College, Cambridge. Demy 4to. Cloth, 10.9.

“ Edited with true scholarly complete-
ness.”— Westminster Review.

“Wer sich je mit dem 4 Buche Esra
eingehender beschaftigt hat, wird durch die
obige, in jeder Beziehung musterhafte Pub-
lication in freudiges Erstaunen versetzt wer-
den. ’ * — T heologische L iteratzirzeitung.

“It has been said of this book that it has

added a new chapter to the Bible, and, start-
ling as the statement may at first sight ap-
pear, it is no exaggeration of the actual fact,
if by the Bible we understand that of the
larger size which contains the Apocrypha,
and if the Second Book of Esdras can be
fairly called a part of the Apocrypha.”—
Saturday Review.

THEOLOGY— (ANCIENT).

THE PALESTINIAN MISHNA,

By W, H. Lowe, M.A. Lecturer in Hebrew at Christ’s College,
Cambridge. \In the Press.

London ; Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row .

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

5

SAYINGS OF THE JEWISH FATHERS,

comprising Pirqe Aboth and Pereq R. Meir in Hebrew and English,
with Critical and Illustrative Notes. By Charles Taylor, D.D.
Master of St John’s College, Cambridge, and Honorary Fellow of
King’s College, London. Demy 8vo. cloth, ios.

“The ‘Masseketh Aboth’ stands at the
head of Hebrew non-canonical writings. It
is of ancient date, claiming to contain the
dicta of teachers who flourished from b.c. 200
to the same year of our era. The precise
time of its compilation in its present form is,
of course, in doubt. Mr Taylor’s explana-
tory and illustrative commentary is very full
and satisfactory.” — Spectator.

“If we mistake not, this is the first pre-
cise translation into the English language
accompanied by scholarly notes, of any por-
tion of the Talmud. In other words, it is
the first instance of that most valuable and
neglected portion of Jewish literature being
treated in the same way as a Greek classic

in an ordinary critical edition. . . The Tal-
mudic books, which have been so strangely
neglected, we foresee will be the most im-
portant aids of the future for the proper un-
derstanding of the Bible. . . The Sayings 0/
the Jewish Fathers may claim to be scholar-
ly, and, moreover, of a scholarship unusually
thorough and finished.” — Dublin Univer-
sity Magazine.

“A careful and thorough edition which
does credit to English scholarship, of a short
treatise from the Mishna, containing a series
of sentences or maxims ascribed mostly to
Jewish teachers immediately preceding, or
immediately following the Christian era. . . ”
— Contemporary Review.

THEODORE OF MOPSUESTIA’S COMMENTARY
ON THE MINOR EPISTLES OF S. PAUL,

The Latin Version with the Greek Fragments, edited from the MSS.
with Notes and an Introduction, by H. B. Swete, D.D., Rector of
Ashdon, Essex, and late Fellow of Gonville and Caius College,
Cambridge. In Two Volumes. Vol. I., containing the Introduction,
with Facsimiles of the MSS., and the Commentary upon Galatians —

Colossians. Demy 8vo. 12s.

“ In dem oben verzeichneten Buche liegt
uns die erste Halfte einer vollstandigen,
ebenso sorgfaltig gearbeiteten wie schon
ausgestatteten Ausgabe des Commentars mit
ausfiihrlichen Prolegomena und reichhaltigen
kritischen und erlauternden Anmerkungen
vor. ” — Literarisches Cen tralblatt.

“ It is the result of thorough, careful, and
patient investigation of all the points bearing
on the subject, and the results are presented
with admirable good sense and modesty. Mr
Swete has prepared himself for his task by a
serious study of the literature and history
which are connected with it ; and he has pro-
duced a volume of high value to the student,
not merely of the theology of the fourth and
fifth centuries, but of the effect of this theo-
logy on the later developments of doctrine
and methods of interpretation, in the ages
immediately following, and in the middle
ages. ” — Guardian.

“ Auf Grund dieser Quellen ist der Text
bei Swete mit musterhafter Akribie herge-
stellt. Aber auch sonst hat der Herausgeber

mit unermiidlichem Fleisse und eingehend-
ster Sachkenntniss sein Werk mit alien den-
jenigen Zugaben ausgeriistet, welche bei einer
solchen Text-Ausgabe nur irgend erwartet
werden konnen. . . . Yon den drei Haupt-
handschriften . . . sind vortreffiiche photo-
graphische Facsimile’s beigegeben, wie uber-
haupt das ganze Werk von der University
Press zu Cambridge mit bekannter Eleganz
ausgestattet ist. ” — Theologische L iteratur-
zeitung.

“It is a hopeful sign, amid forebodings
which arise about the theological learning
of the Universities, that we have before us
the first instalment of a thoroughly scientific
and painstaking work, commenced at Cam-
bridge and completed at a country rectory.”
— Church Quarterly Review (Jan. 1881).

“ Hernn Swete’s Leistung ist eine so
tiichtige dass wir das Werk in keinenbesseren
Handen wissen mochten, und mit den sich-
ersten Erwartungen auf das Gelingen der
Fortsetzung entgegen s e h e n . ” — Gottingischr
gelehrte Anzeigen (Sept. 1881).

VOLUME II., containing the Commentary on 1 Thessalonians —
Philemon, Appendices and Indices. 12 s.

SANCTI IREN^EI EPISCOPI LUGDUNENSIS

libros quinque adversus Haereses, versione Latina cum Codicibus
Claromontano ac Arundeliano denuo collata, praemissa de placitis
Gnosticorum prolusione, fragmenta necnon Grsece, Syriace, Armeniace,
commentatione perpetua et indicibus variis edidit W. Wigan Harvey,
S.T.B. Collegii Regalis olim Socius. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. i8j.

London : Cambridge Warehouse , 1 7 Paternoster Row.

6

PUBLICATIONS OF

M. MINUCII FELICIS OCTAVIUS.

The text newly revised from the original MS., with an English Com-
mentary, Analysis, Introduction, and Copious Ipdices. Edited by
H. A. Holden, LL.D. Head Master of Ipswich School, late Fellow
of Trinity College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo. js. 6d.

THEOPHILI EPISCOPI ANTIOCHENSIS
LIBRI TRES AD AUTOLYCUM

edidit, Prolegomenis Versione Notulis Indicibus instruxit Gulielmus
Gilson Humphry, S.T.B. Collegii SanCtiss. Trin. apud Cantabri-
gienses quondam Socius. Post 8vo. 5^.

THEOPHYLACTI IN EVANGELIUM
S. MATTHAU COMMENTARIES,

edited by W. G. Humphry, B.D. Prebendary of St Paul’s, late
Fellow of Trinity College. Demy 8vo. js. 6d.

TERTULLIANUS DE CORONA MILITIS, DE
SPECTACULIS, DE IDOLOLATRIA,

with Analysis and English Notes, by George Currey, D.D. Preacher
at the Charter House, late Fellow and Tutor of St John’s College
Crown 8vo. 5s.

THEOLOGY— (ENGLISH).
WORKS OF ISAAC BARROW,

compared with the Original MSS., enlarged with Materials hitherto
unpublished. A new Edition, by A. Napier, M.A. of Trinity College,
Vicar of Holkham, Norfolk. 9 Vols. Demy 8vo. ^3. 3J.

TREATISE OF THE POPE’S SUPREMACY,

and a Discourse concerning the Unity of the Church, by Isaac
Barrow. Demy 8vo. ys. 6 d.

PEARSON’S EXPOSITION OF THE CREED,
edited by Temple Chevallier, B.D. late Fellow and Tutor of
St Catharine’s College, Cambridge. New Edition. Revised by
R. Sinker, B.D., Librarian of Trinity College. Demy 8vo. 12s.

“A new edition of Bishop Pearson’s fa-
mous work On the Creedhas just been issued
by the Cambridge University Press. It is
the well-known edition of Temple Chevallier,
thoroughly overhauled by the Rev. R. Sinker,
of Trinity College. The whole text and notes
have been most carefully examined and cor-
rected, and special pains have been taken to
verify the almost innumerable references.
These have been more clearly and accurately
given in very many places, and the citations

themselves have been adapted to the best
and newest texts of the several authors —
texts which have undergone vast improve-
ments within the last two centuries. The
Indices have also been revised and enlarged.

Altogether this appears to be the most

complete and convenient edition as yet pub-
lished of a work which has long been recog-
nised in all quarters as a standard one.” —
Guardian.

AN ANALYSIS OF THE EXPOSITION OF
THE CREED

written by the Right Rev. John Pearson, D.D. late Lord Bishop
of Chester, by W. H. Mill, D.D. late Regius Professor of Hebrew
in the University of Cambridge. Demy 8vo. cloth. $s.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

7

WHEATLY ON THE COMMON PRAYER,

edited by G. E. Corrie, D.D. Master of Jesus College, Examining
Chaplain to the late Lord Bishop of Ely. Demy 8vo. ys. 6d.

CAESAR MORGAN’S INVESTIGATION OF THE
TRINITY OF PLATO,

and of Philo Judseus, and of the effedts which an attachment to their
writings had upon the principles and reasonings of the Fathers of the
Christian Church. Revised by H. A. Holden, LL.D. Head Master
of Ipswich School, late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Crown
8vo. 4 s.

TWO FORMS OF PRAYER OF THE TIME OF

QUEEN ELIZABETH. Now First Reprinted. Demy 8vo. 6d.

“From ‘Collections and Notes’ 1867 —
1876, by W. Carew Hazlitt (p. 340), we learn
that — ‘A very remarkable volume, in the
original vellum cover, and containing 25
Forms of Prayer of the reign of Elizabeth,
each with the autograph of Humphrey Dyson,
has lately fallen into the hands of my friend
Mr H. Pyne. It is mentioned specially in
the Preface to the Parker Society’s volume

of Occasional Forms of Prayer, but it had
been lost sight of for 200 years.’ By the
kindness of the present possessor of this
valuable volume, containing in all 25 distinct
publications, I am enabled to reprint in the
following pages the two Forms of Prayer
supposed to have been lost.” — Extract from
the Preface.

SELECT DISCOURSES,

by John Smith, late Fellow of Queens’ College, Cambridge. Edited by
H. G. Williams, B.D. late Professor of Arabic. Royal 8vo. ys. 6d.

“ The ‘ Select Discourses’ of John Smith,
collected and published from his papers after
his death, are, in my opinion, much the most
considerable work left to us by this Cambridge
School [the Cambridge Platonists]. They
have a right to a place in English literary
history.” — Mr Matthew Arnold, in the
Contemporary Review.

“Of all the products of the Cambridge
School, the ‘Select Discourses’ are perhaps
the highest, as they are the most accessible
and the most widely appreciated. ..and indeed
no spiritually thoughtful mind can read them
unmoved. They carry us so directly into an
atmosphere of divine philosophy, luminous

with the richest lights of meditative genius...
He was one of those rare thinkers in whom
largeness of view, and depth, and wealth of
poetic and speculative insight, only served to
evoke more fully the religious spirit, and
while he drew the mould of his thought from
Plotinus, he vivified the substance of it from
St Paul.” — Principal Tulloch, Rational
Theology in England in the 17 th Century.

“ We may instance Mr Henry Griffin
Williams’s revised edition of Mr John Smith’s
‘ Select Discourses,’ which have won Mr
Matthew Arnold’s admiration, as an example
of worthy work for an University Press to
undertake. ” — T imes.

THE HOMILIES,

with Various Readings, and the Quotations from the Fathers given
at length in the Original Languages. Edited by G. E. CORRIE, D.D.
Master of Jesus College. Demy 8vo. ys. 6d.

DE OBLIGATIONS CONSCIENTLE PR^ELEC-

TIONES decern Oxonii in Schola Theologica habitse a Roberto
Sanderson, SS. Theologiae ibidem Professore Regio. With English
Notes, including an abridged Translation, by W. Wh EWELL, D.D.
late Master of Trinity College. Demy 8vo. ys. 6d.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , iy Paternoster Row .

8

PUBLICATIONS OF

ARCHBISHOP USHER’S ANSWER TO A JESUIT,

with other Tradts on Popery. Edited by J. SCHOLEFIELD, M.A. late
Regius Professor of Greek in the University. Demy 8vo. ys. 6d.

WILSON’S ILLUSTRATION OF THE METHOD

of explaining the New Testament, by the early opinions of Jews and
Christians concerning Christ. Edited by T. TURTON, D.D. late Lord
Bishop of Ely. Demy 8vo. 5^.

LECTURES ON DIVINITY

delivered in the University of Cambridge, by John Hey, D.D.
Third Edition, revised by T. TURTON, D.D. late Lord Bishop of Ely.
2 vols. Demy 8vo. 15^.

ARABIC, SANSKRIT AND SYRIAC.

POEMS OF BEHA ED DIN ZOHEIR OF EGYPT.

With a Metrical Translation, Notes and Introduction, by E. H.
Palmer, M.A., Barrister- at- Law of the Middle Temple, Lord
Almoner’s Professor of Arabic and Fellow of St John’s College
in the University of Cambridge. 3 vols. Crown 4to.

Vol. I. The Arabic Text. 10s. 6d.; Cloth extra. 1 $s.

Vol. II. English Translation, ios. 6d. ; Cloth extra. 15s.

“ Professor Palmer’s activity in advancing
Arabic scholarship has formerly shown itself
in the production of his excellent Arabic
Grammar, and his Descriptive Catalogue of
Arabic MSS. in the Library of Trinity Col-
lege, Cambridge. He has now produced an
admirable text, which illustrates in a remark-
able manner the flexibility and graces of the
language he loves so well, and of which he
seems to be perfect master.... The Syndicate
of Cambridge University must not pass with-
out the recognition of their liberality in
bringing out, in a worthy form, so important
an Arabic text. It is not the first time that
Oriental scholarship has thus been wisely
subsidised by Cambridge.” — Indian Mail.

“ It is impossible to quote this edition with-
out an expression of admiration for the per-
fection to which Arabic typography has been
brought in England in this magnificent Ori-
ental work, the productiori of which redounds
to the imperishable credit of the University
of Cambridge. It may be pronounced one of
the most beautiful Oriental books that have
ever been printed in Europe : and the learning
of the Editor worthily rivals the technical
get-up of the creations of the soul of one of
the most tasteful poets of Islam, the study
of which will contribute not a little to save
honour of the poetry of the Arabs.” —
Mythology among the Hebrews {Engl.
Transl.), p. 194.

“For ease and facility, for variety of

metre, for imitation, either designed or un-
conscious, of the style of several of our own

poets, these versions deserve high praise

We have no hesitation in saying that in both
Prof. Palmer has made an addition to Ori-
ental literature for which scholars should be
grateful ; and that, while his knowledge of
Arabic is a sufficient guarantee for his mas-
tery of the original, his English compositions
are distinguished by versatility, command of
language, rhythmical cadence, and, as we
have remarked, by not unskilful imitations of
the styles of several of our own favourite
poets, living and dead.” — Saturday Review.

“ This sumptuous edition of the poems of
Beha-ed-din Zoheir is a very welcome addi-
tion .to the small series of Eastern poets
accessible to readers who are not Oriental-
ists. ... In all there is that exquisite finish of
which Arabic poetry is- susceptible in so rare
a degree. The form is almost always beau-
tiful, be A e thought what it may. But this,
of course, can only be fully appreciated by
Orientalists. And this brings us to the trans-
lation. It is excellently well done. Mr
Palmer has tried to imitate the fall of the
original in his selection of the English metre
for the various pieces, and thus contrives to
convey a faint idea of the graceful flow of

the Arabic Altogether the inside of the

book is worthy of the beautiful arabesque
binding that rejoices the eye of the lover of
Arab art.” — Academy.

THE CHRONICLE OF JOSHUA THE STY.LITE,

composed in Syriac A.D. 50 7 with an English translation and notes, by
W. Wright, LL.D., Professor of Arabic. Demy 8vo. cloth, ioy. 6d.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

9

NALOPAKHYANAM, OR, THE TALE OF NALA;

containing the Sanskrit Text in Roman Characters, followed by a
Vocabulary in which each word is placed under its root, with references
to derived words in Cognate Languages, and a sketch of Sanskrit
Grammar. By the late Rev. Thomas Jarrett, M.A. Trinity College,
Regius Professor of Hebrew, late Professor of Arabic, and formerly
Fellow of St Catharine’s College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo. ioy.

NOTES ON THE TALE OF NALA,

for the use of Classical Students, by J. PEILE, M.A. Fellow and Tutor
of Christ’s College. Demy 8vo. 12s.

GREEK AND LATIN CLASSICS, &c. (See also pp. 24-27.)

A SELECTION OF GREEK INSCRIPTIONS,

With Introductions and Annotations by E. S. Roberts, M.A.
Fellow and Tutor of Caius College. \Preparing.

THE AGAMEMNON OF AESCHYLUS.

With a Translation in English Rhythm, and Notes Critical and Ex-
planatory. New Edition Revised. By Benjamin Hall Kennedy,

D.D., Regius Professor of Greek.

“ One of the best editions of the master-
piece of Greek tragedy.” — Atheticeiim.

“It is needless to multiply proofs of the
value of this volume alike to the poetical
translator, the critical scholar, and the ethical
student. We must be, contented to thank
Professor Kennedy for his admirable execu-
tion of a great undertaking.” — Sat. Rev.

“ Let me say that I think it a most admira-
ble piece of the highest criticism I like

Crown 8vo. cloth. 6t.

your Preface extremely; it is just to the
point.”— Professor Paley.

“ Professor Kennedy has conferred a boon
on all teachers of the Greek classics, by caus-
ing the substance of his lectures at Cam-
bridge on the Agamemnon of ACschylus to
be published . . .This edition of the Agamemnon
is one which no classical master should be
without.” — Examiner.

THE GEDIPUS TYRANNUS OF SOPHOCLES by

the same Editor. Crown 8vo. Cloth 6s.

“ Dr Kennedy’s edition of the CEdipus
Tyrannus is a worthy companion to his
Agamemnon , and we may say at once that
no more valuable contribution to the study
of Sophocles has appeared of late years.
Besides the text and notes, the volume con-
tains a most interesting introduction to and
analysis of the play, a rhythmical trans-

lation, and three indices. The first of these
consists of a list of words and phrases either
uncommon in themselves, or employed in
unusual ways : in the second we find various
particles as exhibited in the play ; while the
third gives valuable information on gram-
matical points as illustrated by the usage of
Sophocles.” — Sahirday Review.

THE THE^ETETUS OF PLATO by the same Editor.

Crown 8vo. Cloth, js. 6d.

PLATO’S PHiEDO,

literally translated, by the late E. M. COPE, Fellow of Trinity College,
Cambridge. Demy 8vo. 5t.

ARISTOTLE.— nEPI AIKAI02TNHS.

THE FIFTH BOOK OF THE NICOMACHEAN ETHICS OF
ARISTOTLE. Edited by Henry Jackson, M.A., Fellow of Trinity
College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo. cloth. 6s.

“It is not too much to say that some of Scholars will hope that this is not the only
the points he discusses have never had so portion of the Aristotelian writings which he
much light thrown upon them before. . . . is likely to edit.” — Athenceum.

ARISTOTLE’S PSYCHOLOGY,

with a Translation, Critical and Explanatory Notes, by Edwin
Wallace, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Worcester College, Oxford.
Demy 8vo. cloth. i8,r.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row .

1—5

PUBLICATIONS OF

ARISTOTLE.

THE RHETORIC. With a Commentary by the late E. M. Cope,
Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, revised and edited by J. E.
Sandys, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of St John’s College, Cambridge,
and Public Orator. With a biographical Memoir by H. A. J. Munro,
M.A. Three Volumes, Demy 8vo. £i. in. 6d.

what is contained in the Rhetoric of Aris-
totle, to Mr Cope’s edition he must go.” —
A cademy .

“Mr Sandys has performed his arduous
duties with marked ability and admirable

tact In every part of his work

■ — revising, supplementing, and completing —
he has done exceedingly well.” — Examiner.

“This work is in many ways creditable to
the University of Cambridge. And while it
must ever be regretted that a work so laborious
should not have received the last touches of
its author, the warmest admiration is due to
Mr Sandys, for the manly, unselfish, and un-
flinching spirit in which he has performed his
most difficult and delicate task. If an English
student wishes to have a full conception of

PRIVATE ORATIONS OF DEMOSTHENES,

with Introductions and English Notes, by F. A. Paley, M.A. Editor
of Aeschylus, etc. and J. E. Sandys, M.A. Fellow and Tutor of St
John’s College, and Public Orator in the University of Cambridge.

Part I. Contra Phormionem, Lacritum, Pantaenetum, Boeotum de
Nomine, Boeotum de Dote, Dionysodorum. Crown 8vo. cloth. 6s.

“Mr Paley’s scholarship is sound and literature which bears upon his author, and

accurate, his experience of editing wide, and
if he is content to devote his -learning and
abilities to the production of such manuals
as these, they will be received with gratitude
throughout the higher schools of the country.
Mr Sandys is deeply read in the German

the elucidation of matters of daily life, in the
delineation of which Demosthenes is so rich,

obtains full justice at his hands We

hope this edition may lead the way to a mote
general study of these -speeches in schools
than has hitherto been possible.” — Academy.

in the needful help which enables us to
form a sound estimate of the rights of the

case It is long since we have come

upon a work evincing more pains, scholar-
ship, and varied research and illustration than
M.r Sandys’s contribution to the ‘ Private
Orations of Demosthenes’.” — Sat. Rev.

“ the edition reflects credit on

Cambridge scholarship, and ought to be ex-
tensively used.” — Athenceum.

Part II. Pro Phormione, Contra Stephanum I. II.; Nicostratum,
Cononem, Calliclem. js. 6d.

“To give even a brief sketch of these
speeches {Pro Phormione and Contra Ste-
$hanum~\ would be incompatible with our
limits, though we can hardly conceive a task
more useful to the classical or professional
scholar than to make one for himself. ....

It is a great boon to those who set them-
selves to unravel the thread of arguments
pro and con to have the aid of Mr Sandys’s
excellent running commentary .... and no
one can say that he is ever deficient

DEMOSTHENES AGAINST ANDROTION AND

AGAINST TIMOCRATES, with Introductions and English Com-
mentary, by William Wayte, M.A., late Professor of Greek,
University College, London, Formerly Fellow of King’s College,
Cambridge, and Assistant Master at Eton. [In the Press.

PINDAR.

OLYMPIAN AND PYTHIAN ODES. With Notes Explanatory
and Critical, Introductions and Introductory Essays. Edited by
C. A. M. Fennell, M.A., late Fellow of Jesus College. Crown 8vo.
cloth, gs.

“Mr Fennell deserves the thanks of all
classical students for his careful and scholarly
edition of the Olympian and Pythian odes.

He brings to his task the necessary enthu-
siasm for his author, great industry, a sound
judgment, and, in particular, copious and
minute learning in comparative philology.

To his qualifications in this last respect every
page bears witness.” — A thenceum.

“Considered simply as a contribution to

the study and criticism of Pindar, Mr Fen-
nell’s edition is a work of great merit. But
it has a wider interest, as exemplifying the
change which has come over the methods
and aims of Cambridge scholarship within
the last ten or twelve years. . . . Altogether,
this edition is a welcome and wholesome sign
of the vitality and development of Cambridge
scholarship, and we are glad to see that it is
to be continued.” — Saturday Review.

THE NEMEAN AND ISTHMIAN ODES. [In the Press.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

ii

THE BACCHAE OF EURIPIDES.

with Introduction, Critical Notes, and Archaeological” Illustrations,
by J. E. Sandys, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of St John’s College, Cam-
bridge, and Public Orator. Crown 8vo cloth, icxt. 6d.

“ Of the present edition of the Bacchee by-
Mr Sandys we may safely say that never
before has a Greek play, in England at
least, had fuller justice done to its criti-
cism, interpretation, and archaeological il-
lustration, whether for the young student or
the more advanced scholar. The Cambridge
Public Orator may be said to have taken the
lead in issuing a complete edition of a Greek
play, which is destined perhaps to gain re-
doubled favour now that the study of ancient
monuments has been applied to its illustra-
tion.”— Saturday Review.-

‘ ‘ Mr Sandys has done well by his poet and
by his University. He has given a most
welcome gift to scholars both at home and
abroad. The illustrations are aptly chosen
and delicately executed, and the apparatus
criticus, in the way both of notes and indices
is very complete.” — Notes and Queries.

“ The volume is interspersed with well-
executed woodcuts, and its general attractive-
ness of form reflects great credit on the
University Press. In the notes Mr Sandys
has more than sustained his well-earned
reputation as a careful and learned editor,
and shows considerable advance in freedom
and lightness of style Under such cir-

cumstances it is superfluous to say that for
the purposes of teachers and advanced stu-
dents this handsome edition far surpasses all
its predecessors. The volume will add to the
already wide popularity of a unique drama,
and must be reckoned among the most im-

portant classical publications of the year.” —

A thenceum.

“This edition of a Greek play deserves
more than the passing notice accorded to
ordinary school editions of the classics. It
has not, like so many such books, been
hastily produced to meet the momentary
need of some particular examination ; but it
has employed for some years the labour and
thought of a highly finished scholar, whose
aim seems to have been that his book should
go forth totus teres atque rotundus, armed
at all points with all that may throw light
upon its subject. The result is a work which
will not only assist the schoolboy or under-
graduate in his tasks, but will adorn the
library of the scholar.” . . “ The description
of the woodcuts abounds in interesting and
suggestive information upon various points
of ancient art, and is a further instance
of the very thorough as well as scholar-
like manner in which Mr Sandys deals
with his subject at every point. The com-
mentary (pp. 87 — 240) bears the same stamp
of thoroughness and high finish as the rest of
the work. While questions of technical
grammar receive due attention, textual cri-
ticism, philology, history, antiquities, and
art are in turn laid under contribution for the
elucidation of the poet’s meaning. We must
leave our readers to use and appreciate for
themselves Mr Sandys’ assistance.” — The
Guardian.

LECTURES ON THE TYPES OF GREEK COINS.

By Percy Gardner, M.A., Disney Professor of Archaeology. Royal
4to. \In the Press .

M. TULLI CICERONIS DE FINIBUS BONORUM

ET MALORUM LIBRI QUINQUE. The text revised and ex-
plained; With a Translation by James S. Reid, M.L., Fellow and
Assistant Tutor of Gonville and Caius College. [In the Pi'ess.

M. T. CICERONIS DE OFFICIIS LIBRI TRES,

with Marginal Analysis, an English Commentary, and copious Indices,
by H. A. Holden, LL.D. Head Master of Ipswich School, late Fellow
of Trinity College, Cambridge, Classical Examiner to the University
of London. Fourth Edition. Revised and considerably enlarged.
Crown 8vo. 9^.

“Dr Holden truly states that ‘Text,

Analysis, and Commentary in this third edi-
tion bave been again subjected to a thorough
revision.’ It is now certainly the best edition
extant. . . . The Introduction (after Heine)
and notes leave nothing to be desired in point
of fulness, accuracy, and neatness ; the typo-
graphical execution will satisfy the most fas-
tidious eye.” — Notes and Queries.

“Dr Holden has issued an edition of what
is perhaps the easiest and most popular of
Cicero’s philosophical works, the de Officiis ,
which, especially in the form which it has now
assumed after two most thorough revisions,
leaves little or nothing to be desired in the
fullness and accuracy of its treatment alike
of the matter and the language.” — Academy.

London : Cambridge Warehouse , 1 7 Paternoster Row .

12

PUBLICATIONS OF

usage which present themselves have been

treated with full mastery The thanks

of many students will doubtless be given to
Prof. Mayor for the amount of historical and
biographical information afforded in the
commentary, which is, as it should be, sup-
plemented and not replaced by references
to the usual authorities.” — Academy.

M. TULLII CICERONIS DE NATURA DEORUM

Libri Tres, with Introduction and Commentary by Joseph B. Mayor,
M.A., Professor of Moral Philosophy at King’s College, London,
formerly Fellow and Tutor of St John’s College, Cambridge, together
with a new collation of several of the English MSS. by J. H. Swainson,
M. A., formerly Fellow of Trinity Coll., Cambridge. Vol. I. Demy8vo.
ios. 6 d. [Vol. II. In the Press.

“ Such editions as that of which Prof. that all points of syntax or of Ciceronian
Mayor has given us the first instalment will
doubtless do much to remedy this undeserved
neglect. It is one on which great pains and
much learning have evidently been expended,
and is in every way admirably suited to meet

the needs of the student The notes of

the editor are all that could be expected
from his well-known learning and scholar-
ship. .... It is needless, therefore, to say

P. VERGILI MARONIS OPERA

cum Prolegomenis et Commentario Critico pro Syndicis Preli
Academici edidit Benjamin Hall Kennedy, S.T. P., Graecae
Linguae Professor Regius. Extra Fcap. 8vo. cloth. $s.

MATHEMATICS, PHYSICAL SCIENCE, &c.

MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL PAPERS.
By Sir W. Thomson, LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., Professor of Natural
Philosophy, in the University of Glasgow. Collected from different
Scientific Periodicals from May 1841, to the present time.

[ Nearly ready .

MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL PAPERS, '
By George Gabriel Stokes, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., Fellow
of Pembroke College, and Lucasian Professor of Mathematics in the
University of Cambridge. Reprinted from the Original Journals and
Transactions, with Additional Notes by the Author. Vol. I. Demy
8vo. cloth. 15J.

and still necessary, dissertations. There no-
thing is slurred over, nothing extenuated.
We learn exactly the weaknesses of the
theory, and the direction in which the com-
pleter theory of the. future must be sought
for. The same spirit pervades the papers
on pure mathematics which are included in
the volume. They have a severe accuracy
of style which well befits the subtle nature
of the subjects, and inspires the completest
confidence in their author.” — The Times.

“ The volume of Professor Stokes’s papers
contains much more than his hydrodynamical
papers. The undulatory theory of light, is
treated, and the difficulties connected with
its application to certain phenomena, such as
aberration, are carefully examined and re-
solved. Such difficulties are commonly passed
over with scant notice in the text-books..,.

Those to whom difficulties like these are real
stumbling-blocks will still turn for enlighten-
ment to Professor Stokes’s old, but still fresh

Vol. II. Nearly ready.

THE SCIENTIFIC PAPERS OF THE LATE PROF.
J. CLERK MAXWELL. Edited by W. D. Niven, M.A. In 2 vols.
Royal 4to. \In the Press.

A TREATISE ON NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
By Sir W. Thomson, LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., Professor of Natural
Philosophy in the University of Glasgow, and P. G. Tait, M.A.,
Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University of Edinburgh,,
Vol. I. Part I. Demy 8vo. 16^.

“ In this, the second edition, we notice a could form within the time at our disposal
large amount of new matter, the importance would be utterly inadequate.” — Nature.
of which is such that any opinion which we

Part II. In the Press.

London : Cambridge Warehouse , 1 7 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

13

ELEMENTS OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.

By Professors Sir W. Thomson and P. G. Tait. Part I. Demy 8vo.
cloth. Second Edition. 9 s.

“This work is designed especially for the
use of schools and junior classes in the Uni-
versities, the mathematical methods being
limited almost without exception to those of
the most elementary geometry, algebra, and

trigonometry. Tiros in Natural Philosophy
cannot be better directed than by being told
to give their diligent attention to an intel-
ligent digestion of the contents of this excel-
lent vade mecum.” — Iron.

A TREATISE ON THE THEORY OF DETER-

MINANTS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS IN ANALYSIS
AND GEOMETRY, by Robert Forsyth Scott, M.A., of
St John’s College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo. 12 s.

“This able and comprehensive treatise
will be welcomed by the student as bringing
within his reach the results of many impor-
tant researches on this subject which have
hitherto been for the most part inaccessible

to him It would be presumptuous on

the part of any one less learned in the litera-

ture of the subject than Mr Scott to express
an opinion as to the amount of his own re-
search contained in this work, but all will
appreciate the skill with which the results
of his industrious reading have been arranged
into this interesting treatise.” — Athenceum.

HYDRODYNAMICS,

A Treatise on the Mathematical Theory of the Motion of Fluids, by
Horace Lamb, M.A., formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge;
Professor of Mathematics in the University of Adelaide. Demy 8vo. I2.y.

THE ANALYTICAL THEORY OF HEAT,

By Joseph Fourier. Translated, with Notes, by A. Freeman, M.A.
Fellow of St John’s College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo. i6j.

“It is time that Fourier’s masterpiece,
The Analytical Theory of Heat , trans-
lated by Mr Alex. Freeman, should be in-
troduced to those English students of Mathe-
matics who do not follow with freedom a
treatise in any language but their own. It
is a model of mathematical reasoning applied
to physical phenomena, and is remarkable for
the ingenuity of the analytical process em-
ployed by the author.” — Contemporary
Review, October, 1878.

“There cannot be two opinions as to the

value and importance of the Theorie de la
Chaleur. It has been called ‘an exquisite
mathematical poem,’ not once but many times,
independently, by mathematicians of different
schools. Many of the very greatest of mo-
dern mathematicians regard it, justly, as the
key which first opened to them the treasure-
house of mathematical physics. It is still the
text-book of Heat Conduction, and there
seems little present prospect of its being
superseded, though it is already more than
half a century old.” — Nature.

THE ELECTRICAL RESEARCHES OF THE
HONOURABLE HENRY CAVENDISH, F.R.S.

Written between 1771 and 1781, E
in the possession of the Duke <
Maxwell, F.R.S. Demy 8vo. cl

“This work, which derives a melancholy
interest from the lamented death of the editor
following so closely upon its publication, is a
valuable addition to the history of electrical
research. . . . The papers themselves are most
carefully reproduced, with fac-similes of the
author’s sketches of experimental apparatus.

ted from the original manuscripts
Devonshire, K. G., by J. Clerk
ti. i8j.

. . . Every department of editorial duty

appears to have been most conscientiously
performed ; and it must have been no small
satisfaction to Prof. Maxwell to see this
goodly volume completed before his life’s
work was done.” — Athenceum.

AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE on QUATERNIONS,

By P. G. Tait, M.A., Professor of Natural Philosophy in the Univer-
sity of Edinburgh. Second Edition. Demy 8vo. 14s.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

14

PUBLICATIONS OF

A TREATISE ON THE PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS,

by S. H. Vines, M.A., Fellow of Christ’s College. [In the Press.

THE MATHEMATICAL WORKS OF
ISAAC BARROW, D.D.

Edited by W. Whewell, D.D. Demy 8vo. js. 6d.

COUNTERPOINT.

A Practical Course of Study, by Professor G. A. Macfarren, M.A.,
Mus. Doc. Third Edition, revised. Demy 4to. cloth, js. 6d.

ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS

made at the Observatory of Cambridge by the Rev. James Challis,
M.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Plumian Professor of Astronomy and Experi-
mental Philosophy in the University of Cambridge, and Fellow of
Trinity College. For various Years, from 1846 to i860.

ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS

from 1861 to 1865. Vol. XXI. Royal 4to. cloth. 15J.

A CATALOGUE OF THE COLLECTION OF BIRDS

formed by the late Hugh Edwin Strickland, now in the possession
of the University of Cambridge. By OSBERT Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.,
&c. Strickland Curator in the University of Cambridge. Demy 8vo.
£1. is.

A CATALOGUE OF AUSTRALIAN FOSSILS

(including Tasmania and the Island of Timor), Stratigraphically and
Zoologically arranged, by Robert Etheridge, Jun., F.G.S., Acting
-Palaeontologist, H.M. Geol. Survey of Scotland, (formerly Assistant-
Geologist, Geol. Survey of Victoria). Demy 8vo. cloth, ioj. 6 d.

“The work is arranged with great clear- papers consulted by the author, and an index
ness, and contains a full list of the books and to the genera.” — Sattirday Review.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF COMPARATIVE ANA-
TOMY, VERTEBRATE AND INVERTEBRATE,

for the Use of Students in the Museum of Zoology and Comparative
Anatomy. Second Edition. Demy 8vo. cloth. 2s. 6d.

A SYNOPSIS OF THE CLASSIFICATION OF
THE BRITISH PALAEOZOIC ROCKS,
by the Rev. Adam Sedgwick, M.A., F.R.S., and Frederick
McCoy, F.G.S. One vol., Royal 4to. Plates, £1. is.

A CATALOGUE OF THE COLLECTION OF
CAMBRIAN AND SILURIAN FOSSILS

contained in the Geological Museum of the University of Cambridge,
by J. W. Salter, F.G.S. With a Portrait of Professor Sedgwick.
Royal 4to. cloth, js. 6 d.

CATALOGUE OF OSTEOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

contained in the Anatomical Museum of the University of Cam-
bridge. Demy 8vo. 2 s. 6d.

London : Cambridge Warehouse , 1 7 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

15

LAW.

AN ANALYSIS OF CRIMINAL LIABILITY.

By E. C. Clark, LL.D., Regius Professor of Civil Law in the
University of Cambridge, also of Lincoln’s Inn, Barrister at Law.
Crown 8vo. cloth, js. 6 d.

“Prof Clark’s little book is the sub- sanctions”. . . Students of jurisprudence

stance of lectures delivered by him upon will find much to interest and instruct them

those portions of Austin’s work on juris- in the work of Prof. Clark.” Athenceum.
prudence which deal with the “operation of

A SELECTION OF THE STATE TRIALS.

By J. W. Willis-Bund, M.A., LL.B., Barrister-at-Law, Professor of
Constitutional Law and History, University College, London. Vol. 1.
Trials for Treason (1327 — 1660). Crown 8vo. cloth, i8i-.

“A great and good service has been done
to all students of history, and especially to
those of them who look to it in a legal aspect,
by Prof. J. W. Willis-Bund in the publica-
tion of a Selection of Cases from the State
Trials. . . . Professor Willis-Bund has been

very careful to give such selections from the
State Trials as will best illustrate those
points in what may be called the growth of
the Law of Treason which he wishes to
bring clearly under the notice of the student,
and the result is, that there is not a page in

the book which has not its own lesson

In all respects, so far as we have been able
to test it, this book is admirably done.” —
Scotsman.

“Mr Willis-Bund has edited ‘A Selection
of Cases from the State Trials’ which is
likely to form a very valuable addition to
the standard literature. . . There can

be no doubt, therefore, of the interest that
can be found in the State trials. But they
are large and unwieldy, and it is impossible
for the general reader to come across them.
Mr Willis-Bund has therefore done good
service in making a selection that is in the
first volume reduced to a commodious form.”
— The Examiner.

“This work is a very useful contribution
to that important branch of the constitutional
history of England which is concerned with
the growth and development of the law of
treason, as it may be gathered from trials be-
The author has

those of impeachment for treason before Par-
liament, which he proposes to treat in a future
volume under the general head ‘Proceedings
in Parliament.’” — The Academy.

“ This is a work of such obvious utility
that the only wonder is that no one should
have undertaken it before. ... In many
respects therefore, although the trials are
more or less abridged, this is for the ordinary
student’s purpose not only a more handy,
but a more useful work than Howell’s.” —
Saturday Review.

“Within the boards of this useful and
handy book the student will find everything
he can desire in the way of lists of cases
given at length or referred to, and the
statutes bearing on the text arranged chro-
nologically. The work of selecting from
Howell’s bulky series of volumes has been
done with much judgment, merely curious
cases being excluded, and all included so
treated as to illustrate some important point
of constitutional law.” — Glasgow Herald.

“Mr Bund’s object is not the romance,
but the constitutional and legal bearings of
that great series of causes cTlebres which is
unfortunately not within easy reach of
readers not happy enough to possess valua-
ble libraries. ... Of the importance of this
subject, or of the want of a book of this
kind, referring not vaguely but precisely to
the grounds of constitutional doctrines, both
of past and present times, no reader of his-
tory can feel any doubt.” — Daily News.

fore the ordinary courts
very wisely distinguished these cases from

Vol. II. In two parts. Price 14s. each,
Vol. III. In the Press.

THE FRAGMENTS OF THE PERPETUAL
EDICT OF SALVIUS JULIANUS,

collected, arranged, and annotated
Law Lecturer of St John’s College,
College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo.,

“This is one of the latest, we believe
quite the latest, of the contributions made to
legal scholarship by that revived study of
the Roman Law at Cambridge which is now
so marked a feature in the industrial life
of the University. ... In the present book
we have the fruits of the same kind of
thorough and well-ordered study which was
brought to bear upon the notes to the Com-

by Bryan Walker, M.A. LL.D.,
and late Fellow of Corpus Chrisli
Cloth, Price 6s.

mentaries and the Institutes . . . Hitherto
the Edict has been almost inaccessible to
the ordinary English student, and such a
student will be interested as well as perhaps
surprised to find how abundantly the extant
fragments illustrate and clear up points which
have attracted his attention in the Commen-
taries, or the Institutes, or the Digest.” —
Law Times.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row ,

i6

PUBLICATIONS OF

THE COMMENTARIES OF GAIUS AND RULES
OF ULPIAN. (New Edition, revised and enlarged.)

With a Translation and Notes, by J. T. Abdy, LL.D., Judge of County
Courts, late Regius Professor of Laws in the University of Cambridge,
and Bryan Walker, M.A., LL.D., Law Lecturer of St John’s
College, Cambridge, formerly Law Student of Trinity Hall and
Chancellor’s Medallist for Legal Studies. Crown 8vo. i6j.

“ As scholars and as editors Messrs Abdy
and Walker have done their work well.

For one thing the editors deserve

special commendation. They have presented
Gaius to the reader with few notes and those
merely by way of reference or necessary

explanation. Thus the Roman jurist is
allowed to speak for himself, and the reader
feels that he is really studying Roman law
in the original, and not a fanciful representa-
tion of it.” — Athenceum.

THE INSTITUTES OF JUSTINIAN,

translated with Notes by J. T. Abdy, LL.D., Judge of County Courts,
late Regius Professor of Laws in the University of Cambridge, and
formerly Fellow of Trinity Hall ; and Bryan Walker, M.A., LL.D.,
Law Lecturer of St John’s College, Cambridge ; late Fellow and
Lecturer of Corpus Christi College ; and formerly Law Student of
Trinity Hall. Crown 8vo. i6j.

“We welcome here a valuable contribution
to the study of jurisprudence. The text of
the Institutes is occasionally perplexing, even
to practised scholars, whose knowledge of
classical models does not always avail them
in dealing with the technicalities of legal
phraseology. Nor can the ordinary diction-
aries be expected to furnish all the help that
is wanted. This translation will then be of
great use. To the ordinary student, whose

attention is distracted from the subject-matter
by the difficulty of struggling through the
language in which it is contained, it will be
almost indispensable.” — Spectator.

“The notes are learned and carefully com-
piled, and this edition will be found useful
to students.” — Law Times.

“Dr Abdy and Dr Walker have produced
a book which is both elegant and useful.” —
A thenoeum.

SELECTED TITLES FROM THE DIGEST,

annotated by B. Walker, M.A., LL.D. Part I. Mandati vel
Contra. Digest XVII. i. Crown 8vo. Cloth. $s.

“This small volume is published as an ex- say that Mr Walker deserves credit for the
periment. The author proposes to publish an way in which he has performed the task un-
annotated edition and translation of several dertaken. The translation, as might be ex-
books of the Digest if this one is received pected, is scholarly.” Law Times.

# with favour. We are pleased to be able to

Part II. De Adquirendo rerum dominio and De Adquirenda vel amit-
tenda possessione. Digest XLI. 1 and 11. Crown 8vo. Cloth. 6s.

Part III. De Condictionibus. Digest XII. 1 and 4 — 7 and Digest XIII,
1 — 3. Crown 8vo. Cloth. 6s.

GROTIUS DE JURE BELLI ET PACIS,

with the Notes of Barbeyrac and others ; accompanied by an abridged
Translation of the Text, by W. Whewell, D.D. late Master of Trinity
College. 3 Vols. Demy 8vo. 12 s. The translation separate, 6j*.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS .

17

HISTORY.

THE GROWTH OF ENGLISH INDUSTRY
AND COMMERCE,

by W. Cunningham, M.A., late Deputy to the Knightbridge Pro-
fessor in the University of Cambridge. With Maps and Charts.
Crown 8vo. Cloth. 12 s.

“He is, however, undoubtedly sound in search in a field in which the labourers have
the main, and his work deserves recognition hitherto been comparatively few.” — Scots-

as the result of immense industry and re- man , April 14, 1882.

LIFE AND TIMES OF STEIN, OR GERMANY
AND PRUSSIA IN THE NAPOLEONIC AGE,

by J. R. Seeley, M.A., Regius Professor of Modern History in
the University of Cambridge, with Portraits and Maps. 3 Vols.
Demy 8vo. 48^.

If we could conceive anything similar
to a protective system in the intellectual de-
partment, we might perhaps look forward to
a time when our historians would raise the
cry of protection for native industry. Of
the unquestionably greatest German men of
modern history — I speak of Frederick the
Great, Goethe and Stein — the first two found
long since in Carlyle and Lewes biographers
who have undoubtedly driven their German
competitors out of the field. And now in the
year just past Professor Seeley of Cambridge
has presented us with a biography of Stein
which, though it modestly declines competi-
tion with German works and disowns the
presumption of teaching us Germans our own
history, yet casts into the shade by its bril-
liant superiority all that we have ourselves
hitherto written about Stein.... In five long
chapters Seeley expounds the legislative and
administrative reforms, the emancipation of
the person and the soil, the beginnings of
free administration and free trade, in short
the foundation of modern Prussia, with more
exhaustive thoroughness, with more pene-
trating insight, than any one had done be-
fore.”— Deutsche Rundschau.

“ Dr Busch’s volume has made people
think and talk even more than usual of Prince
Bismarck, and Professor Seeley’s very learned
work on Stein will turn attention to an earlier
and an almost equally eminent German states-
man It is soothing to the national

self-respect to find a few Englishmen, such
as the late Mr Lewes and Professor Ceeley,

doing for German as well as English readers
what many German scholars have done for
us.” — Times.

“ In a notice of this kind scant justice can
be done to a work like the one before us; no
short resume can give even the most meagre
notion of the contents of these volumes, which
contain no page that is superfluous, and
none that is uninteresting. .... To under-
stand the Germany of to-day one must study
the Germany of many yesterdays, and now
that study has been made easy by this work,
to which no one can hesitate to assign a very
high place among those recent histories which
have aimed at original research.” — Athe -
nceum.

“The book before us fills an important
gap in English — nay, European — historical
literature, and bridges over the history of
Prussia from the time of Frederick the Great
to the days of Kaiser Wilhelm. It thus gives
the reader standing ground whence he may
regard contemporary events in Germany in
their proper historic light We con-

gratulate Cambridge and her Professor of
History on the appearance of such a note-
worthy production. And we may add that it
is something upon which we may congratulate
England that on the especial field of the Ger-
mans, history, on the history of their own
country, by the use of their own literary
weapons, an Englishman has produced a his-
tory of Germany in the Napoleonic age far
superior to any that exists in German.” —
Examiner.

THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE FROM
THE EARLIEST TIMES TO THE ROYAL
INJUNCTIONS OF 1535,
by James Bass Mullinger, M.A. Demy 8vo. cloth (734 pp.), 12 s.

“We trust Mr Mullinger will yet continue the University during thetroublous times of

his history and .bring it down to our own
day.” — Academy.

“ He has brought together a mass of in-
structive details respecting the rise and pro-
gress, not only of his own University, but of
all the principal Universities of the Middle

Ages We hope some day that he may

continue his labours, and give us a history of

Vol. II. In the Press.

the Reformation and the Civil War.” — Athe-
nceum.

“ Mr Mullinger’s work is one of great
learning and research, which can hardly fail
to become a standard book of reference on
the subject. . . . We can most strongly recom-
mend this book to our readers.” — Spectator.

London : Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

i8

PUBLICATIONS OF

CHRONOLOGICAL TABLES OF GREEK HISTORY.

Accompanied by a short narrative of events, with references to the
sources of information and extracts from the ancient authorities, by
Carl Peter. Translated from the German by G. Chawner, M.A.,
Fellow and Lecturer of King’s College, Cambridge. Demy 4to. ictf.

HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE OF ST JOHN
THE EVANGELIST,

by Thomas Baker, B.D., Ejected Fellow. Edited by John E. B.
Mayor, M.A., Fellow of St John’s. Two Vols. Demy 8vo. 24 s.

“To antiquaries the book will be a source
of almost inexhaustible amusement, by his-
torians it will be found a work of considerable
service on questions respecting our social
progress in past times ; and the care and
thoroughness with which Mr Mayor has dis-
charged his editorial functions are creditable
to his learning and industry.” — Athenaeum.

“ The work displays very wide reading,
and it will be of great use to members of the
college and of the university, and, perhaps,
of still greater use to students of English
history, ecclesiastical, political, social, literary
and academical , who have hitherto had to be
content with ‘Dyer.’” — Academy.

HISTORY OF NEPAL,

translated by Munshi Shew Shunker Singh and Pandit Shri
Gunanand ; edited with an Introductory Sketch of the Country and
People by Dr D. Wright, late Residency Surgeon at Kathmandu,
and with facsimiles of native drawings, and portraits of Sir Jung
Bahadur, the King of Nepal, &c. Super- royal 8vo. Price 21 j-.

'‘The Cambridge University Press have
'done well in publishing this work. Such
translations are valuable not only to the his-
torian but also to the ethnologist; Dr

Wright’s Introduction is based on personal
inquiry and observation, is written intelli-
gently and candidly, and adds much to the
value of the volume. The coloured litho-

graphic plates are interesting.” — Nature.

“The history has appeared at a very op-
portune moment... The volume... is beautifully
printed, and supplied with portraits of Sir
Jung Bahadoor and others, and with excel-
lent coloured sketches illustrating Nepaulese
architecture and religion.” — Examiner.

SCHOLAE ACADEMICAE

Some Account of the Studies at the English Universities in the
Eighteenth Century. By Christopher Wordsworth, M.A.,
Fellow of Peterhouse ; Author of “Social Life at the English
Universities in the Eighteenth Century.” Demy 8vo. cloth. 15s.

“The general object of Mr Wordsworth’s “Only those who have engaged in like la-
book is sufficiently apparent from its title. bours will be able fully to appreciate the

sustained industry and conscientious accuracy
discernible in every page. ... Of the whole
volume it may be said that it is a genuine
service rendered to the study of University
history, and that the habits of thought of any
writer educated at either seat of learning in
the last century will, in many cases, be far
better understood after a consideration of the
materials here collected.” — Academy.

He has collected a great quantity of minute
and curious information about the working
of Cambridge institutions in the last century,
with an occasional comparison of the corre-
sponding state of things at Oxford.... To a
great extent it is purely a book of reference,
and as such it will be of permanent value
for the historical knowledge of English edu-
cation and learning.” — Saturday Review.

THE ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY OF THE
UNIVERSITY AND COLLEGES OF CAMBRIDGE,

By the late Professor Willis, M.A. With numerous Maps, Plans,
and Illustrations. Continued to the present time, and edited
by John Willis Clark, M.A., formerly Fellow

of Trinity College, Cambridge. [In the Press.

London : Cambridge Warehouse, 1 7 Faiernoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY TRESS.

*9

MISCELLANEOUS.

LECTURES ON TEACHING,

Delivered in the University of Cambridge in the Lent Term, 1880.
By J. G. Fitch, M.A., Her Majesty’s Inspector of Schools.
Crown 8vo. cloth. New Edition. 6s.

“ The lectures will be found most in-
teresting, and deserve to be carefully studied,
not only by persons directly concerned with
instruction, but by parents vvho wish to be
able to exercise an intelligent judgment in
the choice of schools and teachers for their
children. For ourselves, we could almost
wish to be of school age again, to learn
history and geography from some one who
could teach them after the pattern Set by

Mr Fitch to his audience But perhaps

Mr Fitch’s observations on the general con-
ditions of school-work are even more im-
portant than what he says on this or that
branch of study.” — Saturday Review.

“It comprises fifteen lectures, dealing
with such subjects as organisation, discipline,
examining, language, fact knowledge, science,
and methods of instruction; and though the
lectures make no pretention to systematic or
exhaustive treatment, they yet leave very
little of the ground uncovered; and they
combine in an admirable way the exposition
of sound principles with practical suggestions
and illustrations which are evidently derived
from wide and varied experience, both in
teaching and in examining. While Mr Fitch
addresses himself specially to secondary
school-masters, he does not by any means
disregard or ignore the needs of the primary
school .” — Scotsman.

“It would be difficult to find a lecturer
better qualified to discourse upon the prac-
tical aspects of the teacher’s work than Mr
Fitch. He has had very wide and varied
experience as a teacher, a training college
officer, an Inspector of schools, and as
Assistant Commissioner to the late En-
dowed Schools Commission. While it is
difficult for anyone to make many original
remarks on this subject Mr Fitch is able to
speak with authority upon various contro-
verted points, and to give us the results of
many years’ study, corrected by the obser-
vation of the various schemes and methods
rursued in schools of all grades and cha-
racters.”— The Schoolmaster.

“All who are interested in the manage-
ment of schools, and all who have made the
profession of a teacher the work of their lives,
will do well to study with care these results
of a large experience and of wide observa-
tion. It is not, we are told, a manual of
method ; rather, we should say, it is that
and much more. As a manual of method
it is far superior to anything we have seen.
Its suggestions of practical means and me-
thods are very valuable; but it has an ele-
ment which a mere text-book of rules for
imparting knowledge does not contain. Its
tone is lofty ; its spirit religious ; its ideal of

the teacher’s aim and life pure and good . . .
The volume is one of great practical value.
It should be in the hands of every teacher,
and of every one preparing for the office of a
teacher. There are many besides these who
will find much in it to interest and instruct
them, more especially parents who have chil-
dren whom they can afford to keep at school
till their eighteenth or nineteenth year.” —
The Nonconformist and hidependent.

“As principal of a training college and as
a Government inspector of schools, Mr Fitch
has got at his fingers’ ends the working of
primary education, while as assistant com-
missioner to the late Endowed Schools Com-
mission he has seen something of the ma-
chinery of our higher schools. . . . Mr
Fitch’s book covers so wide a field and
touches on so many burning questions that
we must be content to recommend it as the
best existing vade mecum for the teacher.

. . . He is always sensible, always judicious,
never wanting in tact. . . . Mr Fitch is a
scholar ; he pretends to no knowledge that
he does not possess ; he brings to his work
the ripe experience of a well- stored mind,
and he possesses in a remarkable degree the
art of exposition.” — Pall Mall Gazette.

“In his acquaintance with all descrip-
tions of schools, their successes and their
shortcomings, Mr Fitch has great advantages
both in knowledge and experience ; and if his
work receives the attention it deserves, it
will tend materially to improve and equalize
the methods of teaching in our schools, to
whatever class they may belong.” — St
James's Gazette.

“ In no other work in the English language,
so far as we know, are the principles and
methods which most conduce to successful
teaching laid down and illustrated with such
recision and fulness of detail as they are
ere.” — Leeds Mercury.

“ The book is replete with practical
sagacity, and contains on almost all points
of interest to the teaching profession sug-
gestive remarks resting evidently on a wide
and thoughtful experience of school methods.
There are few teachers who will not find
aids to reflection in the careful analysis of
the qualities required for success in teaching,
in the admirable exposition of the value of
orderly, methodical arrangement both for
instruction and discipline, and in the pains-
taking discussion of school punishments
contained in the earlier section of the
volume. ... We recommend it in all con-
fidence to those who are interested in the
problems with which the teaching profession
has to deal.” — Galignani’ s Messenger.

London; Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row ,

20

PUBLICATIONS OF

A CATALOGUE OF ANCIENT MARBLES IN
GREAT BRITAIN, by Prof. Adolph Michaelis. Translated by
C. A. M. Fennell, M.A., late Fellow of Jesus College. Royal 8vo.
£2. 2 s.

A GRAMMAR OF THE IRISH LANGUAGE.

By Prof. Windisch. Translated by Dr Norman Moore. Crown
8vo. ys. 6d.

STATUTA ACADEMIC CANTABRIGIENSIS.

Demy 8vo. 2s. sewed.

ORDINATIONES ACADEMIC CANTABRIGIENSIS.

Demy 8vo. cloth. 3.?. 6 d.

TRUSTS, STATUTES AND DIRECTIONS affecting

(1) The Professorships of the University. (2) The Scholarships and
Prizes. (3) Other Gifts and Endowments. Demy 8vo. 5^.

COMPENDIUM OF UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS,

for the use of persons in Statu Pupillari. Demy 8vo. 6d.

CATALOGUE OF*THE HEBREW MANUSCRIPTS

preserved in the University Library, Cambridge. By Dr S. M.
Schiller-Szinessy. Volume I. containing Section 1. The Holy
Scriptures ; Section II. Commentaries on the Bible . Demy 8vo. 9 s.

A CATALOGUE OF THE MANUSCRIPTS

preserved in the Library of the University of Cambridge. Demy
8 vo. 5 Vols. iot. each.

INDEX TO THE CATALOGUE. Demy 8vo. 1 os.

A CATALOGUE OF ADVERSARIA and printed

books containing MS. notes, preserved in the Library of the University
of Cambridge. 3T. 6d.

THE ILLUMINATED MANUSCRIPTS IN THE
LIBRARY OF THE FITZWILLIAM MUSEUM,

Catalogued with Descriptions, and an Introduction, by William
George Searle, M.A., late Fellow of Queens’ College, and Vicar of
Hockington, Cambridgeshire. Demy 8vo. ys. 6d.

A CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF THE GRACES,

Documents, and other Papers in the University Registry which con-
cern the University Library. Demy 8vo. 2s. 6d.

CATALOGUS BIBLIOTHECAE BURCKHARD-

TIANAE. Demy 4to. 5^.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Faternoster Row .

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 21

€l)f Cambridge Bible for ^rbools.

General Editor : J. J. S. Perowne, D.D., Dean of
Peterborough.

The want of an Annotated Edition of the Bible, in handy portions,
suitable for School use, has long been felt.

In order to provide Text-books for School and Examination pur-
poses, the Cambridge University Press has arranged to publish the
several books of the Bible in separate portions at a moderate price,
with introductions and explanatory notes.

The Very Reverend J. J. S. Perowne, D.D., Dean of Peter-
borough, has undertaken the general editorial supervision of the work,
and will be assisted by a staff of eminent coadjutors. Some of the
books have already been undertaken by the following gentlemen :

Rev. A. Carr, M.A., Assistant Master at Wellington College .

Rev. T. K. Cheyne, M.A., Fellow of Balliol College , Oxford.

Rev. S. Cox, Nottingham.

Rev. A. B. Davidson, D.D., Professor of Hebrew, Edinburgh.

Rev. F. W. Farrar, D.D., Canon of Westminster.

Rev. A. E. Humphreys, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge.
Rev. A. F. Kirkpatrick, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Regius
Professor of Hebrew.

Rev. J. J. Lias, M. A., late Professor at St David’s College, Lampeter.
Rev. J. R. Lumby, D.D., Norrisian Professor of Divinity.

Rev. G. F. Maclear, D.D., Warden of St Atigustine’s Coll., Canterbury.
Rev. H. C. G. Moule, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Principal of
Ridley Hall, Cambridge.

Rev. W. F. Moulton, D.D., Head Master of the Leys School, Cambridge.
Rev. E. H. Perowne, D.D., Master of Corpus Christi College, Cam-
bridge, Examining Chaplain to the Bishop of St Asaph.

The Ven. T. T. Perowne, M.A., Archdeacon of Norwich.

Rev. A. Plummer, M.A., Master of University College, Durham.

The Very Rev. E. H. Plumptre, D.D., Dean of Wells.

Rev. W. Sanday, M.A., Principal of Bishop Hatfield Hall, Durham.
Rev. W. Simcox, M.A., Rector of Weyhill, Hants.

Rev. W. Robertson Smith, M.A., Edinburgh.

Rev. A. W. Streane, M.A. , Fellozv of Corpus Christi Coll., Cambridge.
The Ven. H. W. Watkins, M.A., Archdeacon of Northumberland.
Rev. G. H. Whitaker, M.A. , Fellow of St John’s College, Cambridge.
Rev. C. Wordsworth, M.A., Rector of Glaston, Rutland.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

22

PUBLICATIONS OF

THE CAMBRIDGE BIBLE FOR SCHOOLS.— Continued.

Now Ready. Cloth, Extra Ecap. Bvo.

THE BOOK OF JOSHUA. Edited by Rev. G. F.

Maclear, D.D. With 2 Maps. 'is. 6d.

THE BOOK OF JUDGES. By the Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A.

With Map. 3>r. 6d.

THE FIRST BOOK OF SAMUEL. By the Rev.

Professor Kirkpatrick, M.A. With Map. 3 j. 6d.

THE SECOND BOOK OF SAMUEL. By the Rev.

Professor Kirkpatrick, M.A. With 2 Maps. 3s. 6d.

THE BOOK OF ECCLESIASTES. By the Very Rev.

E. H. Plumptre, D.D., Dean of Wells. 5J.

THE BOOK OF JEREMIAH. By the Rev. A. W.
Streane, M.A. 4^. 6d.

THE BOOK OF JONAH. By Archdn. Perowne. is. 61.
THE BOOK OF MICAH. By the Rev. T. K. Cheyne,

M.A. is. 6d.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MATTHEW.

Edited by the Rev. A. Carr, M.A. With 2 Maps. 2 s. 6d.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MARK. Edited

by the Rev. G. F. Maclear, D.D. With 2 Maps. 2 s. 6d.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST LUKE. By
the Rev. F. W. Farrar, D.D. With 4 Maps. 4^. 6d.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST JOHN. By
the Rev. A. Plummer, M.A. With Four Maps. 4s. 6d.

THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. By the Rev.

Professor Lumby, D.D. Part I. Chaps. I — XIV. With 2 Maps.
2 s. 6d.

Part II. Chaps. XV. to end. Nearly ready.

THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS. By the Rev.
H. C. G. Moule, M.A. 3^. 6d.

THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS.

By the Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A. With a Map and Plan. 2s.

THE SECOND EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS.

By the Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A. 2 s.

THE GENERAL EPISTLE OF ST JAMES. By the

Very Rev. E. H. Plumptre, D.D., Dean of Wells, is. 6d.

THE EPISTLES OF ST PETER AND ST JUDE.

By the same Editor. 2 s. 6d.

London : Ca77ibridge Warehouse , 1 7 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

2 3

THE CAMBRIDGE BIBLE FOR SCHOOLS- — Continued.

Preparing’.

THE BOOKS OF HAGGAI AND ZECHARIAH. By

Archdeacon Perowne.

THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS. By the Rev.

F. W. Farrar, D.D.

THE CAMBRIDGE GREEK TESTAMENT,

FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES,

with a Revised Text, based on the most recent critical authorities, and
English Notes, prepared under the direction of the General Editor,

The Very Reverend J. J. S. PEROWNE, D.D.,

DEAN OF PETERBOROUGH.

Kow Beady.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MATTHEW. By the

Rev. A. Carr, M.A. With 4 Maps. 4J. 6d.

“With the ‘Notes,’ in the volume before us, we are much pleased; so far as we have
searched, they are scholarly and sound. The quotations from the Classics are apt ; and the
references to modern Greek form a pleasing feature.” — The Churchman.

“ Mr Carr, whose ‘Notes on St Luke’s Gospel’ must have thoroughly approved them-
selves to all who have used them, has followed the same line in this volume of St Matthew.
In both works a chief object has been ‘ to connect more closely the study of the Classics
with the reading of the New Testament.’ .... Copious illustrations, gathered from a great
variety of sources, make his notes a very valuable aid to the student. They are indeed re-
markably interesting, while all explanations on meanings, applications, and the like are
distinguished by their lucidity and good sense.” — Pall Mall Gazette.

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST LUKE. By the

Rev. F. W. Farrar, D.D. [. Preparing .

THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST JOHN. By the Rev.

A. Plummer, M.A. [ Nearly ready.

The books will be published separately , as in the “Cambridge Bible

for Schools.”

London : Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

24

PUBLICATIONS OF

THE PITT PRESS SERIES.

I. GREEK.

THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, Book IV. With

a Map and English Notes by Alfred Pretor, M.A., Fellow of
St Catharine’s College, Cambridge ; Editor of Persius and Cicero ad Aiticum
Book I. Price is.

“ In Mr Pretor’s edition of the Anabasis the text of Kiihner has been followed in the mam,
while the exhaustive and admirable notes of the great German editor have been largely utilised.
These notes deal with the minutest as well as the most important difficulties in construction, and
all questions of history, antiquity, and geography are briefly but very effectually elucidated.” — The
Examiner.

“ We welcome this addition to the other books of the Anabasis so ably edited by Mr Pretor.
Although originally intended for the use of candidates at the university local examinations, yet
this edition will be found adapted not only to meet the wants of the junior student, but even
advanced scholars will find much in this work that will repay its perusal.” — The Schoolmaster.

“Mr Pretor’s ‘Anabasis of Xenophon, Book IV.’ displays a union of accurate Cambridge
scholarship, with experience of what is required by learners gained in examining middle-class
schools. The text is large and clearly printed, and the notes explain all difficulties. . . .Mr

Pretor’s notes seem to be all that could be wished as regards grammar, geography, and other
matters.” — The Academy.

BOOKS I. III. & V. By the same Editor. 2s. each.
BOOKS II. VI. and VII. By the same Editor. 2s. 6d. each.

“Another Greek text, designed it would seem for students preparing for the local examinations,
is ‘Xenophon’s Anabasis,’ Book II., with English Notes, by Alfred Pretor, M.A. The editor has
exercised his usual discrimination in utilising the text and notes of Kuhner, with the occasional
assistance of the best hints of Schneider, Vollbrecht and Macmichael on critical matters, and of
Mr R. W. Taylor on points of history and geography. . . When Mr Pretor commits himself to

Commentator’s work, he is eminently helpful. . . Had we to introduce a young Greek scholar

to Xenophon, we should esteem ourselves fortunate in having Pretor’s text-book as our chart and
guide.” — Contemporary Review.

THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON, by A. Pretor, M.A,

Text and Notes, complete in two Volumes. Price 7 s. 6d.

AGESILAUS OF XENOPHON. The Text revised

with Critical and Explanatory Notes, Introduction, Analysis, and Indices.
By H. Hailstone, M.A, late Scholar of Peterhouse, Cambridge, Editor of
Xenophon’s Plellenics, etc. is. 6d.

ARISTOPHANES— RANAE. With English Notes and

Introduction by W. C. Green, M.A, Assistant Master at Rugby School.
%s. 6d.

ARISTOPHANES — AVES. By the same Editor. New

Edition. 3J. 6d.

“The notes to both plays are excellent. Much has been done in these two volumes to render
the study of Aristophanes a real treat to a boy instead of a drudgery, by helping him to under-
stand the fun and to express it in his mother tongue.” — The Examiner.

ARISTOPHANES — PLUTUS. By the same Editor. 3 s.6d.

EURIPIDES. HERCULES FURENS. With Intro-
ductions, Notes and Analysis. ByJ. T. Hutchinson, M.A, Christ’s College,
and A. Gray, M.A, Fellow of Jesus College, is.

“Messrs Hutchinson and Gray have produced a careful and useful edition.” — Saturday
Review.

THE HERACLEID^E OF EURIPIDES, with Introduc-

tion and Critical Notes by E. A. Beck, M.A, Fellow of Trinity Hall. %s. 6d.

London : Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

25

LUCIANI SOMNIUM CHARON PISCATOR ET DE

. LUCTU, with English Notes by W. E. Heitland, M.A., Fellow of
St John’s College, Cambridge. New Edition, with Appendix. 3s. 6 d.

II. LATIN.

M. T. CICERONIS DE AMICITIA. Edited by J. S.

Reid, M.L., Fellow and Assistant Tutor of Gonville and Caius College,
Cambridge. Price 3 s.

“Mr Reid has decidedly attained his aim, namely, ‘a thorough examination of the Latinity
of the dialogue.’ ..... The revision of the text is most valuable, and comprehends sundry
acute corrections. . . . This volume, like Mr Reid’s other editions, is a solid gain to the scholar-
ship of the country.” — Athenceum.

“A more distinct gain to scholarship is Mr Reid’s able and thorough edition of the De
Amicitia of Cicero, a work of which, whether we regard the exhaustive introduction or the
instructive and most suggestive commentary, it would be difficult to speak too highly. . . . When
we come to the commeniary, we are only amazed by its fulness in proportion to its bulk.
Nothing is overlooked which can tend to enlarge the learner’s general knowledge of Ciceronian
Latin or to elucidate the text T— Saturday Review.

M. T. CICERONIS CATO MAJOR DE SENECTUTE.

Edited by J. S. Reid, M.L. Price 3.?. 6d.

“The notes are excellent and scholarlike, adapted for the upper forms of public schools, and
likely to be useful even to more advanced students.” — Guardian.

M. T. CICERONIS ORATIO PRO ARCHIA POETA.

Edited by J. S. Reid, M.L. Price is. 6d.

“ It is an admirable specimen of careful editing. An Introduction tells us everything we could
wish to know about Archias, about Cicero’s connexion with him, about the merits of the trial, and
the genuineness of the speech. The text is well and carefully printed. The notes are clear and
scholar-like. . . . No boy can master this little volume without feeling that he has advanced a long
step in scholarship.” — The Academy.

M. T. CICERONIS PRO L. CORNELIO BALBO O RA-

TIO. Edited by J. S. Reid, M.L. Fellow of Caius College, Camb. Price 1 s.6d.

“We are bound to recognize the pains devoted in the annotation of these two orations to the
minute and thorough study of their Latinity, both in the ordinary notes and in the textual
appendices.” — Saturday Review.

M. T. CICERONIS PRO P. CORNELIO SULLA

ORATIO. Edited by J. S. Reid, M.L. [In the Press.

M. T. CICERONIS PRO CN. PLANCIO ORATIO.

Edited by H. A. Holden, LL.D., Head Master of Ipswich School.
Price 4 s. 6d.

“As a book for students this edition can have few rivals. It is enriched by an excellent intro-
duction and a chronological table of the principal events of the life of Cicero ; while in its ap-
pendix, and in the notes on the text which are added, there is much of the greatest value. The
volume is neatly got up, and is in every way commendable.” — The Scotsman.

“ Dr Holden’s own edition is all that could be expected from his elegant and practised
scholarship. . . . Dr Holden has evidently made up his mind as to the character of the
commentary most likely to be generally useful; and he has carried out his views with admirable
thoroughness.” — A cademy.

“ Dr Holden has given us here an excellent edition. The commentary is even unusually full
and pomplete; and after going through it carefully, we find little or nothing to criticize. There
is an excellent introduction, lucidly explaining the circumstances under which the speech was
delivered, a table of events in the life of Cicero and a useful index.” Spectator , Oct. 29, 1881.

M. T. CICERONIS IN Q. CAECILIUM DIVINATIO

ET IN C. VERREM ACTIO PRIMA. With Introduction and Notes
by W. E. Heitland, M.A., and Herbert Cowie, M.A., Fellows of
St John’s College, Cambridge. Price 3s.

London : Cambridge Warehouse , 1 7 Paternoster Row.

26

PUBLICATIONS OF

M. T. CICERONIS ORATIO PRO L. MURENA, with

English Introduction and Notes. By W. E. Heitland, M.A., Fellow
and Classical Lecturer of St John’s College, Cambridge. Second Edition,
carefully revised. Price 3s.

“ Those students are to be deemed fortunate who have to read Cicero’s lively and brilliant
oration for L. Murena with Mr Heitland’s handy edition, which may be pronounced ‘four-square’
in point of equipment, and which has, not without good reason, attained the honours of a
second edition.” — Saturday Review.

M. T. CICERONIS IN GAIUM VERREM ACTIO

PRIMA. With Introduction and Notes. By H. Cowie, M.A., Fellow
of St John’s College, Cambridge. Price is. 6d.

M. T. CICERONIS ORATIO PRO T. A. MILONE,

with a Translation of Asconius’ Introduction, Marginal Analysis and
English Notes. Edited by the Rev. John Smyth Purton, B.D., late
President and Tutor of St Catharine’s College. Price 2 s. 6d .

“The editorial work is excellently done.” — The Academy.

P. OVIDII NASONIS FASTORUM Liber VI. With

a Plan of Rome and Notes by A. Sidgwick, M.A. Tutor of Corpus Christi
College, Oxford. Price is. 6d.

“ Mr Sidgwick’s editing of the Sixth Book of Ovid’s Fasti furnishes a careful and serviceable
volume for average students. It eschews ‘construes’ which supersede the use of the dictionary,
but gives full explanation of grammatical usages and historical and mythical allusions, besides
illustrating peculiarities of style, true and false derivations, and the more remarkable variations of
the text.” — Saturday Review.

“ It is eminently good and useful. . . . The Introduction is singularly clear on the astronomy of
Ovid, which is properly shown to be ignorant and confused ; there is an excellent little map of
Rome, giving just the places mentioned in the text and no more ; the notes are evidently written
by a practical schoolmaster." — The Academy.

GAI IULI CAESARIS DE BELLO GALLICO COM-
MENT. I. II. With English Notes and Map by A. G. Peskett, M.A.,
Fellow of Magdalene College, Cambridge, Editor of Caesar De Bello Gallico,
VII. Price 2 s. 6d.

GAI IULI CAESARIS DE BELLO GALLICO COM-
MENT. III. With Map and Notes by A. G. Peskett, M.A., Fellow
of Magdalene College, Cambridge. Price is. 6d.

“In an unusually succinct introduction he gives all the preliminary and collateral information
that is likely to be useful to a young student ; and, wherever we have examined his notes, we
have found them eminently practical and satisfying. . . The book may well be recommended for
careful study in school or college.” — Saturday Review.

“The notes are scholarly, short, and a real help to the most elementary beginners in Latin
prose.” — The Examiner.

BOOKS IV. AND V. AND Book VII. by the same Editor.
Price 2 s. each.

BOOK VI. by the same Editor. Price \s. 6d.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

2 7

P. VERGILI MARONIS AENEIDOS Liber II. Edited

with Notes by A. Sidgwick, M.A. Tutor of Corpus Christi College,
Oxford, is. 6d.

BOOKS IV., V., VI., VII., VIII., X., XI., XII. by the same

Editor, ii'. 6d. each.

“ Mr Arthur Sidgwick’s ‘Vergil, Aeneid, Book XII.’ is worthy of his reputation, and is dis-
tinguished by the same acuteness and accuracy of knowledge, appreciation of a boy’s difficulties
and ingenuity and resource in meeting them, which we have on other occasions had reason to
praise in these pages.” — The Academy.

“As masterly in its clearly divided preface and appendices as in the sound and independent
character of its annotations. . . . There is a great deal more in the notes than mere compilation
and suggestion. ... No difficulty is left unnoticed or unhandled.” — Saturday Review.

“This edition is admirably adapted for the use of junior students, who will find in it the result
of much reading in a condensed form, and clearly expressed.” — Ca?7ibridge Independent Press.

BOOKS VII. VIII. in one volume. Price $s.

BOOKS X., XI., XII. in one volume. Price %s.6d.
QUINTUS CURTIUS. A Portion of the History.

(Alexander in India.) By W. E. Heitland, M. A., Fellow and Lecturer
of St John’s College, Cambridge, and T. E. Raven, B.A., Assistant Master
in Sherborne School. Price %s. 6d.

“Equally commendable as a genuine addition to the existing stock of school-books is
Alexander in India, a compilation from the eighth and ninth books of Q. Curtius, edited for
the Pitt Press by Messrs Heitland and Raven. . . . The work of Curtius has merits of its
own, which, in former generations,* made it a favourite with English scholars, and which still

make it a popular text-book in Continental schools The reputation of Mr Heitland is a

sufficient guarantee for the scholarship of the notes, which are ample without being excessive,
and the book is well furnished with all that is needful in the nature of maps, indexes, and ap-
pendices.” —Academy.

M. ANNAEI LUCANI PHARSALIAE LIBER

PRIMUS, edited with English Introduction and Notes by W. E. Heitland,
M.A. and C. E. Haskins, M.A., Fellows and Lecturers of St John’s Col-
lege, Cambridge. Price is. 6d.

“A careful and scholarlike production.” — Times.

“ In nice parallels of Lucan from Latin poets and from Shakspeare, Mr Haskins and Mr
Heitland deserve praise.” — Saturday Review.

BEDA’S ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY, BOOKS

III., IV., the Text from the very ancient MS. in the Cambridge University
Library, collated with six other MSS. Edited, with a life from the German of
Ebert, and with Notes, &c. by J. E. B. Mayor, M.A., Professor of Latin,
and J. R. Lumby, D.D., Norrisian Professor of Divinity. Revised edition.
Price 7.L 6d.

“To young students of English History the illustrative notes will be of great service, while
the study of the texts will be a good introduction to Mediaeval Latin.” — The Nonconformist.

“In Bede’s works Englishmen can go back to origines of their history, unequalled for
form and matter by any modern European nation. Prof. Mayor has done good service in ren-
dering a part of Bede’s greatest work accessible to those who can read Latin with ease. He
has adorned this edition of the third and fourth books of the “Ecclesiastical History” with that
amazing erudition for which he is unrivalled among Englishmen and rarely equalled by Germans.
And however interesting and valuable the text may be, we can certainly apply to his notes
the expression, La sauce vaut mietix que le poisson. They are literally crammed with interest-
ing information about early English life. For though ecclesiastical in name, Bede’s history treats
of all parts of the national life, since the Church had points of contact with all.” — Examiner.

Books I. and II. In the Press.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

28

PUBLIC A TIONS OF

SSL FRENCH.

LAZARE HOCHE— PAR EMILE DE BONNECHOSE.

With Three Maps, Introduction and Commentary, by C. Colbeck, M.A.,
late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; Assistant Master at Harrow
School. Price 2 s.

HISTOIRE DU SIECLE DE LOUIS XIV PAR

VOLTAIRE. Parti. Chaps. I. — XIII. Edited with Notes Philological and
Historical, Biographical and Geographical Indices, etc. by Gustave Masson,

B. A. Univ. Gallic., Officier d’Academie, Assistant Master of Harrow School,
and G. W. Prothero, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of King’s College, Cam-
bridge. 2 s. 6d.

“Messrs Masson and Prothero have, to judge from the first part of their work, performed
with much discretion and care the task of editing Voltaire’s Siecle de Louis XIV for the ‘Pitt
Press Series.’ Besides the usual kind of notes, the editors have in this case, influenced by Vol-
taire’s ‘summary way of treating much of the history,’ given a good deal of historical informa-
tion, in which they have, we think, done well. At the beginning of the book will be found
excellent and succinct accounts of the constitution of the French army and Parliament at the
period treated of.” — Saturday Review.

HISTOIRE DU SIECLE DE LOUIS XIV PAR

VOLTAIRE. Part II. Chaps. XIV.— XXIV. With Three Maps of the Period,
Notes Philological and Historical, Biographical and Geographical Indices,
by G. Masson, B.A. Univ. Gallic., Assistant Master of Harrow School, and
G. W. Prothero, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge.
Price 2 s. 6d.

Part III. Chap. XXV. to the end. By the same Editors.

Price 2 s. 6d.

LE VERRE D’EAU. A Comedy, by Scribe. With a

Biographical Memoir, and Grammatical, Literary and Historical Notes. By

C. Colbeck, M.A., late Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge; Assistant
Master at Harrow School. Price 2 s.

“ It may be national prejudice, but we consider this edition far superior to any of the series
which hitherto have been edited exclusively by foreigners. Mr Colbeck seems better to under-
stand the wants and difficulties of an English boy. The etymological notes especially are admi-
rable. . . . The historical notes and introduction are a piece of thorough honest work.” — Journal
0/ Education.

M. DARU, par M. C. A. Sainte-Beuve, (Causeries du

Lundi, Vol. IX.). With Biographical Sketch of the Author, 'and Notes
Philological and Historical. By. Gustave Masson. 2 s.

LA SUITE DU MENTEUR. A Comedy in Five Acts,

by P. Corneille. Edited with Fontenelle’s Memoir of the Author, Voltaire’s
Critical Remarks, and Notes Philological and Historical. . By Gustave
Masson. Price 2 s.

LA JEUNE SIBERIENNE. LE LEPR^UX DE LA

CIT& D’AOSTE. Tales by Count Xavier de Maistre. With Bio-
graphical Notice, Critical Appreciations, and,Notes. By Gustave Masson.
Price 2 s.

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS .

29

LE DIRECTOIRE. (Considerations sur la Revolution

Fran9aise. Troisi&me et quatrieme parties.) Par Madame la Baronne de
Stael-Holstein. With a Critical Notice of the Author, a Chronological
Table, and Notes Historical and Philological, by G. Masson, B.A., and
G. W. Prothero, M.A. Revised and enlarged Edition. Price 'is.

“ Prussia under Frederick the Great, and France under the Directory, bring us face to face
respectively with periods of history which it is right should be known thoroughly, and which
are well treated in the Pitt Press volumes. The latter in particular, an extract from the
world-known work of Madame de Stael on the French Revolution, is beyond all praise for
the excellence both of its style and of its matter.” — Times.

DIX ANNEES D’EXIL. Livre II. Chapitres 1—8.

Par Madame la Baronne De Stael-Holstein. With a Biographical
Sketch of the Author, a Selection of Poetical Fragments by Madame de
Stael’s Contemporaries, and Notes Historical and Philological. By Gustave
Masson. Price is. ,

“The choice made by M. Masson of the second book of the Memoirs of Madame de Stael
appears specially felicitous. . . . This is likely to be one of the most favoured of M. Masson’s
editions, and deservedly so.” — Academy.

FREDEGONDE ET BRUNEHAUT. a Tragedy in Five

Acts, by N. Lemercier. Edited with Notes, Genealogical and Chrono-
logical Tables, a Critical Introduction and a Biographical Notice. By
Gustave Masson. Price is.

LE VIEUX CELIBATAIRE. A Comedy, by Collin

D’Harleville. With a Biographical Memoir, and Grammatical, Literary
and Historical Notes. By the same Editor. Price is.

“ M. Masson is doing good work in introducing learners to some of the less-known French
play-writers. The arguments are admirably clear, and the notes are not too abundant.” — •
A cademy.

LA METROMANIE, A Comedy, by Piron, with a Bio-
graphical Memoir, and Grammatical, Literary and Historical Notes. \ By the
same Editor. Price is.

LASCARIS, ou LES GRECS DU XVE. SIECLE,

Nouvelle Historique, par A. F. Villemain, with a Biographical Sketch of
the Author, a Selection of Poems on Greece, and Notes Historical and
Philological. By the same Editor. Price is.

IV. GERMAN.

ERNST, HERZOG VON SCHWABEN. UHLAND. With

Introduction and Notes. By H. J. Wolstenholme, B.A. (Lond.),
Lecturer in German at Newnham College, Cambridge. Price 3 s. 6d.

ZOPF UND SCHWERT. Lustspiel in fiinf Aufziigen von

Karl Gutzkow. With a Biographical and Historical Introduction, English
Notes, and an Index. By the same Editor. Price 3. 6d.

“We are glad to be able to notice a careful edition of K. Gutzkow’s amusing comedy
‘Zopf and Schwert’ by Mr H. J. Wolstenholme. . . . These notes are abundant and contain
references to standard grammatical works.” — Academy.

London : Cambridge Warehouse , 1 7 Paternoster Row .

30

PUBLICATIONS OF

@oetl)e’3 ft'itabenjafjre. (1749 — 1759.) GOETHE’S BOY-

HOOD : being the First Three Books of his Autobiography. Arranged
and Annotated by Wilhelm Wagner, Ph. D., late Professor at the
Johanneum, Hamburg. Price vs.

HAUFF. DAS WIRTHSHAUS IM SPESSART. Edited

by A. Schlottmann, Ph. D., Assistant Master at Uppingham School.
Price 3 s. 6d.

DER OBERHOF. A Tale of Westphalian Life, by Karl

Immermann. With a Life of Immermann and English Notes, by Wilhelm
Wagner, Ph.D., late Professor at the Johanneum, Hamburg. Price 3 s.

A BOOK OF GERMAN DACTYLIC POETRY. Ar-

ranged and Annotated by the same Editor. Price 3 s.

2)er erfte $reu^ug (THE FIRST CRUSADE), by Fried-
rich von Raumer. Condensed from the Author’s ‘History of the Hohen-
staufen’, with a life of Raumer, two Plans and English Notes. By
the same Editor. Price vs.

“ Certainly no more interesting book could be made the subject of examinations. The story
of the First Crusade has an undying interest. The notes are, on the whole, good.” — Educatio}ial
Times.

A BOOK OF BALLADS ON GERMAN HISTORY.

Arranged and Annotated by the same Editor. Price vs.

“It carries the reader rapidly through some of the most important incidents connected with
the German race and name, from the invasion of Italy by the Visigoths under their King Alaric,
down to the Franco-German War and the installation of the present Emperor. The notes supply
very well the connecting links between the successive periods, and exhibit in its various phases of
growth and progress, or the reverse, the vast unwieldy mass which constitutes modern Germany.”
— Times.

DER STAAT FRIEDRICHS DES GROSSEN. By G.

Freytag. With Notes. By the same Editor. Price vs.

“Prussia under Frederick the Great, and France under the Directory, bring us face to face
respectively with periods of history which it is right should be known thoroughly, and which
are well treated in the Pitt Press volumes.” — Times.

GOETHE’S HERMANN AND DOROTHEA. With

an Introduction and Notes. By the same Editor. Price y.

“The notes are among the best that we know, with the reservation that they are often too
abundant. ” — A cademy.

2)a6 3afyr 1813 (The Year 1813), by F. Kohlrausch.

With English Notes. By the same Editor. Price vs.

V. ENGLISH.

LOCKE ON EDUCATION. With Introduction and Notes

by the Rev. R. H. Quick, M.A. Price ^s. 6d.

. “The work before us leaves nothing to be desired. It is of convenient form and reasonable
price, accurately printed, and accompanied by notes which are admirable. There is no teacher
too young to find this book interesting; there is no teacher too old to find it profitable.” — The
School Bulletin , New York.

THE TWO NOBLE KINSMEN, edited with Intro-
duction and Notes by the Rev. Professor Skeat, M.A., formerly Fellow
of Christ’s College, Cambridge. Price 3 j. 6d.

“This edition of a play that is well worth study, for more reasons than one, by so careful a
scholar as Mr Skeat, deserves a hearty welcome.” — Athenceum.

“Mr Skeat is a conscientious editor, and has left no difficulty unexplained.” — Times.

London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row.

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 31

BACON’S HISTORY OF THE REIGN OF KING

HENRY VII. With Notes by the Rev. J. Rawson Lumby, D.D., Nor-
risian Professor of Divinity ; late Fellow of St Catharine’s College. Price 3.5-.

SIR THOMAS MORE’S UTOPIA. With Notes by the

Rev. J. Rawson Lumby, D.D., Norrisian Professor of Divinity ; late Fellow
of St Catharine’s College, Cambridge. Price 3s. 6d .

“ To enthusiasts in history matters, who are not content with mere facts, but like to pursue
their investigations behind the scenes, as it were, Professor Rawson Lumby has in the work now
before us produced a most acceptable contribution to the now constantly increasing store of
illustrative reading.” — The Cambridge Review.

“To Dr Lumby we must give praise unqualified and unstinted. He has done his work

admirably Every student of history, every politician, every social reformer, every one

interested in literary curiosities, every lover of English should buy and carefully read Dr
Lumby’s edition of the ‘Utopia.’ We are afraid to say more lest we should be thought ex-
travagant, and our recommendation accordingly lose part of its force.” — The Teacher.

“ It was originally written in Latin and does not find a place on ordinary bookshelves. Avery
great boon has therefore been conferred on the general English reader by the managers of the
Pitt Press Series, in the issue of a convenient little volume of More's Utopia not in the original
Latin, but in the quaint English Translation thereof made by Raphe Robynson, which adds a
linguistic interest to the intrinsic merit of the work. . . . All this has been edited in a most com-
plete and scholarly fashion by Dr J. R. Luinby, the Norrisian Professor of Divinity, whose name
alone is a sufficient warrant for its accuracy. It is a real addition to the modern stock of classical
English literature. ” — Guardian.

SIR THOMAS MORE’S LIFE OF RICHARD III.

With Notes, &c., by Professor Lumby. [Nearly ready.

A SKETCH OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY FROM

THALES TO CICERO, by Joseph B. Mayor, M.A., Professor of
Moral Philosophy at King’s College, London. Price 3 s. 6d.

“It may safely be affirmed that Mr Mayor has successfully accomplished all that he here sets
out. His arrangement is admirably methodical, his style is simple but nervous, his knowledge
of his subject full and accurate, and his analytical expositions lucid and vivid.... It is therefore a
manual which will prove of great utility to University undergraduates, for whom it was par-
ticularly prepared, and also for all who study Plato, Aristotle, or other philosophers, in the
original. Educated readers, generally, will find it an admirable introduction, or epitome, of
ancient speculative thought, and ‘ a key to our present ways of thinking and judging in regard to
matters of the highest importance.’ ” — The British Mail.

“In writing this scholarly and attractive sketch, Professor Mayor has had chiefly in view
* undergraduates at the University or others who are commencing the study of the philosophical
works of Cicero or Plato or Aristotle in the original language,’ but also hopes that it ‘ may be
found interesting and useful by educated readers generally, not merely as an introduction to the
formal history of philosophy, but as. supplying a key to our present ways of thinking and judging
in regard to matters of the highest importance.’” — Mind.

“Professor Mayor contributes to the Pitt Press Series A Sketch of Ancient Philosophy in
which he has endeavoured to give a general view of the philosophical systems illustrated by the
genius of the masters of metaphysical and ethical science from Thales to Cicero. In the course
of his sketch he takes occasion to give concise analyses of Plato’s Republic, and of the Ethics and
Politics of Aristotle ; and these abstracts will be to some readers not the least useful portions of
the book. It may be objected against his design in general that ancient philosophy is too vast
and too deep a subject to be dismissed in a ‘ sketch’ — that it should be left to those who will make
it a serious study. But that objection takes no account of the large class of persons who desire
to know, in relation to present discussions and speculations, what famous men in the whole world
thought and wrote on these topics. They have not the scholarship which would be necessary for
original examination of authorities ; but they have an intelligent interest in the relations between
ancient and modern philosophy, and need just such information as Professor Mayor’s sketch will
give them.” — The Guardian.

[Other Volumes are in preparation .]

London: Cambridge Warehouse , 17 Paternoster Row.

$5mherdtti> of ©ambrstige.

LOCAL EXAMINATIONS.

Examination Papers, for various years, with the Regulations for the
Exa7ninatio7i . Demy 8vo. 2 s. each, or by Post, 2 s. 2 d.

Class Lists, for various years, Boys iy., Girls 6d.

Annual Reports of the Syndicate, with Supplementary Tables showing
the success and failure of the Candidates. 2s. each, by Post 2 s. 2 d.

_ HIGHER' LOCAL EXAMINATIONS.

Examination Papers for 1881, to which are oAded the Regulations for
1882. Demy 8vo. 2 s. each, by Post 2 s. 2 d.

Reports of the Syndicate. Demy 8vo. is., by Post is. id.

LOCAL LECTURES SYNDICATE.

Calendar for the years 1875—9. Fcap. 8vo. cloth. 2 s.

„ „ 1875—80. „ „ 2s.

,, ,, 1880 81, j, „ iy.

TEACHERS’ TRAINING SYNDICATE.

Examination Papers for 1880 and 1881, to which are added the Pegu-
latio7is for the Examination. Demy 8vo. 6d., by Post jd.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY ' REPORTER.

Published by Authority.

Containing all the Official Notices of the University, Reports of
Discussions in the Schools, and Proceedings of the Cambridge Philo-
sophical, Antiquarian, and Philological Societies. 3d. weekly.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION PAPERS.

These Papers are published in occasional numbers every Term, and in
volumes for the Academical year.

Vol. IX. Parts 105 to 119. Papers for the Year 1879 — So, 12 s. cloth.
Vol. X. „ 120 to 138. „ „ 1880— 81, 15s. cloth.

Oxford and Cambridge Schools Examinations.

Papers set in the Examination for Certificates, July, 1879. Price is. 6d.

List of Candidates who obtained Certificates at the Examinations

held in 1879 and 1880 ; and Supplementary Tables. Price 6d.

Regulations of the Board for 1882. Price 6d.

Report of the Board for the year ending Oct. 31, 1881. Price is.

Honbon : c. j. clay, m.a. and son.

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE,
17 PATERNOSTER ROW.

CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A. AND SON AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

/ L~

ui<\i m 1